Sanskrit Dictionary

Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.

Grammar Search

"tate" has 8 results

tate: feminine nominative dual past passive participle stem: tata.

tate: neuter nominative dual past passive participle stem: tata.

tate: feminine accusative dual past passive participle stem: tata.

tate: neuter accusative dual past passive participle stem: tata.

tate: masculine locative singular stem: tata

tate: neuter locative singular past passive participle stem: tata.

tate: masculine locative singular past passive participle stem: tata.

tate: feminine vocative singular stem: tati

Amarakosha Search

3 results

Word	Reference	Gender	Number	Synonyms	Definition

avasthā		Feminine	Singular		state

upanyāsaḥ	1.6.9	Masculine	Singular	vāṅmukham	statement

saṃsiddhiḥ	1.7.37	Feminine	Singular	nisargaḥ, prakṛtiḥ, svarūpam, svabhāvaḥ	the natural state

Monier-Williams Search

1836 results for tate

abhaujiṣya

n. "not the state of a servant", independence

(see a-bhujiṣya- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order a-bhukta-.)

abhibhavana

n. the state of being overpowered

abhidhānatva

n. the state of being used as a name.

abhidhāyakatva

n. the state of being expressive.

abhidhyai

-dhyāyati-, to direct one's intention to, set one's heart upon, intend, desire

etc. ; to meditate

abhihitatā

f. ([

]) the having been said or stated or named

abhihitatva

n. the having been said or stated or named

abhijñā

f. supernatural science or faculty of a buddha- (of which five or six are enumerated, viz. 1. taking any form at will;2. hearing to any distance;3. seeing to any distance;4. penetrating men's thoughts;5. knowing their state and antecedents). confer, compare ṣaḍ-- abh-, parasmE-pada 1109

abhilulita

mfn. shaken about, agitated

abhimānitā

f. the state of self-conceitedness.

abhimānitva

n. the state of self-conceitedness.

abhimardin

mfn. one who devastates.

abhimṛd

to oppress, to devastate, destroy

etc. ; (in astronomy) to be in opposition to

ābhimukhya

n. the state of being about to do anything.

abhiniviṣṭatā

f. state of being persevering

abhirāmatā

f. the state of being agreeable to (in compound)

abhirūpatā

f. the state of being learned or well educated

abhiṣaṅga

m. the state of being possessed by evil spirits (see bhūtābhiṣaṅga-) or disturbed in mind

abhisiddhi

f. the state of being effected or realized

abhīṣṭatā

f. state of being desired.

abhujiṣyātva

n. the state of a woman who lives independently

(see a-bh/aujiṣya-.)

abhūtatva

n. "the state of not having existed or happened any time", impossibility commentator or commentary on

abhyanūkta

mfn. stated or uttered with reference to (accusative)

(see abhyukta-.)

abhyanuvac

(perf. -anūvāca-) to declare or state or utter with reference to (accusative)

: Passive voice (3. plural -anūcyante-) to be referred to by some statement or verse

abhyātānatva

n. the state of those war-songs

abhyativṛt

-vartate-, to drive past

(varia lectio)

abhyāvṛt

-v/artate- (Imper. 2. sg. -vavṛtsva-; P. imperfect tense 3. sg. -āvart-[

]) to roll (as a cart) towards, come up to or towards (accusative), approach

: Causal (Ved.) -vavartati- idem or '(imperfect tense -āviśat-) to rush into (accusative) ; P. A1. to enter into, penetrate '

; -vartayati-, to repeat

abhyuditaśāyitā

f. the state of lying asleep while the sun has risen

abhyupagama

m. (as a statement) commentator or commentary on

abhyupāvṛt

-up/ā-vartate- (also P. Aorist subjunctive 1. and 3. sg. -up/ā-vṛtam-, -up/ā-vṛtat-) to turn one's self or go towards (accusative)

abhyupayā

to approach, go towards (accusative or dative case)

; (with śamam-) to enter the state of rest

abhyupe

( i-), -upaiti- (3. plural -/upayanti-) to go near, approach, arrive at, enter

etc. ; (with apaḥ-) to bathe

; to approach (in copulation)

; to go to meet any one (accusative)

; to enter a state or condition, obtain, share

(Ved. infinitive mood -upaitos-)

etc. ; to admit as an argument or a position

(perf. p. genitive case plural -upeyuṣām-) commentator or commentary on

and on

; to select as (accusative)

; to agree with, approve of

(See abhy-upeta-): Passive voice -upeyate- to be approved of, admitted

ācāryadeśīya

mfn. (see

) "somewhat inferior to an ācārya-"(a title applied by commentators to scholars or disputants whose statements contain only a part of the truth and are not entirely correct;the term is opposed to " ācārya-"and" siddhāntin-"), kaiyaṭa- and nāgojībhaṭṭa- on

acchāvākīya

n. the state or work of the acchāvāka-

ādaraṇīyatva

n. the state of being venerable.

aḍḍ

cl.1 P. aḍḍati-, ānaḍḍa-, aḍḍitum-, to join

; to infer, argue

; to meditate, discern

; to attack

adhaḥprastara

m. seat or bed of turf or grass (for persons in a state of impurity).

ādhamarṇya

n. (fr. adhamarṇa-), the state of being a debtor

ādhāratā

f. the state of being a support, etc.

ādhāratva

n. the state of being a support, etc.

ādharṣya

n. the state of being assailable, etc.

ādharya

n. (fr. adhara-), the state of being inferior or of losing a cause (in law)

ādhava

m. one who stirs up or agitates

ādhava

m. that which is agitated, mixture

ādhāva

m. plural that which is agitated or cleansed by stirring

ādhāyakatva

n. the state of giving etc.

ādhāyintā

f. the state of causing etc.

ādhī

(see ā-dhyai-;according to

, -dīdhī-), P. (subjunctive 3. plural /ā-dīdhayan-) to mind, care for

: A1. (subjunctive 2. sg. /ā-dīdhīthās-) to meditate on, think about, care for, wish for

; (parasmE-pada Aorist -dh/īṣamāṇa- mfn.

) to wish for, long for.

ādhīta

mfn. reflected or meditated upon

ādhītayajus

n. a sacrificial prayer which is meditated upon.

ādhu

or -dhū- P. (-dhunoti-[

]1. sg. /ā-dhūnomi-[

] Potential 3. sg. -dhūnuyāt-[

]) A1. (3. plural /ā-dhunvate-[

],etc.) to stir, agitate.

ādhūta

mf(ā-)n. shaken, agitated

etc.

ādhūya

ind.p. having shaken or agitated

ādhyai

(see ā-dhī-) P. (parasmE-pada -dhyāyat-[

]; imperative 2. sg. -dhyāhi-[

]) to meditate on ; to wish or pray for anything for another.

adhyāropa

m. (in vedānta- philosophy) wrong attribution, erroneous transferring of a statement from one thing to another.

adhyātmacetas

m. one who meditates on the Supreme Spirit.

ādimattva

n. the state of having a beginning

ādimatva

n. the state of being first, etc.

adititva

n. the state of the goddess aditi-

ādityatva

n. the state of being the sun

adṛṣṭa

n. unforeseen danger or calamity, that which is beyond the reach of observation or consciousness, (especially the merit or demerit attaching to a man's conduct in one state of existence and the corresponding reward or punishment with which he is visited in another)

adṛṣṭāsrutapūrvatva

n. the state of never having been seen or heard before.

āgam

P. -gacchati- (imperative -gacchatāt-

;2. sg. -gahi-[frequently, in

], once -gadhi-[

]; perf. -jag/āma-

etc.; Potential -jagamyāt-

; subjunctive -gamat-; Aorist 3. sg. -agāmi-

; subjunctive 2. dual number -gamiṣṭam-

) to come, make one's appearance, come near from (ablative) or to (accusative or locative case), arrive at, attain, reach

etc. ; (generally with p/unar-) to return

etc. ; to fall into (any state of mind), have recourse to

; to meet with (instrumental case)

: Causal (imperative 2. sg. -gamaya-) to cause to come near

; -gamayati-, to announce the arrival of (accusative)

; (Potential A1. -gamayeta-; perf. P. -gamayām-āsa-) to obtain information about (accusative), ascertain

; to learn from (ablative)

: A1. -gamayate- (

commentator or commentary) to wait for (accusative), have patience

: Intensive -ganīganti-, to approach repeatedly (accusative)

: Desiderative (parasmE-pada -jigamiṣat-) to be about to come

āgata

mfn. entered (into any state or condition of mind)

aghnyatva

n. the state of being a cow,

āghoṣa

m. proclaiming, boastful statement

agnidīpti

f. active state of digestion

agnihotratva

n. the state of the agnihotra-

agnisāt

ind. to the state of fire (used in compound with1. kṛ-and bhū- exempli gratia, 'for example' agnisāt kṛ-,to reduce to fire, to consume by fire) see bhasmasāt-.

āgniṣṭomya

n. the state or condition of the agniṣṭoma-

agnitā

(agn/i-) f. the state of fire

agradharma

m. high spiritual state,

(defective verb, only perf. 3. sg. /āha-and 3. plural āh/uḥ-

etc.,2. sg. āttha-

(

)

3. dual number āhatuḥ-

) to say, speak

etc. ; (with lexicographers) to express, signify ; to call (by name, nāmnā-)

; to call, hold, consider, regard as (with two accusative,for one of which may be substituted a phrase with iti-)

etc. ; to state or declare with reference to (accusative)

; to acknowledge, accept, state

; to adjudge anything (accusative) to any one (genitive case),

[ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish ag-all,"speech";eigh-im,"I call"; Gothic af-aika,"I deny"; Latin negoforn'-ego,"to say no";ad-ag-ium,ajo,etc.]

aha

ind. (as admitting, limiting, etc.) it is true, I grant, granted, indeed, at least

([For the rules of accentuation necessitated in a phrase by the particle /aha- see

])

ahāryatva

n. the state of not being liable to be taken away

aikabhāvya

n. (fr. eka-bhāva- gaRa brāhmaṇādi-

), the state of being one, singleness.

aikādhikaraṇya

n. (fr. ekādhikaraṇa-), the state of having but one object of relation

aikāhya

n. (fr. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. belonging to an ekāha- (q.v) sacrifice '), the state of an ekāha- (q.v) sacrifice

aikapadya

n. (See the last) unity of words, the state of being one word

aikasvarya

n. (fr. eka-svara-), the state of having but one accent (as of a compound)

aindriyakatva

n. the state of relating to senses commentator or commentary on

aiśvarya

n. the state of being a mighty lord, sovereignty, supremacy, power, sway

etc.

aitadātmya

n. (fr. etad-ātman-), the state of having the nature or property of this

) .

ajapāla

Name (also title or epithet) of a particular tree (under which buddha- meditated),

ajīti

f. the state of being uninjured

ajyāni

f. the state of being uninjured

(see /a-jīti-)

ajyeyatā

f. state of anything which is not to be hurt or overpowered

ākampita

mfn. caused to tremble, shaken, agitated

akartṛtva

n. state of non-agency.

ākrānta

mfn. overcome or agitated (as by feelings or passions)

etc.

ākṣepa

m. objection (especially to rectify a statement of one's own)

etc.

akṣobha

mfn. unagitated, unmoved

ākula

mf(ā-)n. (fr. ā--1. kṝ-?) confounded, confused, agitated, flurried

etc.

alabdhabhūmikatva

n. the state of not obtaining any degree (bhūmi-) of deep meditation

ālāpa

m. statement of the question in an arithmetical or algebraic sum

āloḍita

mfn. shaken, agitated

āloḍya

having agitated

ālokanīyatā

f. the state or condition of being visible

alola

mfn. unagitated, firm, steady

ālolita

mfn. a little shaken or agitated.

āluḍ

Causal P. -loḍayati-, to stir up, mix ; to agitate.

ālulita

mfn. ( lul-), a little moved or agitated

āma

n. state or condition of being raw

āmād

mfn. eating raw flesh or food

( āmādya āmādya- n.the state of eating raw flesh.)

amanībhāva

m. the state of not having perception or intellect

amarakoṭa

m. "fortress of immortals", Name of the capital of a Rajput state.

amaralokatā

f. "state of the abode of the gods", the bliss of heaven

amarmavedhitā

f. the state of not inflicting severe injury on others, absence of acrimony (one of the thirty-five vāg-guṇa-s of a tīrthaṃkara-)

āmath

or ā-manth- P. (perfect tense -mamantha-) to whirl round or stir with velocity, agitate, shake about

amaṭha

m. (from 3. am-) a stately gait (= prakarṣa-- gati-),

amauna

n. the state of not being a muni- or not keeping the vows of a muni-

ambuprasāda

m. the clearing nut tree, Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this plant are generally used in India for purifying water[ see

];they are rubbed upon the inner surface of a vessel, and so precipitate the impurities of the fluid it contains).

ambuprasādana

n. the clearing nut tree, Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this plant are generally used in India for purifying water[ see

];they are rubbed upon the inner surface of a vessel, and so precipitate the impurities of the fluid it contains).

āmiṣatā

f. the state of being a prey or preyed upon

āmiṣatva

n. the state of being a prey or preyed upon

āmriman

m. the state of being a mango tree (?)

, (gaṇa- dṛḍhādi-.)

aṃśitā

f. the state of a sharer or co-heir, heirship.

āmuṣmika

mf(ī-)n. (fr. amuṣmin- locative case of adas-), of that state

āmuṣmikatva

n. the state of being there or belonging to the other world

ānaddhatva

n. state of being bound, obstruction.

ānaddhavastitā

f. state of having the bladder obstructed.

anāditva

n. state of having no beginning.

anamīva

n. good health, happy state

anapāya

m. (in philosophy) the state of not being abridged or deprived of (ablative)

anapāyin

mfn. not going or passing away, constant in the same state

ānartita

mfn. agitated gently

ānāthya

n. (fr. a-nātha-), state of being unprotected or without a guardian, orphanage

anavasthā

mfn. (in philosophy) non-finality (of a proposition), endless series of statements.

anavattva

n. the state of being endowed with breath or life

andolaya

Nom. P. andolayati-, to agitate, to swing.

āndolaya

Nom. P. āndolayati-, to swing, agitate

andolita

mfn. agitated, swung.

āndolita

mfn. agitated, shaken, swung

aṅgatā

f. a state of subordination or dependance, the being of secondary importance, the being unessential.

aṅgatva

n. a state of subordination or dependance, the being of secondary importance, the being unessential.

ānī

P. -nayati- (1. plural /ā-nayāmasi-

; imperative 2. sg. /ā-naya-,3. sg. /ā-nayatu-; perfect tense /ā-nināya-

,and ā-nin/āya-

; infinitive mood -netav/ai-

) A1. (1. sg. -naye-

) to lead towards or near ; to bring, carry to a place (accusative or locative case) ; to fetch

etc. ; (perf. periphr. -nayāmāsa-

) to cause to bring or fetch ; to bring back or take back

; to pour in, mix in

etc. ; to bring any one to, reduce to any state

; to deduce, calculate ; to use, employ, prove: Causal P. -nāyayati-, to cause to be brought or fetched or led near

etc.: Desiderative -ninīṣati-, to intend or wish to bring near

ānṛt

P. (Aorist 3. plural /ā-nṛtus-

; parasmE-pada -n/ṛtyat-

) to dance towards, hasten near, jump near: Causal (imperfect tense 3. plural -nartayan-) to agitate gently

antaraṅgatva

n. the state or condition of an antaraṅga-.

antarapraśna

m. a question which is contained in and arises from what has been previously stated.

anubandha

m. a child or pupil who imitates an example set by a parent or preceptor

anubandhitva

n. the state of being accompanied or attended or followed.

anucint

to meditate, consider, recall to mind ; Caus. to make to consider.

anugam

cl.1 P. -gacchati-, -gantum-, to go after, follow, seek, approach, visit, arrive ; to practise, observe, obey, imitate ; to enter into ; to die out, be extinguished: Causal -gamayati-, to imitate cause to die out.

anugamya

mfn. to be followed or imitated.

anugantavya

mfn. worthy of being imitated, to be looked for or discovered

anuhārya

mfn. to be imitated

anuhṛ

to imitate ; to resemble: A1. -harate-, to take after (one's parents).

anujap

to follow or imitate in muttering.

anujīv

to follow or imitate in living ; to live for any one ; to live by or upon something ; to live submissively under, be dependent on: ; Caus. -jīvayati-, to restore to life

anūka

mn. a former state of existence

anukārya

mfn. to be imitated or copied, to be acted (dramatically)

anukḷp

to follow in order

: Causal -kalpayati-, to cause to follow or imitate in order.

anukṛ

to do afterwards, to follow in doing ; to imitate, copy ; to equal ; to requite ; to adopt: Caus. -kārayati-, to cause to imitate.

anukrakaca

mfn. dentated like a saw, serrated.

anukṛta

mfn. imitated, made like.

anukṛtya

mfn. fit to be imitated

anūktitva

n. state of requiring repetition or explanation.

ānulomya

n. the state of being prosperous, doing well

ānumānikatva

n. the state of being inferable

anupaghātārjita

mfn. acquired without detriment (to the paternal estate).

anuprath

A1. -prathate-, to extend or spread along (accusative)

; to praise, (Comm. on)

anuragitā

f. the state of being in love with.

anurodhitā

f. the state of being so

anuru

to imitate the cry or answer to the cry of (accusative)

anuśak

to be able to imitate or come up with

: Desiderative Causal P. -śikṣayati-, to teach, instruct.

anusaṃcint

to meditate.

anusāra

m. nature, natural state or condition of anything

anutpattikadharmakṣānti

f. acquiescence in the state which is still future, preparation for a future state

anuvad

P. (with accusative) to repeat the words of ; to imitate (in speaking) ; to resound ; to repeat, insist upon ; (according to

,also A1.if without object or followed by a Gen.) Passive voice (anūdyate-) to be expressed correspondingly ; see anudita- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order

anuvādyatva

n. the state of requiring to be explained by an anuvāda-.

anuvartitva

n. the state of being so.

anuvicint

to recall to mind

; to meditate upon

anuvṛt

A1. to go after ; to follow, pursue ; to follow from a previous rule, be supplied from a previous sentence ; to attend ; to obey, respect, imitate ; to resemble ; to assent ; to expect ; Causal P. -vartayati-, to roll after or forward ; to follow up, carry out ; to supply.

anuvyākhyāna

n. that portion of a brāhmaṇa- which explains or illustrates difficult sūtra-s, texts or obscure statements occurring in another portion

anuyā

to go towards or after, follow ; to imitate, equal.

anuyat

A1. -yatate-, to strive to attain to or to reach

anvābhū

to imitate, equal

anvācar

to follow or imitate in doing

anvādeśa

m. mentioning after, a repeated mention, referring to what has been stated previously, re-employment of the same word in a subsequent part of a sentence, the employment again of the same thing to perform a subsequent operation.

anvādeśaka

mfn. referring to a previous statement

anvākhyāna

n. a minute account or statement

anvayitva

n. the state of being a necessary consequence.

anvi

to go after or alongside, to follow ; to seek ; to be guided by ; to fall to one's share

; Vedic or Veda infinitive mood /anv-etave- to reach or join ([

]), to imitate ([

])

; /anv-etav/ai-, to go along (with accusative)

anyabhāva

m. change of state,

(vin-, mfn. changed, altered, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding)

anyaśākhaka

m. an apostate

anyathābhidhāna

n. false statement or deposition, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding

anyathātva

n. an opposite state of the case, difference.

āpad

A1. -padyate- (perfect tense -pede- Aorist āpādi-,etc.) to come, walk near, approach

; to enter, get in, arrive at, go into

etc. ; to fall in or into ; to be changed into, be reduced to any state ; to get into trouble, fall into misfortune

;

etc. ; to get, attain, take possession ; to happen, occur

etc.: Causal -pādayati- (Aorist 1. plural /ā-pīpadāma-

) to cause to enter, bring on

; to bring to any state

; to bring into trouble or misfortune

etc. ; to bring near or towards, fetch, procure, produce, cause, effect

etc. ; to procure for one's self, obtain, take possession

; to change, transform.

āpādana

n. bringing any one to any state

apadeśa

m. the second step in a syllogism (id est statement of the reason)

apadeśya

mfn. to be indicated, to be stated

apadhāv

to run away

, to depart (from a previous statement), prevaricate

aparābhāva

m. the state of not succumbing or not breaking down

aparihāṇa

or a-parhāṇa- n. the state of not being deprived of anything,

apasiddhānta

m. an assertion or statement opposed to orthodox teaching or to settled dogma

apatha

n. not a way, absence of a road, pathless state

etc., wrong way, deviation

apaṭīkṣepeṇa

ind. with a toss of the curtain, precipitate entrance on the stage (indicating hurry and agitation) (see paṭīkṣepa-.)

apatitā

f. state of being without a husband.

āpatti

f. entering into a state or condition, entering into relationship with, changing into

etc.

apatyatā

f. state of childhood

āpekṣikatva

n. the state of being relative

apinī

to lead towards or to, bring to a state or condition

aprakḷptatā

f. the state of not being explicitly enjoined

apramāṇa

n. (in discussion) a statement of no importance or authority.

apratīghātitā

f. the state of not having (or meeting with) obstacles, of not being restrainable

apratipatti

f. the state of being undecided or confused

apratīti

f. the state of not being understood

apratyāmnāya

m. not a contradictory statement

aprāyatya

n. the state of being a-prayata-

āptabhāva

m. the state of being trustworthy

apuṃstva

n. the state of a eunuch.

araṇyadharma

m. forest usage, wild or savage state

ard

Ved. cl.6 P. (Imper. 3. plural ṛdantu-; imperfect tense 3. plural /ārdan-) to move, be moved, be scattered (as dust),

cl.1 P. ardati- (/ardati-,"to go, move"

) to dissolve

, (Aorist ārdīt-

anarda-

) to torment, hurt, kill

; to ask, beg for (accusative)

cl.7. ṛṇatti-, to kill

: Causal ardayati- (subjunctive ardayāsi-,Imper. 2. sg. ardaya-, imperfect tense /ādayat-,2. sg. ard/ayas-; Aorist ārdidat-,or [after ma-] ardayit-

) to make agitated, stir up, shake vehemently

, to do harm, torment, distress

etc. (generally used in perf. Pass. p. ardita- q.v), to strike, hurt, kill, destroy

Desiderative ardidiṣati- ; [ Latin ardeo.]

ārdraka

n. ([and f(ikā-).

]) ginger in its undried state

ārdravastratā

f. the state of having or standing in wet clothes

ārhantya

n. (gaRa brāhmaṇādi-

), the state or practice of an arhat- or jaina- saint.

arṇasa

mfn. (fr. /arṇas-) agitated, foaming

arṇava

mfn. agitated, foaming, restless

ārtatā

f. state of affliction, pain

arthāntarākṣepa

m. "throwing in another fact" id est establishing any disagreement with a statement by introducing a similar case (showing the impossibility of that statement),

arthaprāpti

f. "attainment of meaning" id est the state of being clear by itself.

arthāt

ind. ablative according to the state of the case, according to the circumstance, as a matter of fact

arthatattva

n. the true state of a case, fact of the matter.

arthopakṣepaka

mfn. "indicating or suggesting a matter (so as to facilitate the understanding of the plot)", a N. applied to the parts of a drama called viṣkambha-, cūlikā-, aṅkāsya-, aṅkāvatāra-, and praveśaka-, qq.vv.

arthopama

n. a simile which merely states the object of comparison (without adding the tertium comparationis or any particle of comparison exempli gratia, 'for example'"he is a lion", said in praise)

ārūḍha

mfn. having reached or attained, come into (a state)

arūḍhamūlatva

n. state of not having taken root, insufficient foundation,

arvākkalikatā

f. the belonging to a proximate time, the state of being more modern (than anything else)

asādhyatā

f. the state of one not to be mastered

asaṃdheyatā

f. the state of one with whom no peace is to be made,

asaṃjñika

n. unconsciousness, ecstatic state,

asaṃskāra

m. want of embellishment or care, natural state,

āśaṅk

A1. -śaṅkate- (seldom P. -saṅkati-) to suspect, fear, doubt, hesitate

etc. ; to expect, suppose, conjecture, think, imagine

etc. ; (in grammatical and philosophical discussions) to object, state a possible objection ; to mistrust

āsāra

m. a king whose dominions are separated by other states and who is an ally in war

āślath

A1. -ślathate-, to become loose

aśmatā

f. the state (hardness) of a stone

aśocyatā

f. the state of being not to be lamented

āspadatā

f. the state of being the place or abode of.

āspadatva

n. the state of being the place or abode of.

āspand

A1. -spandate-, to palpitate, quiver

āsphuṭ

Caus. -sphoṭayati-, to split open, crush, grind

; to move, agitate quickly ; to shake

āśrayaṇīyatva

n. the state of being a refuge

āśrayatva

n. the state of ā-śraya- above

commentator or commentary on

asṛktva

n. the state of blood

āsthā

f. state, condition

asūya

Nom. P. yati-, rarely A1. yate- (pr. p. y/at-

; Aorist āsūyīt-

;3. plural asūyiṣuḥ-

) to murmur at, be displeased or discontented with (dative case [

] or accusative [

etc.]) : Causal (ind.p. asūyayitvā-) to cause to be displeased, irritate

(

)

āśva

n. the state or action of a horse commentator or commentary on

aśvamedhatva

n. the state of an aśva-medha-

aśvatva

n. the state of a horse

āsyā

f. state of rest

atideśa

mfn. overruling, previously stated.

atidhyai

to meditate deeply

atithitva

n. state of a guest, hospitality.

ātmādiṣṭa

m. "self-dictated", a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself

aucitya

n. the state of being used to, habituation

audāttya

n. (fr. udātta-), the state of having the high tone or accent.

audumbaratva

n. the state of being made of the udumbara- tree

aupadeśikatva

n. the state of resulting from a special rule commentator or commentary on

aupadraṣṭrya

n. (fr. upadraṣṭṛ-), the state of being an eye-witness, super-intendence

aupagātra

n. the state of an upa-gātṛ- q.v

aupamya

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the state or condition of resemblance or equality, similitude, comparison, analogy

(see anaup-, ātmaup-,etc.)

auparādhayya

n. (fr. uparādhaya- gaRa brāhmaṇādi-

), the state of being serviceable or officious.

aurdhvadeha

mfn. (fr. ūrdhva-deha-), relating or referring to the state after death, relating to future life

auttarādharya

n. (fr. uttarādhara-), the state of being below and above

auttarādharya

n. the state of one thing being over the other

avadhūta

mfn. shaken, agitated (especially as plants or the dust by the wind), fanned

etc.

avaghūrṇ

(p. -ghūrṇamāna-) to move to and fro, be agitated

avaghūrṇa

mfn. shaking, agitated

avalamb

-lambate- (ind.p. -lambya-,exceptionally P. exempli gratia, 'for example' Potential -lambet-

) to hang down, glide or slip down, descend

etc. ; (pr. p. P. -lambat-) to set (as the sun)

; to catch hold of. cling to, hang to, hold on or support one's self by, rest upon as a support, depend upon (generally accusative;but also locative case [

] or instrumental case [

]), to hold up anything (to prevent its falling down)

; to enter a state or condition (as māyām-, mānuṣyatvam-, dhairyam-,etc.) ; to devote one's self to (accusative)

; "to incline towards", choose as a direction

: Causal (ind.p. -lambya-) to hang up

; to grasp (for support)

avasādana

n. the state of being disheartened

avasthā

P. -tiṣṭhati- (imperfect tense -atiṣṭhat-; Aorist subjunctive -sthāt-; perf. A1.3. sg. -tasthe-; perf. p. P. -tasthiv/as-) to go down into (accusative), reach down to (accusative)

; (Aorist subjunctive 2. plural -sthāta-), to go away from (ablative)

; (Aorist subjunctive 1. sg. -sthām-) to be separated from or deprived of (ablative)

: A1. (

;rarely P. exempli gratia, 'for example'

etc.) to take one's stand, remain standing

etc. ; to stay, abide, stop at any place (locative case)

etc. ; to abide in a state or condition (instrumental case)

etc. ; (with ind.p.) to remain or continue (doing anything)

, etc. ; to be found, exist, be present

; (perf. 1. sg. -tasthe-) to fall to, fall into the possession of (dative case)

; to enter, be absorbed in in (locative case)

; to penetrate (as sound or as fame)

: Passive voice -sthīyate-, to be settled or fixed or chosen

: Causal (generally ind.p. -sthāpya-) to cause to stand or stop (as a carriage or an army etc.), let behind

etc. ; to place upon (locative case), fix, set, array

etc. ; to cause to enter or be absorbed in (locative case)

; to render solid or firm

; to establish (by arguments) commentator or commentary on

: Passive voice Causal -sthāpyate-, to be kept firm ["to be separated"

]

avasthā

f. state, condition, situation (five are distinguished in dramas

), circumstance of age ([

]) or position, stage, degree

avasthācatuṣṭaya

n. the four periods or states of human life (viz. childhood, youth, manhood, and old age).

avasthādvaya

n. the two states of life (viz. happiness and misery).

avasthātraya

n. the three states (viz. waking, dreaming, and sound sleep)

āvedyamāna

mfn. being made known, being stated or represented.

āvī

P. -v/eti- (but also -v/ayati-

; perfect tense -vivāya-,etc.) to undertake ; to hasten near, approach

; to grasp, seize

; to drive on or near

: Intensive (Potential 3. plural /ā-vavīran-

) to tremble, be agitated ; (for the noun āvī-See āvi-,and for āvī- f.See āvya-.)

āvigna

mfn. agitated, confused

aviguṇa

mfn. not incomplete, not in a bad state, normal

āvikya

n. (gaRa purohitādi-

), the state of being or belonging to a sheep.

āviṣṭatva

n. the state of being possessed or burdened

avivakṣita

mfn. not intended to be stated or expressed

etc.

āvṛt

P. (only perfect tense in

, -vav/arta-) A1. -vartate- (Aorist 3. sg. /āvṛtsata-

; infinitive mood -v/ṛte-

) to turn or draw round or back or near

; to turn or go towards ; to turn round or back, return, revolve

etc.: Causal P. -vartayati- (Ved. subjunctive -vav/artati- Potential -vavṛtyāt-,etc.) A1. -vartayate- (Ved. Potential -vavṛtīta-,etc.) to cause to turn, roll ; to draw or turn towards ; to lead near or towards ; to bring back ; to turn round or back

etc. ; to repeat, recite, say repeatedly ; to pray

etc.: Intensive -varīvartti-

, to move quickly or repeatedly.

āvṛttidīpaka

n. (in rhetoric) enforcing a statement by repeating it

āvyadh

P. -vidhyati-, to throw in, fling away

; to drive or scare away ; to push away or out

; to shoot at, wound

etc. ; to hit, pierce, break ; to pin on

etc. ; to swing

etc. ; to stir up, excite, agitate

avyavasthā

f. unsettled state,

avyayatva

n. the state of an indeclinable word

avyayībhāva

m. "unchangeable state", an indeclinable compound

āyā

P. -yāti-, to come near or towards ; to arrive, approach

etc. ; to reach, attain, enter

etc. ; to get or fall into any state or condition ; to be reduced to, become anything (with the accusative of an abstr. noun)

ayājyatva

n. the state of not being fit for a sacrificial offering

āyatanatva

n. the state of being the site of, etc.

ayāthāpurya

n. (equals āyathāpurya-), the state of being a-yathāpuram- q.v

āyathāpurya

n. (equals a-yāthāpurya- q.v

), the state of being not as formerly.

ayāthātathya

n. (equals ā-yathātathya-), the state of being a-yathātatham- q.v

ayathoktam

ind. not in accordance with what has been stated

āyatimat

mfn. stately, dignified

ayātrā

f. the state of not being passable (as the sea)

ayonijatva

n. the state of not being born from a womb,

āyu

A1. (/ā-yuvate-

; perfect tense -yuyuv/e-

; parasmE-pada -yuv/amāna-

-yuvāna-

) to draw or pull towards one's self ; to seize, take possession of

; to procure, provide, produce

; to stir up, agitate, mingle

and

: Intensive (parasmE-pada -y/oyuvāna-

) to meddle with.

āyuḥśeṣatā

f. the state of being not yet about to die

bādhyatva

n. the state of being set aside, suspension, annulment

bāhyaprakṛti

f. plural the constituents of a foreign state exclusive of the king (see prakṛti-)

bāhyatva

n. the state of being outside, exclusion, deviation or divergence from (ablative)

bakatva

n. the state or condition of a crane

bālabhāva

m. state of a child, childhood, minority, infancy, youth

(

"inattention")

etc.

bālya

n. crescent state (of the moon)

bālya

n. crescent state (of the moon)

banditā

f. (

) the state or condition of a bard.

banditva

n. (

) the state or condition of a bard.

bhāgyabhāva

m. state of fortune

bhāgyavṛtti

f. course or state of fortune, destiny

bhairavatva

n. the state of being bhairava- or a form of śivi-

bhaṅgibhāva

m. (fr. gin-+ bh-?) the state of being bent or contracted

bhānutā

f. the state or condition of being the sun

bhāṣ

cl.1 A1. (

) bh/āṣate- (Epic also P. ti-; perfect tense babhāṣe-

etc.; future bhāṣiṣyate-or bhāṣitā- grammar : Aorist abhāṣiṣi-, ṣṭhāḥ-, ṣata-

; infinitive mood bhāṣitum-

; bhāṣṭum-

; ind.p. bhāṣitvā-, -bhāṣya-

), to speak, talk, say, tell (with acc, of thing or person, sometimes also with accusative of thing and person)

etc. ; to speak of or about or on (accusative)

; to announce, declare

; to call, name, describe as (with two accusative)

; to use or employ in speaking

; Passive voice bhāṣyate- (Aorist abhāṣi-), to be spoken, be addressed or spoken to

etc.: Causal bhāṣayati-, te- (Aorist ababhāṣat-or abībhaṣat-

) , to cause to speak or talk

; to cause to speak id est to think, agitate, disquiet

; to say, speak

: Desiderative , bibhāṣiṣate- grammar : Intensive babhāṣyate-, bābhāṣṭi-

(sometimes confounded with bhaṣ-; see bhaṇ-and bhās-).

bhasmatā

f. the state or condition of ashes (accusative with yā-,to become ashes)

bhasmībhāva

m. the state or condition of becoming ashes (vaṃ gataḥ-,"reduced to ashes")

bhava

m. being, state of being, existence, life (equals sat-tā-

)

(see bhavāntara-)

bhāva

m. state, condition, rank (with sthāvira-,old age; anyam bhāvam āpadyate-,euphem. = he dies;state of being anything, especially in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' exempli gratia, 'for example' bālabhāva-,the state of being a child, childhood equals bālatā-,or tva-;sometimes added pleonastically to an abstract noun exempli gratia, 'for example' tanutā-bhāva-,the state of thinness)

etc.

bhāva

m. true condition or state, truth, reality (in the beginning of a compound and bhāvena vena- ind.really, truly)

bhāva

m. any state of mind or body, way of thinking or feeling, sentiment, opinion, disposition, intention (yādṛśena bhāvena-,with whatever disposition of mind; bhāvam amaṅgalaṃ-kṛ-,with locative case,to be ill disposed against; bhāvaṃ dṛḍhaṃ-kṛ-,to make a firm resolution)

etc.

bhāva

m. (in astronomy) the state or condition of a planet

bhāvakarman

n. dual number the neuter and passive state (exempli gratia, 'for example' aśāyi-,it was slept, fr.2. śī-)

bhāvakartṛka

mfn. (a verb) having for its agent the state implied by it, an impersonal verb

bhāvanāmārga

m. a spiritual state

bhāvāntara

n. another state or condition

bhāvatva

n. the state of becoming or being etc.

bhāvavacana

mfn. signifying a state or action, denoting the abstract notion of a verb

bhāvavat

mfn. being in any state or condition

(see gaRa rasādi-).

bhavika

n. a salutary state, prosperity, happiness

bhāvitā

f. the state of being or becoming etc.

bhāvitva

n. the state of being or becoming (in anya-bh-)

bhāvyatva

n. the state of being about to happen, futurity

bhayavihvala

mfn. disturbed or agitated with fear

bhinnadarśin

mfn. seeing different things, state a difference, making a different (opp. to sama-d-), partial

bhinnatva

n. the state of being different from (compound)

bhiṣaktva

n. the state or condition of a physicians

bhogatva

n. the state of being curved or winding, curvedness

bhogyatā

f. (

) (

) the state of being used, usefulness, profitableness, enjoyableness.

bhogyatva

n. (

) the state of being used, usefulness, profitableness, enjoyableness.

bhojyatā

f. (

) the condition of being eaten, the state of being food (tāṃyā-,to become food) .

bhojyatva

n. (

) the condition of being eaten, the state of being food (tāṃyā-,to become food) .

bhoktṛtva

n. the state of being an enjoyer etc., enjoyment, possession, perception

bhram

cl.1 P. (

) bhramati- (Epic also te-) and cl.4 P. (

), bhrāmyati- (Potential bhramyāt-

; perfect tense babhrāma-,3. plural babhramuḥ-or bhremuḥ-

etc.; future bhramitā- grammar; bhramiṣyati-

; Aorist abhramīt-

; infinitive mood bhramitum-or bhrāntum-

etc.; ind.p. bhramitvā-, bhrāntvā-, -bhrāmya-

), to wander or roam about, rove, ramble (with deśam-,to wander through or over a country;with bhikṣām-,go about begging)

etc. ; to fly about (as bees)

; to roll about (as the eyes)

; to wag (as the tongue)

; to quiver (as the fetus in the womb)

; to move to and fro or unsteadily, flicker, flutter, reel, totter

; to move round, circulate, revolve (as stars)

; to spread, be current (as news)

; to waver, be perplexed, doubt, err

: Passive voice Aorist abhrāmi- (impersonal or used impersonally,with te-,"you have wandered or roamed about")

: Causal bhrāmayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist abibhramat-: Passive voice bhrāmyate-), to cause to wander or roam, drive or move about, agitate

etc. ; (with paṭaham-or ha-ghoṣaṇām-), to move a drum about, proclaim by beat of drum

; to cause to move or turn round or revolve, swing, brandish

etc. ; to drive through (accusative) in a chariot

; to disarrange

; to cause to err, confuse

; to move or roam about (Aorist abibhramat-; Bombay edition ababhramat-)

: Desiderative bibhramiṣati- grammar : Intensive bambhramīti-, bambhramyate- (also with pass. meaning) and bambhrānti- (only grammar), to roam about repeatedly or frequently, wander through, circumambulate

[ confer, compare Greek ; Latin fremere; German bre0men,brimmen,brummen; English brim,brim-stone.]

bhṛtyābhāva

m. a state of servitude or dependence

bhūdharatā

f. the state or act of supporting the earth

bhūmitva

n. the state of earth, earthiness (exempli gratia, 'for example' -tvam eti-,"he becomes earth")

bhur

(prob. a secondary form of bhri-not in

), P. A1. bhur/ati-, te-, to move rapidly or convulsively, stir, palpitate, quiver, struggle (in swimming)

: Intensive j/arbhurīti- (parasmE-pada j/arbhurat-, rāṇa-), to flicker (as fire)

(confer, compare Greek , ; Latin furere.)

bhuraṇya

Nom. P. y/ati-, to be active or restless, stir

; to stir (trans.), agitate (a liquid)

bhūtārthakathana

n. (

) statement of facts

bhūtārthavarṇana

n. (

) statement of facts

bhūtārthavyāhṛti

f. (

) statement of facts

bhūtasaṃsāra

m. the course or circuit of existence (through continuous states of being)

bhūtatva

n. the state of being an element

bodhisattva

m. "one whose essence is perfect knowledge", one who is on the way to the attainment of perfect knowledge (id est a Buddhist saint when he has only one birth to undergo before obtaining the state of a supreme buddha- and then nirvāṇa-)

(the early doctrine had only one bodhi-sattva-, viz. maitreya-;the later reckoned many more

)

bodhisattvatā

f. the state of a bodhisattva--state, bodhi-sattva--ship

brahmacarya

n. study of the veda-, the state of an unmarried religious student, a state of continence and chastity (alsof(ā-).

)

etc. (accusative with grah-, car-, vas-, ā-gam-, upa-i-,to practise chastity; see -cārin-)

brahmacaryatva

n. the unmarried state, continence, chastity

brāhmaṇavacana

n. the statement of a brāhmaṇa- text

brāhmaṇītva

n. the state or condition of a brāhmaṇi- woman

brāhmaṇya

n. the state or rank of a Brahman, Brahmanhood, priestly rank or character

etc. (see a-br-)

brahmarṣitā

f. the state or rank of a brahmarṣi-

brahmarṣitva

n. the state or rank of a brahmarṣi-

brahmasūtrapada

n. the word or statement of a brahma-sūtra-

brahmasūtrapada

mf(ā-or ī-)n. consisting of such a word or statement

brahmatā

f. the state or condition of a Brahman,"Brahmanhood"

brahmatā

f. the state or nature of brahma- divine nature

brahmatva

n. the state of or identification with brahma-

brahmavihāra

m. pious conduct, perfect state (4 with Buddhists)

buddhipūrva

mf(ā-)n. preceded by design, premeditated, intentional, wilful

ind. and, both, also, moreover, as well as (= , Latin que,placed like these particles as an enclitic after the word which it connects with what precedes;when used with a personal pronoun this must appear in its fuller accented form(exempli gratia, 'for example' t/ava ca m/ama ca-[not te ca me ca-],"both of thee and me") , when used after verbs the first of them is accented

;it connects whole sentences as well as parts of sentences;in

the double ca-occurs more frequently than the single(exempli gratia, 'for example' ah/aṃ ca tv/aṃ ca-,"I and thou",

);the double ca-may also be used somewhat redundantly in class. Sanskrit(exempli gratia, 'for example' kva hariṇakānāṃ jīvitaṃ cātilolaṃ kva ca vajra-sārāḥ śarās te-,"where is the frail existence, of fawns and where are thy adamantine arrows?"

);in later literature, however, the first ca-is more usually omitted(exempli gratia, 'for example' ahaṃ tvaṃ ca-),and when more than two things are enumerated only one ca-is often found(exempli gratia, 'for example' tejasā yaśasā lakṣmyā sthityā ca parayā-,"in glory, in fame, in beauty, and in high position"

);elsewhere, when more than two things are enumerated, ca-is placed after some and omitted after others(exempli gratia, 'for example' ṛṇa-dātā ca vaidyaś ca śrotriyo nadī-,"the payer of a debt and a physician [and] a Brahman [and] a river"

);in Vedic or Veda and even in class. Sanskrit[

] , when the double ca-would generally be used, the second may occasionally be omitted(exempli gratia, 'for example' indraś ca soma-,"both indra- [and thou] soma-"

; durbhedyaś cāśusaṃdheyaḥ-,"both difficult to be divided [and] quickly united"

);with lexicographers ca-may imply a reference to certain other words which are not expressed(exempli gratia, 'for example' kamaṇḍalau ca karakaḥ-,"the word karaka-has the meaning "pitcher"and other meanings");sometimes ca-is equals eva-,even, indeed, certainly, just(exempli gratia, 'for example' su-cintitaṃ cauṣadhaṃ na nāma-mātreṇa karoty arogam-,"even a well-devised remedy does not cure a disease by its mere name"

; yāvanta eva te tāvāṃśca saḥ-,"as great as they [were] just so great was he"

);occasionally ca-is disjunctive,"but","on the contrary","on the other hand","yet","nevertheless"(varam ādyau na cāntimaḥ-,"better the two first but not the last"

; śāntam idam āśrama-padaṃ sphurati ca bāhuḥ-,"this hermitage is tranquil yet my arm throbs"

); ca-ca-,though-yet

; ca-na ca-,though - yet not

; ca-- na tu-(varia lectio nanu-) idem or 'm. the letter or sound ca-.',

; na ca-- ca-,though not - yet

; ca-may be used for vā-,"either","or"(exempli gratia, 'for example' iha cāmutra vā-,"either here or hereafter"

; strī vā pumān vā yac cānyat sattvam-,"either a woman or a man or any other being"

) , and when a negative particle is joined with ca-the two may then be translated by"neither","nor";occasionally one ca-or one na-is omitted(exempli gratia, 'for example' na ca paribhoktuṃ naiva śaknomi hātum-,"I am able neither to enjoy nor to abandon"

; na pūrvāhṇe nā ca parāhṇe-,"neither in the forenoon nor in the afternoon"); ca-ca-may express immediate connection between two acts or their simultaneous occurrence(exempli gratia, 'for example' mama ca muktaṃ tamasā mano manasijena dhanuṣi śaraś ca niveśitaḥ-,"no sooner is my mind freed from darkness than a shaft is fixed on his bow by the heart-born god",

); ca-is sometimes equals ced-,"if"(confer, compare

;the verb is accented)

; ca-may be used as an expletive(exempli gratia, 'for example' anyaiś ca kratubhiś ca-,"and with other sacrifices"); ca-is often joined to an adverb like eva-, api-, tathā-, tathaiva-,etc., either with or without a negative particle(exempli gratia, 'for example' vairiṇaṃ nopaseveta sahāyaṃ caiva vairiṇaḥ-,"one ought not to serve either an enemy or the ally of an enemy"

);(See eva-, api-,etc.) For the meaning of ca-after an interrogativeSee 2. k/a-,2. kath/ā-, k/im-, kv/a-); ([ confer, compare , Latin que,pe(innempeetc.); Gothic uh; Zend ca; Old Persian ca1.])

cakravartitā

f. the state of a universal emperor

cakṣuṣṭva

n. the state or condition of the eye

cal

(confer, compare car-and also caṭ-) cl.1. lati- (metrically also A1. te-; perf. cacāla- plural celur-; future caliṣyati-; Aorist acālīt-), to be moved, stir, tremble, shake, quiver, be agitated, palpitate

etc. ; to move on or forward, proceed, go away, start off, depart

(āsanebhyo 'calan-,"they rose from their seat",

) etc. ; to set (said of the day)

; to be moved from one's usual course, be disturbed, become confused or disordered, go astray

etc. ; to turn away from, swerve, deviate from (ablative exempli gratia, 'for example' dharmāt-,to swerve from virtue

), fall off (with ablative)

etc. ; to sport about, frolic, play (

)

: Causal calayati- (

) , to cause to move, move, shake, jog, push, agitate, disturb

; to cause to deviate, turn off from (ablative)

: Causal cālay- (Passive voice cālyate-) to cause to move, shake, jog, push, agitate

etc. ; to drive, drive away, remove or expel from (ablative)

; to disturb, make confused or disordered

; to cause to deviate from (ablative)

; to cherish, foster

(varia lectio for bal-): Intensive cañcalyate- (confer, compare cañcala-) or cāc- (confer, compare /a-vicācala-ff.)

; ([ confer, compare, ; Latin celer,pro-cello,ex-.])

calormi

mfn. having agitated waves

cañcutā

f. the state of a beak

caramabhavika

mfn. being in the last earthly state

caramāvasthā

f. the last state

caturdhāśānti

f. a religious ceremony performed at the time of making the stated offerings to deceased ancestors

cāturmāsyatva

n. the state of a cāturmāsya- sacrifice

caturmukhatva

n. (śiva-'s) state of having 4 faces

caturmūrtitva

n. the state of being four-faced

cauḍikya

n. the state of being cūḍika- gaRa purohitādi-.

ced

ind. iti cen- (often placed at the end of an objector's statement)"if it be argued that..", na- "no, it is not so"

cetanatā

f. the state of a sentient or conscious being, intelligence.

chandastva

n. the state of a sacred hymn or of its metre

chid

cl.7. chin/atti-, chintte- (imperative n/attu-;2. sg. ndh/i-[ confer, compare

];2. dual number nt/am-; subjunctive 1. sg. n/adai-; Potential ndet-

; cl.9. 1. sg. chinnāmi-

; imperfect tense 2. sg. achinad-,or nas-

; perfect tense ciccheda-, cchide-; parasmE-pada cchidvas-,

; Aorist acchidat-or acchaitsīt-[ subjunctive ch-

etc.]

;2. sg. chitsi-

;1. plural chedma-

; A1. acchitta-and 2. sg. tthās-[ subjunctive ch-

; future chetsyati-,

; ind.p. chittvā- infinitive mood chettum-; Passive voice chidyate-;

See /a-cchidyamāna-; Aorist /acchedi-and chedi-

) to cut off, amputate, cut through, hew, chop, split, pierce

etc. ; to divide, separate from (ablative;exceptionally instrumental case

)

; to destroy, annihilate, efface, blot out

etc. ; (in mathematics) to divide

: Passive voice to be split or cut, break

: Causal chedayati- (Aorist acicchidat-) to cut off.

; to cause to cut off or through

: Desiderative See cicchitsu- : Intensive cecchidīti- (

), dyate- (

Va1rtt. 2

) ; future Ist ditā-,

Va1rtt. 2

; ([ confer, compare , etc.; Latin scindo; Gothic skeida.])

chinnamastakā

f. "decapitated", a headless form of durgā-

chinnamastakīkṛ

to decapitate

cintya

mfn. to be considered or reflected or meditated upon

etc.

citra

mf(/ā-)n. agitated (as the sea, opposed to sama-)

cittavṛtti

f. state of mind, feeling, emotion

cūrṇatā

f. the state of dust or powder

cyu

cl.1. cy/avate- (Epic also ti-; subjunctive 1. sg. cy/avam-

;3. plural cyavanta-,

future cyoṣyate-

; Aorist 2. plural acyoḍhvam-[ subjunctive cy-,

] and preceding cyoṣīḍhvam-

) to move to and fro, shake about

; to stir, move from one's place, go away, retire from (ablative), turn off;

;

; to deviate from (ablative), abandon (duty etc. ablative;exceptionally genitive case

infinitive mood cyavitum-)

; to come forth from, come out of. drop from, trickle, stream forth from (ablative; see 2. cyut-),

; to fall down, fall, slide from (ablative),

; to fall from any divine existence (so as to be re-born as a man)

; to die

; "to fall from", be deprived of, lose (with ablative)

(Aorist acyoṣṭa-) ; to fall away, fade away, disappear, vanish, perish

; to fail

; to sink down, sink (literally and figuratively)

; (in the series of re-births)

; to decrease (with instrumental case)

; to bring about, create, make

(perfect tense 2. sg. cicyuṣ/e- see

);

(perfect tense cucyuv/e-) ; to cause to go away, make forget

; Causal cyāv/ayati- (once cyav-

always cyav-, parasmE-pada cyāv/ayat-

; imperfect tense acucyavur-,

; perfect tense cyāvayām āsa-

) P. to cause to move, shake, agitate

; A1. to be moved or shaken

; P. to loosen,

; to remove from a place, drive away from (ablative)

; to cause (rain, v/ṛṣṭim-) to fall

; to deprive any one (accusative) of (accusative)

; Intensive (imperfect tense 2. plural acucyavītana-) to shake

: Causal Desiderative cicyāvayiṣati- or cucy-

dahanatā

f. the state of fire

dainya

n. wretchedness, affliction, depression, miserable state

etc.

dakṣiṇābandha

m. "bondage of ritual reward", one of the 3 states of bondage (in sāṃkhya- philosophy)

dakṣiṇātva

n. the state of the sacrificial gift

dalāditva

n. the state of a leaf. etc.,

dāmpatya

n. (fr. dam-pati-) state of husband and wife, matrimonial relationship

daṇḍatva

n. the state of a stick

dantagrāhitā

f. the state of injuring the teeth

daridratā

f. indigence, penury, state of being deprived of (in compound)

daśā

f. state or condition of life, period of life (youth, manhood, etc.), condition, circumstances

etc.

daśāpanna

(śap-) mfn. being in a particular state or condition.

daśatva

n. the state of 10

daśāviśeṣa

m. any particular state

daurbrāhmaṇya

n. the state of being a bad Brahman

dauṣpuruṣya

n. the state of a bad man gaRa yuvādi-.

dautya

n. (fr. dūta-) the state or function of a messenger, message, mission

etc. ( dautyaka yaka- n.

)

dehatva

n. the state or condition of a body

deśya

n. the proposition or statement (equals pūrva-pakṣa-)

devarṣitva

n. state or rank of a divine sages

devatātva

n. state of divinity

devītva

n. the state or rank of a goddess or queen

dhā

cl.3 P. A1. d/adhāti-, dhatt/e-

etc. (P. dual number dadhv/as-, dhatth/as-, dhatt/as-[

]; plural dadhm/asi-or m/as-, dhatth/a-, dādhati-; imperfect tense /adadhāt- plural dhur-,

plural /adhatta-or /adadhāta-

; subjunctive d/adhat-or dhāt-[

], dhas-, dhatas-, dhan-; Potential dadhy/āt-; imperative dādhātu- plural dhatu-;2. sg. dheh/i-[fr. dhaddhi-; confer, compare

] or dhattāt-

;2. plural dhatt/a-,

, dhattana-,

, d/adhāta-,

,or tana-,

[ confer, compare

]; parasmE-pada d/adhat-, ti- m. plural tas-; A1.1. sg. dadh/e-[at once3. sg. equals dhatt/e-

and= perfect tense A1.],2. sg. dh/atse-,

or dhats/e-

dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-;2. plural dhidhv/e-[ confer, compare perfect tense ];3. plural d/adhate-

; imperfect tense /adhatta-, tthās-; subjunctive d/adhase-,

[

]; Potential d/adhīta-

dadhīt/a-,

; imperative 2. sg. dhatsva-,

or dadhiṣva-,

;2. plural dhaddhvam-[

]or dadhidhvam-

,etc.;3. pl. dadhatām-

; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-) ; rarely cl.1 P. A1. dadhati-, te-

; only thrice cl.2 P. dh/āti-

; and once cl.4 A1. Potential dhāyeta-

(pf.P. dadh/au-, dh/ātha-, dhatur-, dhim/ā-, dhur-

etc.; A1. dadh/e-[ confer, compare proper ], dadhiṣ/e-or dhiṣe-

;2.3. dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-,2. pl. dadhidhv/e-[ confer, compare proper ];3. plural dadhir/e-, dadhre-,

,or dhire-,

; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-[ confer, compare proper ]; Aorist P. /adhāt-, dh/āt-, dh/ās-; adh/ur-, dh/ur-

etc.; Potential dheyām-, yur-; dhetana-

; 2. sg. dhāyīs-

; imperative dh/ātu-[ confer, compare

];2. plural dh/āta-or tana-,3. plural dhāntu-

; A1. adhita-, thās-, adhītām-, adhīmahi-, dhīmahi-, dhimahe-, dhāmahe-

;3. sg. ahita-, hita-

; subjunctive dh/ethe-

, dhaithe-,

; imperative dhiṣv/ā-,

; P. adhat-

; dhat-

; P. dhāsur- subjunctive sathas-and satha-

; A1. adhiṣi-, ṣata-

; Potential dhiṣīya-

[

]; dheṣīya-

; future dhāsyati-, te-or dhātā-

etc.; infinitive mood dh/ātum-

etc.;Ved. also tave-, tav/ai-, tos-; dhiy/adhyai-

;Class. also -dhitum-; ind.p. dhitv/ā-

; hitvā-[

], -dh/āya-and -dh/ām-

: Passive voice dhīy/ate-

etc.[

] , p. dhīy/amāna-

; Aorist /adhāyi-, dh/āyi-

[

]; preceding dhāsīṣṭa-or dhāyiṣīṣṭa-[

]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (locative case)

etc. etc. (with daṇḍam-,to inflict punishment on [with locative case

,with genitive case

];with tat-padavyām padam-,to put one's foot in another's footstep id est imitate, equal

) ; to take or bring or help to (locative case or dative case;with ār/e-,to remove)

; (A1.) to direct or fix the mind or attention (cintām-, manas-, matim-, samādhim-etc.) upon, think of (locative case or dative case), fix or resolve upon (locative case dative case accusative with prati-or a sentence closed with iti-)

; to destine for, bestow on, present or impart to (locative case dative case or genitive case)

etc. (Passive voice to be given or granted, fall to one's [dat.] lot or share

) ; to appoint, establish, constitute

; to render (with double accusative)

; to make, produce, generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute

etc. (Aorist with pūrayām-, mantrayām-, varayām-etc. equals pūrayām-etc. cakāra-) ; to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear, put on (clothes)

etc. ; (A1.) to accept, obtain, conceive (especially in the womb), get, take (with /okas-or c/anas-,to take pleasure or delight in [loc. or dative case ])

; to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur, undergo

: Causal -dhāpayati-

(See antar-dhā-, śrad-dhā-etc.) : Desiderative dh/itsati-, te- (

) , to wish to put in or lay on (locative case)

(Class. Passive voice dhitsyate-; dhitsya-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) ; d/idhiṣati-, te-, to wish to give or present

; (A1.) to wish to gain, strive after (parasmE-pada d/idhiṣāṇa-,

)

: with avady/am-, to bid defiance

(confer, compare didhiṣ/āyya-, didhiṣ/u-): Intensive dedhīyate-

[ confer, compare Zend da1,dadaiti; Greek ,; Lithuanian dedu4,de4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian dedja,diti; Old Saxon duan,do7n, Anglo-Saxon do7n,Engl.do; German tuan;tuon,thun.]

dhāman

n. state, condition

dharmamegha

m. a particular samādhi-

( dharmameghadhyāna -dhyāna-; n.a particular state of mind connected with it

)

dharmin

mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') following the laws or duties of, having the rights or attributes or peculiarities of. having anything as a characteristic mark, subject to any state or condition

etc.

dharmopadeśa

m. the statement of modality

(see ma-mātra-)

dhenutva

n. the state of being a cow

dhū

cl.5 P. A1. dhūn/oti-, nut/e-

; dhunoti-, nute-

etc. ; cl.6 P. (

) dhuvati-

(confer, compare ni--; Potential dhūvet-

) ; cl.9 P. A1. (

) Potential dhunīyāt-

; parasmE-pada A1. dhunāna-

; cl.1 P. (

) dhavati- ; cl.2 A1., 3. plural dhuvate- (dhunv/ate-?)

; parasmE-pada dhuvān/a-

(perfect tense dudhāva-

, dhuve-

; dudhuvīta-and dūdhot-

: Aorist adhūṣṭa-,3. plural ṣata-

; adhoṣṭa-, adhaviṣṭa-; adhauṣīt-, adhāvīt- grammar; future dhaviṣyati-, te-

etc.; dhoṣyati-, te-, dhotā-& dhavitā- grammar; ind.p. dhūtvā-

, -dh/ūya-

etc.; infinitive mood dhavitum- grammar) to shake, agitate, cause to tremble

etc. ; to shake down from (exempli gratia, 'for example' fruits [ accusative ] from a tree [ accusative ])

; (oftener A1.) to shake off, remove, liberate one's self from (accusative)

etc. ; to fan, kindle (a fire)

etc. ; to treat roughly, hurt, injure, destroy

; to strive against, resist

: Passive voice dhūy/ate-

etc. (parasmE-pada dhūyat-

): Causal dhāvayati- (

) and dhūnayati- (See dhūna-): Desiderative dudhūṣati-, te- grammar ; Intensive dodhavīti-

(parasmE-pada dodhuvat d/avidhvat-

) ; dodhūyate-, parasmE-pada yamāna-and yat-

; so shake or move violently (trans. and intr.) ; to shake off or down ; to fan or kindle. [ confer, compare dhav-and dhāv-; Greek , .]

dhūmatā

f. state of being smoke

dhūna

mfn. (

) shaken, agitated

dhūnaya

Nom. P. yati-, to shake, agitate

Va1rtt. 1

dhuryatā

f. the state of being a burden-bearer, the office of a minister etc.

dhuta

mfn. shaken, agitated

dhūta

mfn. shaken, stirred, agitated

etc. etc. (said of the soma-="rinsed"

dhauta-)

dhvasti

f. cessation of all the consequences of actions (one of the 4 states to which the yogin- attains)

dhyai

cl.1 P. dhy/āyati- (Epic also te-,or cl.2. dhyāti-; imperative dhyāhi-; Potential dhyāyāt-

; yīta-

; perf. dadhyau-

etc.; Aorist /adhyāsīt-

;3. plural dhyāsur-

; future dhyāsyati-

; dhyātā-

; ind.p. dhyātvā-

; -dhyāya-

; dhyāyam-

) to think of, imagine, contemplate, meditate on, call to mind, recollect (with or scilicet manasā-or si-, cetasā-, dhiyā-, hṛdaye-etc.)

etc. ; to brood mischief against (accusative)

; (alone) to be thoughtful or meditative

etc. ; to let the head hang down (said of an animal)

: Passive voice dhyāyate-, to be thought of, etc.

; Causal dhyāpayati- grammar : Desiderative didhyāsate-

: Intensive dādhyāyate-, dādhyāti-, dādhyeti- grammar

dhyānamudrā

f. a prescribed attitude in which to meditate on a deity

dhyāta

mfn. thought of, meditated on

dhyāyamāna

mfn. being reflected or meditated upon

dhyeya

mfn. to be meditated on, fit for meditation, to be pondered or imagined

dīkṣitavāda

m. the statement that a person is initiated

dīnāra

m. (fr.,denarius) a gold coin or a certain weight of gold (variously stated as 2 kāṣṭha-s, 1 pala- of 32 Rettis or the large pala- of 108 suvarṇa-s)

dīpta

mfn. excited, agitated (krodha--

)

diṣṭabhāva

m. "appointed state" id est death

dolācalacittavṛtti

(

) mfn. one whose mind is agitated like a swing.

dolākuladhī

(lāk-

) (

) mfn. one whose mind is agitated like a swing.

dṛṣṭārthatattvajña

mfn. knowing the true, state or circumstances of the case

duṣprakampa

mfn. difficult to be shaken or agitated, immovable

duṣprakampya

mfn. difficult to be shaken or agitated, immovable

dūtatva

n. the office or state of a messenger

dūtitva

wrong reading for tī-tva- n. the office or state of a procuress

dūtya

n. the state or office of an ambassador

dvaidha

n. a twofold form or state, duality, duplicity, division, separation into two parts, contest, dispute, doubt, uncertainty

etc.

dvairājya

n. the boundaries of 2 states, a frontier

dvaividhya

n. twofold state or nature or character, duplicity, variance

dvaṃdvībhū

to become joined in couples

; to engage in single combat

; to hesitate or be doubtful (see dva-bhūta-).

dvitīyatā

f. state of being second

dyut

cl.1 A1. dy/otate-

(also ti-) etc. (perfect tense didyute-, parasmE-pada tān/a-

[ see

], didy/ota-

; dyutur-.

; Aorist adyutat-and /adidyutat-

; /adyaut-

, adyotiṣṭa-

parasmE-pada P. dyutat- A1. tān/a-or dy/utāna-

; future dyotiṣyati-

; ind.p. dyutitvā-or dyot-

; -dyutya-

) to shine, be bright or brilliant: Causal dyotayati-(te-,

) to make bright, illuminate, irradiate

; to cause to appear, make clear or manifest, express, mean

: Desiderative dedyutiṣati- or didyot-

: Intensive d/avidyot-, 3. plural dyutati-

; dedyutyate-

, to shine, glitter, be bright or brilliant

( ā-i-) P. -eti-, to come near or towards, go near, approach

etc. ; (with and without punar-) to come back, come again to

etc. ; to reach, attain, enter, come into (a state or position)

etc. ; to submit, fall to one's share

(āyayanti-?)

: Intensive A1. (3. dual number -iyāte-;1. plural -īmahe-) to hasten near

; to request

cl.1 P. /ejati-, to stir, move, tremble, shake

: cl.1 A1. ejate-, ejāṃ-cakre-, ejitā-, to shine

: Causal P. A1. ejayati-, -te-, to agitate, shake

ekacakra

m. the state of being sole master, supremacy (of a king)

ekacakravartitā

f. the state of revolving on one wheel (said of the sun)

ekacitīkatva

n. the state of having one layer commentator or commentary on

ekadeśatva

n. the state of being a part or portion of the whole

ekadeśin

m. a disputant who knows only part of the true state of a case.

ekaikaśya

n. single state, severalty

ekalakṣyatā

f. the state of being the only aim

ekāntatā

f. the state of being a part or portion

ekāntatva

n. the state of being a part or portion

ekapakṣībhāva

m. the state of being the one alternative commentator or commentary on

ekapatnitā

f. the state of having the same wife, (with bahūnām-) polyandry

ekārāmatā

f. the state of the above

ekārthatā

f. the state of having the same object or purpose

ekārthatva

n. the state of having the same object or purpose

ekaśrutimūlatva

n. the state of being based on the same Vedic passage

ekavastratā

f. the state of having but a single garment

etadavastha

mfn. of such a state or condition

eva

ind. (in its most frequent use of strengthening the idea expressed by any word, eva-must be variously rendered by such adverbs as) just, exactly, very, same, only, even, alone, merely, immediately on, still, already, etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' tvam eva yantā nānyo 'sti pṛthivyām-,thou alone art a charioteer, no other is on earth, i.e. thou art the best charioteer

; tāvatīm eva rātrim-,just so long as a night; evam- eva-or tathaiva-,exactly so, in this manner only;in the same manner as above; tenaiva mantreṇa-,with the same mantra- as above; apaḥ spṛṣṭvaiva-,by merely touching water; tān eva-,these very persons; na cirād eva-,in no long time at all; japyenaiva-,by sole repetition; abhuktvaiva-,even without having eaten; iti vadann eva-,at the very moment of saying so; sa jīvann eva-,he while still living, etc.)

etc.

evamabhyanūkta

mfn. so stated or spoken about

evaṃgata

mfn. being in such a condition or state, so circumstanced, of such kind

gā

cl.3 P. j/igāti- (

; jagāti-,

(varia lectio); subjunctive j/igāt-; imperative j/igātu-; Aorist agāt-;3. plural agan-

; subjunctive [1. sg. geṣam-See anu--and upa--],2. sg. g/ās-,3. sg. gāt-,2. plural gāt/a-,3. plural gur-;[ perf. jigāya-See ud--], perf. Potential jagāyāt-[

]

; infinitive mood g/ātave-

;in Class. Sanskrit only the Aorist P. agāt-occurs, for A1.See adhi--; Aorist Passive voice agāyi-, agāsātām-

; cl.2 P. g/āti-

; A1. gāte-

) to go, go towards, come, approach (with accusative or locative case)

etc. ; to go after, pursue

; to fall to one's (dative case) share, be one's (accusative) due,

; to come into any state or condition (accusative), undergo, obtain

etc. ; to go away (from ablative;to any place locative case)

; to come to an end

; to walk (on a path accusative or instrumental case)

; (jigāti-) to be born

: Desiderative jigīṣati-, to desire to go

; ([ confer, compare , ; Old German ga1m,ga1s,etc.; Gothic ga-tvo; English go.])

gāhita

mfn. shaken, agitated

gajagāminī

f. a woman of a stately elephant-like walk

gajagati

f. a stately gait like that of an elephant

gajapati

m. a stately elephant

gajatā

f. the state of an elephant

gajatva

n. the state of an elephant

gam

Ved. cl.1 P. g/amati- (

; subjunctive gamam-, g/amat-[ gamātas-, gamātha-

], gamāma-, gaman-

; Potential gam/ema-

; infinitive mood g/amadhyai-

) : cl.2 P. g/anti- (

; imperative 3. sg. gantu-,[2. sg. gadhi-See ā--,or gahi-See adhi--, abhy-ā--, ā--, upā--],2. plural g/antā-or gantana-

; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. /agan-[

] , 1. plural /aganma-[

; confer, compare

] , 3. plural /agman-

; subjunctive [or Aorist subjunctive confer, compare

]1. plural ganma-,3. plural gm/an-

; Potential 2. sg. gamyās-

; preceding 3. sg. gamy/ās-

; pr. p. gm/at-,

) : cl.3 P. jaganti- (

; Potential jagamyām-, yāt-

; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. ajagan-,2. plural ajaganta-or tana-

) : Ved. and Class. cl.1 P. (also A1.

etc.) , with substitution of gacch- ([= ]) for gam-, g/acchati- (confer, compare

; subjunctive gācchāti-

;2. sg. gacchās-[

] or gacchāsi-[

];2. plural gacchāta-

;3. plural g/acchān-

; imperfect tense /agacchat-; Potential gacchet-; pr. p. g/acchat-

etc.; Aorist agamat-

;for A1.with prepositions confer, compare

future gamiṣyati-

etc.; 1st future g/antā-[

]

etc.; perf. 1. sg. jagamā-[

],3. sg. jagāma-,2. dual number jagmathur-,3. plural jagm/ur-

etc.; parasmE-pada jaganv/as-[

etc.] or jagmivas-

f. jagm/uṣī-

etc.;Ved. infinitive mood g/antave-, g/antav/ai-;Class. infinitive mood gantum-:Ved. ind.p. gatvāya-, gatv/ī-;Class. ind.p. gatv/ā-[

etc.] , with prepositions -gamya-or -gatya-

) to go, move, go away, set out, come

etc. ; to go to or towards, approach (with accusative or locative case or dative case [

; confer, compare

] or prati-[

])

etc. ; to go or pass (as time exempli gratia, 'for example' kāle gacchati-,time going on, in the course of time)

; to fall to the share of (accusative)

etc. ; to go against with hostile intentions, attack

; to decease, die

; to approach carnally, have sexual intercourse with (accusative)

etc. ; to go to any state or condition, undergo, partake of, participate in, receive, obtain (exempli gratia, 'for example' mitratāṃ gacchati-,"he goes to friendship" id est he becomes friendly)

etc. ; jānubhyām avanīṃ-gam-,"to go to the earth with the knees", kneel down

; dharaṇīṃ mūrdhnā-gam-,"to go to the earth with the head", make a bow

; m/anasā-gam-, to go with the mind, observe, perceive

; (without m/anasā-) to observe, understand, guess

; (especially Passive voice gamyate-,"to be understood or meant")

and

; doṣeṇa- or doṣato-gam-, to approach with an accusation, ascribe guilt to a person (accusative)

: Causal gamayati- (

; imperative 2. sg. Ved. gamayā-or gāmaya-[

] , 3. sg. gamayatāt-

; perf. gamay/āṃ cakāra-

etc.) to cause to go (

) or come, lead or conduct towards, send to (dative case

), bring to a place (accusative [

] or locative case)

etc. ; to cause to go to any condition, cause to become

etc. ; to impart, grant

; to send away

; "to let go", not care about

; to excel

; to spend time

etc. ; to cause to understand, make clear or intelligible, explain

; to convey an idea or meaning, denote

; (causal of the causal) to cause a person (accusative) to go by means of jigamiśati- another

: Desiderative j/igamiṣati- (

jigāṃsate-

; imperfect tense ajigāṃsat-

) to wish to go, be going

; to strive to obtain

; to wish to bring (to light, prak/āśam-)

: Intensive j/aṅganti- (

), jaṅgamīti- or jaṅgamyate- (

), to visit

(parasmE-pada g/anigmat-)

(imperfect tense aganīgan-) ; ([ confer, compare ; Gothic qvam; English come; Latin venioforgvemio.])

gaṇ

cl.10 P. gaṇayati- (Epic also A1. te-: Aorist ajīgaṇat-[

] or ajag-

; ind.p. gaṇayya-

[with a-- negative,

]) , to count, number, enumerate, sum up, add up, reckon, take into account

etc. ; to think worth, value (with instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' na gaṇayāmi taṃ tṛṇena-,"I do not value him at a straw"

) ; to consider, regard as (with double accusative)

; to enumerate among (locative case)

; to ascribe, attribute to (locative case)

; to attend to, take notice of (accusative;often with na-,not to care about, leave unnoticed)

etc. ; to imagine, excogitate

; to count one's number (said of a flock or troop)

gandharva

m. a gandharva- [though in later times the gandharva-s are regarded as a class, yet in

rarely more than one is mentioned;he is designated as the heavenly gandharva-(divy/a g-

),and is also called viśvā-vasu-(

)and vāyu-keśa- (in plural

);his habitation is the sky, or the region of the air and the heavenly waters(

);his especial duty is to guard the heavenly soma-(

) , which the gods obtain through his intervention(

; see

);it is obtained for the human race by indra-, who conquers the gandharva- and takes it by force(

);the heavenly gandharva- is supposed to be a good physician, because the soma- is considered as the best medicine;possibly, however, the word soma- originally denoted not the beverage so called, but the moon, and the heavenly gandharva- may have been the genius or tutelary deity of the moon;in one passage(

) the heavenly gandharva- and the soma- are identified;he is also regarded as one of the genii who regulate the course of the Sun's horses (

; see

);he knows and makes known the secrets of heaven and divine truths generally (

);he is the parent of the first pair of human beings, yama- and yamī-(

) , and has a peculiar mystical power over women and a right to possess them(

);for this reason he is invoked in marriage ceremonies(

);ecstatic states of mind and possession by evil spirits are supposed to be derived from the heavenly gandharva-(see -gṛhīta-, -graha-);the gandharva-s as a class have the same characteristic features as the one gandharva-;they live in the sky(

) , guard the soma-(

),are governed by varuṇa- (just as the āpsarasa-s are governed by soma-)

,know the best medicines(

),regulate the course of the asterisms(

;hence twenty-seven are mentioned

),follow after women and are desirous of intercourse with them(

);as soon as a girl becomes marriageable, she belongs to soma-, the gandharva-s, and agni-(

);the wives of the gandharva-s are the āpsarasa-s(see gandharvāpsar/as-),and like them the gandharva-s are invoked in gambling with dice(

);they are also feared as evil beings together with the rākṣasa-s, kimīdin-s, piśāca-s, etc., amulets being worn as a protection against them(

);they are said to have revealed the veda-s to vāc-(

; see

),and are called the preceptors of the ṛṣi-s(

); purūravas- is called among them(

);in epic poetry the gandharva-s are the celestial musicians or heavenly singers(see

)who form the orchestra at the banquets of the gods, and they belong together with the āpsarasa-s to indra-'s heaven, sharing also in his battles(

etc.; see

);in the more systematic mythology the gandharva-s constitute one of the classes into which the higher creation is divided(id est gods, manes, gandharva-s

;or gods, asura-s, gandharva-s, men

; see

;or gods, men, gandharva-s, āpsarasa-s, sarpa-s, and manes

;for other enumerations see

[

]

etc.);divine and human gandharva-s are distinguished(

;the divine or deva-gandharva-s are enumerated

);another passage names 11 classes of gandharva-s(

);the chief or leader of the gandharva-s is named citra-ratha-(

);they are called the creatures of prajāpati-(

) or of brahmā-(

) or of kaśyapa- (

) or of the muni-s(

) or of prādhā-(

) or of ariṣṭā-(

)or of vāc-(

);with jaina-s the gandharva-s constitute one of the eight classes of the vyantara-s]

gandharvatva

n. the state of a gandharva-

gaṇeśa

m. (equals ṇa-nātha-) Name of the god of wisdom and of obstacles (son of śiva- and pārvatī-, or according to one legend of pārvatī- alone;though gaṇeśa- causes obstacles he also removes them;hence he is invoked at the commencement of all undertakings and at the opening of all compositions with the words namo gaṇeśāya vighneśvarāya-;he is represented as a short fat man with a protuberant belly, frequently riding on a rat or attended by one, and to denote his sagacity has the head of an elephant, which however has only one tusk;the appellation gaṇeśa-, with other similar compounds, alludes to his office as chief of the various classes of subordinate gods, who are regarded as śiva-'s attendants; see

;he is said to have written down the

as dictated by vyāsa-

;persons possessed, by gaṇeśa- are referred to

)

garbhatā

f. the sky's state of having offspring (See g/arbha-)

gārgyatva

n. the state of a descendant of garga-,

Va1rtt. 1

gārhasthya

n. the order or estate of a householder, of the father or mother of a family

gata

mfn. gone to any state or condition, fallen into (accusative or locative case or in compound exempli gratia, 'for example' kṣayaṃ-or kṣaye gata-,gone to destruction; āpad-g-,fallen into misfortune

)

etc.

gati

f. state, condition, situation, proportion, mode of existence

etc.

gauṇatva

n. the state of being subordinate or secondary

gaupālapaśupālikā

f. the state or office of gopāla-s (cowherds) and paśupāla-s (herdsmen)

ghaṭ

cl.1 A1. ṭate- (exceptionally P. ti-

; jaghaṭe-, ghaṭiṣyate-[

], aghaṭiṣṭa-

), to be intently occupied about, be busy with, strive or endeavour after, exert one's self for (locative case dative case accusative [

], prati-, -artham-and arthe-; infinitive mood

) ; to reach, come to (locative case)

; to fall to the share of (locative case)

; to take effect, answer

; to happen, take place, be possible, suit

etc. ; to be in connection or united with (instrumental case)

; (for ghaṭṭ-) to hurt with words, speak of malignantly

: Causal P. ghaṭayati- (

;exceptionally A1. te-

), to join together, connect, bring together, unite

; to shut

(varia lectio) ; to put or place or lay on (locative case)

; to bring near, procure

; to effect, accomplish, produce, make, form, fashion

etc. ; to do a service (accusative) to any one (genitive case)

; to impel

; to exert one's self

; (for ghaṭṭ-, Causal) to rub, graze, touch, move, agitate

: Causal ghāṭayati-, to hurt, injure

; to unite or put together

; "to speak"or"to shine"

ghoṣṭṛtva

n. the state of a proclaimer

ghṛtatva

n. the state or condition of ghee

ghūrṇ

cl.1 P. A1. rṇati-, te- (perf. jughūrṇe-

) , to move to and fro, shake, be agitated, roll about

: Causal rṇayati-, to cause to move to and fro or shake

(Passive voice parasmE-pada ghūrṇyamāna-).

gīstva

n. the state of speech or voice

gocaratā

f. the state of being liable to (in compound)

gotva

n. the being a cow, state of a cow

govrata

mfn. one who imitates a cow in frugality

graha

m. any state which proceeds from magical influences and takes possession of the whole man

grahatā

f. the state of being a planet,

grahatva

n. the state of a ladleful or spoonful

grāmakulālikā

f. the state or business of a village potter gaRa manojñādi- (not in

)

grāmakumārikā

f. the state or life of a village boy

grāmaṣaṇḍikā

f. the state of a grāma-ṣaṇḍa-

granth

or grath- cl.9 P. grathn/āti- (future parasmE-pada granthiṣyat-

; perf. 3. plural jagranthur-or grethur-

; ind.p. granthitvā-or grath-,

), to fasten, tie or string together, arrange, connect in a regular series

; to string words together, compose (a literary work)

: cl.1 P. A1. grathati-, te-

(varia lectio) ; P. granthati-,

; A1. granthate- (Aorist agranthiṣṭa-), to be strung together or composed (a literary work),

: Causal P. A1. granthayati-, te-, to string together

; ([ confer, compare ; Latin glut-en?])

granth

or grath- cl.1 A1. grathate- or granth-, to be crooked (literally and figuratively)

grath

or granth- cl.9 P. grathn/āti- (future parasmE-pada granthiṣyat-

; perf. 3. plural jagranthur-or grethur-

; ind.p. granthitvā-or grath-,

), to fasten, tie or string together, arrange, connect in a regular series

; to string words together, compose (a literary work)

: cl.1 P. A1. grathati-, te-

(varia lectio) ; P. granthati-,

; A1. granthate- (Aorist agranthiṣṭa-), to be strung together or composed (a literary work),

: Causal P. A1. granthayati-, te-, to string together

; ([ confer, compare ; Latin glut-en?])

grath

or granth- cl.1 A1. grathate- or granth-, to be crooked (literally and figuratively)

gṛhamedhitā

f. the state of a householder

gṛhasthiti

f. the state of a householder

guṇavāda

m. a statement meant figuratively

guṇavāda

m. a statement contradictory to other arguments

guṇavattā

f. the state of possessing qualities

guṇavattva

n. the state of possessing qualities

guṇitā

f. the state of possessing good qualities, virtuousness

hā

(not always separable fr.3. hā-) cl.3 A1. (

) j/ihīte- (parasmE-pada j/ihāna-[ q.v ]; perfect tense jahir/e-

; Aorist ahāsta-

etc.; future hātā- grammar; hāsyate-

; infinitive mood -hātum-

; ind.p. hātvā- grammar; -h/āya-

), to start or spring forward, bound away, give way to (dative case)

; to spring or leap upon (?)

; to go or depart or betake one's self to have recourse to (accusative)

; to fall or come into any state

: Passive voice hāyate- (Aorist ahāyi-) grammar : Causal hāpayati- (Aorist ajīhapat-)

: Desiderative jihāsate-

: Intensive jahāyate-, jāhāti-, jāheti-

haribhāvinī

f. a woman who meditates on viṣṇu-

haribhāviṇī

f. a woman who meditates on viṣṇu-

hariharātmaka

mfn. consisting of or comprising viṣṇu- and śiva- in their united state, relating to viṣṇu- and śiva-

harṣākula

mfn. agitated with joy

harṣavihvala

mfn. agitated with joy, overjoyed

hataujas

mfn. whose vigour is destroyed, weakened, debilitated

hatva

n. the state of the letter ha-

hetūpanyāsa

m. the assignment of reasons or motives, statement of an argument

hetutva

n. the state of being a hetu-, causation, causativeness, existence of cause or motive

hetuvāda

m. a statement of reasons or arguments, assigning a cause, disputation

hīnatva

n. defectiveness, deprivation, destitution, the state of being without, want or absence of (instrumental case or compound)

hīnavāda

m. defective statement, insufficient or contradictory evidence, prevarication

hīnavādin

mfn. making a defective statement, insufficient or inadmissible (as a witness;See hīna-above )

indrakṛṣṭa

mfn. "ploughed by indra-", growing in a wild state

indriyatva

n. the state or condition of being an organ of sense

iṅg

cl.1 P., Epic A1. iṅgati-, -te- (

) , to go, go to or towards ; to move or agitate

: Causal P. iṅgayati-, to move, agitate, shake

; (in grammar) to divide or separate the members of a compound word, use a word or bring it into such a grammatical relation that it is considered iṅgya- See below

; ([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish ing,"a stir, a move."])

īr

cl.2 A1. /īrte- (3. plural /īrate-

), iraṃ-cakre-, iriṣyati-, airiṣṭa-, īritum- ; Ved. infinitive mood ir/adhyai-

, to go, move, rise, arise from

; to go away, retire

; to agitate, elevate, raise (one's voice)

: Causal P. īr/ayati- (see īl-), to agitate, throw, cast ; to excite

etc. ; to cause to rise ; to bring to life ; to raise one's voice, utter, pronounce, proclaim, cite

etc. ; to elevate

: A1. to raise one's self

iṣṭatā

f. desirableness, the state of being beloved or reverenced.

iṣṭatva

n. desirableness, the state of being beloved or reverenced.

iṣṭi

f. a desired rule, a desideratum, a N. applied to the statement of grammarians who are considered as authoritative.

īśvarabhāva

m. royal or imperial state.

īvat

mfn. (fr. pronominal base 3. i-), so large, so stately, so magnificent, so much

iyattā

f. the state of being, of such extent, quantity, fixed measure or quantity, so much

iyattva

n. the state of being, of such extent, quantity, fixed measure or quantity, so much

jāgara

m. a, vision in a waking state

jāgradavasthā

f. a state of wakefulness

jāgradduṣvapnya

n. a disagreeable dream in a waking state

jāgratsvapna

mfn. in a state of waking and sleep

jāgratsvapna

m. dual number a state of waking and sleep

jaladhitā

f. the state of the ocean

jalatā

f. the state of water

janitva

n. the state of a wife, iv

japatā

f. the state of one who mutters prayers

(japatām- genitive case plural of japat- Scholiast or Commentator)

jarāvasthā

(rāv-) f. state of old age, decrepitude

jāspatya

n. (for jāyās-p-

; see

iv, 64 and 83)

the state of the father of a family,

jātakṣobha

mfn. agitated.

jātarūpatā

f. the state of gold

jātavedastva

n. the state of being jāta-vedas-

jāti

f. the character of a species, genuine or true state of anything

jātidīpaka

n. a kind of simile in which two statements are made with respect to a generic word

jayapura

n. of a town (and small state in Marwur)

jihmāya

Nom. yati-, to turn off from the right way

; yate-, to be oblique

to be dull, hesitate (with infinitive mood)

jīvanāśa

m. state between life and death,

jīvatva

n. the state of life

jīvatva

n. the state of the individual soul

jut

(fr. dyut-) cl.1. jotate-, to shine

jyotiṣṭva

n. the state of light

jyut

(fr. dyut-) cl.1 A1. jy/otate- (

;also P.

varia lectio) to shine

(varia lectio): Causal jyot/ayati-, to shine upon, illuminate

(varia lectio) ; see ava--.

kābandhya

n. the state of being a trunk.

kāca

m. alkaline ashes, any salt of potash or soda in a crystalline state

kādācitkatā

f. the state of occurring occasionally

kādācitkatva

n. the state of occurring occasionally

kadannatā

f. the state of bad food

kadaryatā

f. the state or condition of the above

kadaryatva

n. the state or condition of the above

kākatā

f. the state of a crow

kākatva

n. the state of a crow

kakutsala

n. (perhaps) an expression of endearment applied to a child ([

])

, (equals kakut-sthala-, jāmayo navoḍhāḥ kakut-sthalam vastreṇa yathorṇuvanti tathaiva mana ācchādaya-, ity-arthaḥ-

)

kalana

m. the state of being provided with or having

kalatratā

f. the state of being a wife or consort,

kalmāṣatā

f. spottedness, the state of being variegated

kalpadrumatā

f. state of possessing the qualities of a kalpa-druma-

kaluṣībhū

to become troubled or agitated

kālyāṇaka

n. the state of being kalyāṇa- (q.v) gaRa manojñādi-.

kāmacaratva

n. the state of being free to move or act as one likes

kāmakāma

mfn. "wishing wishes", having various desires or wishes, following the dictates of passion

kāmakāmin

mfn. "wishing wishes", having various desires or wishes, following the dictates of passion

kāmarūpadharatva

n. the state of assuming any form at will

kāmitā

f. the state of a lover, love, desire.

kāmitva

n. the state of a lover, love, desire.

kampānvita

mfn. affected with trembling, agitated.

kāmyatva

n. the state of being done from desire or from interested motives, selfishness

kaṇānnatā

f. the state of the above

kāṇḍabhagnatva

n. the state of having a fractured limb

kaṇḍūlabhāva

m. the itch, a state of eager desire for (locative case)

kaniṣṭhatva

n. the state of being younger or smaller.

kanīyastva

n. the state of being smaller or less

kāñjika

n. sour gruel, water of boiled rice in a state of spontaneous fermentation

kaṅkaṇavarṣitā

f. the state of being the above

kanna

n. fainting, falling in a fit or state of insensibility

kaṇṭaka

m. any troublesome seditious person (who is, as it were, a thorn to the state and an enemy of order and good government), a paltry foe, enemy in general (see kṣudra-śatru-)

etc.

kanyāvratasthā

f. a woman in her monthly state

kapālapāṇitva

n. the state of bearing a skull in the hand (as śiva- does)

kapaṭalekhya

n. a forged document, false or fraudulent statement

kapitva

n. the state of an ape, apishness.

karaṇatā

f. instrumentality, the state of being an instrument

kārikā

f. concise statement in verse of (especially philos. and gramm.) doctrines

karīndra

m. a large elephant a war or state elephant

karmakarībhāva

m. the state of being a female servant

karmakṛtya

n. activity, the state of active exertion

karmatva

n. the state or effect of action etc.

etc.

karmatva

n. the state of being an object commentator or commentary on

kartavyatā

f. the state of being necessary to be done or accomplished

kartavyatva

n. the state of being necessary to be done or accomplished

kartṛsthabhāvaka

mfn. (any root etc.) whose state stands within the agent.

kartṛtā

f. the state of being the agent of an action

kartṛtva

n. the state of being the performer or author of anything

karuṇāvat

mfn. being in a pitiful state, pitiable

kāryabhāktva

n. the state of being so

kāryakāraṇabhāva

m. state or relation of cause and effect.

kāryakāraṇatva

n. the state of both cause and effect

kāryākṣepa

m. (in rhetoric) a denial of the results stated to follow on a particular condition of things

kāryatā

f. the being an effect, the relation or state of an effect

kāryavat

mfn. the state of being engaged in a work

kaṣṭa

n. a bad state of things, evil, wrong

kaṣṭārthatva

n. state of having a forced meaning

kaṣṭatā

f. (in rhetoric) state of being forced or unnatural.

kaṣṭatva

n. (in rhetoric) state of being forced or unnatural.

kataka

m. Strychnos Potatorum or the clearing nut plant (its seeds rubbed upon the inside of water-jars precipitate the earthy particles in the water

)

kātara

mf(ā-)n. (etymology doubtful, perhaps from katara-,"uncertain as to which of the two"

) , cowardly, faint-hearted, timid, despairing, discouraged, disheartened, confused, agitated, perplexed, embarrassed, shrinking, frightened, afraid of (locative case or infinitive mood or in compound)

kath

cl.10 P. (Epic also A1.) kathayati- (-te-) Aorist acakathat- (

) and acīkathat- (

), to converse with any one (instrumental case,sometimes with saha-)

; to tell, relate, narrate, report, inform, speak about, declare, explain, describe (with accusative of the thing or person spoken about)

etc. ; to announce, show, exhibit, bespeak, betoken

etc. ; to order, command

; to suppose, state

: Passive voice kathyate-, to be called, be regarded or considered as, pass for

; ([fr. katham-,"to tell the how"; confer, compare Gothic qvithan; Old High German quethanandquedan; English quothandquote.])

kathaṃtā

f. "the how", the what state?

kathāvaśeṣa

m. (kathāva-) a narrative as the only remainder, (ṃ-gam-,to enter into a state in which nothing is left but the story of one's life id est to die

)

kathāvaśeṣatā

f. the state of the above, (kathāvaśeṣatāṃ gataḥ-,deceased, dead

)

katth

cl.1 A1. katthate-, cakatthe-, katthitā-, etc. (

) , to boast

; to mention with praise, praise, celebrate

; to flatter, coax

; to abuse, revile

kaulapatya

n. (fr. kula-pati-), the state of the head of a family

kaulaputra

n. (fr. kula-p-), the state of a son of a good family

kauśikatā

(k/a--) f. the state of being kept together by two pins (and"the state of being sūrya-"[see 3. kauśik/a-]) ,

kauśikatva

n. the state of being a descendant of kuśika-

kauśikatva

n. the state of being kauśika- (id est indra-) , 12489.

kaustra

n. the state of being a bad wife (ku-strī-), gaRa yuvādi-.

kauṭasthya

n. the state of being kūṭastha- id est uniform or unchangeable

kavalatā

f. the state of being a mouthful, a morsel

kāvyaliṅga

n. a kind of alaṃkāra- or figure of rhetoric in which a statement is explained or made clearer by giving the reason for it

kavyatā

(kavy/a--) f. the state of a sage, wisdom

kevalatva

n. the state of standing by itself or alone

khacaratva

n. the state of a rakṣas- or demon

khaj

cl.1 P. jati-, to churn or agitate

khāṇḍa

n. (fr. khaṇḍa-), the state of having fractures or fissures or gaps gaRa pṛthv-ādi-.

khāṇḍikya

n. (fr. khaṇḍika-), the state of a pupil (?) gaRa purohitādi-.

kharatva

n. the state of an ass

khelagati

mfn. having a stately walk

khilīkṛta

mfn. turned into a desert, devastated, made impassable

khyātiviruddhatā

f. (varia lectio khyāta-v-) the state of being contradictory to general opinion (a defect of expression in rhetoric)

kilāsatva

n. the state of being leprous

kiṃtā

f. "the state of whom?"any despicable state or condition, contemptibleness

kolatā

f. the state of a hog,

kopa

m. the state of being in contradiction with, incompatibleness with

kopākula

mfn. agitated with anger, furious, enraged.

kṛ

Ved. (I) cl.2 P. 2. sg. k/arṣi- dual number kṛth/as- plural kṛth/a-; A1. 2. sg. kṛṣ/e-; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. /akar-, 3. sg. rarely /akat- (

) ; 3. dual number /akartām-; plural /akarma-, /akarta- (also

), /akran- (Aorist,according to

); A1. /akri- (

), /akṛthās- (

), /akṛta- (

); akrātām- (

), /akrata- (

) : imperative kṛdh/i- (also

), kṛt/am-, kṛt/a-; A1. kṛṣv/a-, kṛdhv/am-; subjunctive 2. and 3. sg. kar- plural k/arma-, k/arta- and kartana-, kran-; A1. 3. sg. kṛta- (

) , 3. plural kr/anta- (

) : Potential kriyāma- (

); pr. p. P. (Nominal verb plural) kr/antas- A1. krāṇ/a-. (II) cl.1 P. k/arasi-, k/arati-, k/arathas-, k/aratas-, k/aranti-; A1. k/arase-, k/arate-, k/arāmahe-: imperfect tense /akaram-, /akaras-, /akarat- (Aorist,according to

) : imperative k/ara-, k/aratam-, k/aratām-: subjunctive k/aram-, k/arāṇi-, k/aras-, k/arat-, k/arāma-, k/aran-; A1. karāmahai-; pr. p. f. k/arantī- (

) (III) cl.5 P. kṛṇ/omi-, ṇ/oṣi-, ṇ/oti-, kṛṇuth/as-, kṛṇm/as- and kṛṇmasi-, kṛṇuth/a-, kṛṇv/anti-; A1. kṛṇv/e-, kṛṇuṣ/e-, kṛṇut/e-, 3. dual number kṛṇv/aite- (

); plural kṛṇm/ahe-, kṛṇv/ate-: imperfect tense /akṛṇos-, /akṛṇot-, /akṛṇutam-, /akṛṇuta- and ṇotana- (

), /akṛṇvan-; A1. 3. sg. /akṛṇuta- plural /akṛṇudhvam-, /akṛṇvata-: imperative kṛṇ/u- or kṛṇuh/i- or kṛṇut/āt-, kṛṇ/otu-, kṛṇut/am-, kṛṇut/ām-, 2. plural kṛṇut/a- or kṛṇ/ota- or kṛṇ/otana-, 3. plural kṛṇv/antu-; A1. kṛṇuṣv/a-, kṛṇut/ām-, kṛṇv/āthām-, kṛṇudhv/am-: subjunctive kṛṇ/avas-, ṇ/avat- or ṇ/avāt-, kṛṇ/avāva-, ṇ/avāma-, ṇ/avātha-, ṇ/avatha-, ṇ/avan-; A1. kṛṇ/avai- (once ṇavā-

), kṛṇavase- (also

varia lectio ṇvase-), kṛṇavate-, kṛṇ/avāvahai-, kṛṇ/avāmahai-, 3. plural kṛṇ/avanta- (

) or kṛṇavante- or kṛṇvata- (

) : Potential A1. kṛṇvīt/a-; pr. p. P. kṛṇv/at- (f. vat/ī-) A1. kṛṇvāṇ/a-. (IV) cl.8. (this is the usual formation in the brāhmaṇa-s; sūtra-s, and in classical Sanskrit) P. kar/omi- (Epic kurmi-

); kurv/as-, kuruth/as-, kurut/as-, kurm/as- ([ kulmas-in an interpolation after

]), kuruth/a-, kurv/anti-; A1. kurv/e-, etc., 3. plural kurv/ate- (

) : imperfect tense akaravam-, akaros-, akarot-, akurva-, etc.; A1. 3. sg. akuruta- plural akurvata-: imperative kuru-, karotu- (in the earlier language 2. and 3. sg. kurutāt-,3. sg. also

), kuruta- or kurutana- (

); A1. kuruṣva-, kurudhvam-, kurv/atām-: subjunctive karavāṇi-, karavas-, vāt-, vāva- or vāvas- (

), vāma- or vāmas- (

), vātha-, van-; A1. karavai-, kuruthās-, karavāvahai- (

; he-

), karavaithe-, vaite- (

), vāmahai-(he-

) : Potential P. kuryām- A1. kurvīya- (

); pr. p. P. kurv/at- (f. vat/ī-); A1. kurvāṇ/a-: perf. P. cak/āra-, cak/artha-, cakṛv/a-, cakṛm/a-, cakr/a- (

); A1. cakr/e-, cakrir/e-; parasmE-pada cakṛvas- (accusative cakr/uṣam-

); A1. cakrāṇa- (

) : 2nd future kariṣy/ati-; subjunctive 2. sg. kariṣy/ās- (

); 1st future k/artā-: preceding kriyāsam-: Aorist P. Ved. cakaram- (

), acakrat- (

), /acakriran- (

); A1. 1. sg. kṛske- (

); Class. akārṣīt- (

;once akāraṣīt-

); Passive voice Aorist reflex. akāri- and akṛta- (

) : infinitive mood k/artum-, Ved. k/artave-, k/artav/ai-, k/artos- (See ss.vv.); ind.p. kṛtv/ā-, Ved. kṛtv/ī- ([

]) and kṛtv/āya- ([

]) ; to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake

etc. ; to do anything for the advantage or injury of another (genitive case or locative case)

etc. ; to execute, carry out (as an order or command)

; to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build

; to form or construct one thing out of another (ablative or instrumental case)

etc. ; to employ, use, make use of (instrumental case)

etc. ; to compose, describe

; to cultivate

(confer, compare

) ; to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend (exempli gratia, 'for example' varṣāṇi daśa cakruḥ-,"they spent ten years"

; kṣaṇaṃ kuru-,"wait a moment"

; confer, compare kritakṣaṇa-) ; to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (accusative or locative case or instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' ardh/aṃ-kṛ-,to take to one's own side or party, cause to share in(genitive case;See 2. ardh/a-); haste-or pāṇau-kṛ-,to take by the hand, marry

; hṛdayena-kṛ-,to place in one's heart, love

; hṛdi-kṛ-,to take to heart, mind, think over, consider

; manasi-kṛ- idem or 'f. (equals kuhī-) a fog '

;to determine, purpose [ ind.p. si-kṛtvā-or si-kṛtya-]

; vaśe-kṛ-,to place in subjection, become master of

) ; to direct the thoughts, mind, etc. (m/anas-[

etc.] or buddhim-[

] or matim-[

]or bhāvam-[

], etc.) towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on (locative case dative case infinitive mood,or a sentence with iti- exempli gratia, 'for example' mā śoke manaḥ kṛthāḥ-,do not turn your mind to grief

; gamanāya matiṃ cakre-,he resolved upon going

; alābuṃ samutsraṣṭuṃ manaś cakre-,he resolved to create a gourd

; draṣṭā tavāsmīti matiṃ cakāra-,he determined to see him

) ; to think of (accusative)

; to make, render (with two accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' ādityaṃ kāṣṭhām akurvata-,they made the sun their goal

)

etc. ; to procure for another, bestow, grant (with genitive case or locative case)

etc. ; A1. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume

; to give aid, help any one to get anything (dative case)

; to make liable to (dative case)

; to injure, violate (exempli gratia, 'for example' kanyāṃ-kṛ-,to violate a maiden)

; to appoint, institute

; to give an order, commission

; to cause to get rid of, free from (ablative or -tas-)

; to begin (exempli gratia, 'for example' cakre śobhayitum purīm-,they began to adorn the city)

; to proceed, act, put in practice

etc. ; to worship, sacrifice

; to make a sound (svaram-or śabdam-)

(

), utter, pronounce (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with the sounds phaṭ-, phut-, bhāṇ-, v/aṣaṭ-, svadh/ā-, sv/āhā-, hiṃ-), pronounce any formula (

) ; (with numeral adverbs ending in dhā-) to divide, separate or break up into parts (exempli gratia, 'for example' dvidhā-kṛ-,to divide into two parts, ind.p. dvidhā kṛtvā-or dvidhā-kṛtya-or -kāram-

; sahasradhā-kṛ-,to break into a thousand pieces) ; (with adverbs ending in vat-) to make like or similar, consider equivalent (exempli gratia, 'for example' rājyaṃ tṛṇa-vat kṛtvā-,valuing the kingdom like a straw

) ; (with adverbs ending in sāt-) to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject (See ātma-sāt-, bhasma-sāt-)

The above senses of kṛ- may be variously modified or almost infinitely extended according to the noun with which this root is connected, as in the following examples: sakhyaṃ-kṛ-, to contract friendship with ; pūjāṃ-kṛ-, to honour ; rājyaṃ-kṛ-, to reign ; snehaṃ-kṛ-, to show affection ; ājñāṃ- or nideśaṃ- or śāsanaṃ- or kāmaṃ- or yācanāṃ- or vacaḥ- or vacanaṃ- or vākyaṃ-kṛ-, to perform any one's command or wish or request etc. ; dharmaṃ-kṛ-, to do one's duty

; nakhāni-kṛ-,"to clean one's nails" See kṛta-nakha- ; udakaṃ- ([

]) or salilaṃ- ([

]) kṛ-, to offer a libation of Water to the dead ; to perform ablutions ; astrāṇi-kṛ-, to practise the use of weapons

; darduraṃ-kṛ-, to breathe the flute

; daṇḍaṃ-kṛ-, to inflict punishment etc.

; kālaṃ-kṛ-, to bring one's time to an end id est to die ; ciraṃ-kṛ-, to be long in doing anything, delay ; manasā- (for si-See above) kṛ-, to place in one's mind, think of, meditate

; śirasā-kṛ-, to place on one's the head ; mūrdhnā-kṛ-, to place on one's head, obey, honour. Very rarely in veda- (

) , but commonly in the brāhmaṇa-s, sūtra-s, and especially in classical Sanskrit the perf. forms cakāra-and cakre- auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives exempli gratia, 'for example' āsāṃ cakre-,"he sat down" ; gamay/āṃ cakāra-,"he caused to go"[see

;in veda- some other forms of kṛ-are used in a similar way, viz. proper karoti-

; imperfect tense akar-

and

;3. plural akran-

and

; preceding kriyāt-

(See

);according to

, also karotu-with vid-]. Causal kārayati-, te-, to cause to act or do, cause another to perform, have anything made or done by another (double accusative instrumental case and accusative [see

] exempli gratia, 'for example' sabhāṃ kāritavān-,he caused an assembly to be made

; rāja-darśanaṃ māṃ kāraya-,cause me to have an audience of the king; vāṇijyaṃ kārayed vaiśyam-,he ought to cause the vaiśya- to engage in trade

; na śakṣyāmi kiṃcit kārayituṃ tvayā-,I shall not be able to have anything done by thee

) ; to cause to manufacture or form or cultivate

etc. ; to cause to place or put, have anything placed, put upon, etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' taṃ citrapaṭaṃ vāsa-gṛhe bhittāv akārayat-,he had the picture placed on the wall in his house

)

. Sometimes the Causal of kṛ- is used for the simple verb or without a causal signification (exempli gratia, 'for example' padaṃ kārayati-,he pronounces a word

; mithyā k-,he pronounces wrongly

; kaikeyīm anu rājānaṃ kāraya-,treat or deal with kaikeyī- as the king does

) : Desiderative c/ikīrṣati- (Aorist 2. sg. acikīrṣīs-

) , Epic also te-, to wish to make or do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after

etc. ; to wish to sacrifice or worship

: Intensive 3. plural karikrati- (pr. p. k/arikrat-See

), to do repeatedly

; Class. carkarti- or carikarti- or carīkarti- ([

]) , also carkarīti- or carikarīti- or carīkarīti- or cekrīyate- ([ib. Scholiast or Commentator

]); ([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish caraim,"I perform, execute";ceard,"an art, trade, business, function";sucridh,"easy"; Old German karawan,"to prepare"; modern German gar,"prepared (as food)"; Latin creo,ceremonia;, .])

krakaratva

n. the state of a partridge

) .

kṛcchratā

f. painful or dangerous state (especially in disease)

krīḍanakatā

f. "the state of a plaything"

krīḍitva

n. the state of one who is sporting

kriyārthatva

n. the state of aiming at or leading to actions

kriyāvādin

m. one who states the arguments in a law-suit commentator or commentary on

kriyāvasanna

mfn. one who loses a lawsuit through the statements of the witnesses etc.

kṛkalāsatva

n. the state of a chameleon

kṛmitā

f. the state of a worm or insect

krodhitva

n. the state of being passionate

kṛṣṇatā

f. the state of the waning moon

kṛṣṇatva

n. the state of kṛṣṇa-

kṛtakāryatva

n. the state of having obtained one's object

kṛtatva

n. the state of being effected

kṛtisādhyatva

n. the state of being accomplished by exertion.

kṛtitva

n. the state of one who has attained any object

kruddha

mfn. irritated, provoked, angry with (dative case, genitive case locative case,or upari-or prati-) on account of (accusative with anu-

)

etc.

krudh

cl.4 P. kr/udhyati- (Epic rarely A1. te-

;(See also krudhyamāna-); perf. cukrodha-

etc.; future 2nd krotsyati-

; future 1st kroddhā-

; Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. krudhas-

; infinitive mood kroddhum-

), to become angry, be wrathful or angry with (dative case [

] or genitive case), on account of (locative case): Causal krodh/ayati- (Aorist /acukrudhat-

; subjunctive 1. sg. cukrudham-,1. plural dhāma-), to make angry, provoke, irritate

(infinitive mood krodhayitum-); ([ confer, compare Lithuanian rus-tus,"angry";rus-tybe7"anger" ; Greek German groll; Hibernian or Irish corruidhe,"anger, wrath, motion";corruigh,"fury, resentment."])

kṣāma

mf(ā-)n. weak, debilitated, infirm, slight (especially applied to the voice)

kṣāmāsya

n. any diet or any state of the body (as menstruation) incompatible with a particular medical treatment

(varia lectio kṣamasya-).

kṣānti

f. the state of saintly abstraction

kṣārameha

m. a morbid state of the urine (in which its smell and taste resemble that of potash)

kṣema

mn. (Ved. only m.; gaRa ardharcādi-), safety, tranquillity, peace, rest, security, any secure or easy or comfortable state, weal, happiness

etc. (kṣ/ema-& y/oga-[or pra-y/uj-],rest and exertion, enjoying and acquiring

; see kṣema-yoga-and yoga-kṣ-; kṣemaṃ te-,"peace or security may be to thee"[this is also the polite address to a vaiśya-, asking him whether his property is secure

)

kṣematara

n. a more comfortable state, greater happiness

kṣetratā

f. the state of being a seat or residence, seat, place of residence

kṣīṇatā

f. the state of wasting away, diminution, decay

kṣīṇatā

f. the state of being worn away or injured

kṣiti

f. estates

(see uru--and su-kṣit/i-, dhāray/at--, dhruv/a--, bhava--, raṇa--, samara--.)

kṣitibhṛttā

f. the state of a king, reign

kṣitijatva

n. the state of the horizon

kṣobhya

mfn. to be agitated or disturbed (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

kṣubdha

mfn. agitated, shaken

kṣubdha

mfn. agitated (mentally), excited, disturbed (in compound with citta-or manas-)

kṣubh

cl.1 A1. kṣobhate- (only once

) cl.4 P. A1. kṣubhyati- ([

etc.]), te- ([

etc.]), cl.5 P. (only Potential 3. plural kṣubhnuyur-

) cl.9 P. kṣubhnāti- (only

according to

; perf. P. cukṣobha-

; cukṣubhe-

etc.: Conditional A1. akṣobhiṣyata-

), to shake, tremble, be agitated or disturbed, be unsteady, stumble (literally and metaphorically): Causal P. kṣobhayati-, rarely A1. te-, to agitate, cause to shake, disturb, stir up, excite

: Desiderative of Causal See cukṣobhayiṣu-; ([ confer, compare Cambro-Brit.hwbiau,"to make a sudden push"; Greek modern German schiebe.])

kṣubhita

mfn. agitated, shaken, tossed, set in motion

kṣubhita

mfn. agitated (mentally), disturbed, frightened, alarmed, afraid (mostly in compound)

kṣud

cl.1 P. kṣ/odati-, to strike against, shake

(

) ; A1. to move, be agitated or shaken

: cl.7 P. A1. kṣuṇatti-, kṣuntte- (imperfect tense akṣuṇat-; Aorist 3. plural akṣautsur-; future kṣotsyati-

), to stamp or trample upon

: Causal kṣodayati- (imperfect tense /akṣodayat-), to shake or agitate by stamping

; to crush, pound, pulverise

; (Nom. P.fr. kṣudr/a-) to reduce, diminish

; ([ confer, compare Greek , for, ; Lithuanian skausti ?])

kubjatā

f. the state of being humpbacked

kuḍmalatā

f. the state of being shut like a bud.

kulatattvavid

mfn. knowing the true state of a family.

kuṇḍalikātva

n. the state of being circular commentator or commentary on

kunīti

f. a low state of morals

kuṇitva

n. the state of being maimed, mutilation, lameness

kuñjaratva

n. the state of an elephant

kup

cl.4 P. A1. kupyati-, te- (perf. cukopa-), to be moved or excited or agitated

; to swell, heave or boil with rage or emotion, be angry, be angry with (dative case;also genitive case,once[

] accusative;or with upari-and genitive case exempli gratia, 'for example' tasmai-or tasya-or tasyopari cukopa-,he was angry with him)

etc.: Causal P. kop/ayati-, to move, shake, agitate

; P. A1. kopayati-, te-, to cause to swell with anger, provoke, make angry

; ([ confer, compare Latin cupio; English hope; German hoffe.])

kuśāraṇi

m. "one who may be irritated by a kuśa- blade", Name of the sage durvāsas- (famous for his irascibility)

kuṣmāṇḍa

m. equals bhrūṇāntara- (a state of the womb in gestation

)

kusumaśaratva

n. the state of one who has flowers for arrows

kuṭilagāmitva

n. the state of being capricious

kuṭumbitva

n. the state of being a householder or a member of a family

kvath

cl.1 A1. kvathate-, to boil, prepare by heat

; to digest

; to be hot (as the heart)

: Causal kvāthayati-, to cause to boil, decoct

; (Passive voice kvāthyate-)

laghubhāva

m. light state, lightness, ease, facility

lakṣaṇakarman

n. statement of marks or qualities accurate description, definition

lakṣatā

f. the state of being a mark or aim

lakṣitatva

n. the state of being marked or expressed indirectly

leśa

m. (in rhetoric) a figure of speech in which a statement is made indirectly (exempli gratia, 'for example'

)

liṅgatva

n. the state of being a mark

loḍita

mfn. (fr. Causal) agitated, troubled

lokahāsyatā

f. state of being so

lola

mf(ā-)n. moving hither and thither, shaking, rolling, tossing, dangling, swinging, agitated, unsteady, restless

etc.

lolita

mfn. (fr. Causal) moved hither and thither, shaken, agitated, tremulous

luḍ

(connected with lul-and2. luṭh-) cl.1 P. loḍati-, to agitate, move, stir

; cl.6 P. luḍati-, to adhere ; to cover,

; to cover

: Causal loḍayati- (ind.p. -loḍya-; Passive voice loḍyate-), to set in motion, agitate, disturb

lul

(connected with lud-,and 1. lu-) cl.1 P. (

varia lectio) lolati- (only proper and pr. p. P. A1. lolat-and, lolamāna-), to move to and fro, roll about, stir

; to disappear

: Causal lolayati-, to set in motion, agitate, confound, disturb

lulita

mfn. moved or tossed about, agitated, swinging to and fro, dangling, fluttering, heaving, waving, tremulous

etc.

luṇṭh

(see ruṇṭh-), to stir, agitate

; to go

; to be idle ; to be lame ; to resist,

; to rob, plunder,

(see nir--and vi-- luṇṭh-) : Causal luṇṭhayati- (Passive voice luṇṭhyate-), to cause to rob or plunder

; to rob, steal, plunder, sack

luptatā

f. the state of being cut off or divided, disappearance, non-existence

luṭh

cl.6 P. (

) luṭhati- (perfect tense luloṭha-

; Aorist aloṭhīt-, ṭhiṣṭa- grammar; future luṭhitā-, loṭhiṣyati-

), to roll, move about or to and fro, wallow, welter, flutter, dangle

etc. ; to roll down from (ablative)

; to touch

; to agitate, move, stir

: Causal loṭhayati- (Aorist alūluṭhat-or aluloṭhat-), to set in motion, stir, agitate

; to sound, make resound

; to deal blows round about

: Desiderative : luluṭhiṣate-, to wish to roll, be on the point of rolling

: Intensive loluṭhīti-, to roll about (said of a drunken man)

madākula

mfn. agitated by passion or lust, furious with rut

madanabhavana

n. "abode of love or matrimony", (in astrology) a particular station or state of the heavenly bodies

madanāvastha

mfn. being in a state of love, enamoured

madāvasthā

f. a state of passions, ruttishness

mādhavīya

f. (with avasthā-) the state or condition of mādhava-

madhumehatva

n. the state of passing saccharine urine

madhyabhāva

m. middle state or condition, mediocrity

madhyamastheya

n. the state of standing in the middle or forming the centre

mādhyastha

mfn. (fr. madhya-stha-) being in a middle state indifferent, impartial

madhyatā

f. the state of being in the middle, mediocrity

mahābhisyanditamatva

n. state of hypertrophy

mahābhisyanditva

n. state of hypertrophy

mahādevatva

n. the state or dignity of"the great deity"

mahāmantrin

m. a great statesman or politician

mahānanda

m. (hān-or hā-n-) great bliss ( mahānandatva -tva- n.state of great bliss)

mahāpuruṣa

m. a great or eminent man ( mahāpuruṣatā -tā- f.the state of being one)

etc.

mahartviktva

n. (fr. next) the state or office of the great priest

mahāsādhanabhāga

m. a great executive minister or officer of state

mahat

n. advanced state or time (mahat/i rātriyai-or rātryai-,in the middle of the night

)

māhātmya

n. exalted state or position, majesty, dignity

mahāvega

mf(ā-)n. greatly agitated (as the sea)

mahiṣatva

n. the state or condition of a buffalo

mahiṣībhāva

m. the state or condition of a buffalo-cow

maitra

m. "friend of all creatures", a Brahman who has arrived at the highest state of human perfection

maitrī

f. friendship, friendliness, benevolence, good will (one of the 4 perfect states with Buddhists

; see

)

etc.

mamatā

f. (mam/a--) the state of"mine", sense of ownership, self-interest, egotism, interest in (locative case)

man

cl.8.4. A1. (

) manut/e-, m/anyate- (Epic also ti-;3. plural manvat/e-

; perfect tense mene-

etc.; mamn/āthe-, n/āts-

; Aorist /amata-, /amanmahi- subjunctive manāmahe-, mananta-, parasmE-pada manān/a- q.v

; maṃsi-, amaṃsta- subjunctive maṃsate- preceding maṃsīṣṭa-,1. Persian mc. masīya-

; māṃsta-

, stādm-

; mandhvam-

; amaniṣṭa- grammar; future maṃsyate-

, ti-

; manta-, manitā- grammar; maniṣyate-

; infinitive mood mantum-

etc., m/antave-, tavai-

, m/antos-

; ind.p. matv/ā-

etc.; manitvā- grammar; -matya-

etc.; -manya-

etc.) , to think, believe, imagine, suppose, conjecture

etc. (manye-,I think, methinks, is in later language often inserted in a sentence without affecting the construction; confer, compare gaRa cādi-and

) ; to regard or consider any one or anything (accusative) as (accusative with or without iva-,or adverb,often in -vat-;in later language also dative case,to express contempt[ confer, compare

], exempli gratia, 'for example' gaRa rājyaṃ tṛṇaya- manye-,"I value empire at a straw" id est I make light of it equals laghu- man-,and opp. to bahu-,or sādhu- man-,to think much or well of, praise, approve)

; to think one's self or be thought to be, appear as, pass for (Nominal verb;also with iva-)

; to be of opinion, think fit or right

etc. ; to agree or be of the same opinion with (accusative)

; to set the heart or mind on, honour, esteem (with nau-,disdain) , hope or wish for (accusative or genitive case)

etc. ; to think of (in prayer etc., either"to remember, meditate on", or"mention, declare", or"excogitate, invent")

; to perceive, observe, learn, know, understand, comprehend (accusative,Ved. also genitive case).

etc. ; to offer, present

: Causal (

) mānayati- (Epic also te-; Aorist amīmanat-; Passive voice mānyate-), to honour, esteem, value highly (also with uru-, bahu-and sādhu-)

etc. ; (A1.) stambhe-

; garvake-

: Desiderative (

) mīmāṃsate- (rarely ti-; amīmāṃsiṣṭhās-

; mīmāṃsy/ate-

; mimaṃsate-, mimaniṣate- grammar), to reflect upon, consider, examine, investigate

etc. ; to call in question, doubt ("with regard to" locative case)

: Desiderative of Desiderative mimāmiṣate- grammar : Intensive manmanyate-, manmanti-

[ confer, compare Zend man; Greek ,, Latin meminisse,monere; Slavonic or Slavonian and Lithuanian mine4ti; Gothic ga-munan; Germ,meinen; English mean.]

manaḥparyāya

m. (with jaina-s)"the state of mental perception which precedes the attainment of perfect knowledge" Name of the last stage but one in the perception of truth

manas

n. thought, imagination, excogitation, invention, reflection, opinion, intention, inclination, affection, desire, mood, temper, spirit

(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a verbal noun or an infinitive mood stem in tu-= having a mind or wishing to; see draṣṭu-m-etc.; manaḥ- kṛ-,to make up one's mind;with genitive case,to feel inclination for; manaḥ- kṛ-, pra-kṛ-, dhā-,vi- dhā-, dhṛ-, bandh-and Causal of ni-viś-with locative case dative case accusative with prati-,or infinitive mood,to direct the mind or thoughts towards, think of or upon; manaḥ-with sam-ā-dhā-,to recover the senses, collect one's self;with han-See mano-hatya-; manasā m/anasā- ind.in the mind;in thought or imagination;with all the heart, willingly;with genitive case,by the leave of;with iva- equals seva-,as with a thought, in a moment;with man-,to think in one's mind, be willing or inclined;with saṃ-gam-,to become unanimous, agree; manasi-with kṛ-,to bear or ponder in the mind, meditate on, remember;with ni-dhā-,to impress on the mind, consider;with vṛt-,to be passing in one's mind)

mānasatva

n. the state of spirit, spirituality, fulfilment of anything in mere thought,

manastva

n. intellectual state, the state or condition of mind

maṇḍala

n. a surrounding district or neighbouring state, the circle of a king's near and distant neighbours (with whom he must maintain political and diplomatic relations; 4 or 6 or 10 or even 12 such neighbouring princes are enumerated)

etc.

mandāritā

f. (fr. mandārin-;for 1.See under manda-, column 1) the state of abounding in mandāra- trees

māndya

n. weakness, feeble state (as of understanding, digestion etc.)

māndya

n. stateliness

manogupta

mfn. cherished or concealed in the mind, thought or meditated on secretly

mantavya

mfn. to be admitted or assumed or stated

etc.

mānuṣatva

n. the state or condition or nature of man, manhood, manliness, humanity

manuṣyadharma

m. the law or duty or state or character of man

manuṣyatā

f. manhood, humanity, the state or condition of man (accusative with ā-i-,to become a man)

mārakatatva

n. state or colour of an emerald

martyabhāva

m. human state or nature

maryādāvacana

n. statement of the limit

mātaṃgatva

n. the state or condition of a caṇḍāla-

math

or manth- (q.v) cl.1.9. P. (

) māthati-, m/anthati-, mathn/āti- (Ved. and Epic also A1. m/athate-, m/anthate-and mathnīte-; imperative mathnadhvam-

; perfect tense mamātha-

;3. plural mamathuḥ-

; methuḥ-, methire-

; mamantha-, nthuḥ-

; Aorist mathīt-

; amanthiṣṭām-

; amathiṣata-

; future mathiṣyati-, te- manthiṣyati-

etc.; mathitā-

; infinitive mood mathitum-

etc.; tos-

; m/anthitav/ai-

; ind.p. mathitv/ā-, -m/athya-

etc.; manthitvā-,

; -manthya-and -mātham-

etc.) . to stir or whirl round

etc. ; (with agnim-), to produce fire by rapidly whirling round or rotating a dry stick (araṇi-) in another dry stick prepared to receive it

; (with araṇim-), to rotate the stick for producing fire

; (with ūrum-, hastam-etc.) , to use friction upon any part of the body with the object of producing offspring from it

; to churn (milk into butter) , produce by churning

etc. (also with two accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' sudhāṃ- kṣīra-nidhim mathnāti-,"he churns nectar out of the ocean of milk"

) ; to mix, mingle

; to stir up, shake, agitate, trouble disturb, afflict, distress, hurt, destroy

etc. etc.: Passive voice mathy/ate- (Epic also ti-), to be stirred up or churned etc.

etc. etc.: Causal manthayati- (

), māthayati- (

), to cause to be stirred up or churned etc.: Desiderative mimathiṣati-, mimanthiṣati- grammar : Intensive māmathyate-, māmantti- etc.

[ confer, compare Greek ; Latin mentha,menta; Lit.mentu4re; German minza,Minze; Anglo-Saxon minte; English mint.]

mathita

mfn. shaken, agitated, afflicted, hurt, destroyed

mathra

mfn. shaken, agitated, whirling

(see mathn/a-).

mātṛbhāva

m. the state of a mother, maternity

mātṛtā

f. the state of a mother

mayūratā

f. (

) the state or condition of a peacock.

mayūratva

n. (

) the state or condition of a peacock.

mīnatā

f. the state or condition of a fish

mithūkṛt

according to to others,"imitated, feigned. sham".

mithunatva

n. the state of forming a pair

mithyābhidhāna

n. a false statement

mithyātvin

mfn. being in a state of illusion

mithyāvākya

n. a false statement, lie

mitrabhāva

m. a state of friendship, friendly disposition

mṛgatva

n. the state or condition of a deserts

mṛgītva

n. the state or condition of a female deer or doe

mṛtabhāva

m. a state of death

mṛtyuṃjayatā

f. the state of overcoming disease or of being śiva-

mud

cl.1 A1. (

) m/odate- (Epic and mc. also P. ti-; perfect tense mum/oda-

; mumude-

etc.; Aorist amodiṣṭa- grammar; Potential mudīmahi-

; preceding modiṣīṣṭhās-

; future moditā- grammar; modiṣyate-

; ind.p. -modam-

), to be merry or glad or happy, rejoice, delight in (instrumental case or locative case)

etc. etc.: Causal , modayati-, te- (Aorist amumudat-), to gladden, give pleasure, exhilarate

: Desiderative , of Causal mumodayiṣati-

: Desiderative mumodiṣate- or mumudithate-

: Intensive momudyate-, momudīti-, momotti- grammar

mūkabhāva

m. the state of being dumb, dumbness

muktāphalatā

f. the being a pearl state of a pearls,

mūlatva

n. the state of being a root or foundation or source, the having a foundation (tan-mūlatvāt- prajānāṃ rājā skandhaḥ-,"the king is the stem of his subjects through their being his root"; veda-mūlatva-,"the fact that the veda- is the original source of all knowledge"; śāstra-m-,"the being founded upon the śāstra-s")

(see tan-m-).

munitva

n. the state or character of a muni-

mūrchita

mfn. agitated, excited

mūrdhāgata

n. a particular state of ecstasy

mūrdhan

m. (with Buddhists)"the summit" , Name of a state of spiritual exaltation

mūrtibhāva

m. the state of assuming form, materiality

nābhitva

n. the state or condition of being a navel

nabhonabhasyatva

n. the state of the rainy months nabhas- and nabhasya-

nākṣatrikī

f. the state or condition to which a person is subjected agreeably to the asterism presiding over his nativity

nakulatva

n. the state of an ichneumon

namratva

n. state or condition of bowing or hanging down

naṭ

(prākṛ-.for nṛt- q.v) cl.1. P. naṭati- (

) to dance

; to hurt or injure

(see un-naṭ-): Causal nāṭayati- (

) to represent anything (accusative) dramatically, act, perform, imitate

etc. ; to fall (see naḍ-) ; to shine

nāth

cl.1 A1. (

) n/āthate-

etc. (ti-

; perfect tense nanātha-; Aorist anāthīt-; future nāthiṣyati-,or nāthitā- grammar; infinitive mood nāthitum-

; ind.p. -nāthya-

) to seek aid, approach with prayers or requests (locative case)

; to ask, solicit, beg for (genitive case of thing

; confer, compare

; dative case of thing

;with 2 accusative

) ; to have power, be master

: Causal nāthayati-, to cause a person to ask for anything id est to grant a request (accusative)

(Bombay edition)

[ confer, compare nādh-; Gothic nithan,Old Saxon gina1tha,nASa; HGerm.gena1de,gnade.]

nayavid

m. a politician, statesman

netratā

f. the state of being an eye

neya

mfn. to be brought into any state or condition (exempli gratia, 'for example' śāntim-, kṣība-tām-)

nī

(for 1.See) cl.1 P. A1. (

) nayati- te- (perfect tense P. nināya-,2. sg. ninetha-

plural nīnima-

; subjunctive ninīth/as- Potential ninīyāt-

; imperative ninetu-

; A1. ninye-

etc.; -nayām āsa-

; -nayāṃ cakre-

; Aorist P.3. dual number anītām- subjunctive n/eṣi-, neth/ā-

; anaiṣīt- subjunctive neṣati-, ṣat-,3. plural A1. aneṣata-

; anayīt-

; future neṣyati-

; te-

; nayiṣyati-, te-

; n/etā-, nayitā-

; ind.p. nītvā-

etc.; nayitvā-

; n/īya-

etc.; infinitive mood neṣ/aṇi-

; n/etavai-, tos-and nayitum-

; n/etum-

etc.), to lead, guide, conduct, direct, govern (also with agram-and genitive case; see agra-ṇī-)

etc. ; to lead etc. towards or to (accusative with or without prati- dative case, locative case or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

; to lead or keep away, exclude from (ablative)

; (A1.) to carry off for one's self (as a victor, owner etc.)

; (A1.,rarely P.) to lead home id est marry

; to bring into any state or condition (with accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' with vaśam-,to bring into subjection, subdue[A1.

; P.

];with śūdra-tām-,to reduce to a śūdra-

;with sākṣyam-[A1.],to admit as a witness,

;with vyāghra-tām-,to change into a tiger

;with vikrayam-,to sell

;with paritoṣam-,to satisfy

;with duḥkham-,to pain

;rarely, with locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' duhitṛ-tve-,to make a person one's daughter

;or with an adverb in -sāt- exempli gratia, 'for example' bhasmasāt-to reduce to ashes

) ; to draw (a line etc.)

; to pass or spend (time)

etc. ; (with daṇḍam-) to bear the rod id est inflict punishment

(with vyavahāram-) to conduct a process

; (with kriyām-) to conduct a ceremony, preside over a religious act

; to trace, track, find out, ascertain, settle, decide (with anyathā-,"wrongly")

etc. ; (A1.) to be foremost or chief

: Causal nāyayati-, te-, to cause to lead etc. ; to cause to be led by (instrumental case)

(see

Va1rtt. 5

) : Desiderative n/inīṣati-, te- (

, w. r. nineṣati-), to wish to lead or bring or carry to or into (accusative or dative case)

etc. ; to wish to carry away

; to wish to spend or pass (time)

; to wish to exclude from (ablative)

; to wish to find out or ascertain, investigate

: Intensive nenīy/ate- to lead as a captive, have in one's power, rule, govern

nidarśana

n. refutation of a stated argument

nidhū

P. -dhūnoti- (-dhuv/ati-

; Potential -dhūvet-

), to throw down, deliver over

; to shake to and fro, agitate

nidhyai

P. -dhyāyati- (perfect tense -dadhyau-, dhyur-), to observe, perceive ; to meditate, think of, remember (accusative)

: Desiderative -didhyāsate-, to wish to meditate on, think of attentively

nidhyāta

mfn. meditated or thought on

nidrā

f. the budding state of a flower (hence drāṃ-tyaj-,to bloom)

nidrāyoga

m. a state of such deep meditation as to resemble sleep

(see yoganidrā-)

nigṝ

P. -girati-, or -gilati-

(-griṇāti-

; Aorist -gārīt-

; future -gariṣyati-

; infinitive mood -giritum-

) ; to swallow, ingurgitate, devour

etc. ; to swallow id est totally appropriate

: Passive voice -gīyate-, parasmE-pada yamāṇa- (with act. meaning) -gārayati- or -gālayati- '>

(see ni-- gal-above) ; Passive voice -gāryate- or -gālyate-

Intensive jegilyate-,

niketa

m. state of being

nimittatā

f. (in philosophy) the state of being a cause, causality, instrumentality.

nimittatva

n. (in philosophy) the state of being a cause, causality, instrumentality.

nipātatva

n. the state of being a particle

nipātyamāna

mfn. being thrown down, being precipitated into (locative case)

nirdhārita

mfn. determined, ascertained, settled, accurately stated or told

nirdhū

P. A1. -dhūnoti-, nirdhūnute-, to shake, agitate, shake out or off, scatter, remove, destroy, expel, reject

nirdhūta

mfn. shaken, agitated etc.

etc. (also -dh/uta-)

nirdhyāta

mfn. thought of, meditated

nirdiś

P. -diśati- (Aorist -adikṣat-

ind.p. -diśya-

; infinitive mood -deṣṭum-

), to point to (accusative), show

etc. ; to assign anything to, destine for (dative case or genitive case)

etc. ; to indicate, state, name, define, specify

etc. ; to take for, regard as (with double accusative)

; to announce, proclaim, foretell, prophesy

; to recommend, advise, suggest (with double accusative)

: Desiderative -didikṣati-, to wish to point out or define more closely

nirgam

P. -gacchati- (subjunctive -gamāṇi- perfect tense parasmE-pada -jaganvān-

; ind.p. -gatya-

etc., -gamya-

), to go out, come forth (often with bahis-), depart from (ablative), set out, start

etc. ; to come out or appear (as a bud)

; to go away, disappear

; to enter into any state, undergo (accusative)

; (with nidrām-) to fall asleep

: Causal -gamayati-, to cause or order to set out

: Desiderative -jigamiṣate-, to wish to set out

nirgatanikhilakalmaṣatā

f. the state of being entirely freed from sin

nirloc

(only ind.p. -locya-), to meditate, ponder

nirmakṣika

n. the being free from flies id est from troublesome people, complete solitude, kaṃ-vartate-

nirmakṣikam

ind. the being free from flies id est from troublesome people, complete solitude, kaṃ-vartate-

nirmath

or manth- P. A1. -manthati-, te-

; -mathati-, te-

; -mathnāti-

(future -mathiṣyati- ind.p. -mathya-

etc.) ; to grind (fire) out of (wood), to produce (fire) by rubbing (wood together), rub or churn anything out of anything (double accusative)

etc. ; to stir or churn (the sea)

; to tear or draw or shake out of, extract

; to shake, agitate (the mind)

; to grind down, crush, destroy

etc.: Passive voice -mathyate- (parasmE-pada yamāna-), to be rubbed or churned etc.

nirmathita

mfn. stirred about, churned, agitated, crushed, destroyed

etc.

nirṛta

mfn. (n/ir--) dissolved, decayed, debilitated

niruddeśam

ind. without any statement

niruddhaśamavṛtti

mfn. "whose state of repose is interrupted", wearied, tired

nirūp

P. -rūpayati-, to perform, represent on the stage, act, gesticulate, indicate or exhibit by gestures (exempli gratia, 'for example' ratha-vegam-,the swiftness of a carriage; vṛkṣa-secanam-,the watering of a tree

) ; to perceive, notice, find out, ascertain

etc. ; to investigate, examine, search, try, consider, reflect upon

etc. ; to state, define

; to select, choose, appoint as (double accusative), appoint to (locative case, Latin or infinitive mood)

nirūpita

n. the state of having been discussed or ascertained

nirūpiti

f. statement, definition

nirvṛt

A1. -vartate- (P.only in future -vartsyāmi-,to cause to roll out or cast (as dice)

; future -vartsyati-and Conditional -avartsyat-,to take place, happen

), to come forth, originate, develop, become

etc. ; to be accomplished or effected or finished, come off ; take place (see above)

etc. ; often wrong reading for ni-vṛt- q.v : Causal -vartayati- (ind.p. -vartya-; Passive voice -vartyate-), to cause to come forth, bring out, turn out, do away with, remove

; to bring about, complete, finish, perform, make, produce, create

etc. ; to gladden, satisfy (a-nirvartya- varia lectio for a-nirvṛtya-)

niś

cl.1 P. neśati-, to meditate upon, be absorbed in meditation

niśādatva

n. the state or condition of a man of low caste

niṣādatva

n. state or condition of a Ni-shad

nisarga

m. natural state or condition or form or character, nature (nisarga- in the beginning of a compound, nisargeṇa geṇa- ind., nisargāt gāt- ind.,or nisargatas ga-tas- ind.by nature, naturally, spontaneously)

nisargabhāva

m. natural state or condition

niścut

A1. -ścotate-, to ooze, drop

: Causal (ind.p. -ścotya-) to cause to ooze or drop

niṣkalatva

n. indivisibility, the state of the absolute brahma-

niṣpatti

f. a particular state of ecstasy

niṣṭhā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) state, condition, position

nītijña

m. a statesman, politician

nivṛt

A1. -vartate- (ind.p. -vṛtya-

;infin. -vartitum-

;rarely P. exempli gratia, 'for example' Potential -vartet-

; imperfect tense or subj. -vartat-

; perfect tense -vāvṛtur-

; future -vartiṣyati-

; -vartsyan-

; Aorist -avṛtat-

), to turn back, stop (trans. and intrans.)

etc. ; to return from (ablative) to (accusative with or without prati-,or dative case) ; to return into life, revive, be born again

etc. ; to turn away, retreat, flee, escape, abstain or desist from, get rid of (ablative)

; to fall back, rebound

; to leave off (sāmi-,in the midst or when anything is half finished

), cease, end, disappear, vanish

etc. ; to be withheld from, not belong to (ablative) ; to be omitted, not to occur

; to be ineffective or useless

; to be wanting, not to exist (yato vāco nivartante-,for which there are no words)

; to pass over to (locative case)

; to be turned upon (locative case or tatra-)

: Causal -vartayati-, te- (A1. Potential -vartayīta-

; Passive voice -vartyate-

), to turn downwards, let sink (the head)

; to turn back id est shorten (the hair)

; to lead or bring back, reconduct, return

etc. ; to turn away, avert or keep back from (ablative)

etc. ; to give up, abandon, suppress, withhold, refuse, deny ; to annul, remove, destroy

; to bring to an end id est perform, accomplish (a sacrifice etc.)

; to procure, bestow

; to desist from (ablative)

niyamasthiti

f. state of self-restraint, ascetism

niyamopamā

f. a simile which expressly states that something can be compared only with something else

niyat

A1. -yatate-, to arrive at, come to (locative case)

niyuj

P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to bind on, tie or fasten to (locative case)

etc. ; (with dhuri-) to tie to the pole of a carriage id est yoke, harness

; (met.) to place in front id est employ in the hardest work

(also guru-dhūrṣu-

) ; to join, put together (especially the hands in a certain position; see kapota-) Scholiast or Commentator on

; to attach to id est make dependent on (dative case or locative case)

; to enjoin, order, command, coerce, impel, appoint, instal (double accusative), trust or charge with, direct or commission or authorize to (locative case dative case, artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',or infin.)

etc. ; to confer or intrust anything (accusative) upon or to (locative case)

; to place at, put in the way (with locative case)

; to direct towards, fix (mind or eyes upon, with locative case)

; to use, employ

: Causal -yojayati-, to harness (horses etc.), put or tie to (locative case)

; to set or lay (a trap or snare etc.)

; to enjoin, urge, impel, coerce, appoint or instal as (double accusative), appoint to (locative case), direct or compel or request or command to (dative case locative case accusative with prati-,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') ; commit or intrust anything (accusative) to (locative case)

etc. ; to put in any place or state (locative case)

; to confer or bestow upon (locative case)

; to use, employ (reason etc.)

; to accomplish, perform (a rite)

; to endow or furnish with, cause to partake of (instrumental case)

nyūnībhāva

m. state of deficiency, incompleteness

padatva

n. the state of (being) a word,

padavī

f. accusative with gam-, yā- etc., to go the way of (see under artha-padavī-, ghana--, pavana--, mokṣa--, yauvana--, sādhu--, smaraṇa--, hāsya--; padam-dhā-or ni-dhā padavyām-[comp. or genitive case ],to tread in the footsteps of a person id est imitate or rival him)

etc.

pādin

m. the heir to a fourth part of an estate

padmatā

f. the state or condition of a lotus

paitṛkabhūmi

f. a paternal estate

pakṣitva

n. the state or condition of a bird

paktra

n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire or that fire perpetually maintained by him

palāśatā

f. the state of foliage, foliation

pānāghāta

m. "drink-stroke", morbid state after drinking

paṇatva

n. the state of condition of a pledge or stake

pañcatā

f. five foldness, fivefold state or amount

paralokasthāna

n. the state of (being in) the other world

pāramahaṃsa

n. the state or condition of a Parama-han6sa

paramāṇutā

f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom

paramapada

n. the highest state or position, eminence, final beatitude

paramapadātmavat

mfn. whose essence is the highest of all states (id est brahmā-)

parāparatā

f. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state, priority and posteriority

parāparatā

f. the state of being both a genus and a species

parāparatva

n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state, priority and posteriority

parāparatva

n. the state of being both a genus and a species

parapūrvatva

n. the state of preceding that which ought to follow

paratastva

n. (the state of) being from elsewhere or without

paratra

ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state or world, hereafter

etc.

parāvṛt

A1. -vartate- (ind.p. -vṛtya-), to turn back or round (intrans.), return, desist from (ablative)

etc.: Causal -vartayati-, to turn round (trans.)

; cause to return

(Bombay edition pari-vartaya-).

paribhāṣita

mfn. explained, said, stated as (Nominal verb), taught, established as a rule, formed or used technically

paribhāṣya

mfn. to be stated or taught (a-paribh-)

paribhram

P. -bhramati-, -bhrāmyati- (Epic also te-; pr. p. -bhramat-, -bhrāmyat-and -bhramamāṇa-; perfect tense -babhrāma-,3. plural -babhramuḥ-,or -bhremuḥ-; ind.p. -bhramya-; infinitive mood -bhramitum-or -bhrāntum-), to rove, ramble, wander about or through

etc. ; (also with maṇḍalam-) to turn or whirl round, move in a circle, describe a circle round, revolve, rotate

: Causal -bhrāmayati-, to stir up, shake through

paricayāvasthā

f. (with yogin-s) a particular state of ecstasy

paricint

P. -cintayati- (ind.p. -cintya-), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider

etc. ; to call to mind, remember

; to devise, invent

parīdhyai

(only perfect tense -dadhyau-), to meditate, ponder

parigam

P. -gacchati- (Aorist -agamat-

; -gman-

; perfect tense -jagmatuḥ-

; parasmE-pada -jaganvas-

; ind.p. -g/atyā-

; -gamya-

; infinitive mood -gantum-

) , to go round or about or through, circumambulate, surround, inclose

etc. ; to come to any state or condition, get, attain (accusative)

: Passive voice -gamyate-

: Causal -gamayati-, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time)

parigaṇanā

f. complete enumeration, accurate calculation or statement

parigaṇanīya

(Kull.) mfn. to be enumerated completely or stated accurately.

parigaṇya

(See a-parig-) mfn. to be enumerated completely or stated accurately.

parigrahatva

n. state of a wife, marriage

parikara

m. (in rhetoric) a particular figure in which many significant epithets or adjectives are employed one after the other to give force to a statement

etc.

pariṇāmapathya

mfn. suited to a future state or condition

parinivṛt

A1. -vartate-, to pass away

pāriplava

mf(ā-)n. moving to and fro, agitated, unsteady, tremulous

parisamutsuka

mfn. very anxious, greatly agitated or excited

parisrāva

m. Name of a morbid state ascribed to the overflowing of the moistures of the body

parivihvala

mfn. extremely agitated, bewildered

parivṛt

A1. -vartate- (Epic also ti-; ind.p. -vṛtya-,or parī-vartam-), to turn round, revolve, move in a circle or to and fro, roll or wheel or wander about, circumambulate (accusative)

etc. ; (with hṛdi-or hṛdaye-) to run in a person's mind

; to return, go or come back to (accusative)

; to be reborn in (locative case)

; (also with anyathā-) to change, turn out different

; to abide, stay, remain

etc. ; to act, proceed, behave

: Causal -vartayati-, to cause to turn or move round or back or to and fro

etc. ; (A1.) to roll or bring near (subjunctive -vartayāte-)

; to overthrow, upset (a carriage)

; to invert, put in a reverse order

(read -vartya-for -vṛtya-) ; to change, barter, exchange

etc. ; to renew (an agreement)

; to understand or explain wrongly (words etc.)

; to turn topsy-turvy id est search thoroughly

; to destroy, annihilate

; to straiten, contract

; (A1.) to cause one's self to be turned round (in having one's head shaved all round)

(see -vartana-): Intensive -v/avartti-, to turn (intrans.) continually

pariyat

A1. -yatate-, to surround, beset

parṇatva

n. the state of the Butea Frondosa

pāruṣya

n. shagginess, dishevelled state (of the hair)

paryanuyoga

m. an inquiry with the object of refuting a statement

paryāvṛt

A1. -v/artate- (Epic also ti- Potential -vartet-

; perfect tense -vavarta-, -vavṛte-

; Aorist pary-/ā-vart-

; ind.p. pari-vṛtya-

), to turn round (intrans.;trans. only ind.p.), turn away from (ablative), return to (dative case)

etc. ; to be changed into (instrumental case)

; to get possessed of (accusative)

: Causal -vartayati-, to turn or roll round (trans.)

; to change or barter against (imperative 2. sg. tāt-)

: Desiderative -v/ivṛtsati-, to wish to roll round

pāśatva

n. the state or condition of the outer world or nature

paścima

mf(ā-)n. being behind, hinder, later, last, final (f(ā-).,with kriyā-,the last rite id est burying the dead;with sāṃdhyā-,the latter id est the evening twilight;with velā-,evening time, close of day;with avasthā-,last state id est verging on death)

etc.

paśutā

f. the state of an animal (especially of a sacrificial animal)

patiśokākula

mfn. agitated with grief for a husband

pavanavyādhi

m. disease or morbid state of the wind of the body, rheumatism

phakkikā

f. a previous statement or thesis to be maintained (equals purva-pakṣa-, codya-, deśya-)

phalatā

f. the being fruit, the state of fruit

piśācatva

n. the state or condition of a piśāca-, demoniacal nature

pitṛpada

n. the world or state of the pitṛ-s

pitṛtva

n. the state or condition of a pitṛ- or deified progenitor

plakṣatva

n. the state or condition of being a fig-tree

potatva

n. the state or condition of (being) a ship

pradakṣiṇagāmitā

f. the state of one who walks towards the right (one of the 80 minor marks of Buddhists)

pradhānāṅga

n. most eminent person in a state

pradhṛṣ

P. -dharṣati-, -dhṛṣṇoti-, to be bold against, assail with courage or daring, lay hands on, hurt, injure, harass, overpower, overcome

: Causal P. -dharṣayati- idem or 'mfn. to be regarded as (Nominal verb), '

etc. ; to violate (a woman)

; to destroy, devastate

pradhvaṃsatva

n. state of destruction, desolation, ruin

pradhyai

P. A1. -dhyāyati-, te-, to meditate upon, think of (accusative with or without prati-)

; to reflect, consider

; to excogitate, devise, hit upon

pradyut

A1. -dyotate-, to begin to shine

: Causal -dyotayati-, to irradiate, illumine

prāgavasthā

f. former state, a former condition of life

prāgbhāvatas

ind. from a prior state of existence

praguṇa

mf(ā-)n. being in a good state or condition, excellent

praiṣyabhāva

m. the state or condition of a slave, servitude

prājāpatyatva

n. the state or condition of belonging or referring to prajā-pati-

prajñāpana

n. (fr. Causal) statement, assertion

prākaraṇika

mfn. being the subject of any statement

prakīrt

P. -kīrtayati-, to announce, proclaim, declare, call, name, state, approve

prakīrtita

mfn. announced, proclaimed, revealed, stated, said, mentioned

prakliś

Caus. -kleśayati-, to put in a morbid state

(wrong reading -kled-).

prakopaṇīya

mfn. to be irritated or provoked

prakopanīya

mfn. to be irritated or provoked

prakopin

mfn. irritated

prakopita

mfn. (fr. Causal) irritated, provoked, enraged

prakrama

m. a step, stride, pace (also as a measure of distance, the length of which is variously stated at 2 or 3 or 3 1/2 pada-s, also at more or less)

prakrānta

mfn. previously mentioned or stated

prākṛtatva

n. original or natural state or condition

prakṛti

f. the constituent elements or powers of the state (of which are usually enumerated, viz. king minister, allies, treasure, army, territory, fortresses

)

prakṛtibhāva

m. the natural state or unaltered condition of anything

prakṛtibhūta

mfn. being in the original state or condition, original

prakṛtimaya

mf(ī-)n. being in the natural state or condition

prakṛtistha

mfn. being in the original or natural state, genuine, unaltered, unimpaired, normal, well, healthy

(also -sthita-

)

prakṛtitva

n. the state or condition of being the original or natural or fundamental form of anything

prakṛtivikṛti

f. mutation of the original form or state

prakṣubh

A1. P. -kṣobhate-, -kṣubhyati-, to be moved or shaken or agitated or confused ; to totter, stagger.

etc.: Causal -kṣobhayati-, to agitate, excite

prāktanakarman

n. any act formerly done or done in a former state of existence

prakup

P. -kupyati-, to be moved or agitated ; to become enraged, fly into a passion

etc.: Causal -kopayati-, to set in motion, agitate, excite, provoke to anger

prakupita

mfn. (pr/a--) moved, agitated, shaken

pralola

mfn. being in violent motion, agitated

praluṭh

P. -luṭhati-, to roll forwards, roll, roll along the ground, roll round

; to be agitated, heave, toss, wallow

praman

(only A1.1. plural proper -manmahe-), to think upon, excogitate

pramāṇastha

mfn. being in a normal state or condition, imperturbed

pramāṇavākya

n. authoritative statement authority

pramata

mfn. thought out, excogitated, wise

pramṛd

P. -mṛdnāti-, to crush down, bruise, destroy, ravage, devastate

pranartita

mfn. caused to dance forwards, set in motion, shaken, agitated

prāṇatva

n. the state of breath or life

praṇihita

mfn. ascertained or stated

prāṇitva

n. the state of a living being, life,

praṇodita

mfn. (fr. Causal) set in motion, agitated,

prapad

A1. -padyate- (Epic also P.), to fall or drop down from (ablative), throw one's self down (at a person's feet)

; to go forwards set out for, resort to, arrive at, attain, enter (with accusative,rarely locative case)

etc. ; to fly to for succour, take refuge with (accusative)

etc. ; to fall upon, attack, assail

; to come to a particular state or condition, incur, undergo (accusative)

etc. ; (with an adverb in sāt-), to become exempli gratia, 'for example' sarpasāt pra-pad-, to become a serpent

; to obtain, gain (patini-,"as husband") , partake of, share in (accusative)

; to adopt or embrace (a doctrine)

; to undertake, commence, begin, do

; to form (a judgement)

; to assume (a form)

; to enjoy (pleasure)

; to take to (dative case)

; to come on, approach, appear

; to take effect, succeed

; to turn out (anyathā-,"differently" id est without any effect or consequence)

; to admit (a claim)

: Causal -pādayati-, te-, to cause to enter, introduce into (accusative or locative case)

: Desiderative P. p/itsati-, to wish to enter

; A1. -pitsate- (see

), to be going to incur or undertake

prapātābhimukha

mf(ī-)n. inclined to precipitate one's self from a rock

prāptabhāva

mfn. one who has attained to any state or condition, of good disposition

prāptatva

n. the state of resulting (from a grammatical rule)

prāś

f. (?) statement or assertion in a debate or lawsuit

(see prati-prāś-).

prasajyapratiṣedha

m. the negative form of an applicable (positive) statement

(also sajyāyām- pr-

; prasajyapratiṣedhatva dha-tva- n.

)

praśamasthita

mfn. being in a state of quiescence

prasiddhiviruddhatā

f. the state of being opposed to general opinion,

(equals khyāti-v-)

praspand

A1. -spandate- (Epic also P. ti-), to quiver, throb, palpitate

prasphur

P. -sphurati- (pr. p. A1. -sphuramāṇa-

), to spurn or push away

; to become tremulous, throb, quiver, palpitate

etc. ; to glitter, sparkle, flash, shine forth (literally and figuratively)

; to be displayed, become clear or visible, appear

prastuta

n. (in rhetoric) the chief subject-matter, that which is the subject of any statement or comparison (equals upameya-; see

, and tāṅkura-)

prath

cl.1 A1. (

) pr/athate- (rarely P. ti- exempli gratia, 'for example' imperfect tense 2. dual number /aprathatam-

; imperative prathantu-

; perfect tense paprathatuḥ-

;mostly A1. perfect tense paprath/e-, parasmE-pada paprathān/a-

; Aorist prathiṣṭa-, parasmE-pada prathān/a-

; future prathiṣyate-, prathitā- grammar), to spread, extend (intrans.; P.trans. and intrans.), become larger or wider, increase

etc. ; to spread abroad (as a name, rumour etc.), become known or celebrated

etc. ; to come to light, appear, arise

; to occur (to the mind)

: Causal prath/ayati- (rarely te-; Aorist apaprathat-

; subjunctive papr/athat-

; paprathanta-

; pr/athayi-

), to spread, extend, increase

etc. (prathayati-tarām-

; A1.intr.

) ; to spread abroad, proclaim, celebrate

; to unfold, disclose, reveal, show

; to extend over id est shine upon, give light to (accusative)

pratidhyāta

mfn. ( dhyai-) thought upon, meditated

(varia lectio pra-dhyāta-).

prātihantra

n. (fr. -hantṛ-) the state or condition of a revenger, vengeance

pratijñā

P. A1. -jānāti-, -jānīte-, to admit, own, acknowledge, acquiesce in, consent to, approve

; to promise (with genitive case dative case or locative case of Persian,and accusative with or without prati-,or dative case of thing, also with infinitive mood

etc.;with vākyam-and genitive case"to promise fulfilment of a person's word"

;with satyam-"to promise verily or truly"

) ; (A1.) to confirm, assert, answer in the affirmative

etc. ; to maintain, assert, allege, state

etc. (śabdaṃ nityatvena-,"to assert the eternity of sound"

) ; (A1.) to bring forward or introduce (a topic)

; to perceive, notice, learn, become aware of

; to remember sorrowfully (only in this sense P.by

;but really A1.

pratijñā

f. a statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation

pratijñāta

(pr/ati--) mfn. declared, stated, asserted, proposed, alleged

pratijñātārtha

(pr/ati--) m. a statement, averment

pratimā

A1. -mimīte- (Ved. infinitive mood prati-mai-), to imitate, copy

pratimita

mfn. imitated, reflected, mirrored

pratinivṛt

A1. -vartate- (P.2. plural future -vartsyatha-

), to turn back or round, return

etc. ; to turn away from (ablative), escape, run away, take flight

; to cease, be allayed or abated

: Causal -vartayati-, to cause to go back, turn back, avert

pratipad

A1. -padyate- (Epic future also -patsyati-), to set foot upon, enter, go or resort to, arrive at, reach, attain

etc. ; to walk, wander, roam

; to come back to (accusative), return

; to happen, occur, take place

; to get into (accusative), meet, with, find, obtain, receive, take in or upon one's self.

etc. ; to receive back, recover

; to restore to favour

; to undertake, begin (accusative dative case or infinitive mood), practise, perform, accomplish

etc. ; to do anything to any person, act or proceed or behave towards or against (locative case genitive case or accusative)

; to make, render

; to fall to a person's (accusative) lot or share,

; to let a person (dative case) have anything

; to give back, restore

; to perceive, find out, discover, become aware of or acquainted with, understand, learn

etc. ; to deem, consider, regard

; to answer affirmatively say yes (with or scilicet tathā-,or tatheti-), acknowledge, assent, agree, promise

etc. ; to begin to speak, commence (with accusative or instrumental case)

; to answer

(also with uttaram-

) : Causal -pādayati-, to convey or lead to, procure, cause to partake of (2 accusative). give a present to, bestow on (locative case dative case or genitive case)

etc. ; to give in marriage

; to spend.

; to present with (instrumental case)

; to put in, appoint to (locative case)

; to produce, cause, effect

etc. ; to establish, substantiate, prove, set forth, explain, teach, impart

etc. ; to deem, consider, regard as (2 accusative)

(varia lectio -vadasi-for -pādayasi-): Desiderative -pitsate- (

) , to wish to attain

; to wish to know

: Desiderative of Causal -pipādayiṣati-, to wish or intend to explain or analyze

prātipadika

n. the crude form or base of a noun, a noun in its uninflected state

( prātipadikatva -tva- n.

)

pratipādita

mfn. stated, proved, set forth, explained, taught

pratiparyāvṛt

A1. -vartate-, to turn round in an opposite direction

pratipattavya

n. (impersonal or used impersonally) it is to be assumed or stated

pratipatti

f. supposition, assertion, statement

pratiprajñāti

f. discrimination, ascertainment, statement

pratiprasava

m. return to the original state

pratirūḍha

mfn. imitated

pratisaṃyat

A1. -yatate-, to fight against

pratiśaṅk

A1. -śaṅkate-, to be doubtful or anxious, hesitate

; to trouble one's self about, care for (accusative)

pratiṣṭhā

f. state of rest, quiet, tranquillity, comfort, ease

pratiṣṭhāpanā

f. counter-assertion, statement of an antithesis

prativṛt

A1. -vartate-, to accrue to (accusative)

(varia lectio for upa-v-): Causal -vartayati-, to fling, hurl

pratiyat

A1. -yatate-, to guard against, counteract

(varia lectio): Causal yātayati-, to retaliate, requite (with vairam-,or raṇi-,"to take revenge")

pratyāgāra

(?) m. former place or state

pratyāmnāya

m. (in logic) the proposition re-stated, conclusion (equals nigamana-).

pratyanīkatva

n. the state of an enemy, hostility

pratyarthitā

f. the state of a defendant at law

pratyarthitva

n. the state of a defendant at law

pratyavamṛś

P. -mṛśati-, to touch

; to reflect, meditate

pratyavavasthāna

n. former state or place, status quo

pratyāvṛt

A1. -vartate-, to turn against (accusative)

; to return, come back

etc.: Causal -vartayati-, to drive back, repel

pratyekabuddhatva

n. the state of a pratyeka-buddha-

pratyujjīv

(-ud-jīv-) P. -jīvati-, to return to life, revive

: Causal -jīvayati-, to restore to life, revivify, resuscitate

prauḍhiman

m. the state of full growth

pravad

P. A1. -vadati-, te- (Ved. infinitive mood pr/a-vaditos-), to speak out, pronounce, proclaim, declare, utter, say, tell

etc. ; to speak to (accusative)

; to raise the voice (said of birds and animals)

; to roar, splash (said of water)

; (see a-pravadat-) to assert, affirm, state

; to pronounce to be, call, name (2 accusative)

etc. ; to offer for sale (with instrumental case of price)

(varia lectio): Causal -vādayati-, to cause to sound, play (with accusative of the instrument)

etc. ; (without an object) to play, make music

(also -vādyati-,with act. meaning

) .

pravat

f. a sloping path, smooth or swift course (instrumental case sg. or plural"downhill, precipitately, swiftly")

pravāta

mfn. blown forward, agitated by the wind (See below)

pravātadīpacapala

mfn. flickering or unsteady like a lamp agitated by the wind

pravātanīlotpala

n. a lotus flower agitated by the wind

pravical

P. -calati-, to become agitated, tremble, quake

; to become confused or disturbed

; to deviate or swerve from (ablative)

: Causal -cālayati-, to cause to tremble, shake

pravidhā

P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to place apart, divide

; (A1.) to meditate, think upon

; to place in front, put at the head, pay attention to

pravidhvasta

mfn. tossed about, agitated

pravṛt

A1. -vartate-, (Epic also P. ti-), to roll or go onwards (as a carriage), be set in motion or going

etc. ; to set out, depart, betake one's self

etc. ; to proceed (vartmanā-,or ni-,on a path; apathena-,on a wrong path)

; to come forth, issue, originate, arise, be produced, result, occur, happen, take place

etc. ; to commence, begin to (infinitive mood), set about, engage in, be intent upon or occupied with (dative case locative case,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

etc. ; to proceed against, do injury to (locative case)

; to debauch (anyo 'nyam-,"one another")

; to act or proceed according to or with (instrumental case or ablative)

etc. ; to behave or conduct one's self towards, deal with (locative case)

; to hold good, prevail

; to continue, keep on (pr.p.)

; to be, exist

; to serve for, conduce to (dative case,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

; to mean, be used in the sense of (locative case)

; to let any one (genitive case) have anything (accusative)

: Causal -vartayati-, to cause to turn or roll, set in motion

etc. ; to throw, hurl, Pour forth

; to send

; to set on foot, circulate, diffuse, divulge

etc. ; to introduce, appoint, instal

; to produce, create, accomplish, devise, invent, perform, do, make

(with setum-to erect a dam;with vyayakarma-,to effect expenditure;with loka-yātrām-,to transact the business of life;with kathām-,to relate a story) ; to exhibit, show, display

; to undertake, begin

etc. ; to use, employ

; to induce any one to do anything, betray into (locative case)

; to proceed against (locative case)

pravyath

A1. -vyathate-, (Epic also P. ti-), to tremble, be afraid of (genitive case), be disquieted or distressed

etc. ; = Causal

: Causal -vyathayati-, to frighten, disquiet, distress

prayā

P. -yāti-, to go forth, set out, progress, advance towards or against, go or repair to (accusative,also with accha-,or prati-,or locative case)

etc. ; to walk, roam, wander

etc. ; to part, go asunder, be dispersed, pass away, vanish, die

; to get into a particular state or condition, enter, undergo, incur (accusative)

; to proceed id est behave

(varia lectio) ; to cause to go id est to lead into (accusative)

: Causal -yāpayati-, to cause to set out

(see

) : Desiderative -yiyāsati-, to wish to set out

: Causal of Desiderative -yiyāsayati-, to cause a person to wish to set out

prayājatva

n. the state or condition of a prayāja-

prayat

A1. -yatate-, to be active or effective

(Epic also P. ti-) ; to strive, endeavour, exert one's self, devote or apply one's self to (locative case dative case accusative, arthe-, artham-, hetos-,or infinitive mood)

prayojyatva

n. the state of being used or employed (a-pray-)

prayojyatva

n. the state of being appointed or commissioned, dependence (a-pray-)

prayoktṛtā

f. the state or condition of an employer

prayoktṛtva

n. the state or condition of an employer

premabhāva

m. state of affection, love

preṣyabhāva

m. (

) the state or condition of a servant, servitude

preṣyatā

f. (

) the state or condition of a servant, servitude

preṣyatva

n. (

) the state or condition of a servant, servitude

preṣyātva

n. the state of a female servant, being a handmaid

pretatva

n. the state of a ghost

pretyabhāva

m. the state after death, future life

(see

)

prītyā

ind. in a state of joyful excitement, gladly, with joy

pṛthagbhāva

m. separate state or condition, difference, distinctness, individuality

pṛthivitva

n. the state or condition of the earth

pṛthivītva

n. state or condition of the earth, earthiness

puroḍāśatā

f. state or condition of an oblation

pūrvacodita

mfn. formerly stated or prescribed

pūrvajanmakṛta

mfn. done in a former birth or previous state of existence

pūrvajanman

n. a former birth, formerly state of existence or life

pūrvajanmārjita

mfn. acquired in some former state of existence (as merit etc.)

pūrvakoṭi

f. the starting point of a discussion, the first statement = pūrva-pakṣa- (q.v)

pūrvapakṣa

m. an action at law, the first statement of the plaintiff, first step in a law-suit

pūrvarūpa

n. (in rhetoric) a figure of speech which describes the unexpected return of anything to its former state

pūrvasthiti

f. first or former state

pūrvatva

n. precedence, priority, former state or condition

pūrvavādin

m. "speaking first","making the first statement of a case", a complainant, plaintiff

pūrvāvedaka

m. "making the first statement", a plaintiff

pūrvavipratiṣedha

m. the conflict of two statements or rules the first of which is opposed to the second

commentator or commentary

pūrvokta

mfn. said before, formerly stated, aforesaid, before mentioned

etc.

puṣpikā

f. the last words of a chapter (which state the subject treated therein)

pūtanātva

n. the state or condition of pūtanā-

pūtibhāva

m. putrid state, stench

pūtitailātva

n. putrid state, stinking

rāgitā

f. the state of being coloured or impassioned, fondness or desire for, longing after (locative case or compound)

rājakarman

n. plural royal or state affairs

rājakārya

n. a king's duty or business, state affairs

etc.

rājakriyā

f. the business of a king, royal or state affairs

rājakṛtya

n. a kings's duty or business, state affairs

rājamantrin

m. a minister of state

rājanīti

f. royal conduct or policy, statesmanship, politics

rājapauruṣya

n. the state of a royal servant, the being

rājaputrī

f. the belly or the amputated limb of an animal

rājasāt

ind. to the state or power of a king

rājavallabhatā

f. the state of being a kind's favourite (-tām eti-,"he becomes a kind's favourite",

)

rājavidyā

f. royal science, state policy, statesmanship

rākṣasatva

n. the state or condition of a rākṣasa-, fiendishness

raktābhiṣyanda

m. ophthalmia brought on by the state of the blood, redness of the vessels of the eye with a watery discharge

raktamaṇḍalatā

f. the appearance of red spots on the body caused by a bad state of the blood

raktanāḍī

f. a fistulous ulcer on the gum caused by a bad state of blood

raktanetratā

f. (

) the state of having red or blood-shot eyes.

raktanetratva

n. (

) the state of having red or blood-shot eyes.

rambhātṛtīyā

f. Name of the third day of the first half of the month jyaiṣṭha- (so called because Hindu women on this day imitate rambhā-, who bathed on the same day with particular ceremonies)

rasa

m. a metal or mineral in a state of fusion (see upa--, mahā-r-)

rasatva

n. the being chyle, state of chyle

rasollāsā

f. (scilicet siddhi-) "spontaneous evolution of the fluids (or juices of the body, without nutriment from without)", Name of one of the 8 siddhi-s or states of perfection

rāṣṭra

mn. (fr. rāj-; gaRa ardharcādi-; m.only

) a kingdom (

one of the 5 prakṛti-s of the state) , realm, empire, dominion, district, country

etc.

rathadhuryatā

f. the state of an excellent fighter

raudratā

f. wild or savage state, dreadfulness

ṛddhimat

mfn. being in a prosperous state, prosperous, wealthy

etc.

reṇutva

n. the state of being dust (reṇu-tvam-i-,to become dust)

rikthajāta

n. the aggregate of a property, collected estate (of a deceased person)

ṛṇatā

f. the state of being under obligations or in debt.

rohiṇītva

n. the state or condition of the nakṣatra- rohiṇī-

roṣ

mfn. (Nominal verb roṭ-) one who hurts or injures or irritates or enrages

roṣita

mfn. (fr. Causal) enraged, exasperated, irritated

ṛṣabhatā

f. the state of being the best, eminence, superiority

ṛṣitva

n. the state of a ṛṣi-

ṛtavyātva

n. state of being the above brick

ṛtviktva

n. the state of being a ṛtvij- or priest

rūḍhiśabdatā

f. the state of being used in a conventional sense

rūpatā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the state of being formed or composed of (exempli gratia, 'for example' duḥkha-r-,"the consisting of pain")

rūpatva

n. idem or 'f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the state of being formed or composed of (exempli gratia, 'for example' duḥkha-r-,"the consisting of pain") ' or the state of having form or figure

ruṣ

(confer, compare ruś-) cl.1.4. P. (

) roṣati- or ruṣyati- (rarely te-,and ruṣati-, confer, compare ruṣat-; grammar also perfect tense ruroṣa-; Aorist aruṣat-or aroṣīt-; future roṣitā-, roṣṭā-; roṣiṣyati-; infinitive mood roṣitum-or roṣṭum-; ind.p. ruṣya-

), to hurt, injure, kill (hiṃsāyām-)

; (cl.1.) to be hurt or offended by, take offence (accusative)

; to displease, be disagreeable to (genitive case)

(confer, compare ruṣat-and 1. ruśat-) ; cl.4. to be vexed or cross, be angry with (genitive case)

etc.: Causal (or cl.10.

) roṣayati-, te- (Aorist arūruṣat-; Passive voice roṣyate-), to vex, annoy, displease, irritate, exasperate

etc. ; to be furious or angry

: Desiderative ruruṣiṣati-, ruroṣiṣati- grammar : Intensive roruṣyate-, roroṣṭi-

[ confer, compare Greek etc.]

ruṣiṭa

mfn. injured, offended, irritated, furious, angry

śabaliman

m. variegated state or condition, mottled look or appearance

śabarabhāṣya

n. śabara-'s id est śabara-svāmin-'s commentator or commentary on the mīmāṃsā-sūtra- (also called śābara-bh-;it has been critically annotated by the great mīmāṃsā- authority kumārila-).

śabdopātta

mfn. stated explicitly,

saḍa

mfn. equals saha ḍena vartate-

sadbhāva

m. the being true, truth, real state of things (śāstra-bh-,"the true purport of a work")

etc.

sadgati

f. good or happy state or fortune

etc.

sādhananirdeśa

m. the statement of premisses leading to a conclusion

sādhanatva

n. state of perfection

sāgaratva

n. the state of (being) the ocean

sahaja

m. natural state or disposition (said to be also n.)

sahakāratā

f. the state of a mango tree

sahasā

(instrumental case of sahas-), forcibly, vehemently, suddenly, quickly, precipitately, immediately, at once, unexpectedly, at random, fortuitously, in an unpremeditated manner, inconsiderately (with instrumental case"together with").

sāhasa

mfn. (fr. sahas-) over-hasty, precipitate, rash, inconsiderate, foolhardy

sāhasa

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) boldness, daring, rashness, temerity, any precipitate or reckless act

etc.

sāhasin

mfn. rash, precipitate, inconsiderate, foolhardy

sakopavikṛti

mfn. agitated with anger

śakvarītva

n. the state or condition of being a śakvarī- verse

śakyasāmantatā

f. the state of being able to conquer neighbouring kings

śalabhatā

f. (

) the state or condition of a grasshopper or moth.

śalabhatva

n. (kum-) the state or condition of a grasshopper or moth.

śālātva

n. the state of (being) a house etc.

salilatva

n. the state of water

śālitva

n. (for 1.See) the state or condition of rice

salokatā

f. the being in the same world or sphere with (genitive case instrumental case,or compound), residence in the same heaven with the personal Deity (one of the four states of final beatitude equals sālokya-

)

sam

or stam- cl.1 P. samati- or stamati-, to be disturbed (according to to some"to be undisturbed"; see śam-)

; cl.10 P. samayati- or stamayati-, to be agitated or disturbed

sāma

mfn. undigested, crude, not sufficiently prepared or matured (a morbid state of the humours)

samabhidhyai

P. -dhyāyati-, or -dhyāti-, to reflect deeply on, meditate on

; to direct all the thoughts upon, long for (accusative)

samabhivṛt

A1. -vartate-, to go towards, advance

; to attack, assail

; to come near, approach

; to turn back, return, recur

; to remain, continue (tūṣṇīm-,"silent")

; wrong reading for sam-ati-vṛt-.

samādhāna

n. justification of a statement, proof (see -rūpaka-)

samādhi

m. justification of a statement, proof

samādhi

m. concentration of the thoughts, profound or abstract meditation, intense contemplation of any particular object (so as to identify the contemplator with the object meditated upon;this is the eighth and last stage of yoga- [

];with Buddhists samādhi- is the fourth and last stage of dhyāna- or intense abstract meditation[

];in the kāraṇḍa-vyūha- several samādhi- are enumerated)

etc.

samādhitva

n. the state of profound meditation or devotion

samādhyai

P. -dhyāyati-, to meditate deeply upon, reflect upon, be lost in thought

samākula

mf(ā-)n. greatly agitated or confounded, troubled, confused, flurried, bewildered by (compound)

samāluḍ

Caus. -loḍayati-, to stir up, stir in, mix together, mingle with (instrumental case)

; to agitate, disturb, confuse

; to rummage, investigate

samanucint

P. -cintayati-, to reflect deeply about, meditate on, remember (accusative)

samanukḷp

Caus. -kalpayati-, to make any one (acc) attain to any state or condition (locative case)

samanuvṛt

A1. -vartate-, to follow after, obey, conform to (accusative)

etc. ; to ensue, be the result or consequence

: Causal -vartayati-, to cause to take place or happen

sāmānya

n. equilibrium, normal state or condition

sāmānyatva

n. the state of generality

samāpad

A1. -padyate-, to fall upon, attack, assail

; to fall into any state or condition, attain to, undergo, incur

etc. ; to undertake, begin,

; to take place, occur, appear

: Causal -padayati-, to cause to come to pass

; to bring about, complete, accomplish

; to restore

samapadhyai

P. -dhyāyati- (Epic also A1. te-), to think ill or badly of, meditate evil or injury against, injure

samāpatti

f. falling into any state or condition, getting, becoming (compound)

samaṣṭitā

f. the state of (being) an aggregate etc.

samativṛt

A1. -vartate-, to pass by (accusative)

; to run away, escape from (accusative), avoid

sāmatva

n. state or condition of (being) a sāmatva-.

samāvad

P. -vadati-, to speak with certainty, state, declare

samavasthā

f. firm or fixed state or condition

samavasthā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) similar condition or state,

samavavasthāna

n. state, condition

samavāyatva

n. the state of (being) intimate relation

samavetatva

n. the state of being intimately related or connected

samāviddha

mfn. shaken, agitated (others"wasted, destroyed")

samāvigna

mfn. ( vij-) agitated, terrified, trembling greatly

samāviś

P. -viśati-, to enter together or at once, enter into, enter thoroughly, take possession of, occupy, penetrate, fill

; to sit or settle down in or on (accusative or locative case)

; to go or fall into any state or condition (accusative)

; to apply one's self to, begin, undertake

: Causal -veśayati-, to cause to enter together or thoroughly, introduce, insert

; to cause to sit down

; to conduct, lead or bring to or into (accusative)

; to place or fix (eyes or mind) upon, direct towards (locative case)

etc. ; (with svasmin-) to insert in one's self. contain

; (A1.) to deliver over, consign or commit or entrust to (locative case)

samāvṛt

A1. -vartate-, to turn back, come back, return

etc. ; to return home (said especially of a brahma-cārin- or young Brahman student of the veda- who has returned home after completing his studies in the house of a preceptor)

etc. ; to come near, approach

to turn towards (accusative; pradakṣiṇam-,"with one's right side")

; to turn out well, succeed

; to come to nought, perish

(

) : Causal -vartayati-, to cause to return, drive away or home

; to dismiss (a pupil after the completion of his studies)

; to repeat, recite

samavṛtti

f. even state or temper, equanimity

samāyā

P. -yāti-, to come together, meet

etc. ; to come near, approach, come from (ablative) or to (accusative or locative case), go to or towards (accusative)

; to elapse, pass away

; to fall upon, get into any state or condition (accusative)

samaya

m. coming to a mutual understanding, agreement, compact, covenant, treaty, contract, arrangement, engagement, stipulation, conditions of agreement, terms (ena-or āt-or -tas-,"according to agreement, conditionally"; tena samayena-,"in consequence of this agreement"; samayaṃ- accusative with kṛ-,"to make an agreement or engagement","agree with any one [instr. with or without saha-]","settle","stipulate";with samvad- idem or 'm. intercourse with (instrumental case) ';with dā-,"to propose an agreement, offer terms";with brū-or vac-or abhi-dhā-,"to state the terms of an agreement","make a promise";with grah-or prati-pad-,"to enter into an agreement","make or accept conditions of an agreement";with pāl-,or rakṣ-or pari-rakṣ-etc.,"to keep an agreement","keep one's word";with tyaj-or bhid-or vy-abhi-car-etc.,"to break an agreement"; ablative with bhraṃś- idem or 'm. intercourse with (instrumental case) '; locative case with sthā-,"to keep an engagement","keep one's word"; accusative with Causal of sthā-or of ni-viś-"to fix or settle terms","impose conditions")

etc.

sambhara

m. Name of a district and lake in Rajputana (the lake commonly called Sambhar, where the salt gaḍa-lavaṇa-is found, lies between the Jaipur and Jodhpur states)

sambhāratva

n. the state of (being) a requisite

sambhrama

mfn. agitated, excited, rolling about (as the eyes)

sambhramabhṛt

mfn. possessing bewilderment, embarrassed, agitated

sambhrānta

mfn. whirled about, flurried, confused, perplexed, agitated, excited

etc.

sambhūtatva

n. state of union or combination with (locative case; pañjasu bhūteṣu sambhūta-tvaṃ ni-gam-"to undergo union with the five elements" id est"to die")

saṃcal

P. -calati-, to move about or to and fro, waver, oscillate, quiver, tremble

; to move away, set out or depart from (ablative)

(varia lectio) ; to start or jump up from (a seat)

: Causal -cālayati-, to cause to move about or to and fro, shake, agitate

(varia lectio) ; to push away, remove, expel

saṃcūṣ

Passive voice -cūṣyate-, to be in a state of great heat, boil over

saṃdehadolāstha

mfn. "one who is in a state of suspense"

saṃdehatva

n. state of doubt or uncertainty

saṃdhā

f. fixed state, condition (equals sthiti-)

saṃdhyai

P. -dhyāyati-, to reflect or meditate on, think about

saṃdhyātṛ

mfn. one who reflects or meditates

saṃdhyātva

n. the state of twilight

saṃdigdhaniścaya

mfn. one who hesitates to hold a firm opinion

saṃdiś

P. -diśati- (ind.p. -diśya- q.v), to point out, appoint, assign

; to state, tell, direct, command, give an order or message to (genitive case or dative case,sometimes two accusative;with abhi-dūti-,"to a female messenger")

etc. ; to despatch any one (accusative) on a message to (dative case)

: Causal -deśayati-, to cause to point out or declare, invite or ask to speak about

sameta

mfn. come near or to, got into any state or condition (accusative)

saṃgam

A1. -gacchate- (rarely P. ti-,and according to to

only with an object; perfect tense -jagme-;Vedic forms etc. -gamemahi-, -gamāmahai-, -ajagmiran-, -agata-[3. sg. ], -aganmahi-, -agasmahi-,or -agaṃsmahi-, -gmiṣīya-, -gasīṣṭa-or -gaṃsīṣṭa-, -gaṃsyate-etc.; see 1. gam-and

), to go or come together, come into contact or collision, meet (either in a friendly or hostile manner), join or unite with (instrumental case with and without saha-or sārdham-)

etc. ; to unite sexually with (accusative)

; to harmonize, agree, fit, correspond, suit

; to go to or towards, meet (accusative)

; to come together or assemble in (locative case)

; to undergo or get into any state or condition, become (exempli gratia, 'for example' with viśrambham-,"to become trustful, confide")

; (P.) to partake of (instrumental case)

; to go away, depart (this life), decease, die

; (P.) to visit (accusative)

: Causal -gamayati- (ind.p. -gamayya-), to cause to go together, bring together, connect or unite or endow or present with (instrumental case of Persian and accusative of thing)

etc. ; to lead any one to (two accusative)

; to deliver or hand over to (locative case), transfer, bestow, give

; to connect, construe (words)

; to cause to go away or depart (this life), kill

(

) : Desiderative -jigaṃsate-, to wish to meet with (instrumental case).

; -jigāṃsati-, to wish to attain to (accusative)

saṃgraha

m. a compendium, summary, catalogue, list, epitome, abridgment, short statement (eṇa-or āt-,"shortly","summarily","in few words")

etc.

sāṃgrāmikatva

n. state of war, militarism

saṃhitā

f. (in gram.) the junction or combination of letters according to euphonic rules (equals saṃdhi-,but sometimes considered rather as the state preparatory to the actual junction than the junction itself)

samībhāva

m. the becoming in a normal state

samīkṛta

mfn. done in the Same manner, imitated

samiṅg

Caus. -iṅgayati-, to cause to move or throb, agitate, shake about

sāmīpya

n. nearness to the deity (as one of the four states of beatitude; see sālokya-)

samīr

(only imperfect tense /airat-), to join together, bring about, create

; to effect, promote

: Causal īrayati-, te-, to cause to move, set in motion, impel, agitate, urge on, send forth

; to bring about, accomplish, produce, create

; to reanimate, revive

; to confer, bestow, endow with

samittva

n. the state of (being) fuel

saṃjvara

m. great beat or fever (also applied to the heat of anger or any violent agitation; raṃ-kri-,"to feel agitated")

(in a-s- q.v)

etc.

saṃkḷp

A1. -kalpate-, to be brought about, come into existence

; to be in order or ready

; to wish, long for, be desirous of (See saṃ-kalpanīya-): Causal -kalpayati-, te-, to put together, arrange

; to produce, create

; to move or rock to and fro (the head)

; to determine, fix, settle

; to destine for (locative case)

; (with or without manasā-), to will, purpose, resolve, intend, aim at, strive after

etc. etc., to imagine, fancy, take for, consider as (accusative with iva-)

; to think about, ponder, hesitate

; to perform obsequies

saṃkṣiptatva

n. a state of contraction or narrowness, condensation

saṃkṣubdha

(

) mfn. tossed together, violently shaken or agitated.

saṃkṣubh

Caus. -kṣobhayati-, to shake about violently, agitate, toss, excite

saṃkṣubhita

(

) mfn. tossed together, violently shaken or agitated.

saṃkup

P. -kupyati-, to become agitated or moved

; to become angry or enraged

: Causal -kopayati-, to make angry, excite

; to become agitated or excited

saṃlulita

mfn. ( lul-) agitated, disordered, confused

sāmmukhya

n. the state of being present face to face or in front (khyam ā-dhā- A1.,with genitive case = "to go to")

saṃnateyu

m. Name of a son of raudrāśva- (see saṃ-tateyu-)

saṃnivṛt

A1. -vartate-, to turn back, return from (ablative)

etc. ; to desist from (ablative)

; to leave off, cease, stop

; to pass away

: Causal -vartayati-, to cause to return or turn back, send back

; to hinder, prevent or divert from (ablative)

; to cause to cease, suppress, stop

samparikamp

Caus. -kampayati-, to cause to tremble, shake violently, agitate

samparivṛt

A1. -vartate-, to turn round, roll round (with accusative), revolve, roll (as the eyes;with hṛdi-or manasi-,"to turn over in the mind")

etc. ; to exist

; to turn back, return

; to turn back or desist from (ablative)

: Causal -vartayati-, to lead round

; to wring (the hands)

sampatti

f. good state or condition, excellence

samprajñātāvasthā

f. the above state

samprajñātayogin

m. a yogin- who is still in a state of consciousness

samprakamp

A1. -kampate-, to tremble or be greatly agitated, shiver

: Causal -kampayati-, to cause to tremble, agitate

samprakṣubh

P. A1. -kṣubhyati-, -kṣobhate-, to be shaken or agitated, become confused

samprakṣubhitamānasa

mfn. agitated or confused or perplexed in mind

sampramath

(or manth-) P. -mathati-, -manthati-, or -mathnāti- (ind.p. -mathya- q.v), to stir about or agitate violently, violate, outrage, oppress, harass, annoy

; to tear out (the eyes)

sampraruṣṭa

mfn. ( ruṣ-) greatly enraged or irritated, furious

sampravṛt

A1. -vartate-, to come forth, arise, be produced from (ablative)

etc. ; (with manasi-) to turn or think over in the mind, think deeply about

; to begin, commence (said of persons and things), set about, prepare for (dative case locative case,or infinitive mood), Mbh

etc. ; to take place, happen

; to act, proceed, deal with (locative case)

; to go against, assail, attack

; to be present or near at hand

: Causal vartayati-, to cause to proceed or go forward, spread about, circulate, set in motion or action

; to undertake, begin

samprayā

P. yāti-, to proceed or set off together, to advance towards, go to (accusative with or without prati-)

etc. ; to move, revolve (as the heavenly bodies)

; to go (together) to any state or condition (accusative)

samprayat

A1. -yatate-, to strive eagerly for, exert one's self about, be intent upon (dative case)

saṃrabdha

mfn. agitated excited

; enraged, furious, exasperated against (prati-; n. impersonal or used impersonally)

etc.

saṃrej

A1. -rejate-, to be greatly agitated, tremble, quake

saṃruṣ

Caus. -roṣayati- (Passive voice pr. p. -roṣyamāṇa-), to enrage, irritate

saṃruṣita

mfn. enraged, irritated, angry

saṃsañj

Passive voice -sojyate-, -sajjate- (ti-; perfect tense saṃ-sajjatuḥ-

), to adhere, stick to (locative case)

; to encounter, engage in close combat with (instrumental case;also"to attack", with accusative)

; to hesitate, falter (in voice)

; to flow together, be joined

; to be occasioned, arise (as a battle)

; (P.) to attach to a yoke, harness

(Bombay edition)

saṃsāra

m. course, passage, passing through a succession of states, circuit of mundane existence, transmigration, metempsychosis, the world, secular life, worldly illusion (ā saṃsārāt-,"from the beginning of the world")

etc.

saṃsāragamana

n. passing from one state of existence to another, transmigration

saṃsaraṇa

n. passing through a succession of states, birth and rebirth of living beings, the world

saṃśayitṛ

mfn. one who hesitates, a doubter, sceptic

saṃśī

A1. -śete- (pr.p. -śayāna-; ind.p. -śayya-), to grow languid, become feeble

; to waver, be uncertain or irresolute or doubtful, hesitate

etc. ; to despair of (locative case)

; to lie down for rest

; (P. -śayati-), to differ in opinion or disagree about (accusative)

saṃsiddhi

f. perfect state, beatitude, final emancipation

saṃsiddhi

f. fixed or settled opinion, the last or decisive word

(

also ="nature";"natural state or quality";"a passionate or intoxicated woman") .

sāṃsiddhya

n. the state of having attained the highest object, perfection

saṃskāra

m. the faculty of memory, mental impression or recollection, impression on the mind of acts done in a former state of existence (one of the 24 qualities of the vaiśeṣika-s, including bhāvanā-,"the faculty of reproductive imagination")

(

)

saṃskāratā

f. the state of being a saṃskāra- etc.

saṃsṛ

P. -sarati- (in. Calcutta edition also te-), to flow together with. (instrumental case)

; to go about, wander or walk or roam through

etc. ; to walk or pass through (a succession of states), undergo transmigration, enter or pass into (accusative)

etc. ; to be diffused or spread into (accusative)

; to come forth

: Causal -sārayati-, to cause to pass through a succession of states or to undergo transmigration

; to introduce, push into (locative case)

; to put off, defer

; to use, employ

saṃsṛti

f. course, revolution, (especially) passage through successive states of existence, course of mundane existence, transmigration, the world ( saṃsṛticakra -cakra- n.and saṃsṛticakravāla -cakra-vāla- n."the wheel or circle of mundane existence")

saṃsthāna

n. nature, state, condition

saṃsthita

mfn. abiding, remaining, left standing (for a long time, as food;with tathaiva-,"remaining in the same condition")

saṃsthita

mfn. being in a particular state or condition, addicted or given to, intent upon (locative case or compound)

saṃsthiti

f. duration, continuance in the same state or condition

śāṃtanutva

n. the state or condition of (being) śāṃtanu-

saṃtaptapyamānamanas

mfn. one whose mind is in a state of torture

samudāhṛta

mfn. stated, declared

samuddhū

P. A1. -dhūnoti-, -dhūnute-, to shake up, raise (dust), agitate, move hither and thither

samuddhūta

mfn. shaken up, agitated, moved hither and thither

samuddiś

P. -diśati- (ind.p. diśya- q.v), to point out or indicate fully, mention at full, state, declare, communicate

etc. ; to designate as, name (two accusative)

; to enter into discussion with (instrumental case)

; to refer or relate to (See next) .

samuddyut

A1. -dyotate-, to blaze up, shine very brilliantly

samudīrṇa

mfn. greatly moved or agitated or excited

samudīrṇakhara

mfn. agitated and sharp or pungent

samudīrṇamānasa

mfn. agitated or excited in mind

samudratva

n. the state or condition of the ocean

samudvigna

mfn. greatly agitated or disturbed, terrified, anxious

samupagam

P. -gacchati-, to go or proceed together towards, go or come near to (accusative), approach, have recourse to

; to go to any state or condition, undergo

samupāgam

P. -gacchati-, to go up to together, go near to, resort to, approach, meet

etc. ; to undergo, incur, get into any state or condition (accusative)

samupanyas

P. -asyati-, to lay down fully, state at full length

samupanyasta

mfn. fully stated

samupavas

P. -vasati-, to abide wholly in, engage in, devote one's self to (See below) ; to abide in a state of abstinence, fast

samupavṛt

A1. -vartate-, to go together towards, proceed together

; to behave

samupayā

P. -yāti-, to go up to or approach (with accusative)

; to betake one's self to (accusative)

; to go to any state or condition (with accusative)

samuttejita

mfn. (fr. Causal) greatly excited or inflamed or irritated

saṃvejanīya

mfn. to be agitated, tending to agitate the mind violently

saṃvibhā

P. -bhāti-, to form ideas about, meditate on (accusative),

(equals saṃkalpayati-

)

saṃvicint

P. -cintayati-, to consider fully, meditate or reflect upon

saṃvigna

mfn. agitated, flurried, terrified, shy

etc.

saṃvignamānasa

mfn. agitated or distracted in mind

saṃvṛt

A1. -vartate- (perfect tense parasmE-pada -vavṛtv/as- q.v; Vedic or Veda infinitive mood -v/ṛtas-; indeclinable -vartam-), to turn or go towards, approach near to, arrive at

; to go against, attack (accusative)

; to meet, encounter (as foes)

; to come together, be rolled together, be conglomerated

; (also with mithas-) to have sexual intercourse together

; to take shape, come into being, be produced, arise from (ablative)

etc. ; to come round or about, come to pass, happen, occur, take place, be fulfilled (as time)

; etc. ; to begin, commence

; to be, exist

etc. ; to become, grow, get (with Nominal verb)

; to be conducive to, serve for (dative case)

: Causal vartayati-, to cause to turn or revolve, roll (literally and figuratively)

etc. ; to turn towards or hither

; to clench (the fist)

; to wrap up, envelop

; to crumple up, crush, destroy

; to bring about, accomplish, perform, execute

; to fulfil, satisfy (a wish)

; to think of. find out (a remedy)

: Desiderative -v/ivṛtsati-, to wish to have sexual intercourse with (accusative)

saṃvyath

A1. -vyathate- (only 2. dual number perfect tense P. -vivyathuḥ-), to be thoroughly afflicted or discouraged

saṃyā

P. -yāti-, to go or proceed together, go, wander, travel

etc. ; to come together, meet, encounter (as friends or foes), contend with (accusative)

etc. ; to come to or into, attain (any state or condition exempli gratia, 'for example' ekatāṃ- saṃ-yā-,"to go to oneness, become one")

etc. ; to conform to (accusative)

sāmya

n. (fr. 2. sama-) equality, evenness, equilibrium, equipoise, equal or normal state (accusative with nī-,"to bring to that state","calm")

etc.

saṃyat

A1. -yatate-, to unite (in trans.), meet together, encounter (rarely"as friends", generally"as enemies"), contend, engage in contest or strife, quarrel (with saṃgrāmam-,"to begin a combat")

; (P. ti-) to unite, join together (trans.)

sāmyāvasthā

f. a state of equipoise (of the 3 constituent ingredients of prakṛti-;See guṇa-)

saṃyuj

P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to join or attach together, conjoin, connect, combine, unite

etc. ; to bind, fetter

; to endow or furnish with (instrumental case)

etc. ; to form an alliance, league together

; to place in, fix on, direct towards (locative case)

: Passive voice -yujyate-, to be joined together, be united etc. ; to meet or fall in with (instrumental case)

; to be married to (instrumental case)

; (with ratyā-,or grāmyadharmatayā-) to have sexual intercourse

; to be supplied or furnished with (instrumental case)

etc.: Causal -yojayati-, to cause to join together, bring together, unite

; to put to (horses), yoke, harness

; to hold together, check, control (the senses)

(varia lectio) ; to furnish or endow or present with (instrumental case)

etc. ; to give over to, entrust with (genitive case of Persian and accusative of thing)

; to add to (locative case)

; to fix on, direct towards (locative case)

; to shoot, discharge (a missile)

; to equip (an army)

; to use, employ, appoint

; to institute, perform, accomplish

; (A1.) to be absorbed, meditate

sanāthatā

f. the state of having a protector or husband (accusative with i-,"to take refuge with")

ṣaṇḍatā

f. state of a bull, etc.

ṣaṇḍhatva

n. the state of being a eunuch, impotence, weakness

ṣāṇḍhya

n. (fr. ṣaṇḍha-) the state of being a eunuch, impotence

(printed śāṭhya-).

sañj

(or saj-) cl.1 P. (

) s/ajati- (rarely A1. te-; perfect tense sasañja-

etc. [in some rare and doubtful cases in

and

sasajja-];3. plural sejuḥ-

; Aorist asāṅkṣīt-, sāṅkṣīt-,UP. etc.; asañji-

; /asakthās-, ta-

; preceding sajyāt- grammar; future saṅktā-, saṅkṣyati-

; infinitive mood saktum-

; saṅktos-

; ind.p. -sajya-, -s/aṅgam-

etc.) , to cling or stick or adhere to, be attached to or engaged in or occupied with (locative case)

: Passive voice sajy/ate- (generally sajjate-, Epic also ti-), to be attached or fastened, adhere, cling, stick (with na-,"to fly through without sticking", as an arrow)

etc. ; to linger, hesitate

; to be devoted to or intent on or occupied with (locative case)

etc.: Causal sañjayati- (Aorist asasañjat-;for sajjayati-See sajj-), to cause to stick or cling to, unite or connect with (locative case)

: Desiderative sisaṅkṣati- See ā-sañj-: Intensive sāsajyate-, sāsaṅkti- grammar ([ confer, compare according to to some, Latin segnis; Lithuanian segu4,"I attach."])

śaṅk

cl.1 A1. (

) ś/aṅkate- (Epic also P.; Aorist 2. sg. aśaṅkīs-, aśaṅkiṣṭa-, śaṅkiṣṭhās-, śaṅkithās-

etc. infinitive mood śaṅkitum-

; ind.p.; -śaṅkya-

; grammar also perfect tense śaśaṅke- future śaṅkitā-, śaṅkiṣyate-), to be anxious or apprehensive, be afraid of (ablative), fear, dread, suspect, distrust (accusative)

; to be in doubt or uncertain about (accusative), hesitate

etc. ; to think probable, assume, believe, regard is (with two accusative), suppose to be (śaṅke-,"l think","I suppose","it seems to me")

; (in argumentative works) to ponder over or propound a doubt or objection: Passive voice śaṅkyate- (Aorist aśaṅki-), to be feared or doubted etc.: Causal śaṅkayati-, to cause to fear or doubt, render anxious about (locative case)

sapatnītva

n. the state of a woman whose husband has other wives

saprakāraka

mfn. containing a statement of particulars or specification

sarabhasa

mfn. possessing speed or impetuosity, impetuous, speedy, quick, agitated, eager, passionate ( sarabhasam am- ind.impetuously, hurriedly, passionately;also in the beginning of a compound)

śaraṇāgatatā

f. the state of a suppliant for protection

śaratā

f. the state of an arrow

śaratva

n. the state of a reed

śarīratā

f. the state or condition of a body

śarīravṛtta

mfn. occupied about bodily state

saroṣasambhrama

mfn. wrathful and agitated

sarpasāt

ind. to a snake, to the state, to the state of a serpent

sārṣṭya

n. a particular state of mukti- (See above) .

sarvātmatva

n. the state or condition of the universal Soul

( sarvātmatvadarśana -darśana- n."the doctrine of the oneness of everything with Spirit"

)

sasambhrama

mf(ā-)n. filled with confusion or bewilderment, bewildered, flurried, agitated ( sasambhramam am- ind.)

sāśaṅkatā

f. the state of being afraid or apprehensive, fear, terror

śāstravāda

m. a precept or statement or maxim of the śāstra-

śāstṛtva

n. the state of being a ruler, ruling, governing

śataśākhatva

n. the state of having a hundred branches, hundred-foldness

śatāyutā

f. the state of having existed for a hundred years

ṣaṭcaraṇatā

f. the state or nature of a bee

ṣaṭpadī

f. the six states (scilicet hunger, thirst, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age, death, or [accord. to

] kāma-krodhau-, śoka-mohau-, mada-mānau-)

sāttvika

m. a state of body caused by some natural emotion (constituting a class of 8 bhāva-s holding a middle place between the sthāyi-- and vyabhicāri-bhāva-s, viz. stambha-, sveda-, romāñca-, svara-vikāra-, vepathu-, varṇavikāra-, aśru-, pralaya-,qq. vv.)

ṣatva

n. the state of the letter ṣa-, the substitution of ṣ- for s-

saumyatā

f. the state of being cool and moist

saunadharmya

n. "law or rule of slaughter", a state of deadly hostility

sauparṇya

n. the nature or state of an eagle or hawk (-vat-with cakṣus-,"an eye as sharp as an eagle's")

śauva

n. the nature or state of a dog

śāyitā

f. (fr. next) the state of lying or reposing or abiding in (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')

sāyujya

n. identification, absorption (into the divine Essence;this is one of the four grades or states of mukti- see sālokya-

)

etc.

śeṣatva

n. the state of being a remainder (ena-,"by the remainder, in every other case")

śeṣāvasthā

f. the last state or condition of life, old age

sevitva

n. the state of one who dwells in or inhabits

sevyatva

n. the state of being liable or worthy to be served or honoured or revered or followed or pursued

siddha

m. any holy personage or great saint (especially one who has attained to one of the states of beatitude see sālokya-)

etc.

siddhatva

n. (or siddhatvatā -tā- f.) perfection, perfect state

śikhitā

f. the state of a peacock

śīl

(rather Nom.fr. śīla-below) cl.1 P. śīlati- (perfect tense śiśīla-etc.) , to meditate, contemplate

; to serve, worship

; to act, do, practise, make

: Causal (or cl.10 P.

) śīlayati- (Aorist aśiśīlat-), to do, make, practise repeatedly or exceedingly, be intent upon or engaged in (accusative), exercise, cultivate

etc. ; to wear, put on

; to visit, frequent

(see śīlita-) ; to exceed, excel

śilātva

n. the state or nature of stone

śilpatva

n. the state of being variegated or decorated

siṃhatā

f. the being a lion, leonine state

siṃhatva

n. the state of a lion

śīrṣacchedya

mfn. deserving decapitation

(dyaṃ-kṛ-,"to behead, decapitate"

)

śīrṣacchinna

mfn. having the head cut off, decapitated

śiṣṭasabhā

f. assembly of chiefs, council of state

śiśubhāva

m. state of childhood, infancy

śiṣyatva

n. the state or character of a pupil, pupilage, instruction

śītībhāva

m. cold state, coldness

śivatā

f. the state or condition of (a person absorbed in) śiva-

smaradaśā

f. state of the body produced by love (ten states are named: joy of the eyes, pensive reflection, desire, sleeplessness, emaciation, indifference to external objects, abandonment of shame, infatuation, fainting away, death)

smarākula

mfn. agitated by love, love-sick

smarākulita

mfn. agitated by love, love-sick

smaratā

f. state of recollection (See jāti-sm-).

snehākula

mfn. agitated by love

ṣoḍaśitva

n. the state of having 16 parts

sodvega

mf(ā-)n. agitated, disturbed, anxious, fearful ( sodvegam am- ind.)

śokonmathitacittātman

mfn. having the thoughts and mind agitated by sorrow

somatva

n. the condition or state of the moon

soṣmatā

f. the state or condition of being aspirated, aspiration

spand

(often confounded with syand-) cl.1 A1. (

) spandate- (rarely ti-;only in present tense base and infinitive mood spanditum-; grammar also perfect tense paspande-; future spanditā-, spandiṣyate-; Aorist aspandiṣṭa-), to quiver, throb, twitch, tremble, vibrate, quake, palpitate, throb with life, quicken (as a child in the womb)

etc. ; to kick (as an animal)

; to make any quick movement, move, be active

; to flash into life, come suddenly to life

: Causal spandayati- (Aorist apaspandat-), to cause to quiver or shake

; to move (trans.)

: Desiderative pispandiṣate- grammar : Intensive , See paniṣpad/a-. ([ confer, compare Greek , , ; perhaps also Latin pendo,pondus.])

sparśatā

f. a state of contact or touch (in a-bhū-tala-sparśatā-)

sparśatva

n. a state of feeling, sensation

sphur

(confer, compare sphar-) cl.6 P. (

) sphur/ati- (mc. also te-; parasmE-pada sphurat-and sphuramāṇa-[qq.vv.];only in present tense base, butSee apa-sphur-; grammar also perfect tense pusphora-, pusphure-; future sphuritā-, sphuriṣyati-; Aorist asphorīt-; preceding sphūryāt-; infinitive mood sphuritum-), to spurn

; to dart, bound, rebound, spring

; to tremble, throb, quiver, palpitate, twitch (as the nerves of the arm

), struggle

etc. ; to flash, glitter, gleam, glisten, twinkle, sparkle

etc. ; to shine, be brilliant or distinguished

; to break forth, burst out plainly or visibly, start into view, be evident or manifest, become displayed or expanded

etc. ; to hurt, destroy

: Causal sphorayati- (Aorist apusphurat-or apuspharat-), to stretch, draw or bend (a bow)

; to adduce an argument

; to cause to shine, eulogize, praise excessively

; sphurayati-, to fill with (instrumental case)

: Desiderative pusphuriṣati- grammar : Intensive posphuryate-, posphorti-. ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin sperno; Lithuanian spi4rti; German sporo,spor,Sporn; English spur,spurn.])

sphūrtimat

mfn. throbbing, thrilling (with joy or excitement), tremulous, agitated

śrāddha

n. a ceremony in honour and for the benefit of dead relatives observed with great strictness at various fixed periods and on occasions of rejoicing as well as mourning by the surviving relatives (these ceremonies are performed by the daily offering of water and on stated occasions by the offering of piṇḍa-s or balls of rice and meal [see piṇḍa-]to three paternal and three maternal forefathers id est to father, grandfather, and great grandfather;it should be borne in mind that a śrāddha- is not a funeral ceremony[ antyeṣṭi-]but a supplement to such a ceremony;it is an act of reverential homage to a deceased person performed by relatives, and is moreover supposed to supply the dead with strengthening nutriment after the performance of the previous funeral ceremonies has endowed them with ethereal bodies;indeed until those antyeṣṭi-,or"funeral rites"have been performed, and until the succeeding first śrāddha- has been celebrated the deceased relative is a preta-or restless, wandering ghost, and has no real body [only a liṅga-śarīra- q.v ];it is not until the first śrāddha- has taken place that he attains a position among the pitṛ-s or Divine Fathers in their blissful abode called pitṛ-loka-, and the śrāddha- is most desirable and efficacious when performed by a son;for a full description of the śrāddha- ceremoniesSee

)

etc.

śrāvakatva

n. the state or condition of a śrāvaka-

śrāvikātva

n. the state or condition of a śrāvikā- (see śrāvaka-tva-)

śreṇisthāna

n. "social state", Name of the first three stages in the life of an ārya- (see āśrama-)

śreyas

n. (as-) the better state, the better fortune or condition (sometimes used when the subject of a sentence would seem to require the masc. form)

śri

cl.1 P. A1. (

) śrayati-, te- (perfect tense śiśr/āya-, śiśriy/e-; Aorist /aśret-, āśriyan-

; aśrait-

; /aśiśriyat-

etc.; aśrāyiṣṭa- grammar [Ved. forms belonging either to the perfect tense or Aorist type are also aśiśret-, śrema-, śrayuḥ-, śiśrīt/a-]; future śrayitā- grammar; śrayiṣyati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood śrayitum-

; śrayitav/ai-

; ind.p. śrayitvā-

etc., -śr/itya-

etc.) P. to cause to lean or rest on, lay on or in, fix on, fasten to, direct or turn towards, (especially) spread or diffuse (light or radiance or beauty) over (locative case)

; (A1.or Passive voice,rarely P.) to lean on, rest on, recline against (accusative), cling to (locative case), be supported or fixed or depend on, abide in or on (accusative locative case or adverb)

; (A1. P.) to go to, approach, resort or have recourse to (for help or refuge) , tend towards (accusative)

etc. ; (A1.) to go into, enter, fall to the lot or take possession of (accusative or locative case)

; (A1. P.) to attain, undergo, get into any state or condition (accusative)

etc. ; to assume (with śrāvikā-tvam-,"to assume the form of a śrāvikā-", q.v)

; to show, betray (heroism)

; to honour, worship

: Passive voice śrīyate- (Aorist /aśrāyi-: confer, compare above)

etc. etc.: Causal śrāpayati- (in uc-chr-)

; śrāyayati- (Aorist aśiśrayat-;for aśiśriyat-See above) grammar : Desiderative śiśrayiṣati-, te- or śiśrīṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive śeśrīyate-, śeśrayīti-, śeśreti-

[ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin clino,clivus; Lithuanian szly4ti,szle14ti,szlai4tas; Gothic hlains;hlaiw; German hline7n,line7n,lehnen; Anglo-Saxon hlinian; English lean.]

śrīkaṇṭhatā

f. the state or condition of being śiva-

śṛṅgāratā

f. the state of being ornamental or decorative

śrotratā

f. the state of (being) an ear

(varia lectio)

śru

cl.5 P. (

) śṛṇ/oti- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also A1. śṛṇute-,and in

sg. śṛṇv/e-,2. sg. viṣ/e-,3. plural vir/e-[ confer, compare below]; imperative śṛṇu-, ṇudh/ī-and ṇuh/ī- plural śṛṇut/ā-, ṇota-and ṇotana-

; perfect tense śuśr/āva-[once in

with pass. sense], śuśruve-[2. sg. śuśrotha-,1. plural śuśruma-,in

also mas-; śuśravat-, śuśrūy/ās-

, parasmE-pada śuśruv/as- q.v ]; Aorist Ved. /aśravam-, /aśrot-,2. sg. śr/oṣi-; subjunctive śr/avat-, vathaḥ-;[?] śruvam-

; imperative śrudh/ī-, śr/otu-

; aśrauṣīt-

etc.; subjunctive śroṣan- imperative śroṣantu-

[ confer, compare śr/oṣamāṇa-]; preceding śrūy/āsam-

etc.; future śrotā-

; śroṣyati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood śrotum-

etc.; ind.p. śrutv/ā-

etc.; -śr/utya-

etc.; śrāvam-

etc.) , to hear, listen or attend to anything (accusative), give ear to any one (accusative or genitive case), hear or learn anything about (accusative) or from (ablative genitive case instrumental case, mukhāt-or śakāśāt-), or that anything is (two accusative)

etc. ; to hear (from a teacher), study, learn

etc. ; to be attentive, be obedient, obey

etc.: Passive voice śrūy/ate- (Epic also ti-;and in

śṛṇve-etc.[ confer, compare above] with pass. meaning; Aorist aśrāvi-, śrāvi-), to be heard or perceived or learnt about (accusative) or from (genitive case ablative or mukhāt-;in later language often 3. sg. śrūyate- impersonal or used impersonally"it is heard","one hears or learns or reads in a book", ="it is said","it is written in (with locative case)"; imperative śrūyatām-,"let it be heard"="listen!")

etc. ; to be celebrated or renowned, be known as, pass for, be called (Nominal verb)

; to be heard or learnt (from a teacher)

; to be taught or stated (in a book)

; to be heard id est pronounced or employed (as a sound or word)

: Causal śrāv/ayati- (Epic also te-,in

also śrav/ayati-; Aorist aśuśravi-, vuḥ-

; aśuśruvat-

; aśiśravat- grammar; Passive voice śrāvyate-See below) , to cause to be heard or learnt, announce, proclaim, declare

etc. ; to cause to hear, inform, instruct, communicate, relate, tell (with accusative of thing, and accusative genitive case,or dative case of Persian,or with instrumental case in sense of "through")

etc.: Passive voice of Causal śrāvyate-, to be informed of (accusative)

etc.: Desiderative ś/uśrūṣate- (

; Epic or mc. also ti-; Passive voice śuśrūṣyate-), to wish or like to hear (accusative), desire to attend or listen to (dative case)

etc. ; to attend upon, serve, obey (accusative,rarely genitive case)

etc.: Causal of Desiderative śuśrūṣayati-, to wait upon, be at the service of (accusative)

: Desiderative of Causal śiśrāvayiṣati- or śuśrāvayiṣati- grammar : Intensive śośrūyate-, śośravīti-, śośroti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , equals śrudh/i-, equals śrut/a-etc.; Latin cluo,in-clutus; Slavonic or Slavonian sluti; German laut; English loud.])

sthā

cl.1 P. A1. (

) t/iṣṭhati-, te- (perfect tense tasth/au-, tasthe-

etc.; Aorist /asthāt-, /asthita-

;3. plural asthiran-

; āsthat-[?]

; asthiṣi-, ṣata-

etc.; subjunctive sthāti-, sth/āthaḥ-

; preceding stheyāt-

; stheṣam-, ṣuḥ-[?]

; sthāsīṣṭa- grammar; future sthātā-

etc.; sthāsyati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood sth/ātum-

; tos-

; -sthitum-

; ind.p. sthitvā-

etc.; -sth/āya-

etc.; -sthāyam-

), to stand, stand firmly, station one's self, stand upon, get upon, take up a position on (with pādābhyām-,"to stand on the feet";with jānubhyām-,"to kneel";with agre-or agratas-and genitive case,"to stand or present one's self before";with puras-and with or without genitive case,"to stand up against an enemy etc.")

etc. ; to stay, remain, continue in any condition or action (exempli gratia, 'for example' with kanyā-,"to remain a girl or unmarried";with tūṣṇīm-or with maunena- instrumental case"to remain silent";with sukham-,"to continue or feel well")

etc. ; to remain occupied or engaged in, be intent upon, make a practice of, keep on, persevere in any act (with locative case; exempli gratia, 'for example' with rājye-,"to continue governing";with śāsane-,"to practise obedience";with bale-,"to exercise power";with sva-dharme-,"to do one's duty";with sva-karmaṇi-,"to keep to one's own business";with saṃśaye-,"to persist in doubting";also with ind.p. exempli gratia, 'for example' dharmam āśritya-,"to practise virtue")

etc. ; to continue to be or exist (as opp. to"perish"), endure, last

etc. ; to be, exist, be present, be obtainable or at hand

etc. ; to be with or at the disposal of, belong to (dative case genitive case,or locative case)

etc. ; (A1. mc. also P. confer, compare

) to stand by, abide by, be near to, be on the side of, adhere or submit to, acquiesce in, serve, obey (locative case or dative case)

etc. ; to stand still, stay quiet, remain stationary, stop, halt, wait, tarry, linger, hesitate (See under sthitvā-below)

etc. ; to behave or conduct one's self (with samam-,"to behave equally towards any one" locative case) ; to be directed to or fixed on (locative case)

; to be founded or rest or depend on, be contained in (locative case)

; to rely on, confide in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' mayi sthitvā-,"confiding in me")

; to stay at, resort to (accusative)

; to arise from (ablative or genitive case)

; to desist or cease from (ablative)

; to remain unnoticed (as of no importance), be left alone (only imperative and Potential)

: Passive voice sthīyate- (Aorist asthāyi-), to be stood etc. (frequently used impersonal or used impersonally exempli gratia, 'for example' mayā sthīyatām-,"let it be abided by me" id est"I must abide")

etc. etc.: Causal sthāpayati-, te- (Aorist /atiṣṭhipat-; ind.p. sthāpayitvā-[ q.v ] and -sth/āpam-: Passive voice sthāpyate-), to cause to stand, place, locate, set, lay, fix, station, establish, found, institute

etc. ; to set up, erect, raise, build

; to cause to continue, make durable, strengthen, confirm

etc. ; to prop up, support, maintain

; to affirm, assent

; to appoint (to any office locative case)

etc. ; to cause to be, constitute, make, appoint or employ as (two accusative;with dhātrīm-,"to employ any one as a nurse";with rakṣārtham-,"to appoint any one as guardian";with sajjam-,"to make anything ready";with su-rakṣitam-,"to keep anything well guarded";with svīkṛtya-,"to make anything one's own";with pariśeṣam-,"to leave anything over or remaining")

etc. ; to fix, settle, determine, resolve

etc. ; to fix in or on, lead or bring into, direct or turn towards (locative case,rarely accusative;with hṛdi-,"to impress on the heart";with manas-,"to fix the mind on")

etc. ; to introduce or initiate into, instruct in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' with naye-,"to instruct in a plan or system")

; to make over or deliver up to (locative case or haste-with genitive case,"into the hands of")

; to give in marriage

; to cause to stand still, stop, arrest, check, hold, keep in, restrain (with baddhvā-,"to keep bound or imprisoned")

etc. ; to place aside, keep, save, preserve

: Desiderative of Causal -sthāpayiṣati- (See saṃ-sthā-): Desiderative t/iṣṭhāsati-, to wish to stand etc.

: Intensive teṣṭhīyate- ; tāstheti-, tāsthāti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin stare; Lithuanian sto4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian stati; German sta7n,stehen; English stand.])

sthalatā

f. the state of being dry ground

sthāna

n. state, condition (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = "being in the state of")

sthāna

n. continued existence, continuance in the same state (id est in a kind of neutral state unmarked by loss or gain), continuing as or as long as (with instrumental case)

sthāna

n. a state of perfect tranquillity

sthānatā

f. the state of being the receptacle of, possession of (genitive case)

sthānivattva

n. the state of being like the original form or element

sthāpana

n. statement, definition

sthāvara

n. immovable property, real estate (such as land or houses)

sthāvaratā

f. the state of a vegetable or mineral

sthāyibhāva

m. lasting or durable state of mind or feeling (said to be 8, viz. rati-, hāsa-, śoka-, krodha-, utsāha-, bhaya-, jugupsā-, vismaya-[qq.vv.], to which is sometimes added śama-,"quietism";they are opp. to the vyabhicāri-bhāvas-or "transitory feelings")

sthāyin

mfn. being in a particular state or condition

sthāyin

mfn. permanent, constant, enduring, lasting (as a feeling or state; see sthāyi-bhāva-above )

etc.

stheman

m. the state of standing or stopping still, rest

sthita

mfn. being or remaining or keeping in any state or condition (locative case, instrumental case ablative compound,or a noun in the same case, also ind.p. or adverb; vyāpya sthitaḥ-,"he keeps continually pervading"

; upaviśya sthitaḥ-,"he remains sitting"

; kathaṃ sthitāsi-,"how did you fare?"

; evaṃ sthite-,"it being so"

; puraḥ sthite-,"it being imminent")

etc.

sthiti

f. staying or remaining or being in any state or condition (See rājya-sth-)

sthiti

f. continuance in being, maintenance of life, continued existence (the 2nd of the three states of all created things, the 1st being utpatti-,"coming into existence", and the 3rd laya-,"dissolution"), permanence, duration

sthiti

f. any situation or state or position or abode

sthiti

f. maintenance of discipline, establishment of good order (in a state etc.)

sthitisthāpaka

mfn. restoring anything to its original state or condition

sthitisthāpaka

m. the capability of restoration to an original state or position, elasticity

strībhava

m. state of a women, womanhood

śucigātratā

f. the state of having bright limbs (one of the 80 minor marks of a buddha-)

sudinatva

n. state of fine weather, an auspicious time

śūdratā

f. the state of a śūdra- or servant, servile condition, servitude

śūdratva

n. the state of a śūdra- or servant, servile condition, servitude

sūkaratā

f. the state or nature of a hog

śukatā

f. the state of a parrot

śukatva

n. the state of a parrot

sukavitā

f. the state of a good poet, poetical talent

sukhādhiṣṭhāna

n. a happy state

sukhasparśavihāratā

f. an easy life or state of existence. (

)

sukhasparśavihāritā

f. an easy life or state of existence. (

)

sukṣobhya

mf(ā-)n. easily agitated

sukṣubdha

mfn. greatly agitated

sulabhatva

n. the state of being easily attained etc., frequency, triviality, cheapness

(in a-sul-)

śūna

n. emptiness (originally "swollen state","hollowness"see śūnya-below), lack, want, absence

śūnatva

n. the state of being swollen

śūnyabhāva

m. state of being empty, emptiness,

suparṇavāta

m. the wind agitated by the wings of garuḍa-

surabhūya

n. the becoming a deity, state of a deity

surarājatā

f. the state or rank of indra-

śūratva

n. state or condition of a hero, heroism, valour, bravery

susambhramat

(

), (

) mf(ā-)n. greatly agitated or bewildered.

susambhrānta

(

) mf(ā-)n. greatly agitated or bewildered.

susaṃrabdha

mfn. very angry, greatly enraged or agitated (Comparative degree -tara-)

etc.

susaṃvigna

mfn. greatly agitated or perplexed

śuṣkapeṣam

ind. (with piṣ-) to grind anything in a dry state (id est without any fluid)

sūta

m. (of doubtful derivation, prob. to be connected with1. sū-;for 1. 2. sūta-See pp. 1239 and 1240) a charioteer, driver, groom, equerry, master of the horse (especially an attendant on a king who in earlier literature is often mentioned together with the grāma-ṇ/ī-;in the epics also a royal herald or bard, whose business was to proclaim the heroic actions of the king and his ancestors, while he drove his chariot to battle, or on state occasions, and who had therefore to know by heart portions of the epic poems and ancient ballads;he is the son of a kṣatriya- by a brāhmaṇī- or of a Brahman [accord. to śāśvata- also of a śūdra-] and a kṣatriyā-;the most celebrated sūta- was loma-harṣaṇa- who was a pupil of vyāsa-)

etc. (

)

sutābhāva

m. the state of a daughter

svabhāva

m. own condition or state of being, natural state or constitution, innate or inherent disposition, nature, impulse, spontaneity

svabhāvatā

f. (

) the state of innate disposition or nature

svabhāvatva

n. (

) the state of innate disposition or nature

svabhāvokti

f. statement of the exact nature (of anything), accurate description of the properties (of things)

etc.

svabhūmi

f. one's own land, own estate

śvacaryā

f. a dog's state of life

svadhā

f. own state or condition or nature, habitual state, custom, rule, law

śvaḥśreyasa

n. "better state on the morrow", progressive improvement

svānyadīyatva

n. the state of being one's own or some one else's

svapnadhīgamya

mfn. perceptible by the mind (only when) in a state of sleep

svapnānta

m. a state of sleep or dreaming,

svapnavasthā

f. a state of dreaming (applied to life as an illusion)

svapradhānatā

f. one's own natural state

svārājya

n. union with brahma-, identification with the self-refulgent, state of self-effulgence

svaratā

f. the state of (being) voice or a musical sound

svaritatva

n. the state of having the svarita-

svarūpatā

f. (or svarūpatātva -tva- n.) the state of one's own form or nature (tayā-,"literally","in reality")

svastha

mf(ā-)n. self-abiding, being in one's self (or"in the self"

), being in one's natural state, being one's self uninjured, unmolested, contented, doing well, sound well, healthy (in body and mind;often varia lectio for su-stha-), comfortable, at ease (Comparative degree -tara-)

etc.

svāsthya

n. (fr. sva-stha-) self-dependence, sound state (of body or soul), health, ease, comfort, contentment, satisfaction

svastitā

f. a state of welfare

svatā

f. the state of belonging to one's self, ownership (-tām paśyati-,"he thinks it belongs to him"; rāja-svatām upapadyate-,"it accrues to the king's ownership")

svatas

ind. out of (their) own estate

svayamagurutva

n. state of lightness existing in one's self

svayaṃjāta

mfn. self-born, spontaneously-produced, brought into any state spontaneously

svayaṃvāda

m. one's own statement

śvit

cl.1 A1. (

) śvetate- (occurring only in proper parasmE-pada śvetamāna-

,andin Aorist aśvait-or aśvitat-, parasmE-pada śvitān/a-[ q.v ]

; grammar also perfect tense śiśvite- future śvetitā-, śvetiṣyate-,and Aorist aśvetiṣṭa-), to be bright or white: Causal (only Aorist aśiśvitat-;but confer, compare śvetaya-and śvetita-) idem or 'm. plural Name of a people '

([ confer, compare Lithuanian szvaily4ti; Gothic hweits; German weiss; English white.])

śvobhāva

m. to-morrow's state of affairs

śyainampāta

mf(ā-)n. (fr. śyena-pāta-) any place fit for the flying of hawks (equals śyena-pāto 'syām vartate-;with mṛgayā- f."hawking, hunting with hawks")

tadātva

n. (opposed to ā-yati-) "state of then", the present time

tailatva

n. oily state

tan

cl.8 P. A1. n/oti-, nut/e- (3. plural nv/ate-[ /ā--and vi-tanvat/e-

]

; imperative nu-[ /ava-and v/i-tanuhi-

; see

Va1rtt. 1

]

; nuṣva-

; subjunctive 2. sg. nuthās-,

;1. dual number navāvahai-,

; imperfect tense 3. plural /atanvata-,

; perfect tense P. tat/āna-,once tāt-

;2. sg. tat/antha-[

],class. tenitha-[

]; A1.1. 2. 3. sg. [ /ā--] tatane-, [abh/i-]tatniṣe-, [v/i-]tatne-

;3. sg. irregular tate-,

;3. plural tatnir/e-[

v/i--

] or ten-[

(vi--)etc.; see

]; Aorist P. /atan-

; [/ā-]atān-,

;

;[ p/ari--, v/i--] atanat-

; [anv-/ā]atāṃsīt-

; atānīt-

; tat/anat-, [abh/i-]t/anāma-, t/anan-

;2. plural ataniṣṭa-

;3. dual number atāniṣṭām-

; A1. atata-or ataniṣṭa-, atathās-or ataniṣṭhās-

;3. plural /atnata-

; tat/ananta-,

;1. sg. atasi- plural ataṃsmahi-

; future 2nd taṃsy/ate-

; future 1st [vi-]tāyitā-

; parasmE-pada proper tanv/at-, vān/a-; perfect tense tatanv/as-; ind.p. tatvā-, tv/āya-, -t/atya-

;[ vi--] tāya-

; infinitive mood tantum-

; Passive voice tāy/ate-

[ parasmE-pada y/amāna-]

etc.; tanyate-

; Aorist atāyi-

) to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to

etc. ; to be protracted, continue, endure

; to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread, spin out, weave

etc. ; to emboss

; to prepare (a way for)

; to direct (one's way, gatim-) towards

; to propagate (one's self or one's family, tanūs-, tantum-)

; to (spread id est to) speak (words)

; to protract

; to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment

etc. (Passive voice to be put forth or extended, increase

) ; to accomplish, perform (a ceremony)

etc. ; to sacrifice

; to compose (a literary work)

; to render (any one thirsty, double accusative)

: Desiderative titaniṣati-, taṃsati-, tāṃs-

: Intensive tantanyate-, tantanīti-,

; ([ see , etc.])

tanmātratā

f. the state of a tan-mātra-

tantratā

f. the state of anything that serves as a tantra-

taralāyita

mfn. made tremulous, agitated

tarutā

f. the state of a tree

tathā

ind. yes, so be it, so it shall be (particle of assent, agreement, or promise;generally followed by iti-)

etc. (tathety uktvā-,having said"so be it"or"yes"

etc.)

tathāgata

mfn. being in such a state or condition, of such a quality or nature

tathātā

f. true state of things, true nature

tathātva

n. the being so, such a state of things, such a condition

tathāvidha

mf(ā-)n. (t/ath-) of such a sort or kind, being in such a condition or state, of such qualities

(correlative of yādṛśa-,

)

etc.

tatparatva

n. "the state of following behind", inferiority

tatsaṃskārārthatva

n. the state of helping to promote that

(a-- negative)

tattva

n. true or real state, truth, reality

etc.

tattvatyaj

mfn. mistaking the true state

tattvena

ind. instrumental case according to the true state or nature of anything, in truth, truly, really, accurately

tāvat

ind. meanwhile, in the mean time (the correlative yāvat-being often connected with a negative exempli gratia, 'for example' tāvac chobhate mūrkho yāvat kiṃ-cin na bhāṣate-,"so long a fool shines as long as he says nothing"

; śocayiṣyāmy ātmānaṃ tāvad yāvan me prāptam brāhmaṇyam-,"so long I will emaciate myself, as long as [i.e. until] I have obtained the state of a Brahman"

)

etc. (also correlative of purā-[

] , of yāvatā na-,of yāvat-preceded by purā-[

], or without any correlative [

])

tiryaggati

f. the state of an animal in transmigration

traiguṇya

n. the state of consisting of 3 threads, tripleness

; 3 qualities (śaitya-, saugandhya-, māndya-),

tṛṇatva

n. the state of grass

turīya

n. the 4th state of spirit (pure impersonal Spirit or brahma-)

(

)

turīya

mfn. being in that state of soul

turya

n. the 4th state of soul (See rīya-),

turya

mfn. being in that state of soul

tvar

cl.1. tv/arate- (Epic also ti-; perfect tense tatvare-

; Aorist 2. plural atvaridhvam-, riḍhvam-, riddhvam-

; subjunctive 2. sg. tvariṣṭhās-

) to hurry, make haste, move with speed

etc.: Causal tvarayati- (imperative r/aya-; Aorist atatvarat-

) to cause to hasten, quicken, urge forward (with accusative dative case or infinitive mood)

etc. ; tvār-, to convert quickly into the state (bhāva- dative case) of

; see tur-.

tviṣ

(cl.1. tveṣati-, te-

; Aorist atvikṣat-[ see

]

; plural /atviṣur-, ṣanta-, /atitviṣanta-; perfect tense titviṣ/e-, parasmE-pada ṣāṇ/a-) A1. to be violently agitated or moved or excited or troubled

; (P.)

; P. A1. to excite, instigate

; to shine, glitter,

(pr. p. tviṣyat-) ; see ava--.

tviṣita

mfn. violently agitated

ubhayataḥśīrṣatva

n. the state of having two heads

ubhayavetanatva

n. the state of receiving wages from both

ucchiṣṭatā

f. the being left, state of being a remnant or remainder commentator or commentary on

ucchiṣṭatva

n. the being left, state of being a remnant or remainder commentator or commentary on

udāttaśrutitā

f. the state of being pronounced so

udāttatva

n. the state of having the acute accent commentator or commentary on

udbhrānta

mfn. agitated, excited, bewildered, distressed

etc.

udbhūtatva

n. the state of being increased

uddeśa

m. brief statement

uddhata

mfn. stirred up, excited, agitated

etc.

uddhatārṇavanisvana

mfn. making a noise like that of the agitated sea.

uddhūta

mfn. excited, agitated

uddhvaṃsa

m. the state of being attacked (by infectious disorders etc.), an epidemic

uddīp

A1. -dīpyate-, to flame, blaze up, be kindled

: Causal -dīpayati-, to. light up, inflame

; to illuminate

; to animate, excite, irritate, provoke

uddyut

P. Ved. (imperfect tense -adyaut-) A1. -dyotate-, to blaze up, shine, shine forth

; Causal P. -dyotayati-, to cause to shine or shine forth

: Intensive Vedic or Veda (subjunctive -d/avidyutat-) to shine intensely

udīkṣ

A1. -īkṣate- (once P. parasmE-pada -īkṣat-

) to look up to

; to look at, regard, view, behold

etc. ; to wait, delay, hesitate ; to expect

udīrita

mfn. animated, agitated

udrañj

Intensive P. -r/ārajīti-, to become agitated, fly into a passion

udvep

A1. -vepate-, to tremble, be agitated or frightened

: Causal P. -vep/ayati-, to cause to tremble, agitate, frighten

udvepa

mfn. trembling, agitated

udvignacetas

mfn. having the mind or soul agitated by fright, depressed in mind

udvignacitta

mfn. having the mind or soul agitated by fright, depressed in mind

udvignahṛdaya

mfn. having the mind or soul agitated by fright, depressed in mind

udvignamanas

mfn. having the mind or soul agitated by fright, depressed in mind

udvij

A1. -vijate- (rarely -vejate-in

) P. -vijati- (rarely) , to gush or spring upwards

; to be agitated, grieved or afflicted ; to shudder, tremble, start ; to fear, be afraid of (with genitive case ablative or instrumental case)

etc. ; to shrink from, recede, leave off

; to frighten

: Causal P. -vejayati-, to frighten, terrify, intimidate

etc. ; to cause to shudder

; to revive a fainting person (by sprinkling water)

; to tease, molest

udvṛt

P. (perfect tense -vavarta-) to go asunder, burst open

: A1. -vartate-, to go upwards, rise, ascend, swell ; to bubble up, overflow

; to be puffed up with pride, become arrogant or extravagant ; to proceed from, originate

; to fall down

: Causal P. -vartayati-, to beat to pieces, split, burst

; to swing or throw out

; to cause to swell up.

udvṛtta

mfn. excited, agitated, waving

etc.

ujjāgara

mfn. excited, irritated

ujjvalitatva

n. the state of being lighted

ullāghaya

Nom. P. ullāghayati-, to cause to recover or revive, resuscitate

ullas

(ud-las-) P. A1. -lasati-, -te-, to shine forth, beam, radiate, be brilliant

etc. ; to come forth, become visible or perceptible, appear

etc. ; to resound

; to sport, play, dance, be wanton or joyful

; to jump, shake, tremble, be agitated

etc.: Causal -lāsayati-, to cause to shine or radiate, make brilliant

; to cause to come forth or appear, cause to resound

; to divert, delight

; to cause to dance or jump, agitate, cause to move

ulūkhalarūpatā

f. the state of having the shape of a mortar

unmad

(ud-mad-) P. -mādyati-, to become disordered in intellect or distracted, be or become mad or furious

: Causal -madayati-, or -mādayati-, to excite, agitate

(See also /un-madita-) ; to make furious or drunk, inebriate, madden

(see un-mand-,next page.)

unmadita

mfn. excited, wrought up into an ecstatic state

unmath

or -manth- (ud-ma[n]th-) P. -mathnāti-, to shake up, disturb, excite

; to stir up, rouse

; to press hard upon, treat with blows, act violently, beat

; to shake or tear or cut off ; to pluck out, root up, rub open ; to strike, kill, annul

etc. ; to refute, confute commentator or commentary on

; to mix, mingle: Causal -mathayati-, to shake, agitate, excite

unmathita

mfn. shaken, agitated, etc.

unmukhatā

f. the state of having the face raised

unmukhatā

f. state of watching or expectancy

upabhogyatva

n. the state of being enjoyable

upādānatva

n. the state of being a material cause,

upadeṣṭṛtva

n. the state of being a teacher

upadhṛ

Causal P. -dhārayati-, to hold up, support, bear

; to hold as, consider as, regard, think

etc. ; to hold in the mind, reflect or meditate on

; to perceive, comprehend, hear, experience, learn

upadigdhatā

f. the state of being smeared or covered

upadiś

P. A1. -diśati-, -te-, to point out to

; to indicate, specify, explain, inform, instruct, teach

etc. ; to advise, admonish

; to mention, exhibit, speak of

etc. ; to settle, prescribe, command, dictate, govern

etc. ; to name, call

: Passive voice -diśyate-, to be taught, etc.

upagam

P. -gacchati- (infinitive mood -gantav/ai-

) to go near to, come towards, approach, arrive at, reach, attain, visit (with accusative and rarely dative case)

etc. ; to come upon, attack ; to press hard upon

etc. ; to occur, happen, present itself

etc. ; to undertake, begin

; to approach (a woman sexually)

; to enter any state or relation, undergo, obtain, participate in, make choice of, suffer

etc. ; to admit, agree to, allow, confess: Causal -gamayati-, to cause to come near or approach

: Desiderative -jigamiṣati-, to wish to approach, desire to go

upāgam

P. -gacchati- (Ved. imperative 2. sg. -gahi-) to come near, come towards, step near, approach

etc. ; to come back, return

; to approach, come or enter into any state or condition, be subject to

etc. ; to occur, come or fall to one's share

upagama

m. entering (into any state or condition), obtaining, acquiring, having

upāgata

mfn. entered into any state or condition, subject to, burdened with

upahāratva

n. the state of being an oblation or offering

upahāsyatā

f. the state of being to be laughed at or derided, ridiculousness

upajijñāsya

mfn. to be excogitated or found out

upajñā

A1. -jānīte- (3. plural -jānate-

) to ascertain, excogitate, invent, find out, hit upon

upajñāta

mfn. excogitated, invented, found out

upakārakatva

n. the state of being helpful or assisting

upalabdhārtha

mf(ā-)n. (a statement, tale etc.) the meaning or plot of which is known

upamānatva

n. the state of being an object of comparison

upamṛd

P. -mṛdnāti-, to graze in passing (said of a heavenly body in its transit)

; to crush, destroy, annul

commentator or commentary on

: Causal -mardayati-, to destroy, devastate, annul, annihilate

commentator or commentary on

and

upanī

P. A1. -nayati-, -te- (

Potential -nayīta-

; parasmE-pada -n/ayamāna-

) to lead or drive near, bring near, bring, adduce, offer

; to bring information, communicate ; to lead or bring near to one's self, take possession of

; to lead, guide

; to lead or draw towards one's self (said of the Guru who, in the ceremony of initiation, draws the boy towards himself) ; to initiate into one of the twice-born classes by investing with the sacred thread etc. (only A1.

)

etc.

etc. ; to bring about, produce, cause

; to bring into any state, reduce to

etc. ; to take into one's service (only A1.

) : Causal -nāyayati-, to cause to initiate (a pupil)

upānī

P. A1. -nayati-, -te-, to convey or bring or lead near

etc. ; to draw near

; to lead away or off, carry off

; to lead near, introduce to ; to imitate

upanivṛt

A1. -vartate-, to come again, be repeated

: Causal P. -vartayati-, to bring or fetch again

upanyāsa

m. statement, suggestion, hint

upanyāsya

mfn. to be adduced or stated

upapad

A1. -padyate-, (rarely P.) -ti-, to go towards or against, attack

; to approach, come to, arrive at, enter

; to approach or come to a teacher (as a pupil)

; to approach for succour or protection ; to approach or join with in speech

; to reach, obtain, partake of ; to enter into any state

; to take place, come forth, be produced, appear, occur, happen ; to be present, exist

; to be possible, be fit for or adequate to (with locative case)

etc. ; to be regular or according to rules ; to become, be suitable

etc.: Causal P. -pādayati-, to bring to any state (with two accusative) ; to cause anything (accusative) to arrive at (locative case or dative case), cause to come into the possession of, offer, present

etc. ; to cause to come forth or exist ; to accomplish, effect, cause, produce

etc. ; to get ready, prepare, make fit or adequate for, make conformable to

; to furnish or provide or endow with

etc. ; to make anything out of

; to examine ; to find out, ascertain

etc. ; to prove, justify

commentator or commentary on

etc. ; to attend on a patient, physic

uparamatva

n. the state of ceasing from (all worldly desires and actions)

uparibhāva

m. the state of being higher or above

upās

( upa-ās-) A1. -āste-, to sit by the side of, sit near at hand (in order to honour or wait upon)

etc. ; to wait upon, approach respectfully, serve, honour, revere, respect, acknowledge, do homage, worship, be devoted or attached to

etc. ; to esteem or regard or consider as, take for

; to pay attention to, be intent upon or engaged in, perform, converse or have intercourse with

etc. ; to sit near, be in waiting for, remain in expectation, expect, wait for

; to sit, occupy a place, abide in, reside

; to be present at, partake of (exempli gratia, 'for example' a sacrifice)

; to approach, go towards, draw near (exempli gratia, 'for example' an enemy's town) , arrive at, obtain

; to enter into any state, undergo, suffer

; to remain or continue in any action or situation (with present tense parasmE-pada or ind.p.)

etc. ; to employ, use, make subservient

upasamāvṛt

A1. -vartate-, to return home

upasaṃgam

A1. -gacchate-, to approach together, join in approaching

; to unite, join

; to go or come near

; to enter into any condition or state

upavas

P. -vasati-, to abide or dwell with or at ; to stay, wait, wait for

; to abide in a state of abstinence, abstain from food, fast

;

etc. ; to encamp (with accusative)

; to dwell on, give one's self up to, apply one's self to

: Causal to cause to abide or wait

; to cause to fast

upavasana

n. the state of abiding or being near (See pīvo 'pavasana-;both with irregular Sandhi) .

upāviś

P. -viśati-, to enter, enter into any state

; (the augmented forms might also be referred to upa-viś-.)

upaviṣṭa

mfn. come to, arrived, entered (into any state or condition)

upavṛt

A1. -vartate-, to step or walk upon

; to move or come near, approach, fall to

; to return: Causal A1. -vartayate-, to cause to move up ; to stroke upwards

; to cause to recover

upāvṛt

A1. (rarely P.) -vartate-, -ti- (imperative 2. plural -vavṛdhvam-[for -vavṛddhvam-]

) to turn towards, go towards, approach, stand by the side of

etc. ; to apply one's self to, approach for protection

; to fall to one's share

; to return, come back

etc.: Causal P. -vartayati-, to cause to turn or go towards

; to lead near or back, bring back

; to draw back, divert, cause to desist from

; to cause to get breath (exempli gratia, 'for example' horses)

upayā

P. -yāti- (infinitive mood -y/ai-,opposed to ava-y/ai-See ava-yā-) to come up

; to come near, go near or towards, approach (for protection), visit, frequent

etc. ; to approach (a woman for sexual intercourse)

etc. ; to arrive at, reach, obtain, to get into any state or condition

etc. ; to occur, befall

; to give one's self up to

upāyā

P. -yāti-, to come near or towards, approach

etc. ; to come into any state or condition, undergo

upayat

A1. -yatate-, to befall

upayat

mfn. entering any state, serving for

upāyatva

n. the state of being provided with means.

upayogitā

f. the state of being applicable

upayogitva

n. the state of being applicable

upe

( upa-i-) P. -eti-, to go or come or step near, approach, betake one's self to, arrive at, meet with, turn towards

etc. ; to approach (any work), undergo, set about, undertake, perform (a sacrifice), devote one's self to

; to come near to, reach, obtain, enter into any state, fall into ; undergo, suffer

etc. ; to approach sexually

;

; to approach a teacher, become a pupil

; to occur, be present, make one's appearance

; to happen, fall to one's share, befall, incur

etc. ; to join (in singing)

; to regard as, admit, acknowledge

commentator or commentary on

; to comprehend, understand

: Intensive A1. (1. plural -īmahe-) to implore (a god)

upeta

mfn. one who has obtained or entered into any state or condition, one who has undertaken (exempli gratia, 'for example' a vow)

etc.

ūṣmatva

n. (in grammar) the state of being an ūṣman- (See above) commentator or commentary on

usriyātva

n. the state of being a cow

uṣṭratva

n. the state of being a camel

utkamp

(ud-kamp-) A1. -kampate-, to tremble, shudder

: Causal P. -kampayati-, to cause to, tremble ; to shake up, rouse ; to agitate

utkampin

mfn. agitated

etc.

utkartṛtva

n. the being a helper, the state of being conducive to

utkatā

f. a state of longing or regret

utkṛṣṭopādhitā

f. state of having something superior as an indispensable condition

utpraveṣṭṛtva

n. the state or condition of penetrating

utsū

(ud--1. sū-) P. -suvati-, to cause to go upwards

; (-sunoti-), to stir up, agitate

uttambh

( ud-stambh-

;the radical s-appears in augmented and reduplicated forms and if [in veda-] the preposition is separated from the verb) P. -(s)tabhnāti- (imperative 2. sg. -(s)tabhān/a- imperfect tense /ud-astabhnāt-, Aorist -astāmpsīt-

-astambhīt-

) to uphold, stay, prop ; to support

etc.: Causal -tambhayati-, to lift up, raise, erect

etc. ; to bring up ; to irritate, excite

; to raise in rank ; to honour, make respectable.

uttarīyatā

f. the state of being an upper garment

utthā

( ud-sthā-

; see ut-tambh-, column 1) P. A1. (but not A1.in the sense of,"rising, standing up"

) -tiṣṭhati-, -te- (perfect tense -tasthau- Aorist -asthāt-etc.) to stand up, spring up, rise, raise one's self, set out

etc. ; to rise (from the dead)

; to rise (from any occupation), leave off ; to finish

etc. ; to come forth, arise, appear, become visible, result ; to spring, originate from

etc. ; to come in (as revenues)

; to rise (for the performance of any action) ; to be active or brave ; to make efforts, take pains with, strive for ; to excel

etc.: Causal -thāpayati- (Aorist 1. sg. /ud-atiṣṭhipam-

) to cause, to stand up, raise, rouse, start

etc. ; to set up, lift up, erect

etc. ; to get out

; to drive out, send out, push out

; to excite ; to produce

; to arouse, awaken, raise to life, make alive, animate ; to stir up, agitate

etc.: Desiderative -tiṣṭhāsati-, to wish or intend to stand up

; to intend to leave off (a sacrifice)

utthitatā

f. state of activity or readiness to serve

vāc

f. a word, saying, phrase, sentence, statement, asseveration

etc. (vācaṃ-vad-,to speak words; vācaṃ vyā-hṛ-,to utter words; vācaṃ-dā-with dative case,to address words to; vācā satyaṃ-kṛ-,to promise verbally in marriage, plight troth)

vacana

n. statement, declaration, express mention

etc.

vācanika

mf(ī-)n. founded on an express statement, mentioned expressly

vaci

(in the beginning of a compound) equals vacana-, statement, mention, declaration (only in -bhedāt-)

vācya

mfn. to be spoken or said or told or announced or communicated or stated or named or predicated or enumerated or spoken of

etc. (n. impersonal or used impersonally it is to be spoken or said etc.)

vācyatva

n. (especially) the being to be said or expressly stated

vācyavācakabhāva

m. (

) the state of the signified and the signifier.

vācyavācakatā

f. (

) the state of the signified and the signifier.

vācyavacakatva

n. (

) (

) the state of the signified and the signifier.

vad

cl.1 P. A1. (

) v/adati-, te- (Epic mc. also vādati-; Potential udeyam-

; perfect tense uvāda- plural ūdim/a-

; ūde-etc.

; veditha-, dailuḥ-, duḥ-

; Aorist avādīt-, diṣuḥ-

etc.; subjunctive vādiṣaḥ-

; avādiran-

; vadiṣma-, ṣihāḥ-

; preceding udyāt-

; future vadiṣy/ati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood v/aditos-

; vaditum-

etc.; ind.p. uditvā-

; -udya-

), to speak, say, utter, tell, report, speak to, talk with, address (P.or A1.;with accusative of the thing said, and accusative [with or without abhi-]or genitive case,or locative case of the person addressed;also followed by yad-,"that", or by yadi-,"whether")

etc. ; (P.) to praise, recommend

; to adjudge, adjudicate

; to indicate, designate

; to proclaim, announce, foretell, bespeak

etc. ; to allege, affirm

; to declare (any one or anything) to be, call (two accusative or accusative and Nominal verb with iti-)

etc. ; (with or scilicet vācam-) to raise the voice, sing, utter a cry (said of birds and 9.)

etc. ; (A1.) to say, tell, speak to (accusative)

etc. ; to mention, state, communicate, name

; to confer or dispute about

; to contend, quarrel

; to lay claim to (locative case)

; to be an authority, be eminent in (locative case)

; to triumph, exult

: Passive voice udy/ate- (Aorist avādi-), to be said or spoken etc.

: Causal vād/ayati- m.c. also te- (see

; Aorist avīvadat-; Passive voice vādyate-, Epic also ti-), to cause to speak or say

; to cause to sound, strike, play (with instrumental case,rarely locative case of the instrument)

etc. ; to play music

; (with bahu-) to make much ado about one's self.

; to cause a musical instrument (accusative) to be played by (instrumental case)

Va1rtt. 2

; to speak, recite, rehearse

: Desiderative vivadiṣati-, te-, to desire to speak,

: Intensive v/āvadīti- (

), vāvady/ate-, (

), vāvatti- (grammar), to speak or sound aloud. [ confer, compare Lit.vadi4nti.]

vāda

m. speech, discourse, talk, utterance, statement

etc.

vāḍabya

n. the state of a Brahman gaRa brāhmaṇādi-.

vādaprativāda

m. (sg. and dual number) a set disputation, assertion and counter assertion, statement and contradiction, controversy, disputation

vādavivāda

m. sg. or dual number discussion about a statement, argument and disputation

vadhyatva

n. the state of being sentenced to death, fitness to be killed

vāgdvāra

n. entrance to speech ( kṛtavāgdvāra kṛta-vāg--dvāra- mfn.anything to the description of which a way has been facilitated)

vai

ind. a particle of emphasis and affirmation, generally placed after a word and laying stress on it (it is usually translatable by"indeed","truly","certainly","verily","just" etc.;it is very rare in the

;more frequent in the

, and very common in the brāhmaṇa-s and in works that imitate their style;in the sūtra-s it is less frequent and almost restricted to the combination yady u vai-;in manu-

and the kāvya-s it mostly appears at the end of a line, and as a mere expletive. In

it is frequently followed by u-in the combination v/ā u-[both particles are separated

];it is also preceded by u-and various other particles exempli gratia, 'for example' by /id-, /aha-, ut/a-;in the brāhmaṇa-s it often follows ha-, ha sma-, eva-;in later language api-and tu-.Accord. to some it is also a vocative particle).

vaikṛta

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) change, modification, alteration, disfigurement, abnormal condition, changed state

etc.

vaikṛtavivarta

m. a woeful plight, miserable condition, piteous state

vaikṛtya

n. woeful state, miserable plight

vailakṣaṇya

n. (fr. vi-lakṣaṇa-) difference, disparity, diverseness (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; pūrvokta-vailakṣaṇyena-,in opposition to what was before stated)

etc.

vairūpyatā

f. state of deformity

vaiśastra

n. (fr. vi-śastra-) the state of being unarmed

vaiśyatā

f. the state or condition of a vaiśya- (accusative with gam-,to become a vaiśya-)

vaiyāghrya

n. the state or condition of a tiger

vājitā

f. the state of having strength or food or wings

vājitā

f. the state or nature of a horse

vajrapāṇitva

n. the state of a wielder of a thunderbolt

vaktavyatva

n. the state of being fit or proper to be said or spoken or spoken to or about or against, reproachableness, blamableness, the having a bad name, accountableness or subjection to, dependence

vākya

n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) speech, saying, assertion, statement, command, words (mama vākyāt-,in my words, in my name)

etc.

vākya

n. an express declaration or statement (opp. to liṅga-,"a hint"or indication)

vākyabheda

m. plural contradictory statements

vākyaviśeṣa

m. a particular or special statement

vāllabhya

n. (fr. vallabha-) the state of being beloved or a favourite, popularity, favour

vaṃśabhojya

n. (with rajya-) an hereditary estate

vaṃśasthiti

f. the state or condition of a family

vānaka

n. the state of a brahma-cārin-

vāñch

(confer, compare van-) cl.1 P. (

) vāñchati- (occurring only in forms from the present stem, and in pr. p. Passive voice vāñchyamāna-[

];but according to to grammar also perfect tense vavāñcha-; Aorist avāñchīt-; future vāñchita-, vañchiṣyati-etc.) , to desire, wish, ask for, strive after, pursue

etc. ; to state, assert, assume

: Causal -vāñchayati- (See abhi-vāñch-)

[ confer, compare German wunsc,Wunsch,wünschen; Anglo-Saxon wy7scan; English wish.]

vāñchā

f. statement, assumption

vāṅmayādhikṛtatā

f. the state of presiding over speech or eloquence (said of the goddess of speech)

vapussāt

ind. into the state of a body,

varṇatā

f. (

) the state of colour, colour (anyavarṇa-tva-,the being of another colour)

varṇatva

n. (

) the state of colour, colour (anyavarṇa-tva-,the being of another colour)

varṇatva

n. the state or condition of caste, division into classes

varṇatva

n. the state or condition of a letter or sound.

varṣartumāsapakṣāhovelādeśapradeśavat

mfn. containing a statement of the place and country and time and day and fortnight and month and season and year

varuṇatva

n. the state or nature of varuṇa-

vāsa

m. state, situation, condition

vaśi

n. the state of being subject, subjection

vasiṣṭhatva

n. the state or condition of being vasiṣṭha-

vastutā

f. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') the state of being the object of

vasumattā

f. the state of being wealthy, wealth

vātalā

f. (with or scilicet yoni-) a morbid state of the uterus

vātarakta

m. acute gout or rheumatism (ascribed to a vitiated state of wind and blood)

(see -śoṇita-)

vātaroga

m. "wind-disease", any disease supposed to arise from a diseased state of the wind in the body (exempli gratia, 'for example' gout, rheumatism, paralysis etc.)

vātaśoṇita

n. diseased state of wind and blood

vātaśukratva

n. a morbid state of the semen (also in women)

vatsatva

n. the state or condition of a calf

vayovasthā

f. a stage or state of life (generally considered to be three, viz. bāla-tva-,childhood, taruṇatva-,youth, and vṛddha-tva-,old age)

vayuna

mfn. waving, agitated, restless (applied to the sea)

vedāntavākya

n. a statement of the vedānta-

vedapravāda

m. a statement or declaration of the veda-

vedaśabda

m. a statement or declaration of the veda-

vedatva

n. (for 1.See p.1015) state of being a veda-

vedavākya

n. a text or statement of the veda-

veditva

n. (for 1.See under 2. vedi-) the state or condition of being a vedi- or altar

vegavat

mfn. agitated (as the ocean)

vegita

mfn. agitated, rough (as the sea)

vejita

mfn. (fr. idem or 'mfn. (fr. Causal of vij-) used to explain vājin- ') agitated, frightened, terrified

velākula

(velāk-) mfn. agitated by the tide

vell

(see 1. vel-and vehl-) cl.1 P. (

) vellati- (pr. p. vellat-,or vellamāna-

) , to shake about, tremble, sway, be tossed or agitated

etc.: Causal vellayati-, to cause to shake etc. ; to knead (a dough)

veśatva

n. the state of a tenant or (dependent) neighbour, vassalage

vetravat

m. Name of a river (now called the Betwa, which, rising among the vindhya- hills in the Bhopal State and following a north-easterly direction for about 360 miles, falls into the Jumna below Hamirpur)

etc.

vibhāgatva

n. state of separation or distinction

vibhāva

m. (for 1.See under vi-bhā-) any condition which excites or develops a particular state of mind or body, any cause of emotion (exempli gratia, 'for example' the persons and circumstances represented in a drama, as opp. to the anu-bhāva-or external signs or effects of emotion)

( vibhāvatva -tva- n.)

vibhāvitatva

n. the state of being perceived or judged

vibhinnatā

f. the state of being broken or split asunder or scattered etc.

vibhinnatva

n. the state of being broken or split asunder or scattered etc.

vibrū

P. A1. -bravīti-, -brūte-, to speak out, express one's self, state, depose, declare

etc. ; to explain, propound, teach

etc. ; to interpret, decide (a law)

; to answer (a question)

; to make a false statement

; to be at variance, disagree

; to dispute, contend about

vical

P. -calati-, to move about, shake, waver

; to move away, depart or swerve or deviate or desist from (ablative)

etc. ; to fall off or down

; to go astray, fail, be agitated or disturbed or destroyed

: Causal -cālayati-, to cause to move, loosen, shake

; to agitate, excite, stir up, trouble

; to cause to turn off or swerve from (ablative)

; to destroy, rescind

vicar

P. -carati-, to move in different directions, spread, expand, be diffused

; to rove, ramble about or through, traverse, pervade

etc. ; to sally forth, march against, make an attack or assault

etc. ; to wander from the right path, go astray, be dissolute

; to commit a mistake or blunder (with words)

; to run out, come to an end

; to stand or be situated in (locative case;applied to heavenly bodies)

; to associate or have intercourse with (instrumental case)

; to act, proceed, behave, live

; to practise, perform, accomplish, make, do

etc. ; to graze upon, feed upon (a pasture)

: Causal -cārayati-, to cause to go or roam about

; to cause to go astray, seduce

; to move hither and thither (in the mind), ponder, reflect, consider

etc. ; to doubt, hesitate

; to examine, investigate, ascertain

vicit

P. A1. -cetati-, te-, to perceive, discern, understand

; (A1.) to be or become visible, appear

: Causal -citayati-, to perceive, distinguish

: Desiderative -cikitsati-, to wish to distinguish

; to reflect, consider, doubt, be uncertain, hesitate

viḍamb

A1. -ḍambate-, to imitate, vie with

; P. ḍambayati-, to imitate, copy, emulate, equal, be a match for any one or anything

; to mock, deride, ridicule

; to impose upon, take in, cheat, deceive

; to afflict

viḍambana

n. and f(ā-). imitation, copying, representing, playing the part of any one, imposture, disguise (especially applied to a god assuming human form)

(accusative with kṛ-,to imitate, copy, represent)

viḍambanīya

mfn. to be imitated etc.

viḍambita

mfn. imitated, copied etc.

vidhāna

n. enumeration, statement of particulars

vidheya

mfn. to be stated or settled or established

vidheyatā

f. fitness to be (or"state of being") prescribed or enjoined,

(opp. to niṣiddha-tā-)

vidheyatva

n. necessity of being established or stated

vidhi

m. (for 1.See) a rule, formula, injunction, ordinance, statute, precept, law, direction (especially for the performance of a rite as given in the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda-, which according to to

consists of two parts, 1. vidhi-,"precepts or commandments" exempli gratia, 'for example' yajeta-,"he ought to sacrifice", kuryāt-,"he ought to perform";2. artha-vāda-, "explanatory statements"as to the origin of rites and use of the mantra-s, mixed up with legends and illustrations)

etc. (see

)

vidhī

(or dīdhī-,only subjunctive -dīdhayaḥ-and -dīdhyaḥ-), to be uncertain, hesitate

vidhiśoṇitīya

mfn. treating of the blood in its normal state

vidhitva

n. the state of being a rule

vidhū

P. A1. -dhūnoti-, -dhūnute- (later also -dhunoti-, -dhunute-; infinitive mood -dhavitum-,or -dhotum-), to shake about, move to and fro, agitate, toss about (A1.also "one's self")

etc. ; to fan, kindle (fire)

; to shake off, drive away, scatter, disperse, remove, destroy

etc. ; (A1.) to shake off from one's self, relinquish, abandon, give up

etc.: Passive voice -dhūyate- (Epic also ti-), to be shaken or agitated

: Causal -dhūnayati-, to cause to shake about etc. ; to shake violently, agitate, harass, annoy

vidhūnita

mfn. shaken, agitated, harassed, annoyed

vidhutva

n. the state or condition of (being) the moon

vidruta

mfn. agitated, perplexed, distraught

vidu

(or dū-) P. -dunoti-, to consume or destroy by burning

; A1. -dunute-, -dūyate- (Epic also ti-), to be agitated or afflicted or distressed

viduratā

f. the state or condition of (being) vidura-

vidyātva

n. the state or idea of vidyā-

vidyut

A1. -dyotate- (Ved. also P.), to flash forth, lighten, shine forth (as the rising sun)

etc. (v/i-dyotate-,"it lightens"; vi-dy/otamāne-,"when it lightens") ; to hurl away by a stroke of lightning

; to illuminate

: Causal -dyotayati-, to illuminate, irradiate, enlighten, make brilliant

etc.: Intensive (only. vi-d/avidyutat-) to shine brightly

vigāḍhṛ

mfn. one who agitates or disturbs

vigāh

A1. -gāhate- (Epic also ti-), to plunge or dive into, bathe in, enter, penetrate, pervade, betake one's self into (accusative or locative case)

etc. ; to pierce

; to agitate, disturb

; to be engrossed by or intent upon, ponder

; to follow, practise

; to reach, obtain

; to approach, fall (as night)

: Passive voice -gāhyate-, to be plunged into or penetrated, to be entered into or engaged upon

vighūrṇ

P. A1. -ghūrṇati-, te-, to roll or whirl about, be agitated

vighūrṇita

mfn. rolled about, rolling, shaken, agitated

vigna

mfn. shaken, agitated, terrified, alarmed

vihval

P. -hvalati-, to shake or sway to and fro, tremble, be agitated or unsteady, stagger

vihvala

mf(ā-)n. agitated, perturbed, distressed, afflicted, annoyed ( vihvalam am- ind.)

etc.

vihvalīkṛta

mfn. made confused or agitated

vijñātārtha

mfn. one who is acquainted with any matter on the true state of a case

vikala

mf(ā-,or ī-)n. confused, agitated, exhausted, unwell, depressed, sorrowful

vikalpa

m. admission, statement

vikamp

cl.1 A1. -kampate-, to tremble greatly, quiver, move about

etc. ; to become changed or deformed, change a position or place, shrink from

: Causal -kampayati-, to cause to tremble, agitate

vikampita

mfn. trembling, shaking, tremulous, agitated, unsteady

vikāṅkṣ

P. A1. -kāṅkṣati-, te-, to have anything in view, aim at (accusative)

; to tarry, linger, hesitate

vikāra

m. (for 1.See) change of form or nature, alteration or deviation from any natural state, transformation, modification, change (especially for the worse) of bodily or mental condition, disease, sickness, hurt, injury, (or) perturbation, emotion, agitation, passion

etc.

vikāratva

n. the state of change, transformation

vikatth

A1. -katthate- (Epic also P. ti-), to boast, vaunt, brag, boast of or about (instrumental case)

; to praise, extol, commend (also ironically)

; to mock or blame, disparage, humiliate by (instrumental case)

: Causal -katthayati-, to humiliate, humble

; to boast

viklav

A1. -klavate-, to become agitated or confused

vikḷp

A1. -kalpate-, to change or alternate, change with (instrumental case)

etc. ; to be undecided or questionable or optionable

; to be doubtful or irresolute, waver, hesitate

: Causal -kalpayati-, to prepare, arrange, contrive, form, fashion (in various ways)

; to choose one of two alternatives, proceed eclectically

; to call in question, prescribe variously, pronounce optional

; to combine variously, vary

; to state a dilemma

; to consider with distrust (?)

; to suppose, conjecture, imagine, presume

; to reflect upon

vikṛ

P. A1. -karoti-, -kurute-, to make different, transform, change the shape (or the mind), cause to alter or change (especially for the worse), deprave, pervert, spoil, impair

etc. ; (Passive voice and A1.,rarely P.) to become different, be altered, change one's state or opinions

etc. (see

) ; to develop, produce (especially variously)

; to embellish, decorate (in various manners)

; to distribute, divide

; to destroy, annihilate

; to represent, fill the place of (accusative)

; (A1.; see above) to move to and fro, wave, shake (hands or feet)

; to be or become restless (with netrābhyām-,"to roll the eyes")

; to utter (sounds)

; to become unfaithful to (locative case)

; to act in a hostile or unfriendly way towards (genitive case or locative case)

etc. ; to contend together

; to act in various ways

; Passive voice -kriyate-, to be changed etc. (see above) : Causal -kārayati-, to cause to change or be changed

vikṛtatva

n. the state of being changed, transformation

vikṣipta

mfn. agitated, bewildered, distraught

vikṣobhita

mfn. (fr. Causal) shaken, tossed about, agitated

vikṣubh

A1. -kṣobhate- etc. (Ved. infinitive mood vi-kṣobdhos-

), to be shaken about or agitated or disturbed

; to confuse, disturb

: Causal -kṣobhayati-, to agitate, disturb, throw into disorder or confusion

vilakṣaṇa

n. any state or condition which is without distinctive mark or for which no cause can be assigned, vain or causeless state

vilamb

A1. -lambate- (rarely P.), to hang on both sides to (accusative)

; to hang down, hang on, be attached to (locative case)

etc. ; to sink, set, decline

; to continue hanging, linger, delay, tarry, hesitate ("with"or"to", prati-)

etc.: Causal lambayati-, to hang on (locative case)

(read -lambya-with Bombay edition) ; to cause to linger or loiter, detain, delay

; to spend (time) unprofitably, waste, lose

; to put off, procrastinate

vilodita

mfn. agitated, churned etc.

vilololita

mfn. (fr. Causal) moved hither and thither, shaken, agitated, tossed about

vilubhita

mfn. disordered, disarranged, agitated

vilubhitaplava

mfn. going in an agitated manner

vilulita

mfn. shaken, agitated, disordered, disarranged

etc.

viluṭhita

mfn. agitated, excited

vimānatā

f. the state or condition of a celestial car

vimānatva

n. the state or condition of a celestial car

vimastakita

mfn. beheaded, decapitated

vimṛś

(often confounded with vi-mṛṣ-) P. -mṛśati-, to touch (with the hands), stroke, feel

; to touch (mentally), be sensible or aware of, perceive, consider, reflect on, deliberate about

etc. ; to investigate, examine, try, test

etc. ; (with infinitive mood) to hesitate about doing anything

: Causal -marśayati-, to ponder, reflect on, consider

vimūḍhabhāva

m. bewildered state, confusion

vinighūrṇita

mfn. ( ghūrṇ-) moving to and fro, agitated

(wrong reading vi-nicūrṇita-).

vinigraha

m. disjunction, mutual opposition, an antithesis which implies that when two propositions are antithetically stated peculiar stress is laid on one of them

vinirdhū

(only ind.p. -dhūya-), to shake off, drive or blow away, scatter

; to shake about, agitate

; to reject, repudiate

vinirdhuta

mfn. shaken off or about, tossed, agitated

vinirdiś

P. -diśati-, to assign, destine for (locative case)

; to point out, indicate, state, declare, designate as (two accusative)

; to announce, proclaim

; to determine, resolve, fix upon

vinivṛt

A1. -vartate-, to turn back, return

etc. ; to turn away, desist or cease from (ablative)

; to cease, end, disappear

etc. ; to be extinguished (as fire)

; to be omitted

: Causal -vartayati-, to cause to return, call or lead back from (ablative)

etc. ; to cause to cease or desist from (ablative)

; to draw back (a missile)

; to avert, divert (the gaze)

; to give up, abandon

; to cause to cease, remove

; to render ineffective, annul (a curse, fraudulent transactions etc.)

vip

(or vep-) cl.1 A1. (

) vepate- (Epic also ti-; parasmE-pada vipān/a-

; perfect tense vivepe- grammar; vivipre-

; Aorist avepiṣṭa-

; future vepitā-, vepiṣyate- grammar; infinitive mood vepitum-

), to tremble, shake, shiver, vibrate, quiver, be stirred

etc. ; to start back through fear

: Causal vip/ayati- or vepayati- (Aorist avīvipat-), to cause to tremble or move, shake, agitate

[ confer, compare Latin vibrare; Gothic weipan; German wi7fen,weifen,Wipfel English whiffle.]

vipaddaśā

f. a state of misfortune, calamitous position

vipāka

m. maturing of food (in the stomach), digestion conversion of food into a state for assimilation

vipāka

m. any change of form or state

vipakṣa

m. (in logic) a counter-statement, counter-instance, argument proving the contrary (exempli gratia, 'for example'"there cannot be fire in a lake, because there is no smoke there")

vipakṣabhāva

m. hostile disposition, state of hostility

vipariṇāmin

mfn. undergoing a change of state or form, turning into (instrumental case)

viparivṛt

A1. -vartate-, to turn round, revolve

; to roll (on the ground)

; to move about, roam, wander

; etc. ; to turn round or back, return

; to be transformed, change, alter

; to visit or afflict continually

: Causal -vartayati-, to cause to turn round or revolve, turn round or away

viparyāvṛt

A1. -vartate-, to be turned back

: Causal -vartayati-, to cause to turn away from, cause to be overturned

viparyaya

m. transposition, change, alteration, inverted order or succession, opposite of.

etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' buddhi-v-,the opposite opinion; svapna-v-,the opp of sleep, state of being awake; saṃdhi-viparyayau-,peace and its opposite id est war; viparyayaye yaye- ind., viparyayena yena- ind.and viparyayāt yāt- ind.in the opposite case, other wise)

vipluta

mfn. agitated, excited, troubled (as speech or reason)

vipracint

(only ind.p. -cintya-), to meditate on, think about

vipratipad

A1. -padyate-, to go in different or opposite directions, turn here and there

; to roam, wander (said of the senses)

; to be perplexed or confounded, be uncertain how to act, waver, hesitate

; to differ or diverge in opinion, be mutually opposed

; to be mistaken, have a false opinion about (locative case)

; to reply falsely or erroneously

vipratiṣedha

m. opposition, contradiction, contrariety, conflict (of two statements)

etc. (especially in gram., pratiṣedhe-,where there is a conflict between two rules

; dhena-,in consequence of a conflict of two rules, iv, 1, 170 Va1rtt. 1; pūrva-vipratiṣedha-,a conflict of two rules of which the former prohibits the latter, iv, 2, 39 Va1rtt. 1; para-v-,a conflict of two rules of which the latter prohibits the former,

Va1rtt. 1

)

virāgita

mfn. exasperated, irritated

virahāvasthā

f. state of separation

virāj

mf. the first progeny of brahmā- (according to

, brahmā- having divided his own substance into male and female, produced from the female the male power virāj-, who then produced the first manu- or manu- svāyambhuva-, who then created the ten prajā-pati-s;the

states that the male half of brahmā- was manu-, and the other half śata-rūpā-, and does not allude to the intervention of virāj-;other purāṇa-s describe the union of śata-rūpā- with virāj- or puruṣa- in the first instance, and with manu- in the second; virāj- as a sort of secondary creator, is sometimes identified with prajā-pati-, brahmā-, agni-, puruṣa-, and later with viṣṇu- or kṛṣṇa-, while in

, he is represented as born from puruṣa-, and puruṣa- from him;in the

, virāj- is spoken of as a female, and regarded as a cow;being elsewhere, however, identified with prāṇa-)

viruṣ

(only pr. p. A1. -ruṣyamāṇa-), to be much irritated, be very angry with (genitive case)

viś

cl.6 P. (

) viś/ati- (rarely, in later language mostly mc. also A1. viśate-; perfect tense viv/eśa-, viviśe-

etc.[ viveśitha-, viveśuḥ-

; viviśyās-

; parasmE-pada -viśiv/as-

; viviśivas-or viviśvas-

; aviveśīs-

]; Aorist /aviśran-, /avikṣmahi-, veśīt-

; avikṣat-

etc.; avikṣata- grammar; preceding viśyāt-

; future veṣṭā-

; vekṣyati-, te-

etc.; infinitive mood veṣṭum-

etc.; veṣṭavai-

; viśam-

; ind.p. -viśya-

etc.) , to enter, enter in or settle down on, go into (accusative locative case,or antar-with genitive case), pervade

etc. etc. (with punar-or bhūyas-,to re-enter, return, come back) ; to be absorbed into (accusative)

; (in astronomy) to come into conjunction with (accusative)

; (with agnim-, jvalanam-etc.) to enter the fire id est ascend the funeral pyre

etc. ; (with apas-) to sink or be immersed in the water

; to enter (a house etc.)

; to appear (on the stage)

; to go home or to rest

; to sit down upon (accusative or locative case)

; to resort or betake one's self to (agratas-, agre-,or accusative)

; to flow into (and, join with,; applied to rivers and armies)

; to flow or redound to, fall to the share of (accusative)

etc. ; to occur to (as a thought, with accusative)

; to befall, come to (as death, with accusative)

; to belong to, exist for (locative case)

; to fall or get into any state or condition (accusative)

; to enter upon, undertake, begin

; to mind (any business), attend to (dative case)

: Causal veś/ayati-, te- (Aorist avīviśat-; Passive voice veśyate-), to cause to enter into (accusative)

; to cause to sit down on (locative case)

: Desiderative vivikṣati-, to wish to enter (accusative)

; (with agnim-or vahnim-) to wish to enter the fire id est to ascend the funeral pyre

: Intensive veviśyate-, veveṣṭi-, grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin vicus; Lithuanian ve0sze8ti; Slavonic or Slavonian vi8si8; Gothic weihs; Anglo-Saxon wi7c; Germ,wi7ch,Weich-bild.])

viṣāda

m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) drooping state, languor, lassitude

viśaṅkā

f. hesitation (accusative with kṛ- A1. -kurute-,to hesitate)

viṣatā

f. the state of poison, poisonousness

viṣatva

n. the state of poison, poisonousness

viṣavyavasthā

f. the state of being poisoned

viśeṣa

m. (in rhetoric) statement of difference or distinction, individualization, variation

(see viśeṣokti-)

viśeṣaṇatā

f. the state of a distinguisher or of distinguishing

visphūrjita

mfn. shaken, agitated

vistārita

mfn. fully stated, amplified

viśvaṃtara

m. of a former state of existence of the buddha-

viśvit

A1. -śvetate- (only 3. plural Aorist vy-/aśvitan-), to shine, be bright

viṣyandana

m. dripping liquid state

vith

(see veth-and vidh-) cl.1 A1. vethate-, to ask, beg

viṭṭhala

m. (also written viṭhala-, viṭhṭhala-,and viḍhḍhala-) Name of a god worshipped at Pandharpur in the Deccan (he is commonly called viṭho-bā-, and stated to be an incarnation of viṣṇu- or kṛṣṇa- himself, who is believed to have visited this city and infused a large portion of his essence into a Brahman named puṇḍarīka- or puṇḍalīka-, who had gained a great reputation for filial piety;his images represent him standing on a brick[ see 2. viḍ-]with his arms akimbo)

vivāra

m. (in gram.) open or expanded state of the organs of speech, expansion of the throat in articulation (one of the ābhyantara-prayatna-s or efforts of articulate utterance which take place within the mouth, opp. to saṃ-vāra- q.v)

vivarta

m. changing from one state to another, modification, alteration, transformation, altered form or condition

vivigna

mfn. ( vij-) very agitated or alarmed

vivṛt

A1. -vartate- (rarely P.), to turn round, revolve

; to roll, wallow

; to writhe in convulsions, struggle

; to turn hither and thither, move about (as clouds)

(varia lectio vi-vardhante-) ; to turn back or away, depart, part, sever

etc. ; to go astray

(varia lectio ni-vartantam-) ; to be parted (as hair)

; to change one's place

; to go down, set (as the sun)

; to come forth from (ablative)

; to expand, develop

; (with antikam-), to turn upon, set upon, attack

: Causal -vartayati-, to turn round (trans.), turn, roll

; to turn, make or produce by turning ("out of" instrumental case)

; to cause to turn away, remove, withdraw

; to keep asunder

; to leave behind

; to cast off (a garment)

; to accomplish, execute

viyat

A1. -yatate-, to dispose in various rows

: Causal -yātayati-, to place in rows, arrange

; to do penance

; to torment, pain, punish

vraj

cl.1 P. (

) vr/ajati- (mc. also te-; perfect tense vavr/āja-

etc.; Aorist avrājīt-

; future vrajitā- grammar; vrajiṣyati-

etc.; infinitive mood vrajitum-

; ind.p. vrajitvā-, -vr/ajya-, -vrājam-

etc.), to go, walk, proceed, travel, wander, move (also applied to inanimate objects;with accusative or instrumental case of the road accusative of the distance, and accusative,rarely locative case or dative case,of the place or object gone to;with or scilicet padbhyām-,"to go on foot";with upānadbhyām- idem or ' wrong reading for vakṣas- ' literally"with shoes";with dhuryais-,"to travel by means of beasts of burden";with paramāṃgatim-,"to attain supreme bliss";with śaraṇam-and accusative,"to take refuge with";with mūrdhnā pādau-and genitive case,"to prostrate one's self at anyone's feet";with antam-and genitive case,"to come to the end of";with anyena-, anyatra-or anyatas-,"to go another way or elsewhere";with adhas-,either"to sink down [to hell]"or"to be digested [as food]";with punar-,"to return to life")

etc. ; to go in order to, be going to (dative case infinitive mood or an adjective (cf. mfn.) ending in aka-[ exempli gratia, 'for example' bhojako vrajati-,"he is going to eat"])

; to go to (a woman), have sexual intercourse with (accusative)

; to go against, attack (an enemy;also with vidviṣam-, dviṣato'bhimukham-, abhy-ari-etc.)

; to go away. depart from (ablative), go abroad, retire, withdraw, pass away (as time)

etc. ; to undergo, go to any state or condition, obtain, attain to, become (especially with accusative of an abstract noun exempli gratia, 'for example' with vināśam-,"to go to destruction, become destroyed";with chattratām-,"to become a pupil";with nirvṛtim-,"to grow happy"[ see gam-, yā-etc.];with sukham-,"to feel well";with jīvan-,"to escape alive")

: Causal or cl.10 P. (

) vrājayati-, to send, drive,

; to prepare, decorate

: Desiderative vivrajiṣati- grammar : Intensive vāvrajate-, vāvrakti-, to go crookedly

vraṇatā

f. the state of a sore

vṛddhabhāva

m. the state of being old, senility

vṛkṣatva

n. the state or notion of"tree"

vṛkṣavāṭī

f. a grove of trees or garden near the residence of a minister of state

vṛkṣavāṭikā

f. a grove of trees or garden near the residence of a minister of state

vṛṣabhatva

n. the state or condition of (being) a bull

vṛṣalatva

n. the condition of a śūdra-, state of an outcaste

vṛt

cl.1 A1. (

) v/artate- (rarely ti-;in veda- also vavartti-and [once in

] vartti-; subjunctive vav/artat-, vavartati-, vavṛtat-; Potential vavṛtyāt-, vavṛtīya-; imperative vavṛtsva-; imperfect tense /avavṛtran-, tranta-; perfect tense vav/arta-, vavṛt/us-, vavṛt/e-

[here also vāvṛt/e-]etc.; Aorist avart-, avṛtran- subjunctive v/artat-, vartta-

; avṛtat-

etc.; avartiṣṭa- grammar;3. plural avṛtsata-

;2. sg. vartithās-

; preceding vartiṣīṣṭa- grammar; future vartitā- grammar; vartsy/ati-, te-

etc.; vartiṣyati-, te-

etc.; Conditional avartsyat-

; avartiṣyata- grammar; infinitive mood -v/ṛte-

; -v/ṛtas-

; vartitum-

etc.; ind.p. vartitvā-and vṛttvā- grammar; -v/ṛtya-

etc.; -v/artam-

etc.), to turn, turn round, revolve, roll (also applied to the rolling down of tears)

etc. ; to move or go on, get along, advance, proceed (with instrumental case"in a particular way or manner"), take place, occur, be performed, come off

etc. ; to be, live, exist, be found, remain, stay, abide, dwell (with ātmani na-,"to be not in one's right mind";with manasi-or hṛdaye-,"to dwell or be turned or thought over in the mind";with mūrdhni-,"to be at the head of","to be of most importance"; kathaṃ vartate-with Nominal verb or kiṃ vartate-with genitive case,"how is it with?")

; to live on, subsist by (instrumental case or ind.p.),

etc. ; to pass away (as time, ciraṃ vartate gatānām-,"it is long since we went")

; to depend on (locative case)

; to be in a particular condition, be engaged in or occupied with (locative case),

etc. ; to be intent on, attend to (dative case)

; to stand or be used in the sense of (locative case)

; to act, conduct one's self, behave towards (locative case dative case,or accusative;also with itaretaram-or parasparam-,"mutually")

etc. ; to act or deal with, follow a course of conduct (also with vṛttim-), show, display, employ, use, act in any way (instrumental case or accusative) towards (locative case with parājñayā-,"to act under another's command";with prajā-rūpeṇa-,"to assume the form of a son";with priy/am-,"to act kindly";with svāni-,"to mind one's own business"; kim idam vartase-,"what are you doing there?")

etc. ; to tend or turn to, prove as (dative case)

; to be or exist or live at a particular time, be alive or present (confer, compare vartamāna-, vartiṣyamāṇa-,and vartsyat-,p.925)

etc. ; to continue (with an ind.p., atītya vartante-,"they continue to excel"; iti vartate me buddhiḥ-,"such continues my opinion")

etc. ; to hold good, continue in force, be supplied from what precedes

; to originate, arise from (ablative) or in (locative case)

; to become

; to associate with (saha-)

; to have illicit intercourse with (locative case)

: Causal vart/ayati- (Aorist avīvṛtat-or avavartat-;in

also A1. avavarti-; infinitive mood vartay/adhyai-

; Passive voice vartyate-

), to cause to turn or revolve, whirl, wave, brandish, hurl

etc. ; to produce with a turning-lathe, make anything round (as a thunderbolt, a pill etc.)

; to cause to proceed or take place or be or exist, do, perform, accomplish, display, exhibit (feelings), raise or utter (a cry), shed (tears)

etc. ; to cause to pass (as time), spend, pass, lead a life, live, subsist on or by (instrumental case), enter upon a course of conduct etc. (also with vṛttim-or vṛttyā-or vṛttena-;with bhaikṣeṇa-,"to live by begging"), conduct one's self, behave

etc. ; to set forth, relate, recount, explain, declare

; to begin to instruct (dative case)

; to understand, know, learn

; to treat

; (in law, with śiras-or śīrṣam-) to offer one's self to be punished if another is proved innocent by an ordeal

; "to speak"or"to shine" (bhāṣārthe-or bhāsārthe-)

: Desiderative v/ivṛtsati-, te- (

), vivartiṣate- (

) , to wish to turn etc.: Intensive (Vedic or Veda , rarely in later language) v/arvartti-, varīvartti-, varīvarty/ate-, varīvartate-, parasmE-pada v/arvṛtat- and v/arvṛtāna- imperfect tense 3. sg. avarīvar-, 3. plural avarīvur- (grammar also varivartti-, varīvṛtīti-, varvṛtīti-, varīvṛtyate-), to turn, roll, revolve, be, exist, prevail

[ confer, compare Latin vertere; Slavonic or Slavonian vru8te8ti,vratiti; Lithuanian varty4ti; Gothic wai4rthan; German werden; English -ward.]

vṛtratva

n. the state or condition of being vṛtra-, vṛtra--ship

vṛtti

f. state, condition

vṛttistha

mfn. being in any state or condition or employment

vṛttitva

n. state of existence, mode of subsistence, profession, conduct

vyabhicārinbhāva

m. a transitory state (of mind or body, opp. to sthāyi-bh-[q.v.], and said to be thirty-four in number, viz. nirveda-, glāni-, śaṅkā-, asūyā-, mada-, śrama-, ālasya-, dainya-, cintā-, moha-, smṛti-, dhṛti-, vrīḍā-, capalatā-, harṣa-, āvega-, jaḍatā-, garva-, viṣāda-, autsukya-, nidrā-, apasmāra-, supta-, vibodha-, amarṣa-, avahitthā-, ugratā-, mati-, upālambha-, vyādhi-, unmāda-, maraṇa- trāsa-, vitrarka-qq. vv.)

vyabhicārintā

f. the state of going apart or astray, deviation, alteration, change, variability

vyabhicārintva

n. the state of going apart or astray, deviation, alteration, change, variability

vyādhatā

f. the state or business of a hunter

vyādhūta

vyādhuta mfn. shaken about, agitated, tremulous

vyādhuta

vyādhūta mfn. shaken about, agitated, tremulous

vyāghāta

m. (in philosophy) contradiction, inconsistency of statement

vyāghratva

n. the state or condition of a tiger

vyagra

mf(ā-)n. bewildered, agitated, excited, alarmed

etc.

vyagram

ind. in an agitated manner, with great excitement

vyāhṛ

P. A1. -harati-, te-, to utter or pronounce a sound, speak, say to (accusative), converse with (saha-), name (with nāmabhis-,to call by name;with praśnān-,to answer questions;with udāharāṇi-,to state examples)

etc. ; to begin to talk (said of a child)

; to confess, avow to (genitive case)

; to utter inarticulate sounds, cry, scream (said of animals)

; to sport, enjoy one's self (exceptionally for vi-hṛ-)

; to cut off, sever

(Bombay edition vi-hṛ-): Desiderative -jihīrṣati-, to wish to pronounce or utter

vyāhṛta

mfn. spoken, uttered, said, told, declared, stated

etc., etc.

vyāhṛti

f. utterance, speech, declaration, statement

vyājokti

f. (in rhetoric) dissimulating statement (a figure of speech in which the effect of one cause is ascribed to another, or where a feeling is dissembled by being attributed to a different cause)

vyākhyāgamya

f. indistinct assertion or declaration (said to proceed from grammatical inaccuracy or faulty construction), any obscure statement or passage

vyākulacetas

(

) mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind

vyākulacitta

(

) mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind

vyākulaya

Nom. P. yati-, to agitate, confuse, flurry, distract

; to disarrange, throw into confusion

vyākulitacetana

mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened.

vyākulitahṛdaya

mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened.

vyākulitamanas

mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened.

vyākulitāntarātman

mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened.

vyākulitendriya

mfn. agitated or perplexed in mind, alarmed, bewildered, frightened.

vyālatva

n. the state of a vicious elephant

vyapadeśa

m. representation, designation, information, statement

etc.

vyapavṛt

A1. -vartate-, to turn away, desist from (ablative), Uttarar

vyāpitva

n. the state of pervading, pervasion, extensiveness, extent, universality, extension to (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'),

vyāptivāda

m. statement or assertion of universal pervasion etc.

vyāpyatā

f. permeableness, the state of being pervaded or attended by

vyāpyatva

n. permeableness, the state of being pervaded or attended by

vyāsatva

n. the state or title of a compiler

vyastapada

n. confused statement of a case (in a law-court;as, when a man is accused of debt, it is stated in defence that he has been assaulted), counter-plaint

vyaṣṭisamaṣṭitā

f. the state of individuality and totality

vyath

cl.1 A1. (

) vy/athate- (Epic also ti-; perfect tense vivyathe-,3. plural thuḥ-

; Aorist vyathiṣi-

; subjunctive vyathiṣat-

; future vyathitā-, thiṣyate- grammar; infinitive mood vyathitum-

, Vedic or Veda infinitive mood vyathiṣyai-), to tremble, waver, go astray, come to naught, fail

etc. etc. (with ablative = to be deprived of lose;with caritra-tas-,to abandon the path of virtue) ; to fall (on the ground)

("to be dried up"

) ; to cease, become ineffective (as poison)

; to be agitated or disturbed in mind, be restless or sorrowful or unhappy

etc. ; to be afraid of (genitive case)

Causal vyath/ayati- (Aorist vivyathas-

; vyathayīs-

), to cause to tremble or fall

etc. ; to cause to swerve from (ablative)

; to disquiet, frighten, agitate, pain, afflict

etc.: Passive voice of Causal vyathyate-, to be set in restless motion

: Desiderative vivyathiṣate- grammar : Intensive vāvyathyate-, vāvyatti-

vyathākula

(vyathāk-) mfn. agitated by fear or anguish

vyathita

mfn. disquieted, agitated, perturbed, distressed, afflicted

etc.

vyatiruh

P. -rohati-, to grow

; to attain to (another state accusative)

vyativṛt

A1. -vartate-, to go over, pass through

; to escape, avoid

; to glide or pass away, elapse

; to depart from (ablative), leave, quit, abandon

vyavahāradaśā

f. the state of common everyday life or reality

vyavahāratva

n. the state of being common practice or usage or of being the occasion of litigation or of a lawsuit

vyāvahārikatva

n. practicalness, the state of belonging to procedure or action

vyāvalg

P. -valgati-, to jump about, bound or leap from one place to another

; to gallop

; to quiver, throb, be agitated (as a bosom)

vyavasāya

m. state, condition

vyavasthā

f. state, condition

vyavasthāpakavasthāpya

n. the state of being established etc.

vyavavasthāna

n. state, condition (plural"circumstances")

vyāvṛt

A1. -vartate- (rarely P.), to become separated or singled out from (instrumental case)

; to become separated or distinct, be distinguished as or in some particular form of.

; to turn or wind in different directions, divide (as a road)

; to be dispersed (as an army)

; to be opened

; to turn away from, part with, get rid of (instrumental case or ablative)

; to diverge from, be inconsistent with (ablative)

; to go away, depart

; to come back, return

; to turn round, revolve

; to sink (as the sun)

; to come to an understanding or settlement

; to come to an end, cease, perish, disappear

etc.: Causal -vartayati- (Passive voice -vartyate-), to divide, separate from (instrumental case or ablative; ind.p. -vartya-,"with the exception of"

) .

etc. ; to free from (instrumental case)

; to turn about or round

; to keep back, avert

; to throw about, strew

; to exchange, substitute one for another

; to lay aside (the staff)

; (with anyathā-) to retract (a word)

; to remove (pain or distress)

; to destroy or annul (an enemy or a rule)

: Desiderative -vivṛsate-, to wish or intend to liberate one's self from or get rid of (ablative)

vyutthita

mfn. strongly excited or agitated (See compound)

vyutthittendriya

mfn. greatly agitated in the senses or feelings

yā

(collateral form of5. i-) cl.2 P. (

) y/āti- (1. plural yāmahe-

; imperfect tense 3. plural ayuḥ-

; ayān-

Scholiast or Commentator; perfect tense yay/au-, yay/ātha-, yay/a-, yay/uḥ-

etc.; yaye-

; Aorist ayāsam-or ayāsiṣam-; subjunctive y/āsat-, yeṣam-, yāsiṣat-

; preceding yāsiṣīṣṭhās-

; future yātā-

etc.; yāsyati-

; te-

; infinitive mood yātum-

etc.;Ved. infinitive mood y/ai-, y/ātave-or v/ai-; ind.p. yātv/ā-

; -y/āya-, -yāyam-

), to go, proceed, move, walk, set out, march, advance, travel, journey (often with instrumental case or accusative of the way, especially with gatim-, mārgam-, adhvānam-, panthānam-, padavīm-, yātrām-)

etc. ; to go away, withdraw, retire

etc. ; (also with palāyya-) to flee, escape

(with kṣemeṇa-or svasti-,to escape unscathed

) ; to go towards or against, go or come to, enter, approach, arrive at, reach

etc. etc. (with accusative often followed by prati- exempli gratia, 'for example' with gṛham-,to enter a house;with ripum prati-,to march against the enemy;with mṛgayām-,to go out hunting;with śirasāmahīm-,to bow down to the ground with the head;with prakṛtim-,to return to one's natural state;with karṇau-,to come to the ears, be heard;with utsavād utsavam-,to go from one festival to another;with hastam- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to fall into the hands of;with patham-or gocaram- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to come within range of; especially with the accusative of an abstract noun = to go to any state or condition, become, be exempli gratia, 'for example' vināśaṃ yāti-,he goes to destruction id est he is destroyed; kāṭhinyaṃ yāti-,it becomes hard; dveṣyatāṃ yāti-,he becomes hated;similarly nidhanaṃ-yā-,to die; nidrāṃ-yā-,to fall asleep; udayaṃ-yā-,to rise, said of stars etc.;sometimes also with locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' yāhi rājñah sakāśe-,go into the presence of the king

;or even with dative case exempli gratia, 'for example' yayatuḥ sva-niveśāya-,both went home

; na cātmane kṛpaṇasya dhanaṃ yāti-,nor does the wealth of the miser go to [i.e. benefit] himself.

; phalebhyo yāti-,he goes to [fetch] fruits

Scholiast or Commentator) ; to go to for any request, implore, solicit (with two accusative)

; (with striyam-) to go to a woman for sexual intercourse

; to go to for any purpose (infinitive mood)

; often with adverbs exempli gratia, 'for example' with bahir-, to go out

; with adho-, to go down, sink

; with khaṇḍaśo- or dalaśo-, to fall to pieces

; with śata-dhā-, to fall into a hundred pieces

; to extend to (accusative)

; to last for (accusative)

; to pass away, elapse (said of time)

etc. ; to vanish, disappear (as wealth)

; to come to pass, prosper, succeed

; to proceed, behave, act

; to find out, discover

; to receive or learn (a science) from (ablative)

; to undertake, undergo (accusative)

; imperative yātu-, be it as it may

: Passive voice yāyate-, to be gone or moved

: Causal yāp/ayati- (Aorist ayīyapat-), to cause to depart, cause to go or march, dismiss

; to cause to go towards (accusative)

(see yāpita-) ; to direct (the gaze) towards (locative case)

(varia lectio pātayati-) ; to drive away remove, cure (a disease)

; to cause to pass or elapse, pass or spend (time)

etc. ; to live (pāli- yāpeti-)

; to cause to subsist, support, maintain

; to induce

: Desiderative yiyāsati-, to intend or be about to go, desire to proceed

etc.: Intensive īyāyate- (?) , to move

; yāyayate-, yāyeti-, yāyāti- grammar

yajñatā

(yajñ/a--) f. state or condition of a sacrifice

yajussāt

ind. to the state of a yajus-

yajuṣṭā

f. (

) the state of a yajus-.

yajuṣṭva

n. (

) the state of a yajus-.

yakṣatā

f. (

) (

) the state or condition of a yakṣa-.

yakṣatva

n. (

) the state or condition of a yakṣa-.

yakṣiṇītva

n. the state or condition of a female yakṣa-

yakṣītva

n. the state or condition of a female yakṣa-

yāmāvasthita

mfn. standing ready at a certain place and at stated hours

yāmayama

m. a regular or stated occupation for every hour

yāmikatā

f. the state or office of a watchman

yāpanīyatara

n. better state

yaśasya

mfn. stately, decent

yaṣṭṛtva

n. the state of a worshipper

yat

cl.1 A1. (prob. connected with yam-and originally meaning,"to stretch"

) y/atate- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also P. ti-; parasmE-pada y/atamāna-, y/atāna-and yatān/a-

; perfect tense yete-,3. plural yetire-

etc.; Aorist ayatiṣṭa-

; future yatiṣyate-

, ti-

; infinitive mood yatitum-

; ind.p. -y/atya-

), (P.) to place in order, marshal, join, connect

; (P.or A1.) to keep pace, be in line, rival or vie with (instrumental case)

; (A1.) to join (instrumental case), associate with (instrumental case), march or fly together or in line

; to conform or comply with (instrumental case)

; to meet, encounter (in battle)

; to seek to join one's self with, make for, tend towards (locative case)

; to endeavour to reach, strive after, be eager or anxious for (with locative case dative case accusative with or without prati-,once with genitive case;also with arthe-, arthāya-, artham-and hetos- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';or with infinitive mood)

etc. ; to exert one's self, take pains, endeavour, make effort, persevere, be cautious or watchful

; to be prepared for (accusative)

: Causal (or cl.10.

) yāt/ayati- (or te-; Aorist ayīyatat-; Passive voice yātyate-), to join, unite (A1.intrans.)

; to join or attach to (locative case) P.

; to cause to fight

; to strive to obtain anything (accusative) from (ablative)

; (rarely A1.) to requite, return, reward or punish, reprove (as a fault)

etc. ; (A1.) to surrender or yield up anything (acc) to (accusative or genitive case)

; (P. A1.) to distress, torture, vex, annoy

; according to to

also nikāre- (others nirākāre-or khede-) and upaskāre-: Desiderative yiyatiṣate- grammar : Intensive yāyatyate- and yāyatti-

yatas

ind. as, because, for, since

etc. etc. (often connecting with a previous statement)

yathābhāva

m. conformity to any destined state, destiny

yathābhilikhita

(thābh-) mfn. painted or written in the manner stated

yathācintitānnbhāvin

mfn. judging by one's own state of mind, śak-:

yathāgrahaṇam

ind. according to any statement, according to what was mentioned

yathākhyānam

(tkākh-) ind. according to any narrative or statement, as narrated or stated

yathāpaurāṇa

mfn. being as before, in the former state

yathāprāpta

mf(ā-)n. in conformity with a particular state, suitable or conformable to circumstances

yathātatha

mfn. conformable to truth or the exact state of the case, right, true, accurate

yāthātathya

n. (fr. yathā-tatham-) a real state or condition, propriety, truth

etc. ( yāthātathyam am- ind.,or yāthātathyena yena- ind.according to truth, in reality)

yathāvacanam

ind. according to the statement or word expressed

yathāvastham

(thāv-) ind. according to state or condition, whenever the same circumstances occur

yathāvastu

ind. according to the state of the matter, precisely, accurately

yathāviniyogam

ind. in the succession or order stated

yathoddiṣṭam

ind. in the manner stated

yathodita

mfn. as said or told previously stated, before mentioned,

etc.

yathoditam

ind. as mentioned before, according to a previous statement

yathokta

in the beginning of a compound according to what has been stated, as mentioned before, in the above-mentioned way (

)

yathoktam

ind. according to what has been stated, as mentioned before, in the above-mentioned way (

etc.)

yathoktena

(

) ind. according to what has been stated, as mentioned before, in the above-mentioned way

yathopadiṣṭa

mfn. as indicated, as before stated

yatitva

n. the state of a yati- or ascetic

yatkiṃcanakārin

mfn. acting at random or precipitately ( yatkiṃcanakāritā ri-tā- f.)

yatna

m. a special or express remark or statement

yauvanāvasthā

f. the state of youth, youthfulness, puberty

yāvadukta

mfn. as much as stated

yāvadvacanam

ind. as far as the statement goes,

yogagati

f. state of union, the being united together

yoganidrā

f. "meditation-sleep", a state of half meditation half sleep (which admits of the full exercise of the mental powers;it is peculiar to devotees), light sleep, (especially) the sleep of viṣṇu- at the end of a yuga-, viṣṇu-'s Sleep personified as a goddess and said to be a form of durgā-

etc.

yogapada

n. a state of self-concentration or meditation

yogatva

n. the state of yoga-

yogavibhāga

m. the disuniting or separation of that which is usually combined, the separation of one grammatical rule into two, making two rules of what might be stated as one

yoginīdaśā

f. state or condition of a yoginī-

yogitā

f. the state or condition of a yogī- (see yogin-)

yuktikathana

n. statement of argument, giving reasons

yut

(fr. dyut-; see jut-and jyut-;for 1. yut-See) cl.1 A1. yotate-, to shine

Apte Search

687 results


akartṛ	अकर्तृ m. [न. त] Not an agent; अकर्तरि च कारके P.III. 3.19; actionless; चातुर्वर्ण्यं मया सृष्टं गुणकर्मविभागशः । तस्य कर्तार- मपि मां विद्ध्यकर्तारमव्ययम् ॥ Bg.4.13. पुरुषो$कर्ता भोक्ता Sāṅkhya; a subordinate agent; ˚त्वम्-ता an inferior or subordinate position. -Comp. -भावः the state of non-agent; द्रष्टृत्वमकर्तृ- भावश्च । Sāṅkhya. K.19.

akliṣṭa	अक्लिष्ट a. [न. त.] 1 Unwearied, untroubled, not annoyed, undisturbed, indefatigable. -2 Not marred, unimpaired; इदमुपनतमेवं रूपमक्लिष्टकान्ति Ś.5.19 of unimpaired or unblemished beauty; अन्यथा कथमियम् ˚ता लावण्यस्य K.12 unmarred state, perfection. -3 Not laboured or elaborate. -Comp. -कर्मन्, -कारिन् a. unwearied in actions. -वर्ण a. not confused, distinct; ˚र्णां गमनाभ्यनुज्ञां K.293 given in plain, distinct terms; of unfaded colour. -व्रत a. not swerving from religious vows, unwearied in observing them.

akṣobha	अक्षोभ a. [नास्ति क्षोभो यस्य] Not agitated, unmoved. -भः 1 Absence of agitation. -2 The tying post of an elephant.

agūḍha	अगूढ a. Not hidden, or concealed, manifest, clear: ˚सद्भावम् Real state unconcealed, अगूढसद्भावमितीङ्गितज्ञया निवोदितो नैष्ठिकसुन्दरस्तया Ku.5.62. -Comp. -गन्ध a. having an unconcealed smell. (-न्धः) Asafœtida (the smell of which is not easily concealed). [Mar. हिंग]. -भाव a.. 1 having an open or unreserved disposition. -2 having an obvious meaning or import.

agniḥ	अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.

agnisāt	अग्निसात् ind. To the state of fire; used in comp. with कृ 'to burn', 'to consign to flames'; भ्रातृशरीरमग्नि- सात्कृत्वा M.5; न चकार शरीरमग्निसात् R.8.72; ˚भू to be burnt.

acodanam	अचोदनम् Non-injunction, a more statement (of something already known); देशकालानामचोदनं प्रयोगे नित्य- समवायात् MS.4.2.23.

ajambha	अजम्भ a [नास्ति जम्भो दन्तो यस्य] Toothless. -भः 1 A frog. -2 The sun. -3 Toothless state (of a child.)

ajāta	अजात [न. त.] Unborn; अजातमृतमूर्खेभ्यो मृताजातौ सुतौ वरम् Pt.1; not yet born, produced, or fully developed; ˚ककुद्, ˚पक्ष &c. -Comp. -अरि, शत्रु a. [न जातः शत्रुः अस्य; जातस्य जन्तुमात्रस्य न शत्रुः] having no enemy or adversary, not an enemy of any one. (-रिः-त्रुः) epithet of Yudhiṣṭhira; हन्त जातमजातारेः प्रथमेन त्वयारिणा Śi.2.82; न द्वेक्षि यज्जनमतस्त्वमजातशत्रुः Ve.3.15; also of Śiva and various other persons. -ककुत्-द् m. (ब.) a young bull whose hump is not yet fully developed, P.V.4.146. -दन्त a. [न जाता दन्ता यस्य यस्मिन् वयसि वा] one without teeth, or (a state) in which one has got no teeth. -पक्ष a. having undeveloped or unfledged wings. -व्यञ्जन a.. having no distinctive marks or features (as a beard.) -व्यवहारः a minor (who has not attained his majority).

aḍḍ	अड्ड् 1 P. 1 To join. -2 To attack. -3 To argue, infer, discern, meditate.

ataṭa	अतट a. [न. ब.] -1 Having no shore or beach; _x001F_+precipitate, steep -टः 1 A precipice, a steep crag. -2 N. of a hill. -3 The lower part of the earth. -Comp -प्रपातः a steep precipice; a fall headlong form a precipice; a precipitate fall; मनोरथानामतटप्रपातः Ś.6.1. of my hopes there is a precipitate fall. (Some read the line _x001F_-as मनोरथा नाम तटप्रपातः and take it to mean 'verily our desires are like the crumblings of river banks'.)

atantra	अतन्त्र a. [न. ब.] 1 Having no ropes or musical strings (as a musical instrument); नातन्त्री वाद्यते वीणा Rām. -2 Unrestrained; not necessarily binding; not being the object of the rule under consideration; ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम्, क्लीबत्वं ˚न्त्रम् Sk. Something which is not intended; on which there is no emphasis or stress (वार्त्तिक 2.2.34.1). -3 Without formulas or empirical actions. -4 Not (having the binding force of) a scientific statement; तत्राविज्ञातग्रहणमतन्त्रमिति कल्प्येत । ŚB. on MS.6.1.7. -त्वम् meaninglessness, superfluity, superfluous nature. किं तु इतरस्मिन् पक्षे बाध्यतेतरां श्रुतिः । ऐन्द्रशब्दस्यातन्त्रत्वात् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.29. अतन्द्र atandra न्द्रित ndrita न् n ल l अतन्द्र न्द्रित न् ल a. Alert, unwearied, careful, vigilant; अतन्द्रिता सा स्वयमेव वृक्षकान् Ku.5.14, R.17.39, H. Pr.33.

atighna	अतिघ्न a. Very destructive. -घ्नी [अतिशयेन हन्ति दुःखम्; हन्-टक्] A happy state of complete oblivion which drowns all thoughts of whatever is disagreeable in the past; अतिघ्नीमानन्दस्य गत्वा Bṛi. Ār. Up.2.1.9.

atirabhasaḥ	अतिरभसः Great speed, precipitateness, head-long speed, rashness; ˚कृतानां कर्मणाम् Bh.2.99; दर्शन˚ प्रधावितेन K.192; great hurry.

atyantīna	अत्यन्तीन a. [अत्यन्तं गामी अत्यन्तीनः, भृशं गन्ता; अत्यन्त-ख P.V.2.11.] 1 Going or walking too much, going too fast (अत्यन्तगमनशील); लक्ष्मीं परम्परीणां त्वमत्यन्तीनत्वमुन्नय Bk. -2 the state of lasting for a long time. पानशौण्डः श्रियं नेता नात्यन्तीनत्वमुन्मनाः Bk.5.1.

atha	अथ (Ved. अथा) ind. [अर्थ्-ड, पृषोद˚ रलोपः Tv.] A particle used at the beginning (of works) mostly as a sign of auspiciousness, and translated by 'here', 'now' (begins) (मङ्गल, आरम्भ, अधिकार) (Properly speaking 'auspiciousness' or मङ्गल is not the sense of अथ, but the very utterance or hearing of the word is considered to be indicative of auspiciousness, as the word is supposed to have emanated from the throat of Brahmā ओंकारश्चाथशब्दश्च द्वावेतौ ब्रह्मणः पुरा । कण्ठं भित्त्वा विनिर्यातौ तेन माङ्गलिकावुभौ ॥ and therefore we find in Śāṅkara Bhāṣya अर्थान्तरप्रयुक्तः अथशब्दः श्रुत्या मङ्गलमारचयति); अथ निर्वचनम्; अथ योगानुशासनम्; अथेदं प्रारभ्यते द्वितीयं तन्त्रम् Pt.2. (usually followed by इति at the end, इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः here ends &c.). -2 Then, afterwards (आनन्तर्य) अथ प्रजानामधिपः प्रभाते R.2.1; often as a correlative of यदि or चेत्; न चेन्मुनिकुमारो$यं अथ को$स्य व्यपदेशः Ś.7; मुहूर्तादुपरि उपाध्याय- श्चेदागच्छेत् अथ त्वं छन्दो$धीष्व P.III.3.9. Sk. -3 If, supposing, now if, in case, but if (पक्षान्तर); अथ कौतुक- मावेदयामि K.144, अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः पतिकुले तव दास्यमपि क्षमम् ॥ Ś.5.27; अथ मरणमवश्यमेव जन्तोः किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.6. अथ गृह्णाति Ś.7; Ku.5.45; Mu.3.25; Ki.1.44; अथ चास्तमिता त्वमात्मना R.8.51 while, but, on the other hand; oft followed by ततः or तथापि, Bg.2.26;12.9,11; अथ चेत् but if Bg.2. 33;18.58. -4 And, so also, likewise (समुच्चय); गणितमथ कलां वैशिकीम् Mk.1. मातृष्वसा मातुलानि श्वश्रूरथ पितृष्वसा । संपूज्या गुरुपत्नीवत् समास्ता गुरुभार्यया ॥ Ms.2.1.31; भीमो$थार्जुनः G.M. -5 Used in asking or introducing questions (प्रश्न) oft. with the interrogative word itself; अथ सा तत्रभवती किमाख्यम्य राजर्षेः पत्नी Ś.7; अर्थवान् खलु मे राजशब्दः । अथ भगवाँल्लोकानुग्रहाय कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; अथ शक्नोषि भोक्तुम् G. M.; अथात्रभवति कथमित्थंभूता M.5; अथ केन प्रयुक्तो$यं पापं चरति पूरुषः । Bg.3.36; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; अथ माडव्यं प्रति किमेवं प्रयुक्तम् Ś.6 (अथ may in these two sentences mean 'but'). -6 Totality, entirety (कार्त्स्न्य); अथ धर्मं व्याख्यास्यामः G. M. we shall explain the whole धर्म (धर्म in all its details.) Śi;7.75. -7 Doubt, uncertainty (संशय, विकल्प); शब्दो नित्यो $थानित्यः G. M. The senses of अथ usually given by lexicographers are :-अथो$थ स्यातां समुच्चये । मङ्गले संशयारम्भा- धिकारानन्तरेषु च । अन्वादेशे प्रतिज्ञायां प्रश्नसाकल्ययोरपि ॥ Some of these senses are indentical with those in (1), while some are not in general use. -Comp. -अतः -अनन्तरम् now, therefore; अथा$तो धर्मजिज्ञासा Ms.1.1.1. -अपि moreover, and again &c. (= अथ in most cases); ˚च likewise, also. -किम् what else, yes, exactly so, quite so, certainly; सर्वथा अप्सरःसंभवैषा । अथ किम् Ś.1; अपि वृषलमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः अथ किम् Mu.1. -किमु how much more, so much more. -तु but, on the contrary. अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः । Ś.5.27. -वा 1 or (used like the English disjunctive conjunction 'or' and occupying the same place); व्यवहारं परिज्ञाय वध्यः पूज्यो$थवा भवेत् H.1.55; समस्तैरथवा पृथक् Ms.7.198; अथवा-अथवा either-or; वाथ is often used in the same sense with वा; कार्तिके वाथ चैत्रे वा Pt.3.38; साम्ना दानेन भेदेन समस्तैरथवा पृथक् । विजेतुं प्रयतेतारीन्न युद्धेन कदाचन ॥ Ms.7.182; अथापि वा also used in the same sense; एतदेव व्रतं कुर्यु- श्चान्द्रायणमथापि वा 11.117;8.287. -2 or rather, or why, or perhaps, is it not so (correcting or modifying a previous statement); why should there be any thought or hesitation about it, or it is no wonder; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् । अथवा कृतं सन्देहेन Ś.1.,1.16; गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम्...अथवा कृतवाग्द्वारे वंशे$स्मिन् R.1.3-4; अथवा मृदु वस्तु हिंसितुम् R.8.45.; दीर्ये किं न सहस्रधाहमथवा रामेण किं दुष्करम् U.6.4; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा । विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1.

atharvan	अथर्वन् m. [अथ-ऋ-वनिप् शकन्ध्वादि˚ Tv.; probably connected with some word like athar fire] 1 A priest who has to worship fire and Soma. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 N. of the priest who is said to have first brought down fire from the heaven, offered Soma and recited prayers. [He is represented as the eldest son of Brahmā sprung from his mouth; as a Prajāpati appointed by Brahmā to create and protect sub-ordinate beings, who first learnt from Brahmā and then taught the Brahmavidyā and is considered to be the author of the Veda called after him. His wife was Śānti, daughter of Kardama Prajāpati. He had also another wife called Chitti; he is also considered identical with Aṅgiras and father of Agni.] -4 Epithet of Śiva, Vasiṣṭha. वृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Kir. 1.1. -(pl.) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of this Veda; जिष्णुं जैत्रैरथर्वभिः R.17.13. -र्वा-र्व m. n., ˚वेदः The Atharvaveda, regarded as the fourth Veda. [It contains many forms of imprecations for the destruction of enemies and also contains a great number of prayers for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities, and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at religious and solemn rites; cf. Mv.2.24. मूर्तिमभिरामघोरां बिभ्रदिवाथर्वणो निगमः. It has nine Śākhās and five Kalpas, and is comprised in 2 Kāṇḍas. The most important Brāhmaṇa belonging to this Veda is the Gopatha Brāhmaṇa, and the Upaniṣads pertaining to it are stated to be 52, or, according to another account 31.] [cf. Zend atharvan, Pers. áturbán.] -Comp. -अधिपः N. of बुध Mercury (सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदराट्). -निधिः, -विढ् m. receptacle of the (knowledge of) Atharvaveda, or conversant with it; गुरुणा- $थर्वविदा कृतक्रियः R.8.4.1.59; (अथर्वविधिपदेन दुरितोपशमन- निमित्तशान्तिकपौष्टिकप्रवीणत्वं पौरोहित्यो चितत्वं द्योत्यते Malli.) -भूताः (pl.) those who have become Atharvans, Names of the 12 Maharṣis. -शिखा, -शिरस् n. (अथर्वणो वेदस्य शिखा शिर इव वा ब्रह्मविद्याप्रतिपादकत्वेन श्रेष्ठत्वात्) N. of an Upaniṣad dealing with Brahmavidyā. अथर्वशिरसो$ध्येता ब्रह्मचारी यतव्रतः Mb.13.9.29. -संहिता A text of collection of hymns of अथर्ववेद. अथर्वसंहितायाजी विदधे विधिवद्धुतम् Bm.1.869.

adṛṣṭa	अदृष्ट a. 1 Invisible, not seen; ˚पूर्व not seen before. -2 Not known or experienced, not felt; ˚विरहव्यथम् H.1.125. -3 Unforeseen, not observed or thought of; unknown, unobserved. तस्माददृष्टं त्वां भयमागमिष्यति Mb. 1.3.9. -4 Not-permitted or sanctioned, illegal; न चादृष्टां (वृद्धिं) पुनर्हरेत् Ms.8.153. -ष्टः N. of some venomous substance or vermin. -ष्टम् 1 The invisible one. -2 Destiny, fate, luck (good or bad); दैवमिति यदपि कथयसि पुरुषगुणः सो$यदृष्टाख्यः Pt.5.3. -3 Virtue or vice as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain. (Fate is supposed to be the result of good or bad actions done in one state of existence and experienced in another, the performance of good deeds being rewarded with residence in Heaven, and of bad deeds, visited with condemnation to Hell; धर्माधर्मावदृष्टं स्यात् धर्मः स्वर्गादि- साधन...अधर्मो नरकादीनां हेतुर्निन्दितकर्मजः Bhāṣā P.161-2. The Vedāntins do not recognize अदृष्ट or luck; तैर्हि कर्मणः सूक्ष्मावस्थापन्नसंस्कारविशेष एव अदृष्टस्थानीयत्वेनाङ्गीक्रियते; अदृष्टम् आत्मदर्म इति नैयायिका वैशेषिकादयश्च, सांख्यपातञ्जलास्तु बुद्धिधर्म इत्यम्युपगच्छन्ति Tv.) -4 An unforeseen calamity or danger (such as from fire, water &c.) -Comp. -अर्थ a. [ब.] having a metaphysical or occult meaning, metaphysical; having an object not evident to the senses. -कर्मन् a. one who has had no practice or practical experience, not practical, inexperienced; कर्म- स्वदृष्टकर्मा यः शास्त्रज्ञो$पि विमुह्यति H.3.54. -कल्पना Supposition of an invisible object or idea. दृष्टे सत्यदृष्टकल्पना$- न्याय्या -नरः, -पुरुषः one of the 2 ways of peace-making, in which no third person is seen, said of a treaty concluded by the parties themselves without a mediator यत्र शत्रुः पणं कुर्यात्सो$दृष्टपुरुषः स्मृतः H.4.119. -फल a. [ब.] that of which the consequences are not yet visible. (लम्) the (future) result of good or bad actions; the result or consequence hidden in the future. -हन् a. destroying poisonous vermin (?).

adhara	अधर a. [न ध्रियते; धृ-अच्, न. त.] 1 Lower (opp. उत्तर), (lit. not held up); tending downwards; under, nether, downwards; ˚वासः under garment; असितमधरवासो विभ्रतः Ki.4.38; cf. अम्बर; सुवर्णसूत्राकलिताधराम्बराम् Śi.1.6; ˚ओष्ठ lower or nether lip, see below. (In this sense अधर partakes of the character of a pronoun). -2 Low, mean, vile; ˚उत्तरम् See below; lower in quality, inferior. -3 Silenced, worsted, not able to speak; See हीन, हीनवादिन्. -4 Previous, preceding as in अधरेद्युः q. v. -रः The nether (or sometimes the upper) lip; in general ˚पत्रम्. प्रवेपमानाधरपत्रशोभिना Ku.5.27 leaf-like lower lip; बिम्बाधरालक्तकः M.3.5.; पक्कबिम्बाधरोष्ठी Me.84; पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.21;1.23;3.23; cf. अधरं खलु बिम्बनामकं फलमाभ्यामिति भव्यमन्वयम् । लभते$धरबिम्ब इत्यदः पदमस्या रदनच्छदे वदत् ॥ N.2.24. -रा The nadir; (अधोदिश्) or the southern direction. -रम् The lower part (of the body); पृष्ठवंशाधरे त्रिकम् Ak. -2 Pudendum Muliebre (also m.). -3 Address. speech (opp. उत्तर); statement, sometimes used for reply also. -Comp. -उत्तर a. 1 higher and lower, inferior and superior, worse and better; राज्ञः समक्षमेवाक्योः ˚व्यक्तिर्भविष्यति M.1; व्यत्यये कर्मणां साम्यं पूर्ववच्चा- धरोत्तरम् Y.1.96. -2 former; prior and later; sooner and later; यश्चाधरोत्तरानर्थान् विगीतान्नावबुध्यते Ms.8.53. -3 in a contrary way, topsy-turvy, upside down (the natural order of things being inverted); श्रुतं भवद्भिरधरोत्तरम् Ś.5. you have (certainly) learnt in a contrary way, i. e. to consider good as bad and vice versa; (it might perhaps also mean "have you, i. e. the members of the King's court", heard this mean or base reply अधरं च तदुत्तरम्; (यदि न प्रणयेद्राज दण्ड) स्वाम्यं च न स्यात्कस्मिंश्चित् प्रवर्तेताधरोत्तरम् Ms.7.21. (अधरम् = शूद्रादि, उत्तरम् = प्रधानम्); अधर्मेण जितो धर्मः प्रवृत्तमधरोत्तरम् Mb. -4 nearer and further. -5 question and answer; -ओष्ठः, -औष्ठः P. वार्त्तिक ओत्वोष्ठदोःसमासे वा. the lower lip; अङ्गुलिसंवृत˚ Ś.3. 24; Me.84 (-ष्ठम्) the lower and upper lip. -कंटकः a prickly plant; Hedysarum Alhagi (धमासा Mar.). -कंटिका a plant, Asparagus racemosus (Mar. लघुशतावरी). -कण्ठः the lower part of the neck. -कायः [अधरं कायस्य] the lower part of the body. -पानम् kissing, lit. drinking the lower lip. -मधु, -अमृतम् the nectar of the lips. -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.

adhas	अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते). -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (-क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle. -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥ -अधस् See above. -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse. -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ). -करणम् excelling, defeating, degradation; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour. -खननम् undermining. -गतिः f., गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell. -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse. -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा). -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्] 1 thief. -2 one who goes downwards. -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee. -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ). -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚. -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (-ष्टिः) a downward look. -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place. -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above. -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber). -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्). -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr. -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल. -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37. -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (-खम्) (नक्षत्रम्) 1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are : मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa. -2 N. of a hell. -यन्त्रम् a still. -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat); -लम्बः 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world. -वर्चस् a. strong _x001F_3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. -वशः Pudendum Muliebre. -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency. -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (-य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18. -शिरस् a. -मुख (n.) N. of a hell. -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below, -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir.

adhika	अधिक a. [abbreviation of अध्यारूढ; अध्यारूढशब्दात् कन् उत्तरपदलोपश्च P.V.2.73]. 1 More, additional, greater (opp. ऊन or सम); तदस्मिन्नधिकम् P.V.2.45. (In comp. with numerals) plus, greater by; अष्टाधिकं शतम् 1 plus 8 = 18; चत्वारिंशतो$धिकाः = ˚चत्वारिंशाः more than 4; नवाधिकां नवतिम् R.3.69; एकाधिकं हरेज्जयेष्टः Ms.9.117. -2 (a) Surpassing in quantity, more numerous, copious, excessive, abundant; in comp. or with instr.; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. more than the usual measure. (b) Inordinate, grown, increased, become greater; abounding in, full of; strong in; ˚क्रोध R.12.9; वयो$धिकः Ms.4.141 senior in years; शिशुरधिकवयाः Ve.3.32. old, advanced in years; भवनेषु रसाधिकेषु v. l. (सुधारितेषु) पूर्वं Ś.7.2; करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकाधिकं K.2.; रसाधिके मनसि Śi.17.48 abounding in. -3 (a) More, greater, stronger, mightier, more violent or intense; अधिकां कुरु देवि गुरुभक्तिम् K.62; ऊनं न सत्त्वेष्वधिको बबाधे R.2.14 the stronger animal did not prey on the weaker; पुमान्पुंसो$धिके शुक्रे स्त्री भवत्यधिके स्त्रियाः Ms.3.49; अधिकं मेनिरे विष्णुम् Rām.; अधिकं मित्रम् Pt.2; यवीयान्गुणतो$धिकः Ms.11.185;9.154. (b) Superior to, better than; higher than [with abl. or in comp.); प्रमाणादधिकस्यापि मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; सेनाशते- भ्यो$धिका बुद्धिः Mu.1.27 surpassing, more than a match for &c.; विधेरधिकसंभारः R.15.62 more than what was sanctioned by rules; तपस्विभ्यो$धिको योगी Bg.6.46; ब्रह्म प्रदानेभ्यो$धिकम् Y.1.212; अश्वाधिको राजा H.3.77 strong in cavalry; धनधान्याधिको वैश्यः H.4.21 excels in, is superior by reason of; लोकाधिकं तेजः Mu.4.1 superior to; sometimes with gen.; पञ्चदशानां भ्रातणामधिको गुणैः K.136. -4 Later, subsequent, further than (of time); राजन्य- बन्धोर्द्वाविंशे (केशान्तो विधीयते) वैश्यस्य द्वयधिके ततः Ms.2.65.2 years later i. e. in the 24th year; sometimes with gen.; ममाधिका वा तुल्या वा Rām. -5 Eminent, uncommon, special, peculiar (असाधारण); विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकम् Bh.2.2 superior or uncommon form or beauty; धर्मो हि तेषामधिको विशेषः H. Pr.25; इज्याध्ययनदानानि वैश्यस्य क्षत्रियस्य च । प्रतिग्रहो$धिको विप्रे याजनाध्यनापने तथा ॥ Y.1.118; sometimes used in the comparative in the above senses; क्लेशो$धिकतरस्तेषाम् Bg.12.5; ˚तरमिदानीं राजते राजलक्ष्मीः V. 5.22; स्वर्गादधिकतरं निर्वृत्तिस्थानम् Ś.7. -6 Redundant, superfluous; ˚अङ्ग having a redundant limb; नोद्वहेत्कपिलां कन्यां नाधिकाङ्गीं न रोगिणीम् Ms.3.8. -7 Intercalated, intercalary (as a month &c.) -8 Inferior, secondary. -कम् 1 Surplus, excess, more; लाभो$धिकं फलम् Ak. -2 Abundance, redundancy, superfluity. -3 A figure of speech equivalent to hyperbole; आश्रयाश्रयिणोरेकस्याधिक्ये$धिक- मुच्यते । किमधिकमस्य ब्रूमो महिमानं वारिधेईरिर्यत्र । अज्ञात एव शेते कुक्षौ निक्षिप्य भुवनानि ॥ अत्र आश्रयस्याधिक्यम् । युगान्तकालप्रतिसंहृता- त्मनो जगन्ति यस्यां सविकाशमासत । तनौ ममुस्तत्र न कैटभद्विपस्तपो- धनाभ्यागमसंभृता मुदः ॥ S. D; महतोर्यन्महीयांसावाश्रिताश्रययोः क्रमात् । आश्रयाश्रयिणौ स्यातां तनुत्वे$यधिकं तु तत् ॥ K. P.1. -adv. 1 More, in a greater degree; स राज्यं गुरुणा दत्तं प्रतिपद्याधिकं बभौ R.4.1; shone the more; 3.18; यस्मिन्नैवा- धिकं चक्षुरारोपयति पार्थिवः Pt.1.243; oft. in comp.; इयम- धिकमनोज्ञा Ś.1.2; ˚सुरभि Me.21. -2 Exceedingly, too much. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. (-ङ्गी f.) having a redundant limb. Ms.3.8. (see above -6) (-ङ्गम्) [अधिको$ङ्गात्] a sash, girdle or belt worn over the mail coat. -अधिक a. more and more, out-doing one another. -अर्थ a. exaggerated; ˚वचनम् exaggeration, an exaggerated statement or assertion (whether of praise or of censure); कृत्यैरधिकार्थवचने P.II,1.33; (˚नम् = स्तुति- निन्दाफलकमर्थवादवचनम्; e. g. वातच्छेद्यं तृणम् i. e. so light and weak; काकपेया नदी so deep and full). -ऋद्धि a. abundant, prosperous; ऋद्धिमन्तमधिकर्द्धिरुत्तरः पूर्वमुत्सवमपोहदुत्सवः R.19.5. -तिथिः, f. -दिनं, -दिवसः an intercalated day. -दन्तः = अधिदन्तः -मांसार्मन् = अधिमांस q. v. -वाक्योक्तिः f. exaggeration, hyperbole. -षाष्टिक- साप्ततिक a. containing or costing more than 6 or 7.

adhikāraḥ	अधिकारः 1 Superintendence, watching over; स्त्रीषु कष्टो$धिकारः V.3.1; यः पौरवेण राज्ञा धर्माधिकारे नियुक्तः Ś.1 superintendence of religious matters. -2 Duty, office, charge; power, post of authority; authority; मन्त्राधि- कारः Kau. A.1 निर्णयाधिकारे ब्रवीमि M.1. I say this in the capacity of a judge; अविश्रमो$यं लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5; द्वीपिनस्ताम्बूलाधिकारो दत्तः Pt.1, तुल्योद्योगस्तव दिनकृतश्चाधिकारो मतो नः V.2.1.; अर्थ˚ administration of pecuniary matters स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; अधिकारे मम पुत्रको नियुक्तः M.5; यः सर्वाधिकारे नियुक्तः प्रधानमन्त्री स करोतु, अनुजीविना पर˚ चर्चा न कर्तव्या H.2; शिल्पाधिकारे योग्येयं दारिका M.1 fit to be initiated in to the fine arts. -3 Sovereignty, government or administration, jurisdiction, rule; स्वाधिकार- भूमौ वर्तिष्यते Ś.7 seat of government or jurisdiction, ˚खेदं निरूप्य Ś.5. -4 Position, dignity, rank; हृताधिकारां मलिनाम् Y.1.7 deprived of the position or rights or privileges of a wife. -5 (a) Right, authority, privilege, claim, title (as to wealth, property &c.); right of ownership or possession; अधिकारः फले स्वाम्यमथिकारी च तत्प्रभुः S. D.296; वत्से$धिकारः स्थितः Mv.4.38 it now belongs to the child. (b) Qualification or authority to perform certain specified duties, civil, sacrificial, religious &c.; as the अधिकार of a king to rule and protect, of a Brāhmaṇa to sacrifice, of a Vaiśya to till or trade &c.; शूद्रो$धिकारहीनो$पि Y.3.262; with loc.; निषेकादिस्मशा- नान्तो मन्त्रैर्यस्योदितो विधिः । तस्य शास्त्रे$धिकारो$स्मिन् ज्ञेयो नान्यस्य कस्यचित् Ms.2.16; श्राद्धाधिकारसम्पदस्तु इति भवन्तो ब्रुवन्तु (repeated in Śrāddha ceremonies). -6 Prerogative of a king. -7 Effort, exertion; कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन Bg.2.47 your business is with action alone &c. -8 Relation, reference; स राघवस्तत्र तदा प्रलापाञ् शुश्राव लोकस्य समागतस्य । आत्माधिकारा विविधाश्च वाचः Rām.2.17.43. कथा विचित्राः पृतनाधिकाराः Mb. -9 Place = अधिकरण; महत्खलु पुरुषाधिकारं ज्योतिः M.1. -1 A topic, paragraph or section; प्रायश्चित्त˚ Mit.; See अधिकरण. -11 Counting, enumeration, occasion for counting; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे Ki. 3.51 (गणनाप्रस्तावे). -12 (In gram.) A head or governing rule, which exerts a directing or governing influence over other rules; e. g. सर्वस्य द्वे P.VIII.1.1; समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा; प्राग्दीव्यतो$ण् IV.1.82-3; तत्पुरुषः II. 1.22; अधिकारो$यं Sk. (This अधिकार is of three kinds; सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च । गङ्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारस्त्रिधा मतः ॥.) अधिकार also means a word or sūtra extending over in the following सूत्रs up to a particular limit. -Comp. -विधिः determination or statement of qualifications to do particular acts; as राजा राजसूयेन यजेत. -स्थ -आढ्य a. possessed of authority, invested with office. अधिकारिन् adhikārin अधिकारवत् adhikāravat अधिकारिन् अधिकारवत् a. [अस्त्यर्थे इनि मतुप् वा] 1 Possessed of authority, having power; निःस्पृहो नाधिकारी स्यात् Pt.1.164; सन्धिविग्रहकार्य˚, कार्य˚ H.3. -2 Entitled to, having a right to; सर्वे स्युरधिकारिणः; so उत्तराधिकारिन् heir; धनग्रहण˚ &c.; तपस्यनधिकारित्वात् R.15.51 not qualified or authorised. -3 Belonging to, owned by. -4 Fit for. -m. (री-वान्) 1 An official, officer; न निष्प्रयोजनम् अधिकारवन्तः प्रभुभिराहूयन्ते Mu.3; a functionary, superintendent, head, director, governor. -2 A rightful claimant, proprietor, master, owner. -3 One qualified to sacrifice or perform sacred works. -4 Man as the lord of creation. -5 One well versed in the Vedānta.

adhijyatā	अधिज्यता 1 The state of being strung; ˚तां नी to string; लीलयैव धनुषी अधिज्यताम् R.11.14.

anagārikā	अनगारिका The houseless state of a vagrant ascetic.

ananubhāṣaṇam	अननुभाषणम् 1 Not repeating a statement or proposition. -2 Tacit assent.

ananya	अनन्य a. 1 Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; अनन्या राघवस्याहं भास्करस्य प्रभा यथा । सा हि सत्याभिंसन्धाना तथानन्या च भर्तरि Rām. cf. Rām.5.21.15. -2 Sole, unique, without a second. -3 [नास्ति अन्यः विषयो यस्य] Undivided, undistracted (mind &c.); having no other object or person to think of &c.; अनन्याश्चिन्तयन्तो मां ये जनाः पर्युपासते Bg.9.22. In comp. अनन्य may be translated by 'not by another', 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object'. -4 unopposed; अनन्यां पृथिवीं भुङ्क्ते सर्वभूतहिते रतः Kau. A. -Comp. -अर्थ a. not subservient to any other object, principal. -आश्रित a. independent, not resorting to another. (-तम्) unencumbered estate (in law). -गतिः f. sole resort or resource. -गतिक a. [न. ब] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; अनन्यगतिके जने विगतपातके चातके Udb. -गुरु a. than which nothing is greater. अनन्यगुर्वास्तव केन केवलः पुराणमूर्तेर्महिमाव- गम्यते Si.1.35. -चित्त, -चिन्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -मानस, -हृदय a. giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; विचिन्तयन्ती यमनन्यमानसा Ś4.1; K.75. -जः, -जन्मन् m. [नान्यस्मात् जन्म यस्य; आत्मभू- चित्तभू इत्यादि तस्य व्यपदेशत्वात् or नास्ति अन्यद्यस्मात्सो$नन्यः, विष्णुः; तस्माज्जातः] Cupid, the god of love; मा मूमुहत्खलु भवन्तमनन्य- जन्मा Māl.1.32. -दृष्टि a. gazing intently or steadfastly at; ˚ष्टिः सवितारमैक्षत Ku.5.2. -देव a. having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being. -परता exclusive devotion or attachment; पुरश्चक्षूरागस्तदनु मनसो$नन्यपरता Māl.6.15. -परायण a. devoted to no other (woman); Ś.3.18. -पूर्वः [नान्या पूर्वा यस्य] having no other wife; वरस्यानन्यपूर्वस्य विशोकामकरोद्गुणैः Ku.6.92. (-र्वा) [न अन्यः पूर्वो यस्याः सा] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband; मनुप्रभृतिभिर्मान्यैर्भुक्ता यद्यपि राजभिः । तथाप्यनन्यपूर्वेव तस्मिन्नासीद्वसुन्धरा ॥ R.4.7. -भाज् a. [न अन्यम् अन्यां वा भजते] not devoted to any other person; अनन्यभाजं पतिमाप्नुहि Ku.3.63. -विषय a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable; यस्मिंन्नीश्वर इत्यनंन्यविषयः शब्दः V 1.1; Mv.1.25. -वृत्ति a. 1 of the same nature. -2 having no other means of livelihood. -3 closely attentive. -शासन a. not ruled over by any one else; अनन्यशासना- मुर्वी शशासैकपुरीमिव R.1.3; Dk.2. -सामान्य, -साधारण a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; अनन्यनारी- सामान्यो दासस्त्वस्याः पुरूरवाः V.3.18; ˚राजशब्दः R.6.38; M.5;4.1; not capable of being performed by any one else. Ku.3.19. -सदृश a. (-शी f.) having no equal, matchless, peerless यथैताननन्यसदृशान् विदधासि Pt.1.

anamitra	अनमित्र a. Having no enemies. -त्रम् A state of having no enemies.

anamīva	अनमीव a.. Ved. [नास्ति अमीवो रोगो यस्य न. ब.] Well, happy, free from disease; comfortable, salubrious, sinless. -वम् Good or comfortable state, happiness, prosperity. स्वति चास्मा अनमीवं च धेहि Rv.1.14.11.

anavastha	अनवस्थ a. [नास्ति अवस्था यत्र] Unsteady; ˚स्थो निष्क- रुणश्च Dk.135; unsettled, not fixed; अनवस्थौ हि दृश्येते युद्धे जयपराजयौ Rām.5.37.55; ˚स्थो वायुः Śi.11.28. -स्था [न. त.] 1 Instability, unsettled condition, disorder, confusion. -2 Loose or unsteady conduct, incontinence. -3 (In phil.) Absence of finality or conclusion, an endless series of statements or causes and effects, one of the faults of reasoning (उपपाद्योपपादकयोरविश्रान्तिः); एकमप्यन- वस्था स्याद्या मूलक्षतिकारिणी K. P.2; एवं च ˚प्रसङ्गः &Sacute. B. -4 Not being 1 days old (दशाहाभावः).

anasūya	अनसूय यक a. [न. ब.] Free from malice, not envious, not spiteful; श्रद्दधानो$नसूयश्च Ms.4.158; श्रद्धावाननसूयश्च शृणुयादपि यो नरः । Bg.18.71. -या [न. त.] 1 Absence of envy, charity of disposition, freedom from spite or illwill; न गुणान् गुणिनो हन्ति स्तौति चान्यगुणानपि । न हसेच्चान्यदो- षांश्च सानसूया प्रकीर्तिता. -2 N. of a friend of Śakuntalā. -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -4 N. of Atri's wife, the highest type of chastity and wifely devotion. [She was very pious and given to austere devotion by virtue of which she had obtained miraculous powers. Several stories are told o illustrate them. When the earth was devastated by a terrible drought which lasted for 1 years, Anasūyā created water, fruits, roots &c. by means of her ascetic powers and saved many lives. On one occasion when the sage Māṇḍavya was about to be impaled, the wife of a sage happened to touch the stake as she passed by, whereupon Māṇḍavya cursed her that she would become a widow at sunrise. She, however, prevented the sun from rising, and all actions of men being consequently stopped, the gods, sages &c. went to Anasūyā, her friend, who, by the force of her penance, made the sun rise without, at the same time, bringing widowhood on her friend. Another legend is also told in which Anasūyā changed Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa into infants, when, at the instigation of their wives, they attempted to test her chastity, but restored them to their former shapes at the importunities of their humbled consorts. She is also said to have caused the three-streamed Ganges to flow down on the earth near the hermitage of her husband for the ablutions of sages; see R.13.51. In the Rāmāyaṇa she is represented as having been very kind and attentive to Sītā whom she favoured with sound motherly advice on the virtues of chastity, and at the time of her departure gave her an unguent (See R.12.27,14.14) which was to keep her beautiful for ever and to guard her person from the attempts of rapacious beasts, demons &c. She was the mother of the irascible sage Durvāsas]. सा त्वेवमुक्ता वैदेही त्वनसूयानसूयया Rām.2.18.1.

anāditā	अनादिता त्वम् State of having no beginning.

anārabhya	अनारभ्य a. Unfit to be commenced or undertaken. -ind. Without commencing; without reference to any particular thing e. g. ˚वादः 1 detached remark (upon sacrifices &c.); किञ्चित्कर्मारभ्य उद्यते उच्यते इत्यारभ्यवादः न आरभ्यवादः -2 A statement without any specific reference to any particular thing or act, न बानारभ्यवादात् । Ms.6. 6.3, A statement having no definite context. -Comp. -अधीत a. [न आसभ्य किञ्चिदधीतः] studied or taught or read without reference to any particular subject (not as part of a regular or authoritative work); learnt as a detached subject; येषां मन्त्राणां कर्मविशेषे विनियोगो नोक्तः तेषां मन्त्राणाम् अनारभ्याधीतत्वात् ब्रह्मयज्ञे एव विनियोग इति मीमांसा.

anāśakāyanam	अनाशकायनम् [न नश्यति अनाशकः आत्मा तस्यायनं प्राप्त्यु- पायः] The state of ब्रह्मचर्य, unmarried or student's life, devoted to contemplation and knowledge of the soul; अथ यदनाशकायनमित्या चक्षते ब्रह्मचर्यमेव तत् । एष ह्यात्मा न नश्यति यं ब्रह्मचर्येणानुविन्दते Ch. Up.8.5.3; a course of fasting as a penance (?).

anitya	अनित्य a. 1 Not eternal or everlasting, transient, non-eternal, perishable (नश्वर) (opp. नित्य); गन्धवती पृथ्वी सा द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च T. S.9 (अनित्या = कार्यरूपा); See नित्य; यदि नित्यमनित्येन निर्मलं मलवाहिना । यशः कायेन लभ्येत तन्न लब्धं भवेन्तु किम् ॥ H.1.45. रजस्वलमनित्यं च भूतावासमिमं त्यजेत् Ms.6.77; धर्मो$नित्यः सुखदुःखे$प्यनित्ये जीवो$नित्यो हेतुरस्या- प्यनित्यः Mb. -2 Occasional, temporary, casual; not peremptory or obligatory as a rule &c., special. -3 Unusual, extraordinary; वर्णे चानित्ये P.V.4.31 (लोहितकः कोपेन, अन्यथा तु श्वेतवर्ण इति भावः); आनाय्यो$नित्ये III.1.127 (स हि गार्हपत्यादानीयते$नित्यश्च सततमप्रज्वलनात् Sk.) See VI.1. 147. -4 Unsteady, fickle, not permanent; अनित्यं यौवनं रूपम् H.4.68; ˚हृदया हि ताः Rām. -5 Uncertain, doubtful; अनित्यो विजयो यस्माद् दृश्यते युध्यमानयोः Ms.7.199; विजयस्य ह्यनित्यत्वात् Pt.3.22. -6 (in grammar) A rule or operation which is not invariable or compulsory; optional. -त्यम् adv. Occasionally, not permanently, incidentally, casually; अनित्यं हि स्थितो यस्मात् Ms.3.12. -Comp. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया an occasional act, such as a sacrifice for a special purpose, a voluntary and occasional act. -दत्तः, -दत्तकः, -दत्रिमः a son given by his parents to another temporarily (for temporary or preliminary adoption). -प्रत्यवेक्षा (with Buddhists) the consciousness that everything is perishable and is passing away. -भावः transitoriness, transient state, limited nature or existence; so अनित्यतावम् frailty, instability. -समः a sophism or fallacious reasoning which generalizes what it is exceptional (as अनित्यत्वम्). -समासः a compound which it is not obligatory to form in every case (the sense of which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent members.).

anirukta	अनिरुक्त a. 1 Not articulated or clearly spoken. -2 Not clearly stated or explained, vague, not plain or well-defined; ˚क्तप्रातःसवनः प्रथमः Kāty.; एतास्मिन्नदृश्ये$- नात्म्ये$निरुक्ते Ait. Br. -Comp. -गानम् indistinct singing or humming, a particular mode of chanting the सामवेद.

anu	अनु ind. (Either used with nouns to form adverbial compounds, or as a prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, or as a separable preposition with acc. and regarded as a कर्मप्रवचनीय). 1 After, behind, along after (पश्चात्); सर्वे नारदमनु उपविशन्ति V.5; प्रमदामनु संस्थितः शुचा नृपतिः सन् R.8.72; तं गच्छन्त्यनु ये विपत्तिषु सदा ते तत्प्रतिष्ठाशया Mu.1. 14; असौ कुमारस्तमजोनुजातः R.6.78; रत्या न साशङ्कमनुप्रयातः Ku.3.23; क्रमेण सुप्तामनु संविवेश सुप्तोत्थितां प्रातरनूदतिष्ठत् R.2. 24; अनुविष्णु = विष्णोः पश्चात् P.II.4.18. Sk.; तदनु कथयेर्मा- धवीयामवास्थाम् Māl.9.26 afterwards. -2 Along, alongside, by the side of, lengthwise यस्यचायामः P.II.1.16 जलानि सा तीरनिखातयूपा वहत्ययोध्यामनु राजधानीम् R.13.61; सो$श्वमेधश- तेनेष्ट्वा यमुनामनु वीर्यवान् । त्रिशताश्वान् सरस्वत्यां गङ्गामनु चतुःशतान् Mb.; अनुगङ्गं वाराणसी = गङ्गामन्वायतम् (गङ्गादैर्घ्यसदृशदैर्घ्योपलक्षिता) situated alongside the Gaṅgā P.II.1.16 Sk.; आविर्भू- तप्रथममुकुलाः कन्दलीश्चानुकच्छम् Me.21; गिरिरिव अनुतटपुष्पितकर्णि- कारयष्टिः V.3.3 along the sides or slopes. -3 After, in consequence of, being indicated by; जपमनु प्रावर्षत् P.II 3.8 Sk. (हेतुभूतजपोपलक्षितं वर्षणम्); so वृक्षमनु विद्योतते विद्युत्. -4 With, along with (सहार्थे); connected with; नगीम- न्वसिता सेना P.I.4.85 Sk. (नद्या सह सम्बद्धा) उमास्तनोद्भेद- मनु प्रवृद्धः Ku.7.24. along with, contemporaneously; Śi. 8.56; दिवसो$नुमित्रमगमद्विलयम् 9.17. -5 Inferior or subordinate to, (मित्रलाभमनु लाभसम्पदः Ki.13.52 inferior, lower in value or importance; अनु हरिं सुराः = हरेर्हीनाः हीने); P.I.4.86 Sk. -6 In a particular relation or state (इत्थं- भूताख्याने प्रकारविशेषनिरूपणे); भक्तो विष्णुमनु Sk. (विष्णोरित्थं- भूतः, भक्तिविशेषयुक्तः) an ardent devotee of Viṣṇu; यस्त्वां द्वेष्टि स मां द्वेष्टि यस्त्वामनु स मामनु Rām. favourably inclined or devoted to. -7 Having a part or share, participation; or one that claims a share of (भागे); भागो$स्यास्ति इति भागस्वामी; लक्ष्मीर्हरिमनु (हरेर्भागः) Sk., हरिस्वामिकभागवतीत्यर्थः. -8 Repetition, in a distributive sense, mostly in comp. (वीप्सार्थे, विषयतायाम्); अनुदिवसम् day by day, every day; अनुक्षणम् every moment; ˚वेलम् every time, frequently; वृक्षम् वृक्षमनु सिञ्चति Sk. waters tree after tree, i. e. every tree (यावद्वृक्षव्यापकः सेकः). -9 Towards, in the direction of, near, to, at (अनुर्यत्समया P.II.1.15); अनुवनमशनिर्गतः Sk.; ˚नदि Śi.7.24 near the river; प्रजिघाय कान्तमनु मुग्धतरः 9.55 to (प्रति); on or in, with the force of the locative; यदेतदस्यानुतटं विभाति 4.39,7.1; तस्माद्रच्छेरनुकनखलं शैलराजाव- तीर्णाम् (जह्नोः कन्याम्) Me.52. -1 In orderly succession, according to; अनुक्रमम् in regular order; अनुज्येष्ठम् = ज्येष्ठ- स्यानुपूर्व्येण in order of seniority; ˚पूर्वम्; अनुरूपम् = रूपस्य योग्यम् Sk. -11 Corresponding with, like, in imitation of; सर्वं मामनु ते प्रियाविरहजां त्वं तु व्यथां मानुभूः V.4.47; so अनुगर्ज् to roar after or in imitation of. -12 Following, conformable to (अनुगत); तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्ज- नात् R.4.12. (अनुगतो$र्थो यस्य). -13 With regard to, towards, in respect of; अर्घ्यदानमनु चोदितो वचः Śi.14,53; साधुर्देवदत्तो मातरमनु; -14 On account of, by reason of (with abl.); समस्तो वत लोको$यं भजते कारणादनु । त्वं तु निष्कारणादेव प्रीयसे वरवर्णिनि ॥ Rām. As a separable adverb अनु is used only in the Vedas and means after, afterwards, later on, now, at this time, again, once more, then, and further. (The senses of अनु as given by G. M. are:-- अनु वेदाध्ययनानुष्ठानसामीप्यपश्चाद्भावानुबन्धनसाम्याभीमुखहीनविसर्गं- लक्षणेषु; e. g. वेदे अनुवाकः; अनुष्ठाने अनुतिष्ठति; सामीप्ये अनुमेघं वर्षति; पश्चाद्भावे तदनु; अनुबन्धने अनुशेते; साम्ये अनुकरोति; आभिमुख्ये मातरमनुधावति वत्सः; हीने अनुहरिं सुराः; विसर्गे अनुजानीते; लक्षणे अनुवनमशनिर्गतः.) The senses of अनु may be thus expressed in verse :-- आयामे$परभावे च (पश्चादर्थे) वीप्सायां सन्निधौ तथा । इत्थंभूते लक्षणे च भागसादृश्ययोरपि ॥ योग्य- तायां तथा हीने तृतीयार्थे ह्यनुक्रमे । अर्थेष्वेतेषु बहुशो ह्यनुशब्दः प्रयुज्यते ॥.

anukṛ	अनुकृ 8 U. 1 To do after or afterwards; follow; especially to imitate, do after or in imitation of, resemble, equal, copy (with gen.); ततो$नुकुर्याद्विशदस्य तस्याः... स्मितस्य Ku.1.44; श्यामतया हरेरिवानुकुर्वतीम् K.1; अनुकरोति भगवतो नारायणस्य 6.282; ननु कलभेन यूथपतेरनुकृतम् M.5; (also with acc.); सर्वाभिरन्याभिः कलाभिरनुचकार तं वैशम्पायनः K.76; शैलाधिपस्यानुचकार लक्ष्मीम् Bk.2.8; बहुतरं भवन्तमनु- करोति V.5; Ms.2.199. -2 To requite, recompense. -3 To try on, adjust, adapt; बन्धं ततो$नुकुर्वित Suśr.

anukārin	अनुकारिन् a. Imitating, resembling (with gen. or in comp.); प्रियायाः किञ्चिदनुकारिणीषु लतासु दृष्टिं विलोभयामि Ś.6; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17;1.21; R.1. 43. कपिलानुकारिणा 3.5. अनुकार्य anukārya कारणीय kāraṇīya कर्तव्य kartavya अनुकार्य कारणीय कर्तव्य pot. p. Fit to be imitated. -र्यम्, -अनुक्रिया A subsequent rite or ceremony.

anukṛta	अनुकृत a. Imitated, made like. -तम् n. 1 Return. -2 Defence; जघ्नतुस्तौ तदान्योन्यं कृतानुकृतकारिणौ Rām.6. 17.27.

anukrakaca	अनुक्रकच a. [अनुगतः क्रकचम्] Serrated, dentated like a saw.

anukram	अनुक्रम् 1 U., 4 P. 1 To go after, follow (fig. also); महर्षिभिरनुक्रान्तं धर्मपन्थानमास्थितः Rām; to betake oneself to; तीर्थयात्रामनुक्रामन् Mb.; व्यवसायमनुक्रान्ता कान्ते त्वमति- शोभनम् Rām. -2 To count up, enumerate, state or go through in order; यच्चानुक्रान्तं यच्चानुक्रंस्यते Mbh. on P.I. 1.72; give a table of contents, used frequently in the Nirukta.

anugam	अनुगम् 1 P. 1 To go after, follow, attend, accompany; अनिभिज्ञो गुणानां यो न भृत्यैरनुगम्यते Pt.1.73; ओदकान्तात्स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; केकासवैरनुगम्यमानो भूषणनिनादः K.84; मार्गं मनुष्येश्वरधर्मपत्नी श्रुतेरिवार्थं स्मृतिरन्वगच्छत् R.2.2; छायेव तां भूपति- रन्वगच्छत् 6, Ms.12.115; -2 To follow, practise, observe, obey, act up to; प्रतिशब्दक इव राजवचनमनुगच्छति जनो भयात् K.14; पूर्वैरयमभिप्रेतो गतो मार्गो$नुगम्यते Rām.; विपत्तौ च महाँल्लोके धीरतामनुगच्छति H.3.37. -3 To seek, wander through; काननं वापि शैलं वा यं रामो$नुगमिष्यति Rām.; कृत्स्नां पृथ्वीमनुगच्छत ibid. go in quest of. -4 To come, arrive, approach, present oneself (as time); काले त्वनुगते Bhāg. -5 To answer or respond to; correspond with, be suitable to; imitate, resemble; धनुःश्रियं गोत्रभिदो$नुगच्छति Ki.4.326; आस्फालितं यत्प्रमदाकराग्रैर्मृदङ्गधीरध्वनिमन्वगच्छत् R. 16.13; न चापि कादम्बरीं लक्ष्मीरनुगन्तुमलम् K.23. -6 To go or die out, be extinguished; यद्येष उख्यो$ग्निरनुगच्छेत् Śat. Br. -7 To enter into. -Caus. [गमयति] To cause to follow, follow; उद्ग्रीवैरनुगमितस्य पुष्करस्य M.1.21 followed or accompanied in sound.

anujīv	अनुजीव् 1 P. 1 To depend upon for subsistence, hang on, live by or upon (something); ये च त्वामनुजीवन्ति नाहं तेषां न ते मम Rām.; स तु तस्याः पाणिग्राहकमनुजीविष्यति Dk. 122 hang or depend on, live (submissively) under, live as a subordinate to. -2 To see without envy; यां तां श्रियमसूयामः पुरा दृष्ट्वा युधिष्ठिरे । अद्य तामनुजीवामः Mb. -3 To live for any one. -4 To follow or imitate in living; प्रेमदत्तवदनानिलः पिबन्नन्वजीवदमरालकेश्वरौ R.19.15 v. l. (अत्यजीवत्). -5 To survive.

anutpattiḥ	अनुत्पत्तिः f. Failure, non-production. -त्तिक a. Not yet produced. -Comp. -धर्मक्षान्तिः preparation for a future state, acquiescence in the state and moral condition which is yet to come. -समः, -मा a method of arguing against a thing by attempting to prove that nothing exists from which it could spring.

anudeśaḥ	अनुदेशः 1 Pointing back; rule or direction which refers or points back to a previous rule; यथासङ्ख्यम- नुदेशः समानाम् P.I.3.1; subsequent mention of things (words, suffixes &c.) in the order of things previously mentioned; respective enumeration or statement, first for first, second for second; as in समूलाकृतजीवेषु हन्कृञ्ग्रहः P.III.4.36. -2 Direction, order, injunction.

anupaghātaḥ	अनुपघातः Absence of damage or detriment; ˚अर्जित obtained without any detriment (to the paternal estate).

anupanyāsaḥ	अनुपन्यासः 1 Not mentioning; non-statement. -2 Uncertainty, doubt, failure of proof.

anuprāṇ	अनुप्राण् 2 P. To breathe after. -Caus. To animate, support, feed, help; mostly used in the statement of Ala&nkāras in a sentence; उत्प्रेक्षानुप्राणिता स्वभावोक्तिः &c.

anuprāp	अनुप्राप् 5 P. 1 To get, obtain. -2 To reach, go to, overtake; गङ्गानदीमनुप्राप्ताः Mb. -3 To imitate; लीलाखेल- मनुप्रापुर्महोक्षास्तस्य विक्रमम् R.4.22. -4 To arrive, come (intrans); कथमिमां भूमिमनुप्राप्तः K.132; Ve.6. -5 To get back.

anubandhaḥ	अनुबन्धः 1 Binding or fastening on, connection, attachment, tie (lit. & fig.); यस्यां मनश्चक्षुषोरनुबन्धस्तस्या- मृद्धिः Māl.2; एतस्येदृशेन दर्शनेन कीदृशो मे हृदयानुबन्धः इति न जानासि U.3 state of feeling; K.257. -2 Uninterrupted succession, unbroken sequence, continuous flow, continuity; series, chain; बाष्पं कुसु स्थिरतया विरतानुबन्धम् Ś.4. 15; मरण˚ K.236 following up death, desire for dying; अनुबन्धाद्विरमेद्वा K.28; यदा नात्याक्षीदेवानुबन्धम् 39 (persistence in) following me, 317; वैर˚, मत्सर˚, Dk.63,161; मुच्यतां देवि शोकानुबन्धः K.63 continuous sorrow; दुर्लभजन- प्रार्थना˚ Ratn.1; विरम विरम वह्ने मुञ्च धूमानुबन्धम् 4.16; सानु- बन्धाः कथं न स्युः संपदो मे निरापदः R.1.64 continuous, uninterrupted; परिवृद्धरीगमनुबन्धसेवया R.9.69 continuous enjoyment; अयं सो$र्थो$नर्थानुबन्धः संवृत्तः V.5 giving rise to a chain of evils. -3 Descendants, posterity; सानुबन्धा हता ह्यसि Rām. relation, भूमेः सुतां भूमिभृतो$नुबन्धात् Viś. Guṇā.475. -4 Consequence, result (good or bad); आत्मदोषानुबन्धेन K.319 in consequence of; यदग्रे चानुबन्धे च सुखम् Bg.18.39,25; अनुबन्धमजानन्तः कर्मणामविचक्षणाः Rām. 3.51.26; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि नानुबन्धमवेक्षसे Mb.4.49.1. -5 Intention; design, motive, cause; अनुबन्धानपेक्षेत सानु- बन्धेषु कर्मसु Mb.5.34.8. अनुबन्धं परिज्ञाय देशकालौ च तत्त्वतः । सारापराधौ चालोक्य दण्ड दण्डयेषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; पाप˚ of evil designs. -6 An adjunct of a thing, a secondary member (मुख्यानुयायि, अप्रधानम्); (उल्का) दृश्यते सानुबन्धा च Rām.5.1.63. a secondary symptom, symptomatic affection, attendant on the principal disease (वातपित्तादि- दोषाणामप्राधान्यम्); मूर्छानुबन्धा विषमज्वराः Suśr. -7 Connecting link or adjunct of a subject or topic; theme, matter of discussion; introductory reasons; (विषयप्रयोजनाधिकारि- संबन्धः अनुबन्धः) (an indispensable element of the Vedānta). -8 (Gram.) An indicatory syllable or letter intended to denote some peculiarity in the inflection, accent &c. of the word to which it is attached; as the लृ in गम्लृ, ण् in इण्; रिपुराप पराभवाय मध्यं प्रकृति- प्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -9 Offence, fault. -1 An obstacle, impediment; also the clog or encumbrance of a family; domestic ties or attachment. -11 A child or pupil who follows the example set by his parent or teacher (मुख्यानुयायी शिशुः). -12 Beginning, commencement. -13 Repeated application or devotion (पौनःपुन्येन अभिनिवेशः). -14 Course, pursuit. -15 A small bit or part, a trifle. -16 The junction of a fraction (with an integer), as भागानुबन्धपूर्णाङ्कः. -17 Base, stem (प्रकृति). cf. अनुबन्धः प्रकृत्यादौ दोषोत्पादे विनश्वरे । मुख्यानुयायिनि शिशौ प्रकृतस्यानुवर्तने । अनुबन्धे$पि हिक्कायां भ्रष्टायामपि कथ्यते । Nm. -धी [अनुबध्यते अतिश्वासेन व्याप्रियते अनया] 1 Thirst. -2 Hickup. अनुबन्धी तु हिक्कायां तृष्णायामपि योषिति-Medinī.

anubhū	अनुभू 1 P. 1 To enjoy; taste, experience, feel, have experience or knowledge of, notice, perceive (by the senses &c.); to suffer, bear, undergo (as misery &c.); अन्वभवं च मधुकर इव नवमालिकामार्द्रसुमनसम् Dk. 121; असक्तः सुखमन्वभूत् R.1.21; भुवनालोकनप्रीतिः स्वर्गिभि- र्नानुभूयते Ku.2.45; R.7.28; आत्मकृतानां हि दोषाणामनु- भवितव्यं फलमात्मनैव K.121; अनुभवति हि मूर्ध्ना पादपस्तीव्रमुष्णम् Ś.5.7; Ku.4.41; संवत्सरमात्रं प्रेष्यभावमनुभूय M.5 undergoing the state of a servant; षष्ठमनुभवन् वर्षम् K.77 being in the sixth year, six years old. -2 To learn, hear, understand; वेदान्नानुभवसि Ch. Up. -3 To try, test, put to the test; न त्वं तेनान्वभाविष्ठा नान्वभावि त्वयाप्यसौ । अनुभूता मया चासौ तेन चान्वभविष्यहम् ॥ Bk.5.35. -4 To comprise, include, grasp; द्वे वामलके अनुभवति Ch. Up. -5 To come up with, arrive at, get, obtain (mostly Ved. in these senses). -6 To turn or incline to; यत् त्वा भवतो रोदसी अनु Rv.1.147.1. -7 To act favourably; य एवैतमनुभवति यो वै तमनुभार्यान् बुभूर्षति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18.] -Caus. 1 To cause to enjoy, feel, or experience; अनुभावयितुं मन्ये यत्नः संप्रति मां विधेः Mu.6.15; स्नानभोजना- दिकमनुभावितो$स्मि Dk.125; आमोदो न हि कस्तूर्याः शपथेनानुभाव्यते Bv.1.12. -2 To reflect on, meditate, think of; मनसा तमेव वृत्तान्तमन्वभावयत् K.176,279. -3 To infer, know; तस्मात्परोक्षवृत्तीनां फलैः कर्मानुभाव्यते H.4.11.

anuyā	अनुया 2 P. 1 To follow, go after (fig. also); अनुयाहि साधुपदवीम् Bh.2.77; अनुयास्यन्मुनितनयाम् Ś.1.28; त्वामनुयामि यद्यपि Ku.4.21. -2 To imitate, equal; न किलानु- ययुस्तस्य राजानो रक्षितुर्यशः R.1.27;9.6; अनुयातलीलः 16.71; गुणैर्नृपाः शार्ङ्गिणमन्वयासिषुः Śi.12.3 followed and imitated. -3 To attend, accompany; इयं मुसलमनुयाति कलेन हुङ्कृतेन Mu.1.4; अनुयातारुन्धतीको वसिष्ठः U.3.48.

anuraṇanam	अनुरणनम् 1 Sounding conformably to; a continuous tinkling echo produced by the sounds of bells, anklets &c. -2 The power of words called व्यञ्जन q. v.; the meaning suggested by what is actually stated; क्रमलक्ष्य- त्वादेवानुरणनरूपो यो व्यङ्ग्यः S. D.4.

anuvākaḥ	अनुवाकः [अनूच्यते इति, वच् घञ् कुत्वम् P.II.4.29 Vārt.] 1 Repeating, reciting reading. अनुवाकहताबुद्धिः Mb.5.132.6. -2 A subdivision of the Vedas, section, chapter; जेतुं जैत्रानथ खलु जपन्सूक्तसामानुवाकान् Mv.3.23. -3 Chapter or section referring to a compilation from the Ṛigveda or Yajurveda (ऋग्यजुःसमूह). -4 A statement in the ब्राह्मणs illustrating the mantrās; यं वाकेष्वनुवाकेषु निषत्सूपनिषत्सु च Mb.12.47.26. -Comp. -अनुक्रमणी N. of a table of contents, referring to the Ṛigveda, attributed to Śaunaka. -सङ्ख्या the fourth of the eighteen Pariśiṣṭas of the Yajurveda.

anuvad	अनुवद् 1 P. 1 To imitate in speaking, mock (with acc.); गिरं नः...अनुवदति शुकस्ते मञ्जुवाक् पञ्जरस्थः R.5.74 repeat; उक्तमनुवदति Sk.; (P. & A.) to resound, echo; अनुवदति वीणा P.I.3.49 Sk. अनुवदते कठः कलापस्य ibid.; सभा- भित्तिप्रतिध्वानैर्भयादन्ववदन्निब Śi.2.67 echoed and approved also; घोषस्यान्ववदिष्टेव लङ्का पूतक्रतोः पुरः Bk.8.29. -2 To repeat or say again by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; see Kull. on Ms.1.74;2.6. -3 To repeat, tell, say (generally); निजमनोरथमनुबदन्त्या Dk.21. -4 To abuse, rail at. -Caus. To cause to resound or echo.

anuvidha	अनुविध a. One who imitates, a devotee दृतय इव श्वसन्त्यसुभृतां यदि ते$नुविधा Bhāg.1.87.17.

anuvidhā	अनुविधा 3 U. 1 To lay down a rule, regulate. -2 To obey, act up to, follow, conform to; See अनुविधा- यिन्; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 the foot-steps of the great have to be trodden in. -3 To resemble, imitate. -pass. To be trained to follow rules; obey.

anuvṛt	अनुवृत् 1 A. (sometimes P. also) 1 (Transitively used) (a) To go or roll after, follow, pursue; (fig.) to follow, conform to, act according to, obey, adapt oneself to, be guided by; humour; अहं तावत्स्वामिनश्चि- त्तवृत्तिमनुवर्तिष्ये S.2; ते$पि परिचयमनुवर्तन्ते K.289; किमत्र चित्रं यदि विशाखे शशाङ्कलेखामनुवर्तेते Ś.3 approve of her choice; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते U.1.1 words conform to the sense; न कुलक्रममनुवर्तते K.14 follow; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36 followed his mate in drinking, drank after her; (जननीम्) अत्यन्तशुद्ध- हृदयामनुवर्तमानाम् Bh.2.11; मम वर्त्मानुवर्तन्ते मनुष्याः पार्थ सर्वशः Bg.3.23; Dk.8,96,126; कृतज्ञतामनुवर्तमानेन Mu. 3 following the path of gratitude; प्रभुचित्तमेव हि जनो$- नुवर्तते Śi.15.41; Māl.3.2. (b) To imitate, resemble; equal; ते$न्ववर्तन् पितॄन्सर्वे यशसा च बलेन च Mb. (c) To gratify, humour, please; Dk.65. (d) To serve, worship; पञ्चवर्षसहस्राणि सूर्यं चैवान्ववर्तत Rām.7.1.8. -2 (Intransitively used) (a) To follow, come after; संग्राह्य इत्यनुवर्तते H.3. (b) To continue, endure. (c) To act towards, behave. (d) (In gram.) To be repeated or supplied from a preceding rule, Sūtra or assertion (said of a word or rule which continues to exercise influence on what follows); e. g. in भक्तिः P.IV.3.95; सो$स्य (occurring in Sūtra 89 before) इत्यनुवर्तते Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to revolve, turn round; एवं प्रवर्तितं चक्रं नानुवर्त- यतीह यः Bg.3.16. -2 To act up to, follow, obey; तथापि लोकयात्रानुवर्तनीया Mv.7; पुत्रैः पितरो लोकद्वयेप्यनुवर्तनीयाः Ve. 3; K.367. -3 To favour, oblige; comply with one's request; विधिनापि भवतेव वयमनुवर्तिताः K.73; यथाचित्तमनु- वर्तनीयः Māl.7. -4 To put in, carry out. -5 To repeat or supply from a preceding Sūtra; केचित्तु विजायते इति नानुवर्तयन्ति P.V.2.13. Sk. -6 To use, employ. -7 To lead one to, attach to. -8 To speak in favour of, speak for; to approve. -9 to imitate, do after one; सतां चरि- तान्यनुवर्तितानि नेन्द्रियाणि K.298.

anuṣañj	अनुषञ्ज् (˚सञ्ज्) 1 P. To adhere or cling to, follow closely. -pass. (-षज्यते) 1 To stick, cling, adhere to, be attached to (fig. also); धर्मपूते च मनसि नभसीव न जातु रजो$नुषज्यते Dk.43; sometimes occurring as अनुषज्जते (from सस्ज् also); यदा हि नेन्द्रियार्थेषु न कर्मस्वनुषज्जते Bg. 6.4;18.1, -2 To be supplied from a preceding rule or statement. -Caus. 1 To fasten or attach (something) to. -2 To supply (as an elliptical expression); इति पदमत्रानुषञ्जनीयम्.

anuṣṭhā	अनुष्ठा 1 U. (˚स्था) 1 To do, perform or carry out, execute, attend to (order, duty &c.); bring about, effect, accomplish (business); अनुतिष्ठसि धर्मेण ये चान्ये विदितास्त्वया Mb.3.267.11. विवाहदीक्षाविधिमन्वतिष्ठत् Ku.7. 1,1.17; किमनुतिष्ठति भगवान् मारीचः Ś.7; आज्ञापयतु आर्यः को नियोगो$नुष्ठीयतामिति Ś.1; ये मे मतमिदं नित्यमनुतिष्ठन्ति मानवाः Bg.3.31 follow; गुरोर्वचनमनुतिष्ठ V.5 do as your papa orders; अनुतिष्ठस्वात्मनो नियोगम् M.1 look or attend to your own duty, do your business. -2 To follow, practise, observe (धर्म, व्रत &c.); commit (a sin). -3 To rule, govern, superintend; appoint. -4 To stand by or near (with loc.); तिष्ठन्तीष्वनुतिष्ठेत्तु व्रजन्तीष्वप्यनुव्रजेत् Ms.11.112; sit on; occupy; अनुष्ठास्यति रामस्य सीता प्रकृतमासनम् Rām.; -5 To follow, go after (lit.); स्वकान्तामनुतिष्ठति Rām.; नारा- जके पतिं भार्या यथावदनुतिष्ठति Subhāṣ.; follow, obey. -6 To imitate, tread in. पदं चेहानुतिष्ठन्ति पूर्वेषां पूर्वजैः कृतम् Bhāg. -7 (Intrans.) (a) To place or put oneself on, be in a position, present oneself. (b) To remain, continue. (c) To be engaged in religious ceremonies (muttering prayers &c.); अनुतिष्ठतां ब्राह्मणानाम् M.5.

anuhṛ	अनुहृ 1 P. 1 To imitate, resemble; देहबन्धेन स्वरेण च रामभद्रमनुहरति U.4; व्रीडितस्य ललितं युवतीनां क्षीवता बहु- गुणैरनुजह्रे Ki.9.67, sometimes with gen. of person; मातुरनुहरति Sk.; see below. -2 To take after (one's parents), to always imitate their nature (A. in this sense) (गतताच्छील्ये); पैतृकमश्वा अनुहरन्ते मातृकं गावः P.I.3.21 Vārt.; (गतं प्रकारः, पितुर्मातुश्चागतं प्रकारं सततं परि- शीलयन्ति Sk.)

anuhārya	अनुहार्य pot. p. To be imitated. -र्यः Monthly obsequies on the Darśa or new moon day (cf. अन्वाहार्य).

anūkaḥ	अनूकः कम् [अनु-उच् समवाये क निपातः कुत्वम्; or fr. अञ्च् with अनु] 1 the backbone, spine (वङ्क्र्धार्या आयतः पृष्ठास्थिविशेषः); सदं चानूकं च गृहपतेः Ait. Br. (where Sāy. remarks अनूकं मूत्रवस्तिः स्यात् सास्नेत्येके वदन्ति च). -2 A kind of sacrificial vessel; according to some, the back part of the altar; अयुग्मागणमध्यमानूके. -3 Former birth or state of existence. -कम् 1 Family, race. -2 Disposition, temperament; character, peculiarity of race; व्याधर्क्षनकुलानूकैः पैत्तिका हि नराः स्मृताः Suśr. cf. अनूकम- स्त्रियां वंशे शीले च गतजन्मनि Nm. -का f. N. of an Apsaras; Hariv.

aneka	अनेक a. 1 Not one; more than one, many; अनेक- पितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12, अनेकराजन्यरथाश्वसंकुलम् Ki.1.16; several, various; तथात्मैको$प्यनेकश्च Y.3.144. -2 Separated; divided; oft. in comp.; ˚आकार having many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform; ˚कालम् -वारम् several times, many a time and oft.; ˚भार्य having more wives than one. -Comp. -अक्षर, -अच् a. having more than one vowel or syllable; polysyllabic. -अग्र a. 1 engaged in several pursuits. -2 not concentrated or fixed on one object. -3 Agitated. perplexed; स त्वनेकाग्रहृदयो द्वास्थं प्रत्यर्च्य तं जनम् Rām.2.41.34. -अन्त a. 1 [न. ब] not alone so as to exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful, variable; स्यादित्यव्ययमनेकान्तवाचकम् -2 = अनैकान्तिक q. v. (-न्तः) 1 unsettled condition, absence of permanence. -2 uncertainty, doubtfulness. -3 an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. ˚वादः scepticism. ˚वादिन् m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an Arhat of the Jainas. -अर्थ a. 1 having many (more than one) meanings, homonymous; as the words गो, अमृत, अक्ष &c.; ˚त्वम् Capacity to express more senses than one; अनेकार्थत्वमन्याय्यम् ŚB. on MS.7.3.55. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य K.P.2. -2 having the sense of word अनेक. -3 having many objects or purposes. (-र्थः) multiplicity of objects, topics &c. -अल् a. having more than one अल् (letter) P.I.1.55. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. (in Vais. Phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one (such as संयोग, सामान्य); एते$नेकाश्रिता गुणाः Bhāsā. P.; dependence upon more than one. -कृत् m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva. -गुण a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; विगणय्य कारणमनेकगुणम् Ki.6.37. -गुप्तः N. of a king; ˚अर्चितपादपङ्कजः K.3. -गोत्र a. belonging to two families (such as a boy when adopted) i. e. that of his own, and that of his adoptive father. -चर a. gregarious. -चित्त a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; कच्चिन्नानेकचित्तानां तेषां त्वं वशमागतः Rām. 6.24.26. ˚मन्त्रः not following the counsels of one; H.4.31. -ज a. born more than once. (-जः) a bird (गर्भाण्डाभ्यां जातत्वात्). -पः an elephant (so called because he drinks with his trunk and mouth); cf. द्विप; वन्येतरानेकपदर्शनेन R.5,47.; Śi.5.35,12.75. -2 -पद a. multi-numbered; having many component members (as in a Bahuvrīhi compound). e. g. बृहद् अस्य रथन्तरसाम इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. -भार्य a. Having more wives than one. -मुख a. (खी f.) a. 1 having many faces, many-faced. -2 scattered, dispersed, going in various directions, taking to various ways; (बलानि) जगाहिरे$नेकमुखानि मार्गान् Bk.2.54. -मूर्तिः 'having many forms', N. of Viṣṇu who assumed various forms to deliver the earth from calamities. -युद्धविजयिन्, -विजयिन् a. victorious in many battles; Pt.3.9,11. -रूप a. 1 of various forms, multiform. -2 of various kinds or sorts. -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; वेश्याङ्गनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Pt.1.425. (-पः) epithet of the Supreme Being. -लोचनः N. of Śiva; also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -वचनम् the plural number; dual also. -वर्ण a. involving more than one (unknown) quantity (the unknown quantities x. y. z. &c. being represented in Sanskrit by colours नील, काल &c.); ˚समीकरणम् simultaneous equation; ˚गुणनम्, ˚व्यवकलनम्, ˚हारः multiplication, subtraction or division of unknown quantities. -विध a. various, different. -शफ a. cloven-hoofed. -शब्द a. synonymous. -साधारण a. common to many, the common property of many persons Dk.83.

ante	अन्ते ind. (loc. of अन्त; oft. used adverbially) 1 In the end, at last, at length, lastly, finally. -2 Inside. -3 In the presence of, near, close by. -Comp. -वसायिन्, -वसायी a Chāṇḍāla (अन्त्यज) अशौचमनृतं स्तेयं नास्तिक्यं शुल्कविग्रहः । कामः क्रोधश्च तर्षश्च स्वभावो$न्तेवसायिनाम् Bhāg.11. 17.2;7.11.3. -वासः 1 a neighbour; companion; तव वा इमे$न्तेवासास्त्वमेवैभिः संपिवस्व Ait.Br. -2 a pupil; आचार्यो$न्तेवासिनमनुशास्ति Taitt. Up.1.9. रुतानि शृण्वन्वयसां गणो$न्तेवासित्वमाप स्फुटमङ्गनानाम् Śi.3.55. Ve.3.7. -वासि ind. in a state of pupilage, (in statu pupilavi) -वासिन् = अन्तवासिन् q. v. above.

antar	अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.

antara	अन्तर a. [अन्तं राति ददाति, रा-क] 1 Being in the inside, interior, inward, internal (opp. बाह्य); योन्तरो यमयति Śat. Br.; ˚र आत्मा Tait. Up.; कश्चनान्तरो धर्मः S. D. अन्तरापणवीथ्यश्च नानापण्योपशोभिताः अनुगच्छन्तु Rām.7.64.3. -2 Near, proximate (आसन्न); कृष्वा युजश्चिदन्तरम् Rv.1. 1.9. -3 Related, intimate, dear, closely connected (आत्मीय) (opp. पर); तदेतत्प्रेयः पुत्रात् ...... प्रेयो$न्यस्मात्सर्व- स्मादन्तरतरं यदयमात्मा Śat. Br.; अयमत्यन्तरो मम Bharata. -4 Similar (also अन्तरतम) (of sounds and words); स्थाने$न्तरतमः P.I.1.5; हकारस्य घकारोन्तरतमः Śabdak.; सर्वस्य पदस्य स्थाने शब्दतो$र्थतश्चान्तरतमे द्वे शब्दस्वरूपे भवतः P. VIII.1.1. Com. -5 (a) Different from, other than (with abl.); यो$प्सु तिष्ठन्नद्भ्यो$न्तरः Bṛi. Ār. Up.; आत्मा स्वभावो$न्तरो$न्यो यस्य स आत्मान्तरः अन्यस्वभावः व्यवसायिनो$न्तरम् P.VI.2.166 Sk. ततो$न्तराणि सत्त्वानि स्वादते स महाबलः Rām.7. 62.5. (b) The other; उदधेरन्तरं पारम् Rām. -6 Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (अन्तरं बहिर्योगोपसंव्यानयोः P.I.1.36) (In this sense it is declined optionally like सर्व in nom. pl. and abl. and loc. sing.) अन्तरे-रा वा गृहाः बाह्या इत्यर्थः (चण्डालादिगृहाः); अन्तरे-रा वा शाटकाः परिधानीया इत्यर्थः Sk.; so अन्तरायां पुरि, अन्तरायै नगर्यै, नमो$न्तरस्मै अमेधसाम् Vop. -रम् 1 (a) The interior, inside; ततान्तरं सान्तरवारिशीकरैः Ki.4.29,5.5; जालान्तरगते भानौ Ms.8.132; विमानान्तरलम्बिनीनाम् R.13.33; Mk.8.5, Ku. 7.62; अपि वनान्तरं श्रयति V.4.24; लीयन्ते मुकुलान्तरेषु Ratn. 1.26, Ki.3.58; अन्तरात् from inside, from out of; प्राकारपरिखान्तरान्निर्ययुः Rām.; अन्तरे in, into; वन˚, कानन˚, प्रविश्यान्तरे &c. (b) Hence, the interior of any thing, contents; purport, tenor; अत्रान्तरं ब्रह्मविदो विदित्वा Śvet. Up. (c) A hole, an opening; तस्य बाणान्तरेभ्यस्तु बहु सुस्राव शोणितम्. -2 Soul, heart; mind; सततमसुतरं वर्णयन्त्यन्तरम् Ki.5.18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space or region); लब्धप्रतिष्ठान्तरैः भृत्यैः Mu.3.13 having entered the heart; सदृशं पुरुषान्तरविदो महेन्द्रस्य V.3. -3 The Supreme Soul. -4 Interval, intermediate time or space, distance; रम्यान्तरः Ś.4.11; किंचिदन्तरमगमम् Dk.6; अल्प- कुचान्तरा V.4.49; क्रोशान्तरेण पथि स्थिताः H.4 at the distance of; बृहद् भुजान्तरम् R.3.54; अन्तरे oft. translated by between, betwixt; गीतान्तरेषु Ku.3.38 in the intervals of singing; मरणजीवितयोरन्तरे वर्ते betwixt life and death; अस्त्रयोगान्तरेषु Rām.; तन्मुहूर्तकं बाष्पसलिलान्तरेषु प्रेक्षे तावदार्यपुत्रम् U.3 in the intervals of weeping; बाष्पविश्रामो$प्यन्तरे कर्तव्य एव U.4 at intervals; स्मर्तव्योस्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7 in the course of conversation; कालान्तरावर्तिशुभाशुभानि H.1 v. l. See कालान्तरम्; सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्यदन्तरम् Ms.2.17,22; द्यावापृथिव्यो- रिदमन्तरं हि व्याप्तं त्वयैकेन Bg.11.2; न मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.6.18 between the breasts; Bg.5.27; अस्य खलु ते बाणपथवर्तिनः कृष्णसारस्यान्तरे तपस्विन उपस्थिताः Ś.1; तदन्तरे सा विरराज धेनुः R.2.2;12.29. (b) Intervention (व्यवधान) oft. in the sense of 'through'; मेघान्तरालक्ष्यमि- वेन्दुबिम्बम् R.13.38 through the clouds; वस्त्रं अन्तरं व्यवधायकं यस्य स वस्त्रान्तरः P.VI.2.166 Sk.; महानद्यन्तरं यत्र तद्देशान्त- रमुच्यते; जालान्तरप्रेषितदृष्टिः R.7.9 peeping through a window; विटपान्तरेण अवलोकयामि Ś.1; क्षणमपि विलम्बमन्तरीकर्तु- मक्षमा K.36 to allow to come between or intervene; कियच्चिरं वा मैघान्तरेण पूर्णिमाचन्द्रस्य दर्शनम् U.3. -5 Room, place, space in general; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4; न ह्यविद्धं तयोर्गात्रे बभूवाङ्गुलमन्तरम् Rām.; मूषिकैः कृते$न्तरे Y.1. 147; गुणाः कृतान्तराः K.4 finding or making room for themselves; न यस्य कस्यचिदन्तरं दातव्यम् K.266; देहि दर्शना- न्तरम् 84. room; पौरुषं श्रय शोकस्य नान्तरं दातुमर्हसि Rām. do not give way to sorrow; तस्यान्तरं मार्गते Mk.7.2 waits till it finds room; अन्तरं अन्तरम् Mk.2 make way, make way. -6 Access, entrance, admission, footing; लेभेन्तरं चेतसि नोपदेशः R.6.66 found no admission into (was not impressed on) the mind; 17.75; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे 16.7. -7 Period (of time), term; मासान्तरे देयम् Ak.; सप्तैते मनवः । स्वे स्वेन्तरे सर्वमिदमुत्पाद्यापुश्चराचरम् Ms.1.63, see मन्वन्तरम्; इति तौ विरहान्तरक्षमौ R.8.56 the term or period of separation; क्षणान्तरे -रात् within the period of a moment. -8 Opportunity, occasion, time; देवी चित्रलेखामव- लोकयन्ती तिष्ठति । तस्मिन्नन्तरे भर्तोपस्थितः M.1. अत्रान्तरे प्रणम्याग्रे समुपविष्टः; Pt.1 on that occasion, at that time; अस्मिन्नन्तरे Dk.164; केन पुनरुपायेन मरणनिर्वाणस्यान्तरं संभावयिष्ये Māl.6; कृतकृत्यता लब्धान्तरा भेत्स्यति Mu.2.22 getting an opportunity; 9; यावत्त्वामिन्द्रगुरवे निवेदयितुं अन्तरान्वेषी भवामि Ś.7. find a fit or opportune time; शक्तेनापि सता जनेन विदुषा कालान्तरप्रेक्षिणा वस्तव्यम् Pt.3.12; waiting for a suitable opportunity or time; सारणस्यान्तरं दृष्ट्वा शुको रावणमब्रवीत् Rām. -9 Difference (between two things), (with gen. or in comp.) शरीरस्य गुणानां च दूरमत्यन्तमन्तरम् H.1.46; उभयोः पश्यतान्तरम् H.1.64, नारीपुरुषतोयानामन्तरं महदन्तरम् 2.39; तव मम च समुद्रपल्वलयोरिवान्तरम् M.1; Bg.13.34; यदन्तरं सर्षपशैलराजयोर्यदन्तरं वायसवैनतेययोः Rām.; द्रुमसानुमतां किमन्तरम् R.8.9;18.15; rarely with instr.; त्वया समुद्रेण च महदन्तरम् H.2; स्वामिनि गुणान्तरज्ञे Pt.1.11; difference; सैव विशिनष्टि पुनः प्रधानपुरषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K. -1 (Math.) Difference, remainder also subtraction, cf. योगोन्तरेणोनयुतो$र्धितस्तौ राशी स्मृतौ संक्रमणाख्यमेतत् ॥ Līlā. -11 (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note:- that in this sense अन्तर always forms the latter part of a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be the gender of the noun forming the first part; कन्यान्तरम् (अन्या कन्या), राजान्तरम् (अन्यो राजा), गृहान्तरम् (अन्यद् गृहम्); in most cases it may be rendered by the English word 'another'.); इदमवस्थान्तरमारोपिता Ś.3 changed condition; K.154; Mu.5; शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवाद्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121; जननान्तरसौहृदानि &Sacute.5.2 friendships of another (former) existence; नैवं वारान्तरं विधास्यते H.3 I shall not do so again; आमोदान् हरिदन्तराणि नेतुम् Bv.1.15, so दिगन्तराणि; पक्षान्तरे in the other case; देश˚, राज˚, क्रिया˚ &c. (b) Various, different, manifold (used in pl.); लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2; मन्निमित्तान्यवस्थान्तराण्यवर्णयत् Dk.118 various or different states; 16; sometimes used pleonastically with अन्यत् &c.; अन्यत्स्थानान्तरं गत्वा Pt.1. -12 Distance (in space); व्यामो बाह्वोः सकरयोस्ततयोस्ति- र्यगन्तरम् Ak.; प्रयातस्य कथंचिद् दूरमन्तरम् Ks.5.8. -13 Absence; तासामन्तरमासाद्य राक्षरीनां वराङ्गना Rām.; तस्यान्तरं च विदित्वा ibid. -14 Intermediate member, remove, step, gradation (of a generation &c.); एकान्तरम् Ms.1.13; द्वयेकान्तरासु जातानाम् 7; एकान्तरमामन्त्रितम् P.VIII.1.55; तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27 separated by one remove, See एकान्तर also. -15 Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; व्रीह्यन्तरेप्यणुः Trik.; मीनो राश्यन्तरे, वेणुर्नृपान्तरे ibid.; प्रासङ्गो युगान्तरम् cf. also प्रधानपुरुषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K.37. &c. -16 Weakness, weak or vulnerable point; a failing, defect, or defective point; प्रहरेदन्तरे रिपुम्, Śabdak. सुजयः खलु तादृगन्तरे Ki.2.52; असहद्भिर्माममिमित्रैर्नित्यमन्तरदर्शिभिः Rām; परस्यान्तरदर्शिना ibid.; कीटकेनेवान्तरं मार्गयमाणेन प्राप्तं मया महदन्तरम् Mk.9; अथास्य द्वादशे वर्षे ददर्श कलिरन्तरम् Nala.7.2.; हनूमतो वेत्ति न राक्षसो$न्तरं न मारुतिस्तस्य च राक्षसो$न्तरम् Rām. -17 Surety, guarantee, security; तेन तव विरूपकरणे सुकृतमन्तरे धृतम् Pt.4 he has pledged his honour that he will not harm you; आत्मान- मन्तरे$र्पितवान् K.247; अन्तरे च तयोर्यः स्यात् Y.2.239; भुवः संज्ञान्तरयोः P.III.2.179; धनिकाधमर्णयोरन्तरे यस्तिष्ठति विश्वासार्थं स प्रतिभूः Sk. -18 Regard, reference, account; न चैतदिष्टं माता मे यदवोचन्मदन्तरम् Rām. with reference to me; त्वदन्तरेण ऋणमेतत्. -19 Excellence, as in गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11). -2 A garment (परिधान). -21 Purpose, object, (तादर्थ्य) तौ वृषाविव नर्दन्तौ बलिनौ वासितान्तरे Mb.1.12.41; (Malli. on R.16.82). -22 Concealment, hiding; पर्व- तान्तरितो रविः (this sense properly belongs to अन्तर्-इ q. v.). -23 Representative, substitution. क्षात्रमाचरतो मार्गमपि बन्धोस्त्वदन्तरे Mb.12.1.3. -24 Destitution, being without (विना) which belongs to अन्तरेण. (अन्तरमवकाशाव- धिपरिधानान्तर्धिभेदतादर्थ्ये । छिद्रात्मीर्यावेनाबहिरवसरमध्येन्तरात्मनि च Ak.) [cf. L. alter] -25 Space (अवकाश); प्रेक्षतामृषि- सङ्घानां बभूव न तदान्तरम् Rām.7.14.19. -26 Separation (वियोग); भार्यापत्योरन्तरम् Mb.5.35.43. -27 A move or skilful play in wrestling; अन्योन्यस्थान्तरप्रेप्सू प्रचक्राते$न्तरं प्रति Mb.9.57.11. -28 A moulding of the pedestal and the base; षडंशं चान्तरे कर्णे उत्तरांशं तदूर्ध्वके । Māna.13.121; cf. स्थानात्मीयान्यतादर्थ्यरन्ध्रान्तर्धिषु चान्तरम् । परिधाने$वधौ मध्ये$- न्तरात्मनि नपुंसके । Nm. -Comp. -अपत्या a pregnant woman. -चक्रम् a technical term in augury Bṛi. S. chap.86. -ज्ञ a. knowing the interior, prudent, wise, foreseeing; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातु प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24 not knowing the difference. -तत् a. spreading havoc. -द a. cutting the interior or heart. -दिशा, अन्तरा दिक् intermediate region or quarter of the compass. -दृश् a. realizing the Supreme Soul (परमात्मानुसंधायिन्). -पु(पू)रुषः the internal man, soul (the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his deeds); तांस्तु देवाः प्रपश्यन्ति स्वस्यैवान्तरपूरुषः; Ms.8.85. -पूजा = अन्तर-पूजा. -प्रभवः [अन्तराभ्यां भिन्नवर्णमातापितृभ्यां प्रभवति] one of a mixed origin or caste. (अम्बष्ठ, क्षत्तृ, करण, इ.); अन्तरप्रभवाणां च धर्मान्नो वक्तुमर्हसि Ms.1.2. -प्रश्नः an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been previously mentioned. -शायिन् -स्थ, -स्थायिन् -स्थित a. 1 inward, internal, inherent; ˚स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केन चित् Pt. 1.221. -2 interposed, intervening, separate. -3 seated in the heart, an epithet of जीव.

andolayati	अन्दोलयति Den. P. To swing, agitate, rock to and fro, oscillate. See आन्दोल्

anya	अन्य a. [अन् अध्न्यादि˚ य; अन्यः, न्यस्मै, ˚स्मात्; n. अन्यत् &c.] 1 Another, different, other (भिन्न); another, other (generally); स एव त्वन्यः क्षणेन भवतीति विचित्रमेतत् Bh. 2.4; अन्यदेव भागधेयमेते निर्वपन्ति Ś.2; सर्वमन्यत् everything else; किमुतान्यहिंस्राः R.2.62; changed, altered; संप्रत्यन्ये वयम् Bh.3.66 quite different persons; oft. in comp. अन्यसङ्गात्, अनन्यसाधारण &c. -2 Other than, different from, else than (with abl. or as last member of comp.); नास्ति जीवितादन्यदभिमततरमिह सर्वजन्तूनाम् K.35; को$स्ति धन्यो मदन्यः Bv.4.37; उत्थितं ददृशे$न्यञ्च कबन्धेभ्यो न किंचन R.12.49; किमन्यदस्याः परिषदः श्रुतिप्रसादनतः Ś.1; oft. used in addition to ऋते or विना; ऋते समुद्रादन्यः को विभर्ति वडवानलम् Pt.5.35; किं नु खलु मे प्रियादर्श- नादृते शरणमन्यत् Ś.3. -3 Another person, one different from self (opp. स्व, आत्मीय); वासश्च धृतमन्यैर्न धारयेत् Ms.4.66. -4 Strange, unusual, extraordinary; अन्य एव स प्रकारः K.168; अन्या जगद्धितमयी मनसः प्रवृत्तिः Bv. 1.69; धन्या मृदन्यैव सा S. D. -5 Ordinary, any one; निरातङ्कः कन्यामन्यो$पि याचते Mv.1.31; cf. इतर. -6 Additional, new, more; अन्यान् दशसुवर्णान्प्रयच्छ Mk.2 another ten (coins); अन्यदन्यन्नलिनदलशयनम् K.157 new and new (changing every now and then); अन्यस्मिन् दिवसे another day; one of a number (with gen.); अन्यच्च moreover, besides, and again (used to connect sentences together); एक- अन्य the one-the other; एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी । काङ्क्षन्त्यन्यो वदनमदिरां दौहृदच्छद्मनास्याः Me.8; see under एक also; अन्य-अन्य one another; अन्यः करोति अन्यो भुङ्क्ते one does, another suffers; अन्यन्मुखे अन्यन्निर्वहणे Mu.5; अन्यदुग्तं जातमन्यत् Ms.9.4,99; 8.24; कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते Pt.1.35; अन्यदुच्छृङ्खलं सत्त्वमन्यच्छास्त्र- नियन्त्रितं Śi.2.62; अन्य-अन्य-अन्य &c. one, another, third, fourth &c., जल्पन्ति सार्धमन्येन पश्यन्त्यन्यं सविभ्रमाः । हृद्गतं चिन्त- यन्त्यन्यं प्रियः को नाम योषिताम् Pt.1.135; मनस्यन्यद्ववचस्यन्यत् कार्यमन्यद् दुरात्मनाम् H.1.97.; (in pl.) केचित्-अन्ये some- others; एके-अन्ये-तथान्ये (बीजमेके प्रशंसन्ति क्षेत्रमन्ये मनीषिणः । बीजक्षेत्रे तथैवान्ये तत्रेयं तु व्यवस्थितिः ॥) Ms.1.7;4.9;12.123. [cf. L. alius; Gr. allos for aljos, Zend anya]. -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a different meaning, sense, or purpose. -असाधारण a. not common to others, peculiar. -आश्र- यण a. going or passing over to another. -उदर्य a. born from another; नहि ग्रभायारणः सुशेवो$न्योदर्यो मनसा मन्तवा उ Rv. 7.4.8. (-र्यः) a step-mother's son, a half brother. (-र्या a half sister. -ऊढा a. married to another; another's wife. -कारुका a worm bred in excrement (शकृत्कीटः). -क्षेत्रम् 1 another field. -2 another or foreign territory. अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्रलेपो भविष्यति ॥ -3 another's wife. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going to another. -2 adulterous, unchaste; वणिजां तु कुलस्त्रीव स्थिरा लक्ष्मीरन- न्यगा Ks.21.56;19.27. -गोत्र a. of a different family or lineage. -चित्त a. having the mind fixed on something or some one else; see ˚मनस्. -ज, -जात a. of a different origin. -जन्मन् a. another life or existence, regeneration, metempsychosis. -दुर्वह a. difficult to be borne by others. -देवत, -त्य, -दैवत्य a. addressed or referring to another deity (as a Vedic Mantra). -धर्मन् a. having another or different property. (-र्मः) different property or characteristic. -धी a. whose mind is turned away from God. -नाभि a. belonging to another family. -पदार्थः 1 another substance. -2 the sense of another word; ˚प्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः the Bahuvrīhi compound essentially depends on the sense of another word. -पर a. 1 devoted to another or something else. -2 expressing or referring to something else. -पुष्टा, -भृता 'reared by another', epithet of the cuckoo, which is supposed to be reared by the crow (called अन्यभृत्); अप्यन्यपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1.45; कलमन्यभृतासु भाषितम् R.8.59. -पूर्वा [अन्यः पतिः पूर्वो यस्याः] 1 a womon already promised or betrothed to another. -2 a remarried widow (पुनर्भू) see अनन्यपूर्व. -बीज, -बीजसमुद्भव, -समुत्पन्न an adopted son (born from other parents), one who may be adopted as a son for want of legitimate issue. -भृत् m. a crow (rearing another, it being supposed to sit on the eggs of the cuckoo and to rear its young ones), cf. Ś5.22. -मनस्, -मनस्क, -मानस a. 1 having the mind fixed on something else; inattentive. -2 fickle, versatile, unsteady; अन्यमनसः स्त्रियः H.1.111 absentminded; possessed by a demon. -मातृजः a half-brother (born of another mother) असंसृष्ट्यापि बा$$दद्यात्संसृष्टो नान्यमातृजः Y.2.139. -रङ्गः the second court or theatre or a compound; Māna. 21.144. -राजन्, -राष्ट्रीय a. subject to another king or kingdom (Ved.). -रूप a. having another form, changed, altered; पद्मिनीं वान्यरूपाम् Me.85. (-पम्) another or changed form; ˚पेण in another form. -लिङ्ग, -ङ्गक a. following the gender of another word (i. e. the substantive), an adjective; ऊषवानूषरो द्वावप्यन्यलिङ्गौ Ak. -वादिन् a. 1 giving false evidence. -2 a defendant in general. -वापः the cuckoo leaving the eggs in the nests of other birds. -विवर्धित a. = पुष्ट a cuckoo. -व्रत a. following other (than Vedic) observances, devoted to other gods, infidel. -शाखः, -खकः a Bārhmaṇa who has gone over to another school (of religion &c.); an apostate. -संक्रान्त a. fixed on or transferred to another (woman); ˚हृदयः आर्यपुत्रः M.3,4. -संगमः intercourse with another; illicit intercourse. -साधारण a. common to many others. -स्त्री another's wife, a woman not one's own. [In Rhetoric she is considered as one of three chief female characters in a poetical composition, the other two being स्वीया and साधारणी स्त्री. अन्या may be either a damsel or another's wife. The 'damsel' is one not yet married, who is bashful and arrived at the age of puberty. As "another's wife" she is fond of festivals and similar occasions of amusement, who is a disgrace to her family and utterly destitute of modesty, see S. D. 18-11]. ˚गः an adulterer. यस्य स्तेनः पुरे नास्ति नान्यस्त्रीगो न दुष्टवाक्... स राजा शक्रलोकभाक्; Ms.8.386. [Note: Some compounds under अन्य will be found under अनन्य.]

anvācayaḥ	अन्वाचयः [प्रधानस्य पश्चादन्यः आचीयते बोध्यते यत्र, चि- अच्] 1 Statement of a secondary (गौण) rite or action after the mention of a primary (प्रधान) one; adding an object of secondary importance to the main object, one of the senses of the particle च; चान्वाचये समाहारे Ak.; अन्यतरस्यानुषङ्गिकत्वे$न्वाचयः; as भो भिक्षामट गां चानय where going out to beg is enjoined to the beggar as his principal object, and the bringing of a cow (if he can see any) is tacked on to it as a secondary object. -2 Such an object itself. -Comp. -शिष्ट a. propounded as a rule or matter of secondary importance.

anvādeśaḥ	अन्वादेशः 1 Subsequent or repeated mention, referring to what has been previously mentioned; er-employment of the same word in a subsequent part of a sentence, or of the same thing to perform a subsequent operation; आदेशः कथनं अन्वादेशः अनुकथनम् Kāśi. on P.II.4.32. (इदम् and एतद् are said to assume the forms एने, एनौ, एनान् &c. in the sense of अन्वादेशः; किंचित्कार्यं विधातुमुपात्तस्य कार्यान्तरं विधातुं पुनरुपादानं अन्वादेशः; e. g. अनेन व्याकरणमधीतं एनं छन्दो$ध्यापय; अनयोः पवित्रं कुलं एनयोः प्रभूतं स्वम् Sk.). -2 An additional statement, a supplement; शूद्रश्च न देय इत्यन्वादेशः ŚB. on MS.6.7.7.

anvayaḥ	अन्वयः [इ कर्तरि भावे वा अच्] 1 Going after, following; follower, retinue, attendants; का त्वमेकाकिनी भीरु निरन्वयजने वने Bk.5.66. -2 Association, connection, relation; गन्धः कटुकान्वयः = कटुकान्वितः. -3 The natural order or connection of words in a sentence, construing grammatical order or relation; पदानां परस्पराकाङ्क्षा योग्यता च, or शब्दानां परस्परमर्थानुगमनम्; तात्पर्याख्यां वृत्तिमाहुः पदार्थान्वय- बोधने S. D.; logical connection of words, अत्र (in the ex. तिष्ठतु सर्पिः) सर्पिःशब्दस्य स्थितिक्रियायामन्वयः P. VIII.3.44 Sk; परस्परनिरपेक्षस्यानेकस्य एकस्मिन्नन्वयः समुच्चयः P.II.2.29 Sk. -4 Drift, tenor, purport. -5 Race, family, lineage; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये R.1.9,12;3.27;12. 33; अन्वयगुणः Mv.4.22 virtue of my race. -6 Descendants, posterity; ताभ्य ऋते अन्वयः Y.2.117; स˚ along with the family or descendants; Ms.2.168; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27. -7 Logical connection of cause and effect, logical continuance; जन्माद्यस्य यतो$न्वयादितरतः Bhāg.1.1.1. -8 Being seen (प्रत्यक्ष); स्यात्साहसं त्वन्वयवत् प्रसभं कर्म यत्कृतम् । निरन्वयं भवेत्स्तेयम्... Ms.8.332. -9 (In Nyāya) Statement of the constant and invariable concomitance of the हेतु (middle term) and the साध्य (major term) of an Indian syllogism (हेतुसाध्ययोर्व्याप्तिरन्वयः). In the familiar instance पर्वतो वह्निमान् धूमवत्त्वात् the relation यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निः (wherever there is smoke there is fire) is called अन्वय or अन्वयव्याप्ति. अन्वय, in fact, corresponds to the universal A proposition of European logic 'All A is B.' The 'व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति' means an assertion of the concomitance of the absence of साध्य and the absence of हेतु (तदभावयोः हेत्वभावसाध्याभावयोः व्याप्तिः) and corresponds to the converted A proposition 'All not-B is not-A'; or in Sanskrit यत्र यत्र वह्निर्नास्ति तत्र तत्र धूमो$पि नास्ति; and a cause or हेतु is said to be connected with its effect by अन्वयव्यतिरेकव्याप्ति when both the affirmative and negative relations between the thing to be proved and the cause that proves can be equally asserted; such a Hetu alone makes the argument perfectly sound and incapable of refutation. This process of arriving at the Vyāpti or universal proposition corresponds to the methods of Agreement and Difference in Mill's Logic; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितम् Mu.5.1. -Com. -आगत a. hereditary; Pt.1,3; ˚तं वैरम् Pt.3. -ज्ञः a genealogist; अथ स्तुते बन्दिभिरन्वयज्ञैः R.6.8. -व्यतिरेक (˚कौ or ˚कम्) 1 positive and negative assertion; agreement and contrariety or difference; see above. -2 rule and exception. -व्याप्तिः f. affirmative assertion or agreement, affirmative universal.

anvīkṣ	अन्वीक्ष् 1 A. 1 To keep looking or gazing at, keep in view. -2 To search, seek for, inquire into; reflect or meditate upon, think of.

apaṭī	अपटी [अल्पः पटः पटी, न. त.] 1 A screen or wall of cloth, particularly the screen or kanāt surrounding a tent. -2 A curtain. -Comp. -क्षेपः (अपटक्षेपः) tossing aside the curtain; ˚क्षेपेण (= अकस्मात्) 'with a (hurried) toss of the curtain', frequently occurring as a stage direction and denoting precipitate entrance on the stage which arises from fear, hurry, agitation &c., as when a character tossing up the curtain suddenly enters without the usual introduction ततः प्रविशति &c.

apatyam	अपत्यम् [न पतन्ति पितरो$नेन, पत् बाहु˚ करणे यत् न. त.; some derive it from अप, the termination त्य being added to it, as in तत्रत्य, अत्रत्य, sprung from a stock; Yāska gives two etymologies : अपत्यं कस्मात् अपततं भवति पितुः सकाशादेत्य पृथगिव ततं भवति, अनेन जातेन सता पिता नरके न पततीति चा] Offspring, child, progeny, issue (of animals and men); offspring in general (male or female); sons or grandsons and other later generations of a Gotra; अपत्यं पौत्रप्रभृत्ति गोत्रम् P.IV.1.162; अपत्यैरिव नीवार भागधेयो चितैर्मृमैः R.1.5. (Bhavabhūti calls apatya 'a knot for tying parents together' अन्योन्यसंश्लेषणम् पित्रोः; अन्तः- करणतत्त्वस्य दम्पत्योः स्नेहसंश्रयात् । आनन्दग्रन्थिरेको$यमपत्यमिति वध्यते ॥ U.3.17). -2 A partronymic affix; स्त्रीपुंसयोरपत्यान्ताः Ak.; ˚अधिकारप्रकरणम् Sk.; -Comp. -काम a. desirous of progeny. -जीवः N. of a plant (Mar. पुत्रजीवी). -द a. giving offspring (as a Mantra &c.) -ता State of childhood; शूद्रावेदी पतति......तदपत्यतया भृगोः Ms.3.16. (-दा) N. of a plant (गर्भदात्रीवृक्ष). -पथः the vulva. -प्रत्ययः a patronymic affix. -विक्रयिन् m. a seller of his children, a father who sells his girl for money to a bridegroom. -शत्रुः [अपत्यं शत्रुर्गर्भभेदनेन नाशकं यस्याः सा] 1 'having the child for its enemy', a crab (said to die in producing young). -2 a serpent. -साच् a. Ved. accompanied with offspring.

apatha	अपथ a. [नास्ति पन्था यत्र] Pathless, roadless; ˚थो देशः, ˚था नगरी &c. -थम्, -थः (also अपन्थाः P.V.4.72, II.4.3) 1 Not a way, absence of a way or road, pathless state; a bad or wrong road (lit.); अपन्थानं तु गच्छन्तं सोदरो$पि विमुच्चति Rām. (fig.) irregularity, deviation, a moral irregularity or deviation, a wrong road, bad or evil course; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि श्रुत- वन्तो$पि रजोनिमीलिताः R.9.74;17.54; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथम- पकृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5.1 follows evil ways; कारितस्त्वमपथे पदं मया Ki.13.45,64. -2 Heresy, heterodoxy (in opinions). -3 The vulva. -था Name of several plants. -थम् ind. By or in the wrong way, astray; अपथं वर्तते Sk. -Comp. -गामिन् a. pursuing evil courses; heretical. -प्रपन्न a. taking to evil ways (as man); spent or used out of place, misapplied, misspent (as money &c.); यः काकि- नीमप्यपथप्रपन्नां समुद्धरेन्निष्कसहस्रतुल्याम् H.3.116.

apadeśaḥ	अपदेशः 1 Statement, adducing (उपदेश); pointing out, mentioning the name of; अपदेशो मे जनकान्नोत्पत्ति- र्वसुधातलात् Rām.6.116.16. नैष न्यायो यद्दातुरपदेशः Dk.6; हेत्वपदेशात् प्रतिज्ञायाः पुनर्वचनं निगमनम् Nyāya S.; दीक्षाया अप- देशात् Kāty. -2 (a) A pretext, pretence, plea, excuse; contrivance; अवेक्ष्यमाणा शनकैर्जगाम कृत्वाग्निहोत्रस्य तदापदेशम् Mb.3.111.18 केनापदेशेन पुनराश्रमं गच्छामः Ś.2; रक्षापदेशा- न्मुनिहोमधेनोः R.2.8; व्रतापदेशोज्झितगर्ववृत्तिना V.3.12. (b) Guise, disguise, form; विकटदुष्टश्वापदापदेशकालगोचरं गता Māl.7; मन्त्रिपदापदेशं यौवराज्यम् Dk.11. -3 Statement of the reason, adducing a cause, the second (हेतु) of the five members of an Indian syllogism (according to the Vaiśeṣikas). -4 A butt, mark (लक्ष्य). -5 A place, quarter. -6 Refusal, rejection. -7 Fame, reputation. -8 Deceit. -9 (अपकृष्टो देशः) A bad or wrong place. -1 Danger or peril. cf. अपदेशः पदे लक्ष्ये स्यात् प्रसिद्धनिमित्तयोः । औदार्यशौर्यधैर्येषु निःसीमव्यपदेशयोः । Nm.

apadeśya	अपदेश्य pot. p. 1 To be feigned, adduced &c. -2 Being in a wrong place. -3 To be indicated or stated; अपदिश्यापदेश्यं च Ms.8.54.

apabhraṃśaḥ	अपभ्रंशः 1 Falling down or away, a fall; अत्यारूढि- र्भवति महतामप्यपभ्रंशनिष्ठा Ś.4 v. l. ending in a (precipitate) fall. -2 A corrupted word, corruption; घर is an अपभ्रंश or corruption of गृह; (hence) an incorrect word whether formed against the rules of grammar or used in a sense not strictly Sanskrit; see अपशब्द. -3 A corrupt language, one of the lowest forms of the Prākṛita dialect used by cow-herds &c. (in kāvyas); (in Śāstras) any language other than Sanskrit; आभीरादिगिरः काव्येष्वपभ्रंश इति स्मृताः । शास्त्रेषु संस्कृतादन्य- दपभ्रंशतयोदितम् ॥ Kāv.1.

aparādhaḥ	अपराधः An offence, a fault, guilt, crime, sin, mistake, error; (32 kinds are usually stated in Śāstras); कमपराधलवं मयि पश्यसि V.4.29; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; सर्वापराधेषु अवध्याः खलु दूताः Abhiṣeka I. यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$प- राधात् Śik.52 mistake or error in accent; sometimes with gen. or loc. of person; अदः सुरेन्द्रस्य कृतापराधान् दैत्यान् V.1.2; कृतापराधमिव त्वय्यात्मानमवगच्छति K.23. -Comp. -क्षमापनस्तोत्रम् A panegyric to Devī (देवीस्तोत्र) by a later Śaṅkarāchārya in which there is a striking and melodious ending at the end of each verse as कुपुत्रो जायेत क्वचिदपि कुमाता न भवति । -भञ्जनः the destroyer of sins, epithet of Śiva; ˚स्तोत्रम् a short poem by Śaṅkarāchārya in praise of Śiva, the fourth line of the verses being usually क्षन्तव्यो मे$पराधः शिव शिव शिव भोः श्रीमहादेव शम्भो ।

aparigraha	अपरिग्रह a. Without possessions or belonging, attendants &c; Without a wife; तदाप्रभृत्येव विमुक्तसङ्गः पतिः पशूनामपरिग्रहो$भूत Ku.1.53. quite destitute, as in निराशीर- परिग्रहः Bg.6.1. -हः 1 Non-acceptance, rejection, renunciation, one of the several kinds of yamas (mental restraints) stated in Yogaśāstra by Patañjali. -2 Destitution, poverty. अपरिचयिन् aparicayin परिचेय paricēya अपरिचयिन् परिचेय a. Having no acquaintance; unsocial, misanthropic.

apariṣkaraḥ	अपरिष्करः Want of polish or refinement (moral or physical); coarseness, rudeness, unrefined state.

apavṛtta	अपवृत्त p. p. 1 Turned away, reversed, inverted, overturned; agitated, disturbed; मुकुटेनापवृत्तेन कुण्डलोज्जव- लिताननम् Rām.5.1.25; ˚जठरशफरी Ki.12.49. -2 With downward face; व्याकीर्णस्फुरदपवृत्तरुण्डखण्डः Māl.3.17. -3 Ended, finished. -त्तम् The ecliptic.

apuṃstvam	अपुंस्त्वम् The state of a eunuch, impotent state.

apoh	अपोह् 1 U. [अप-उह् or ऊह्] To remove, drive or push away, dispel, take away, destroy; स हि विघ्नान- पोहति Ś.3.1; कुसुमानि...प्रभवन्त्यायुरपोहितुं यदि R.8.44,54; पूर्वमुत्सवमपौहदुत्सवः (उत्तरः) 19.5 pushed away, displaced, supplanted; मनसिजरुजं सा वा दिव्या ममालमपोहितुम् V.3.1; अकिञ्चिदपि कुर्वाणः सौख्यैर्दुःखान्यपोहति U.2.19 Removes; Bk.17.83;15.119; Ms.8.414,11.18; कल्पनाया अपोढः कल्पनापोढः P.II.1.38 Sk. removed from, or beyond imagination -2 To heal, cure (as illness). 3 To avoid, give up, leave; सर्वान् रसानपोहेत Ms.1.86; पञ्चवठ्यां ततो रामः...अनपोढस्थितिस्तस्थौ R.12.31 not leaving (the path of) propriety. -4 To deny; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वा चेत् S. D.73. -5 To reason, argue by way of opposing a statement.

apnaḥ	अप्नः अप्नस् n. [आप्-असुन् नुट् ह्रस्वश्च, Uṇ.4.27] 1 Possession, property. -2 Work, sacrificial act or rite, any act. -3 Offspring. -4 Form, shape. -5 To be obtained (used actively); [cf. L. ops]. -Comp. -स्थ a. superintending work (कर्मण्यधिकृत); (or m.) proprietor of an estate. -राजः lord of wealth or property, illustrious by means of works; directing works to be done (कर्मप्रेरक).

apratiyatnaḥ	अप्रतियत्नः Natural or spontaneous state.

apradhāna	अप्रधान a. Subordinate, secondary, inferior; आवां तावदप्रधानौ H.2. -नम् (˚ता, ˚त्वम्) 1 Subordinate or secondary state, inferiority. -2 A secondary or subordinate act. (The word अप्रधान usually occurs in the neuter gender either by itself, or as an attribute to a noun, or as last member of comp.)

apramāda	अप्रमाद a. Careful, vigilant, cautious, steady. -दः Care, attention, vigilance. -दम् ind. Carefully, attentively, uninterruptedly. -ता The state of being cautious; शौचाक्रोधाप्रमादता Y.3.313. -दिन् a. careful; तस्मै मां ब्रूहि विप्राय निधिपायाप्रमादिने Ms.2.115.

abhijña	अभिज्ञ a. [ज्ञा-क्र] 1 Knowing, aware of, one who understands or is acquainted with, experiencing or having had experience of (with gen. or loc. in comp.); कान्तारवनदुर्गाणामभिज्ञा Rām.4.39.28. यद्वा कौशलमिन्द्रसूनुदमने तत्राप्यभिज्ञो जनः U.5.34; अभिज्ञाच्छेदपातानां क्रियन्ते नन्दनद्रुमाः Ku.2.41, Me.16; R.7.64; अनभिज्ञो भवान्सेवाधर्मस्य Pt.1. -2 Skilled in, conversant with, proficient, skilful, clever; यदि त्वमीदृशः कथायामभिज्ञः U.4., see अनभिज्ञ also. -ज्ञः Brahmā, The Almighty; देहाद्यपार्थमसदन्त्यमभिज्ञमात्रं विन्देत ते तर्हि सर्वमनीषितार्थम् Bhāg.12.8.44. -ज्ञा 1 Recognition. -2 Remembrance, recollection; अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III. 2.112. -3 A supernatural faculty or power of which five kinds are usually mentioned:- (1) taking any form at will; (2) hearing to any distance; (3) seeing to any distance; (4) penetrating men's thoughts; (5) knowing their state and antecedents. Monier Williams. cf. नामस्मृत्योरभिज्ञा स्यात् Nm.

abhidhā	अभिधा 3 U. 1 (a) To say, speak, tell (with acc. rarely with dat.); सा तथ्यमेवाभिहिता भवेन Ku.3.63; Ms.1.42; Bk.7.78. य इदं परमं गुह्यं मद्भक्तेष्वभिधास्यति Bg.18.68. (b) To denote, express or convey directly or primarily (as sense &c.); state, mention, set forth; साक्षात्संकेतितं यो$र्थमभिधत्ते स वाचकः K. P.2; तन्नाम येनाभि- दधाति सत्त्वम्. (c) To speak or say to, address. -2 To name, call, designate; usually in pass. (-धीयते); इदं शरीरं कौन्तेय क्षेत्रमित्यभिधीयते Bg.13.1. -3 To lay or put on, fasten, bind; to overlay, load; assail; receive, comprehend, include; to draw oneself towards, hold, support (mostly Ved. in these senses.)

abhidhyai	अभिध्यै 1 P. (epic 2 P.) 1 To meditate upon, reflect, consider, think of; यदभिध्याम्यहं शश्वच्छुभं वा यदि वा$शुभम् Mb. -2 To covet, wish or desire for; परद्रव्याण्यभि- ध्यायन् Y.3.134.

abhinunna	अभिनुन्न a. Agitated, full of woe; दण्डकाष्ठाभिनुन्नाङ्गी चचाल भृशमाकुला Mb.14.58.29.

abhipanna	अभिपन्न p. p. 1 Gone or come near, approached, run towards, gone to (a state &c.); त्वमन्यमाकारमिवाभिपन्नः Ki.3.46. -2 Fled, fugitive, seeking refuge with. -3 Subdued, overpowered, afflicted, seized &c.; कालाधिपन्नाः सीदन्ति सिकतासेतवो यथा Rām. सीता वितत्रास यथा वनान्ते सिंहाभिपन्ना गजराजकन्या Rām.5.28.1. यदिदं सर्वं मृत्युनाभिपन्नम् Śat. Br.; दोष˚, कश्मल˚, व्याघ्र˚ &c. -4 Unfortunate, fallen into difficulties &c. -5 Accepted; Rām. 6.63.24. -6 Guilty; अभिपन्ना$स्मि पाञचालि याज्ञसेनि क्षमस्व मे Mb.3.233.61. -7 Removed to a distance. -8 Dead. -9 Endowed see उपपन्न; अभिपन्नमिदं लोके राज्ञामुद्यतदण्डनम् Mb. 12.32.2. -1 Protected; मया$भिपन्नं तं चापि न सर्पो धर्षयिष्यति Mb.1.5.2.

abhibhā	अभिभा Ved. [अभिभा-अङ्] 1 Apparition, phenomenon; an inauspicious omen. मा त्वा का चिदभिमा विश्व्या विदत् Rv.2.42.1. -2 A calamity, state of being overpowered. -3 Superiority.

abhimānaḥ	अभिमानः 1 Pride (in a good sense), self-respect, honourable or worthy feeling; सदाभिमानैकधना हि मानिनः Śi.1.67; त्यक्त्वा जातिकुलाभिमानमुचितम् Bh.3.5. अभिमानधनस्य गत्वरैः Ki.2.19; संकल्पयोनेरभिमानभूतम् Ku.3.24. -2 Self-conceit, pride, arrogance, haughtiness, egotism, highopinion of oneself; शिथिल˚ नाः संवृत्ताः M.2, Bh.3.46, Bg.16.4.; (अतिमानः is another reading) ˚वत् proud, conceited. -3 Referring all objects to self, the act of अहंकार, personality, misconception (मित्याज्ञानम्), see अहंकार. -4 Conceit, conception; supposition, belief, opinion; मुनिरस्मि निरागसः कुतो मे भयमित्येष न भूतये$भिमानः Ki.13.7. -5 Knowledge, consciousness (बुद्धि, ज्ञान); साधारण्याभिमानतः S. D. -6 Affection, love. -7 Desire, wishing for. -8 Laying claim to. -9 Injury, Killing, seeking to injure. -1 A sort of state occasioned by love. -नम् Authority (प्रमाण); ये चरन्त्यभिमानानि सृष्टार्थ- मनुषङ्गिणः Mb.12.168.23. -Comp. -शालिन् a. proud. -शून्य a. void of pride or arrogance, humble.

abhimṛd	अभिमृद् 1 P. To crush by standing, tread under foot, trample down; oppress, devastate (as a country). -2 (In astr.) To contend against, oppose, be in opposition.

abhilulita	अभिलुलित a. 1 Agitated, disturbed. -2 Playful, unsteady.

abhiṣaṅgaḥ	अभिषङ्गः (also अभिसङ्गः) 1 Complete contact or union; attachment, connection, association; कन्यका दुन्वन्ति हृदयं मनुष्याणामीदृशाद् दुरभिसङ्गात् Māl.7 ill attachment or union; Māl 8; मुहुरिति वनविभ्रमाभिषङ्गात् Śi.7.68; K.146,29. -2 Defeat, mortification, discomfiture; जाताभिषङ्गे नृपतिः R.2.3. -3 A sudden blow, shock or grief, a sudden calamity or misfortune, unexpected reverse; ततो$भिषङ्गानिलविप्रविद्धा R.14.54,77; Ku.3.73; ˚जडं विजज्ञिवान् R.8.75. -4 Possession by devils or evil spirits; अभिघाताभिषङ्गाभ्यामभिचाराभिशापतः Mādh. N. -5 An oath. -6 Embracing; copulation. -7 A curse or imprecation, abuse. -8 A false charge or accusation, calumny or defamation. -9 Contempt, disrespect. -1 The state of being disturbed in mind; उच्चारितं मे मनसो$भिषङ्गात् Mb.5.3.1. cf. अभिषङ्गस्तु शपथे शापे सङ्गे पराभवे Nm. -Comp. -ज्वरः fever caused by the action of evil spirits.

abhisaṃpad	अभिसंपद् 4 A. 1 To become (anything); to be changed to, be similar to, assume the state of; ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंपद्यते Ch. Up.8.15.1. इष्टकामग्निरभिसंपद्यते Śat. Br. श्रोत्रे हीमे सर्वे वेदा अभिसंपन्नाः ibid. -2 To come or go, arrive at. -3 To get, to obtain. -Caus. To make similar to, change into.

abhyāgam	अभ्यागम् 1 P. 1 To go near to, draw near, approach; visit; see अभ्यागत below; to come, arrive (as time). -2 To come to, fall into, go to any state; चिन्ताभ्यागतः fell to thinking.

abhyārūḍha	अभ्यारूढ p. p. 1 Ascended, gone up to. -2 Surpassed, excelled. अभ्यारोहः abhyārōhḥ रोहणम् rōhaṇam अभ्यारोहः रोहणम् 1 Ascending, mounting, going up to. -2 Ascending in prayer or devotion, muttering holy prayers; अथातः पवमानानामेवाभ्यारोहः Bṛi. Up.1.3. 28. -3 Transition from one place or state to another. -4 Progress.

abhyupe	अभ्युपे 2. P. [˚उप-इ] 1 To go near, approach, arrive, enter; व्यतीतकालस्त्वहमभ्युपेतः R.5.14,16.22; त्रिरह्नो$ भ्युपयन्नपः Ms.11.259 entering the water i. e. bathing; Y.3.3. -2 To go to or enter a particular state, attain to; सत्यं न तद्यच्छलमभ्युपैति H.3.54 so ब्राह्मणतां, वैश्यतां, सखित्वम् &c. -3 To agree, (to do something), accept, promise, undertake; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. अस्यै दास्यमभ्युपेतं मया Dk.44,55,89,138,159. -4 To admit, grant, own, acknowledge, Śi.11.67; श्रुत्यैव च तर्कस्याभ्युपेतत्वात् Ś. B.; Dk.45. -5 To approve, agree with, assent to. -6 To obey, submit to, be faithful to; विरोध्य मोहात्पुनरभ्युपेयुषाम् Ki.18.42.

abhva	अभ्व a. 1 Huge, large (महत् Nir.). -2 Mighty strong or powerful. -3 monstrous, immense, terrible; आ यो नो अभ्व ईषते Rv.1.39.8. -भ्वम् Immense power, immensity. -2 Monstrosity, hugeness; (the great pervading principle of the universe; water; a cloud; embarrassed state, calamity; a monster; अरीरमत् पतयत् कच्चिदभ्वम् Rv.6.71.5; closeness; offspring, given by B. and R.)

ama	अम a. Unripe (as fruit). -मः 1 Going. -2 Pressure, weight; strength, power (बलम्). -3 Fright, terror. -4 Sickness, disease. -5 A servant, follower, an attendant. -6 Vital air, life-wind (प्राण). -7 This self. -8 Unmeasured state. -मा 1 Soul. -2 Unmeasured state.

amara	अमर a. [मृ-पचाद्यच् न. त.] Undying, immortal, imperishable; अजरामरवत् प्राज्ञो विद्यामर्थं च चिन्तयेत् H. Pr.3, Ms.2.148. अजरो$मरो$मृतः Bṛi. Up.4.4.25. -रः 1 A god, deity. -2 N. of a Marut. -3 N. of a plant Euphorbia Tirucalli (स्नुहीवृक्ष; Mar. शेर). Tiaridium Indicum (हस्तिशुण्ड ?; Mar. भुरुंडी). -4 Quick-silver. -5 Gold. -6 A species of pine. -7 The number 33. (that being the number of Gods.) -8 N. of Amarasiṁha, see below; of a mountain. -9 Mystical signification of the syllable उ. -1 A heap of bones. -रा 1 The residence of Indra (cf. अमरावती). -2 The naval string; umbilical cord. -3 The womb. -4 A house-post (स्थूणा). -5 N. of several plants; इन्द्रवारुणी, वटी, महानीली, घृतकुमारी, स्नुही, गुडूची, दूर्वा. -री The same as अमरा. -Comp. -अङ्गना, -स्त्री a celestial nymph, heavenly damsel; मुषाण रत्नानि हरामराङ्गनाः Śi.1. 51. -अद्रिः 'mountain of the gods'; हृतामराद्रिस्थानेन ज्ञापितो भौमचेष्टितम् Bhāg.1.59.2. N. of the mountain Sumeru. -अधिपः, -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -पतिः, -भर्ता, -राजः &c. 'The lord of the gods', epithets of Indra; प्रेमदत्तवदना- निलः पिवन्नत्यजीवदमरालकेश्वरौ R.19.15. शान्तं पापं न वः किंचित् कुतश्चिदमराधिप Rām.2.74.22. sometimes of Śiva and Viṣṇu also, -आचार्यः, -गुरुः, -इज्यः, 'preceptor of the gods', epithets of Bṛihaspati. -आपगा, -तटिनी, -सरित् f. the heavenly river, an epithet of the Ganges; ˚तटिनीरोधसि वसन् Bh.3.123. -आलयः the abode of the gods, heaven, तत्रामरालयमरालमरालकेशि N. -उत्तम a. the best of the gods. -उपम a. God-like. -कण्टकम् N. of the part of the Vindhya range which is near the source of the river Narmadā. -कोटः 'the fortress of the immortals', N. of the capital of a (modern) Rajaput state. -कोशः, -षः N. of the most popular Sanskṛit lexicon called after the author अमरसिंह. ˚कौमुदी Title of a commentary on अमरकोश. -गुरुः 1 Bṛihaspati. -2 The planet Jupiter. -चन्द्रः Name of the author of Bālabhārata. -(रं)जयः Conquering the gods. Bhaviṣya P. -जः N. of a tree, a kind of खदिर. -तरुः, -दारु 1 a celestial tree, a tree in the paradise of Indra; अमरतरुकुसुमसौरभसेवनसंपूर्णसकलकामस्य Bv.1.28. -2 देवदारु -3 the wish-yielding tree. -दत्तः Name of a lexicographer, of a prince. Ks. -द्विजः a Brāhmaṇa who lives by attending a temple or idol; or one who superintends a temple. -पुरम् 1 the residence of the gods, celestial paradise. -2 N. of various other towns. -पुष्पः, -ष्पकः 1 N. of several plants (केतक, चूत). -2 N. of a kind of grass. -3 the wish-yielding tree (कल्पवृक्ष). -पुष्पिका N. of a plant (अधःपुष्पीवृक्ष); a kind of anise. -प्रख्य, -प्रभ a. like an immortal. -प्रभुः one of the 1 names of Viṣṇu. -माला N. of a lexicon. (said to be composed by the same author as that of Amarakośa.) -रत्नम a crystal. -राजः N. of Indra. -लोकः the world of the gods, heaven; ˚ता heavenly bliss; तेषु सम्यग्वर्तमानो गच्छत्यमरलोकताम् Ms.2.5. -वल्लरी N. of a plant (आकाशवल्ली). -सिंहः N. of the author of Amarakośa; he was a Jaina and is said to have been one of the 9 gems that adorned the court of king Vikramāditya. The dates of many of these 'gems' are still doubtful. -स्त्री An Apsaras or a nymph of heaven.

amaratā	अमरता त्वम् The state of the gods, immortality.

amarman	अमर्मन् a. Ved. Not a vital organ or part of the body, having no joint or vital part. येभिर्वृत्रस्येषितो विवेदा- मर्मणो मन्यमानस्य मर्म Rv.3.32.4. -Comp. -जात a. not produced in a vital organ. -वेधिन् a. not injuring the vital parts; mild, soft. -वेधिता f. The state of not inflicting severe injury on others, absence of acrimony (one of the thirtyfive Vāg-guṇas of a Tīrthaṅkara).

amānuṣya	अमानुष्य a. Not human, superhuman &c. -˚ष्यम् Inhuman state; अमानुष्यं समापन्नान् दासकर्मण्यवस्थितान् Mb. 5.16.113.

amṛta	अमृत a. 1 Not dead; अमृते जारजः कुण्डः Ak. -2 Immortal; अपाम सोममृता अभूम Rv.8.48.3; U.1.1. ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च Bg.14.27. -3 Imperishable, Indestructible, eternal. -4 Causing immortality. -5 Beautiful, agreeable, desired. पाञ्चजन्याभिषिक्तश्च राजा$- मृतमुखो$भवत् Mb.12.4.17. -तः 1 A god, an immortal, deity. आरुरोह यथा देवः सोमो$मृतमयं रथम् Mb.12.37.44. -2 N. of Dhanvantari, physician of the gods; also N. of Indra, of the sun, of Prajāpati, of the soul, Viṣṇu and Śiva. -3 N. of a plant (वनमुद्ग, Mar. मटकी) -4 N. of the root of a plant (वाराहीकन्द, Mar. डुकरकंद). -ता 1 Spirituous liquor. -2 N. of various plants; e. g. आमलकी, हरीतकी, गुडूची, मागधी, तुलसी, इन्द्रवारुणी, ज्योतिष्मती, गोरक्षदुग्धा, अतिविषा, रक्तत्रिवृत्, दूर्वा, स्थूलमांसहरीतकी. -3 N. of one of the Nāḍīs in the body; नाडीनामुदयक्रमेण जगतः पञ्चामृताकर्षणात् Māl.5.2. -5 One of the rays of the sun; सौरीभिरिव नाडीभिरमृताख्याभिरम्मयः R.1.58. -तम् 1 (a) Immortality, imperishable state; न मृत्युरासीदमृतं न तर्हि Rv.1.129.2; Ms.22.85. (b) Final beatitude, absolution; तपसा किल्विषं हन्ति विद्ययामृतमश्रुते Ms.12.14; स श्रिये चामृताय चAk. -2 The collective body of immortals. -3 (a) The world of immortality, Paradise, Heaven; the power of eternity, immortal light, eternity. -4 Nectar of immortality, ambrosia, beverage of the gods (opp. विष) supposed to be churned out of the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतमम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3; विषादप्यमृतं ग्राह्यम् Ms.2.239; विषमप्यमृतं क्वचिद्भवेदमृतं वा विषमीश्वरेच्छया R.8.46; oft. used in combination with words like वाच्, वचनम्, वाणी &c; कुमारजन्मामृतसंमिताक्षरम् R.3.16; आप्यायितो$सौ वचनामृतेन Mb.; अमृतं शिशिरे वह्निरमृतं क्षीरभोजनम् Pt.1.128 the height of pleasure or gratification. -5 The Soma juice. -6 Antidote against poison. -7 The residue or leavings of a sacrifice (यज्ञशेष); विघसाशी भवेन्नित्यं नित्यं वा$मृतभोजनः Ms.3.285. -8 Unsolicited alms, alms got without solicitation; मृतं स्याद्याचितं भैक्षम- मृतं स्यादयाचितम् Ms.4.4-5. -9 Water; मथितामृतफेनाभमरजो- वस्त्रमुत्तमम् Rām.5.18.24. अमृताध्मातजीमूत U.6.21; अमृता- दुन्मथ्यमानात् K.136; cf. also the formulas अमृतोपस्तरणमसि स्वाहा and अमृतापिधानमसि स्वाहा; Mahānār. Up.7 and 1; repeated by Brāhmaṇas at the time of sipping water before the commencement and at the end of meals. -1 A drug. -11 Clarified butter; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -12 Milk; अमृतं च सुधा चैव सुधा चैवामृतं तथा Mb.13.67.12. -13 Food in general. -14 Boiled rice. -15 Anything sweet, anything lovely or charming; a sweetmeat. यथामृतघटं दंशा मकरा इव चार्णवम् Rām.7.7.3. -16 Property. -17 Gold. -18 Quicksilver. -19 Poison. -2 The poison called वत्सनाभ. -21 The Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्). -22 N. of sacred place. -23 N. of particular conjunctions of Nakṣatras (lunar asterisms) with week days (वारनक्षत्रयोग) or of lunar days with week days (तिथि- वारयोग). -24 The number four. -25 splendour, light. [cf. Gr. ambrotos, ambrosia; L. immortalis]. cf. अमृतं वारि सुरयोर्निर्वाणे चातिसुन्दरे । अयाचिते यज्ञशेषे पुंसि धन्वन्तरे$पि च । पीयूषे च धृते दीप्तावाचार्ये विबुधे$पि च । हरीतक्यामाम- लक्यां गलूच्यामपि तत्स्त्रियाम् । Nm. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -दीधितिः, -द्युतिः, -रश्मिः &c. epithets of the moon; अमृतदीधितिरेष विदर्भजे N.4.14; अमृतांशूद्भव born from the moon; from whom was born the moon, N. of Viṣṇu. -अंशुकः An interior variety of gems having white rays, Kau. A.2.11. -अक्षर a. immortal and imperishable; क्षरं प्रधानममृताक्षरं हरः Śvet. Up. -अग्रभूः N. of the horse of Indra (उच्चैःश्रवस्); अमृताग्रभुवः पुरेव पुच्छम् Śi. 2.43. -अन्धस्, -अशनः, -आशिन् m. 'one whose food is nectar'; a god, an immortal. -अपिधानम् Water sipped after eating nectar-like food so as to overlay it like a cover. -असु a. whose soul is immortal; अमृतासुर्वर्धमानः सुजन्मा Av.5.1.1. -आशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a god; इदं कार्यममृताशाः शृणोमि Mb.12.299.7. -आसङ्गः a sort of collyrium. -आहरणः N. of Garuḍa who once stole Amṛita. -इष्टका a kind of sacrificial brick shaped like the golden head of men, beasts &c. (पशुशीर्षाणि). -ईशः, ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उत्पन्ना a fly. (-न्नम्), -उद्भवम् 1 A kind of collyrium (खर्परीतुत्थम्). -2 Potassium permanganate -उपस्तरणम् Water sipped as a substratum for the nectar-like food. (-वः) N. of the Bilva tree. -ओदनः Name of a son of Siṁhahanu, and uncle of Śākyamuni. -करः, -किरणः 'nectar-rayed', the moon. -कुण्डम् a vessel containing nectar. -क्षारम् sal ammoniac. (Mar. नवसागर). -गतिः N. of a metre consisting of 4 syllables. -गर्भ a. filled with water or nectar; ambrosial. (-र्भः) 1 the individual soul. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 child of immortality (said of sleep); देवानाममृतगर्भो$सि स्वप्न Av.6.46.1. -चितिः f. an arrangement or accumulation of sacrificial bricks conferring immortality. -ज a. produced by or from nectar. (-जः) a sort of plant, Yellow Myrobalan (Mar. हिरडा). -जटा N. of a plant (जटामासी). -तरङ्गिणी moonlight. -तिलका N. of a metre of 4 lines, also called त्वरितगति. -द्रव a. shedding nectar. (-वः) flow of nectar. -धार a. shedding nectar. (-रा) 1 N. of a metre. -2 flow of nectar. -नन्दनः A pavilion with 58 pillars (Matsya P.27.8.). -नादोपनिषद् f. 'The sound of immortality', Name of an Upaniṣad. -पः 1 a drinker of nectar' a god or deity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 one who drinks wine; ध्रुवममृतपनामवाञ्छयासावधरममुं मधुपस्तवा- जिहीते Śi.7.42. (where अ˚ has sense 1 also). -पक्षः 1 having golden or immortal wings, a sort of hawk. -2 the immortal or golden wings of sacrificial fire. -3 fire itself. -फलः N. of two trees पटोल and पारावत. (-ला) 1 a bunch of grapes, vine plant, a grape (द्राक्षा) -2 = आमलकी. (-लम्) a sort of fruit (रुचिफल) found in the country of the Mudgalas according to Bhāva P. -बन्धुः Ved. 1 a god or deity in general. -2 a horse or the moon. -3 A friend or keeper of immortality; तां देवा अन्वजायन्त भद्रा अमृतबन्धवः Rv.1.72.5. -बिन्दू- पनिषद् f. 'drop of nectar', :N. of an Upaniṣad of the Atharvaveda. -भल्लातकी a sort of medicinal preparation of ghee mentioned by Chakradatta. -भवनम् N. of a monastery (built by Amṛitaprabha); Raj. T. -भुज् m. an immortal, a god, deity; one who tastes the sacrificial residues. -भू a. free from birth and death. -मति = ˚गति q. v. -मन्थनम् 1 churning (of the ocean) for nectar. -2 N. of the chapters 17 to 19 of Mb.1. -मालिनी N. of Durgā. -मूर्तिः The moon; आप्याययत्यसौ लोकं वदनामृतमूर्तिना Bhāg.4.16.9. -योगः see under अमृत. -रसः 1 nectar, ambrosia; काव्यामृतरसास्वादः H.1; विविधकाव्यामृतरसान् पिवामः Bh.3.4. -2 the Supreme Spirit. (-सा) 1 dark-coloured grapes. -2 a sort of cake (Mar. अनर्सा). -लता, -लतिका a nectar-giving creeping plant (गुडूची). -वाक a. producing nectar like sweet words. -संयावम् a sort of dish mentioned in Bhāva P. -सार a. ambrosial; ˚राणि प्रज्ञानानि U.7. (-रः) 1 clarified butter. -2 a sort of अयःपाक. ˚जः raw sugar, molasses (गुड). -सूः, -सूतिः 1 the moon (distilling nectar). -2 mother of the gods. -सोदरः 1 'brother of nectar', the horse called उच्चैःश्रवस्. -2 a horse in general. -स्रवः flow of nectar. (-वा) N. of a plant and tree (रुदन्ती-रुद्रवन्ती; Mar. रानहरभरा). -स्त्रुत् a. shedding or distilling nectar; स्वरेण तस्याममृतस्रुतेव Ku.1.45.

ambu	अम्बु n. [अम्ब्-शब्दे उण्] 1 Water; गाङ्गमम्बु सितमम्बु यामुनम् K. P.1. -2 The watery element of the blood (cf. imber). -3 N. of a metre. -4 A term in astrology (लग्नावधिकं चतुर्थस्थानम्). -Comp. -कणः a drop of water. -कण्टकः (short-nosed), alligator. -कन्दः An acquatic plant Trapa bispinosa (Mar. शिंगाडा). -किरातः alligator. -कीशः, कूर्मः a tortoise (शिशुमार); particularly Gangetic. -केशरः lemon-tree (छालङ्गवृक्ष). -क्रिया libation of water; Bk.; presentation of water to the Manes of the deceased. -कुक्कुटी An acquatic hen. -ग, -चर, -चारिन् a. moving or living in water, aquatic (as fish &c.); अद्रिं दधाराम्बुचरात्मना Bhāg.8.5. 11; Ms.12.57. -घनः hail. -चत्वरम् a lake. -चामरम् an aquatic plant (शैवाल). -ज a. produced in water, aquatic (opp. स्थलज); सुगन्धीनि च माल्यानि स्थलजान्यम्बु- जानि च Rām. (-जः) 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -3 the Sārasa bird. -4 the conch; दध्मौ तारेण चाम्बुजम् Mb.7.173.9. -5 N. of a tree (हिज्जल). (-जम्) 1 a lotus; इन्दीवरेण नयनं मुखमम्बुजेन Ś. Til.3; A. Rām. 4.1.2. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. ˚भूः, ˚आसनः 'the lotus-born god' Brahmā; A. Rām. ˚आसना the goddess Lakṣmī. -जन्मन् n. a lotus; -m. 1 the moon. -2 the conch. -3 Sārasa. -तस्करः 'waterthief', the sun (whose heat drinks up water). -तालः = ˚चामर. -द a. giving or yielding water. (-दः) 1 a cloud; नवाम्बुदानीकमुहूर्तलाञ्छने R.3.53; -देवम्, -दैवम् The astronomical mansion पूर्वाषाढा. -धर [धरतीति धरः, अम्बूनां धरः; धृ-अच्] 1 a cloud; वशिनश्चाम्बुधराश्च योनयः Ku.4.43; शरत्प्रमृष्टाम्बुधरोपरोधः R.6.44. -2 the plant मुस्तक. -3 talc. -धिः [अम्बूनि धीयन्ते अत्र; धा-कि] 1 any receptacle of waters; such as a jar; अम्बुधिर्घटः Sk. ˚-स्रवा Aloe perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -2 the ocean; क्षार˚ Bh.2.6. -3 the number four (in Math.). ˚प्रसवा N. of a plant (घृतकुमारी). -नाथः The ocean. -नामन् Andropogon muricatum (Mar. वाळा). -निधिः 'treasure of waters', the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3. -प a. drinking water. (-पः) 1 the ocean. -2 Varuṇa, the regent of waters; रक्षो$म्बुपानिलशशीशपुराणि चाष्टौ Śid. Śir; शक्राम्बुपयमानां च चतुर्थस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.7.4.17. -3 N. of a plant (चक्रमर्दक; Mar.टाकळा). -पतिः Varuṇa; यथाम्बुपतिमित्रौ हि तारकं दैत्यसत्तमम् (अधावताम्) Mb.7.155.36. -पत्रा N. of a plant (उच्चटावृक्ष; Mar. फुरडी). -पद्धतिः f. -पातः current, flow or stream of water, cascade; गङ्गाम्बुपातप्रतिमा गृहेभ्यः Bk.1.8. -प्रसादः -प्रसादनम् [अम्बूनि प्रसादयति] the clearing nut tree (कतक Mar. निवळी). Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this tree are used for purifying water; when rubbed on the inner surface of the vessel, they precipitate the impurities which the water contains; (फलं कतकवृक्षस्य यद्यप्यम्बुप्रसादकम् । न नामग्रहणादेव तस्य वारि प्रसीदति) Ms.6.67. -भवम् a lotus. -भृत् m. 1 water-bearer, a cloud. -2 the ocean. -3 = ˚पत्रा q. v. -4 N. of a plant मुस्तक. -5 talc. -मात्रज a. produced only in water. (-जः) a conchshell. -मुच् m. a cloud; ध्वनितसूचितमम्बुमुचां चयम् Ki.5.12. -राजः 1 the ocean. -2 Varuṇa. -राशिः receptacle or store of water, the ocean; त्वयि ज्वलत्यौर्वं इवाम्बुराशौ Ś.3.3; चन्द्रोदयारम्भ इवाम्बुराशिः Ku.3.67, R.6.57;9.82. -रुह् n. 1 a lotus. -2 Sārasa. -रुहः, हम्, a lotus; विपुलिनाम्बुरुहा न सरिद्वधूः Ki.5.1. (-हा) N. of the land-lotus plant (स्थलपद्मिनी). -रोहिणी a lotus. -वाची [अम्बु तद्वर्षणं वाचयति सूचयति] an epithet applied to the earth during four days from the 1th to the 13th in the dark half of the month of Āṣāḍha when it is supposed to be unclean (रजस्वला इव) and agriculture is prohibited; Brav. P.2.77. ˚प्रदः the 1th day; ˚त्यागः 13th day. -वासिनी, -वासी N. of a plant (पाटला), the trumpet flower. -वाहः [अम्बु वहतीति] 1 a cloud; तडित्वन्त- मिवाम्बुवाहम् Ki.3.1; भर्तुर्मित्रं प्रियमविधवे विद्धि मामम्बुवाहम् Me. 11. -2 a lake. -3 water-bearer. -4 the number 17. -5 a sort of grass. -वाहिन् a. carrying or conveying water. -m. 1 a cloud. -2 = मुस्तक. (-नी) 1 a wooden vessel, a sort of bucket. -2 a woman fetching water. -3 N. of a stream. -विहारः sporting in water. -विस्रवा = घृतकुमारी. -वेग a. flowing quickly; यथानदीनां बहवो$म्बुवेगाः Bg.11.28. -वेतसः a kind of cane or reed growing in water. (Mar. लव्हाळा). -शिरीषिका N. of plant. -सरणम् flow or current of water. -सर्पिणी a leech (अम्बुनि सर्पति). -सेचनी a wooden baling vessel.

ayātrā	अयात्रा The state of not being passable; Rām.4.

araṇyam	अरण्यम् (sometimes) m. also, [अर्यते गम्यते शेषे वयसि ऋ-अर्तेर्निच्च Uṇ.3.12] A land neither cultivated nor grazed, a wilderness, forest, desert; प्रियानाशे कृत्स्नं किल जगदरण्यं हि भवति U.6.3; माता यस्य गृहे नास्ति भार्या चाप्रियवादिनी । अरण्यं तेन गन्तव्यं यथारण्यं तथा गृहम् ॥ Chāṇ. 44; तपःश्रद्धे ये ह्युपवसन्त्यरण्ये Muṇd.1.2.11. oft. used at first member of comp. in the sense of 'wild', 'grown or produced in forest'; ˚बीजम् wild seed; ˚कार्पासि, ˚कुलत्थिका; ˚कुसुम्भः &c; so ˚मार्जारः, ˚मूषकः. -2 A foreign or distant land; अरण्येषु जर्भुराणा चरन्ति Rv.1.163.11. -ण्यः N. of a plant कट्फल (Mar. कायफळ) -Comp. -अध्यक्षः headman or superintendent of a forest district; forest keeper or ranger. -अयनम्, -यानम् going into the forest, becoming a hermit; अथ यदरण्यायनमित्या- चक्षते ब्रह्मचर्यमेव तद् Ch. Up.8.5.3. -ओकस्, -सद् a. 1 dwelling in woods, being in a forest; किंतु ˚सदोवयं अनभ्यस्त रथचर्याः U.5; वैक्लव्यं मम तावदीदृशमपि स्नेहादरण्यौकसः Ś. 4.6. -2 especially, one who has left his family and become an anchorite, forest-dweller. -कणा wild cumin seed (Mar. जिरें) -कदली wild plantain. -काण्डम् N. of the third book of the Rāmāyaṇa which embodies Rāmā's exploits in the course of his journey through the forests in company with Viśvāmitra. -गजः a wild elephant (not tamed). -गानम् N. of one of the four hymn-books of the Sāmaveda (to be chanted in the forest). -चटकः a wild sparrow. -चन्द्रिका (lit.) moonlight in a forest; (fig.) an ornament or decoration which is useless, or does not serve its purpose; just as moonlight in a forest is useless there being no human beings to view, enjoy and appreciate it, so is decoration when not viewed and appreciated by those for whom it is intended; thus Malli. on स्त्रीणां प्रियालोक- फलो हि वेषः Ku.7.22 remarks अन्यथा$रण्यचन्द्रिका स्यादिति भावः. -चर (˚ण्येचर also), -जीव a. wild, living in woods. -ज a. wild; ˚आर्द्रका wild ginger. -जीरम् wild cumin. (Mar. कडू जिरें). -दमनः N. of a plant. -द्वादशी, -व्रतम् N. of a ceremony performed on the 12th day of Mārgaśīrṣa. -धर्मः 1 wild state or usage, wild nature; तथारण्यधर्माद्वियोज्य ग्राम्यधर्मे नियोजितः Pt.1 -2 the duties of a Vānaprastha or anchorite. -धान्यम्, -शालिः wild rice (नीवार). -नृपतिः, -राज् (ट्), -राजः 'lord of the woods', epithet of a lion or a tiger; so अरण्यानां पतिः. -पण्डितः [अरण्ये एव पण्डितः, न तु नगरादिषु जनसमाजेषु] 'wise in a forest'; (fig.) a foolish person (who can display his learning only in a forest where no one will hear him and correct his errors). -पर्वन् N. of the first section of the Mb. -भव a. growing in a forest, wild; यथा˚ वास्तिलाः Pt.2.86. -मक्षिका a gadfly (Mar. घोडमाशी) -मुद्रकः a kind of wild bean. -यानम् retiring to the woods. -रक्षकः conservator of forests, forest-keeper. -राज्यम् sovereignty of the woods. -रुदितम् (˚ण्ये˚) 'weeping in a forest', a cry in the wilderness; (fig.) a vain or useless speech, or a cry with no one to heed it, or anything done to no purpose; अरण्ये मया रुदितम् Ś.2; प्रोक्तं श्रद्धाविहीनस्य अरण्यरुदितोपमम् Pt.1.393; तदलमधुनारण्यरुदितैः Amaru.76. -वायसः a wild crow, raven. -वासः, -समाश्रयः 1 retiring into woods, residence in a forest; ˚योन्मुखं पितरम् R.12.8. -2 a hermitage, forest habitation. -वासिन् a. living in a forest, wild; m. a forest-dweller, an anchorite. (-नी) N. of a plant अत्यम्लपर्णी. -वास्तु (-स्तू)कः N. of a plant वनवेतः. -विलपितम्, -विलापः (˚ण्ये) = ˚रुदितम् above. -श्वन् m. 'a wild hound', wolf. -षष्ठी N. of a festival celebrated on the 6th day of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -सभा a forest-court.

arati	अरति a. 1 Dissatisfied, discontented. -2 Dull, languid, restless. -तिः f. 1 Absence of pleasure or amusement; अरतिर्जनसंसदि Bg.13.1. regarded as arising from the longings of love, स्वाभीष्टवस्त्वलाभेन चेतसो या$नवस्थितिः । अरतिः सा S. D.; one of the ten states of love-lorn persons (अनङ्गदशा); Mb.12.3.48. -2 Pain, distress; भृशमरतिमवाप्य तत्र Ki.1.49. -3 Anxiety, regret, uneasiness, agitation; संधत्ते भृशमरतिं हि सद्वियोगः Ki.5.51. -4 Dissatisfaction, discontent. -5 Languor, dullness. -6 A bilious disease. -तिः [ऋ-अति] 1 Anger, passion. -2 Ved. Going, moving quickly. -3 Moving flame. -4 Occupying, attacking. -5 Servant, manager, assistant. -6 A master. -7 An intelligent being.

arikta	अरिक्त a. Not empty, abundant; तूणावरिक्तौ कवचं च दिव्यम् Bhāg.8.15.6. अरिक्थभाज् arikthabhāj अरिक्थीय arikthīya अरिक्थभाज् अरिक्थीय a. Not entitled to a share in the aneestral property (as an heir incapacitated by impotence &c.).

arjuna	अर्जुन a. [अर्ज्-उनन् णिलुक् च Uṇ.3.58] (-ना, -नी f.). 1 White, clear, bright, of the colour of day; अहश्च कृष्णमहरर्जुनं च Rv.6.9.1; पिशङ्गमौञ्जीयुजमर्जुनच्छविम् Śi.1.6. -2 Silvery; यत्र वः प्रेङ्खा हरिता अर्जुना Av.4.37.5. -नः 1 The white colour. -2 A peacock. -3 A sort of cutaneous disease. -4 A tree (Mar. अर्जुनसादडा), with useful rind; Mb.3.64.3. -5 N. of the third Pāṇḍava who was a son of Kuntī by Indra and hence called ऐन्द्रि also. [Arjuna was so called because he was 'white' or 'pure in actions' (पृथिव्यां चतुरन्तायां वर्णो मे दुर्लभः समः । करोमि कर्म शुद्धं च तेन मामर्जनं विदुः). He was taught the use of arms by Droṇa and was his favourite pupil. By his skill in arms he won Draupadī at her Svayaṁvara (see Draupadī). For an involuntary transgression he went into temporary exile and during that time he learnt the science of arms from Paraśurāma. He married Ulūpī, a Nāga Princess, by whom he had a son named Irāvat, and also Chitrāṅgadā, daughter of the king of Maṇipura, who bore him a son named Babhruvāhana. During this exile he visited Dvārakā, and with the help and advice of Kṛiṣṇa succeeded in marrying Subhadrā. By her he had a son named Abhimanyu. Afterwards he obtained the bow (Gāṇḍiva from the god Agni whom he assisted in burning the Khāṇḍva forest. When Dharma, his eldest brother, lost the kingdom by gambling, and the five brothers went into exile, he went to the Himālayas to propitiate the gods and to obtain from them celestial weapons for use in the contemplated war against Kauravas. There he fought with Śiva who appeared in the disguise of a Kirāta; but when he discovered the true character of his adversary he worshipped him and Śiva gave him the Pāśupatāstra. Indra, Varuṇa, Yama and Kubera also presented him with their own weapons. In the 13th year of their exile, the Pāṇḍavas entered the service of the King of Virāṭa and he had to act the part of a eunuch, and music and dancing master. In the great war with the Kauravas Arjuna took a very distinguished part. He secured the assistance of Kṛiṣṇa who acted as his charioteer and related to him the Bhagavadgītā when on the first day of the battle he hesitated to bend his bow against his own kinsmen. In the course of the great struggle he slew or vanquished several redoubtable warriors on the side of the Kauravas, such as Jayadratha, Bhīṣma, Karṇa &c. After Yudhiṣṭhira had been installed sovereign of Hastināpura, he resolved to perform the Aśvamedha sacrifice, and a horse was let loose with Arjuna as its guardian. Arjuna followed it through many cities and Countries and fought with many kings. At the city of Maṇipura he had to fight with his own son Babhruvāhana and was killed; but he was restored to life by a charm supplied by his wife Ulūpī. He traversed the whole of Bharata-khaṇda and returned to Hastināpura, loaded with spoils and tributes, and the great horse-sacrifice was then duly performed. He was afterwards called by Kṛiṣna to Dvārakā amid the internecine struggles of the Yādavas and there he performed the funeral ceremonies of Vasudeva and Kṛiṣṇa. Soon after this the five Pāṅdavas repaired to heaven having installed Parīkṣit -the only surviving son of Abhimanyu- on the throne of Hastināpura. Arjuna was the bravest of the Pāṇdavas, high-minded, generous, upright, handsome and the most prominent figure of all his brothers. He has several appellations, such a Pārtha, Gudākeśa, Savyasāchī, Dhanañjaya, Phālguna, Kirītin, Jīṣṇu, Śvetavāhana, Gāṇḍivin &c.] cf. अर्जनः फाल्गुनो जिष्णुः किरीटी श्वेतवाहनः । बीभत्सुर्विजयः कृष्णः सव्यसाची धनञ्जयः ॥ -6 N. of Kārtavīrya, slain by Parasurāma See कार्तवीर्य. -7 N. of a country Bṛi. S.14. 25. -8 The only son of his mother. -9 N. of Indra. -1 N. of a tree, Jerminalia Arjuna (Mar. अईन). The tree is rarer in south India. The colour of its bark is white. It is a forest-tree bearing fragrant flowers appearing in panicles like those of the Mango-tree. -नी 1 A procuress, bawd. -2 A cow. तथार्जुनीनां कपिला वरिष्ठा Mb.13.73.42. -3 A kind of serpent; अर्जुनि पुनर्वोयन्तु˚ Av.2.24.7. -4 N. of Uṣhā, wife of Aniruddha. -5 N. of a river commonly called करतोया. -6 (न्यौ, -न्यः dual and pl.) N. of the constellation Phalgunī. अघासु हन्यन्ते गावो$र्जुन्योः पर्युह्यते Rv.1.85.13. -नम् 1 Silver. वीरुद्भिष्टे अर्जुनं संविदानम् Av.5.28.5. -2 Gold. -3 Slight inflammation of the white of the eye. -4 Grass. -न (Pl.) The descendants of Arjuna; cf. अर्जुनः ककुभे पार्थे कार्तवीर्यमयूरयोः । मातुरेकसुते वृक्षे धवले नयनामये । तृणभेदे गवि स्त्री स्यात् ...Nm. -Comp. -अभ्रम N. of a medicament. -ईश्वरतीर्थम् N. of a holy place. Siva P. -उपमः the teak tree; also शाकद्रुम and महापत्राख्यवृक्ष. -काण्ड a. having a white stem or appendage. बभ्रोरर्जनकाण्डस्य यवस्य ते Av.2.8.3. -च्छवि a. white, of a white colour. -ध्वजः 'white-bannered', N. of Hanūmat. -पाकी N. of a plant and its fruits. -बदरः The fibre of the Arjuna plant; अर्जुन- बदरा मेखलाः क्रियन्ताभू । ŚB. on MS.9.4.25 -मिश्रः Name of a commentator on the Mb. -सखिः (L.) Kriṣṇa. -सिंहः N. of a prince (Inscriptions).

arṇa	अर्ण a. [ऋ-न] 1 Being in motion, agitated; restless -2 Foaming, effervescing. -र्णः 1 A flood, stream; water (Ved.). -2 The teak tree; Bhāg.3.15. 19. -3 A letter (of the alphabet); पञ्चार्णो मनुरीरितः. -4 N. of a metre having 1 feet and belonging to the class called Daṇḍaka. -5 Colour; श्रीह्रीविभूत्यात्मवदद्भुतार्णम् Bhāg.2.6.44. (v. l.) -र्णा A river (Ved.). -र्णम् Tumult or din of battle, confused noise; नृमणा वीर- पस्त्यो$र्णा धीरेव सनिता Rv.5.5.4.

arṇava	अर्णव a. Being agitated, foaming, restless (Ved.); full of water (Sāy.); ततः समुद्रो अर्णवः Sandhyā; यात्येव यमुना पूर्णं समुद्रमुदकार्णवम् Rām.2.15.19. -वः [अर्णांसि सन्ति यस्मिन्, अर्णस्-व सलोपः P.V.2.19 Vārt.] 1 A stream, flood, wave. -2 The (foaming) sea, ocean; पराहतः शैल इवार्णवाम्बुभिः Ki.14.1. (fig. also), Bhāg.4. 22.4; शोक˚ ocean of grief; so चिन्ता˚; जन˚ ocean of men; संसारार्णवलङ्घनम् Bh.3.1. &c. also नृणामेको गम्यस्त्वमसि पयसामर्णव इव- शिवमहिम्रस्तोत्र of पुष्पदन्ताचार्य. -3 The ocean of air. -4 N. of a metre. -5 N. of the sun or Indra (as givers of water). -Comp. -अन्तः the extremity of the ocean. -उद्मवः 1 N. of a plant अग्निजार (Mar. समुद्रफेंस). -2 the moon. (-वा) Lakṣmī. (-वम्) nectar. -ज a. sea-born, marine. (-जम्, -जः) cuttle-fish. -पोतः, -यानम् a boat or ship. -मन्दिरः 1 'inhabiting the ocean', N. of Varuṇa, regent of the waters. -2 N. of Viṣṇu.

arthaḥ	अर्थः [In some of its senses from अर्थ्; in others from ऋ-थन् Uṇ.2.4; अर्थते ह्यसौ अर्थिभिः Nir.] 1 Object, purpose, end and aim; wish, desire; ज्ञातार्थो ज्ञातसंबन्धः श्रोतुं श्रोता प्रवर्तते, सिद्ध˚, ˚परिपन्थी Mu.5; ˚वशात् 5.8; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि सत्यर्थे Dk.117 if it be necessary; Y.2.46; M.4.6; oft. used in this sense as the last member of compounds and translated by 'for', 'intended for', 'for the sake of', 'on account of', 'on behalf of', and used like an adj. to qualify nouns; अर्थेन तु नित्य- समासो विशेष्यनिघ्रता च Vārt.; सन्तानार्थाय विधये R.1.34; तां देवतापित्रतिथिक्रियार्थाम् (धेनुम्) 2.16; द्विजार्था यवागूः Sk.; यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणो$न्यत्र Bg.3.9. It mostly occurs in this sense as अर्थम्, अर्थे or अर्थाय and has an adverbial force; (a) किमर्थम् for what purpose, why; यदर्थम् for whom or which; वेलोपलक्षणार्थम् Ś.4; तद्दर्शनादभूच्छम्भोर्भूयान्दारार्थ- मादरः Ku.6.13; (b) परार्थे प्राज्ञ उत्सृजेत् H.1.41; गवार्थे ब्राह्मणार्थे च Pt.1.42; मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविताः Bg.1.9; (c) सुखार्थाय Pt.4.18; प्रत्याख्याता मया तत्र नलस्यार्थाय देवताः Nala.13.19; ऋतुपर्णस्य चार्थाय 23.9. -2 Cause, motive, reason, ground, means; अलुप्तश्च मुनेः क्रियार्थः R. 2.55 means or cause; अतो$र्थात् Ms.2.213. -3 Meaning, sense, signification, import; अर्थ is of 3 kinds:-- वाच्य or expressed, लक्ष्य or indicated (secondary), and व्यङ्ग्य or suggested; तददोषौ शब्दार्थौ K. P.1; अर्थो वाच्यश्च लक्ष्यश्च व्यङ्ग्यश्चेति त्रिधा मतः S. D.2; वागर्थाविव R.1.1; अवेक्ष्य धातोर्गमनार्थमर्थवित् 3.21. -4 A thing, object, substance; लक्ष्मणो$र्थं ततः श्रुत्वा Rām.7.46.18; अर्थो हि कन्या परकीय एव Ś.4.22; that which can be perceived by the senses, an object of sense; इन्द्रिय˚ H.1.146; Ku.7.71; R.2.51; न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुः Nir.; इन्द्रियेभ्यः परा ह्यर्था अर्थेभ्यश्च परं मनः Kaṭh. (the objects of sense are five : रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द); शब्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -5 (a) An affair, business, matter, work; प्राक् प्रतिपन्नो$यमर्थो$- ङ्गराजाय Ve.3; अर्थो$यमर्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18; अर्थो$र्था- नुबन्धी Dk.67; सङ्गीतार्थः Me.66 business of singing i. e. musical concert (apparatus of singing); सन्देशार्थाः Me. 5 matters of message, i. e. messages; (b) Interest, object; स्वार्थसाधनतत्परः Ms.4.196; द्वयमेवार्थसाधनम् R.1. 19;2.21; दुरापे$र्थे 1.72; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121; माल- विकायां न मे कश्चिदर्थः M.3 I have no interest in M. (c) Subject-matter, contents (as of letters &c.); त्वामव- गतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1 will acquaint you with the matter; उत्तरो$यं लेखार्थः ibid.; तेन हि अस्य गृहीतार्था भवामि V.2 if so I should know its contents; ननु परिगृहीतार्थो$- स्मि कृतो भवता V.5; तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4 made acquainted with; त्वया गृहीतार्थया अत्रभवती कथं न वारिता 3; अगृहीतार्थे आवाम् Ś.6; इति पौरान् गृहीतार्थान् कृत्वा ibid. -6 Wealth, riches, property, money (said to be of 3 kinds : शुक्ल honestly got; शबल got by more or less doubtful means, and कृष्ण dishonestly got;) त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; धिगर्थाः कष्टसंश्रयाः Pt.1.163; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् ibid.; सस्यार्थास्तस्य मित्राणि1.3; तेषामर्थे नियुञ्जीत शूरान् दक्षान् कुलोद्गतान् Ms.7.62. -7 Attainment of riches or worldly prosperity, regarded as one of the four ends of human existence, the other three being धर्म, काम and मोक्ष; with अर्थ and काम, धर्म forms the well-known triad; cf. Ku.5.38; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. -8 (a) Use, advantage, profit, good; तथा हि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैकफला गुणाः R.1.29 for the good of others; अर्थान- र्थावुभौ बुद्ध्वा Ms.8.24 good and evil; क्षेत्रिणामर्थः 9.52; यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वतः सांप्लुतोदके Bg.2.46; also व्यर्थ, निरर्थक q. v. (b) Use, want, need, concern, with instr.; को$र्थः पुत्रेण जातेन Pt.1 what is the use of a son being born; कश्च तेनार्थः Dk.59; को$र्थस्तिरश्चां गुणैः Pt.2.33 what do brutes care for merits; Bh.2.48; योग्येनार्थः कस्य न स्याज्ज- नेन Ś.18.66; नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन Bg.3.18; यदि प्राणैरिहार्थो वो निवर्तध्वम् Rām. को नु मे जीवितेनार्थः Nala.12. 65. -9 Asking, begging; request, suit, petition. -1 Action, plaint (in law); अर्थ विरागाः पश्यन्ति Rām.2.1. 58; असाक्षिकेषु त्वर्थेषु Ms.8.19. -11 The actual state, fact of the matter; as in यथार्थ, अर्थतः, ˚तत्वविद्, यदर्थेन विनामुष्य पुंस आत्मविपर्ययः Bhāg.3.7.1. -12 Manner, kind, sort. -13 Prevention, warding off; मशकार्थो धूमः; prohibition, abolition (this meaning may also be derived from 1 above). -14 Price (perhaps an incorrect form for अर्घ). -15 Fruit, result (फलम्). तस्य नानुभवेदर्थं यस्य हेतोः स रोपितः Rām.6.128.7; Mb.12.175.5. -16 N. of a son of धर्म. -17 The second place from the लग्न (in astr.). -18 N. of Viṣṇu. -19 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); अर्थ इति अपूर्वं ब्रूमः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.2. -2 Force (of a statement or an expression); अर्थाच्च सामर्थ्याच्च क्रमो विधीयते । ŚB. on MS.5.1.2. [अर्थात् = by implication]. -21 The need, purpose, sense; व्यवधानादर्थो बलीयान् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.23. -22 Capacity, power; अर्थाद्वा कल्पनैकदेशत्वात् । Ms.1.4.3 (where Śabara paraphrases अर्थात् by सामर्थ्यात् and states the rule: आख्यातानामर्थं ब्रुवतां शक्तिः सहकारिणी ।), cf. अर्थो$भिधेयरैवस्तुप्रयोजननिवृत्तिषु । मोक्षकारणयोश्च...... Nm. -Comp. -अतिदेशः Extension (of gender, number &e.) to the objects (as against words), i. e. to treat a single object as though it were many, a female as though it were male. (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 1.2.58.3;6.3.34.7). -अधिकारः charge of money, office of treasurer ˚रे न नियोक्तव्यौ H.2. -अधिकारिन् m. a treasurer, one charged with financial duties, finance minister. -अनुपपत्तिः f. The difficulty of accounting for or explaining satisfactorily a particular meaning; incongruity of a particular meaning (तन्त्रवार्त्तिक 4.3.42.2). -अनुयायिन् a. Following the rules (शास्त्र); तत्त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām.5.51.21. -अन्वेषणम् inquiry after a matter. -अन्तरम् 1 another or different meaning. -2 another cause or motive; अर्थो$यम- र्थान्तरभाव्य एव Ku.3.18. -3 A new matter or circumstance, new affair. -4 opposite or antithetical meaning, difference of meaning. ˚न्यासः a figure of speech in which a general proposition is adduced to support a particular instance, or a particular instance, to support a general proposition; it is an inference from particular to general and vice versa; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः । (1) हनूमानब्धिमतरद् दुष्करं किं महात्मनाम् ॥ (2) गुणवद्वस्तुसंसर्गाद्याति नीचो$पि गौरवम् । पुष्पमालानुषङ्गेण सूत्रं शिरसि धार्यते Kuval.; cf. also K. P.1 and S. D.79. (Instances of this figure abound in Sanskrit literature, especially in the works of Kālidāsa, Māgha and Bhāravi). -अन्वित a. 1 rich, wealthy. -2 significant. -अभिधान a. 1 That whose name is connected with the purpose to be served by it; अर्थाभिधानं प्रयोजनसम्बद्धमभिधानं यस्य, यथा पुरोडाश- कपालमिति पुरोडाशार्थं कपालं पुरोडाशकपालम् । ŚB. on MS.4.1. 26. -2 Expression or denotation of the desired meaning (वार्त्तिक 3.1.2.5.). -अर्थिन् a. one who longs for or strives to get wealth or gain any object. अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् । आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी Bg.7.16. -अलंकरः a figure of speech determined by and dependent on the sense, and not on sound (opp. शब्दालंकार). अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र mentions (verse 29) fourteen types of अर्थालंकारs as follows:- उपमारूपकोत्प्रेक्षाः समासोक्तिरपह्नुतिः । समाहितं स्वभावश्च विरोधः सारदीपकौ ॥ सहोक्तिरन्यदेशत्वं विशेषोक्तिर्विभावना । एवं स्युरर्थालकारा- श्चतुर्दश न चापरे ॥ -आगमः 1 acquisition of wealth, income; ˚गमाय स्यात् Pt.1. cf. also अर्थागमो नित्यमरोगिता च H. -2 collection of property. -3 conveying of sense; S. D.737. -आपत्तिः f. [अर्थस्य अनुक्तार्थस्य आपत्तिः सिद्धिः] 1 an inference from circumstances, presumption, implication, one of the five sources of knowledge or modes of proof, according to the Mīmāṁsakas. It is 'deduction of a matter from that which could not else be'; it is 'assumption of a thing, not itself perceived but necessarily implied by another which is seen, heard, or proved'; it is an inference used to account for an apparent inconsistency; as in the familiar instance पीनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते the apparent inconsistency between 'fatness' and 'not eating by day' is accounted for by the inference of his 'eating by night'. पीनत्वविशि- ष्टस्य देवदत्तस्य रात्रिभोजित्वरूपार्थस्य शब्दानुक्तस्यापि आपत्तिः. It is defined by Śabara as दृष्टः श्रुतो वार्थो$न्यथा नोपपद्यते इत्यर्थ- कल्पना । यथा जीवति देवदत्ते गृहाभावदर्शनेन बहिर्भावस्यादृष्टस्य कल्पना ॥ Ms.1.1.5. It may be seen from the words दृष्टः and श्रुतः in the above definition, that Śabara has suggested two varieties of अर्थापत्ति viz. दृष्टार्थापत्ति and श्रुता- र्थापत्ति. The illustration given by him, however, is of दृष्टार्थापत्ति only. The former i. e. दृष्टार्थापत्ति consists in the presumption of some अदृष्ट अर्थ to account for some दृष्ट अर्थ (or अर्थs) which otherwise becomes inexplicable. The latter, on the other hand, consists in the presumption of some अर्थ through अश्रुत शब्द to account for some श्रुत अर्थ (i. e. some statement). This peculiarity of श्रुतार्थापत्ति is clearly stated in the following couplet; यत्र त्वपरिपूर्णस्य वाक्यस्यान्वयसिद्धये । शब्दो$ध्याह्रियते तत्र श्रुतार्थापत्ति- रिष्यते ॥ Mānameyodaya p.129 (ed. by K. Raja, Adyar, 1933). Strictly speaking it is no separate mode of proof; it is only a case of अनुमान and can be proved by a व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति; cf. Tarka. K.17 and S. D.46. -2 a figure of speech (according to some rhetoricians) in which a relevant assertion suggests an inference not actually connected with the the subject in hand, or vice versa; it corresponds to what is popularly called कैमुतिकन्याय or दण्डापूपन्याय; e. g. हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुण्ठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43.; S. D. thus defines the figure:- दण्डापूपिकन्यायार्थागमो$र्थापत्तिरिष्यते. -उत्पत्तिः f. acquisition of wealth; so ˚उपार्जनम्. -उपक्षेपकः an introductory scene (in dramas); अर्थोपक्षेपकाः पञ्च S. D.38. They are विष्कम्भ, चूलिका, अङ्कास्य, अङ्कावतार, प्रवेशक. -उपमा a simile dependent on sense and not on sound; see under उपमा. -उपार्जनम् Acquiring wealth. -उष्मन् m. the glow or warmth of wealth; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4. -ओघः, -राशिः treasure, hoard of money. -कर (-री f.), -कृत a. 1 bringing in wealth, enriching; अर्थकरी च विद्या H. Pr.3. -2 useful, advantageous. -कर्मन् n. 1 a principal action (opp. गुणकर्मन्). -2 (as opposed to प्रतिपत्तिकर्मन्), A fruitful act (as opposed to mere disposal or प्रतिपत्ति); अर्थकर्म वा कर्तृ- संयोगात् स्रग्वत् । MS.4.2.17. -काम a. desirous of wealth. (-˚मौ dual), wealth and (sensual) desire or pleasure; अप्यर्थकामौ तस्यास्तां धर्म एव मनीषिणः R.1.25. ह्रत्वार्थकामास्तु गुरूनिहैव Bg.2.5. -कार्ष्यम् Poverty. निर्बन्धसंजातरुषार्थकार्घ्यमचिन्तयित्वा गुरुणाहमुक्तः R.5.21. -काशिन् a. Only apparently of utility (not really). -किल्बिषिन् a. dishonest in money-matters. -कृच्छ्रम् 1 a difficult matter. -2 pecuniary difficulty; व्यसनं वार्थकृच्छ्रे वा Rām.4.7.9; Mb.3.2.19; cf. also Kau. A.1.15 न मुह्येदर्थकृच्छ्रेषु Nīti. -कृत्यम् doing or execution of a business; अभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4. -कोविद a. Expert in a matter, experienced. उवाच रामो धर्मात्मा पुनरप्यर्थकोविदः Rām.6.4.8. -क्रमः due order or sequence of purpose. -क्रिया (a) An implied act, an act which is to be performed as a matter of course (as opposed to शब्दोक्तक्रिया); असति शब्दोक्ते अर्थक्रिया भवति ŚB. on MS.12.1.12. (b) A purposeful action. (see अर्थकर्मन्). -गत a. 1 based on the sense (as a दोष). -2 devoid of sense. -गतिः understanding the sense. -गुणाः cf. भाविकत्वं सुशब्दत्वं पर्यायोक्तिः सुधर्मिता । चत्वारो$र्थगुणाः प्रोक्ताः परे त्वत्रैव संगताः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 21. -गृहम् A treasury. Hariv. -गौरवम् depth of meaning; भारवेरर्थगौरवम् Udb., Ki.2.27. -घ्न a. (घ्नी f.) extravagant, wasteful, prodigal; सुरापी व्याधिता धूर्ता वन्ध्यार्थघ्न्य- प्रियंवदा Y.1.73; व्याधिता वाधिवेत्तव्या हिंस्रार्थघ्नी च सर्वदा Ms.9.8. -चित्रम् 'variety in sense', a pun, Kāvya-prakāśa. -चिन्तक a. 1 thinking of profit. -2 having charge of affairs; सर्वार्थचिन्तकः Ms.7.121. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् charge or administration of (royal) affairs; मन्त्री स्यादर्थचिन्तायाम् S. D. -जात a. 1 full of meaning. -2 wealthy (जातधन). (-तम्) 1 a collection of things. -2 large amount of wealth, considerable property; Dk.63, Ś.6; ददाति च नित्यमर्थजातम् Mk.2.7. -3 all matters; कवय इव महीपाश्चिन्तयन्त्यर्थजातम् Śi.11.6. -4 its own meaning; वहन्द्वयीं यद्यफले$र्थजाते Ki.3.48. -ज्ञ a. knowing the sense or purpose; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -तत्त्वम् 1 the real truth, the fact of the matter; यो$र्थतत्त्वमविज्ञाय क्रोधस्यैव वशं गतः H.4.94. -2 the real nature or cause of anything. -द a. 1 yielding wealth; Dk.41. -2 advantageous, productive of good, useful. -3 liberal, munificent Ms.2.19. -4 favourable, compliant. (-दः) N. of Kubera. -दर्शकः 'one who sees law-suits'; a judge. -दर्शनम् perception of objects; कुरुते दीप इवार्थदर्शनम् Ki.2.33; Dk.155. -दूषणम् 1 extravagance, waste; H.3.18; Ms.7.48. -2 unjust seizure of property or withholding what is due. -3 finding fault with the meaning. -4 spoiling of another's property. -दृश् f. Consideration of truth; क्षेमं त्रिलोकगुरुरर्थदृशं च यच्छन् Bhāg.1.86.21. -दृष्टिः Seeing profit; Bhāg. -दोषः a literary fault or blemish with regard to the sense, one of the four doṣas or blemishes of literary composition, the other three being परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष; for definitions &c. see K. P.7. अलंकारशेखर of केशवमिश्र who mentions eight types of doṣas as follows: अष्टार्थदोषाः विरस, -ग्राम्य, -व्याहत, -खिन्नताः । -हीना, -धिका, सदृक्साम्यं देशादीनां विरोधि च ॥ 17 -द्वयविधानम् Injunction of two ideas or senses; विधाने चार्थद्वयविधानं दोषः ŚB. on MS.1.8.7. -नित्य a. = अर्थ- प्रधान Nir. -निबन्धन a. dependent on wealth. -निश्चयः determination, decision. -प्रतिः 1 'the lord of riches', a a king; किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46;1.59;9.3;18.1; Pt.1.74. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -पदम् N. of the Vārt. on Pāṇini; ससूत्रवृत्त्यर्थपदं महार्थं ससंग्रहं सिद्ध्यति वै कपीन्द्रः Rām.7.36.45. -पर, -लुब्ध a. 1 intent on gaining wealth, greedy of wealth, covetous. -2 niggardly, parsimonious; हिंस्रा दयालुरपि चार्थपरा वदान्या Bh.2.47; Pt.1.425. -प्रकृतिः f. the leading source or occasion of the grand object in a drama; (the number of these 'sources' is five :-- बीजं बिन्दुः पताका च प्रकरी कार्यमेव च । अर्थप्रकृतयः पञ्च ज्ञात्वा योज्या यथाविधि S. D.317.) -प्रयोगः 1 usury. -2 administration of the affairs (of a state) -प्राप्त a. derived or understood from the sense included as a matter of course, implied; परिसमाप्तिः शब्दार्थः । परिसमाप्त्यामर्थप्राप्तत्वादारम्भस्य । ŚB. on MS.6.2.13. -˚त्वम् Inplication. -बन्धः 1 arrangement of words, composition, text; stanza, verse; संचिन्त्य गीतक्षममर्थबन्धम् Ś.7.5; ललितार्थबन्धम् V.2.14 put or expressed in elegant words. -2. connection (of the soul) with the objects of sense. -बुद्धि a. selfish. -बोधः indication of the (real) import. -भाज् a. entitled to a share in the division of property. -भावनम् Deliberation over a subject (Pātañjala Yogadarśana 1.28). -भृत् a. receiving high wages (as a servant). -भेदः distinction or difference of meaning; अर्थभेदेन शब्दभेदः. -मात्रम्, -त्रा 1 property, wealth; Pt.2. -2 the whole sense or object. -युक्त a. significant, full of यस्यार्थयुक्तं meaning; गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति Ku.1.13. -लक्षण a. As determined by the purpose or need (as opposed to शब्दलक्षण); लोके कर्मार्थलक्षणम् Ms.11.1.26. -लाभः acquisition of wealth. -लोभः avarice. -वशः power in the form of discrimination and knowledge. अर्थवशात् सप्तरूपविनिवृत्ताम् Sāvk.65. -वादः 1 declaration of any purpose. -2 affirmation, declaratory assertion, an explanatory remark, exegesis; speech or assertion having a certain object; a sentence. (It usually recommends a विधि or precept by stating the good arising from its proper observance, and the evils arising from its omission, and also by adducing historical instances in its support; स्तुतिर्निन्दा परकृतिः पुराकल्प इत्यर्थवादः Gaut. Sūt.; said by Laugākṣi to be of 3 kinds :- गुणवादो विरोधे स्यादनु वादो$वधारिते । भूतार्थवादस्तद्धानादर्थ- वादस्त्रिधा मतः; the last kind includes many varieties.) -3 one of the six means of finding out the tātparya (real aim and object) of any work. -4 praise, eulogy; अर्थवाद एषः । दोषं तु मे कंचित्कथय U.1. -विकरणम् = अर्थ- विक्रिया change of meaning. -विकल्पः 1 deviation from truth, perversion of fact. -2 prevarication; also ˚वैकल्प्यम् -विज्ञानम् comprehending the sense, one of the six exercises of the understanding (धीगुण). -विद् a. sensible, wise, sagacious. भुङ्क्ते तदपि तच्चान्यो मधुहेवार्थविन्मधु Bhāg.11.18.15. विवक्षतामर्थविदस्तत्क्षणप्रतिसंहृताम् Śi. -विद्या knowledge of practical life; Mb.7. -विपत्तिः Failing of an aim; समीक्ष्यतां चार्थविपत्तिमार्गताम् Rām.2.19.4. -विभावक a. money-giver; विप्रेभ्यो$र्थविभावकः Mb.3.33. 84. -विप्रकर्षः difficulty in the comprehension of the sense. -विशेषणम् a reprehensive repetition of something uttered by another; S. D.49. -वृद्धिः f. accumulation of wealth. -व्ययः expenditure; ˚ज्ञ a. conversant with money-matters. -शब्दौ Word and sense. -शालिन् a. Wealthy. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of wealth (political economy). -2 science of polity, political science, politics; अर्थशास्त्रविशारदं सुधन्वानमुपाध्यायम् Rām.2.1.14. Dk.12; इह खलु अर्थशास्त्रकारास्त्रिविधां सिद्धिमुपवर्णयन्ति Mu.3; ˚व्यवहारिन् one dealing with politics, a politician; Mu.5. -3 science giving precepts on general conduct, the science of practical life; Pt.1. -शौचम् purity or honesty in money-matters; सर्वेषां चैव शौचानामर्थशौचं परं स्मृतं Ms. 5.16. -श्री Great wealth. -संस्थानम् 1 accumulation of wealth. -2 treasury. -संग्रहः, -संचयः accumulation or acquisition of wealth, treasure, property. कोशेनाश्रयणी- यत्वमिति तस्यार्थसंग्रहः R.17.6. कुदेशमासाद्य कुतो$र्थसंचयः H. -संग्रहः a book on Mīmāṁsā by Laugākṣi Bhāskara. -सतत्त्वम् truth; किं पुनरत्रार्थसतत्त्वम् । देवा ज्ञातुमर्हन्ति MBh. or P.VIII.3.72. -समाजः aggregate of causes. -समाहारः 1 treasure. -2 acquisition of wealth. -संपद् f. accomplishment of a desired object; उपेत्य संघर्ष- मिवार्थसंपदः Ki.1.15. -संपादनम् Carrying out of an affair; Ms.7.168. -संबन्धः connection of the sense with the word or sentence. -संबन्धिन् a. Concerned or interested in an affair; Ms.8.64. -साधक a. 1 accomplishing any object. -2 bringing any matter to a conclusion. -सारः considerable wealth; Pt.2.42. -सिद्ध a. understood from the very context (though not expressed in words), inferable from the connection of words. -सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of a desired object, success. द्वारमिवार्थसिद्धेः R.2.21. -हानिः Loss of wealth -हारिन् a. stealing money Ks. -हर a. inheriting wealth. -हीन a. 1 deprived of wealth, poor. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical. -3 failing.

arthāt	अर्थात् ind. (abl. of अर्थ) 1 As a matter of course, of course, in fact; मूषिकेण दण्डो भक्षित इत्यनेन तत्सहचरितमपूप- भक्षणमर्थादायातं भवति S. D.1. -2 According to the circumstances or state of the case; as a matter of fact. -3 That is to say, namely. -कृतम् Performed through the force of implication or as a matter of course; न चार्थात्कृतं चोदकः प्रापयति ŚB on MS.5.2.8.

arthitā	अर्थिता त्वम् 1 State or condition of a supplicant, begging, request; न व्यहन्यत कदाचिदर्थिता R.11.2; M.3; K.141,; तेनार्थित्वं त्वयि विधिवशाद् दूरबन्धुर्गतो$हम् Me.6; Mv. 2.9. -2 Wish, desire; Bhāg.4.3.8. यद्यर्थिता R. 14.42; अनर्थित्वान्मनुष्याणाम् Pt.1.142. Ki.13.69.

arthin	अर्थिन् a. [अर्थ्-इनि] 1 Seeking to gain or obtain, wishing for, desirous of, with instr. or in comp. अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति । MBh. on P.I.1.1. etc. तुषैरर्थिनः Dk.132; कोषदण्डाभ्याम्˚ Mu.5; को वधेन ममार्थी स्यात् Mb., Ve.6.25; अर्थार्थी Pt.1.4, अर्थार्थी जीवलोको$यम् Pt.1.9. -2 Entreating or begging anyone (with gen.); सर्वत्र मण्डूकवधः क्रियतामिति यो मया$र्यी Mb.3.192.24. अर्थी वररुचिर्मे$स्तु Ks. -3 Possessed of desires; अनर्थी प्रार्थ- नावहः R.1.18. m. 1 One who asks, begs or solicits; a beggar, suppliant, suitor; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6; 2.64;4.31;9.27; को$र्थी गतो गौरवम् Pt.1.146; One who asks for a girl in marriage, a wooer; Y.1.6; कन्या- रत्नमयोनिजन्म भवतामास्ते वयं चार्थिनः Mv.1.3. -2 (In law) A plaintiff, complainant, prosecutor; स धर्मस्थसखः शश्वदर्थि- प्रत्यर्थिनां स्वयम् । ददर्श संशयच्छेद्यान् व्यवहारानतन्द्रितः R.17.39; अर्थी कार्यं निवेदयेत् Śukra.4.575; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तानर्थि- प्रत्यर्थिसन्निधौ Ms.8.79. -3 A servant, follower. -4 A master or lord. -Comp. -भावः state of a suppliant, begging, request; कं याचे यत्र तत्र ध्रुवमनवसरग्रस्त एवार्थिभावः Māl.9.3. -सात् adv. at the disposal of beggars; विभज्य मेरुर्न यदर्थिसात्कृतः N.1.16. cf. अर्थी तु याचको विद्यात् यस्यार्थः स च अर्थवान्.

ard	अर्द् 1 P. [अर्दति, आनार्द, आर्दीत्, अर्दितुम्, अर्दित or अर्ण] 1 To afflict, torment; strike, hurt, kill; रक्षःसहस्राणि चतुर्दशार्दीत् Bk.12.56, see caus. below. -2 to beg, request, ask; निर्गलिताम्बुगर्भं शरद्घनं नार्दति चातको$पि R. 5.17. -3 To go, to move, be agitated or moved; be scattered (as dust); आर्दन् धन्वानि सरयन्त आपः Rv.4. 17.2; fly in pieces, dissolve; श्लोणया काटमर्दति Av.12.4.3. (The past participle is usually अर्दित, but अर्ण when the root is preceded by अभि, नि, वि, सम्; cf. अर्देः संनिविभ्यः अभेश्चाविदूर्ये P.VII.2.24-5). -Caus. or 1 P. 1 (a) To afflict, torment, distress; तत एनं महावेगैरर्दयामास तोमरैः Mb.; कामार्दित, कोप˚, भय˚ &c. (b) To strike, hurt, injure, kill; येनार्दिदत् दैत्यपुरं पिनाकी Bk.2.42;9.19; 15.9. -2 To stir up, rouse, agitate, shake vehemently, make agitated or restless; अभि क्रन्द स्तनयार्दयोदधिम् Av.4.15.6. -3 To distort; अर्दयित्वानिलो वक्त्रमर्दितं जनयत्यतः Suśruta. With -अति to torment excessively, fall upon or attack; अत्यार्दीत् वालिनः पुत्रम् (v. l. अभ्यार्दीत्) Bk.15.115. -अभि to distress, afflict, pain, oppress; अभ्यर्दितो वृषलः (शीतेन पीडितः) P.VII.2.25 Sk. -नि Ved. to stream forth, flow out. -प्र to overwork, to work or exert oneself beyond measure; to cause to flow away. -प्रति to oppress or press hard in return, assail in raturn, return an attack. -वि Ved. to go or move away; to oppress, harass, pain. -caus. to cause to be scattered or dissolved, destroy, annihilate. -सम् caus. to pain greatly, wound, distress.

ardana	अर्दन a. 1 Distressing, afflicting, tormenting; पुर˚, बल˚. -2 Moving restlessly, being agitated. -नः N. of Śiva; Mbh.13. -नम् [भावे-ल्युट्] Distressing, afflicting; pain, trouble, anxiety, disturbance, excitement, agitation, restlessness. -नम्, -ना 1 Going, moving. -2 Asking, begging. -3 Killing, hurting, giving pain.

arvācīna	अर्वाचीन a. [अर्वाच्-ख] 1 Turned towards; favouring; turned towards unfavourbly; अर्वाचीनासो वनुषे युयुज्रे Rv.6.25.3. -2 Being on this side, below. -3 Born afterwards, posterior. -4 Modern, recent. -5 Reverse, contrary; ˚ता state of being posterior or recent; state of being contrary. -नम् ind. (With abl.) 1 On this side of. -2 Thenceforward. -3 Less than. -4 Later than; यदूर्ध्वं पृथिव्या अर्वाचीनमन्तरीक्षात् Śat. Br.

ātman	आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare.

ādhamarṇyam	आधमर्ण्यम् [अधमर्णस्य भावः कर्म वा ष्यञ्] The state of being indebted.

ādhu	आधु 5 U. To shake, stir, agitate.

ādhavaḥ	आधवः Ved. 1 One who stirs up or agitates. -2 That which is agitated, mixture. -3 Throwing.

ādhūta	आधूत a. Shaken, agitated.

ādhyai	आध्यै 1 P. To think on, meditate, remember.

ādhīta	आधीत p. p. Ved. Reflected or meditated upon. -तम् The object or subject of one's thought; that which is intended or hoped for.

ānāthyam	आनाथ्यम् [अनाथस्य भावः ष्यञ्] The state of being helpless or forlorn, orphanism, helplessness.

ānumānika	आनुमानिक a. (-की f.) [अनुमानादागतः ठक्] 1 Relating to a conclusion. -2 Derived from an inference, subject to inference, inferential. -3 Inferred. -कम् The Pradhāna of the Sāñkhyas; आनुमानिकमप्येकेषामिति चेन्न Br. Sūt.1.4.1; ˚त्वम् the state of being inferable.

āpad	आपद् 4 Ā. 1 To go near, walk towards, approach; एष रावणिरापादि वानराणां भयंकरः Bk.15.89. -2 To enter into, go to, attain to (a place, state &c.); वक्त्रमापद्य मारुतः Śik.9; निर्वेदमापद्यते becomes disgusted Mk.1.14; आपेदिरे$म्बरपथम् Bv.1.17; क्षीरं दधिभावमापद्यते Ś. B. milk turns into curds; पाण्डुरतामापद्यमानस्य K.69 becoming pale; 16; विस्मयमापेदे 179; श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः R.14.7 assumed the form of a verse; चिन्तामापेदे Dk.13 fell a-thinking; so विश्वासम्, निर्वृतिम्, संशयम्, वशम्, पञ्चत्वम् &c. पुनः पुनर्वशमापद्यते मे Kaṭh.1.2.6. -3 To get into trouble, fall into misfortune; अर्थधर्मौ परित्यज यः काममनुवर्तते । एवमापद्यते क्षिप्रं राजा दशरथो यथा ॥ Rām.; see आपन्न below. -4 To happen, occur; जित्सोर्नूनमापादि ध्वंसो$यं तां निशाचरात् Bk.6.31; एवमापद्यते M.1 so it is. -Caus. 1 To bring about, bring to pass, accomplish, effect; कूजद्भिरापादितवंशकृत्यम् R.2.12; Śānti. 3.19. -2 To lead or reduce to, cause to suffer; आपाद्यते न व्ययमन्तरायैः R.5.5. -3 To cause, to produce, bring on; लघिमानमापादयति K.15,19; दोषमपि गुणत्वमापादयति makes the best of a bad matter. -4 To reach or attain to. -5 To spread, circulate (as news). -6 To turn or change into; एकामपि काकिणीं कार्षापणलक्षमापादयेम Dk.156.

āpattiḥ	आपत्तिः f. [आ-पद्-क्तिन्] 1 Turning or changing into, entering into any state or condition. -2 Obtaining, procuring, getting; स्थानापत्तेर्द्रव्येषु धर्मलाभः Kāty. -3 Misfortune, calamity, adversity; Y.3.42. -4 A fault, transgression. -5 Remonstrance, expostulation. -6 (In phil.) An undesirable conclusion or occurrence (अनिष्टप्रसङ्ग).

āma	आम a. [आम्यते ईषत् पच्यते; आ अम् कर्मणि घञ् Tv.] 1 Raw, uncooked, undressed (opp. पक्व) (oft. applied to the cow in the Veda; Rv.3.3.14.); आमान्नम् Ms.4.223; Y.1.287. -2 Unripe, immature; तुदन्त्या- मत्वचं दंशा मशका मत्कुणादयः Bhāg.3.31.27. -3 Unbaked, unannealed (as a jar); आमकुम्भ इवाम्भःस्थो विशीर्णः H.4.66. -4 Undigested. -म् 1 State of being raw; शनैः शनैर्जहुः पङ्कं स्थलान्यामं च वीरुधः Bhāg.1.2.39. -2 Constipation, passing hard excretion. -3 Grain freed from chaff. -मः 1 Disease; sickness. -2 Indigestion; आहारस्य रसः सारः यो न पक्वो$ग्निलाघवात् । आमसंज्ञां स लभते महाव्याधिसमाश्रयः ॥ Suśr. -Comp. -अतिसारः dysentery or diarrhœa caused by vitiated mucus in the abdomen (the excretion being in this case mixed with hard and fetid matter). आमातिसारे नो कार्य- मादौ संग्रहणं नृणाम् Suśr. -अद् a. eating raw flesh or food; आमादः क्ष्विङ्कास्त मदन्त्वेनीः Rv.1.87.7. -अन्नम् undressed rice. -आशयः [आमस्यापक्वान्नस्याशयः] 'receptacle of undigested food', the upper part of the belly to the navel, stomach. -कुम्भः a jar of unbaked clay; H.4.66. -गन्धि n. smelling of raw meat of a burning corpse. -गन्धिकम् the smell of raw meat. -ज्वरः a kind of fever; cf. स्वेद्यमामज्वरं प्राज्ञः को$म्भसा परिषिञ्चति Śi.2.54. -त्वच् a. of tender skin. -पाकः1 a preliminary stage of the disease called dropsy. -2 A method of mellowing or ripening a tumour; Suśr.. -पात्रम् an unannealed vessel; Av.8.1.28; विनाशं व्रजति क्षिप्रमाम- पात्रमिवाम्भसि Ms.3.179. -पीनसम् running at the nose, defluxion. -पेशाः Grains pounded in a raw condition. -मांसाशिन् m. a cannibal, an eater of raw flesh. -रक्तम् dysentery. -रसः imperfect chyme. -वातः constipation, torpor of the bowels attended with flatulence and intumescence. -शूलः pain of indigestion, colic. -श्राद्धम् a Śrāddha performed with uncooked food; आपद्यनग्नौ तीर्थे च चन्द्रसूर्यग्रहे तथा । आमश्राद्धं द्विजैः कार्यं शूद्रेण च सदैव हि ॥ Prāchetasa.

āyatanatvam	आयतनत्वम् State of being an altar or seat.

āyathātathyam	आयथातथ्यम् Unfitness, unsuitableness, impropriety; गुणानामायथातथ्यादर्थं विप्लावयन्ति ये Śi.2.56. आयथापुर्यम् āyathāpuryam पूर्व्यम् pūrvyam आयथापुर्यम् पूर्व्यम् The state of being not as formerly.

āyatimat	आयतिमत् a. 1 Long, extended. -2 Dignified, majestic, stately. -3 Self-restrained.

āyā	आया 2 P. 1 To come, arrive, approach. -2 To reach, attain, go to (any particular state); क्षयम्, वशम्, बन्धनम्, तुलाम् &c. ब्राह्मणो निर्वेदमायात् Mu&ṇḍa 1.2.12; आयातु वरदा देवी Mahānār. 15.1. -3 To follow, result. -4 To be possible or practicable (with inf.).

āruh	आरुह् 1 P. 1 To ascend, mount, bestride, get upon (with acc., sometimes loc.); सिंहासनमारुरोह K.111; आरुरुह् रथादिषु Bk.14.8; आरूढकुलालचक्रमिव Mu.5.5; mounted on a potter's wheel; 7.12. -2 To ride upon, get ascendancy over, domineer over (fig.); वृषल भृत्यमिव मामारोढुमिच्छसि Mu.3; Pt.1.36. -3 To venture upon, undertake, enter upon, make; प्रतिज्ञामारोढुं पुनरपि चलत्येष चरणः Mu.3.3,27; so यौवनारूढ, योगारूढ. -4 To attain, gain, get to, reach; सौन्दर्यस्य पारमारूढा न वा Dk.88; Ki.2.13; तुलां यदारोहति दन्तवाससा Ku.5.34; आरुरोह कुमदाकरोपमाम् R.19,34. The senses of this root are modified according to the noun with which it is joined; आरूढरुषा Ku.7.67 excited to anger; तदागमारूढगुरुप्रहर्षः R. 5.61; मन्त्रिपदमारूढः Mu.6; तर्कारूढा 6.19 engaged in guessing; Ś.5.9; शीघ्रं बुद्धिमारोहति Ś. B. strikes the mind; यौवनपदवीमारूढः attained his majority; अवस्थान्तर- मारूढा M.3; संशयं पुनरारुह्य H.1.7 running a risk; संशयमारुरोह शैलः Ki.13.16. -Caus. (रोह-प-यति) 1 To cause to go up or ascend, raise up, elevate; अमात्यो$- स्मान्पुरातनीमवस्थामारोपयिष्यति Mu.2 will raise or elevate; शूलानारोपयेत् Y.2.273; आरोपिता मनोविषयमात्मनः Ku.6.17. -2 To cause to mount or sit (on oneself) (Ātm.); करेणुरारोहयते निषादिनम् Śi.12.5. -3 To cause to grow, plant (lit). -4 To establish, instal, seat (fig.); राज्ये चारोपिता वयम् Mu.7.18; इत्यारोपितपुत्रास्ते R.15.91. -5 To cause, produce, bring out; उष्माणम् K.15; प्रणयम् 134,142; आरोपितप्रीतिरभूत् 173,212; प्रतापमारोपयितुम् 11, 119 show or exhibit. -6 To place, fix, direct; अङ्कमा- रोप्य placing in the lap; R.3.26,14.27; Ku.1.37; चक्षुः˚ cast a look at; Pt.1.243; आशीर्वादमारोपयन्तः Ki.18.46 conferring or pronouncing; आभरणभारमङ्गेषु नारोपयन्ति K.23 put or wear; पत्रे आरोपितं कुरु Ś.6. commit to paper; आरोप्यते शिला शैले H.2.46. -7 To entrust to, appoint to, charge with; मन्त्रिणि राज्यभार- मारोप्य K.57; अमात्यपदे आरोपितः Pt.1. -8 To cause to go to or attain a particular state; करतलं कर्णपूरता- मारोपितम् K.6; आरोपय गरीयस्त्वम् 27 raise to greatness 315; Dk.118. -9 To ascribe, attribute, impute; आत्मन्या- रोपिताभिमानाः K.18,185; छाया हि भूमेः शशिनो मलत्वेनारो- पिता शुद्धिमतः प्रजाभिः R.14.4. -1 To string (as a bow); धनुरारोपयन् U.4; तं देशमारोपितपुष्पचापे Ku.3.35; Bk.14.8.

ārdraka	आर्द्रक a. (-की f.) [आर्द्रा-वुन्] Born under the constellation Ārdrā; cf. P.IV.3.28. -कम् Ginger in its undried state, wet ginger (Mar. आलें).

ālāpaḥ	आलापः 1 Talking, speaking to, speech, conversation; अये दक्षिणेन वृक्षवाटिकामालाप इव श्रूयते Ś.1; प्रवसनालाप Amaru. 54; ललितालापे Śrut.36. -2 Narration, mention. -3 The seven notes in music (Mar. सा, रि, ग, म, प, ध, नि). -4 Statement of a question in an arithmetical or algebraical sum. -5 A question. -पा A particular मूर्च्छना or melody in music.

āluḍ	आलुड् 1 P. or. Caus. To stir up, agitate, shake, disturb; कौरववनमालोडयन्तौ Ve.3,4; विषमालोड्य पास्यामि Mb.; (fig.) to dive into; Pt.1; to examine scrutinizingly; भरतादिमतं सर्वमालोड्यातिप्रयत्नतः.

āloḍita	आलोडित p. p. 1 Shaken, agitated. -2 Mixed, blended. -3 Powdered.

ālulita	आलुलित a. A little moved or agitated.

ālokanīyatā	आलोकनीयता The state of being looked at; चित्र- न्यस्ता इव गताः प्रकामालोकनीयताम् Ku.

ālola	आलोल a. Slightly trembling, rolling (as eyes); आलोलायतलोचनाः Bh.3.48. -2 Shaken, agitated; आलो- लामलकावलीम् Amaru.3; क्रीडालोलाः Me.63. -लः Trembling, agitation.

ālolita	आलोलित a. Shaken, agitated.

āvigna	आविग्न a. Distressed, troubled, agitated, confused. -ग्नः N. of a fruit-tree (अविग्न; Mar. करवंद).

āviś	आविश् 6 U. 1 To enter; गौरीगुरोर्गह्वरमाविवेश R.2. 26,3.28. -2 To take possession of, possess, affect; मूढमाविशन्ति न पण्डितम् H.1.3; so भयम्, मोहः, क्रोधः &c. -3 To go towards, approach. -4 To go or attain to a particular state; सुखम्, मन्युम् &c. -5 To arise. -Caus. 1 To cause to enter; मष्यावेशित चेतसाम् Bg.12.7. -2 To possess; K.17.

āvyadh	आव्यध् 4 P. 1 To hit, pierce; see अनाविद्ध. -2 To wound. -3 To break or pierce through. -4 To put on; निवस्स्वा$$विध्य च स्रजम् Bk.2.11. -5 To shoot at, throw or cast towards. -6 To throw away, cast off. -7 To wave, brandish; आविद्धावेव दृश्येते Mb.1.226.3; आविध्य शूलं तरसा Bhāg.1.59.8. -8 To pin on. -9 To rouse, agitate, stir up. -1 To drive away, expel; निर्बन्धमाविध्यति Mv.5.3.

āśramaḥ	आश्रमः मम् [आ-श्रम् आधारे घञ् वृद्धयभावः] 1 A hermitage, hut, cell, dwelling or abode of ascetics; शरणान्यशरण्यानि आश्रमाणि कृतानि नः Rām.7.6.5. -2 A stage, order, or period of the (religious) life of a Brāhmaṇa (These are four:-ब्रह्मचर्य the life of a student; गार्हस्थ्य the life of a house-holder; वानप्रस्थ the life of an anchorite or hermit, and संन्यास the life of a Bhikṣu or beggar. Kṣatriyas (and Vśiyas also) can enter, upon the first three Āśramas; cf. Ś.7.18; V.5; (according to some authorities they can enter the fourth also; cf. स किलाश्रममन्त्यमाश्रितः R.8.14; पूर्वाश्रमः Ku.5.5. -3 A college, school. -4 A wood or thicket (where ascetics practise penance). -5 N. of Viṣṇu. Comp. -उपनिषद् N. of an upaniṣad -गुरुः the head of a religious order, a preceptor, principal, कर्तुमाश्रमगुरुः स चाश्रमत् Śi. -धर्मः 1 the special duties of each order or life. -2 the duties of one leading a hermit's life; य इमामाश्रमधर्मे नियुङ्क्ते Ś.1. -पदम्, -मण्डलम्, -स्थानम् 1 a hermitage (including the surrounding grounds), a penance forest (तपोवनम्); शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदम् Ś.1.16. -2 a period in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -पर्वन् n. The first section of the fifteenth book of the Mahābhārata. i. e. आश्रमवासिक- पर्वन्. -भ्रष्ट a. fallen from any religious order, apostate. -लक्षणम् An indicatory mark of the religious order, cf. मेखलाजिनदण्डेन ब्रह्मचारीति लक्ष्यते । गृहस्थो दानवेदाद्यैर्नखलोम्ना वनाश्रिताः ॥ त्रिदण्डेन यतिश्चैव लक्षणानि पृथक् पृथक् । यस्यैतल्लक्षणं नास्ति प्रायश्चित्ती न चाश्रमी ॥ (दक्षसंहिता.) -वासः residence in a hermitage. -वासिक a. relating to residence in a hermitage; ˚कं पर्व the 15th book of the Mb. -वासिन्, -आलयः, -सद् m. an ascetic, hermit.

āśva	आश्व a. (-श्वी f.) [अश्वस्येदम् अण्] 1 Belonging to or coming from a horse, equestrian; आश्वं कफहरं मूत्रं कृमि- दद्रुषु शस्यते Suśr. -2 Drawn by horses (as a chariot). -श्वम् 1 A number of horses. -2 A chariot drawn by horses. -3 The state or action of a horse (अश्वस्य भावः कर्म वा Sk.).

ās	आस् I. 2 Ā. (आस्ते, आसांचक्रे, आसिष्ट; आसितुम्, आसित) 1 To sit, lie, rest; Bg.2.45; एतदासनमास्यताम् V.5; आस्यता- मिति चोक्तः सन्नासीताभिमुखं गुरोः Ms.2.193. -2 To live, dwell; तावद्वर्षाण्यासते देवलोके Mb.; यत्रास्मै रोचते तत्रायमास्ताम् K.196; कुरूनास्ते Sk.; यत्रामृतास आसते Rv.9.15.2; Bk.4.6,8.79. -3 To sit quietly, take no hostile measures, remain idle; आसीनं त्वामुत्थापयति द्वयम् Śi.2.57. -4 To be, exist. -5 To be contained in; जगन्ति यस्यां सविकाशमासत Śi.1.23. -6 To abide, remain, continue or be in any state, be doing anything, last; oft. used with present participles to denote a continuous or uninterrupted action; विदारयन्प्रगर्जंश्चास्ते Pt.1 kept on, continued, tearing up and bellowing; used in this sense also with an adj., subst., indeclinable, past part., an adverb (तूष्णीम् &c.), or with the instr. of a noun; सुखेनास्ते &c. -7 To lead to, result in (with dat.); आस्तां मानसतुष्टये सुकृतिनां नीतिर्नवोढेव वः H.1.185 -8 To cease, have an end. -9 To solemnize, celebrate. -1 To let go, lay or put aside; आस्तां तावत् let it aside, let it go, to say nothing of, not to mention; K.18. -11 To be indifferent; ननु आस्ते इत्युपवेशने भवति । नावश्यमुपवेशने एव, औदासीन्ये$पि दृश्यते । ŚB. on MS.3.6.24. -Caus. To cause to sit, seat, fix; आसयत्सलिले पृथ्वीम् Sk. Desid. आसिसिषते To wish to sit &c. -II.4. P. [आस्यति, आसितुम्] 1 To enclose; border. -2 To admit (as water) into.

āsyā	आस्या Sitting, abode, state of rest; आस्या वर्णकफस्थौल्य- सौकुमार्यकरी सुखा Suśr.

āsāraḥ	आसारः [आ-सृ-घञ्] 1 A hard or sharp-driving shower (of anything); आसारसिक्तक्षितिबाष्पयोगात् R.13.29; Me.17; पुष्पासारैः 43; so तुहिन˚, रुधिर˚ &c.; बाष्पासारा M.3.2 flooded or suffused with tears; धारासारैर्वृष्टिर्बभूव H.3 it rained in torrents. -2 Surrounding an enemy. -3 Attack, incursion. -4 The army of an ally or king (whose dominions are separated by other intervening states); पार्ष्णिग्राहासरौ अन्तःकोपं आटविकं वा समुत्थापयितुकामः Kau. A.1.16. -5 Provision, food; अज्ञानविविधासारतोय- शस्यो व्रजेत्तु यः Pt.3.41,51.

āsthā	आस्था [आस्था-अङ्] 1 Regard, care, respect, consideration, care for (with loc.); न संभ्रमो न भीः काचिदास्था वा समजायत Mb.12.281.12; मर्त्येष्वास्थापराङ्मुखः R.1.43; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत् Bh.3.3;2.98; see अनास्था also. -2 Assent, promise. -3 Prop, support, stay. -4 Hope, confidence; जयलक्ष्म्यां बबन्धास्थाम् Rāj.1.5.245. -5 An effort. -6 State, condition. -7 An assembly. -8 A place or means of abiding.

āsphuṭ	आस्फुट् 1 P. To agitate, shake; धृष्टमास्फोटयामास लङ्कां शब्देन पूरयन् Rām.5.43.6.

i	इ I. 2 P. (In Dhātup. written as इण्) (एति, इयाय, अगात्, एतुम्, इत) 1 To go, go to or towards, come to or near; शशिनं पुनरेति शर्वरी R.8.56; ईयुर्भरद्वाजमुनेर्निकेतम् Bk. 3.4. -2 To arrive at, reach, obtain, attain to, go to or be reduced to a particular state, fall into; निर्बुद्धिः क्षयमेति Mk.1.14 goes to (ruin, is ruined; so वशम्, शत्रुत्वम्, शूद्रताम् &c.). -3 To return. -4 To go away, retire; elapse, pass. -5 To spring from, come or arise from. -6 To undertake anything (with acc.); सत्रमायन् Vāj. -7 To ask, beg. -8 To be; to appear. -9 To be employed in, go on with, be in a particular condition or relation, with a part. or instr.; कृषन्तो ह स्म वै वपन्तो यन्ति Śat. Br.; गवामयनेनेयुः Kāty. -1 To thrive, prosper. II.1 U. = अय् q. v. III.4 Ā. 1 To come, appear. -2 To run, wander. -3 To go quickly or repeatedly. -4 To ask, request. -Caus. To cause to go or come. [cf. L. eo; Gr. eimi with एमि].

iṅg	इङ्ग् 1 U. (इङ्गति-ते, इङ्गितुम्, इङ्गित) 1 To move, shake, be agitated; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो नेङ्गते Bg.6.19,14.23; त्वया सृष्टमिदं विश्वं यच्चेङ्गं यच्च नेङ्गति Mb.3.12.2. -2 To go, move. -Caus. 1 To move, agitate, shake. -2 (In gram.) to separate the members of a compound; cf. इङ्ग्य below.

ittham	इत्थम् ind. Thus, so, in this manner; इत्थं रतेः किमपि भूतमदृश्यरूपम् Ku.4.45; इत्थंगते under these circumstances, such being the case; इत्थंगते किमस्माभिः करणीयम् Ś.4; R.9.81. -Comp. -कारम् ind. in this manner. -भूत a. 1 so circumstanced, being in this state, being thus; ˚आख्याने P.I.4.9; Me.96; Ku.6.26; Ś.3.5; कथ- मित्थंभूता M.5, K.146. -2 true or faithful (as a story). -भावः being thus endowed, having these qualities. -विध a. 1 of such kind. -2 endowed with such qualities.

id	इद् ind. 1 A particle of affirmation, even, just, only; यथा वशन्ति देवास्तथेदसद् Rv.8.28.4. especially in strengthening a statement; अर्थज्ञ इत्सकलं भद्रमश्नुते Nir. -2 It is often added to words expressing excess or exclusion; विश्व इत् एक इत् &c. -3 At the beginning of sentences it often adds emphasis to pronouns, prepositions &c. (its place is taken by एव in classical Sanskrit.

indraḥ	इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.

iṣṭa	इष्ट p. p. [इष् इच्छायां कर्मणि क्त] 1 Wished, desired, longed for, wished for; उपपन्नो गुणैरिष्टैः Nala.1.1. -2 Beloved, agreeable, liked, favourite, dear; ˚आत्मजः Mu.2.8 fond of sons. -3 Worshipped, reverenced. -4 Respected. -5 Approved, regarded as good. -6 Desirable; see इष्टापूर्त. -6 Valid. -7 Sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices. -8 Supposed (कल्पित); oft. used in Līlavatī. -ष्टः 1 A lover, husband, beloved person; इष्टप्रवासजनितानि Ś.4.3. -2 A friend; इष्टानामिष्ट- कर्मकृत Pt.1.57;2.172. -3 N. of a tree (एरंड). -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A sacrifice. -ष्टा N. of a tree (शमी). -ष्टम् 1 Wish, desire. -2 A holy ceremony or संस्कार. एतदिष्टं प्रवृत्ताख्यम् Bhāg.7.15.49. -3 A sacrifice; Bṛi. Up.4.1.2; see इष्टापूर्त. ind. Voluntarily. -Comp. -अर्थः desired object. ˚उद्युक्त a. zealously engaged in gaining one's desired object. -आपत्तिः f. occurrence of what is desired; a statement by a debater which is favourable to his opponent also; इष्टापत्तौ दोषान्तरमाह Jag. -कर्मन् n. (In Arith.) rule of supposition, operation with an assumed number. -कापथः the root of a fragrant grass (वीरणमूल; Mar. वाळा). -कामदुह् a. granting the desired objects, an epithet of the cow of plenty; एष वो$स्त्विष्टकामधुक् Bg.3.1. -गन्ध a. fragrant. (-धः) any fragrant substance. (-धम्) sand. -जनः a beloved person (whether man or woman); U.3. -देवः, -देवता a favourite god, one's tutelary deity. -भागिन् a. One who has attained his object; अपूजयन्राघवमिष्टभागिनम् Rām.6.67.175. -यामन् a. going according to one's desire. वायुर्न यो नियुत्वाँ इष्टयामा Rv.9. 88.3. -व्रत a. 1 performing desired vows. -2 obeying one's wish. -3 (food &c.) for the fulfilment of a vow. -4 that by which good works succeed. इष इष्टव्रता अकः Rv.3.59.9.

īr	ईर् 2 Ā. (इर्ते, ईराञ्चक्रे, ऐरिष्ट, ईरितुम्, ईर्ण); also 1 P. (p. p. ईरित) 1 To go, move, shake (trans. also). -2 To rise, arise or spring from. -3 To go away, retire. -4 To agitate, elevate; raise one's voice. -1 U. or -Caus. (ईरयति, ईरित) 1 To agitate, throw, cast; Śi.8. 39; discharge, dart, hurl; ऐरिरच्च महाद्रुमम् Bk.15.52; R.15.2. -2 To excite, prompt, urge; क्षेमंकरे$र्थे मुहुरीर्यमाणः Bk.12.6. -3 To cause to rise, produce. -4 To utter, pronounce, proclaim, say, repeat; Māl.1.25; इतीर- यन्तीव तया निरैक्षि N.14.21; Śi.9.69; Ki.1.26; R.9.8; निबोध चेमां गिरमीरितां मया. -5 To cause to go, set in motion, move, shake; वातेरितपल्लवाङ्गुलिभिः Ś.1; अपरागसमीरणेरितः Ki.2.5; Śi.8.2. -6 To draw towards, attract; उद्धतैरिव परस्परसङ्गादीरितान्युभयतः कुचकुम्भैः Śi.1.32. -7 To employ, use. -8 To bring to life, revive. -9 To elevate. -To raise oneself (Ā).

īrma	ईर्म a. [ईर्-मक्] 1 Agitated. -2 Going constantly or instigating everything (Sāy.) -ind. Here, in or to this place. -र्मः The arm; the fore-quarter of an animal; ईर्माभ्यामयनं जातम् Av.1.1.21; तस्य प्राची दिक्छिरो$सौ चासौ चेर्मौ Bṛi. Up.1.2.3. -र्मम् A wound, sore (m. also.).

īvat	ईवत् a. 1 Going. -2 So large, so stately or magnificent.

īśvara	ईश्वर a. (-रा, -री f.) [ईश्-वरच् P.III.2.175] 1 Powerful, able, capable of (with inf.); वसतिं प्रिय कामिनां प्रिया- स्त्वदृते प्रापयितुं क ईश्वरः Ku.4.11; R.15.7. -2 Rich, wealthy Pt.2.67. -रः 1 A lord, master; ईश्वरं लोको$र्थतः सेवते Mu.1.14; so कपीश्वरः, कोशलेश्वरः, हृदयेश्वरः &c. -2 A king, prince, ruler; राज्यमस्तमितेश्वरम् R.12.11; Ms.4.153, 9.278. -3 A rich or great man; तृणेन कार्यं भवतीश्वराणाम् Pt.1.71; R.3.46; Bh.3.59; मा प्रयच्छेश्वरे धनम् H.1.14; cf. "To carry coals to Newcastle." -4 A husband; नेश्वरे परुषता सखि साध्वी Ki.9.39. -5 The Supreme God (परमेश्वर); ईश एवाहमत्यर्थं न च मामीशते परे । ददामि च सदैश्वर्य- मीश्वरस्तेन कीर्तितः ॥ Skanda P.; cf. also ईश्वरस्तु पर्जन्यवद् द्रष्टव्यः Brahmasūtra-Śāṅkarabhāṣya. -6 N. of Śiva; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. -7 The god of love, cupid. -8 The Supreme Soul; the soul. -9 The eleventh year (संवत्सर) of the Śālivāhana era. -रा, -री N. of Durgā; of Lakṣmī; or of one of the śaktis; ईश्वरीं सर्वभूतानां त्वामिहोपह्वये श्रियम् (श्रीसूक्तम्); -री 1 N. of several plants and trees; लिङ्गिनीलता, वन्ध्या- कर्कटी, क्षुद्रजटा and नाकुलीवृक्ष. -2 A rich woman. -Comp. -अधीन a. subject to a lord or king, dependent on a a lord or god. -कान्तम् 1 A class of buildings. -2 A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 961 equal squares (एकषष्टिसमाधिक्यं पदं नवशतायुतम् । एव- मीश्वरकान्तं स्यात् ...... Mānasāra 7.46-48. -कृष्णः N. of the author of Sāṅkhya Kārikā. -निषेधः denial of the existence of god, atheism. -निष्ठ a. trusting in god. -पूजक a. pious, devout. -पूजा worship of god. -प्रसादः divine favour. -भावः royal or imperial state; दानमीश्वर- भावाय Bg.18.43. -विभूतिः f. the several forms of the Supreme god; for a full enumeration see Bg.1.19-42. -सद्मन् n. a temple. -सभम् a royal court or assembly. सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II.4.23. -सेवा worship of god.

uccāraṇam	उच्चारणम् 1 Pronunciation, utterance; वाचः Śik. 2; वेद˚. -2 Declaration, announcement, enunciation. -3 Lifting up; स्कन्धोच्चारणनम्यमानवदनप्रच्योतितोये घटे Pratima.1.5. -Comp. -अर्थ a. 1 useful for pronunciation. -2 necessary for pronunciation, such as a redundant letter only used to facilitate pronunciation. -ज्ञः a linguist. उच्चारणज्ञो$थ गिरा दधानम् Śi.4.18. -स्थानम् the part of the throat from which certain sounds (such as nasals, gutturals &c.) issue.

ucchvas	उच्छ्वस् 2 P. 1 To breathe, live; आत्मेच्छया न शक्य- मुच्छ्वसितुमपि K.175; Ve.5.15; Ms.3.72; अनुच्छ्वस्य without breathing, in one breath. -2 To take heart or courage, cheer up, revive, breathe a sigh of relief; नाद्याप्युच्छ्वसिति U.3,7; त्वत्सन्निधावुच्छ्वसितीव चेतः Ki.3.8 is delighted; Śi.18.58; Ratn.4; दिगन्तः Ki.9.21. -3 To open, bloom (as a lotus); नोच्छ्वसिति तपनकिरणैः (कुमुदम्) V.3.16; M.2.11; Śi.1.58,11.15. -4 To take a deep breath, pant, sigh deeply; निष्पिष्टः कोष्ण- मुच्छ्रवसन् Bk.6.12,14.55. -5 To throb, heave, palpitate. -6 To be loosened or relaxed. -Caus. 1 To cause to breathe. -2 To console, cheer up, delight, give rest; उच्छ्वासयन्त्यः श्लथबन्धनानि; Ṛs.6.8; U.3; Śi.9.34. -3 To loosen, relax, disjoin; दशमुखभुजोच्छ्वासितप्रस्थसन्धिः Me.6.

ujjāgara	उज्जागर a. Excited, irritated.

utkatā	उत्कता 1 A state of longing or regret, anxiety. -2 N. of a plant having aromatic seeds (गजपिप्पली).

utkamp	उत्कम्प् 1 Ā. To tremble, quiver, shake. -Caus. To cause to tremble, shake, agitate.

utkṛṣṭa	उत्कृष्ट p. p. 1 Drawn up or out, raised, elevated; दस्यूत्कृष्टा जनपदाः Bhāg.12.3.32. -2 Extracted. -3 Excellent, eminent, superior, best, highest; Ms.5.163, 7.126,8.281; बल˚ Pt.3.36 superior in strength; so ज्ञान˚ गुण˚, &c. -4 Much, excessive, very great, increased; जिह्वालौल्य˚ Pt.1. -5 Tilled; ploughed. -6 Scratched; ऐरावतविषाणाग्रैरुत्कृष्टकिणवक्षसम् Rām.6.4.5. -7 Plucked, cut out,; उत्कृष्टपर्णकमला Rām.5.19.15 ('उत्कृष्टानि त्रुटितानि पर्णानि यस्याः सा' इति टीका). -8 Attracted; Mb.14.59.1. -Comp. -उपाधिता state of high illusion -भूमः a good soil. -वेदनम् marrying a man of a higher caste; वसनस्य दशा ग्राह्या शूद्रयोत्कृष्टवेदने Ms.3.44.

utkliś	उत्क्लिश् 9 P. To feel uneasy or distressed. -Caus. 1 To excite, stir up, agitate, torment. -2 To expel, drive away.

utpanna	उत्पन्न p. p. 1 Born, produced, arisen. -2 Risen, gone up. -3 Acquired, gained. -4 Effected, accomplished. -5 Occurred. -6 Known, ascertained. -Comp. -अधिकारः remention, restatement; समाने पूर्ववत्त्वादुत्पन्ना- धिकारः स्यात् । MS.7.1.13. (where शबर explains उत्पन्ना- धिकार as अनुवाद); Also 7.3.9. -तन्तु a. having a line of descendants. -भक्षिन् a. living from hand to mouth, (eating what is earned). -विनाशिन् a. perishing as soon as born.

utsu	उत्सु 5 U. To stir up, agitate; उत्सुनोषीक्षमाणानां कन्दुकक्रीडया मनः Bhāg.3.2.35.

udgraha	उद्ग्रह 9 P. 1 To take up, lift up; शक्तिं चोग्रामुदग्रहीत् Bk.15.52; elevate, erect, raise; उद्गृहीतालकान्ताः Me.8. -2 To take or draw out, take away. स यथा सैन्धवखिल्य उदके प्रास्त उदकमेवानुविलीयेत न हास्योद्ग्रहणायेव स्यात् Bṛi. Up. 2.4.12. -3 To deposit. -4 To preserve. -5 To cease (to rain). यद् गृह्णाति तन्निधनम् Ch. Up.2.3.2. -6 To break off, discontinue (speaking); उद्गृह्णन् निधनम् Av. 9.6.47. -7 To concede, grant, allow; मायां मदीयामुद्गृह्य वदतां किं नु दुर्घटम् Bhāg.11.22.4. -Caus. 1 To cause to take up or out; cause to pay. -2 To state, place before, adduce; विशेषविदुषः शास्त्रं यत्तवोद्ग्राह्यते पुरः Śi.2.75. -4 To extol, laud up. उद्ग्रभणम् udgrabhaṇam उद्ग्राभः udgrābhḥ उद्ग्रभणम् उद्ग्राभः [उद्-ग्रह-अन् or अ 'ग्रहोर्भे- च्छन्दसि' Sk. on P.III.1.84. Vārt.] 1 Ved. Taking up, raising; उद्ग्राभं च निग्राभं ब्रह्मदेवा अवीवृधन् Ts.1.1.13. -2 Giving, donation.

uddeśaḥ	उद्देशः 1 Pointing to or at, directing; सूर्योद्देशेन तिला दातव्याः Pt.2 in the name of. -2 Mention, specification; सार्धप्रहरद्वयोद्देशे Pt.5; स्वरसंस्कारोद्देशः Nir. -3 Illustration, explanation, exemplification. -4 Ascertainment, determination, inquiry, investigation, search. -5 A brief statement or account; एष तूद्देशतः प्रोक्तो विभूतेर्विस्तरो मया Bg.1.4; Mb.8.69.54. -6 Assignment, allotment. -7 Stipulation, bargain. -8 Object, motive; कृतोद्देशः स बीभत्सुः Mb.3.158.3. -9 A spot, region, place; अहो प्रवातसुभगोयमुद्देशः Ś.3; M.3; वन˚ a part of the forest. -1 Upper region, high position. -11 (In phil.) The enunciation of a thing by its name (which is to be further discussed and explained), the other two processes being लक्षण and परीक्षा. -Comp. -पदम् The term (or terms) which form the subject; नात्रैषा वचनव्यक्तिः ये यजमाना इत्युद्देशपदम्, ऋत्विजः इति विधेयपदम् । ŚB. on MS.6.6.2.

uddhata	उद्धत p. p. 1 Raised up, elevated, lifted up; लाङ्गूल- मुद्धतं धुन्वन् Bk.9.7; आत्मोद्धतैरपि रजोभिः Ś.1.8. raised; खुर˚ R.9.5; heaved; Ki.8.53. -2 Excessive, very much, exceeding. -3 Haughty, vain, puffed up; प्रहितो रावणेनैष सह वीरैर्मदोद्धतैः Rām.5.58.13. अक्षवधोद्धतः R.12.63. -4 Harsh; वचनै रसतां महीयसो न खलु व्येति गुरुत्वमुद्धतैः Śi.16.27. -5 Excited, inflamed, intensified; ˚मनोभवरागा Ki.9.68,69; मदोद्धताः प्रत्यनिलं विचेरुः Ku.3.31, -6 Majestic, stately; ill-mannered. -7 Abounding in, full; ततस्तु धारोद्धतमेघकल्पम् Rām.6.67.142. -8 Eager, ready; युद्धोद्धतकृतोत्साहः संग्रामं सम्प्रपद्यत Rām.5.48.16. -9 Shining, glittering; अन्योन्यं रजसा तेन कौशेयोद्धत- पाण्डुना Rām.6.55.19. -तः A king's wrestler. -Comp. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. high-minded, haughty, proud, ˚त्वम् Pride.

udbhrānta	उद्भ्रान्त p. p 1 Agitated, bewildered, distracted; विमूढसंज्ञो दुष्टाश्वैरुद्भ्रान्तैरिव सारथिः Mb.3.2.6. ˚चेतनाम् R.12.74; gone mad; Mv.4. -2 Terrified, frightened; मारीचोद्भ्रान्तहारीताः R.4.46; U.6. -3 Whirled, flourished, waved (as a sword). -4 Come on by breaking (the earth); स तमभ्रमिवाविष्टमुद्भ्रान्तमिव मेदिनीम् Rām.7.31.14. -5 Wandering upwards. -न्तम् 1 Flourishing a sword. -2 (-˚न्तकम्) Rising (in the air). -3 Excitement, agitation.

udvij	उद्विज् 6 Ā. (P. epic.) 1 To be grieved or afflicted, be agitated; नोद्विजेत्प्राप्य चाप्रियम् Bg.5.2; tremble, shake (lit. and fig.). -2 To fear, be afraid of, shrink from, abhor (with abl.); तीक्ष्णादुद्विजते Mu.3.5; Bg. 12.15; लोकापवादान्नोद्विग्नम् K.197; नायमुद्विजितुं कालः स्वामि- कार्यात् Bk.7.92. -3 To be tired or sick of, be disgusted with; जीवितादुद्विजमानेन Māl.3; sometimes with gen. या ममोद्विजते नित्यं साद्य मामवगूहते Pt.4.76. -4 To grieve, afflict, frighten. -Caus. 1 To trouble, harass, afflict, oppress; उद्वेजयत्यङ्गुलिपार्ष्णिभागान् Ku.1.11.; उद्वेजिता वृष्टिभिः 5; म्लेच्छैरुद्वेज्यमाना Mu.7.19. -2 To terrify, frighten; उद्वेजिताः कूजितैः U.2.29. -3 To produce disgust or abhorrence; रमणीयाप्युद्वेजयति K.12; सीधुपानोद्वे- जितस्य M.3; Ś.2. -4 To revive a fainting person (by sprinkling water) Suśr.

udvṛtta	उद्वृत्त p. p. 1 Raised, elevated (स्तन, दन्त, मेघ &c.). गर्जन्तमुद्वृत्तशिताग्रदंष्ट्रम् Rām.6.59.95. -2 Flowing out, not contained in, swollen, overflowing; हृदयभरितोद्वृत्त- विस्मय Māl.4; अपामुद्वृत्तानाम् Mu.3.8 overflowing; उद्वृतः क इव सुखावहः परेषाम् Śi.8.18. (where उ˚ means also 'gone astray, ill-behaved'). -3 Grown, increased. -4 Exalted, prosperous. -5 Proud, furious, haughty; परिधत्त किमुद्वृत्ता राजद्रव्याण्यभीप्सथ Bhāg.1.41.35. ˚मृगपति K.9. -6 Vomited up. -7 Left as a remainder. -8 Ill-conducted, ill-mannered, rude. -9 Agitated; उद्वृत्तनक्रात् सहसोन्ममज्च R.16.79. -1 Turned up, opened wide (as eyes). -त्तः A particular position of the hands in dancing. -त्तम् (in astronomy) The east and west hour circle or six o'clock line.

unmad	उन्मद् 4 P. 1 To be or become mad. -2 To delight, gratify. -Caus. (˚न्म-न्मा-दयति) 1 To madden, inebriate, render drunk (lit. and fig.); लक्ष्म्योन्मादिताः K.17; Ki.4.16. -2 To excite, agitate; उन्मादयत मरुत उदन्तरिक्ष मादय Av.6.13.4.

unmanas	उन्मनस् नस्क a. [उद्भ्रान्तं मनो$स्य] 1 Excited or disturbed in mind, perplexed, agitated, uneasy; उन्मनाः प्रथमजन्मचेष्टितान्यस्मरन्नपि बभूव राघवः R.11.22; Ki.14. 45. -2 Regretting, repining for a lost or departed friend. -3 Anxious, eager, impatient; गन्तुं पावकमुन्मनस्त- दभवत् Bh.2.75. -4 Proud (मनस्विन्); मुदमायातु नितान्तमुन्मनाः Śi.16.3 (where it also means "anxious").

unmukhatā	उन्मुखता 1 The state of having the face raised. -2 The state of expectancy; Ks.

upakurvāṇa	उपकुर्वाण a. Doing service &c. -णः A Brāhmaṇa in a state of pupilage (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who wishes to pass on to the state of a house-holder (गृहस्थ).

upagam	उपगम् 1 P. 1 To go to, approach; attain, reach (fig. also), arrive at, visit; शशिनमुपगतेयं कौमुदी मेघमुक्तम् R.6.85; so दैवादुपगतं तृणम् Pt.4; पदमुपगता Bh.2.1; Bk.1.1; तदुपगतम् Mu.5 duly received. -2 To enter into, penetrate; अवलम्ब्य जालकमुखोपगतानुदतिष्ठदिन्दुकिरणान्मदनः Śi.9.39. -3 To undergo, suffer; तमो घोरमुपागतम् Rām. -4 To go to the state of, attain, acquire; तानप्रदायित्व- मिवोपगन्तुम् Ku.1.8; प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ Śi.9.6; so निद्रावशम्, हर्षम्, तृप्तिम्, शान्तिम्, विषादम् &c. -5 To approach a woman (for sexual intercourse); सुप्तां मत्तां प्रमत्तां वा रहो यत्रोपगच्छति Ms.3.34,4.4. -6 To come upon, attack. -7 To occur, happen, present itself; कस्यात्यन्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.19. v. l. -8 To undertake, begin. -9 To suffer, shar in. -1 To admit, agree to, consent, allow; वेदान्तोपगतं फलम् Ms.2.16. -11 To worship; सहपत्न्या विशालाक्ष्या नारायणमुपागमत् Rām.2.6.1. -Caus. To cause to come near or approach.

upacāraḥ	उपचारः 1 Service, attendance; honouring worshipping, entertaining; Mk.4; अस्खलितोपचाराम् R.5.2; K.344. -2 Civility, politeness, courtesy, polite behaviour, (external display of courtesy); ˚परिभ्रष्टः H.1.114. devoid of civility, uncourteous; ˚विधिर्मनस्विनीनाम् M.3.3; उपचारैरुपाचरत् Ks.16.29; मिथ्योपचारैश्च वशीकृतानाम् H.1.75; नोपचारेण ब्रूयाः Rām.; ˚पदं न चेदिदम् Ku.4.9. a merely complimentary saying, a flattering compliment; ˚मात्रमधुरम् K.222,27; M.4; ˚क्रिया Ms. 8.357 showing marks of favour, courting, (sending perfumes &c.). -3 Salutation, usual or customary obeisance, homage; नोपचारमर्हन्ति Ś.3.17; ˚यन्त्रणया M.4; ˚अतिक्रमम् 4,5; ˚अञ्जलिः R.3.11 folding the hands in salutation. -4 A form or mode of address or salutation; तेन वाक्योपचारेण विस्मिताः राजसत्तमाः Mb.5.162. 45; रामभद्र इत्येव मां प्रत्युपचारः शोभते तातपरिजनस्य U.1; यथा गुरुस्तथोपचारेण 6; V.5; Śi.9.78. -5 External show or form, ceremony; प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गैर्मम राजोपचारः V.4 royal service, pomp or state of royalty; भूषणाद्युप- चारेण Mu.3.23. v. l. -6 A remedy, physicking, application of cure, of remedy; शिशिर˚ Dk.15; शीत˚ Pt.1; Dk.23; K.12. -7 Practice, performance, art, conduct, management, procedure; व्रतचर्या˚ Ms.1. III; प्रसाधन˚ 1.32,9.259; कामोपचारेषु Dk.81 in the conduct of love-affairs; समन्त्रं सोपचारम् (अस्त्रम्) Mb.; अवेशसदृशप्रणयोपचाराम् Mk.8.23 course of love &c.; वाक्यो- पचारे कुशला Rām.2.44.3 skilled in the employment of words; use, usage; यत्र लौकिकानामुपचारः v. l. for व्याहारः in U.6. -8 Means of doing homage or showing respect; प्रकीर्णाभिनवोपचारम् (राजमार्गम्) R.7.4 (hanging garlands &c.); 5.41. -9 Hence, any necessary or requisite article (of worship, ceremony, decoration, furniture &c.); presenting flowers, perfumes &c.; सन्मङ्गलोपचाराणाम् R.1.77; क्लृप्तोपचारां चतुरस्रवेदीम् Ku.7.88; कुसुमैः कृतोपचारः V.2; so ˚रमणीयतया Ś.6; ˚वत्सु मञ्चेषु R.6.1 the necessary decorations (canopy &c.); (the Upachāras or articles of worship are variously numbered, being 5, 1, 16, 18 or 64). -1 Behaviour, conduct, demeanour; वैश्यशूद्रोपचारं च Ms.1.116; (religious) conduct in life; साधूनामुपचारज्ञः Rām.; परिजन˚ Mk.1. -11 Use, employment; K.183. -12 Any religious performance, a ceremony; प्रयुक्तपाणिग्रहणोपचारौ Ku.7.86; Mv.1.24. -13 (a) Figurative or metaphorical use, secondary application (opp. मुख्य or primary sense); अचेतने$पि चेतनवदुपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B; कूलं पिपतिषतीत्यचेतने$पि कूले चेतनवदुपचारो दृश्यते Mbh. on P.IV. 3.86 personification; so छत्रिणो गच्छन्तीत्येकेनापि छत्रिणा बहूनां छत्रित्वोपचारदर्शनात् Ś. B.; करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् ibid.; न चास्य करधृतत्वं तत्त्वतो$स्तीति मुख्ये$पि उपचार एव शरणं स्यात् K. P.1. (b) Supposed or fancied identification founded on resemblance; उभयरूपा चेयं शुद्धा उपचारेणामिश्रि- तत्वात् K. P.2. (S. D. explains उपचार by अत्यन्तं विशकलितयोः सादृश्यातिशयमहिम्ना भेदप्रतीतिस्थगनमात्रम्). -14 A bribe. -15 A pretext; Śi.1.2. -16 A request, solicitation. -17 Occurrence of स् and ष् in the place of Visarga. -18 N. of a परिशिष्ट of the Sāmaveda. -Comp. -च्छलम् A kind of fallacious inference to be refuted by reference to the real sense of a word used metaphorically, e. g. if any one from the sentence मञ्चाः क्रोशन्ति were to conclude that the मञ्च (platform) really cries and not persons on the platform. Nyāyadarśana. -पदम् A courteous or polite word, a mere compliment. उपचारपदं न चेदिदं त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः । Ku.4.9.

upadeśatā	उपदेशता 1 The state of being a precept or rule; तप- स्विनामप्युपदेशतां गतम् Ku.5.36. -2 Instruction, teaching. -3 Doctrine.

upadhṛ	उपधृ 1, 1 P. 1 To hold up, support, sustain. -2 To bear, carry. -3 To hold as, consider or regard as; सत्त्वं तदुपधारयेत् Ms.12.27; एतद्योनीनि भूतानि सर्वाणीत्युपधारय Bg.7.6,9.6. -4 To comprehend, perceive, hear, experience, observe; पुरुषो रामचरितश्रवणैरुपधारयन् Bhāg. -5 To reflect or meditate upon.

upanipat	उपनिपत् 1 P. 1 To fly down to. -2 To take place in addition. -3 To be stated incidentally or casually.

upanī	उपनी 1 P. 1 To bring near, fetch; उपनयति मुनिकुमार- केभ्यः फलानि K.45,62; विधिनैवोपनीतस्त्वम् Mk.7.6; अन्नम् Ms.3.225; M.2.5; Y.3.122; तेन ह्युपनय शरम् V.5; R.1.52; Ku.7.72. -2 (a) To offer, present to; हरये स्वदेहमुपानयत् R.2.59; Bk.6.7; Ku.3.65; आर्य- स्यासनमुपनय Mk.9; M.3. (b) To hand over, give over; अन्तःपुरपरिचारिकामध्यमुपनीता K.11; Māl.1; Ś.1; U.2; अचिरोपनीता वः शिष्या M.1 recently made over (for instruction). -3 To bring to, subject, expose or put to; आत्मा क्लेशस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1; R.13.39; K.173. -4 To bring about, cause, produce, accomplish; उपनयन्नर्थान् Pt.3.18; उपनयन्नङ्गैरनङ्गोत्सवम् Gīt.1; K.171. -5 To bring information, communicate. -6 To bring into any state, lead or reduce to; अयो$भेद्यमुपायेन द्रवतामुपनीयते Kām.11.47. -7 To take into one's possession, lead away, lead; K.169. -8 To bring near to oneself; i. e. invest with the sacred thread (Ātm. P.I.3.36); उप त्वा नेष्ये Ch. Up.4.4.5. क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; माणवक- मुपनयते Sk.; R.3.29; Bk.1.15; Ms.2.49,69,14. -9 To hire, employ as hired servants; कर्मकरानुपनयते Sk. -Caus. To cause (a master) to receive (a pupil), cause to invest with the sacred thread. तांश्चारयित्वा त्रीन्कृच्छ्रान् यथाविध्युपनाययेत् Ms.11.191.

upanyas	उपन्यस् 4 P. 1 To lay upon, place or put down, put near, place before. -2 To entrust any one with, commit to the care of. -3 To explain, describe minutely. -4 To propose, suggest, hint, point out, state; मयोपन्यस्तेषु मन्त्रेषु H.3; इत्युभयलोकविरुद्धं वचनमुपन्यस्तं Māl.2 spoken; सदुपन्यस्यति कृत्यवर्त्म यः Ki.2.3 tells or points out; किमिदमपन्यस्तम् Ś.5 what is this that is proposed or said. -5 To prove, establish argumentatively; भूतमप्यनुपन्यस्तं हीयते व्यवहारतः Y.2.19.

upanyāsaḥ	उपन्यासः 1 Placing near to, juxta-position. -2 A deposit, pledge. -3 (a) Statement, suggestion, proposal; विषम उपन्यासः Mbh. on 1.1.1,1.1.21,46 etc. = This is a misstatement (a favourite remark of the महाभाष्यकार). पावकः खलु एष वचनोपन्यासः Ś.5; Māl.1,3,8. (b) Preface, introduction; निर्यातः शनकैरलीकवचनोपन्यासमालीजनः Amaru.27; चतुरो मधुरश्चायमुपन्यासः Ak.; so शम˚ Ve.5 overtures of peace. (c) Allusion, reference, hinting at; आत्मन उपन्यासपूर्वम् Ś.3; M.4; S. D.363. -4 A precept, law. -5 A kind of peace; आत्मकार्यस्य सिद्धिं तु समुद्दिश्य क्रियेत यः । स उपन्यासकुशलैरुपन्यास उदाहृतः H.4.114. -6 Propitiating (प्रसादनम्).

upapad	उपपद् 4 Ā. 1 To reach, come to, approach, go near; यमुनातटमुपपेदे Pt.1; उपपद्यख स्वकर्मोचितां गतिम् Dk.93. -2 To be got or obtained, fall to one's share; त्वदन्यः संशयस्यास्य छेत्ता न ह्युपपद्यते Bg.6.39;13.18. -3 To take place, occur, happen, be produced; देवि एवमुपपद्यते M.1 even as you say, just so; अर्थास्तस्योपपत्स्यन्ते Mb.; उपपन्ना हि दारेषु प्रभुता सर्वतोमुखी Ś.5.26. -4 To be possible; कर्तव्यं वो न पश्यामि स्याच्चेत्किं नोपपद्यते Ku.6.61; Ms.9.121,4; 1.12; नेश्वरो जगतः कारणमुपपद्यते Ś. B. -5 To be suitable, be fit for, be adequate for, fit, suit (with loc.); क्लैब्यं मा स्म गमः पार्थ नैतत्त्वरय्युपपद्यते Bg.2.3;18.7; उपपद्यते it is fit; ते गुणाः परस्मिन् ब्रह्मण्युपपद्यन्ते Ś. B. -6 To go against, attack. -7 To put in a word or statement; इति ह विश्वामित्र उपपपाद Ait. Br. -Caus. 1 To bring into any state, cause to arrive or be obtained; विश्वासमुपपादिता Rām. inspired with confidence; get ready; रथमुपपादय Ve.2. -2 To offer, present any one with (acc.), bring to; दिष्टया त्वमसि मे धात्रा भीतेनेवोपपादितः R.15.18,14.8;16.32; Ms.9.72,73;3.96; sometimes with dat.; सर्वस्वं वेद- विदुषे ब्राह्मणायोपपादयेत् Ms.11.76;9.244; or with loc.; अक्षयो$यं निधी राज्ञां यद्विप्रेषूपपादितम् Y.1.315. -3 (a) To cause to happen or occur, bring about; मरणमुपपादयेत K.36. (b) To accomplish, effect, cause, do, perform; यावत्तु मानुष्यके शक्यमुपपादयितुम् K.62,113,12,134; देव- कार्यम् R.11.91;17.55; Me.29. -4 (a) To make a statement, adduce, put forward. (b) To justify. -5 To make good, establish, prove; कथमीश्वरं विनाशधर्मिणमुप- पादयसि Prab. -6 To pronounce, declare. -7 To make fit or adequate for; कालोपपादिते क्षेत्रे Ms.9.36. -8 To furnish with, endow with; Kām.11.57; K.2; आत्मानं प्रथमं राजा विनयेनोपपादयेत् Subhāṣ. -9 To find out, ascertain; दक्षिणाप्रवणं चैव प्रयत्नेनोपपादयेत् Ms.3.26. -1 To examine.

upapīḍ	उपपीड् 1 P. 1 (a) To press down or against, hurt, injure, pain; स्तनोपपीडं परिरब्धुकामा Ki.3.54,8.16; Śi.1.47; पार्श्वोपपीडम्, पार्श्वयोरुपपीडम्, पार्श्वाभ्यामुपपीडम् Sk. (b) To oppress, devastate, lay waste; क्षुत्तृष्णोपपीडित troubled; Ms.8.67,7.195; Kām.8.72. -2 To eclipse.

upayā	उपया 2 P. 1 To approach, go towards, reach; उपयामगृहीतो$सि Ts.1.4.15. येन मामुपयान्तिते Bg.1.1. so पुरम्, गतिम्, नयनम्, पदवीम्; दुर्मन्त्रिणं कमुपयान्ति न नीतिदोषाः H.3.11. -2 To attain to a particular state, meet with &c.; तनुताम्, मृत्युम्, रुजम्, पाकम्, प्रसादम् &c.

upavas	उपवस् 1 P. 1 To dwell in or at, inhabit (with acc.); तपःश्रद्धे ये ह्युपवसन्त्यरण्ये Mund. Up.1.2.11. वैकुण्ठं उपवसति Sk. -2 To be in a state of abstinence, abstain from food, fast; उपवसेद्दिनम् Ms.2.22,5,2; Y.3.292,64; (fig. also); उपोषिताभ्यामिव नेत्राभ्यां पिबन्ती Dk.4. -3 To go to (a master). -4 To enter upon, learn, take to, begin. -Caus. To cause to fast.

upavasanam	उपवसनम् A fast, fasting. -2 The state of being near.

upaskanna	उपस्कन्न a. Agitated, afflicted; स्नेहोपस्कन्नहृदया तदा मोहमुपागमत् Rām.6.111.87.

upahata	उपहत p. p. 1 Injured, struck, impaired; अनुपहत- विधिः पन्थाः Bh.2.26; pained, hurt; Ku.5.76. -2 Affected by, smit, injured, struck with, overpowered; भूत˚ K.167; दारिद्र्य˚, लोभ˚, दर्प˚, काम˚, शोक˚ &c.; Mu.7. -3 Struck by lightning &c. -4 Doomed (to destruction); कथमत्रापि दैवेनोपहता वयम् Mu.2; दैवेनोपहतस्य बुद्धिरथवा पूर्वं विपर्यस्यति Mu.6.8. -5 Censured, rebuked, disregarded. -6 Vitiated, polluted, made impure; शारीरैर्मलैः सुराभिर्मद्यैर्वा यदुपहतं तदत्यन्तोपहतम् Viṣṇu. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. agitated in mind, mentally affected. -दृश् a. dazzled, blinded शंभुमुपहतदृशः (महर्षयः) Ki.12.18. -धी a. infatuated.

upāgam	उपागम् 1 P. 1 To come, approach, go or draw near (a person or place); ताभिर्नो अद्य सुमना उपागहि सहस्रापोषं सुभगे रराणा Av.7.48.2. -2 (a) To go to, go to the state of; पञ्चत्वमुपागतः or परां तृप्तिमुपागतः; so क्रोधम्, मोहम्, क्षयम् &c. (b) To undergo, suffer, endure. -3 To obtain, get; दायादुपागतो दासः Mitā.; Y.2.143. -4 To occur, fall to the lot of. -5 To come back, return; Ks.

upāviś	उपाविश् P. To enter, enter into any state.

upās	उपास् 2 Ā. 1 To sit near to (with acc.), sit at the side of (as a mark of submission and respect); wait upon, serve, worship; ओमित्येतदक्षरमुद्गीथमुपासीत Ch. Up.1.1.1 &c. मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6; 9.14,15. उद्यानपालसामान्यमृतवस्तमुपासते Ku.2.36; अम्बा- मुपास्व सदयाम् Aśvad.13; Śi.16.47; Ms.3.189. -2 To use, occupy, abide in, reside; ऐन्द्रं स्थानमुपासीना ब्रह्मभूता हि ते सदा Rām.1.35.1. Ms.5.93. -3 To pass (as time); उपास्य रात्रिशेषं तु Rām. -4 To approach, go to or towards; उपासाञ्चक्रिरे द्रष्टुं देवगन्धर्वकिन्नराः Bk.5. 17; परलोकमुपास्महे 7.89. -5 To invest or blockade (as an enemy's town). -6 To be intent upon, be engaged in, take part in, (perform as a sacred rite); उपास्य पश्चिमां सन्ध्याम् K.176,179; तेप्युपासन्तु मे मखम् Mb.; Ms.2. 222,3.14,7.223, 11.42. -7 To undergo, suffer; अलं ते पाण्डुपुत्राणां भक्त्या क्लेशमुपासितुम् Mb.; Ms.11.184. -8 To remain or continue in any state or action; oft. with a pres. p.; अनन्येनैव योगेन मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6. -9 To expect, wait for; दिष्टमुपासीनः Mb. -1 To attach oneself to, practise; उपासते द्विजाः सत्यम् Y.3.192. -11 To resort to, employ, apply, use; लक्षणोपास्यते यस्य कृते S. D.2; बस्तिरुपास्यमानः Suśr. -12 To respect, recognize, acknowledge. -13 To practise archery.

upe	उपे 2 P. [उप-इ] 1 To approach, come near, arrive at, reach (a place, person &c.); परमं साम्यमुपैति Muṇḍ. Up.3.1.3. लतामुपेत्य Ś.1; so राजानम्, दुर्गम् &c. योगी परं स्थानमुपैति चाद्यम् Bg.8.28,1.15,9.28. -2 To go to (a master), become a pupil. उपेत्य पप्रच्छ Praśna. Up.1.2; 6.1. -3 To have intercourse with (a woman), cohabit; वाच्यश्चानुपयन् पतिः Ms.9.4. -4 To under go, perform, undertake, practise; तपः, सत्रम् &c. -5 To go to or pass into any state; योगम् R.16.84; भेदम् Ku.2.4; to fall into (misfortune &c.); क्षयम्, मत्युम्, सुखम्, दुःखम्, निद्राम् &c. -6 To obtain, attain to; तस्य प्रिया ज्ञातयः सुकृतमुपयन्ति Kauṣ. Up.1.1; उपैति शस्यं परिणामरम्यताम् Ki.4.22. -7 To incur, be present at. -8 To fall to one's lot or share, befall; उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः Pt.1.361; Bg.6.27. -9 To consider as, admit, acknowledge.

ullalita	उल्ललित p. p. 1 Shaken, trembling, agitated. -2 Raised up, elevated.

ullolaḥ	उल्लोलः a. Violently moving, excessively tremulous; ˚स्खलित Māl.5.3; ˚कल्लोल K.32 high or surging; Mv.5.2; लोल˚ violently agitated or exercised; U. 3.36. -लः A large wave or surge. उल्लोलसंक्रान्तविलोल- मूर्तिरुद्याति सिन्धोरुडुचक्रवर्ती Rām. ch.6.53.

ṛṣyaḥ	ऋष्यः [ऋष्-क्यप्] 1 A white-footed antelope. see ऋश्य. -ष्यम् A kind of leprosy. -Comp. -अङ्कः, -केतनः, -केतुः N. of Aniruddha. -गता the plant Asparagus Racemosus (= ऋष्यप्रोक्ता). -गन्धा the plant ऋक्षगन्धा. -जिह्वम् a kind of leprosy. -प्रोक्ता N. of several plants; शूकशिंबी, अतिबला, शतावरी. -मूकः a mountain near the lake Pampā which formed the temporary abode of Rāma with the monkey-chief Sugrīva; ऋष्य- मूकस्तु पम्पायाः पुरस्तात् पुष्पितद्रुमः. -शृङ्गः N. of a sage. [He was the son of Vibhāṇdaka. According to mythical account he was born of a female deer, and had a small horn on his forehead, and hence called 'Ṛiṣya-śṛinga', or 'deerhorned'. He was brought up in the forest by his father, and he saw no other human being till he nearly reached his manhood. When a great drought well nigh devastated the country of Aṅga, its king Lomapāda, at the advice of Brāhmaṇas, caused Ṛisyaśriṅga to be brought to him by means of a number of damsels, and gave his daughter Śantā

e	ए 2 P. (आ + इ) 1 To come, approach &c.; आमायन्तु ब्रह्मचारिणः Tait. Up.1.4.2. -2 To reach, attain, come into (a state or position) स सर्वसमतामेत्य Ms.12.125. -3 To submit; fall to one's share; तस्मात्त्वां पृथग्बलय आयन्ति Ch. Up.5.14.1. (आययन्ति ?) (See इ).

lṝ	लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.

ejita	एजित p. p. Shaken, agitated.

etad	एतद् pron. a. (m. एषः, f. एषा, n. एतद्) 1 This, this here, yonder (referring to what is nearest to the speaker (समीपतरवर्ति चैतदो रूपम्); एते वयममी दाराः कन्येयं कुलजीवितम् K.; the Nom. forms are used like those of इदम् the sense of 'here'; एष पृच्छामि, एष कथयामि Mu.3. here I ask &c.; कदा गमिष्यसि-एष गच्छामि Sk.; एषो$स्मि कामन्दकी संवृत्तः Māl.1; एते नवीकृताः स्मः Ś.5. In this sense एतद् is sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns; एषो$हं कार्यवशादायोध्यिकस्तदानींतनश्च संवृत्तः U.1. -2 As the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to which it refers; एतद् (शवला) मे धनम्; but may sometimes remain in the neuter; एतदेव गुरुषु वृत्तिः Ms.2.26. -3 It often refers to what precedes, especially when it is joined with इदम् or any other pronoun; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः Ms.3.147; इति यदुक्तं तदेतच्चिन्त्यम्; एतानीमानि, एते ते &c. -4 It is used in connection with a relative clause, in which case the relative generally follows; प्रच्छन्नवञ्चकास्त्वेते ये स्तेनाटविकादयः Ms.9.257. ind. In this manner, thus, so, here, at this time, now. Note:- एतद् appears as the first member of compounds which are mostly self-explaining; e. g. ˚अतिरिक्त Besides this. ˚अनन्तर immediately after this; ˚अन्त ending thus; ˚अर्थः this matter; ˚अर्थे on this account, therefore; ˚अवधि to this limit, so far; ˚अवस्थ a. of such a state or condition. -Comp. -कालः the present time. -कालीन a. belonging to the present time. -क्षणात् ind. hence-forth. -द्वितीय a. one who does anything for the second time. -पर a. Intent on or absorbed in this. -प्रथम a. one who does anything for the first time. -योनिन् a. having one's origin in that. एतद्योनीनि भूतानि Bg.7.6.

etāvattvam	एतावत्त्वम् 1 Quantity or number. -2 Greatness; such a state or condition; such extent.

elukam	एलुकम् 1 A kind of perfume. -2 A medicinal substance or plant. 1. एव a. Ved. 1 Going, moving. -2 Speedy, quick; एवो गन्ता; ये च एवा मरुतः Uṇ.1.15. -वः 1 A course, way; or a courser, a fleet horse; स्वेभिरेवैश्चरतः Rv.1.62.8; (pl.) mode of proceeding, custom, habit; or according to Sāyaṇa a desire or hymn. -Comp. -या a. granting protection; or going in ways or courses. -यावन् a. going with horses or granting desires, going quickly. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. 2. एव ind. This particle is most frequently used to strengthen and emphasize the idea expressed by a word :-- (1) Just, quite, exactly; एवमेव quite so, just so; (2) same, very, identical; अर्थोष्मणा विरहितः पुरुषः स एव Bh.2.4 that very man; (3) only, alone, merely, (implying exclusion); सा तथ्यमेवाभिहिता भवेन Ku.3.63 only the truth, nothing but the truth; so नाम्नैव, स एव वीरः he alone (and not others); (4) already; गत एव न ते निवर्तते Ku.4.3; (5) scarcely, the moment, as soon as; chiefly with participles; उपस्थि- तेयं कल्याणी नाम्नि कीर्तित एव यत् R.1.87 as soon as the name was uttered; इति चिन्तयन्नेव while just thinking &c; (6) also, likewise; तथैव so also; (7) like, as (showing similarity); श्रीस्त एव मेस्तु G. M. (= तव इव); and (8) generally to emphasize a statement; भवितव्यमेव तेन U.4 it will (surely) take place. It is also said to imply the senses of (9) detraction; (1) diminution (11) command; (12) restraint; or (13) used merely as an expletive. (This particle is used in the Vedas in the senses of so, just so, like, indeed, truly, really) (14) Again; एवशब्दश्च पुनरित्यस्मिन्नर्थे भविष्यति । यथा क्षीरेण भुक्त्त्वा देवदत्तः क्षीरेणैव भुञ्जीतेति । भुञ्जीतैवेति पुनरिति गम्यते । ŚB. on MS.1.8.36.

aikakarmyam	ऐककर्म्यम् 1 Unity of action (Jaina.). -2 The state of having one fruit; ऐककर्म्यमिति । कर्मशब्देनात्र फल- मुच्यते । क्रियते इति । तद् येषामेकं तानि एककर्माणि । तेषां भाव ऐककर्म्यम् एकफलमित्यर्थः । ŚB. on MS.11.1.1.

aikaśabdyam	ऐकशब्द्यम् 1 The state of having the same term (to express them), the state of being expressed or referred to by the same term; सर्वस्य वैकशब्द्यात् । MS.7.1.18. -2 Sameness or identity of words (Jaina.). ऐकश्रुत्यम् aikaśrutyam ऐकस्वर्यम् aikasvaryam ऐकश्रुत्यम् ऐकस्वर्यम् The one accentless-monotonous tone, monotony.

aitadātmyam	ऐतदात्म्यम् The state of having this property or peculiarity; स य एषो$णिमैतदात्म्यमिदं सर्वं तत्सत्यम् Ch. Up. 6.9.4.

aidaṃparyam	ऐदंपर्यम् Substance, scope, bearing (lit. state of being इदंपर, i. e. having this meaning, purport or scope); इदं त्वैदंपर्यम् Māl.2.7.

audayika	औदयिक a. (-की f.) [उदय-ठञ्] One of the five different states of the soul (with Jainas), when actions arise and exert an inherent influence on the future.

aupadraṣṭryam	औपद्रष्ट्र्यम् [उपद्रष्ट्ट-ष्यञ्] 1 Superintendence. -2 The state of being an eye-witness.

kaṇaḥ	कणः 1 A grain, a single seed; तण्डुलकणान् H.1; कणान् वा भक्षयेदब्दम् Ms.11.93. -2 An atom or particle (of anything). -3 A very small quantity; द्रविण˚ Śānti. 1.19;3.5. -4 A grain of dust. रजःकणैः खुरोद्धूतैः R.1. 85; or of pollen; ईषद्बद्धरजःकणाग्रकपिशा V.2.7. -5 A drop (of water) or spray; कणवाही मालिनीतरङ्गाणाम् Ś.3.7; अम्बु˚, अश्रु˚; उद्यानानां नवजलकणैर्यूथिकाजालकानि Me.26,47, 71; Amaru.54. -6 An ear of corn. -7 Spark (as of fire). -8 The spark or facet of a gem. -9 Flake (of snow). -1 श्वेतजीरक; cf. 'कणो$तिसूक्ष्मे धान्यांशे पिप्पल्यां जीरके शरे' Nm. -णा 1 A kind of fly. -2 Long pepper. -3 Cumin seed. -णी 1 An atom, a drop. -2 A kind of corn. -3 The plant Premna Spinosa or Longifolia. -4 A crocodile; Gīrvāṇa. -Comp. -अदः, -भक्षः, -भुज् m. a nickname given to the philosopher who propounded the Vaiśeṣika system of philosophy (which may be said to be a 'doctrine of atoms'). -अन्न a. one whose food consists of grains. ˚ता the state of one who is made to live on grains; द्वादशाहं कणान्नता Ms.11. 167. -गुग्गुलः a kind of plant. -जीरः a white kind of cumin seed. -जीरकम् small cumin seed. -धूमः A kind of penance; Matsya P. -प्रियः A sparrow. -भक्षः, -भक्षकः, -भुज् m. N. of Kaṇāda. -भक्षकः a kind of bird. -लाभः a whirlpool. -वीरकः A kind of arsenic (Mar. मनशीळ); Gīrvāṇa.

kaṇṭakaḥ	कण्टकः कम् 1 A thorn; पादलग्नं करस्थेन कण्टकेनैव कण्टकं (उद्धरेत्) Chāṇ.22; कण्टकेनैव कण्टकम् (उन्मूलयेत्) Pt.4.18 -2 A prickle, a sting; यः कण्टकैर्वितुदति Y.3.53. -3 The point of anything. -4 (Fig.) Any troublesome fellow who is, as it were, a thorn to the state and an enemy of order and good government; उत्खातलोकत्रयकण्टके$पि R.14.73; त्रिदिवमुद्धृतदानवकण्टकम् Ś.7.3; Ms.9.26; Mv.7.8. -5 (Hence) Any source of vexation or annoyance, nuisance; कण्टकानां च शोधनात् Ms.9.253. -6 Horripilation, erection of hair, thrill. -7 A finger-nail. -8 A vexing speech. -9 A fish-bone; अन्धो मत्स्या- निवाश्नाति स नरः कण्टकैः सह Ms.8.95. -1 A sharp stinging pain, symptom of a disease. -11 (In Nyāya philosophy) Refutation of arguments, detection of error. -12 Impediment, obstacle. -13 The first, fourth, seventh, and tenth lunar mansions. -14 A vexing or injurious speech; Mb.1. -कः A bamboo; some other tree (Mar. बेल, बाभळ, हिंगणबेट) फलकं परिधानश्च तथा कण्टक- वस्त्रधृक् Mb.12.33.14; see कण्टकद्रुम. -2 A work-shop, manufactory. -3 Fault, defect; निर्धूतवाक्यकण्टकाम् Mb.12.167.5. -4 N. of Makara or the marine monster, the symbol of the god of love. -की A kind of वार्ताकी. -फलः See कण्टकफल. -Comp. -अग्रः a kind of lizard. -अशनः, -भक्षकः, -भुज् m. a camel. -अष्ठीलः a kind of fish (having many bones). -आगारः a kind of worm. -आढ्यः a kind of tree. -उद्धरणम् 1 (lit.) extracting thorns, weeding. -2 (fig.) removing annoyances, extirpating thieves and all such sources of public annoyance; कण्टकोद्धरणे नित्यमातिष्ठेद्यत्नमुत्तमम् Ms.9.252. -द्रुमः 1 a tree with thorns, a thorny bush; भवन्ति नितरां स्फीताः सुक्षेत्रे कण्टकद्रुमाः Mk.9.7. -2 the Śālmali tree or silk-cotton-tree (Mar. सांवरी). -प्रावृटा Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -फलः 1 the bread-fruit tree, Panasa tree. -2 the गोक्षुर plant. -3 the castor-oil tree. -4 the Dhattūra tree. -5 a term applicable to any plant the fruit of which is invested with a hairy or thorny coat. -मर्दनम् suppressing disturbance. -युक्त a. having thorns, thorny. -विशोधनम् extirpating every source of disturbance or trouble; राज्यकण्टकविशोधनोद्यतः Vikr.5.1. -वृन्ताकी a species of nightshade with thorny leaves (वार्ताकी). -श्रेणिः, -णी f. 1 the Solanum Jacquini. -2 a porcupine.

kath	कथ् 1 U. (कथयति-ते, कथित) 1 To tell, relate, narrate, communicate (usually with dat. of person); राममिष्वसनदर्शनोत्सुकं मैथिलाय कथयांबभूव सः R.11.37. -2 To declare, state, mention; अकीर्तिं चापि भूतानि कथयिष्यन्ति ते$व्ययाम् Bg.2.34; R.11.15. -3 To converse, talk with, hold conversation with; कथयित्वा सुमन्त्रेण सह Rām. -4 To indicate, betray, bespeak, show; V.1.6; Māl.8.1; आकारसदृशं चेष्टितमेवास्य कथयति Ś.7. -5 To describe, relate; किं कथ्यते श्रीरुभयस्य तस्य Ku.7.78; कथाच्छलेन बालानां नीतिस्तदिह कथ्यते H. Pr.8; Pt.4.37. -6 To inform, give information about, complain against; Mk.3. -7 to denounce. -8 To suppose. -9 To praise, narrate devotedly; भुवि त्वां कथयन्तो हि सिद्धिमेष्यन्ति राघव Rām.7.82.12. -Pass. (कथ्यते) 1 To be called. -2 To be regarded or considered as.

katham	कथम् ind. [किम्-प्रकारार्थे थमु कादेशश्च] 1 How, in what way, in what manner, whence; कथं मारात्मके त्वयि विश्वासः H.1; अथ स वैद्यः कथम् Mu.2 'well, how did the physician fare'; सानुबन्धाः कथं न स्युः संपदो मे निरापदः R.1.64,3.44; कथमात्मानं निवेदयामि कथं वा$$त्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1 (where the speaker is doubtful as to the propriety of what he says). -2 Oh what indeed ! (expressing surprise); कथं मामेवोद्दिशति Ś.6. -3 It is often connected with the particles इव, नाम, नु, वा, or स्वित् in the sense of, 'how indeed', 'how possibly', 'I should like to know', (where the question is generalized); कथं वा गम्यते U.3; कथं नामैतत् U.6. -4 When connected with the particles चित्, चन or अपि it means 'in every way', 'on any account', 'somehow', 'with great difficulty', 'with great efforts'; तस्य स्थित्वा कथमपि पुरः Me.3; कथमप्युन्नमितं न चुम्बितं तु Ś.3.24; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms. 4.11,5.143; कथंचिदीशा मनसां बभूवुः Ku.3.34; कथं कथमपि उत्थितः Pt.1; विसृज्य कथमप्युमाम् Ku.6.3; Me.22; Amaru.12,39,5,73; Pt.1. -5 Scarcely, hardly; कथमपि भुवने$स्मिंस्तादृशाः संभवन्ति Māl.2.9. -Comp. -कथिकः an inquisitive person. -कारम् ind. in what manner, how; कथंकारमनालम्बा कीर्तिर्द्यामधिरोहति Śi.2.52; कथंकारं भुङ्क्ते Sk; N.17.126. सो$हंकारं कथंकारं न करिष्यति मय्यरौ Śiva. B.15.17. -प्रमाण a. of what measure. -भावः what state. -भूत a. 1 how being. -2 of what nature or kind (oft. used by commentators). -रूप a. of what shape. -वीर्य a. of what power; Rām.3.

kanyā	कन्या [Uṇ.4.111] 1 An unmarried girl or daughter; R.1.51.2.1,3.33; Ms.1.8. -2 A girl ten years old. -3 A virgin, maiden; Ms.8.367,3.33. -4 A woman in general. -5 The sixth sign of the zodiac, i. e. Virgo. -6 N. of Durgā; Mb.3. -7 Large cardamoms. -Comp. -अन्तःपुरम् the women's apartments; सुरक्षिते$पि कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1; Mv.2.5. -आट a. following after or hunting young girls. (-टः) 1 the inner apartments of a house. -2 a man who hunts or goes after young girls. -कुब्जः N. of a country. (-ब्जम्) N. of an ancient city in the north of India, situated on a tributary of the Ganges, now called Kanoja. -कुमारि f., -री also कन्यकुमारी N. of Durgā; कन्यकुमारि धीमहि Mahānār 3.12. -गतम् the position of a planet in the sign Virgo. -ग्रहणम् taking a girl in marriage. -दानम् giving away a girl in marriage; अद्भिरेव द्विजाग्ऱ्याणां कन्यादानं विशिष्यते Ms.3.35. -दूषकः The violator of a virgin; Ms.3.164. -दूषणम् defilement of a virgin. -दोषः a defect or blemish in a l, bad repute (such as a disease &c.) -धनम् dowry; a girl's property. -पतिः 'daughter's husband', a son-in-law. -पालः a dealer in slave girls. -पुत्रः, -गर्भः the son of an unmarried daughter (called कानीन); संघर्ष- जननस्तस्मात्कन्यागर्भो विनिर्मितः Mb.12.2.4. -पुरम् the women's apartments. -प्रदानम् Giving a daughter in marriage; Ms.3.29-31. -भर्तृ -m. 1. a son-in-law. -2 N. f Kārttikeya. -भैक्ष्यम् Begging for a girl; Mb. -रत्नम् a very fine girl; कन्यारत्नमयोनिजन्म भवतामास्ते Mv.1.3. -राशिः the sign Virgo. -वेदिन् -m. a son-in-law (marrying one's girl); Y.1.262. -व्रतस्था A woman in her monthly state; मयि कन्याव्रतस्थायां जमुर्मन्दा- किनीतटम् Ks.26.56. -शुल्कम् money given to the bride's father as her price, purchase-money of a girl. -समुद्भव a. Born from an unmarried woman; Ms.9.172. -स्वयंवरः the choice of a husband by a maiden. -हरणम् ravishment or seduction of a maiden; प्रसह्य कन्याहरणं राक्षसो विधिरुच्यते Ms.3.33.

kabandhaḥ	कबन्धः न्धम् A headless trunk (especially when it retains life); (स्वं) नृत्यत्कबन्धं समरे ददर्श R.7.51, 12.49; शिवातूर्यनृत्यत्कबन्धे Ve.1.27. यस्य नेष्यति वपुः कबन्धताम् Śi. -न्धः 1 The belly; a large belly-like vessel; वसोः कबन्धमृषभो बिभर्ति Av.9.4.3. -2 A cloud. -3 A comet. -4 N. of Rāhu. -5 Water (said to be n. also in this sense); Śi.16.67. -6 N. of a mighty demon mentioned in the Rāmāyana. [While Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa lived in the Dandkā forest, Kabandha attacked them and was slain by them. It is said that, though at first a heavenly being, he was cursed by Indra to assume the form of a demon and to be in that state till killed by Rāma and Laksmaṇa. He advised Rāma to form friendship with Sugrīva; see Rām.3.69.27 ff.; वधनिर्धूतशापस्य कबन्धस्योपदेशतः । मुमूर्छ सख्यं रामस्य समानव्यसने हरौ ॥ R.12.57].

kampaḥ	कम्पः [कम्प्-घञ्] 1 Shaking, tremor; कम्पेन किंचित्प्रतिगृह्य मूर्घ्नः R.13.44 with a gentle nod or bend of the head; 13.28; Ku.7.46; भयकम्पः, विद्युत्कम्पः &c. -2 A modification of the Svarita accent. -पा Shaking, moving, tremor. -Comp. -अन्वित a. tremulous, agitated. -द्वारम् a side-door, a private entrance. कम्पद्वारं तु वा कुर्यान्मध्यपार्श्वद्वयोस्तथा Kāmikāgama 35.49. -लक्ष्मन् -m. wind.

karin	करिन् m. [कर-इनि] 1 An elephant. -2 The number '8' (in Math.) -Comp. -इन्द्रः, -ईश्वरः, -वरः a large elephant, a war or state elephant, lordly elephant; सदादानः परिक्षीणः शस्त एव करीश्वरः Pt.2.75; दूरीकृताः करिवरेण मदान्धवुद्ध्या Nītipr.2. -कुम्भः the frontal globe of an elephant; करिकुम्भतुलामुरोजयोः क्रियमाणां कविभिर्विशृङ्खलैः Bv.2.177. -कुसुम्भः a fragrant powder of नागकेशर. -कृष्णा Piper Chaba (Mar. गजपिंपळी.) -गर्जितम् the roaring of an elephant (बृंहितं करिगर्जितम् Ak.) -दन्तः ivory. -दारकः, -माचलः a lion. -नासिका a musical instrument. -पः an elephant-driver. -पोतः, -शावः -शावकः a cub, young elephant. -बन्धः A column to which an elephant is tied. -मुक्ता A pearl. -मुखः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -यादस् n. a water-elephant. -रतम् A kind of posture in sexual enjoyment; भूगत- स्तनभुजास्यमस्तकामुन्नतस्फिजमधोमुखीं स्त्रियम् । क्रामति स्वकरकृष्ट- मेहने नागरैः करिरतं तदुच्यते ॥ इति रतिरहस्ये; cf. Ki.5.23. com. -वर = ˚इन्द्र q. v. -वैजयन्ती a flag carried by an elephant. -सुन्दरिका A gauge, watermark. -स्कन्धः a herd or troop of elephants.

karman	कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.

kātara	कातर a. [ईषत्तरति स्वकार्यसिद्धिं गच्छति तॄ-अच् कोः कादेशः Tv.] 1 Cowardly, timid, discouraged; वर्जयन्ति च कातरान् Pt.4.42; Amaru.8,34,77; R.11.78; Me.79. -2 Distressed, grieved, afraid; किमेवं कातरासि Ś.4. -3 Agitated; perplexed, confused; उन्मत्तप्रेमसंरम्भादारभन्ते यदङ्गनाः । तत्र प्रत्यूहमाधातुं ब्रह्मापि खलु कातरः ॥ Bh.1.6. -4 Tremulous through fear (as eyes); R.2.52; Amaru.79. -5 Eager; सन्तं वयसि कैशोरे भृत्यानुग्रहकातरम् Bhāg.3.28.17. -रः 1 A large kind of fish. -2 A boat, raft.

kābandhyam	काबन्ध्यम् The state of being a trunk; इन्द्रास्त्रकृत- काबन्ध्यः पूतो$स्मि भवदाश्रयात् Mv.5.34.

kāmaḥ	कामः [कम्-घञ्] 1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94. -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम. -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26. -6 The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarāma. -9 A kind of mango tree. -1 The Supreme Being. -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2. -मम् 1 Object of desire. -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants]. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love. -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम् 1 inflaming fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -अङ्कुशः 1 a fingernail (which plays an important part in erotic acts). -2 the male organ of generation. -अङ्गः the mango tree. -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire. -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love. -अनलः see कामाग्नि. -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (-न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -अन्धा musk. -अन्निन् a. getting food at will. -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful. -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove. -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3. -2 a mineral substance. -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna. -अवशा(सा)यिता f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. -अशनम् 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā. -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ. -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27. -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-धः) the mango-tree. -आयुस् m. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuḍa. -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5. -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1. -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -इष्टः the mango tree. -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56. -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4. -उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion. -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma. -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7. -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45. -2 desire, influence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12. -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. -कृत् a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -केलि a. lustful. (-लिः) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. -3 copulation. -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6. -2 a female Kokila. -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76. -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. -3 an object of sense. -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5. -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22. -4 sensuality. -5 selfishness. -चारिन् a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me.65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 self-willed. (-m.) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a sparrow. -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5. -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27. -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली). -जानः, -निः See कामतालः. -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. -2 of Śiva. -तन्त्रम् N. of a work. -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo. -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva. -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव). -दा = कामधेनु q. v. -दर्शन a. looking lovely. -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11. -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84. -दूती the female cuckoo. -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17. -देव 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -दोहिन् a. granting desires. -धर्मः amorous behaviour. -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyākraṇa Subhāṣita. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid. -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva. -प्रद a. granting desires. (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak. -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1. -फलः a species of the mango tree. -ला the plantain tree. -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24. -भोगाः (pl.) sensual gratifications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16. -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5. -रसः 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112. -रूप a. 1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84. -रूपिन् a. 1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5. -2 beautiful. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. -3 a Vidyādhara. -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan. -लता membrum virile. -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken. -वरः a gift chosen at will. -वल्लभः 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (-भा) moonlight. -वश a. influenced by love. (-शः) subjection to love. -वश्य n. subject to love. -वाद a. saying anything at will. -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires. -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant. -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154. -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (-त्तिः) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion. -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower. -शर 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science. -संयोगः attainment of desired objects. -सखः 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi; -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8.

kārkalāsyam	कार्कलास्यम् The state of being a lizard; न कालेन विना कार्कलास्यान्मुक्तो नृगो नृपः Śiva. B.

kāla	काल a. (-ली f.) 1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48. -2 Injuring, hurting. -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c. -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39. -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1. -9 Fate, destiny. -1 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet Saturn. -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A section, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva. -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21 A mystical name for the letter म्. -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5. -ला 1 N. of several plants. -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -ली 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife. -4 A row of black clouds. -5 A woman with a dark complexion. -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blame. -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire : काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4. -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo. -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या) -15 A small shrub used as a purgative. -16 A kind of insect. -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher. -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -2 an epithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष). -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.; -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope. -अञ्जनम् a sort of collyrium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (-नी) a small shrub used as a purgative (Mar. काळी कापशी). -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo. -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154. -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2. -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by. -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by lapse of time. -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -अनुनादिन् m. 1 a bee. -2 a sparrow. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benjamin. (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन). -2 Sissoo wood. -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing. -अन्तरम् 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat. -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud. -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11. -अवधिः appointed time. -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11. -अशुद्धिः f. -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच. -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव) -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya. -आकृष्ट a. 1 led to death. -2 produced or brought by time. -आत्मक a. depending on time or destiny. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिकः The month चैत्र. -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18. -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv. -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15. -उप्त a. sown in due season. -कञ्जम् a blue lotus. -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13. -कण्ठः 1 a peacock. -2 a sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a gallinule. -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6. -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23. -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule. -कण़्डकः a water-snake. -करणम् appointing or fixing time. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune. -कर्मन् n. 1 death. -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62. -कलायः dark pulse. -कल्प a fatal, deadly. -कल्लकः A water-snake. -कालः Supreme Being. -कीलः noise. -कुण्ठः Yama. -कुष्ठः a myrrh. -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb. -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1. -कृत् m. 1 the sun. -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -कृत 1 produced by time. -2 fixed, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, -4 done for a long time. (-तः) the sun. -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19. -क्रिया 1 fixing a time. -2 death. -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1. -2 passing the time. -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77. -गङ्गा the river Yamunā. -ग्रन्थिः a year. -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison). -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). -2 a cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (-क्रः) an epithet of the sun. -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death. -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death. -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12. -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83. (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony. -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46. -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk. -दमनी an epithet of Durgā. -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18. -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m. 1 the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c. -धारणा prolongation of time. -नरः (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva. -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13. -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology. -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49. -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale. -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर). -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8. -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41. -पाशः the noose of Yama or death. -पाशिकः a hangman. -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama. -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron. (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4. -2 a bow in general. -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2. -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -भृत् m. the sun. -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva. -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस). -मालम् a measure of time. -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12. -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant. -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off. -योगः fate, destiny. -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रात्रिः, -रात्री f. 1 a dark night. -2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34. -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार) -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel. -वलनम् the armour. -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9. -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24. -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153. -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ). -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival. -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65. -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53. -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143. -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143. -सदृश a. opportune, timely. -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16. -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date. -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12. -सारः the black antelope. (-रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death. -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88. -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree. -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). -हरः an epithet of Śiva. -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41. -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16.

kālika	कालिक a. (-की f.) [काल-ठन्-ठक् वा] 1 Relating to time. -2 Depending on time; विशेषः कालिको$वस्था Ak. -3 Seasonable, timely. -कः 1 A crane. -2 A heron. -का 1 Blackness, black colour. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 Price of an article to be paid by instalments. -4 Periodical interest paid at stated times. -5 A multitude of clouds, a dark cloud threatening rain; कुतस्त्रपा नश्यति न त्वदाननक्षपाकरादर्शनकारिकालिका Rām. Ch.2.55; कालिकेव निबिडा बलाकिनी R.11.15. 6- Flaw (alloy &c.) in gold. -7 The liver. -8 A female crow. -9 A scorpion. -1 A spirituous liquor. -11 N. of Durgā; व्यभाव्यत प्रलयजकालिकाकृतिः Śi.17.44. -12 A particular bloodvessel in the ear. -13 A line of hair extending from the pudenda to the navel. -14 A small singing bird. -15 A kind of fragrant earth. -16 A girl four years old personating Durgā at a festival. -17 N. of a Yoginī. -18 A kind of vegetable. -19 A kind of cucumber. -2 The Indian spikenard. -21 Mist. -22 An oil-woman. -कम् 1 Black sandal wood. -2 Hostility.

kuṭumbitā	कुटुम्बिता त्वम् 1 The state of being a householder. -2 Family connection or union. -3 Living as one family.

kup	कुप् I. 4 P. (कुप्यति, चुकोप, अकुपत्, कोपितुम्, कुपित) 1 To be angry, (generally with the dat. of the person who is the object of anger, but sometimes with the acc. or gen. also); कुप्यन्ति हितवादिने K.18; कुपितश्चन्द्रगुप्तश्चाणक्य- स्योपरि Mu.2; M.3.21; U.7; चुकोप तस्मै स भृशम् R.3. 56. -2 To be excited, to gather strength, be virulent; as in दोषाः प्रकुप्यन्ति Suśr. -Caus. (कोपयति-ते) 1 To provoke, irritate; to excite, agitate. -2 To stir up. -II. 1 U. -1 To shine. -2 To speak.

kopin	कोपिन् a. [अवश्यं कुप्यति कुप्-णिनि] 1 Angry, irritated; सत्यमेवासि यदि मयि कोपिनी Gīt.1. -2 Causing anger. -3 Irritating, causing disorder of the humours of the body. -m. A water-pigeon.

kulam	कुलम् 1 A race, family; निदानमिक्ष्वाकुकुलस्य संततेः R.3.1. -2 The residence of a family, a seat, house, an abode; ददर्श धीमान्स कपिः कुलानि Rām.5.5.1; वसन्नृषि- कुलेषु सः R.12.25. -3 A high or noble family, noble descent; कुले जन्म Pt.5.2; कुलशीलसमन्वितः Ms.7.54,62; so कुलजा, कुलकन्यका &c. -4 A herd, troop, flock; collection, multitude; मृगकुलं रोमन्थमभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6; U.2.9; अलिकुलसंकुल Gīt.1; Śi.9.71; so गो˚, कृमि˚, महिषी˚ &c. -5 A lot, gang. band (in a bad sense). -6 A country. -7 The body. -8 The front or fore part. -9 A tribe, caste, community. -1 A blue stone. -लः The head of a guild or corporation. -ला See कुलतिथि. -Comp. -अकुल a. 1 of a mixed character or origin. -2 middling. ˚तिथिः m., f. the second, sixth, and the tenth lunar days of a fort-night in a month. ˚नक्षत्रम् N. of the lunar mansions आर्द्रा, मूला, अभिजित् and शतभिषा. ˚वारः Wednesday. -अङ्कुरः the scion of a family; अनेन कस्यापि कुला- ङ्कुरेण स्पृष्टस्य गात्रेषु सुखं ममैवम् Ś.7.19. -अङ्गना a respectable or high born (chaste) woman. -अङ्गारः a man who ruins his family; Pt.4. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -पर्वतः, -शैलः a principal mountain, one of a class of seven mountains which are supposed to exist in each division of the continent; their names are :-- महेन्द्रो मलयः सह्यः शुक्तिमान् ऋक्षपर्वतः । विन्ध्यश्च पारियात्रश्च सप्तैते कुलपर्वताः ॥ -अन्वित a. born in a noble family. -अभिमानः family pride. -अभिमानिन् a. proud of birth or family descent; कुलाभिमानी कुलजां नराधिपः Ki.1.31. -आख्या family-name, surname; कुलाख्या लोके गोत्रावयवा इत्युच्यन्ते Mbh. on P.IV. 1.79. -आचारः, -कर्मन् n., -धर्मः a duty or custom peculiar to a family or caste. -आचार्यः, -गुरुः 1 a family priest or teacher. -2 a geneologist. -आधारकः a son. -आपीडः, -शेखरः the glory of a family; तस्मिन्कुलापीडनिभे निपीडं सम्यग्महीं शासति शासनाङ्काम् R.18. 29. -आलम्बिन् a. maintaining a family. वरमेकः कुलालम्बी यत्र विश्रूयते पिता H. -ईश्वरः 1 the chief of a family. -2 N. of Śiva. (-रा) N. of Durgā. -उत्कट, a. high born. (-टः) a horse of a good breed. -उत्पन्न, उद्गत, -उद्भव a. sprung from a noble family, highborn; आमात्यमुख्यं धर्मज्ञं प्राज्ञं दान्तं कुलोद्भवम् Ms.7.141. -उद्वहः the head or perpetuator of a family; see उद्वह. -उपदेशः a family name. -कज्जलः one who is a disgrace to his family. -कण्टकः one who is a thorn or trouble to his family. -कन्यका, -कन्या a girl of high birth; विशुद्धमुग्धः कुलकन्यकाजनः Māl.7.1; गृहे गृहे पुरुषाः कुलकन्यकाः समुद्वहन्ति Māl.7. -करः, -कर्तृ m. the founder of a family. -करणिः A hereditary clerk or officer; E.I.XV.91. -कलङ्कः one who is a disgrace to his family. -कलङ्कितः a. causing disgrace to a family; न चाप्यहं गमिष्यामि कथां कुलकलङ्किताम् Ks.22.216. -क्षयः 1 ruin of a family. -2 extinction of a family; कुलक्षयकृतं दोषं मित्रद्रोहे च पातकम् Bg.1.39,4. -गरिमा m. family pride or dignity. -गिरिः, -भूभृत् m., -पर्वतः, -शैलः see कुलाचल above. -गृहम् a noble house; पर्याकुलं कुलगृहे$पि कृतं वधूनाम् Ṛs.6.21. -घ्न a. ruining a family; दोषैरेतैः कुलघ्नानाम् Bg.1.43. -ज, -जात a. 1 well-born, of high brith; प्रदाने हि मुनिश्रेष्ठ कुलं निरवशेषतः । वक्तव्यं कुलजातेन तन्नि- बोध महामते ॥ Rām.1.71.2. -2 ancestral, hereditary; Ki.1.31 (used in both senses). -जनः a high-born or distinguished person. -जाया a. high-born lady; कुलजाया सा जाया केवलजाया तु केवलं माया Udb. -तन्तुः one who continues or perpetuates a family. -तिथिः m., f. an important lunar day, viz:-- the 4th, 8th, 12th or 14th of a lunar fort-night. -तिलकः the glory of a family, one who does honour to his family. -दीपः, -दीपकः the glory of a family. -दुहितृ f. also कुलपुत्री; cf. P.VI. 3.7, Vārt.9; see कुलकन्या. -दूषण a. disgracing one's family; Mk. -देवता a tutelary deity; the guardian deity of a family; तामर्चिताभ्यः कुलदेवताभ्यः कुलप्रतिष्ठां प्रणमय्य माता Ku.7.27. -धन a. one whose wealth is the preservation of the good name of the family; कष्टो जनः कुलधनैरनुर- ञ्जनीयः U.1.14. (-नम्) the dearest and most valued treasure of the family; इक्ष्वाकूणां कुलधनमिदं यत्समाराधनीयः U.7.6. -धर्मः a family custom, a duty or custom peculiar to a family; उत्सन्नकुलधर्माणां मनुष्याणां जनार्दन Bg. 1.44; Ms.1.118;8.14. -धारकः a son. -धुर्यः (a son) able to support a family, a grown-up son; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7.71. -नन्दन a. gladdening or doing honour to a family. -नायिका a girl worshipped at the celebration of the orgies of the lefthand Śāktas. -नारी a high bred and virtuous woman. -नाशः 1 ruin or extinction of a family. -2 an apostate, reprobate, outcast. -3 a camel. -नाशनम् conducive to the extinction of the family; मुसलं कुलनाशनम् Mb. -परंपरा the series of generations comprising a race. -पतिः 1 the head or chief of a family. -2 a sage who feeds and teaches 1, pupils; thus defined:- मुनीनां दशसाहस्रं यो$न्नदानादिपोषणात् । अध्यापयति विप्रर्षिरसौ कुलपतिः स्मृतः ॥ अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; R.1.95; U.3.48. -3 The head-servant (Gīrvāṇa); Bhāg.5.18.1. -4 N. of Kṛiṣṇa; कुन्दस्रजः कुलपतेरिह वाति गन्धः Bhāg.1.3.11. -पांसन a. one who disgraces one's family; इत्युक्तः स खलः पापो भोजानां कुलपांसनः Bhāg.19.1.35. -पांसुका a woman disgracing her family, an unchaste woman. -पालकम् an orange. -पालिः, -पालिका, -पाली f. a chaste or high-born woman. -पुत्रः a nobly-born youth; इह सर्वस्वफलिनः कुलपुत्रमहाद्रुमाः Mk.4.1. -पुत्री (See -दुहितृ). -पुरुषः 1 a respectable or high-born man; कुश्चुम्बति कुलपुरुषो वेश्याधरपल्लवं मनोज्ञमपि Bh.1.59. -2 an ancestor. -पूर्वगः (कः) an ancestor. तवापि सुमहाभागे जनेन्द्रकुलपूर्वकम् (v. l. जनेन्द्राः कुलपूर्वगाः) Rām.2.73.24. -भरः (कुलंभरः) 1 One who maintains the family. -बीजः the head or chief of a guild. -भार्या a virtuous wife. -भृत्या the nursing of a pregnant woman. -मर्यादा family honour or respectability. -मार्गः 1 a family custom, the best way or the way of honesty. -2 the doctrine of the Kaulas (कौलमार्ग). -योषित्, -वधू f. a woman of good family and character. त्यागिनां कुलयोषिताम् Ms.3.245; ब्रूते ब्रूते व्रजकुलवधूः कापि साध्वी ममाग्रे Udb. -लक्षणम् The characteristics of a noble family; आचारो विनयो विद्या प्रतिष्ठा तीर्थदर्शनम् । निष्ठा वृत्तिस्तपो दानं नवधा कुललक्षणम् ॥ -वारः a principal day; (i. e. Tuesday and Friday). -विद्या 1 knowledge handed down in a family, traditional knowledge. -2 one of the three आन्वीक्षिकी lores. -विप्रः a family-priest. -वृद्धः an old and experienced member of a family. -व्रतः, -तम् a family vow; गलितवयसामिक्ष्वाकूणामिदं हि कुलव्रतम् R.3.7; विश्वस्मिन्नधुना$न्यः कुलव्रतं पालयिष्यति कः Bv.1.13. -शीलम् character or conduct honourable to a family. -श्रेष्ठिन् a. well-born, of a good family. (-m.) 1 the chief of a family or a guild. -2 an artisan of noble birth. -संख्या 1 family-respectability. -2 inclusion among respectable families; कुलसंख्यां च गच्छन्ति कर्षन्ति च महायशः Ms.3.66. -संततिः f. posterity, descendants, continuation of a lineage; दिवं गतानि विप्राणामकृत्वा कुलसंततिम् Ms.5.159. -सन्निधिः m. the presence of witnesses; Ms.8.194,21. -संभवः a. of a respectable family. -सेवकः an excellent servant. -स्त्री a woman of good family, a noble woman; अधर्माभिभवात् कृष्ण प्रदुष्यन्ति कुलस्त्रियः Bg.1.41. -स्थितिः f. 1 antiquity or prosperity of a family -2 family observance or custom; U.5.23.

kṛ	कृ I. 5 U. (कृणोति-कृणुते) To hurt, injure, kill. -II. 8 U. (करोति-कुरुते, चकार-चक्रे, अकार्षीत्-अकृत; कर्तुम्, करिष्यति-ते कृत) 1 To do (in general); तात किं करवाण्यहम् -2 To make; गणिकामवरोधमकरोत् Dk; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35; युवराजः कृतः &c. -3 To manufacture, shape, prepare; कुम्भकारो घटं करोति; कटं करोति &c. -4 To build, create; गृहं कुरु; सभां कुरु मदर्थे भोः. -5 To produce, cause, engender; रतिमुभयप्रार्थना कुरुते Ś.2.1. -6 To form, arrange; अञ्जलिं करोति; कपोतहस्तकं कृत्वा. -7 To write, compose; चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -8 To perform, be engaged in; पूजां करोति. -9 To tell, narrate; इति बहुविधाः कथाः कुर्वन् &c. -1 To carry out, execute, obey; एवं क्रियते युष्मदादेशः Māl.1; or करिष्यामि वचस्तव or शासनं मे कुरुष्व &c. -11 To bring about, accomplish, effect; सत्सं- गतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -12 To throw or let out, discharge, emit; मूत्रं कृ to discharge urine, make water; so पुरीषं कृ to void excrement. -13 To assume, put on, take; स्त्रीरूपं कृत्वा; नानारूपाणि कुर्वाणः Y.3. 162. -14 To send forth, utter; मानुषीं गिरं कृत्वा, कलरवं कृत्वा &c. -15 To place or put on (with loc.); कण्ठे हारम- करोत् K.212; पाणिमुरसि कृत्वा &c. -16 To entrust (with some duty), appoint; अध्यक्षान् विविधान्कुर्यात्तत्र तत्र विपश्चितः Ms.7.81. -17 To cook (as food) as in कृतान्नम्. -18 To think, regard, consider; दृष्टिस्तृणीकृतजगत्त्रयसत्त्वसारा U.6. 19. -19 To take (as in the hand); कुरु करे गुरुमेकमयोघनं N.4.59. -2 To make a sound, as in खात्कृत्य, फूत्कृत्य भुङ्क्ते; so वषट्कृ, स्वाहाकृ &c. -21 To pass, spend (time); वर्षाणि दश चक्रुः spent; क्षणं कुरु wait a moment. -22 To direct towards, turn the attention to, resolve on; (with loc. or dat.); नाधर्मे कुरुते मनः Ms.12.118; नगरगमनाय मतिं न करोति Ś.2. -23 To do a thing for another (either for his advantage or injury); प्राप्ताग्निनिर्वापणगर्वमम्बु रत्नाङ्- कुरज्योतिषि किं करोति Vikr.1.18; यदनेन कृतं मयि, असौ किं मे करिष्यति &c. -24 To use, employ, make use of; किं तया क्रियते धेन्वा Pt.1. -25 To divide, break into parts (with adverbs ending in धा); द्विधा कृ to divide into two parts; शतधा कृ, सहस्रधा कृ &c. -26 To cause to become subject to, reduce completely to (a particular condition, with adverbs ending in सात्); आत्मसात् कृ to subject or appropriate to oneself; दुरितैरपि कर्तुमात्मसात्प्रयतन्ते नृपसूनवो हि यत् R.8.2; भस्मसात् कृ to reduce to ashes. -27 To appropriate, secure for oneself. -28 To help, give aid. -29 To make liable. -3 To violate or outrage (as a girl). -31 To begin. -32 To order. -33 To free from. -34 To proceed with, put in practice. -35 To worship, sacrifice. -36 To make like, consider equal to, cf. तृणीकृ (said to be Ātm. only in the last 1 senses). -37 To take up, gather; आदाने करोतिशब्दः Ms.4.2.6; यथा काष्ठानि करोति गोमयानि करोति इति आदाने करोतिशब्दो भवति एवमिहापि द्रष्टव्यम् ŚB. on MS.4.2.6. This root is often used with nouns, adjectives, and indeclinables to form verbs from them, somewhat like the English affixes 'en' or '(i) fy', in the sense of 'making a person or thing to be what it previously is not'; e. g. कृष्णीकृ to make that which is not already black, black, i. e. blacken; so श्वेतीकृ to whiten; घनीकृ to solidify; विरलीकृ to rarefy &c. &c. Sometimes these formations take place in other senses also; e. g. क्रोडीकृ 'to clasp to the bosom', embrace; भस्मीकृ to reduce to ashes; प्रवणीकृ to incline, bend; तृणीकृ to value as little as straw; मन्दीकृ to slacken, make slow; so शूलीकृ to roast on the end of pointed lances; सुखीकृ to please' समयाकृ to spend time &c. N. B.- This root by itself admits of either Pada; but it is Ātm. generally with prepositions in the following senses :--(1) doing injury to; (2) censure, blame; (3) serving; (4) outraging, acting violently or rashly; (5) preparing, changing the condition of, turning into; (6) reciting; (7) employing, using; see P.I.3.32 and गन्धनावक्षेपणसेवनसाहसिक्यप्रतियत्नप्रकथनोपयोगेषु कृञः ''Students' Guide to Sanskrit Composition" 338. Note. The root कृ is of the most frequent application in Sanskrit literature, and its senses are variously modified, or almost infinitely extended, according to the noun with which the root is connected; e. g. पदं कृ to set foot (fig. also); आश्रमे पदं करिष्यसि Ś.4.19; क्रमेण कृतं मम वपुषि नव- यौवनेन पदम् K.141; मनसा कृ to think of, meditate; मनसि कृ to think; दृष्ट्वा मनस्येवमकरोत् K.136; or to resolve or determine; सख्यम्, मैत्रीं कृ to form friendship with; अस्त्राणि कृ to practise the use of weapons; दण्डं कृ to inflict punishment; हृदये कृ to pay heed to; कालं कृ to die; मतिं-बुद्धिं कृ to think of, intend, mean; उदकं कृ to offer libations of water to manes; चिरं कृ to delay; दर्दुरं कृ to play on the lute; नखानि कृ to clean the nails; कन्यां कृ to outrage or violate a maiden; विना कृ to separate from, to be abandoned by, as in मदनेन विनाकृता रतिः Ku.4.21; मध्ये कृ to place in the middle, to have reference to; मध्येकृत्य स्थितं क्रथकौशिकान् M.5.2; वेशे कृ to win over, place in subjection, subdue; चमत्कृ to cause surprise; make an exhibition or a show; सत्कृ to honour, treat with respect; तिर्यक्कृ to place aside. -Caus. (कारयति-ते) To cause to do, perform, make, execute &c.; आज्ञां कारय रक्षोभिः Bk.8.84; भृत्यं भृत्येन वा कटं कारयति Sk. -Desid. (चिकीर्षति- ते) To wish to do &c.; Śi.14.41.

kṛta	कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.

kṛtiḥ	कृतिः f. [कृ-क्तिन्] 1 Doing, manufacturing, making, performing. -2 Action, deed. -3 Creation, literary work, composition; (तौ) स्वकृतिं गापयामास कविप्रथमपद्धतिम् R.15.33,64,69; N.22.155. -4 Magic, enchantment. -5 Injuring, killing; स कृत्या चकितो गत्वा मुनिं वव्रे पुरोहितम् Bm.1.27. -6 The number '2'. -7 An enchantress, a witch. -8 A knife. -9 Way-laying; hurting, injuring (Ved.). -1 A square number. -11 (in drama) Confirmation of any obtainment. -Comp. -करः 1 an epithet of Rāvaṇa. -2 one practising magic, a witch. -साध्यत्वम् the state of being accomplished by exertion.

kriyā	क्रिया [कृ भावे करणादौ वा श cf. P.III] 1 Doing, execution, performance, accomplishment; उपचार˚, धर्म˚; प्रत्युक्तं हि प्रणयिषु सतामीप्सितार्थक्रियैव Me.116. -2 An action, act, business, undertaking; प्रणयिक्रिया V.4.15; Ms.2.4. -3 Activity, bodily action, labour. -4 Teaching, instruction; क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. क्रिया हि द्रव्यं विनयति नाद्रव्यम् Kau. A.1.5. -5 Possession of some act (as of singing, dancing &c.), knowledge; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था M.1.16. -6 Practice (opp. शास्त्र theory). -7 A literary work, composition; शृणुत मनोभिर- वहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य V.1.2; कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1. -8 A purificatory rite, a religious rite or ceremony; Ms.1.43. -9 An expiatory rite, expiation. -1 (a) The ceremony of offering oblations to the deceased ancestors (श्राद्ध). (b) Obsequies. -11 Worship; त्रैतादिषु हरेरर्चा क्रियायै कविभिः 'कृता Bhāg.7.14.39. -12 Medical treatment, application of remedies, cure; शीतक्रिया M.4 cold remedies. -13 (In gram.) Action, the general idea expressed by a verb. -14 Motion. -15 Especially, motion as one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; see कर्मन्. -16 (In law) Judicial investigation by human means (witnesses &c.) or by ordeals. -17 Burden of proof; क्रिया स्याद्वादिनोर्द्वयोः, द्वयो- रपि वादिनोः क्रिया प्राप्नोति V. May. -18 A verb. -19 A noun of action. -2 Disquisition. -21 Study. -22 Means, expedients. -23 Instrument, implement. -24 A construction; कूपप्रपापुष्करिणीवनानां चक्रुः क्रियास्तत्र च धर्मकामाः Bu. Ch.2.12. -25 Spirit (अध्यात्म) ?; द्रव्यक्रियाकारकाख्यं धूत्वा यान्त्यपुनर्भवम् Bhāg.12.6.38. -Comp. -अन्वित a. practising ritual observances. -अपवर्गः 1 completion or termination of an affair, execution of a task; क्रियापवर्गे- ष्वनुजीविसात् कृताः Ki.1.14. -2 liberation from ceremonial acts, absolution. -अभ्युपगमः a special agreement; क्रियाभ्युपगमात्त्वेतत् बीजार्थं यत्प्रदीयते Ms.9.53; -अर्थ a. 1 (a Vedic injunction) enjoining some duty. -2 useful for some purpose; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशम् Ku.5.33. -अव- सन्न a. one who loses a law-suit through the statements of the witnesses &c. -आरम्भः Cooking; आत्मार्थं च क्रिया- रम्भः Ms.11.64. -इन्द्रियम् see कर्मेंन्द्रिय. -कलापः 1 the whole body of ceremonies enjoined in the Hindu religious law. -2 all the particulars or points of any business. -कल्पः a particular mode of diognosis. -काण्डम् The portion of a श्रुति text treating of the sacrifices. -कारः 1 an agent, worker. -2 a beginner, tyro, a fresh student. -3 an agreement. -तन्त्रम् one of the four classes of Tantras; Buddha. -द्वेषिन् m. a witness whose testimony is prejudicial to the cause (one of the five kinds of witnesses). -द्वैतम् efficient cause. -निर्देशः evidence. -पटु a. dexterous. -पथः mode of medical treatment. -पदम् a verb. -पर a. diligent in the performance of one's duty. -पादः the third division of a legal plaint; that is, witnesses, documents and other proofs adduced by the plaintiff or complainant. -माधुर्यम् beauty of art and architecture; अहो क्रियामाधुर्यं पाषाणानाम् Pratimā 3. -यज्ञः religious rites (such as गर्भाधानसंस्कार); Mb.1.18.5. -योगः 1 connection with the verb. -2 the employment of expedients or means; तदा तत्प्रतिकाराच्च सततं वा विचिन्तनात् । आधिव्याधिप्रशमनं क्रियायोगद्वये न तु ॥ Mb. 3.2.23. -3 the practical form of Yoga philosophy i. e. active devotion. -लोपः omission or discontinuance of any of the essential ceremonies of the Hindu religion; क्रिया- लोपाद् वृषलत्वं गताः Ms.1.43. -वशः necessary influence of acts done. -वाचक, -वाचिन् a. expressing any action, as a verbal noun. -वादिन् m. a plaintiff, complainant. -विधिः a rule of action, manner of any rite; अयमुक्तो विभागो वः पुत्राणां च क्रियाविधिः Ms.9.22. -विशेषणम्, 1 an adverb. -2 a predicative adjective. -शक्तिः f. the power of god (in creating this world). -संक्रान्तिः f. imparting (to others) one's knowledge; teaching; विवादे दर्शयिष्यन्तं क्रियासंक्रान्तिमात्मनः M.1.19. -समभिहारः [cf. P.III.1.22] the repetition of any act; क्रियासम- भिहारेण विराध्यन्तं क्षमेत कः Śi.2.43.

kliśita	क्लिशित क्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Distressed, suffering pain or misery. -2 Afflicted, tormented. -3 Faded. -4 Inconsistent, contradictory; e. g. माता मे वन्ध्या. -5 Elaborate, artificial (as a composition.). -6 Put to shame. -7 Wearied; hurt, injured. -8 Being in a bad condition, worn; पीतेनैकेन संवीतां क्लिष्टतोत्तमवाससा Rām.5.15.21. -9 Marred, impaired; Ś.5.19; Pt.1.11; Ś.6.1; disordered, Ś 7.14. -1 Dimmed, made faint; हिमक्लिष्ट- प्रकाशानि ज्योतींषीव मुखानि वः Ku.2.19. -11 Injured, hurt; Ś.6.19. -12 Bothersome, tedious; यथा शरीरो बालस्य गुप्ता सन्क्लिष्टकर्मणः Rām.7.75.4. (the commentator Rāma Tilaka gives क्लिष्टकर्मणः = शुभाचारस्य, which seems doubtful). -ष्टम् a contradictory statement. -Comp. -वर्त्मन् n. a disease of the eyelids.

kṣāntiḥ	क्षान्तिः f. [क्षम्-भावे क्तिन्] 1 Patience, forbearance, forgiveness; क्षान्तिश्चेद्वचनेन किम् Bh.2.21; अहिंसा क्षान्ति- रार्जवम् Bg.13.7;18.42. -2 The state of saintly abstraction.

kṣīṇatā	क्षीणता 1 The state of wasting away, diminution, decay; emaciation. -2 The state of being injured.

kṣud	क्षुद् 7 U. (क्षुणत्ति, क्षुन्ते, क्षुण्ण) 1 To tread or trample upon, strike against, crush (under the foot), bruise, pound down; क्षुणद्मि सर्पान् पाताले Bk.6.36; ते तं व्याशिषता- क्षौत्सुः पादैर्दन्तैस्तथाच्छिदन् 15.43;17.66. -2 To move, be agitated (Ā.); क्षोदन्तं आपो रिणते वनानि Rv.5.58.6. -With -प्र to crush, bruise, pound; मित्रघ्नस्य प्रचुक्षोद गदयाङ्गं विभीषणः Bk.14.33.

kṣubh	क्षुभ् 1 Ā., 4, 9 P. (क्षोभते, क्षुभ्यति, क्षुभ्नाति, क्षुभित-क्षुब्ध) 1 To shake, tremble, to be agitated or disturbed; महाह्रद इव क्षुभ्यन् Bk.9.118; R.4.21; Śi.8.24. -2 To be unsteady. -3 To stumble (fig. also). -Caus. (क्षोभयति) To agitate, stir up, excite, perturb.

kṣubhita	क्षुभित a. 1 Shaken, agitated &c.; महाप्रलयमारुतक्षुभित- पुष्करावर्तक &c.; Ve.3.2. -2 Afraid. -3 Enraged.

kṣubdha	क्षुब्ध p. p. 1 Agitated, shaken, unsteady. -2 Disturbed. -3 Afraid. -ब्धः A churning stick; शोभैव मन्दरः क्षुब्धक्षुभिताम्भोधिवर्णना Śi.2.17. -2 A particular mode of sexual enjoyment.

kha	खः The sun. -खम् 1 The sky; खं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2; यावद्गिरः खे मरुतां चरन्ति Ku.3.72; Me.9. -2 Heaven. -3 Organ of sense; पराञ्चि खानि व्यतृणत्स्वयंभूस्तमात्पराङ् पश्यति नान्तरात्मन् Kaṭh.2.1.1. -4 A city. -5 A field. -6 A cypher. -7 A dot, an anusvāra. -8 A cavity, an aperture, hollow, hole; नश्यतीषुर्यथा विद्धः खे विद्धमनुविध्यतः Ms.9.43. -9 An aperture of the human body; (of which there are 9, i. e. the mouth, the two ears, the two eyes, the two nostrils, and the organs of excretion and generation); खानि चैव स्पृशेदद्भिः Ms.2.6,53;4.144; Y.1.2; cf. Ku.3.5. -1 A wound. -11 Happiness, pleasure. -12 Tale. -13 Action. -14 Knowledge. -15 Brahman. -16 The glottis (in anatomy). -17 The tenth mansion from any given constellation or the sun's entrance into it. -खा 1 A well, fountain. -2 A river. -3 Pārvatī. -4 The earth. -5 Lakṣmi. -6 The speech; cf. खोमा क्ष्मा कमला च गीः Enm. -Comp. -अटः (खे$टः) 1 a planet. -2 Rāhu, the ascending node. -आपगा an epithet of the Ganges. -उल्कः, -खोल्कः 1 a meteor. -2 a planet. -3 N. of the sun. ˚आदित्यः a form of the sun. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कामिनी N. of Durgā. -कुन्तलः N. of Śiva. -ग a. [खे आकाशे गच्छति गम्-ड] moving in the air; आरुह्यतामयं शीघ्रं खगो रत्नविभूषितः Rām.3.42.7. (-गः) 1 a bird; अधुनीत खगः स नैकधा तनुम् N.2.2; Ms.12.63. -2 air, wind; तमांसीव यथा सूर्यो वृक्षानग्निर्घनान्खगः Mb. -3 the sun. -4 a planet; e. g. आपोक्लिमे यदि खगाः स किलेन्दुवारः Tv. -5 a grass-hopper. -6 a deity. -7 an arrow; आशीविषाभान् खगमान् प्रमुञ्चन् Mb.8.67.2. ˚अधिपः an epithet of Garuḍa; हर्षयन्विबुधानीकमारुरोह खगाधिपम् Bhāg.8. 4.26. ˚अन्तकः a hawk, falcon. ˚अभिरामः an epithet of Śiva. ˚आसनः 1 the eastern mountain on which the sun rises. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Garuḍa ज्ञानेन वैयासकिशद्वितेन भेजे खगेन्द्रध्वजपादमूलम् Bhāg. ˚वती f. the earth. ˚स्थानम् 1 the hollow of a tree. -2 a bird's nest. -गङ्गा celestial Gaṅgā. -गतिः f. 1 flight in the air. -2 the motion of a planet. -3 a metre of 4 x 16 syllables. -गम a. moving in the air, flying (as the Gandharvas or missile weapons). (-मः) a bird. -(खे)गमनः a kind of gallinule. -गुण a. having a cypher as a multiplier. -गोलः the celestial sphere. ˚विद्या astronomy. -चमसः the moon. -चर a. flying, moving in the air. (-रः) or खेचरः 1 a bird. -2 a cloud. -3 the sun. -4 the wind. -5 a demon. -6 an aerial spirit. -7 a Gandharva or Vidyādhara खचरनगरकल्पं कल्पितं शास्त्रदृष्ट्या Mb.7.7.54; दिव्यस्रग्वस्त्रसन्नाहाः कलत्रैः खेचरा इव Bhāg.1.82.9. -8 a planet. (hence the number 'nine'). -9 mercury or quicksilver. -1 a sign of the zodiac. (-री i. e. खेचरी) 1 a semi-divine female able to fly. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -3 The magical power of flying (सिद्धि); एवं सखीभिरुक्ताहं खेचरी- सिद्धिलोलुभा Ks.2.15. -4 a particular मुद्रा or position of fingers. -चारिन् a. moving in the air. (-m.) an epithet of Skanda. -जलम् 'sky-water', dew, rain, frost &c. -ज्योतिस् m. a firefly. -तमालः 1 a cloud. -2 smoke. -तिलकः the sun, -द्योतः 1 a firefly; खद्योतालीविलसितनिभां विद्युदुन्मेषदृष्टिम् Me.83. -2 the sun. -द्योतनः the sun. -धूपः a rocket; मुमुचुः खधूपान् Bk.3.5. -परागः darkness. -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower', used figuratively to denote anything impossible, an impossibility; cf. the four impossibilities stated in this verse :-- मृगतृष्णाम्भसि स्नातः शशशृङ्गधनुर्धरः । एष वन्ध्यासुतो याति खपुष्पकृतशेखरः Subhāṣ. -बाष्पः dew, frost. -भ्रमः a planet. -भ्रान्तिः a falcon. -मणिः 'the jewel of the sky', the sun. -मीलनम् sleepiness, lassitude. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva; a celestial body or person; Ms.2.82. -वारि n. rain-water, dew &c. -बाष्पः snow, hoar-frost. -शय (also खेशय) a. resting or dwelling in the air. -शरीरम् a celestial body. -श्वासः wind, air. -समुत्थ, -संभव a. produced in the sky, ethereal. -सिन्धुः the moon. -सूचि See under that word. -स्तनी the earth. -स्फटिकम् the sun or moon gem. -हर a. having a cypher for its denominator.

khaj	खज् 1 P. (खजति, खजित) To churn, agitate.

khāṇḍam	खाण्डम् The state of having fractures or gaps.

khilaḥ	खिलः लम् [खिल्-क] 1 A piece of waste or uncultivated land, desert or bare soil; a desert, waste; खिले गा विष्ठिता इव Av.7.115.4. -2 A gap, vacant place. -3 An additional hymn appended to the regular collection; Ms.3.232. -4 A supplement in general. -5 A compendium, compilation. -6 Vacuity. -7 Remainder; अलं दग्धैर्द्रुमैर्दीनैः खिलानां शिवमस्तु नः Bhāg.6.4.15. -लः N. of Brahmā and of Viṣṇu. [खिल is often used in combination with भू and कृ; (1) खिलीभू (a) to become impassable, to be blocked up, be left unfrequented; खिलीभूते विमानानां तदापातभयात्पथि Ku.2.45. (b) to be impossible, be rendered impracticable or stopped; प्रजागरात्खिलीभूतस्तस्याः स्वप्नसमागमः Ś.6.22. (2) खिलीकृ means (a) to obstruct, impede, make impassable, block up; तौ सुकेतसुतया खिली- कृते R.11.14,87. (b) to lay waste, devastate, put down or vanquish completely; विपक्षमखिलीकृत्य प्रतिष्ठा खलु दुर्लभा Śi.2.34.]

khela	खेल a. 1 Sportive, amorous, playful; लीलाखेलमनुप्रापु- र्महोक्षास्तस्य विक्रमम् R.4.22. V.4.32. -2 Moving, shaking. -ला Sport, play, pastime; सिंहखेलगतिर्धीमान् Mb.12.1.19. -Comp. -गति, -गमन, -गामिन् a. having a sportive or stately gait; गमितेन खेलगमने विमानतां नय मां न वेन वसतिं पयोमुचा V.4.74; खे खेलगामी तमुवाह वाहः Ku.7.49.

ga	ग a. (Used only at the end of comp.) Who or what goes, going, moving, being, staying, remaining, having sexual intercourse with &c.; cf. Ms.4.12; Y.3.29; R.3.13. -गः 1 A Gandharva. -2 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 A long syllable (used as an abbreviation of गुरु, in prosody). -4 Śiva. -5 Viṣṇu; cf. गः प्रीतो भवः श्रीपतिरुत्तमः Enm. -गा, -गम् A song; गं वादित्रं शरणं वरम् । ibid. गगनम् (-णम्) (Some suppose गगण to be an incorrect form, as is observed by a writer :-- फाल्गुने गगने फेने णत्वमिच्छन्ति बर्बराः) 1 The sky, atmosphere; अवोचदेनं गगन- स्पृशा रघुः स्वरेण R.3.43; गगनमिव नष्टतारम् Pt.5.6; सो$यं सोमः पतति गगनात् Ś.4. (v. l.); Śi.9.27. -2 (In math.) A cypher. -3 Firmament. -4 Heaven. -Comp. -अग्रम् the highest heavens. -अङ्गना a heavenly nymph, an Apsaras. -अध्वगः 1 the sun. -2 a planet. -3 a celestial being. -अम्बु n. rain-water. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कुसुमम्, -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower'; i. e. any unreal thing, an impossibility; see खपुष्प. -गतिः 1 a deity. -2 a celestial being; Me.48. -3 a planet. -चर (also गगनेचर) a. moving in the air. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 a planet. -3 a heavenly spirit. -4 a lunar mansion. -5 the zodiac (राशिचक्र). -ध्वजः 1 the sun. -2 a cloud. -रोमन्थः nonsense, absurdity. -लिह् a. reaching upto heaven; ततस्ततो गगनलिहश्च केतवः Śi.17.39. -विहारिन् a. moving or ranging in the sky; H.1.19; स हि गगनविहारी कल्मषध्वंसकारी Udb. (-m.) 1 a luminary. -2 the sun. -3 a celestial being. -सद् a. dwelling in the air. (-m.) a celestial being; विस्मेरान्गगनसदः करोत्यमुष्मिन् Śi.4.53. 12.36; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा Pt.1.371. -2 A name, title, appellation. -3 Narration. -4 Praise. -5 (In phil.) Knowledge, the faculty of discriminating objects by appropriate designation; ख्यातिं च सत्त्वपुरुषान्य- तयाधिगम्य Śi.4.55. -6 Praise. -7 Opinion, view, assertion; आन्वीक्षिकी कौशलानां विकल्पः ख्यातिवादिनाम् Bhāg.11. 16.24. -Comp. -कर, -जनक a. glorious. -बोधः sense of honour. -विरुद्धता the state of being contradictory to general opinion.

gajaḥ	गजः [गज्-मदे अच्] 1 An elephant; कचाचितौ विश्वगिवा- गजौ गजौ Ki.1.36. -2 The number 'eight'. -3 A measure of length, a Gaja or yard, (thus defined :-- साधारणनराङ्गुल्या त्रिंशदङ्गुलको गजः). -4 A demon killed by Śiva. -5 One of the eight elephants of the quarters. -जी A female elephant; वितृषो$पि पिबन्त्यम्भः पाययन्तो गजा गजीः Bhāg.4.6.26. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. 1 the most excellent among elephants. -2 An epithet of ऐरावत, the elephant of Indra. -अधिपतिः lord of elephants, a noble elephant. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of elephants; Bri. S.86.34. -अपसदः a vile or wretched elephant, a common or low-born elephant. -अशनः the religious fig tree (अश्वत्थ). (-नम्) the root of a lotus. -अरिः 1 a lion. -2 N. of Śiva who killed the demon गज. -आजीवः 'one who gets his livelihood by elephants', an elephant-driver. -आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Ganeśa. -आयुर्वेदः science of the treatment of elephants. -आरोहः an elephantdriver. -आह्वम्, -आह्वयम् N. of Hastināpura; Bhāg.1. 15.38. -इन्द्रः 1 an excellent elephant, a lordly elephant; किं रुष्टासि गजेन्द्रमन्दगमने Ś. Til.7; ऐरावतं गजेन्द्राणां Bg.1.27. -2 Airāvata, Indra's elephant. -3 N. of a tree; गजेन्द्र- कुसुमाकीर्णम् Mb.13.132.12. ˚कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कन्दः a large esculent root. -कूर्माशिन् m. N. of Garuḍa. -गतिः f. 1 a stately, majestic gait like that of an elephant. -2 a woman with such a gait. -गामिनी a woman having a stately elephant-like gait; याता सुदूरमधुना गजगामिनी सा Ratn.4.3. -गौरीव्रतम् a vow to be observed by ladies in the month of Bhādrapada. -छाया a portion of time proper for a Śrāddha, time at the eclipse of the sun; [सैंहिकेयो यदा भानुं ग्रसते पर्वसंधिषु । गजच्छाया तु सा प्रोक्ता श्राद्धं तत्र प्रकल्पयेत् ॥; गजच्छायायां पूर्वस्यां कुतपे दक्षिणामुखः । यदा भाद्रपदे मासि भवते बहुले मघा ॥ Mb.13.126.36 Y.1.218. -ढक्का a kettle-drum carried on an elephant. -तुरङ्गविलसितम् N. of a metre. -दघ्न, -द्वयस a. as high or tall as an elephant. -दन्तः 1 an elephant's tusk, ivory; कार्योलङ्कार- विधिर्गजदन्तेन प्रशस्तेन Bṛi. S.79.19. -2 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 ivory. -4 a peg, pin, or bracket projecting from a wall. ˚मय a. made of ivory. -दानम् 1 the fluid (ichor) exuding from the temples of an elephant. -2 the gift of an elephant. -नासा the trunk of an elephant; धर्मस्तु गजनासोरु सद्भिराचरितः पुरा Rām.2.3.3. -निमीलिका, -निमीलितम् feigning not to look at anything, inattention; देवीः कामयमानस्य चक्रे गजनिमीलिका Rāj. T.6.73. -पतिः 1 the lord or keeper of elephants. -2 a very tall and stately elephant; Śi.6.55. -3 an excellent elephant. -पिप्पली N. of a plant (Scindapsus Officinalis; Mar. गजपिंपळी, मिरवेल). -पुङ्गवः a large and excellent elephant; गजपुङ्गवस्तु धीरं विलोकयति चाटुशतैश्च भुङ्क्ते Bh.2.31. -पुटः a small hole in the ground for fire. -पुरम् N. of Hastināpura. -पुष्पी N. of a flower; गजपुष्पीमिमां फुल्लामुत्पाठ्य शुभलक्षणाम् Rām.4.12.39. -बन्धः 1 a particular posture in sexual intercourse. -2 a post to which the elephant is tied. -3 the process of catching an elephant; गजबन्धस्तु सुरते आलाने ग्रहणे$पि च Nm. -बन्धनी, -बन्धिनी a stable for elephants. -भक्षकः the sacred fig-tree. -भक्षा the gum Olibanum tree. -मण्डनम् the ornaments with which an elephant is decorated, particularly the coloured lines on his head. -मण्डलिका, -मण्डली a ring or circle of elephants. -माचलः a lion. -मुक्ता, -मौक्तिकम् a pearl supposed to be found in the kumbhas or projections on the forehead of an elephant; घर्मजनितपुलकेन लसद्भजमौक्तिकावलिगुणेन वक्षसा Ki.12.4. -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः epithets of Gaṇeśa; Bṛi. S.58.58; Ks.1.44. -मोटनः a lion. -यूथम् a herd of elephants; उषसि स गजयूथकर्णतालैः पटुपटहध्वनिभिर्विनीतनिद्रः R.9.71. -योधिन् a. fighting on an elephant. -राजः a lordly or noble elephant. -वीथिः, -थी f. the three lunar mansions रोहिणी, आर्द्रा and मृगशिरस्; रोहिण्यार्दा मृगशिरो गजवीथ्यभिधी- यते. -व्रजः a troop of elephants. -शास्त्रम्, -शिक्षा the science of elephants. -साह्वयम् N. of Hastināpura; निर्ययुर्गजसाह्वयात् Mb.3.1.9; Ks.15.6. -स्थानम् elephant's stall; Y.1.279. -स्नानम् (lit.) bathing of an elephant; (fig.) useless or unproductive efforts resembling the ablution of elephants which, after pouring water over their bodies, end by throwing dirt, rubbish and other foul matter; cf. अवशेन्द्रियचित्तानां हस्तिस्नानमिव क्रिया H.1.17.

gajatā	गजता 1 A multitude of elephants; अधिश्रयन्तीर्गजताः परःशताः Śi.12.5. -2 (also गजत्वम्). The state of an elephant; कैषा ते गजता वाक्च समदस्यापि निर्मदा Ks.74.22; हर्यर्चनानुभावेन यद्गजत्वे$प्यनुस्मृतिः Bhāg.8.4.12.

gam	गम् 1 P. (गच्छति, जगाम, अगमत्, गमिष्यति, गन्तुम्, गत desid.; जिगमिषति, जिगांसते Ātm.; freq. जङ्गम्यते; जङ्गमीति or जङ्गन्ति) 1 To go, move in general; गच्छत्वार्या पुनर्दर्शनाय V.5; गच्छति पुरः शरीरं धावति पश्चादसंस्तुतं चेतः Ś.1.33; क्वाधुना गम्यते 'where art thou going'. -2 To depart, go forth, go away, set forth or out; उत्क्षिप्यैनां ज्योतिरेकं जगाम Ś.5.3. -3 To go to, reach, resort to, arrive at, approach; यदगम्यो$पि गम्यते Pt.1.7; एनो गच्छति कर्तारम् Ms.8.19 the sin goes to (recoils on) the doer; 4.199; so धरणिं मूर्ध्ना गम् &c. -4 To pass, pass away, elapse (as time); दिनेषु गच्छत्सु R.3.8 as days rolled on, in course of time; Me.85; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1; गच्छता कालेन in the long run. -5 To go to the state or condition of, become, undergo, suffer, partake of &c. (usually joined with nouns ending in. -ता, -त्व &c, or any noun in the acc.); गमिष्या- म्युपहास्यताम् R.1.3; पश्चादुमाख्यां सुमुखी जगाम Ku.1.26 went by or received the name of Umā; so तृप्तिं गच्छति becomes satisfied; विषादं गतः became dejected; कोपं न गच्छति does not become angry; आनृण्यं गतः became released from debt; मनसा गम् to think of, remember; Ku.2.63; वृषेण गच्छतः riding a bull; Ku.5.8. -6 To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; गुरोः सुतां ... यो गच्छति पुमान् Pt.2.17; Y.1.8. -Caus. (गमयति-ते) 1 To cause to go, lead or reduce to (as a state); गमितः गतिम् Ku.4.24; Bh.3.38; Ki.2.7. -2 To spend, pass (as time). -3 To make clear, explain, expound. -4 To signify, denote, convey an idea or sense of; द्वौ नञौ प्रकृतार्थ गमयतः 'two negatives make one affirmative'. -5 To send to. -6 To bring to a place (acc.). -7 To impart, grant, bestow. -8 To intend, mean.

gatiḥ	गतिः f. [गम्-भावे क्तिन्] 1 Motion, going, moving, gait; गतिर्विगलिता Pt.4.78; अभिन्नगतयः Ś.1.14; (न) भिन्दन्ति मन्दां गतिमश्वमुख्यः Ku.1.11 do not mend their slow gait (do not mend their pace); so गगनगतिः Pt.1; लघुगतिः Me.16; U.6.23. -2 Access, entrance; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवा- स्ति मे गतिः R.1.4. -3 Scope, room; अस्त्रगतिः Ku.3.19; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; नास्त्यगतिर्मनोरथानाम् V.2. -4 Turn, course; दैवगतिर्हि चित्रा, Mu.7.16. -5 Going to, reaching, obtaining; वैकुण्ठीया गतिः Pt.1 obtaining Heaven. -6 Fate, issue; भर्तुर्गतिर्गन्तव्या Dk.13. -7 State, condition; दानं भोगो नाशस्तिस्रो गतयो भवन्ति वित्तस्य Bh.2.43; Pt.1.16. -8 Position, station, situation, mode of existence; परार्ध्यगतेः पितुः R.8.27; कुसुमस्तबकस्येव द्वे गती स्तो मनस्विनाम् Bh.2.14; Pt.1.41,42. -9 A means, expedient, course, alternative; अनुपेक्षणे द्वयी गतिः Mu.3; का गतिः what help is there, can't help (often used in dramas) Pt.1.319; अन्या गतिर्नास्ति K.158; cf. also अगतिका हि एषा गतिः यत् कृत्स्नसंयोगे सति विकल्पसमुच्चयौ स्याताम् ŚB. on MS.1.5.47. -1 Recourse, shelter, refuge, asylum, resort; विद्यमानां गतिर्येषाम् Pt.1.32,322; आसयत् सलिले पृथ्वीं यः स मे श्रीहरिर्गतिः Sk. -11 Source, origin, acquisition; क्रियाविशेषबहुलां भोगैश्वर्यगतिं प्रति Bg.2.43; Ms.1.5. -12 a way, path. -13 A march, procession. -14 An event, issue, result. -15 The course of events, fate, fortune. -16 Course of asterisms. -17 The diurnal motion of a planet in its orbit. -18 A running wound or sore, fistula. -19 Knowing; अपेन पूर्वं न मयेति का गतिः Ki.14.15; knowledge, wisdom. -2 Transmigration, metempsychosis; Ms.6.73;12.3,23,4-45; त्यज बुद्धिमिमां गतिप्रवृत्ताम् Bu. Ch.5.36; Bhāg.1.17.1. -21 A stage or period of life, (as शैशव, यौवन, वार्धक). -22 (In gram.) A term for preposition and some other adverbial prefixes (such as अलम्, तिरस् &c.) when immediately connected with the tenses of a verb or verbal derivatives. -23 Position of a child at birth. -Comp. -अनुसरः following the course of another. -ऊन a. impassable, desert. -भङ्गः stoppage. -हीन a. without refuge, helpless, forlorn.

garbhaḥ	गर्भः [गॄ-भन् Uṇ.3.152] 1 The womb, the belly; गर्भेषु वसतिः Pt.1; पुनर्गर्भे च संभवम् Ms.6.63. -2 A fœtus, embryo; act of conception, pregnancy; conception; नरपतिकुलभूत्यै गर्भमाधत्त राज्ञी P.2.75; गर्भो$भवद्भूधरराज- पत्न्याः Ku.1.19; गर्भं वहति Pt.1.3 bears a child in the womb. -3 The time of conception; गर्भाष्टमे$ब्दे कुर्वित ब्राह्मणस्योपनायनम् Ms.2.36. -4 The child (in the womb); Ś.6; ततः कुमारं सुरगर्भकल्पम् Bu. Ch.2.19; cf. 'गर्भो भ्रूणे$- र्भके कुक्षौ' Medinī. -5 A child, brood or offspring of birds. -6 The inside, middle, or interior of anything (in comp. in this sense and translated by 'full of', 'filled with', 'containing' &c); हिमगर्भैर्मयूखैः Ś.3.4; शुक˚ कोटर 1.14;7.7; ˚पत्रम् U.3.5. inwardly situated; अग्निगर्भां शमीमिव Ś.4.4; R.3.9;5.17;9.55; Śi.9.62; Māl.3.12; Mu.1.12. -7 The offspring of the sky, i. e. the vapours and fogs drawn upwards by the rays of the sun during 8 months and sent down again in the rainy season; cf. Ms.9.35; नवमासधृतं गर्भं भास्करस्य गभस्तिभिः Rām.4.28.3. -8 An inner apartment, a lying-in-chamber. -9 Any interior chamber. -1 A hole. -11 Fire. -12 Food. -13 The rough coat of the jack-fruit (पनसकण्टक). -14 the bed of a river, especially of the Ganges on the fourteenth day of the dark half of Bhādrapada or in the very height of the rains when the river is fullest. -15 The fruit (of plants). -16 Joining, union. -17 The calyx of the lotus. -18 (In dramas) One of the Sandhis q. v. -Comp. -अङ्कः (also गर्भे$ङ्कः) an interlude during an act, as the scene of the birth of Kuśa and Lava in U.7, or the सीतास्वयंवर in Bālarāmāyaṇa. The S. D. thus defines it :-- अङ्कोदर- प्रविष्टो यो रङ्गद्वारामुखादिमान् । अङ्को$परः स गर्भाङ्कः सबीजः फलवानपि ॥ 279. -अवक्रान्तिः f. descent of the soul into the womb. -अवटः see गर्भभाजनम्. -अष्टमः 1 the eighth month from conception. -2 the eighth year from conception. -अस्पन्दनम् non-quickening of the fœtus. -आगारम् 1 uterus. -2 an inner and private room, the female apartments. -3 a lying-in-chamber. -4 the body or sanctuary of a temple, the chamber where the image of a deity is placed; एकैव देवं द्रष्टुं च गर्भागारमथाविशत् Ks.7.71. -आधानम् 1 impregnation; गर्भाधानक्षणपरिच- यान्नूनमाबद्धमालाः (बलाकाः) Me.9. -2 one of the Saṁskāras or purificatory ceremonies performed after menstruation to ensure or facilitate conception; (this ceremony legalizes in a religious sense the consummation of marriage); Y.1.11. -आशयः the uterus, the womb. -आस्रावः mis-carriage, abortion. -ईश्वरः one born rich (cf. 'born in the purple'); a sovereign or rich man by birth. ˚ता sovereignty attained by inheritance; प्राप्तैश्वर्यो भवेन्मूढो गर्भेश्वरतयान्यथा Rāj. T.5.199. -उत्पत्तिः f. the formation of the embryo. -उपघातः miscarriage of the embryo (applied to the sky); Bṛi. S.21.25. -उपघातिनी a cow or female miscarrying from unseasonable gestation. -उपपत्तिः f. formation of the embryo. -कर, -कार a. impregnating, procreative. -कालः 1 time of impregnation. -2 the time when the vapour collected in the air shows the first signs of life. -कोशः, -षः uterus. -क्लेशः pains caused by the embryo, the throes of parturition or childbirth. -क्षयः miscarriage. -गृहम्, -भवनम्, -वेश्मन् n. 1 an inner apartment, the body of a house; Mb.5.118.19; R.19.42. -2 a lying-in-chamber. -3 the sanctuary or body of a temple; निर्गत्य गर्भभवनात् Māl.1. -ग्रहणम् impregnation, conception. -ग्राहिका a midwife; Ks.34. -घातिन् a. causing abortion. -चलनम् quickening, motion of the fœtus in the uterus. -चेटः a servant by birth; नर्मभिर्गर्भचेटानां द्वास्थानां विक्रियाक्रमैः Rāj. T.3.153. -च्युत a. 1 fallen from the womb (as a child). -2 miscarrying. -च्युतिः f. 1 birth; delivery. -2 miscarriage. -दासः, -सी a slave by birth; (often used as a term of abuse or reproach.); यथा गर्भदासः कर्मार्थ एव स्वामिनो$नड्वाँश्च क्रीयते । ŚB. on MS.3.1.2. -दिवसाः certain days on which the vapours collected in the air show signs of life; Bṛi.21.5. -द्रुह् a. (nom. sing. ˚ध्रुक्-ड्) causing abortion. -धम् Ved. semen virile. -धरा pregnant. -धारणम्, -धारणा gestation, impregnation. -धिः Ved. 1 a breeding place, a nest; कपोत इव गर्भधिम् Rv.1.3.4. -2 cohabitation. -ध्वंसः abortion. -नाडी the umbilical cord. -नुद् a. causing abortion. -न्यासः 1 laying the foundation. -2 the foundations. -परिस्रवः secundines or fœtal membranes collectively. -पाकिन् m. rice ripening in sixty days. -पातः miscarriage after the fourth month of pregnancy. -पोषणम्, -भर्मन् n. nourishment of the fœtus, gestation; अनुष्ठिते भिषग्भिराप्तैरथ गर्भभर्मणि R.3.12. -भाजनम् the foundation pit, the excavation. -मण्डपः an inner apartment, a bed-chamber. -मासः month of pregnancy. -मोचनम् delivery, birth. -योपा a pregnant woman; (fig.) the Ganges overflowing its banks. -रक्षणम् protecting the fœtus. -रन्धिः complete cooking; स्थाल्य- ग्नितापात्पयसो$मितापस्तत्तापतस्तण्डुलगर्भरन्धिः Bhāg.5.1.22. -रूप a. childish, youthful, juvenile. -रूपः, -रूपकः a child, an infant, a youth. -लक्षण a. observing the signs of the rainy season. (-णम्) a symptom of pregnancy. -लम्भनम् a ceremony performed for the sake of facilitating and developing pregnancy. -वसतिः f., -वासः 1 the womb; असकृद्गर्भवासेषु वासं जन्म च दारुणम् Ms.12.78. -2 being in the womb. -विच्युतिः f. abortion in the beginning of pregnancy. -विपत्तिः death of the fœtus. -वेदना throes of child-birth. -व्याकरणम् the formation of the embryo. -शङ्कुः a kind of instrument for extracting the dead fœtus. -शय्या the abode of the fœtus or uterus. -संभवः, -संभूतिः f. becoming pregnant; वर्षद्वयं प्रविष्टस्य वर्तत$न्तःपुरे$त्र मे । तदेषा गर्भसंभूतिः कुतः संप्रति कथ्यताम् Ks.5.61. -संभवा a kind of cardamoms (Mar. एलची). -स्थ a. 1 situated in the womb. -2 interior, internal. -स्रावः abortion, miscarriage; वरं गर्भस्रावः Pt.1; Y.3.2; Ms.5.66.

gā	गा 1 or 2 Ā, 3 P. (गाते, जिगाति) 1 To go, see इ. etc. -2 To come to any state or condition. -3 To praise, sing.

gāndhārī	गान्धारी 1 An [गान्धारस्यापत्यं इञ्] 1 N. of the daughter of Subala, king of the Gāndhāras and wife of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. [She bore to her husband 1 sons-Duryodhana and his 99 brothers. As her husband was blind she always wore a scarf over her face (probably to reduce herself to his state). After the destruction of all the Kauravas, she and her husband lived with their nephew Yudhiṣṭhira]. -2 A kind of intoxicant; L. D. B. -3 A particular vein in the left eye; Gorakṣa Śataka 26. -Comp. -ग्रामः a kind of musical scale.

gārhapatyaḥ	गार्हपत्यः [गृहपतिना नित्यं संयुक्तः, संज्ञायां ञ्य] 1 One of the three sacred fires perpetually maintained by a householder, which he receives from his father and transmits to his descendants, and from which fires for sacrificial purposes are lighted; अथ हैनं गार्हपत्यो$नु- शशास Ch. Up.4.11.1; cf. Ms.2.231. -2 The place where this sacred fire is kept. -त्यम् The government of a family; position and dignity of a householder; गार्हपत्येन सन्त्य ऋतुना यज्ञनीरसि Rv.1.15.12. -Comp. -न्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which a direct statement (श्रुति) is stronger than an indirect one (लिङ्ग). This rule is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.3 and 4.

gāh	गाह् 1 Ā. [गाहते, जगाहे, अगाहिष्ट, अगाढ, गाहितुम्, गाढुम्, गाढ or गाहित] 1 To dive or plunge into, bathe, immerse oneself into (as water); गाहन्तां महिषा निपानसलिलं शृङ्गैर्मुहु- स्ताडितम् Ś.2.6; गाहितासे$थ पुण्यस्य गङ्गामूर्तिमिव द्रुताम् Bk.22.11;14.67; (fig. also); मनस्तु मे संशयमेव गाहते Ku.5.46 is plunged into or entertains doubt. -2 To enter deeply into, penetrate, roam or range over; गाहितमखिलं गहनम् Bv.1.21; कदाचित्काननं जगाहे K.58; ऊनं न सत्त्वेष्वधिको बबाधे तस्मिन्वनं गोप्तरि गाहमाने R.2.14; Me.5; H.1.15; Ki.13.24. -3 To stir up, agitate, shake, churn. -4 To be absorbed in (with loc.). -5 To hide oneself in. -6 To destroy. With सम् to enter, go to or into, penetrate into; समगाहिष्ट चाम्बरम् Bk.15.59.

guṇaḥ	गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food).

guṇatā	गुणता त्वम् 1 Subordination, dependence. -2 Virtue, excellence, good qualities. -3 Being endowed with or possession of, qualities in general. -4 Multiplication. -5 The state of a rope or cord.

go	गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.

grahaḥ	ग्रहः [ग्रह्-अच्] 1 Seizing, grasping, laying hold of, seizure, रुरुधुः कचग्रहैः R.19.31. -2 A grip, grasp, hold; विक्रम्य कौशिकं खड्गं मोक्षयित्वा ग्रहं रिपोः Mb.3.157.11; कर्कटक- ग्रहात् Pt.1.26. -3 Taking, receiving, accepting; receipt. -4 Stealing, robbing; अङ्गुलीग्रन्थिभेदस्य छेदयेत्प्रथमे ग्रहे Ms.9.277; so गोग्रहः. -5 Booty, spoil. -6 Eclipse; see ग्रहण. -7 A planet, (sometimes more particularly 'Rāhu'; वध्यमाने ग्रहेणाथ आदित्ये मन्युराविशत् Mb.1.24.7.) (the planets are nine :-- सूर्यश्चन्द्रो मङ्गलश्च बुधश्चापि बृहस्पतिः । शुक्रः शनैश्चरो राहुः केतुश्चेति ग्रहा नव ॥); नक्षत्रताराग्रहसंकुलापि (रात्रिः) R.6.22;3.13;12.28; गुरुणा स्तनभारेण मुखचन्द्रेण भास्वता । शनैश्चराभ्यां पादाभ्यां रेजे ग्रहमयीव सा ॥ Bh.1.17. -8 Mentioning; utterance, repeating (as of a name) नामजातिग्रहं त्वेषामभिद्रोहेण कुर्वतः Ms.8.271; Amaru.85. -9 A shark, crocodile. -1 An imp in general. -11 A particular class of evil demons supposed to seize upon children and produce convulsions &c. cf. Mb. Crit. ed. 3.219.26; कृष्णग्रहगृहीतात्मा न वेद जगदीदृशम् Bhāg.7.4.38. -12 Apprehension, perception; ज्योतिश्चक्षुर्गुणग्रहः. ...... श्रोत्रं गुणग्रहः Bhāg.2.1.21-22. -13 An organ or instrument of apprehension; Bṛi. Up.3.2.1. -14 Tenacity, perseverance, persistence; नृणां स्वत्वग्रहो यतः Bhāg.7.14.11. -15 Purpose, design. -16 Favour, patronage. -17 The place of a planet in the fixed zodiac. -18 The number 'nine'. -19 Any state of mind which proceeds from magical influences. -2 A house. -21 A spoonful, ladleful; ग्रहान्त्सोमस्य मिमते द्वादश Rv.1.114.5. -22 A ladle or vessel; चमसानां ग्रहाणां च शुद्धिः प्रक्षालनेन तु Ms.5.116. -23 The middle of a bow. -24 A movable point in the heavens. -25 Keeping back, obstructing. -26 Taking away, depriving; प्राण˚ Pt.1.295. -27 Preparation for war; ग्रहो$वग्रहनिर्बन्धग्रहणेषु रणोद्यमे । सूर्यादौ पूतनादौ च सैंहिकेये$पि तत् त्रिषु । Nm. -28 A guest (अतिथि); यथा सिद्धस्य चान्नस्य ग्रहायाग्रं प्रदीयते Mb.13.1.6. -29 Imprisoning, imprisonment; Mb.13.136.11. -Comp. -अग्रेसरः the moon; Dk.8.1. -अधीन a. subject to planetary influence. -अवमर्दनः an epithet of Rāhu. (-नम्) friction of the planets. -अधीशः the sun. -आधारः, -आश्रयः polar star (as the fixed centre of the planets). -आमयः 1 epilepsy. -2 demoniacal possession. -आलुञ्चनम् pouncing on one's prey, tearing it to pieces; श्येनो ग्रहालुञ्चने Mk.3.2. -आवर्तः horoscope. -ईशः the sun. -एकत्वन्यायः the rule according to which the gender and number of उद्देशपद is not necessarily combined along with the action laid down in the विधेयपद. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS. III.1.13-15 (opp. of अरुणान्याय or पश्वेकत्वन्याय). -कल्लोलः an epithet of Rāhu. -कुण्डलिका the mutual relation of planets and prophecy derived from it. -गणितम् the astronomical part of a ज्योतिःशास्त्र. -गतिः the motion of the planets. -ग्रामणी the sun. -चिन्तकः an astrologer. -दशा the aspect of a planet, the time during which it continues to exercise its influence. -देवता the deity that presides over a planet. -नायकः 1 the sun. -2 an epithet of Saturn. -निग्रहौ (du.) reward and punishment. -नेमिः 1 the moon. -2 the section of the moon's course between the asterisms मूल and मृगशीर्ष. -पतिः 1 the sun. -2 the moon; तस्य विस्तीर्यते राज्यं ज्योत्स्ना ग्रहपतेरिव Mb.12.118.15. -पीडनम्, -पीडा 1 oppression caused by a planet. -2 an eclipse; शशिदिवाकरयोर्ग्रहपीडनम् Bh.2.91; H.1.51; Pt.2.19. -पुषः the sun. -भक्तिः f. division of countries &c. with respect to the presiding planets. -भोजनः 1 oblation offered to the planets. -2 a horse. -मण्डलम्, -ली the circle of the planets. -यज्ञः, -यागः worship or sacrifice offered to the planets. -युतिः, -योगः conjunction of planets. -युद्ध opposition of planets. -राजः 1 the sun. -2 the moon. -3 Jupiter. -लाघवम् N. of an astronomical work of the 16th century. -वर्षः the planetary year. -विप्रः an astrologer. -शान्तिः f. propitiation of planets by sacrifices &c. -शृङ्गाटकम् triangular position of the planets with reference to one another. -सङ्गमः conjunction of planets. -स्वरः the Ist note of a musical piece.

ghaṭ	घट् I. 1 Ā. (घटते, जघटे, अघटिष्ट, घटितुम्, घटित) 1 To be busy with, strive after, exert oneself for, be intently occupied with anything (with inf. loc., or dat.); घटस्व ज्ञातिभिः सह Bhāg.8.71.6; दयितां त्रातुमलं घटस्व Bk.1.4; अङ्गदेन समं योद्धुमघटिष्ट 15.77,12.26,16.23;2.24;22.31. -2 To happen, take place, be possible; प्राणैस्तपोभि- रथवा$भिमतं मदीयैः कृत्यं घटेत सुहृदो यदि तत्कृतं स्यात् Māl.1.9 if it can be effected; कस्यापरस्योडुमयैः प्रसूनैर्वादित्रसृष्टि- र्घटते भटस्य N.22.22; उभयथापि घटते Ve.3; प्रसीदेति ब्रूयामिदमसति कोपे न घटते Ratn.2.19 is not proper &c. -3 To be united with; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -4 To come to, reach. -Caus. (घटयति) 1 To unite, join, bring together; इत्थं नारीर्घटयितुमलं कामिभिः Śi.9.87; अनेन भैमीं घटयिष्यतस्तथा N.1.46; क्रुधा संधिं भीमो विघटयति यूयं घटयत Ve.1.1; Bk.11.11. -2 To bring or place near to, bring in contact with, put on; घटयति घनं कण्ठाश्लेषे रसान्न पयोधरौ Ratn.3.9; घटय जघने काञ्चीम् Gīt.12. -3 To accomplish, bring about, effect; तटस्थः स्वानर्थान् घटयति च मौनं च भजते Māl.1.14; (अभिमतं) आनीय झटिति घटयति Ratn.1.7; Bh.2.12. -4 To form, fashion, shape, work out, make; एवमभिधाय वैनतेयं ... अघटयत् Pt.1; कान्ते कथं घटितवानुपलेन चेतः Ś Til.3; घटय भुजबन्धनम् Gīt.1. -5 To prompt, impel; स्नेहौघो घटयति मां तथापि वक्तुम् Bk. 1.73. -6 To rub, touch. -7 To exert oneself for. -8 To move, agitate. -II. 1 U. (घाटयति, घाटित) 1 To hurt, injure, kill. -2 To unite, join, bring or collect together. -3 To shine.

ghaṭaḥ	घटः [घट-अच्] 1 A large earthen water-jar, pitcher, jar, watering-pot; आकाशमेकं हि यथा घटादिषु पृथग्भवेत् Y. 3.144; कूपे पश्य पयोनिधावपि घटो गृह्णाति तुल्यं जलम् Bh.2.49. -2 The sign Aquarius of the zodiac (also called कुम्भ). -3 An elephant's frontal sinus. -4 Suspending the breath as a religious exercise. -5 A measure equal to 2 droṇas. -6 A part of a column; स्तम्भं विभज्य नवधा वहनं भागो घटो$स्य भागो$न्यः Bṛi. S.53.29. -7 A border. -8 A peculiar form of a temple; Bṛi. S.56.18,26. -9 The head; 'घटः समाधिभेदे ना शिरः कूटकटेषु च' Medinī; Mb.1.155.38. -Comp. -आटोपः covering for a carriage or any article of furniture. -उदरः N. of Gaṇeśa; घटोदरः शूर्पकर्णो गणाध्यक्षो मदोत्कटः Ks.55.165. -उद्भवः, -जः, -योनिः, -संभवः epithets of the sage Agastya. -ऊधस् f. (forming घटोध्नी) a cow with a full udder; गाः कोटिशः स्पर्शयता घटोध्नीः R.2.49. -कञ्चुकि n. a rite practised by Tāntrikas and Śāktas (in which the bodices of different women are placed in a receptacle (घट) and the men present at the ceremony are allowed to take them out one by one and then cohabit with the woman to whom each bodice belongs); Āgamapr. -कर्परः 1 N. of a poet. -2 a piece of a broken jar, pot-sherd; जीयेय येन कविना यमकैः परेण तस्मै वहेयमुदकं घट- कर्परेण Ghāṭ.22. -कारः, -कृत् m. a potter; Bṛi. S.15. 1;16.29. -ग्रहः a water-bearer. -दासी a procuress; cf. कुम्भदासी. -पर्यसनम् the ceremony of performing the funeral rites of a patita or apostate (who is unwilling to go back to his caste &c.) during his very life-time. -भवः, -योनिः Agastya. -भेदनकम् an instrument used in making pots. -राजः a water-jar of baked clay. -स्थापनम् placing a water-pot as a type of Durgā for nine days (नवरात्रम्).

candra	चन्द्र a. [चन्द् णिच् रक्] Ved. 1 Glittering, bright, shining (as gold). -2 Lovely, beautiful. -न्द्रः 1 The moon; यथा प्रह्लादनाच्चन्द्रः R.4.12; हृतचन्द्रा तमसेव कौमुदी 8. 37; न हि संहरते ज्योत्स्नां चन्द्रश्चाण्डालवेश्मनि H.1.61; मुख˚, वदन˚ &e.; पर्याप्तचन्द्रेव शरत्त्रियामा Ku.7.26 (for mythological account see सोम). -2 The moon, as a planet. -3 Camphor; विलेपनस्याधिकचन्द्रभागताविभावनाच्चापललाप पाण्डुताम् N.1.51. -4 The eye in a peacock's tail. -5 Water. -6 Gold (n. also). -7 A lovely or agreeable phenomenon -8 A spot similar to the moon. -9 The symbol or mark of a Visarga. -1 A reddish kind of pearl. -11 The fifth lunar mansion. -12 The number 'one' (used at the end of comp. चन्द्र means 'excellent', 'eminent' or 'illustrious'; as पुरुषचन्द्रः 'a moon of men', an excellent or illustrious man). -न्द्रा 1 Small cardamoms. -2 An open hall only furnished with a roof. -3 An awning, a canopy. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 Viṣṇu. -2 a moon-beam. -अर्धः the half moon; Pt.4. ˚चूडामणिः, ˚मौलिः, ˚शेखरः epithet of Śiva. -आतपः 1 moon-light. -2 awning. -3 an open hall only furnished with a roof. -आत्मजः, -औरसः, -जः, -जातः, -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः the planet Mercury. -आतपः the moon-light; चन्द्रातपमिव रसतामुपेतम् K. -आदित्यौ 1 The moon and the sun. -2 N. of curls on the forehead of a horse; चन्द्रादित्यौ ललाटस्थौ नृपाणां जयवर्धनौ Śālihotra of Bhoja 25. -आनन a. moon-faced. (-नः) an epithet of Kārtikeya. -आपीडः an epithet of Śiva. -आभासः 'false moon', an appearance in the sky reembling the real moon. -आह्वयः camphor. -इष्टा a lotus plant, or a collection of lotuses, blossoming during the night. -उदयः 1 moon-rise. -2 awning. -3 a mercurial preparation used in medicine. (-या) a kind of medicine for the eyes. -उपलः the moon stone. -कला 1 a digit of the moon; राहोश्चन्द्रकलामिवाननचरीं दैवात्समासाद्य मे Māl.5.28. -2 the crescent before or after the new moon. -3 A cattle-drum. -4 A kind of fish; L. D. B. -कान्तः, -मणिः the moon-stone (supposed to ooze away under the influence of the moon); द्रवति च हिमश्मावुद्गते चन्द्रकान्तः U.6.12; Śi.4.58; Amaru.57; Bh.1.21; Māl.1.24. (-तः, -तम्) the white eatable water-lily blossoming during the night. (-तम्) sandal-wood. -कान्ता 1 a night. -2 the wife of the moon. -3 moonlight. -कान्तिः f. moon-light. -n. silver. -कुल्या N. of a river in Kashmir; अवतारयतस्तस्य चन्द्रकुल्याभिधां नदीम् Rāj. T.1.318. -क्षयः the new-moon-day or the last day of a lunar month (अमा) when the moon is not visible. -गृहम् the fourth sign of the zodiac, Cancer. -गोलः the world of the moon, lunar sphere. ˚रथः a deceased progenitor, the manes. -गोलिका moon-light. -ग्रहणम् an eclipse of the moon. -चन्चला a small fish. -चूडः, -मौलिः, -शेखरः, -चूडामणिः epithets of Śiva; ('having the moon for his crest', 'moon-crested'); रहस्युपालभ्यत चन्द्र- शेखरः Ku.5.58,86; R.6.34; नखेन कस्य धन्यस्य चन्द्रचूडो भविष्यति Udb. -दाराः (m. pl.) 'the wives of the moon', the 27 lunar mansions mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Dakṣa and married to the moon. -द्युतिः sandal-wood. -f. moon-light. -नामन् m. camphor. -निभ a. bright, handsome. -निर्णिज् a. having a brilliant garment; पतरेव चचरा चन्द्रनिर्णिक् Rv.1.16.8. -पञ्चागम् the luni-solar calendar. -पादः a moon-beam; नियमितपरिखेदा तच्छिरश्चन्द्रपादैः Me. 7; Māl.3.12. -प्रज्ञप्तिः f. N. of the sixth Upāṅga of the Jainas. -प्रभा moon-light. -प्रासादः An apartment at the house-top; Ks. -बाला 1 large cardamoms. -2 moon-light. -बिन्दु the sign for the nasal () -बुध्न a. having a bright standing ground; चन्द्रबुध्नो मदवृद्धो मनीषिभिः Rv.1.52.3. -भस्मन् n. camphor. -भागा N. of a river in the south. -भासः a sword; see चन्द्रहास. -भूति n. silver. -मणिः the moon-stone -मण्डलम् 1 the orb or disc of the moon. -2 the lunar sphere. -3 a halo round the moon. -मुखी a moon-faced (i. e. lovely) woman. -रेखा, -लेखा the digit or streak of the moon; अथवा रत्नाकराद् ऋते कुतश्चन्द्रलेखायाः प्रसूतिः Nāg.2. -रेणुः a plagiarist. -लोकः the world of the moon. -लोहकम्, -लौहम्, -लौहकम् silver. -वंशः the lunar race of kings, the second great line of royal dynasties in India. -वदन a. a moon-faced. -वल्ली, -वल्लरी The soma plant; L. D. B. -व्रतम् 1 a kind of vow or penance = चान्द्रायण q. v. -2 a regal property or virtue. -विहंगमः A kind of bird; L. D. B. -शाला 1 a room on the top (of a house &c.); चन्द्रशाला शिरोगृहम् Amar.; वियद्गतः पुष्पकचन्द्रशालाः क्षणं प्रतिश्रुन्मुखराः करोति R.13.4. -2 moonlight. -शालिका a room on the top of a house. -शिला the moon-stone; प्रह्लादिता चन्द्रशिलेव तूर्णम् Bk.11.15; ननु भणामि एषा सा चन्द्रमणिशिलेति Nāg.2. -संज्ञः camphor. -संभव N. of Budha or Mercury. (-वा) small cardamoms. -सालोक्य attainment of the lunar heaven. -हन् m. an epithet of Rāhu. -हासः 1 a glittering sword. -2 the sword of Rāvaṇa; हे पाणयः किमिति वाञ्छथ चन्द्रहासम् B. R.1.56,61. -3 N. of a king of Kerala, son of Sudhārmika. [He was born under the Mūla asterism and his left foot had a redundant toe; for this his father was killed by his enemies, and the boy was left an orphan in a state of destitution. After much exertion he was restored to his kingdom. He became a friend of Krisna and Arjuna when they came to the South in the course of their wanderings with the sacrificial horse.] (-सम्) silver.

car	चर् 1 P. (चरति, चचार, अचारीत्, चरितुम्, चरित or sometimes चीर्ण) 1 To walk, move, go about, roam, wander; नष्टाशङ्का हरिणशिशवो मन्दमन्दं चरन्ति Ś.1.15 (चर् may mean here 'to graze' also); इन्द्रियाणां हि चरताम् Bg.2.67; कपय- श्चेरुरार्तस्य रामस्येव मनोरथाः R.12.59; Ms.2.23,6.68; 8.236;9.36;1.55. -2 (a) To perform, do, act; रचयति रेखाः सलिले यस्तु खले चरति सत्कारम् Bv.1.98. (b) To practise, perform, observe; चरतः किल दुश्चरं तपः R.8.79; Y.1.6; Ms.3.3. -3 To act, behave towards, conduct oneself (oft. with loc. of the person); चरतीनां च कामतः Ms.5.9;9.287; आत्मवत्सर्वभूतेषु यश्चरेत् Mb; तस्यां त्वं साधु नाचरः R.1.76 (where the root may be also आचर्). -4 To graze; सुचिरं हि चरन् शस्यम् H.3.9. -5 To eat, consume. -6 To be engaged in, be busy with. -7 To live, continue to be, continue in any state. -8 To spread, be diffused. -9 To live, be, exist. -1 To move, travel through, pervade, go along, follow. -Caus. (चार- यति) 1 To cause to move or go. -2 To send, direct, move. -3 To drive away. -4 To cause to perform or practise. -5 To cause to copulate. -6 To cause to graze, pasture. -7 To obtain knowledge of, acquaint oneself with. -8 To doubt. [cf. L. curro.]

carama	चरम a. [चर्-अमच् Uṇ.5.69] 1 Last, ultimate, final; चरमा क्रिया 'the final or funeral ceremony.' -2 Posterior, back; पृष्ठं तु चरभं तनोः Ak. -3 Old (as age). -4 Outermost. -5 Western, west. -6 Lowest, least. -7 Western; बृसीं चरमशैर्षिकीम् Rām.13.1.3. -मम् ind. At last; at the end. -Comp. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -क्ष्माभृत् m. the western mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to set. -अवस्था the last state (old age). -कालः the hour of death. -वयस् a. old, aged; Māl.6.2.

cal	चल् I. 1 P. (चलति, rarely चलते, चचाल, अचालीत्, चलितुम्, चलित) 1 To shake, tremble, move, throb, palpitate, stir; छिन्नाश्चेलुः क्षणं भुजाः Bk.14.4; सपक्षोद्रि- रिवाचालीत् 15.24;6.84. -2 (a) To go, move on, walk, stir or move (from one's place); पदात्पदमपि चलितुं न शक्नोति Pt.4; चलत्येकेन पादेन तिष्ठत्येकेन बुद्धिमान् Chāṇ.32; चचाल बाला स्तनभिन्नवल्कला Ku.5.84; Mk.1.56. (b) To proceed (on one's way), depart, set out, start off; चेलुश्चीरपरिग्रहाः Ku.6.92 v. l. -3 To be affected, to be disturbed, confused or disordered (as mind), be agitated or perturbed; मुनेरपि यतस्तस्य दर्शनाच्चलते मनः Pt.1.4; लोभेन बुद्धिश्चलति H.1.14. -4 To deviate or swerve (with abl.); चलति नयान्न जिगीषतां हि चेतः Ki.1.29; to fall off, leave; Ms.7.15; Y.1.361. -Caus. (च- चा-लयति, चलित, चालित) 1 To cause to move, shake, stir; R.8.53. -2 To drive away, dismiss, remove or expel from; चाणक्ये चलिताधिकारविमुखे Mu.4.15. -3 To lead away from. -4 To cherish, foster (चालयति only). -5 To disturb, agitate; सुजनं जनाश्चलयितुं क ईशते Śi.15.4. -II. 6 P. (चलति, चलित) To sport, play, frolic about.

calita	चलित p. p. [चल्-क्त] 1 Shaken, moved, stirred agitated. -2 Gone, departed; एवमुक्त्वा स चलितः -3 attained. -4 known, understood. -5 Removed, displaced (see चल्). -तम् 1 Shaking, moving. -2 Going, walking. -3 A kind of dance; चलितं नाम नाट्यमन्तरेण M.1.

cāraḥ	चारः [चर एव अण्] 1 Going, walking, gait, wandering about; मण्डलचारशीघ्रः V.5.2; क्रीडाशैले यदि च विचरेत् पाद- चारेण गौरी Me.6; निवृत्तचारः सहसा गतो रविः प्रवृत्तचारा रजनी ह्युपस्थिता Rām.2.66.26 walk on foot. -2 Motion, course, progression; मङ्गलचार, शनिचार, राहु˚ &c. -3 A spy, scout, secret emissary; Ms.7.184;9.261; see चारचक्षुस् below. -4 Performing, practising. -5 A prison. -6 A bond, fetter. -7 The Pippalī tree or the Priyāla tree. -8 A platform, Māna.62.1.3. -रम् An artificial poison. -Comp. -अन्तरितः a spy. -ईक्षणः, -चक्षुस् m. 'using spies as eyes', a king (or a statesman) who employs spies and sees through their medium; चारचक्षु- र्महीपतिः Ms.9.256; cf. Kāmandaka :-- गावः पश्यन्ति गन्धेन वेदैः पश्यन्ति च द्विजाः । चारैः पश्यन्ति राजानश्चक्षुर्भ्यामितरे जनाः ॥ also Rām. :-- यस्मात्पश्यन्ति दूरस्थाः सर्वानर्थान्नराधिपाः । चारेण तस्मादुच्यन्ते राजानश्चारचक्षुषः ॥ -चण, -चञ्चु a. graceful in gait, of graceful carriage. -ज्या the sine of the ascensional difference. -पथः a place where two roads meet. -भटः a valorous man, warrior. -भटी courage. -वायुः summer-air, zephyr.

citta	चित्त p. p. [चित्-क्त] 1 Observed, perceived. -2 Considered, reflected or meditated upon. -3 Resolved -4 Intended, wished, desired. -5 Visible, perceptible. -त्तम् 1 Observing, attending. -2 (a) Thought, thinking, attention; (b) desire, intention, aim; मच्चित्तः सततं भव Bg.18.57; अनेकचित्तविभ्रान्त 16.16. -3 The mind; यदासौ दुर्वारः प्रसरति मदश्चित्तकरिणः Śānti.1.22; so चलचित्त and comps. below. -4 The heart (considered as the seat of intellect). -5 Reason, intellect, reasoning faculty. -6 Knowledge; चित्तं चित्तादुपागम्य मुनिरासीत संयतः । यच्चित्तं तन्मयो वश्यं गुह्यमेतत्सनातनम् ॥ Mb.14.51.27. -Comp. -अनुवर्तिन् a. acting according to one's will, humouring. -अपहारक, -अपहारिन्, -आकर्षिन्, -हारिन् a. 1 'heart-stealing', attractive, captivating. -2 pleasing, agreeable, beautiful. -अर्पित a. preserved in the heart; चित्तार्पितनैषधेश्वरा N.9.31. -आभोगः attention of the mind to its own feelings, exclusive attachment to one thing. -आसङ्गः attachment, love. -उद्रेकः pride, arrogance. -ऐक्यम् agreement, unanimity. -उन्नतिः, -समुन्नतिः f. 1 noble-mindedness. -2 pride, arrogance. -कलित a. anticipated, expected, calculated. -खेदः grief -चारिन् a. acting according to the will of another. -जः, -जन्मन् m., -भूः, -योनिः 1 love, passion. -2 Cupid, the god of love; चित्तयोनिरभवत्पुनर्नवः R.19.46; सो$यं प्रसिद्धविभवः खलु चित्तजन्मा Māl.1.2. -ज्ञ a. knowing the mind of another; ते बहुज्ञस्य चित्तज्ञे पत्न्यै, पत्नौ पत्युर्महीक्षितः R.1.56. -नाथः lord of the heart; चित्तनाथमभिशङ्कितवत्या Śi.1.28. -नाशः loss of conscience. -निर्वृत्तिः f. contentment, happiness. -प्रमाथिन् a. moving or touching the heart, exciting passion or love. -प्रशम a. composed, tranquil. (-मः) tranquility of heart. -प्रसन्नता joy, pleasure. -भेदः 1 difference of view. -2 inconsistency, inconstancy. -मोहः infatuation of the mind. -रक्षिन् a. (= -चारिन्); शुश्रूषुर्निरभीमाना पतीनां चित्तरक्षिणी Mb.3.233.2. -रागः affection, passion, desire. -विकारः change of thought or feeling -विक्षेपः distraction of the mind. -विप्लवः, -विभ्रंशः, -विभ्रमः aberration, disturbance or derangement of mind, madness, insanity; स्वप्नो$यं चित्तविभ्रंश उताहो सत्यमेव तु Mb.13.54.15. -विश्लेषः breach of friendship. -वृत्तिः f. 1 disposition or state of the mind, inclination, feeling; एवमात्माभिप्रायसंभावितेष्टजन- चित्तवृत्तिः प्रार्थयिता विडम्ब्यते Ś.2. -2 thinking, imagining. -3 inward purpose, emotion. -4 (in Yoga phil.) inward working of the mind, mental vision; योगश्चित्तवृत्ति- निरोधः Yoga S. -वेदना affliction, anxiety. -वैकल्यम् bewilderment of the mind, distraction. -सङ्ख्य a. pervading the heart, penetrating the soul. -हारिन् a. fascinating, attractive, agreeable.

citra	चित्र a. [चित्र्-भावे अच्; चि-ष्ट्रन् वा Uṇ.4.163] 1 Bright, clear. -2 Variegated, spotted, diversified. -3 amusing, interesting, agreeable; Māl.1.4. -4 Various, different, manifold; Pt.1.136; Ms.9.248; Y.1.288. -5 Surprising, wonderful, strange; किमत्र चित्रम् R.5.33; Ś.2.15. -6 Perceptible, visible. -7 Conspicuous, excellent, distinguished; न यद्वचश्चित्रपदं हरेर्यशो जगत्पवित्रं प्रगृणीत कर्हिचित् Bhāg.1.5.1. -8 Rough, agitated (as the sea, opp सम). -9 Clear, loud, perceptible (as a sound). -त्रः 1 The variegated colour. -2 A form of Yama. -3 The Aśoka tree. -4 = चित्रगुप्त q. v. below. -त्रम् 1 A picture, painting, delineation चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पितसत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.9; पुनरपि चित्रीकृता कान्ता Ś.6.2,13,21 &c. -2 A brilliant ornament or ornament. -3 An extraordinary appearance, wonder. -4 A sectarial mark on the forehead. -5 Heaven, sky. -6 A spot. -7 The white or spotted leprosy. -8 (In Rhet.) The last of the three main divisions of Kāvya (poetry). (It is of two kinds शब्दचित्र and अर्थ-वाच्य-चित्र, and the poetical charm lies mainly in the use of figures of speech dependent on the sound and sense of words. Mammaṭa thus defines it :-- शब्दचित्रं वाज्यचित्रमव्यङ्ग्यं त्ववरं स्मृतम् K. P.1. As an instance of शब्दचित्र may be cited the following verse from R. G. मित्रात्रिपुत्रनेत्राय त्रयीशात्रवशत्रवे । गोत्रारिगोत्रजैत्राय गोत्रात्रे ते नमो नमः ॥ -9 Anything bright which strikes the eye. -1 Playing upon words, punning, using conundrums, riddles &c. -11 A lotus. ...... मङ्गले तिलके हेम्नि व्योम्नि पद्मे नपुंसकम् । Nm. -त्रम् ind. Oh !, how strange !, what a wonder ! चित्रं बधिरो नाम व्याकरणमध्येष्यते Sk. -Comp. -अक्षी, -नेत्रा, -लोचना a kind of bird commonly called Sārikā. -अङ्ग a. striped, having a spotted body. (-ङ्गः) 1 a kind of snake. -2 N. of Arjuna. (-ङ्गम्) 1 vermilion. -2 yellow orpiment. -अङ्गद a. decked with brilliant bracelets. (-दा) N. of a wife of Arjuna and mother of Babhruvāhana. -अङ्गदसूः f. an epithet of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. -अन्नम् rice dressed with coloured condiments; Y.1.34. -अपूपः a kind of cake. -अर्पित a. committed to a picture, painted. ˚आरम्भ a. painted; चित्रार्पितारम्भ इवावतस्थे R.2.31; Ku.3.42. -आकृतिः f. a painted resemblance, portrait. -आयसम् steel. -आरम्भः a painted scene, outline of a picture; V.1.4. v. l. -उक्तिः f. 1 agreeable or frequent discourse; जयन्ति ते पञ्चममित्रचित्रोक्तिसंदर्भविभूषणेषु Vikr.1. -2 a voice from heaven. -3 a surprising tale. -ओदनः boiled rice coloured with turmeric &c. -कण्ठः pigeon. -कथालापः telling agreeable or charming stories. -कम्बलः 1 painted cloth used as an elephant's housing -2 a variegated carpet. -कर 1 a painter. -2 an actor. -कर्मन् n. 1 an extraordinary act; धीर्न चित्रीयते कस्माद- भित्तौ चित्रकर्मणा Ks.6.5. -2 ornamenting, decorating. -3 a picture; Mu.2.4. -4 magic. (-m.) 1 a magician, one who works wonders. -2 a painter. ˚विद् m. 1 a painter. -2 a magician. -कायः 1 a tiger in general. -2 a leopard or panther. -कारः 1 a painter. -2 N. of a mixed tribe; (स्थपतेरपि गान्धिक्यां चित्रकारो व्यजायत Parāśara). -कूटः N. of a hill and district near Prayāga; दृप्तः कुकुद्मानिव चित्रकूटः R.12;15;13.47, U.1. -कृत् a. astonishing, surprising. (-m.) a painter. -कोलः a kind of lizard. -क्रिया, -कृत्यम् painting; आहूय स्वसुता- वासे चित्रकृत्ये न्ययुङ्क्त माम् Ks.71.82. -क्षत्र a. Ved. having manifold power, or one whose wealth is visible; चित्रक्षत्र चित्रतमं वयोधाम् Rv.6.6.7. -ग, -गत a. 1 painted, drawn in a picture; संपूर्णलक्षणा देवी प्रतिभाति स्म चित्रगा Ks.5.31. -2 coloured, variegated. -गन्धम् yellow orpiment. -गुप्तः one of the beings in Yama's world recording the vices and virtues of mankind; नामान्येषां लिखामि ध्रुवमहम- धुना चित्रगुप्तः प्रमार्ष्टु Mu.1.2. -गृहम् a painted room. -जल्पः a random or incoherent talk, talk on various subjects. -तण्डुलम् a medicinal plant said to possess anthelmintic virtues. -त्वच् m. the Bhūrja tree. -दण्डकः the cotton-plant. -धा ind. in many ways; तर्कयामास चित्रधा Bhāg.3.13.2. -न्यस्त a. painted, drawn in a picture; Ku.2.24. -पक्षः the francoline partridge. -पटः, -ट्टः 1 a painting, a picture. -2 a coloured or chequered cloth. -पद a. 1 divided into various parts. -2 full of graceful expressions. -पादा the bird called Sārikā. -पिच्छकः a peacock. -पुङ्खः a kind of arrow. -पृष्ठः a sparrow. -प्रतिकृतिः f. representation in colours, a painting, a picture. -फलः, -फलकः A kind of large flat fish; L. D. B. -फला 1 A smaller kind of flat fish. -2 N. of several plants. -फलकम् a tablet for painting, a picture-board. -बर्हः a peacock; -भानु a. of a variegated colour, shining with light; चित्रभानुरुषसां भात्यग्रे R.7.9.3; प्रपूर्वगौ पूर्वजौ चित्रभानू Mb.1.3.57. (-नुः) 1 fire; पुच्छैः शिरोभिश्च भृशं चित्रभानुं प्रपेदिरे Mb.1.53. 5. -2 the sun; (चित्रभानुर्विभातीति दिने रवौ रात्रौ वह्नौ K. P. 2 given as an instance of one of the modes of अञ्जन). -3 N. of Bhairava. -4 the Arka plant. -5 Śiva. -6 an epithet of the Aśvins. -7 the first year of the first cycle of Jupiter. -भाष्यम् A diplomatic speech; Mb. 5.35.71. -भूत a. painted. -मण्डलः a kind of snake. -मृगः the spotted antelope. -मेखलः a peacock. -योधिन् a. fighting in a wonderful manner; लब्धास्त्रश्चित्रयोधी च मनस्वी च दृढवतः 5.17.3. (-m.) an epithet of Arjuna. -रथः 1 the sun. -2 N. of a king of the Gandharvas, one of the sixteen sons of Kaśyapa by his wife Muni; अत्र मुनेस्तनयश्चित्रसेनादीनां पञ्चदशानां भ्रातॄणामधिको गुणैः षोडश- श्चित्ररथो नाम समुत्पन्नः K.136; V.1. -लिखनम् painting. -लिखित a. 1 painted. -2 dumb, motionless (as in a picture). -लेख a. of beautiful outlines, highly arched; रुचिस्तव कलावती रुचिरचित्रलेखे श्रुवौ Gīt.1. (-खा) 1 a portrait, picture. -2 N. of a friend and companion of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa. [When Uṣā related to her her dream, she suggested the idea of taking the portraits of all young princes in the neighbourhood; and on Uṣā's recognising Aniruddha, Chitralekhā, by means of her magical power, conveyed him to her palace.] -लेखकः a painter. -लेखनिका a painter's brush. -वदालः the sheat-fish. -वनम् N. of a forest near the Gaṇḍakī. -वाजः a cock. -विचित्र a. 1 variously coloured, variegated. -2 multiform. -विद्या the art of painting. -शाला a painter's studio. -शिखण्डिन् m. an epithet of the seven sages :--मरीचि, अङ्गिरस्, अत्रि, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ; मरीचिरत्र्यङ्गिरसौ पुलस्त्यः पुलहः क्रतुः । वसिष्ठश्च महातेजास्ते हि चित्रशिखण्डिनः ॥ Mb.12.335.29. ˚जः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -शिरस् m. -शीर्षकः a kind of venomous insect. -श्रीः great or wonderful beauty. -संस्थ a. painted. -हस्तः a particular position of the hands in fighting.

culump	चुलुम्प् 1 P. (चुलुम्पति) 1 To swing, rock, move to and fro, agitate. With उद् 1 to swing. -2 to agitate; अम्भोधेर्नालिकेलीरसमिव चुलुकैरुच्चुलुम्पन्त्यपो र्ये Mv.5.8.

cyu	च्यु I. 1 Ā. (च्यवते, च्युत) 1 To fall or drop down, slip, sink (fig. also); Ś.2.8. -2 To come out of, flow or issue from, drop, trickle or stream forth from; स्वतश्च्युतं वह्निमिवाद्भिरम्बुदः R.3.58; Bk.9.71. -3 To deviate or swerve from, fall off or away from, leave (duty &c.); (with abl.) अस्माद्धर्मान्न च्यवेत Ms.7.98; 12.71-72. -4 To lose, be deprived of; अच्योष्ट सत्त्वान्नृपतिः Bk.3.2;7.92. -5 To vanish, disappear, perish, be at an end; R.8.66; Ms.12.96. -6 To decrease. -7 To bring about, make, form, create. -8 To cause to go away, cause to forget. -Caus. (च्यावयति-ते) 1 To cause to move, excite, agitate. -2 (Ā.) To move oneself, be shaken or moved. -3 To remove, drive away, expel. -4 To deprive, take away; Pt.1.24. -5 To cause to fall. -II. 1 P. (च्यावयति) 1 To suffer, bear. -2 To laugh.

chinna	छिन्न p. p. [छिद्-क्त] 1 Cut, divided, rent, chopped, riven, torn, broken. -2 Destroyed, removed; see छिद् -3 Decaying, declining. -4 Exhausted, tired, fatigued. -न्ना A whore, harlot. -Comp. -केश a. shorn, shaven. -द्रुमः a riven tree. -द्वैध a. whose doubt is dispelled. -नासिक a. noseless. -भिन्न a. cut up through and through, mutilated, mangled, cut up. -मस्त, -मस्तक a. decapitated. (-स्ता, -का) a headless form of Durgā. -मूल a. cut up by the roots; R.7.43. -श्वासः a kind of asthma. -संशय a. 'one whose doubt is dispelled', free from doubt, confirmed.

jaṭāyuḥ	जटायुः जटायुस् m. A son of Śyeni and Aruṇa, a semi divine bird [ He was a great friend of Daśaratha. He once saved his life while he was thrown down along with his car by Saturn against whom he had proceeded when a drought, said to be caused by the planet, well-nigh devastated the earth. While Rāvaṇa was carrying away Sītā, Jaṭāyu heard her cries in the chariot and fought most desperately with the formidable giant to rescue her from his grasp. But he was mortally wounded, and remained in that state till Rāma passed by that place in the course of his search after Sītā. The kind-hearted bird told Rāma that his wife had been carried away by Rāvaṇa and then breathed his last. His funeral rites were duly performed by Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa.]

jarā	जरा [जॄ-अङ् गुणः] (The word जरस् is optionally substituted for जरा before vowel terminations after acc. dual.) 1 Old age; कैकेयीशङ्कयेवाह पलितच्छद्मना जरा R.12. 2; तस्य धर्मरतेरासीद् वृद्धत्वं जरया (जरसा) विना 1.23. -2 Decrepitude, infirmity, general debility consequent on old age. -3 Praise. -4 Digestion. -5 N. of a female demon; see जरासन्ध below. -6 Invoking, greeting. -Comp. -अवस्था decrepitude. -आतुर a. 1 infirm. -2 old. -जीर्ण a. old through age, debilitated, infirm; Bh.3.17. -पुष्ट = -जरासन्ध. -भीरुः the god of love, Cupid. -सन्धः N. of a celebrated king and warrior, son of Bṛihadratha. [According to a legend, he was born divided in two halves which were put together by a Rākṣasī called Jara, whence the boy was called Jarāsandha. He became king of Magadha and Chedi after his father's death. When he heard that Krisna had slain his son-in-law Kaṁsa, he gathered a large army and besieged Mathurā eighteen times, but was as often repulsed. When Yudhiṣṭhira performed the great Rājasuya sacrifice, Krisna, Arjuna and Bhīma went to the capital of Jarāsandha disguised as Brāhmaṇas, chiefly with the object of slaying their enemy and liberating the kings imprisoned by him. He, however, refused to release the kings, whereupon Bhīma challenged him to a single combat. The challenge was accepted; a hard fight ensued, but Jarāsandha was at last overpowered and slain by Bhīma.] -सुतः Jarāsandha; जरासुतस्तावभिसृत्य माधवौ Bhāg.1.5.21.

jāgara	जागर a. [जागृ भावे घञ् गुणः] Awake, watchful. -रः 1 Wakefulness, waking, keeping awake; रात्रिजागरपरो दिवाशयः R.19.34. -2 A vision in a waking state. -3 An armour, mail.

jāgrat	जाग्रत् a. 1 Watching, being awake. -2 Attentive, careful, watchful. -3 Clear, bright. -m. Ved. Dreaming in a waking state, day-dream.

jāta	जात p. p. [जन् कर्तरि क्त] 1 Brought into existence, engendered, produced. -2 Grown, arisen. -3 Caused, occasioned. -4 Felt, affected by, oft. in comp.; ˚दुःख &c. -5 Apparent, clear. -6 Become, present. -7 Happened. -8 Ready at hand, collected; see जन्. -तः 1 A son, male offspring (in dramas often used as a term of endearment; अयि जात कथयितव्यं कथय U.4 'dear boy', 'oh my darling &c.'). -2 A living being. -ता A daughter, mostly used in addressing; जाते 'dear child' -तम् 1 A creature, living being. -2 Production, origin; धन्यः कुन्तीसुतो राजा सुजातं चास्य धीमतः Mb. 7.12.12. -3 Kind, sort, class, species. -4 A collection of things forming a class; निःशेषविश्राणितकोशजातम् R.5.1 all that goes to form wealth, i. e. every kind of property; so कर्मजातम् the whole aggregate of actions; सुख˚ everything included under the name of सुख or pleasure; अपत्यजातम् 'the brood of young ones'; Ś.5.22. -5 A child, a young one. -6 Individuality, specific condition. -Comp. -अपत्या a mother. -अमर्ष a. vexed, enraged. -अश्रु a. shedding tears. -इष्टिः f. a sacrifice performed at the birth of a child. ˚न्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which the fruit of an act shall accrue to some one else than the performer if it is so directly declared by श्रुति (even against the general rule viz. शास्त्रफलं प्रयोक्तरि). From this it follows that such an act must be performed so as not to cause destruction of one to whom the fruit is to accrue. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर in connection with the वैश्वानरेष्टि, whose fruit accrues to the son and which has to be performed only after the performance of the birth-rite to avoid the son's starvation to death. Read MS.4.3.38-39 and शबरs भाष्य thereon. -अक्षः a young bullock. -कर्मन् n. a ceremony performed at the birth of a child; Ms.2.27,29; R.3.18. -कलाप a. having a tail (as a peacock). -काम a. enamoured. -कौतूहल a. being eagerly desirous. -दन्त a. having teeth growing; जातदन्तस्य वा कुर्युर्नाम्नि वापि कृते सति Ms.5. 7. -पक्ष a. having wings; अजातपक्ष unfledged. -पाश a. fettered. -पुत्रा a woman who has borne a son or sons. -प्रत्यय a. inspired with confidence. -प्रेत a. born and dead, Pt.1. -मन्मथ a. fallen in love. -मात्र a. just born. -रूप a. beautiful, brilliant. (-पम्) 1 gold; पुनश्च याचमानाय जातरूपमदात् प्रभुः Bhāg.1.17.39; अप्याकरसमुत्पन्ना मणिजातिरसंस्कृता । जातरूपेण कल्याणि न हि सं- योगमर्हति ॥ M.5.18; N.1.129. -2 the form in which a person is born, i. e. nakedness. -3 the thorn apple. ˚धर a. naked. -विद्या Ved. knowledge of the origin and nature of all things. -विभ्रम a. 1 confounded. -2 precipitate. -वेदस् m. an epithet of fire (or of the sun); विप्रेभिरस्तोष्ट जातवेदाः Rv.1.77.5; Ku.2.46; Śi.2.51; R.12.14;15.72; Ki.13.11; the word is variously explained; cf. Nir. --जातवेदाः कस्मात् जातानि वेद, जातानि वै नं विदुः, जाते जाते विद्यते इति वा, जातवित्तो वा जातधनो, जातविद्यो वा जातप्रज्ञानो यत्तज्जातः पशूनविन्दतेति तज्जात- वेदसो जातवेदस्त्वमिति ब्राह्मणम्. -वेदसी an epithet of Durgā. -वासगृहम्, -वेश्मन् m. the lying-in-chamber.

jīva	जीव a. [जीव्-कर्तरि क] Living, existing; जीवपुत्रे निवर्तस्व Rām.4.19.11; असच्च सज्जीवमजीवमन्यत् Bhāg.5.1.12. -वः 1 The principle of life, the vital breath, life, soul; गतजीव, जीवत्याग, जीवाशा &c. -2 The individual or personal soul enshrined in the human body and imparting to it life, motion and sensation (called जीवात्मन् as opposed to परमात्मन् the Supreme Soul); Y.3.131; Ms.12.22-23; सम्पद्यते गुणैर्मुक्तो जीवो जीवं विहाय माम् । जीवो जीवविनिर्मुक्तो गुणैश्चाशयसंभवैः ॥ Bhāg.11.25.36. (here जीव = लिङ्गशरीर). -3 Life, existence. -4 A creature, living being. -5 Livelihood, profession. -6 N. of Karṇa. -7 N. of one of the Maruts. -8 The constellation पुष्य. -9 N. of Bṛihaspati. -1 The third lustrum in the cycle of Jupiter. -11 Association of cause and effect. -12 N. of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अन्तकः 1 a birdcatcher, fowler. -2 a murderer, slayer. -अजीवाधारः the world of organic and inorganic creation. -आत्मन् m. the individual soul enshrined in the human body (as opposed to परमात्मन् 'the Supreme Soul'). -आदानम् abstracting healthy blood, bleeding (in medic.). -आधानम् preservation of life. -आधारः the heart. -इन्धनम् glowing fire-wood, burning wood. -उत्सर्गः 'casting off life,' voluntary death, suicide. -उपाधिः the three states, i. e. waking, dreaming and sleeping. -ऊर्णा the wool of a living animal. -कोशः The subtle body (लिङ्गशरीर);. तदनुस्मर<णध्वस्तजीवकोशास्तमध्ययन् Bhāg. 1.82.48. -गृहम्, -मन्दिरम् 'the abode of the soul', the body. -ग्राहः a prisoner taken alive; -ग्राहम् ind. in an alive condition; जीवग्राहं निगृह्णीमो वयमेनं नराधिपाः Mb.6.77.1. -घनः Brahmā. -ज a. born alive. -जीवः, -जीवकः (also जीवंजीवः) the Chakora bird; रक्तानि हृत्वा वासांसि जायते जीवजीवकः Ms.12.66. According to Arthaśāstra, however, it means a pheasant; विषाभ्याशे ग्लायति जीवंजीवकः । चकोरस्याक्षिणी विरज्येते Kau. A.1.2.17. -तोका a woman whose children are living. -दः 1 a physician. -2 an enemy. -दशा mortal existence. -धनम् 'living wealth', property in the shape of living creatures, live-stock. -धानी the earth. -निकायः a being endowed with life. -पतिः f., -पत्नी a woman whose husband is alive. -पत्रम् a fresh leaf. -पितृ, -पितृक a. (a son or daughter) whose father is still alive. -पुत्रा, -वत्सा a woman whose son is living; जीवपुत्रे निवर्तस्व पुत्रं रक्षस्व चाङ्गदम् Rām.4.19.11. -मन्दिरम् The body; L. D. B. -मरणम् Death in life; जीवन्मरण- मेतद् इति कौटिल्यः Kau. A.1.17. -मातृका the seven mothers or female divinities; (कुमारी धनदा नन्दा विमला मङ्गला बला । पद्मा चेति च विख्याताः सप्तैता जीवमातृकाः ॥). -योनिः a sentient being. -रक्तम् menstrual blood. -लोकः 1 the world of living beings, the world of mortals, the world or worldly existence; आलोकमर्कादिव जीवलोकः R.5.35; त्वत्प्रयाणे शान्तालोकः सर्वतो जीवलोकः Māl. 9.37; जीवलोकतिलकः प्रलीयते 21; so स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; Bg.11.7; U.4.17. -2 living beings; दिवस इवाभ्रश्यामस्तपात्यये जीवलोकस्य Ś.3.12; or आलोकमर्कादिव जीवलोकः R.5.35. -वृत्तिः f. breeding or keeping cattle. -शेष a. one to whom only life is left, escaping only with life and nothing more. -शोणितम् living, i. e. healthy blood. -संक्रमणम् transmigration of the soul. -साधनम् grain, corn. -साफल्यम् realization or attainment of the chief end of human existence. -सूः 'the mother of living beings', a woman whose children are living. -स्थानम् 1 a joint, an articulation. -2 the vital parts, heart.

jīvat	जीवत् a. (-न्ती f.) Living, alive. -Comp. -तोका a woman whose children are living. -पतिः f., -पत्नी f. a woman whose husband is living. -पितृकः one whose father is alive. -मुक्त a. 'liberated while living', a man who, being purified by a true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit, is freed from the future birth and all ceremonial rites while yet living. -मुक्तिः f. final liberation in the present state of life. -मृत a. 'dead while alive', one who, though alive, is as good as dead and useless to the world (said of a mad man or one whose character is lost).

jyotiṣmat	ज्योतिष्मत् a. [ज्योतिरस्त्यस्य मतुप्] 1 Luminous, bright, shining, possessed of luminous bodies; नक्षत्रतारा- ग्रहसङ्कुलापि ज्योतिष्मती चन्द्रमसैव रात्रिः R.6.22. -2 Celestial. -m. 1 The sun. -2 N. of the third foot of Brahmā. -3 N. of one of the seven suns appearing at the destruction of the world. -ती 1 The night (as illuminated by the stars). -2 (In phil.) A state of mind pervaded by सत्त्वगुण i. e. a tranquil state of mind.

tatprakhyanyāyaḥ	तत्प्रख्यन्यायः A मीमांसा rule of interpretaiton according to which an expression is to be considered as नामधेय (name of the याग) if the गुण implied or stated by that expression is found to be stated by another statement. This rule is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.I.4.4.

tattvam	तत्त्वम् (Sometimes written as तत्वम्) 1 True state or condition, fact; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषान्मधुकर हतास्त्वं खलु कृती Ś.1. 23. -2 Truth, reality; न तु मामभिजानन्ति तत्त्वेनातश्च्यवन्ति ते Bg.9.24. -3 True or essential nature; संन्यासस्य महाबाहो तत्त्वमिच्छामि वेदितुम् Bg.18.1;3.28; Ms.1.3;3.96; 5.42. -4 The real nature of the human soul or the material world as being identical with the Supreme Spirit pervading the universe. -5 A true or first principle. -6 An element, a primary substance; तत्त्वान्य- बुद्धाः प्रतनूनि येन, ध्यानं नृपस्तच्छिवमित्यवादीत् Bk.1.18. -7 The mind. -8 Sum and substance. -9 Slow time in music. -1 An element or elementary property. -11 The Supreme Being. -12 A kind of dance. -13 The three qualities or constituents of every thing in nature (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्). -14 The body; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb.12.267.9. -Comp. -अभियोगः a positive charge or declaration. -अभ्यासः The study of the reality; एवं तत्त्वाभ्यासात् Sān. K.64. -अर्थः truth, reality, the exact truth, real nature. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 a philosopher. -2 knowing the true nature of Brahman. -3 knowing the true nature of anything; Ms.12.12. -4 acquainted with the true principles of science. (-ज्ञः) a Brāmaṇa. -ज्ञानम् 1 knowledge of the truth. -2 a thorough knowledge of the principles of a science. -3 philosophy. -दर्शिन्, दृश् perceiving truth. -निकषग्रावन् m. the touch-stone of truth. -न्यासः N. of a ceremony performed in honour of Viṣṇu consisting in the application of mystical letters or other marks to different parts of the body while certain prayers are repeated. -भावः true being or nature; Kaṭh.6. -शुद्धिः ascertainment of truth; Ks.75.194. -संख्यानम् Sāṅkhya philosophy; तत्त्वसंख्यानविज्ञप्त्यै जातं विद्वानजः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.24.1. तत्त्वतः tattvatḥ तत्त्वेन tattvēna तत्त्वतः तत्त्वेन ind. Truly, really, accurately; तत्त्वत एनामुपलप्स्ये Ś.1; Ms.7.1.

tathā	तथा [तद् प्रकारे थाल् विभक्तित्वात्] ind. 1 So, thus, in that manner; तथा मां वञ्चयित्वा Ś5; सूतस्तथा करोति V. 1. -2 And also, so also, as well as; अनागतविधाता च प्रत्युत्पन्नमतिस्तथा Pt.1.318; R.3.21. -3 True, just so, exactly so; यदात्थ राजन्यकुमार तत्तथा R.3.48; Ms.1. 42. -4 (In forms of adjuration) As surely as (preceded by यथा); see यथा. (For some of the meanings of तथा as a correlative of यथा, see under यथा). तथापि (oft. corr. of यद्यपि) 'even then,' 'still', 'yet', 'neverthe-less', प्रथितं दुष्यन्तस्य चरितं तथापीदं न लक्षये Ś.5; वरं महत्या म्रियते पिपासया तथापि नान्यस्य करोत्युपासनां Chāt.2.6; वपुःप्रकर्षादजयद्गुरुं रघुस्तथापि नीचैर्विनयाददृश्यत R.3.34,62. तथेति shows 'assent' or 'promise'; तथेति शेषामिव भर्तुराज्ञा- मादाय मूर्ध्ना मदनः प्रतस्थे Ku.3.22; R.1.92;3.67; Ku. 6.3; तथेति निष्क्रान्तः (in dramas). तथैव; 'even so', 'just so'; 'exactly so'; तथैव च 'in like manner', तथा च 'and also', 'and likewise', 'in like manner', 'so it has been said; तथा च श्रुतयो बह्व्यो निगीता निगमेष्वपि Ms.9.19; तथाहि 'for so', 'as for instance', 'for this (it has been said)'; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना । तथाहि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैक- फला गुणाः ॥ R.1.29; S.1.32. -Comp. -कृत a. thus done, or made; made true; Bri. S.32.4. -गत a. 1 being in such a state or condition; तथागतायां परिहासपूर्वम् R.6.82. -2 of such a quality. (-तः) 1 Buddha; काले मितं वाक्यमुदर्कपश्यं तथागतस्येव जनः सुचेताः Śi. 2.81. -2 a Jina; स्थिता तथागतमुखे श्रुतिं श्रुतिविदो यथा Śiva. B.5.44. -गुण a. endowed with such qualities. -भावः 1 that state or condition. -2 reality; Māl.1.31. -भूत a. 1 of such qualities or nature. -2 so circumstanced, in that condition; तथाभूतां दृष्ट्वा नृपसदसि पाञ्चालतनयाम् Ve.1. 11. -राजः an epithet of Buddha. -रूप, -रूपिन् a. thus shaped, looking thus. -वादिन् 1 telling the exact truth; एवं निराकृतो देवो वैरिणा तथ्यवादिना Bhāg.8.11.11. -2 professing to be so. -विध a. of such a sort, of such qualities or nature; तथाविधस्तावदशेषमस्तु सः Ku.5.82; R.3.4. -विधम् ind. 1 thus, in this manner. -2 likewise, equally. -विधान, -व्रत a. following this practice; H.3; Ms.4.246. -विधेय a. of such a sort.

tathātvam	तथात्वम् तथाता 1 Such a state, being so. -2 True state or nature, truth. -3 The case being admitted to be as stated.

tadvat	तद्वत् a. Containing or possessed of that; as in तद्वान- पोहः K. P.2. -ind. 1 Like that, in that manner. -2 Equally, in like manner, so also. तद्व्यपदेशन्यायः tadvyapadēśanyāyḥ तद्व्यपदेशन्यायः A मीमांसा rule of interpretation according to which an expression is to be considered as a नामधेय (name of a याग) if in the sequel is found a statement comparing the याग with the idea or thing expressed by that term. This rule is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.1.4.5.

turīya	तुरीय a. 1 The fourth. 2 Consisting of four parts. 3 Mighty. -यम् 1 A quarter, a fourth part, fourth. -2 (In Vedānta. phil.) The fourth state of the soul in which it becomes one with Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -Comp. -वर्णः, -जातिः a man of the fourth caste, a Śūdra; तुरीयजातिं तिलकयन् कुलोत्तुङ्ग इति यथार्थनामा बभूव शूद्रः । चोलचम्पू p.6.

turya	तुर्य a. Fourth; N.4.123. -र्यम् 1 A quarter, a fourth part. -2 (In Vedānta phil.) The fourth state of the soul in which it becomes one with Brahman. -Comp. -यन्त्रम् a quadrant.

tul	तुल् 1 P., 1 U. [तोलति-तोलयति-ते; also तुलयति-ते which some suppose to be a denominative from तुला] 1 To weigh, measure; तुलयामास कौन्तेय कपोतेन समं विभो Mb.3.131.26. -2 To weigh in the mind, ponder, consider. -3 To raise, lift up; कैलासे तुलिते Mv.5.37; पौलस्त्यतुलितस्याद्रेरादधान इव ह्रियम् R.4.8;12.89; Śi.15. 3. -4 To bear up, hold up, support; पृथिवीतले तुलितभू- भृदुच्यसे Śi.15.3,61. -5 To compare, equal, liken (with instr.); तृणमिव तुलयन्ति Pt.5.31; मुखं श्लेष्मागारं तदपि च शशाङ्केन तुलितम् Bh.3.2; Si.8.12. -6 To match, be equal to (with acc.); प्रासादास्त्वां तुलयितुमलं यत्र तैस्तैर्विशेषैः Me.66. -7 To make light of, contemn, despise; अन्तः- सारं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2 (where तुल् also means 'to bear up' or 'carry away'); Śi.15.3. -8 To suspect, examine with distrust; कः श्रद्धास्यति भूतार्थं सर्वो मां तुलयिष्यति Mk.3.24;5.43 (where some editions read तूलयिष्यति for तुलयिष्यति). -9 To try, put to test, reduce to a wretched state; हा अवस्थे तुलयसि Mk.1 (तूलयसि v. l.) -1 To counterbalance, outweigh; तुलयाम लवेनापि न स्वर्गं नापुनर्भवम् । भगवत्सङ्गिसङ्गस्य मर्त्यानां किमुताशिषः ॥ Bhāg.1.8.13. -11 To have in the same degree, attain or reach to.

tri	त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.

traikālyam	त्रैकाल्यम् 1 The three times, past, present, and future, or sunrise, noon and sunset; कुर्यात्परिचयं योगे त्रैकाल्ये नियतो मुनिः Mb.12.24.25. -2 Tripartition. -3 A triad. -4 The three states (growth, maintenance and decay); Hariv.

traiguṇyam	त्रैगुण्यम् 1 The state of consisting of three threads, qualities &c. -4 Triplicity. -3 The three Guṇas or properties (सत्व, रजस् and तमस्) taken collectively; त्रैगुण्योद्भवमत्र लोकचरितं नानारसं दृश्यते M.1.4.

dakṣa	दक्ष a. [दक्ष्-कर्तरि अच्] 1 Able, competent, expert, clever, skilful; नाट्ये च दक्षा वयम् Ratn.1.6; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; R.12.11. -2 Fit, suitable; दक्षेण सूत्रेण ससर्जिथाध्वरम् Bhāg.4.6.44. -3 Ready, careful, attentive, prompt; Y.1.76; रन्ध्रान्वेषणदक्षाणां द्विषामामिषतां ययौ R.12.11. -4 Honest, upright. -क्षः 1 N. of a celebrated Prajāpti. [He was one of the ten sons of Brahman, being born from his right thumb, and was the chief of the patriarchs of mankind. He is said to have had many daughters, 27 of whom became the wives of the moon, thus forming the 27 lunar mansions, and 13 the wives of Kaśyapa, becoming by him the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals; see कश्यप. At one time Daksa celebrated a great sacrifice, but did not invite his daughter Satī, nor her husband Śiva, the chief of the gods. Satī, however, went to the sacrifice, but being greatly insulted threw herself into fire and perished; cf. Ku.1.21. When Śiva heard this he was very much provoked, and according to one account, himself went to the sacrifice, completely destroyed it and pursued Dakṣa who assumed the form of a deer, and at last decapitated him. But Śiva is said to have afterwards restored him to life, and he thenceforward acknowledged the god's supremacy. According to another account, Śiva, when provoked, tore off a hair from his matted hair, and dashed it with great force against the ground when lo ! a powerful demon started up and awaited his orders. He was told to go and destroy Dakṣa's sacrifice; whereupon the mighty demon, attended by several demigods, went to the sacrifice, routed the gods and priests, and, according to one account, beheaded Dakṣa himself; Ms.9.128-29.] -2 A cock. -3 Fire. -4 The bull of Śiva. -5 A lover attached to many mistresses. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Mental power, ability, capacity. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The right side or part; वामतो जानकी यस्य दक्षभागे च लक्ष्मणः -1 Ability, power, fitness. -11 Strength of will, energy, resoluteness. -12 Strength, power. -13 Bad disposition, wickedness; मा सख्युर्दक्षं रिपोर्भुजेम Rv.4.3.13. -क्षा 1 The earth. -2 An epithet of the Ganges. -क्षम् Strength, vigour. -Comp. -अध्वरध्वंसकः, क्रतु- ध्वंसिन्, -मथनः, -विध्वंसः Śiva; Hch.3. -m. epithets of Śiva. -कन्या, -जा, तनया, -यज्ञविनाशिनी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a lunar mansion. -जापतिः 1 the moon -2 Śiva. -सावर्णः (र्णिः) N. of the 9th Manu; नवमो दक्षसावर्णिर्मनुर्वरुणसंभवः Bhāg.8.13.18. -सुतः a god. (-ता) a lunar mansion. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः R.3.33.

dantura	दन्तुर a. [दन्त-उरच्] 1 Having long or projecting teeth; शूकरे निहते चैव दन्तुरो जायते नरः Tv.; Śi.6.54. -2 Jagged, dentated, notched, serrated, uneven (fig. also); अखर्वगर्वस्मितदन्तुरेण Vikr.1.5. -3 Undulatory. -4 Rising, bristling (as hair). -5 Overspread, covered with; U.6.27. -Comp. -छदः the lime tree.

daśā	दशा 1 The threads at the end of a piece of woven cloth, the fringe of a garment, the skirt, edge or hem of a garment; रक्तांशुकं पवनलोलदशं वहन्ती Mk.1.2; छिन्नां इवाम्बरपटस्य दशाः पतन्ति 5.4. -2 The wick of a lamp; श्रेयोदशाग्रे स्फुरन् Bh.3.129; Ku.4.3. -3 Age or time of life; see दशान्त below. -4 A period or stage of life; as बाल्य, यौवन, &c.; दारक्रियायोग्यदशं च पुत्रम् R.5.4. -5 A period in general. -6 State, condition, circumstances; नीचैर्गच्छत्युपरि च दशा चक्रनेमिक्रमेण Me.111; विषमां हि दशां प्राप्य दैवं गर्हयते नरः H.4.3. -7 State or condition of mind. -8 The result of actions, fate. -9 The aspect or position of planets (at birth). -1 The mind, understanding. -Comp. -अंशः, भागः bad days, straitened condition; परिमृष्टो दशान्तेन दशभागेन सेव्यते Rām.3.72.8. -अधिपतिः, -ईशः the sun; (for other meanings see under दशन्). -अन्तः 1 the end of a wick. -2 the end of life; निर्विष्टविषयस्नेहः स दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1. (where the word is used in both senses.) -अन्तरम् different states, vicissitudes of life; Ś.4.2. -अन्तरः, इन्धनः a lamp, -कर्षः, -कर्षिन् m. 1 the end of garment. -2 a lamp. -पाकः, -विपाकः 1 the fulfilment of fate; शुभं दशापाकम् Bṛi. S.95.61. -2 a changed condition of life. -फलम् future fate of a man; अशुभेष्वशुभं दशाफलम् Bṛi. S.7.26. -विपर्यासः ill-luck, misfortune.

dākṣiṇya	दाक्षिण्य a. [दक्षिणस्य भावः ष्यञ्] Relating to a sacrificial gift. -ण्यम् 1 (a) Politeness, civility, courtesy; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा R.1.31. (b) Kindness; V.1.2; दाक्षिण्यं स्वजने Bh.2.22; Māl.1.8. -2 Insincere or overcourteous conduct of a lover (towards his beloved); दाक्षिण्येन ददाति वाचमुचिताम् Ś.6.4; it is thus defined:--दाक्षिण्यं चेष्टया वाचा परचित्तानुवर्तनम्. -3 The state of relating to or coming from the south; स्नेहदाक्षिण्ययो- र्योगात् कामीव प्रतिभाति मे V.2.4 (where the word has sense 1 or 2 also). -4 Concord, harmony, agreement. -5 Honesty, candour. -6 Talent, cleverness.

dāyaḥ	दायः [दा भावे-घञ्] 1 A gift, present, donation; रहसि रमते प्रीत्या दायं ददात्यनुवर्तते Māl.3.2; प्रीतिदायः Māl.4; Ms.8.199. -2 A nuptial present (given to the bride or the bridegroom). -3 Share, portion, inheritance, patrimony; अनपत्यस्य पुत्रस्य माता दायमवाप्नुयात् Ms.9.217, 77,164,23. -4 A part or share in general. -5 Delivering, handing over. -6 Dividing, distributing. -7 Loss, destruction. -8 Irony. -9 Site, place. -1 Alms given to a student at his initiation, &c. -11 A relative or a kinsman; तेलङ्गदायसहिता निष्पेतुरहिते तदा Parṇāl.5. 79. -Comp. -अपवर्तनम् forfeiture of inheritance; Ms.9.79. -अर्ह a. claiming inheritance. -आदः [दायमादत्ते, आदा-क] 1 one entitled to a share of patrimony; an heir; पुमान् दायादो$दायादा स्त्री Nir.; Y.2.118; Ms.8.16. -2 a son; दितेर्द्वावेव दायादौ दैत्यदानववन्दितौ Bhāg.6.18.11. -3 a relative, kinsman, near or remote; स्थितः प्रास्तस्य दायादैर्भ्रातुर्ज्येष्ठस्य शासने Ki.11.45; a distant descendant; अयमिक्ष्वाकुदायादः Rām.1.6.2. -4 a claimant or pretender in general; गवां गोषु वा दायादः Sk. -आदा, -दी 1 an heiress. -2 a daughter. -आद्यम् 1 inheritance; Ms.11. 184. -2 the state of being an inheritor. -कालः the time of the partition of an inheritance. -बन्धुः 1 a partner in the inheritance. -2 a brother. -भागः division of property among heirs, partition (of inheritance); दायभागं निबोधत Ms.9.13. -विभागः division of property. -हरः a receiver of inheritance, an heir.

dūna	दून p. p. 1 Pained, afflicted, fatigued. दूनास्ते$रिबला- दूना Ki.15.31. -2 Burnt, inflamed. -3 Agitated; see दु and दू. पित्तेन दूने रसने सितापि तिक्तायते हंसकुलावतंस N.

dur	दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.

doṣaḥ	दोषः [दुष् भावे करणे वा घञ्] 1 (a) A fault, blame, censure, defect, blemish, weak point; पत्रं नैव यदा करीर- विटपे दोषो वसन्तस्य किम् Bh.2.93; Pt.1.242; नात्र कुलपति- र्दोषं ग्रहीष्यति Ś.3. 'will not find fault or take exception'; so पुनरुक्तदोषा R.14.9. विसृज्य शूर्पवद्दोषान् गुणान् गृह्णन्ति साधवः । दोषग्राही गुणत्यागी चालनीव हि दुर्जनः ॥ Udb. (b) An error, a mistake. -2 A crime, sin guilt, offence; जायामदोषामुत संत्यजामि R.14.34; Ms.8.25; Y.3.79; also अधर्मदोष; cf. Rām.3.66.16. -3 Noxious quality, badness, injurious nature or quality; as in आहारदोष; cf. Ms.1.14. -4 Harm, evil, danger, injury; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58; अनुसरति हि शशाङ्कं राहु-दोषे$पि तारा Pratimā1.25. को दोषः 'what harm is there'. -5 Bad or injurious consequence, detrimental effect; तत्किमयमातपदोषः स्यात् Ś.3; अदाता वंशदोषेण कर्मदोषाद्दरिद्रता Chāṇ.49; Ms.1.14. -6 Morbid affection, disease. -7 Disorder of the three humours of the body, or the three humours when in a disordered state, -8 (In Nyāya. &c.) A fault of a definition : (i. e. अव्याप्ति, अतिव्याप्ति and असंभव). -9 (In Rhet.) A fault or defect of composition (such as परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष, रसदोष, and अर्थदोष which are defined and illustrated in the 7th Ullāsa of K. P.). -1 A calf. -11 Refutation. -12 Evening, dusk; cf. दोषा; दोषे हृषीकेश उतार्धरात्रे निशीथ एको$वतु पद्मनाभः Bhāg.6.8.21. -Comp. -अक्षरम् accusation. -आकर a. faulty. -आरोपः charge, accusation. -एकदृश् a. fault-finding, censorious, picking holes. -कर, -कारिन्, -कृत् a. causing evil, hurtful. -गुणम् bad and good qualities; बीजानामुप्तिविच्च स्यात्क्षेत्रदोषगुणस्य च (जानीयात्) Ms.9.33. -ग्रस्त a. 1 convicted, guilty. -2 full of faults or defects. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 malicious, malignant. -2 censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing faults &c. (-ज्ञः) 1 a wise or learned man; R.1.93. -2 a physician. -3 a teacher. -त्रयम् disorder or vitiation of the three humours of the body; (i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ). -दृष्टि a. looking at faults, censorious, -प्रसंगः attaching blame, condemnation, censure. -भक्तिः f. tendency to a disease. -भाज् a. faulty, guilty, wrong, a villain. -भेदः a peculiar modification of the vitiation of three humours. -स्थानम् the seat of disorder of the humours.

dūtyam	दूत्यम् 1 Employment of a messenger. -2 An embassy. -3 A message. -4 The state or function of a messenger; प्रेषयामास दौत्येन रावणस्य ततो$ङ्गदम् Mb. 3.283.54.

dṛṣṭa	दृष्ट p. p. [दृश्-कर्मणि-क्त] 1 Seen, looked, perceived, observed, beheld; उभयोरपि दृष्टो$न्तः Bg.2.16. -2 Visible, observable. -3 Regarded, considered; दृष्टो विवृत्य बहुशो$प्यनया सतृष्णम् Ś.3.1. -4 Occurring, found. -5 Appearing, manifested. -6 Known, learned, understood. -7 Determined, decided, fixed; तदहं यष्टुमिच्छामि शास्त्रदृष्टेन कर्मणा Rām.1.8.9. -8 Valid. -9 Allotted. -1 Experienced, suffered, endured, felt. -11 Treated of; see दृश्. -ष्टम् 1 Perception, observation. -2 Danger from dacoits. -Comp. -अदृष्ट a. 1 seen for the first time. -2 scarcely or hardly seen. -3 relating to the present and future life; दृष्टादृष्टक्रियासिद्धिर्न् भवेत्तादृगन्यथा Rāj. T.1. 13. -अन्तः, -तम् 1 an example, illustration, parable; पूर्णश्चन्द्रोदयाकाङ्क्षी दृष्टान्तो$त्र महार्णवः Śi.2.31; साध्यसाधर्म्यात् तद्धर्मभावो दृष्टान्त उदाहरणम् Gautamasutra. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which an assertion or statement is illustrated by an example (distinguished from उपमा and प्रतिवस्तूपमा; see K. P.1 and R. G. ad. loc.). -3 a Śāstra or science; शोभार्थं विहितास्तत्र न तु दृष्टान्तः कृताः Mb.2.3.13. -4 death (cf. दिष्टान्त). -अर्थ a. 1 having the object or meaning obvious or quite apparent. -2 practical. -3 having a clear idea about anything. ˚आपत्तिः (see अर्थापत्तिः). -कष्ट, -दुःख &c. a. one who has experienced or suffered misery, inured to hardships. -कूटम् a riddle, an enigma. -दोष a. 1 found fault with, considered to be faulty; Ś.2. -2 vicious. -3 exposed, detected. -पृष्ठ a. running from a battlefield. -प्रत्यय a. 1 having confidence manifested. -2 convinced. -रजस् f. a girl arrived at puberty. -व्यतिकर a. 1 one who has experienced a misfortune. -2 one who foresees evil.

deśya	देश्य a. [दिश्-कर्मणि ण्यत् देश-यत् वा] 1 To be pointed out or proved. -2 Local, provincial. -3 Born in a country, native. -4 Genuine, of genuine descent. -5 Being on the spot or place (where anything is due). -6 Not far from, almost; see देशीय above. -श्यः 1 An eyewitness of anything अभियोक्ता दिशेद्देश्यम् Ms.8.52-53. -2 The inhabitant of a country. -श्यम् The statement of a question or argument, the thing to be proved or substantiated (पूर्वपक्ष).

dainam	दैनम् न्यम् [दीनस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Poverty, poor and pitiable condition, miserable state; दरिद्राणां दैन्यम् G. L.2; फणिनो दैन्यमाश्रितः Ku.2.21; इन्दोर्दैन्यं त्वदनुसरण- क्लिष्टकान्तेर्बिभर्ति Me.86. -2 Affliction, sorrow, dejection, grief, low-spiritedness. -3 Feebleness. -4 Meanness.

dolā	दोला दोलिका 1 A litter, palanquin. -2 A swing, hammock (fig. also); आसीत् स दोलाचलचित्तवृत्तिः R.14.34; 9.46;19.44; संदेहदोलामारोप्यते K.27. -3 Swinging, fluctuation. -4 Doubt, uncertainty. -6 The Indigo plant. -Comp. -अधिरूढ, -आरूढ a. (lit.) mounted on a swing; (fig.) uncertain, irresolute, disquieted. -चलचित्त- वृत्ति a. One whose mind is agitated like a swing. -यन्त्रम् drugs tied up in a cloth and boiled out over a fire; Bhāva. P. -युद्धम् uncertainty of success, a fight with varying success; दोलायुद्धं कृतगुरुतरध्वानमौद्धत्यभाजाम् Śi.18.8. -लोल a. uncertain.

druh	द्रुह् 4 P. (द्रुह्यति, द्रुग्ध) 1 To bear malice or hatred. -2 To seek to hurt or injure, plot maliciously or revengefully, meditate mischief; (generally with the dat. of the object of hatred); यान्वेति मां द्रुह्यति मह्यमेव सात्रेत्युपालम्भि तयालिवर्गः N.3.7; Bk.4.39.

dvi	द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is substituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.] -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb. -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (-रः) a word of two syllables. -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (-लम्) two fingers' length. -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda. -अन्तर a. separated by two intermediate links. -अर्थ a. 1 having two senses. -2 ambiguous, equivocal. -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6. -अर्ध a. 1. -अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43. -अशीत a. eighty-second. -अशीतिः f. eighty-two. -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16. -अहः a period of two days. -आत्मक a. 1 having a double nature. -2 being two. -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another. -आम्नात a. twice mentioned. -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever). -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks. -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7. कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक). -2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक). -ककुद् m. a camel. -कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs -कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs. -गत a ambiguous. -गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (-गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb. -गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented). -गुणित a. 1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46. -2 folded double. -3 enveloped. -4 doubly increased, doubled. -चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15. -चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond. -चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two. -चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42. -जः 'twice-born' 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāhmaṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39. -2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purificatory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते. -3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17. -4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also). -5 A star; L. D. B. -6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā. -7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः 1 the house of a dvija. -2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः 1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः 1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37. -2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23. -3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of 1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23. -2 Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚प्रपा 1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water. -2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः 1 a man who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m. 1 a Kṣatriya. -2 a pseudo-Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra. -जन्मन् a. 1 having two natures. -2 regenerated. -3 oviparous (-m.). -जातिः m. 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H. -3 a bird. -4 a tooth. -5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru. -जातीय a. 1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus. -2 of a twofold nature. -3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (-यः) a mule. -जानि a having two wives. -जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also). -2 insincere. (-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2. -2 an informer, a slanderer, tale-bearer. -3 an insincere person -4 a thief. -5 particular disease of the tongue. -ज्या the sine of an arc. -ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots. -2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni. -त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121. -त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a. 1 thirty second. -2 consisting of thirty two. -त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body. -दण्डि ind. stick against stick. -दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age). -दन्तः an elephant. -दल a. having two parts, two-leafed. -दश a. (pl.) twenty. -दश a. (द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36. -2 consisting of twelve. -दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of 1 the planet Jupiter. -2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः 1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168. -2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a. 1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12. -दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः). -दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, _x001F_3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव. -दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes. -दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days. -देवतम् the constellation विशाखा. -देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -नग्नकः a circumcised man. -नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second. -नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two. -पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa. -पक्षः 1 a bird. -2 a month. -पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second. -पञ्चाशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two. -पथम् 1 two ways. -2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet. -पद् see द्विपाद् below. -पद a. having two feet (as a verse). -पदः a biped man. -पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre. -पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37. -पादः 1 a biped, man. -2 a bird. -3 a god. -पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty. -पायिन् m. an elephant. -फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16. -बाहुः man; Ks.53.94. -बिन्दुः a Visarga (:). -भातम् twilight. -भुजः an angle. -भूम a. having two floors (as a palace). -भौतिकः a horse possessing two elements out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru. -मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of 1 Gaṇesa. -2 king Jarāsandha. -मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā. -मार्गी a cross-away. -मुखा 1 a leech. -2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a doublemouthed snake. -रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ. -2 = बर्बर q. v. -मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk. -मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2. -यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours. -रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः 1 a lion. -2 the Śarabha. -रसनः a snake. -रात्रम् two nights. -रूप a. 1 biform. -2 written in two ways. -3 having a different shape. -4 bi-colour, bipartite. (-पः) 1 a variety of interpretation or reading. -2 a word correctly written in two ways. -रेतस् m. a mule. -रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36. -लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36. -वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent. -2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv. -वचनम् the dual number in grammar. -वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides). -वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41. -वाहिका a wing. -विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second. -विंशतिः f. (द्वाविंशति) twenty-two. -विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162. -वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules. -व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long. -शतम् 1 two hundred. -2 one hundred and two. -शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred. -शफ a. clovenfooted. (-फः) any cloven-footed animal. -शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva. -श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals. -षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve. -षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second. -षष्टिः f. (-द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two. -सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light. -सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second. -सप्ततिः f. (द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two. -सप्ताहः a fortnight. -सम a. having two equal sides. -समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle. -सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa. -सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (-स्रम्) 2. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise. -सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins. -स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4. -हन् m. an elephant. -हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134. -हीन a. of the neuter gender. -हृदया a pregnant woman. -होतृ m. an epithet of Agni.

dvaidha	द्वैध a. (-धी f.) Two-fold, double. -धम् 1 Duality, two-fold nature or state. -2 Separation into two parts. -3 Double resource, secondary reserve; कार्यं वीक्ष्य प्रयुञ्जीत द्वैधं संश्रयमेव च Ms.7.161. -4 Diversity, difference, conflict, contest, variance; श्रुतिद्वैधं तु यत्र स्यात् तत्र धर्माबुभौ स्मृतौ Ms.2.14;9.32; Y.2.78. -5 Doubt, uncertainty; छिन्नद्वैधाः (ऋषयः) Bg.5.25; Ve.6.44. -6 Double-dealing, duplicity, one of the six modes of foreign policy; see द्वैधीभाव below and गुण. -7 Contradiction. -धम् ind. 1 In two parts. -2 In two ways, doubly.

dvaidhībhāvaḥ	द्वैधीभावः 1 Duality, double state or nature. -2 Separation into two, difference, diversity. -3 Doubt, uncertainty, vacillation, suspense; धृतद्वैधीभावकातरं मे मनः Ś.1. -4 A dilemma. -5 One of the six Guṇas or modes of foreign policy. (According to some authorities it means 'double dealing', or 'duplicity' 'keeping apparently friendly relations with the enemy'; द्वैधी- भाविकाः सन्धिविग्रहाः Kau. A.7; बलिनोर्द्विषतोर्मध्ये वाचात्मानं समर्पयन् । द्वैधीभावेन तिष्ठेत्तु काकाक्षिवदलक्षितः ॥ According to others it means 'dividing one's army and encountering a superior enemy in detachments', 'harassing the enemy by attacking them in small bands'; द्वैधीभावः स्वबलस्य द्विधाकरणम् Mitā. on Y.1.347; cf. also Ms.7. 173. and 16.) -6 A contest, dispute. -7 Falsehood, duplicity.

dhāman	धामन् n. [धा-मनिन्] 1 A dwelling-place, abode, residence, house; तुरासाहं पुरोधाय धाम स्वायंभुवं ययुः Ku.2. 1,44; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवनगुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.33; Bg.8.21; Bh.1.35; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः किमेतदित्याकुलमीक्षितं जनैः Śi.1.2. -2 A place, site, resort; श्रियो धाम; भूतैः स्वधामभिः पश्येदप्रविष्टं प्रविष्टवत् Bhāg.7.12.15. -3 The inmates of a house, members of a family. -4 A ray of light; धाम्ना- तिशाययति धाम सहस्रधाम्नः Mu.3.17; Śi.9.53. -5 Light, lustre, splender; Mu.3.17; Ki.2.2,55,59;1.6; Amaru.86; R.6.6;18.22 -6 Majestic lustre, majesty, glory, dignity; गां गतस्य तव धाम वैष्णवं कोपितो ह्यसि मया दिदृक्षुणा R.11.85. -7 Power, strength, energy (प्रताप); सहते न जनो$प्यधःक्रियां किमु लोकाधिकधाम राजकम् Ki.2.47. -8 Birth. -9 The body. -1 A troop, host. -11 State, condition; Prab.1.3. -12 A class. -13 Ved. Law, rule. -14 Ved. Property, wealth. -15 A fetter. -16 Fashion, mode, manner, form, appearance; स बिभ्रत्पौरुषं धाम भ्राजमानो यथा रविः Bhāg.1.2.17. -Comp. -केशिन् m., -निधिः the sun; Mb.3.3.63. -छद् m. Ved. N. of Agni. -मानिन् a. believing in a material existence; नैवेशितुं प्रभुर्भूम्न ईश्वरो धाममानिनाम् Bhāg.3.11.38.

dhiṣṇya	धिष्ण्य a. Ved. 1 To be praised or meditated upon. -2 Worthy of a high place. -3 Mindful, attentive. -4 Benevolent, liberal; धिष्ण्या वनतं गिरः Rv.1.3.2. -ष्ण्यः 1 A place for the sacrificial fire; अमी वेदिं परितः क्लृप्त- धिष्ण्याः Ś.4.8. -2 N. of Śukra, preceptor of the demons. -3 The planet Venus. -4 Power, strength. -ष्ण्यम् 1 A seat, an abode, site, place, house; न भौमान्येव धिष्ण्यानि हित्वा ज्योतिर्मयान्यपि R.15.59; उदग्रधिष्ण्यं गगने$वगाढम् Bu. Ch.1.2; विवेश धिष्ण्यं क्षितिपालकात्मजः 4.12. -2 A meteor. -3 Fire (m. also) -4 A star, an asterism; धिष्ण्यमाकाशगं यथा Mb.5.184.6. -5 A quarter of the sky (मण्डल); य एष दिवि धिष्ण्येन नाकं व्याप्नोति तेजसा Mb.1.171.6. -Comp. -अधिपतिः, -पः The guardian of a quarter of the sky; Bhāg.

dhū	धू 6 P., 1,5,9,1. U. (धुवति, धवति-ते, धूनोति, धूनुते, धुनाति, धुनीते, धूनयति-ते, also धावयति-ते, धूत-धून) 1 To shake, agitate, cause to move or tremble; धुन्वन्ति पक्षपवनैर्न नभो बलाकाः Ṛs.3.12; धुन्वन् कल्पद्रुमकिसलयानि Me.64; Ku.7.49; R.4.67; Bk.5.11;9.7;1.22. -2 To shake off, remove, throw off; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24. -3 To blow away, destroy, -4 To kindle, excite, fan (as fire); वायुना धूयमानो हि वनं दहति पावकः Mb.; पवनधूतः ... अग्निः Ṛs.1.26. -5 To treat roughly, hurt, injure; मा न धावीररिं रणे Bk.9.5;15.61. -6 To shake off from oneself, free oneself from; (सेवकाः) आरोहन्ति शनैः पश्चाद् धुन्वन्तमपि पार्थिवम् Pt.1.36. -7 To strive against, resist, oppose. (The following stanza from Kavirahasya illustrates the root in its different conjugations:-- धूनोति चम्पकवनानि धुनोत्यशोकं चूतं धुनाति धुवति स्फुटितातिमुक्तं । वायुर्विधूनयति चम्पकपुष्परेणून् यत्कानने धवति चन्दनमञ्जरीश्च ॥)

dhūna	धून p. p. 1 Shaken, agitated &c. -2 Afflicted by heat or thirst.

dhṛta	धृत p. p. [धृ-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Held, carried, borne, supported. -2 Possessed. -3 Kept, preserved, retained. -4 Seized, grasped, laid, hold of. -5 Worn, used, put on; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44. -6 Placed, deposited. -7 Practised, observed. -8 Weighed. -9 (Actively used) Holding, bearing. -1 Intent upon. -11 Prepared, ready. -12 Resolved, firm; रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47; see धृ also. -तम् 1 Falling. -2 State, existence. -3 Taking, seizing. -4 Wearing, putting on. -5 A particular manner of fighting. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. firm minded, steady, calm, collected. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्सेक a. haughty, arrogant; Rāj. T. -एकवेणि a. bearing a single braid of hair (as a sign of mourning); नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś7.21. -गर्भ a. pregnant; Ks.7.83. -दण्ड a. 1 inflicting punishment. -2 one on whom punishment is inflicted; राजभिर्धृतदण्डास्तु कृत्वा पापानि मानवाः । निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा ॥ Ms.8.318. -दीधितिः fire. -पट a. covered with a cloth. -मानस a. firm-minded, bent upon; तपसे धृतमानसः Rām.7.9.46. -राजन् a. ruled by a good king (as a country). -राष्ट्रः 1 a good king. -2 a country ruled by a good king. -3 N. of the eldest son of Vyāsa by a widow of विचित्रवीर्य. [As the eldest son he was entitled to the throne, but being blind from birth, he renounced the sovereignty in favour of Pāṇḍu; but on his retirement to the woods, he undertook it himself, making Duryodhana, his eldest son, the virtual ruler. When Duryodhana, was killed by Bhīma, the old king thirsted for revenge, and expressed his desire to embrace Yudhiṣṭhira and Bhīma. K&rtod.;iṣṇa readily discovered his object, and convinced that Bhīma was marked out by the king as his prey, he caused an iron image of Bhīma to be made. And when the blind king rushed forward to embrace Bhīma, Kṛiṣṇa substituted the iron image which the revengeful old man pressed with so much force that it was crushed to pieces, and Bhīma escaped. Thus dis comfited, he, with his wife, repaired to the Himālaya and there died after some years.] -4 N. of a bird; L. D. B. -वर्मन् a clad in armour, mailed; -m. N. of a reputed king. -व्रत a. 1 observing vows, performing religious rites. -2 devoted, attached. -3 of a fixed law or order. (-तः) an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Varuṇa. (3) Agni. (4) A king in the Puru dynasty.

dhyai	ध्यै 1 P. (ध्यायति, ध्यात; desid. दिध्यासति; pass. ध्यायते) To think of, meditate upon, ponder over, contemplate, reflect upon, imagine, call to mind; ध्यायतो विषयान् पुंसः सङ्गस्तेषूपजायते Bg.2.62; न ध्यातं पदमीश्वरस्य Bh.3.11; पितॄन् ध्यायन् Ms.3.224; ध्यायन्ति चान्यं धिया Pt.1.136; Me.3; Ms.5.47;9.21.

dhyāta	ध्यात p. p. [ध्यै-क्त] Thought of, meditated or reflected upon.

dhyātavya	ध्यातव्य ध्येय a. 1 To be meditated upon, to be contemplated. -2 Fit for meditation; ध्येयः सदा सवितृमण्डल- मध्यवर्ती Viṣṇudhyānam. -3 To be imagined or conceived.

dhyāna	ध्यान [ध्यै-भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Meditation, reflection, thought; contemplation; ज्ञानाद् ध्यानं विशिष्यते Bg.12.12; Ms.1.12; 6.72. -2 Especially, abstract contemplation, religious meditation; तदैव ध्यानादवगतो$स्मि Ś.7; ध्यानस्तिमितलोचनः R.1.73. -3 Divine intuition or discernment. -4 Mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity; इति ध्यानम्. -Comp. -गम्या a. attainable by meditation only; योगिभिर्ध्यानगम्यम् Viṣṇustotra. -तत्पर, -निष्ठ, -पर a. lost in thought, absorbed in meditation, contemplative. -धिष्ण्य a. suitable for ध्यान; रूपं चेदं पौरुषं ध्यानधिष्ण्यम् Bhāg.1.3.28. -मात्रम् mere thought or reflection. -मुद्रा a prescribed attitude in which to meditate on a deity. -योगः profound meditation. -स्थ a. absorbed in meditation; lost in thought.

naṭ	नट् I. 1 P. (नटति, the न not changed to ण after प्र in the sense of 'hurting'.) 1 To dance; यदि मनसा नटनीयम् Gīt.4. -2 To act. -3 To injure (by a deceptive trick). -Caus. (नाटयति-ते) 1 To act, gesticulate, represent dramatically (in dramas); शरसंधानं नाटयति Ś.1. &c. -2 To imitate, copy; स्फटिककटकभूमिर्नाटयत्येष शैलः ... अधिगतधवलिम्नः शूलपाणेरभिख्याम् Śi.4.65. (N. B. नट् forms नटयति in the sense of 'causing to dance'; नाट्येन केन नटयिष्यति दीर्घमायुः Bh.3.126.) -II. 1. U. (नाटयति-ते) -1 To drop or fall. -2 To shine. -3 To injure.

naya	नय a. [नी भावे अच्] 1 Leading, conducting. -2 A guide. -3 Suitable, right, proper. -यः 1 Guiding, leading, managing. -2 (a) Behaviour, course of conduct, conduct, way of life as in दुर्नय. सितोन्नतेनैव नयेन हृत्वा कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् Bu. Ch.1.3. (b) Prudent or righteous conduct, virtue. नयानयौ दण्डनीत्याम् Kau. A.1.2. -3 Prudence, foresight, circumspection; तत् तासामुपशान्तये सुमतिभिः कार्यो विशेषान्नयः Pt.1.371;3.176. -4 Policy, political wisdom, statesmanship, civil administration, state-policy; नयप्रचारं व्यवहारदुष्टताम् Mk.1.7; नयगुणोप- चितामिव भूपतेः सदुपकारफलां श्रियमर्थिनः R.9.27; नयशालिभिः Mu.1.22. -5 Morality, justice, rectitude, equity; चलति नयान्न जिगीषतां हि चेतः Ki.1.29;2.3;6.38;16.42. -6 A plan, design, scheme; हितैः साधुसमाचारैः शास्त्रज्ञैर्मतिशालिभिः । कथंचिन्न विकल्पन्ते विद्वद्भिश्चिन्तिता नयाः ॥ Pt.1.339;377; Mu.6.11;7.9. -7 A maxim, principle. -8 Course, method, manner. -9 A system, doctrine, opinion. -1 A philosophical system; वैशेषिके नये Bhāṣā P.15. -11 N. of Viṣṇu. -12 A kind of game. -Comp. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in policy, prudent. -ग a. behaving properly or prudently. -चक्षुस् a. having political foresight, wise, prudent; अर्हणामर्हते चक्रुर्मुनयो नयचक्षुषे R.1.55. -नेतृ m. a master in politics. -पीठी the board or cloth on which men are moved in play. -प्रयोगः political wisdom, statesmanship. -वादिन् m. a politician; Pt.3. -विद् m., -विशारदः a politician, statesman; सन्धिविग्रहिको कार्यो राज्ञा नयविशारदः Matsya P. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of politics. -2 any work on politics or political economy. -3 a work on morality. -शालिन् a. just, righteous; नयशालिनि श्रिय इवाधिपतौ विरमन्ति न ज्वलितुमौषधयः Ki.5.24.

nayakaḥ	नयकः 1 A skilful manager. -2 One versed in policy, a statesman.

nahuṣaḥ	नहुषः N. of a king of the lunar race, son of Āyus and grandson of Purūravas and father of Yayāti. [He was a very wise and powerful king, and when Indra lay concealed under waters to expiate the sin of having killed the demon Vṛitra, a Brāhmaṇa, he was asked to occupy his seat. While there he thought of winning the love of Indrāṇī and caused the seven sages to convey him in a palanquin to her house. On his way he asked each of them to be quick using the words 'sarpa', 'sarpa', (move on, move on), when one of the sages (Agastya ?) cursed him to be a 'sarpa' (serpent). He fell down from the sky, and remained in that wretched state till he was relieved from it by Yudhiṣttod;hira.]

nākṣatrika	नाक्षत्रिक a. (-की f.) [नक्षत्रादागतः-ठञ्] Sidereal. -कः A month of 27 days (each day being the period of the moon's passage through a lunar asterism). -की The state (दशा) which a man suffers agreeably to the asterism presiding over his nativity.

nānātvam	नानात्वम् The state of diversity or plurality; नानात्वं बाह्यभेदाश्च Sāṅ. K.27.

nāsā	नासा [नास्-भावे अ] 1 The nose; स्फुरदधरनासापुटतया U.1.29; प्राणापानौ समौ कृत्वा नासाभ्यन्तरचारिणौ Bg.5.27. -2 The trunk of an elephant. -3 The upper timber of a door. -4 A sound. -Comp. -अग्रम् the tip of the nose; त्रासान्नासाग्ररन्ध्रं विशति फणिपतौ Māl.1.1. -अन्तिक a. reaching to the nose (a stick); स्यात्तु नासान्तिको विशः (दण्डः) Ms.2.46. -छिद्रम्, -रन्ध्रम्, -विवरम्, -विरोकः a nostril; नासाविरोकपवनोल्लसितं तनीयः Śi.5.54. -छिन्नी f. N. of a bird with a divided beak. -दक्षिणावर्तः Wearing the nose ornament in the right nostril (showing abundant wealth and progeny). -दारुः n. the upper timber of a door-frame. -नाहः the thickening of the membrane of the nose. -परिस्रावः running at the nose, a running cold. -पुटः, -पुटम् a nostril. ˚मर्यादा the septum of the nose. -वंशः the bridge of the nose. -वामावर्तः Wearing the nose-ornament in the left nostril (as a mark of sorrow or childlessness). -वेधः perforation of the nose. -स्रावः a running cold. नासिकः (-कम्) N. of a sacred place in the Bombay state.

nitya	नित्य a. [नियमेन नियतं वा भवं नि-त्य-प्; cf. P.IV.2.14. Vārt.] 1 (a.) Continual, perpetual, constant, everlasting, eternal, uninterrupted; यथा त्वमसि दुर्धर्षो धर्मनित्यः प्रजाहितः Rām.7.37.8; यदि नित्यमनित्येन लभ्यते H.1.48; नित्यज्योत्स्नाः प्रतिहततमोवृत्तिरम्याः प्रदोषाः Me. (regarded by Malli. as an interpolation); Ms.2.26. (b) Imperishable, indestructible; पृथिवी द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च Tarka K. -2 Invariable, regular, fixed, not optional, regularly prescribed (opp. काम्य). -3 Necessary, obligatory, essential. -4 Ordinary, usual (opp. नौमित्तिक). -5 (At the end of comp.) Constantly dwelling in, perpetually engaged in or busy with; जाह्नवीतीर˚, अरण्य˚, आदान˚, ध्यान˚ &c. -त्यः The ocean. -स्या 1 An epithet of the goddess Durgā. -2 A plough-share. -त्यम् An indispensable or inevitable act. -त्यम् ind. Daily, constantly, always, ever, perpetually, enternally. -Comp. -अनध्यायः invariable suspension of Vedic studies; नित्यानध्याय एव स्याद् ग्रामेषु नगरेषु च Ms.4.17. -अनित्य a. eternal and perishable. -अनुबद्ध a. always approached or resorted to. -अनुवादः a bare statement of fact; स्याज्जुह्वप्रतिषेधान्नित्यानुवादः MS.4.1.45. -अभियुक्त a. One who is completely absorbed in yogic practices. -ऋतु a. regularly recurring at the seasons. -कर्मन् n., -कृत्यम्, क्रिया any daily and necessary rite, a constant act or duty, as the five daily Yajñas. -कालम् ind. always, at all times; ब्राह्मेण विप्रस्तीर्थेन नित्यकालमुपस्पृशेत् Ms.2.58,73. -गतिः air, wind. -जात a. constantly born; अथ चैनं नित्यजातं नित्यं वा मन्यसे मृतम् Bg.2.26. -दानम् daily alms-giving. -नियमः an invariable rule. -नैमित्तिकम् an occasional act regularly recurring, or any ceremony constantly performed to accomplish a particular object, e. g. (a पर्वश्राद्ध). -पुष्ट a. always well-supplied. -प्रलयः 1 the constant dissolution of living beings. -2 sleep. -बुद्धिः a. considering anything as constant or eternal. -भावः eternity. -मुक्तः the Supreme Spirit. -युक्त a. always busy or intent upon. -युज् a. having the mind always fixed upon one object; दृग्भिर्हृदीकृतमलं परिरभ्य सर्वास्तद्भावमापुरपि नित्ययुजां दुरापम् Bhāg.1.82.4. -यौवना (ever youthful) an epithet of Draupadī. -व्रतम् a perpetual observance (lasting for life). -शङ्कित a. perpetually alarmed, ever suspicious. -समः the assertion that all things remain the same; Sarva. S. -समासः 'a necessary compound', a compund the meaning of which cannot be expressed by its constituent members used separately (the separate ideas having merged in one); e. g. जमदग्नि, जयद्रथ &c.; इवेन नित्यसमासः &c.

nidrā	निद्रा 1 Sleep, sleepiness; प्रच्छायसुलभनिद्रा दिवसाः Ś.1.3; निद्रामुद्रां क्षिपन् Māl.2.12. -2 Sloth; निद्रां च प्रतिभां चैव ज्ञानाभ्यासेन तत्त्ववित् (निवर्तयेत्) Mb.12.274.7. -3 Shutting, budding state. -Comp. -अन्ध a. dead, fast asleep. -अलस a. dull or languid with drowsiness, fast asleep; निद्रालसा बर्हिणः V.3.2. -दरिद्र a. suffering from want of sleep. -भङ्गः awaking. -वृक्षः darkness. -सजननम् phlegm, phlegmatic humour.

nidhyai	निध्यै 1 P. 1 To think of, meditate upon, remember; बिभीषणादिति श्रुत्वा तं निदध्यौ सघूत्तमः Bk.14.65. -2 To meditate deeply upon, look steadfastly or intently at; अङ्गुलीयकं निध्यायन्ती M.1; Śi.8.69;12.4; Ki.1.46;14.58. निदिध्यासः nididhyāsḥ निदिध्यासनम् nididhyāsanam निदिध्यासः निदिध्यासनम् Profound and repeated meditation, constant musing.

nidhyāta	निध्यात a. Meditated or thought on.

nipat	निपत् 1 P. 1 To fall or come down, descend, alight, sink down; निपतन्ती पतिमप्यपातयत् R.8.38; Bk.15.27. -2 To be cast at, be directed towards; निपेतुरन्तःकरणै- र्नरेन्द्राः R.6.11. -3 To throw oneself down (as at the feet), fall prostrate; देवास्तदन्ते हरमूढभार्यं किरीटबद्धाञ्जलयो निपत्य Ku.7.92; R.4.5; Bh.2.31. -4 To fall or descend into, meet in; त्वय्येव निपतन्त्योघा जाह्नवीया इवार्णवे R.1.26. -5 To fall upon, attack, rush at or upon; सिंहो शिशुरपि निपतति मदमलिनकपोलभित्तिषु गजेषु Bh.2.38. -6 To happen, occur, take place, fall to one's lot; सकृदंशो निपतति Ms.9.47. -7 To be placed, occupy a place; अभ्यर्हितं पूर्वं निपतति. -8 To flow in, discharge into. -9 To fall into ruin. -1 To fall into (any state). -11 To be miscarried (as the foetus). -Caus. 1 To cause to fall down, throw or hurl down. -2 To kill, destroy; तातं निपात्य सह बन्धुजनाक्षितोयैः Mu.5.7; Pt.3.63. -3 To inlay, emboss. -4 To direct (the eyes) upon. -5 To spit out. -6 To raise or levy (as a tribute). -7 (In gram.) To put down as a special or irregular form, to mention as an irregular formation; एते पञ्चविंशतिरजन्ता निपात्यन्ते Sk.

niyamaḥ	नियमः 1 Restraining, checking. -2 Taming, subduing. -3 Confining, preventing. -4 A restraint, check; वाचि नियमः U.2.2; अधर्मानियमः Ms.8.122. -5 Restriction, limitation; Mb.14.13.11. -6 A rule or precept, law (in general), usage; नायमेकान्ततो नियमः Ś. B. -7 Regularity; कुसुमसुकुमारमूर्तिर्दधती नियमेन तनुतरं मध्यम् Ratn. 1.2. -8 Certainty, ascertainment. -9 An agreement, promise, vow, engagement. -1 Necessity, obligation. -11 Any voluntary or self-imposed religious observance (dependent on external conditions); [The earliest explanation of this expression is the one found in the ŚB. on MS.4.2.24. cf. को$यं नियमः । अनियतस्य नियतता । प्रयोगाङ्गतया सर्वे देशाः प्राप्नुवन्ति, न तु समच्चयेन । यदा समो न तदा विषमः । यदा विषमो न तदा समः । स एष समः प्राप्तश्चाप्राप्तश्च । यदा न प्राप्तः स पक्षो विधिं प्रयोजयति. This is very nicely stated in the Vārttika--'नियमः पाक्षिके सति']; R.1.94; Ki.5.4; (see Malli. on Śi.13.23). -12 Any minor observance or lesser vow, a duty prescribed to be done, but which is not so obligatory as a यम q. v. शौचमिज्या तपो दानं स्वाध्यायोपस्थनिग्रहः । व्रतमौनोपवासं च स्नानं च नियमा दशा ॥ Atri. -13 Penance, devotion, religious austerities; नियमविघ्न- कारिणी Ś.1; R.15.74. -14 (In Mīm. phil.) A rule or precept which lays down or specifies something which, in the absence of that rule, would be optional; विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ नियमः पाक्षिके सति. -15 (In Yoga phil.) Restraint of the mind, the second of the 8 principal steps of meditation in Yoga; दशैते नियमाः प्रोक्ता योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः Tantrasāra. -16 (In Rhet.) A poetical commonp lace or convention, as the description of the cuckoo in spring, peacocks in the rains &c. -17 Defining, definition. -18 Keeping down, lowering (as the voice). -19 Keeping secret; मन्त्रस्य नियमं कुर्याः Mb.5. 141.2. -2 Effort (यत्न); यथैते नियमं पौराः कुर्वन्त्यस्मिन्निवर्तने Mb.2.46.2. (नियमेन as a rule, invariably). -Comp. -उपमा a simile which expressly states that something can be compared only with something else. -धर्मः a law prescribing restraints. -निष्ठा rigid observance of prescribed rites. -पत्रम् a written agreement. -विधिः a religious rite, daily ritual; नियमविधिजलानां बर्हिषां चोप- नेत्री Ku.1.6. -स्थ a. observing penance; Ku.5.13. -स्थितिः f. steady observance of religious obligations, asceticism. -हेतुः a regulating cause.

nir	निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.

nirgam	निर्गम् 1 P. 1 To go out or forth, depart; प्रकाशं निर्गतः Ś.4; हुतवहपरिखेदादाशु निर्गत्य कक्षात् Ṛs.1.27; Ms. 9.83; Amaru 61; Ś.3.25;6.4. -2 To spring forth, arise; अन्यदर्ककिरणेभ्यो निर्गतम् K.136. -3 To remove; as in निर्गतविशङ्कः. -4 To be cured of a disease. -5 To come out or appear (as a bud); चूतानां चिरनिर्गतापि कलिका बघ्नाति न स्वं रजः Ś.6.3. -6 To go away, disappear. -7 To be freed from (with abl.). -8 To enter into or attain to any state, undergo, suffer.

nirdhyāta	निर्ध्यात a. thought of, meditated.

nirlocya	निर्लोच्य ind. Having meditated, pondered.

niś	निश् 1 P. (नेशति) To lose oneself in abstract meditation, meditate upon.

niṣṭha	निष्ठ a. [नि-स्था-क षत्वटुत्वे] (Usually at the end of comp.) 1 Being in or on, situated on; तन्निष्ठे फेने. -2 Depending or resting on, referring or relating to; तमोनिष्ठाः Ms.12.95. -3 Devoted or attached to, practising, intent on; सत्यनिष्ठ. -4 Skilled in. -5 Believing in; धर्मनिष्ठ. -6 Conducive to, effecting; हेमाम्भोज स्रजस्ते विशद सुमहते प्लोषपोषाय निष्ठाः B. R.5.51. -ष्ठा 1 Position, condition, state; तेषां निष्ठा तु का कृष्ण Bg.17.1; तेषामशान्तकामानां का निष्ठा$विजितात्मनाम् Bhāg.11.5.1. -2 Basis, foundation. -3 Fixity, fixedness, steadiness; मनो निष्ठाशून्यं भ्रमति च किमप्यालिखति च Māl.1.31; -4 Devotion or application, close attachment. -5 Belief, firm adherence, faith; शास्त्रेषु निष्ठा Māl.3.11; लोके$स्मिन् द्विविधा निष्ठा पुरा प्रोक्ता मया$नघ Bg.3.3. -6 Excellence, skill, proficiency, perfection. -7 Conclusion, end, termination; (शृणु) चरितं पार्थिवेन्द्रस्य यथा निष्ठां गतश्च सः Mb.1.49.6; अत्यारूढि- र्भवति महतामप्यपभ्रंशनिष्ठा Ś.4.3. (v. l.). -8 The catastrophe or end of a drama. -9 Accomplishment, completion (समाप्ति); पाणिग्रहणिका मन्त्रा नियतं दारलक्षणम् । तेषां निष्ठा तु विज्ञेया विद्वद्भिः सप्तमे पदे ॥ Ms.8.227. -1 The culminating point; इयं च निष्ठा नियतं प्रजानाम् Bu. Ch.3.61. -11 Death, destruction, disappearance from the world at the fixed time. -12 Fixed or certain knowledge, certainty. -13 Begging. -14 Suffering, trouble, distress, anxiety. -15 (In gram.) A technical term for the past participial terminations क्त, क्तवतु (i. e. त and तवत.) -16 N. of Viṣṇu.

nisargaḥ	निसर्गः 1 Bestowing, granting, presenting, giving away; न चाधेः कालसंरोधान्निसर्गो$स्ति न विक्रयः Ms.8.143. -2 A grant. -3 Evacuation, voiding excrement. -4 Abandoning, relinquishing. -5 Creation; प्रजा निसर्गाद् विप्रान् वै क्षत्रियाः पूजयन्ति ह Mb.14.58.5. -6 Nature, natural character, natural state or condition; निसर्ग दुर्बोधम् Ki.1.6;18.31; R.3.35; Ku.4.16; निसर्गतः, निसर्गेण 'by nature', or 'naturally'. -7 Exchange, barter. -Comp. -ज, -सिद्ध a. innate, inborn, natural; निसर्गजं तु तत्तस्य कस्तस्मात्तदपोहति Ms.8.414. -निपुण a. naturally clever. -भिन्न a. different by nature; निसर्ग- भिन्नास्पदमेकसंस्थम् R.6.29. -विनीत a. 1 naturally discreet. -2 naturally well-behaved.

nī	नी 1 U. (नयति-ते, निनाय-निन्ये, अनैषीत्-अनेष्ट, नेष्यति-ते, नेतुम्, नीत) One of the roots that govern two accusatives, see examples below) 1 To carry, lead, bring, convey, take, conduct; अजां ग्रामं नयति Sk; नय मां नवेन वसतिं पयोमुचा V.4.43. -2 To guide, direct, govern; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2. -3 To lead away to, carry or bring away; सीता लङ्कां नीता सुरारिणा Bk.6.49; R.12.13; Ms.6.88. -4 To carry off; Śānti.3.5. -5 To carry off for oneself (Ātm.). -6 To spend, or pass (as time); येनामन्दमरन्दे दलदरविन्दे दिनान्यनायिषत Bv.1.1; नीत्वा मासान् कतिचित् Me.2; संविष्टः कुशशयने निशां निनाय R.1.95. -7 To bring or reduce any person to any state or condition; तमपि तरलतामनयदनङ्गः K.143; नीतस्त्वया पञ्चताम् Ratn.3. 3; R.8.19. (In this sense the root is used with substantives much in the same way as कृ q. v.; e. g. दुःखं नी to reduce to misery; वशं नी to reduce to subjection, win over; अस्तं नी to cause to set; विनाशं नी to destroy; परितोषं नी to gratify, please; शूद्रतां-दासत्वं &c. नी to reduce to the state of a Śūdra, slave &c.; साक्ष्यं नी to admit as a witness; दण्डं नी to inflict punishment upon, to punish; पुनरुक्ततां नी to render superfluous; विक्रयं नी to sell; भस्मतां-भस्मसात् नी to reduce to ashes &c. -8 To ascertain, investigate, inquire into, settle, decide; छलं निरस्य भूतेन व्यवहारान्नयेन्नृपः Y.2.19; एवं शास्त्रेषु भिन्नेषु बहुधा नीयते क्रिया Mb. -9 To trace, track, find out; एतैर्लिङ्गैर्नयेत् सीमाम् Ms.8.252,256; यथा नयत्यसृक्पातैर्मृगस्य मृगयुः पदम् 8.44; Y.2.151. -1 To marry. -11 To exclude from. -12 (Ātm.) To instruct, give instruction in; शास्त्रे नयते Sk. -Caus. (नाययति-ते) To cause to lead, carry &c. (with instr. of agent); तेन मां सरस्तीरम- नाययत् K.38. -Desid. (निनीषति-ते) To wish to carry &c.

nītiḥ	नीतिः f. 1 Guidance, direction, management. -2 Conduct, manner of conducting oneself, behaviour, course of action. -3 propriety, decorum. -4 Policy, prudence, wisdom, right course; आर्जवं हि कुटिलेषु न नीतिः N.5.13; R.13.69; Ku.1.22. -5 A plan, contrivance, scheme; भूयः स्नेहविचेष्टितैर्मृगदृशो नीतस्य कोटिं पराम् Māl.6.3. -6 Politics, political scicence, statesmanship, political wisdom; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3; दण्डो दमयतामस्मि नीतिरस्मि जिगीषताम् Bg.1.38. -7 Righteousness, moral conduct, morality. -8 The science of morality, morals, ethics, moral philosophy; निन्दन्तु नीति- निपुणा यदि वा स्तुवन्तु Bh.2.83. -9 Acquirement, acquisition. -1 Giving, offering, presenting. -11 Relation, support. -Comp. -कुशल, -ज्ञ, -निपुण, -निष्ण, -विद् a. 1 one versed in policits, a statesman, politician. -2 prudent, wise; किं चित्रं यदि राजनीतिकुशलो राजा भवेद्धार्मिकः Udb. -घोषः N. of the car of Bṛihaspati. -दोषः error of conduct, mistake in policy. -बीजम् a germ or source of intrigue; ˚निवार्पणं कृतम् Pt.1. -विद्या 1 political science, political economy. -2 moral science, ethics. -विषयः the sphere of morality or prudent conduct. -व्यतिक्रमः 1 transgression of the rules of moral or political science. -2 error of conduct, mistake in policy. -शतकम् the 1 verses on morality by Bhartṛihari. -शास्त्रम् the science of ethics or of politics; morality. -सन्धिः method of policy; सुकृत्यं विष्णुगुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च । बृहस्पतेर- विश्वासो नीतिसन्धिस्त्रिधा स्थितः ॥ Pt.2.41.

nṛ	नृ [नी-ऋन् डिच्च; cf. Uṇ.2.11.] (Nom. sing. ना, gen. pl. नृणाम् or नॄणाम्) 1 A man, a person whether male or female; Ms.3.81;4.61;7.61; नॄन् प्रशंसत्यजस्रं यो घण्टाताडोरुणोदये 1.33. -2 Mankind. -3 A piece at chess. -4 The pin of a sun-dial. -5 A masculine word; संधिर्ना विग्रहो यानम् Ak. -6 A leader. -Comp. -अस्थि- मालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -कपालम् man's skull. -कलेवरः a dead human body. -कारः manly deed, heroism. -केसरिन् m. 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his Narasimha incarnation; cf. नरसिंह. -चक्षस् a. Ved. 1 seeing or observing men. -2 leading or guiding men; अस्तभ्नात् सिन्धुमर्णवं नृचक्षाः Rv.3.53.9. (-m.) 1 a god. -2 a demon, goblin. -जग्ध a. a man-eater; ......नृजग्धो माल्यधारयः Bk.5.38. -जलम् human urine. -दुर्गः a fort protected by army on all sides; Ms.7.7. -देवः a king. -धर्मन् m. an epithet of Kubera. -नमन a. to be saluted by men (as gods). -पः [नॄन् पाति रक्षति, पा-क] a ruler of men, king, sovereign; चतुर्योजनपर्यन्तमधिकारो नृपस्य च Brav. P. (श्रीकृष्णजन्मखण्डे). ˚अंशः 1 royal portion of revenue, i. e. a sixth, eighth &c. part of grain; काले नृपाशं विहितं ददद्भिः Bk.2.14. -2 a prince. ˚अङ्गनम् (णम्) a royal court. ˚अध्वरः N. of a sacrifice (Rājasūya) performed by an emperor or lord paramount, in which all the offices are performed by tributary princes. ˚आत्मजः a prince, crown-prince. ˚आभीरम्, ˚मानम् music played at the royal meals. ˚आमयः consumption. ˚आसनम् 'royal-seat', a throne, the chair of state. ˚गृहम् a royal palace. ˚द्रुमः N. of some trees (Mār. बाहवा, रांजणी). ˚नीतिः f. politics, royal policy, state-craft; वेश्याङगनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Bh.2.47. ˚प्रियः the mango tree. ˚लक्ष्मन् n., लिङ्गम् a royal symbol, an emblem of royalty, any one of the royal insignia; particularly, the white umbrella. ˚लिङ्गधर a. 1 assuming the insignia of royalty. -2 assuming the royal insignia (as a disguise). ˚वल्लभः 1 the friend or favourite of a king. -2 a kind of mango. (-भा) a queen. ˚शासनम् a royal grant or edict. ˚संश्रय a. seeking the protection of a king. ˚सुता the musk-rat. ˚सभम्, सभा an assembly of kings. -पः, -पतिः, -पालः 1 a king; जाताभिषङ्गो नृपतिः R.2.3; विद्वत्वं च नृपत्वं च नैव तुल्यं कदाचन Subhāṣ. -2 N. of Kubera. -3 Kṣatriya. ˚पथः a royal or main road. ˚संश्रयः 1 royal support; नृपसंश्रयमिष्यते जनैः Pt. -2 service of princes. -पशुः 1 a beast in the form of a man, a brute of a man; वचस्पस्याकर्ण्य श्रवणसुभगं पण्डितपतेरधुन्वन् मूर्धानं नृपशुरथवायं पशुपतिः Bv.4.38. -2 a man serving as a sacrificial victim. -पाय्यम् a large edifice, hall. -पीतिः f. Ved. protection of men. -मिथुनम् the sign Gemini (twins) of the zodiac. -मेध a human sacrifice. -यज्ञः 'the sacrifice to be offered to men', hospitality, reception of guests (one of the five daily Yajñas; see पञ्चयज्ञ). -युग्मम् = नृमिथुन q. v. -लोकः the world of mortals, the earth. -वराहः Viṣṇu in the boar-incarnation. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera. -वाह्यम् a palanquin. -वेष्टनः N. of Śiva. -शंस a. A vile and cruel man; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनम् Ms. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn'; i. e. an impossibility. -सदनम् (नृषदनम्) the hall of sacrifice. -सद् (षद्) m. the Supreme Being. -f. intellect (बुद्धि); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे हंसं गृध्राणं नृषदिं गिरामिमः Bhāg. 5.8.14; -a. sitting or dwelling among men. -सिंहः, हरिः 1 'a lion-like man' a chief among men, an eminent or distinguished man. -2 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; अस्त्राण्यमोघमहिमानि निरूपितानि नो पस्पृशुर्नृहरिदास- मिवासुराणि Bhāg.1.15.16; cf. नरसिंह. -3 a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. ˚चतुर्दशी fourteenth day of the bright half of Vaiśākha. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day of the light half of Phālguna. ˚पुराणम् N. of an उपपुराण. -सेनम्, -सेना an army of men. -सोमः an illustrious man, great man; सोमोद्भवाया सरितो नृसोमः R.5.59.

nyas	न्यस् 4 P. 1 To set or put down, place, throw down; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; दृष्टिपूतं न्यसेत् पादम् Ms.6.46. -2 To lay or throw aside, abandon, give up, resign, relinquish; स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीम् R.2.7; न्यस्तशस्त्रस्य Ve.3.18; so प्राणान् न्यस्यति &c. -3 To put in, place within, place or put down upon anything (with loc.); शिरस्याज्ञा न्यस्ता Amaru.82; चित्रन्यस्त 'committed to picture', V.1.4; स्तनन्यस्तोशीरं Ś.3.8 'applied'; अयोग्ये न मद्विधो न्यस्यति भारतग्ऱ्यम् Bk.1.22; Me.61. -4 To entrust, consign, commit to the care of, deliver; अहमपि तव सूनौ न्यस्तराज्यः V.5.17; भ्रातरि न्यस्य माम् Bk. 5.82. -5 To give to, confer or bestow upon; रामे श्रीर्न्य- स्यतामिति R.12.2. -6 To state, bring forward, adduce, propound (as an argument); अर्थान्तरं न्यस्यति Malli. on Śi.1.17. -7 To settle, fix, appoint. -8 To support.

pakṣaḥ	पक्षः [पक्ष्-अच्] 1 A wing, pinion; अद्यापि पक्षावपि नोद्भिद्येते K.347; so उद्भिन्नपक्षः fledged; पक्षच्छेदोद्यतं शक्रम् R.4.4;3.42. -2 The feather or feathers on each side of an arrow; अनुसंततिपातिनः पटुत्वं दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः (शराः) Śi.2.11. -3 The flank or side of a man or animal, the shoulder; स्तम्बेरमा उभयपक्षविनीतनिद्राः R.5.72. -4 The side of anything, a flank; वितत्य पक्षद्वयमायतम् Ki.14.31. -5 The wing or flank of an army; सुपर्णपक्षानिलनुन्नपक्षम् (राक्षसराजसैन्यम्) Rām.7.6. 69. -6 The half of anything. -7 The half of a lunar month, a fortnight (comprising 15 days; there are two such pakṣas, शुक्लपक्षः the bright or light half, and कृष्ण-तमिस्र-पक्षः the dark half); तमिस्रपक्षे$पि सह प्रियाभि- र्ज्योत्स्नावतो निर्विशति प्रदोषान् R.6.34; Ms.1.66; Y.3.5; सीमा वृद्धिं समायाति शुक्लपक्ष इवोडुराट् Pt.1.92; Mb.3.26.5. -8 (a) A party in general, faction, side; प्रमुदितवरपक्षम् R.6.86; Śi.2.117; तुल्यो मित्रारिपक्षयोः Bg.14.25; R.6. 53;18.17. (b) A family, race; रूपान्वितां पक्षवतीं मनोज्ञां भार्यामयत्नोपगतां लभेत् सः Mb.13.57.4; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्षक्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -9 One belonging to any party, a follower, partisan; विष्णुपक्षैः प्रतिच्छन्नैर्न भिद्येतास्य धीर्यथा Bhāg.7.5.7; शत्रुपक्षो भवान् H.1. -1 A class, multitude, host, any number of adherents; as अरि˚, मित्र˚. -11 One side of an argument, an alternative, one of two cases; पक्षे 'in the other case, on the other hand' पूर्व एवाभवत् पक्षस्तस्मिन्नाभवदुत्तरः R.4.1;14.34. cf. पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष. -12 A case or supposition in general; as in पक्षान्तरे. -13 A point under discussion, a thesis, an argument to be maintained. -14 The subject of a syllogism or conclusion (the minor term); संदिग्धसाध्य- वान् पक्षः T. S., दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः Śi.2.11 (where it means 'a feather' also). -15 A symbolical expression for the number 'two'. -16 A bird. -17 A state, condition. -18 The body. -19 A limb of the body. -2 A royal elephant. -21 An army; Mb.2. 16.7. -22 A wall. -23 Opposition. -24 Rejoinder, reply. -25 A mass, quantity (when in composition with words meaning 'hair'); केशपक्षः; cf. हस्त. -26 Place, position. -27 A view, notion, idea. -28 The side of an equation in a primary division. -29 The ash-pit of a fire-place. -3 Proximity, neighbourhood. -31 A bracket. -32 Purity, perfection. -33 A house. -34 The sun (according to Sāyaṇa); सा पक्ष्या नव्यमायु- र्दधाना Rv.3.53.16. -Comp. -अध्यायः logic, casuistry. -अन्तः 1 the 15th day of either half month, i. e. the day of new or full moon. -2 the end of the wings of an army. -अन्तरम् 1 another side. -2 a different side or view of an argument. -3 another supposition. -अवसरः = पक्षान्त q. v. -आघातः 1 palsy or paralysis of one side, hemiplegia. -2 refutation of an argument. -आभासः 1 a fallacious argument. -2 a false plaint. -आहारः eating food only once in a fortnight; सुपुत्रदारो हि मुनिः पक्षाहारो बभूव ह Mb.3.26.5. -उद्ग्राहिन् a. showing partiality, adopting a side. -गम a. flying. -ग्रहणम् choosing a party; taking the side of. -घातः = -पक्षाघातः see above. -घ्न a. (a house) wanting a side. -चरः 1 an elephant strayed from the herd. -2 the moon. -3 an attendant. -छिद् m. an epithet of Indra (clipper of the wings of mountains); क्रुद्धे$पि पक्षच्छिदि वृत्रशत्रौ Ku.1.2. -जः the moon. -द्वयम् 1 both sides of an argument. -2 'a couple of fortnights', i. e. a month. -द्वारम् a sidedoor, private entrance. -धर a. 1 winged. -2 adhering to the party of one, siding with any one. (-रः) 1 a bird. -2 the moon. -3 a partisan. -4 an elephant strayed from the herd. -नाडी a quill. -निक्षेपः the placing on the side of, counting among. -पातः 1 siding with any one; यद् दुर्योधनपक्षपातसदृशं कर्म Ve.3.5. -2 liking, desire, love, affection (for a thing); भवन्ति भव्येषु हि पक्षपाताः Ki.3.12; U.5.17; रिपुपक्षे बद्धः पक्षपातः Mu.1. -3 attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality; पक्षपातमत्र देवी मन्यते M.1; सत्यं जना वच्मि न पक्षपातात् Bh.1.47. -4 falling of wings, the moulting of birds. -5 a partisan. -पातिता, -त्वम् 1 partisanship, adherence to a side or party. -2 friendship, fellowship. -3 movement of the wings; न परं पथि पक्षपातिता$नवलम्बे किमु मादृशे$पि सा N.2.52. -पातिन् a. or subst. 1 siding with, adhering to, a party, attached or partial (to a particular cause); पक्षपातिनो देवा अपि पाण्डवानाम् Ve.3. -2 sympathizing; Ve.3. -3 a follower, partisan, friend; यः सुरपक्षपाती V.1. -पालिः a private door. -पुटः a wing. -पोषण a. factious, promoting quarrels. -प्राप्तानुवादः a case of the description of a thing which admits of two alternatives (cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, p.21.). -बिन्दुः a heron. -भागः 1 the side or flank. -2 especially, the flank of an elephant. -भुक्ति f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight. -भेदः a. distinction between two sides of an argument. -रात्रिः a kind of play or sport. -वञ्चितकम् a particular position of hands in dancing. -वधः paralysis of one side. -मूलम् the root of a wing; उल्लास- पल्लवितकोमलपक्षमूलाः (चकोराः) Bv.2.99. -रचना forming a party or faction. -वादः 1 an exparte statement. -2 stating a case, expression of opinion. -वाहनः a bird. -व्यापिन् a. 1 embracing the whole of an argument. -2 pervading the minor term. -हत a. paralysed on one side; दृष्ट्वा कुणीन् पक्षहतान् Mb.12.18.39. -हरः 1 a bird. -2 a recreant, traitor. -होमः 1 a sacrificial rite lasting for a fortnight. -2 a rite to be performed every fortnight.

paktram	पक्त्रम् 1 The state of a house-holder who maintains the sacred fire. -2 The sacred fire so maintained.

pañcan	पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.

pañcatā	पञ्चता त्वम् 1 Five-fold state. -2 A collection of five. -3 The five elements taken collectively. -4 the body; त्रित्वे हुत्वाथ पञ्चत्वं तच्चैकत्वे$जुहोन्मुनिः Bhāg.1.15.42. -5 Death, dissolution; -पञ्चतां, -त्वम् गम्, -या &c. means 'to be resolved into the five elements of which the body consists', 'to die or perish'; -पञ्चतां, -त्वं नी 'to kill or destroy'; पञ्चभिर्निर्मिते देहे पञ्चत्वं च पुनर्गते । स्वां स्वां योनिमनु- प्राप्ते तत्र का परिवेदना ॥ Ratn.3.3; शब्दादिभिः पञ्चभिरेव पञ्च पञ्चत्वमापुः स्वगुणेन बद्धाः Vivekachūdāmaṇi.

patita	पतित p. p. 1 Fallen, descended, alighted. -2 Dropped. -3 Fallen (in a moral sense), abandoned, wicked; नष्टे मृते प्रव्रजिते क्लीबे च पतिते पतौ । -4 Apostate. -5 Degraded, outcast. -6 Fallen in battle, defeated or overthrown. -7 Being in, fallen into; as in अवंशपतित. -8 Placed, kept; निक्षेपे पतिते हर्म्ये श्रेष्ठी स्तौति स्वदेवताम् Pt. I.14. -9 (with पादयोः or पाद-) Having thrown oneself at (a person's feet). -तम् Flying. -Comp. -उत्पन्न a. sprung from an outcast. -गर्भा a woman who miscarries. -मूर्धज a. one whose hair has fallen out. -वृत्त a. one leading a life of an out-cast. -सावित्रीकः a man of the first three classes whose thread-ceremony has been improperly performed, or not performed at all. -स्थित a. lying on the ground.

patiṃvarā	पतिंवरा A woman who is about to choose a husband; विवेश मञ्चान्तरराजमार्गं पतिंवरा क्लृप्तविवाहवेषा R.6.1,67. पतित्वम् patitvam पतित्वनम् patitvanam पतित्वम् पतित्वनम् Ved. 1 Lordship. -2 The conjugal state, wedlock.

padaviḥ	पदविः वी f. [पद्-अवि वा ङीप] A way, road, path, course (fig. also); पवनपदवी Me.8; अनुयाहि साधुपदवीम् Bh.2.77 'follow in the footsteps of the good'; Ś.4. 14; R.3.5;7.7;8.11;15.99; Bh.3.46; Ve.6.27; so स यौवनपदवीमारूढः Pt.1, 'he attained his majority' (grew up to man's estate). -2 Position, station, rank, dignity, office, post; एतत् स्तोत्रं प्रपठता विचार्य गुरवाक्यतः । प्राप्यते ब्रह्मपदवी सत्यं सत्यं न संशयः ॥ Tattvamasi Strotra.12. -3 A place, site. -4 Good conduct or behaviour.

parigaṇanam	परिगणनम् ना Complete enumeration, accurate statement or calculation; श्रेणीभूताः परिगणनया निर्दिशन्तो बलाकाः Me. (considered as an interpolation or क्षेपक by Malli.)

paribhū	परिभू 1 P. 1 To defeat, subdue, conquer, overcome; (hence) to surpass, excel; लग्नद्विरेकं परिभूय पद्मम् Ku.7.16; R.1.35. -2 To despise, slight, treat with contempt, disrespect, insult; नित्यं परिभवेच्छ्वश्रूम् Mb.13.93.33; मा मां महात्मन् परिभूः Bk.1.22;4.37. -3 To injure, destroy, ruin. -4 To afflict, grieve. -5 To humiliate, disgrace. -6 To disappear. -7 Ved. To surround, encirele. -8 To go or fly round. -9 To accompany. -1 To take care of. -11 To guide, govern. -Caus. 1 To think of, reflect on, meditate, contemplate; तामेतां परिभावयन्त्वभिनयैर्विन्यस्तरूपां बुधाः U.7.2. मुक्तात्मभिः स्वहृदये परिभाविताय ज्ञानात्मने भगवते नम ईश्वराय Bhāg.8.3.18. -2 To contain, include. -3 To make known. -4 To surpass, exceed. -5 To soak, saturate. -6 To concentrate, to make cohesive; एवमेवे- न्द्रियग्रामं शनैः संपरिभावयेत् Mb.12.195.19. See परिभावन.

paribhram	परिभ्रम् 1, 4 P. 1 To rove, wander about, ramble, move to and fro; परिभ्रमसि किं वृथा क्वचन चित्त विश्रम्यताम् Bh.3.137. -2 To hover, whirl round; परिभ्रमन्मूर्धजषट्- पदाकुलैः Ki.5.14. -3 To revolve, rotate, move or turn round. -4 To wander or roam over (with acc.); भुवं परिबभ्राम. -5 To turn round (anything), circumambulate. -6 To encircle. -Caus. To bewilder, overwhelm, overpower; चिरपरिचितास्ते ते भावाः परिभ्रमयन्ति माम् U.3.32 (v. l.).

parivihvala	परिविह्वल a. Extremely confused, agitated or bewildered.

parisaṃkhyā	परिसंख्या 1 Enumeration, computation. -2 Sum, total, number: वित्तस्य विद्यापरिसंख्यया मे R.5.21. -3 (In Mīm. phil.) Exclusion, specification, limitation to that which is enumerated or expressly mentioned, so that everything else is excluded; सांख्यदर्शनमेतावत् परिसंख्यानुदर्शनम् Mb.12.36.42. [परिसंख्या is opposed to विधि which lays down a rule for the first time, and to नियम which restricts the choice to an alternative which is expressly stated when several such alternatives are possible]; विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ नियमः पाक्षिकं सति । तत्र चान्यत्र च प्राप्तौ परिसंख्येति गीयते ॥ e. g. पञ्च पच्चनखा भक्ष्याः usually quoted by the Mīmāṁsakas; अयं नियमविधिर्न तु परिसंख्या Kull. on Ms.3.45. प्राप्तस्य पुनर्वचनं परिसंख्यार्थं भवति ŚB. on MS.11.1.66. परिसंख्या also means a text laying down exclusion; cf. (विधिपरिसंख्यासंशये विधिर्ज्यायान् ŚB. on MS.6.4.7); also परिसंख्यायां स्वार्थहानिः, परार्थकल्पना, प्राप्तबाधश्च । -4 (In Rhet.) Special mention or exclusive specification, i. e. where with or without a query something is affirmed for the denial, expressed or understood, of something else similar to it. (this figure is particularly striking when it is based on a श्लेष or pun); यस्मिन् महीं शासति चित्रकर्मसु वर्णसंकराश्चापेषु गुणच्छेदः &c. or यस्य नूपुरेषु मुखरता विवाहेषु करग्रहणं तुरङ्गेषु कशाभिघातः &c. K; for other examples see S. D.735. -5 Recapitulation.

parisaṃcakṣ	परिसंचक्ष् 2 Ā. 1 To exclude, to express exclusion of everything else than what is stated; परिसंचक्षाणो हि स्वार्थं जह्यात्, पदार्थं च कल्पेत, प्राप्तं च बाधेत ŚB. on MS.1.1.31. -2 To enumerate.

parisphur	परिस्फुर् 6 P. To throb, quiver, palpitate; तस्याः परि- स्फुरितगर्भभरालसायाः U.3.28.

paryanuyogaḥ	पर्यनुयोगः 1 An inquiry with the object of contradicting or refuting a statement (दूषणार्थं जिज्ञासा Halāy.); पर्यनुयोगो नाम स भवति यः स्वपक्षं साधयति विपक्षस्य च प्रतीपमा- चरति ŚB. on MS.3.1.12; एतेनास्यापि पर्यनुयोगस्यानवकाशः Dāy. B. -2 Asking, inquiring. -3 Censure, reproach.

paryākula	पर्याकुल a. 1 Turbid, foul (as water). -2 Confused, confounded, frightened; Ś.1. -3 Disordered, dishevelled; पर्याकुला मूर्धजाः Ś.1.29. -4 Excited, agitated, bewildered; पर्याकुलोस्मि Ś.6; लज्जान्वितं सविनयं हृदयं क्षणेन पर्या- कुलं कुलगृहे$पि कृतं वधूनाम् Ṛs.6.22. -5 Full of, filled with स्नेह˚, क्रोध˚ &c. पर्याकुलता paryākulatā त्वम् tvam पर्याकुलता त्वम् Confusion; पर्याकुलत्वान्मरुतां वेगभङ्गो- $नुमीयते Ku.2.25.

paryutsuka	पर्युत्सुक a. Sorrowful, sorry, regretting, sad; ˚त्वम् sorrow; R.5.67; पर्युत्सुकीभवति यत् सुखितो$पि जन्तुः Ś.5.2 (v. l.). -2 Eagerly desirous, anxious, anxiously longing for; स्मर पर्युत्सुक एष माधवः Ku.4.28; V.2.16. -3 Agitated, excited; मुहूर्तं पर्युत्सुकमना आसीत् Ś.6.

paryudāsaḥ	पर्युदासः 1 An exception, a prohibitive rule or precept; प्राधान्यं हि विधेर्यत्र प्रतिषेधे$प्रधानता । पर्युदासः स विज्ञेयो यत्रोत्तरपदेन नञ् ॥ -2 A negation purporting to state some matter of the exclusion of something that is actually mentioned. Technically नञ् (the negative particle) has the sense of पर्युदास when it is connected with any word that is not a verb. But it conveys प्रतिषेध when it is connected with a verb. Thus अब्राह्मणम् आनय means ब्राह्मणं वर्जयित्वा यं कमपि आनय; while कलञ्जं न भक्षयेत् conveys prohibition of कलञ्जभक्षण. For a discussion on पर्युदास read MS.1.8.1-4 and ŚB. thereon.

paścimaḥ	पश्चिमः a. [पश्चाद्भवः डिमच्] 1 Being behind, hindmost; पराभूतेरधर्मस्य तमसश्चापि पश्चिमः Bhāg.2.6.9. -2 Last (in time or space); पश्चिमे वयसि वर्तमानस्य K.25; R.19.1,54; पश्चिमाद्यामिनीयामात् प्रसादमिव चेतना R.17.1; स्मरन्तः पश्चिमामाज्ञाम् 17.8; पत पश्चिमयोः पितुः पादयोः Mu.7; ˚क्रिया the last i. e. funeral rites; ˚अवस्था last state (verging on death); Pt.2. -3 The latter; उपारताः पश्चिमरात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -4 Western, westerly; आसमुद्रात् तु वै पूर्वादासमुद्रात् तु पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योरार्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥ Ms.2.22;5.92. (पश्चिमेन is used adverbially in the sense of 'in the west') or 'after, behind'; with acc. or gen.; so पश्चिमे 'in the west'. पश्चिमतः from behind. -Comp. -अर्धः 1 the latter half. -2 the hinder part. -इतर a. eastern. -उत्तर a. north-western. -दक्षिण a. south-westerly. -दिक्पतिः N. of Varuṇa. -रात्रः the latter part of the night; उपारताः पश्चिमरात्रगोचरात् Ki.4. 1. (v. l.). -संध्या the evening twi-light.

pāṭhaḥ	पाठः [पठ्-भावे घञ्] 1 Reciting, recitation, repeating. -2 Reading, perusal, study. -3 Studying or reciting. the Vedas (ब्रह्मयज्ञ), one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices to be performed by Brāhmaṇas. -4 A particular method of reciting the text of the Veda (of which there are five:-संहिता, पद, क्रम, जटा and घन). -5 The text of a book, a reading, variant; अत्र गन्धवद् गन्धमादनम् इति आगन्तुकः पाठः । प्राचीनपाठस्तु सुगन्धिर्गन्धमादनः इति पुल्लिङ्गान्तः Malli. on Ku.6.46. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another reading, a variant (v. l.) -क्रमः the order determined or expressed by the recitation or the statement; यः पाठक्रमः स एव नियम्येत ŚB. on Ms.5.1.4. -छेदः a pause, caesura. -दोषः a false reading. -निश्चयः determining the text of a passage. -भूः f. a place where the Vedas are learnt. -मञ्जरी, -शालिनी the Sārikā bird. -शाला a school, college, seminary. -शालिन् m. a pupil.

pādin	पादिन् a. 1 Footed, having feet. -2 Having four parts, as a stanza. -3 Receiving or entitled to a fourth part; चतुर्थांशाश्च पादिनः Ms.8.21. -m. 1 An amphibious animal. -2 A heir to a fourth part of an estate; ŚB. on MS.6.7.2.

pāpa	पाप a. [पाति रक्षत्यस्मादात्मानम्, पा-अपादाने प; Uṇ.3.23] 1 Evil, sinful, wicked, vicious; पापं कर्म च यत् परैरपि कृतं तत् तस्य संभाव्यते Mk.1.36; साधुष्वपि च पापेषु समबुद्धि- र्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -2 Mischievous, destructive, accursed; पापेन मृत्युना गृहीतो$स्मि M.4. -3 Low, vile, abandoned; Ms.3.52; अधार्मिकाणां पापानामाशु पश्यन् विपर्ययम् 4.171. -4 Inauspicious, malignant, foreboding evil; as in पापग्रहः. -पम् 1 Evil, bad fortune or state; पापं पापाः कथयथ कथं शौर्यराशेः पितुर्मे Ve.3.6; शान्तं पापम् 'may the evil be averted', 'god forbid' (often used in dramas). -2 Sin, crime, vice, guilt; अपापानां कुले जाते मयि पापं न विद्यते Mk.9.37; Ms.11.231;4 181; R.12.19. -पम् ind. badly, sinfully, wrongly. -पः A wretch, sinful person, wicked or profligate person; पापस्तु दिग्देवतया हतौजास्तं नाभ्यभूदवितं विष्णुपत्न्या Bhāg.6.13.17. -पा 1 A beast of prey. -2 A witch. -Comp. -अङ्कुशा N. of the Ekādaśī in the light half of Āśvina. -अधम a. exceedingly wicked, vilest. -अनुबन्धः bad result or consequences. -अनुवसित a. sinful. -अपनुत्तिः f. expiation. -अहः an unlucky day. -आख्या one of the seven divisions of the planetary courses. -आचार a. following evil or sinful courses, leading a sinful life, vicious, wicked. -आत्मन् a. evil-minded, sinful, wicked; पापात्मा पापसंभवः Purāna. (-m.) a sinner. -आरम्भ a. wicked, villainous, committing murderous deeds; पापारम्भवतोर्मृगीव वृकयोर्भीरुर्गता गोचरम् Māl.5.24. -आशय, -चेतस् a. evil-intentioned, wicked-minded. -उक्त addressed in ill-omened words. -कर, -कारिन्, -कृत्, -कर्म(र्मि)न् &c. a. sinful, a sinner, villain. -क्षयः removal or destruction of sin. -गतिः ill-fated. -ग्रहः a planet of evil or malignant aspect, such as Mars, Saturn, Rāhu or Ketu. -घ्न a. destroying sin, expiating; मत्समः पातकी नास्ति पापघ्नी त्वत्समा न हि Śaṅkarāchārya. (-घ्नः) the sesamum plant. (-घ्नी) the Tulasī plant. -चर्यः 1 a sinner. -2 demon. -चेलिका, -चेली Clypea Hernandifolia (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -चैलम् an inauspicious garment. -जीव a. wicked, sinful. -दर्शन्, -दर्शिन् looking at faults, malevolent. -दृष्टि a. evileyed. -धी a. evil-minded, wicked. -नक्षत्रम् an inauspicious constellation. -नापितः a cunning or vile barber. -नाशन a. destroying or expiating sin. (-नः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. (-नम्) expiation, atonement. (-नी, -नाशिनी) 1 the wild Tulasī plant or Śamī. -2 N. of a river. -निरति a. wicked, sinful. -f. wickedness. -निष्कृतिः atonement for sin. -पतिः a paramour. -पुरुषः a villainous person. -फल a. evil, inauspicious; पापफल- नरकादिमांस्तु शुभकर्मफलस्वर्गमस्त्विति काङ्क्षते Maṅḍala Brā. Up.2.4. -बुद्धि, -भाव, -मति a. evil-minded, wicked, depraved. -भक्षणः N. of Kālabhairava. -भाज् a. sinful, a sinner; न केवलं यो महतो$पभाषते शृणोति तस्मादपि यः स पापभाक् Ku.5.83. -मित्रम् a bad counsellor or friend. -मुक्त a. freed from sin, purified. -मोचनम्, -विनाशनम् destruction of sin. -योनि a. lowborn. (-निः f.) vile birth, birth in an inferior condition. -रोगः 1 any bad disease. -2 small-pox. -लोक्य a. 1 infernal. -2 belonging to the wicked. -वशीयस् a. 1 inverted -2 confused. (-m.) inversion, confusion. -वंश a. born in a degraded family; शशाप तान् न राज्यार्हाः पापवंशा भविष्यथ Bm.1.349. -विनिग्रहः restraining wickedness. -शमन a. removing crime. -शील a. prone to evil, wicked by nature, evil minded. -संकल्प a. evil-minded, wicked. (-ल्पः) a wicked thought. -हन् a. destroying sin; यत्र श्यामो लोहिताक्षो दण्डश्चरति पापहा । प्रजास्तत्र न मुह्यन्ति नेता चेत् साधु पश्यति ॥ Ms.7.25.

pāpman	पाप्मन् a. Hurtful, injurious. -2 Sinful. -m. 1 Sin, crime, wickedness, guilt; यदेवेदमप्रतिरूपं वदति स एव स पाप्मा Bṛi. Up.1.3.2. मया गृहीतनामानः स्पृश्यन्त इव पाप्मना U.1. 48;7.2. Māl.5.26; Ms.6.85. -2 Evil, bad fortune or state.

pāriplava	पारिप्लव a. [परि-प्लु अच् स्वार्थे अण्] 1 Moving to and fro, rolling, shaking, unsteady, tremulous; ननन्द पारि- प्लवनेत्रया नृपः R.3.11. -2 Swimming, floating; R.13.3; पारिप्लवाः स्रोतसि निम्नगायाः 16.61. -3 Agitated, bewildered, disturbed or perplexed; हा हा दैव किमुप्तथैर्मम मनः पारिप्लवं धावति U.4.22. -वः A boat; पारिप्लवगताश्चापि देवतास्तत्र विष्ठिताः Rām.1.43.19. -वम् Restlessness, uneasiness; प्रतिष्ठामव्याजं व्रजतु मयि पारिप्लवधुरा Māl.4.3. -Comp. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. having tremulous eyes. -प्रभ a. spreading lustre. -मति a. fickle-minded.

pīḍ	पीड् 1 U. [पीडयति-ते, पीडित] 1 To pain, torment, harm, hurt, injure, harass, annoy, molest; नीलं चापीपि- डच्छरैः Bk.15.82; Pt.1.343; Ms.4.67.238;7.29. -2 To oppose, resist. -3 To besiege (as a city). -4 To press or squeeze together, compress, pinch; कण्ठे पीडयन् Mk.9; लभेत सिकतासु तैलमपि यत्नतः पीडयन् Bh.2.5; दशन- पीडिताधरा R.19.35. -5 To suppress, destroy; आत्मन्यन्तर्दधे भूयः कालं कालेन पीडयन् Ms.1.51. -6 To neglect. -7 To cover with anything inauspicious. -8 To eclipse. -9 To overpower. -1 To break, violate. -11 To take away, remove. -12 To stir, agitate. -13 To cover, wrap. -14 To leave away, give up; श्रुतिसमधिकमुच्चैः पञ्चमं पीडयन्तः Śi.11.1.

pīḍita	पीडित p. p. [पीड्-क्त] 1 Pained, harassed, tormented, oppressed, pinched. -2 Squeezed, pressed; गाढालिङ्गनसङ्गपीडितमुखम् (स्तनम्) Mu.2.12. -3 Espoused, held, seized; न प्रमाणीकृतः पाणिर्बाल्ये बालेन पीडितः U.7. 5. -4 Violated, broken. -5 Laid waste, devastated. -6 Eclipsed. -7 Bound, tied. -तम् 1 Paining, injuring, harassing. -2 A particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -तम् ind. Fast, closely, firmly.

puṣpikā	पुष्पिका 1 The tartar of the teeth. -2 The mucus of the penis. -3 The last words of a chapter, which state the subject treated therein. e. g. इति श्रीमहाभारते शतसाहस्ऱ्यां संहितायां वनपर्वणि &c. ... अमुको$ध्यायः.

pūrva	पूर्व a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.) 1 Being in front of, first, foremost. -2 Eastern, easterly, to the east of; ग्रामात् पर्वतः पूर्वः Sk.; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku.1.1. -3 Previous to, earlier than; ब्राह्मणे साहसः पूर्वः Ms.8.276. -4 Old, ancient; पूर्वसूरिभिः R.1.4; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1. -5 Former, previous, anterior, prior, antecedent (opp. उत्तर); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly.' or 'before'; श्रुतपूर्व &c.; व्यतीता या निशा पूर्वा पौराणां हर्षवर्धिनी Rām.7.37.1. -6 Aforesaid, before-mentioned. -7 Initial. -8 Established, customary, of long standing -9 Early, prime, पूर्वे वयसि Pt.1.165 'in early age or prime of life. -1 Elder (ज्येष्ठ); रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति महीपतिः Rām.2.79.8. -11 (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; संबन्धमा भाषणपूर्वमाहुः R.2.58; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś2.17; तान् स्मितपूर्वमाह Ku.7.47; बहुमानपूर्वया 5.31; दशपूर्वरथं यमाख्यया दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29; so मतिपूर्वम् Ms.11.147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12.89; अबोधपूर्वम् 'unconsciously', Ś.5.2. &c. -र्वः An ancestor, a forefather; पूर्वैः किलायं परिवर्धितो नः R.13.3; पयः पूर्वैः सनिश्वासैः कवोष्णमुपभुज्यते 1.67;5.14; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17. -र्वम् The forepart; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् (गात्रम्) Ś.2.4. -र्वा 1 The east -2 N. of a country to the east of Madhyadeśa. -र्वम् ind. 1 Before (with abl.); मासात् पूर्वम्. -2 Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, beforehand; तं पूर्वमभिवादयेत् Ms.2.117;3.94;8.25;; R. 12.35; प्रणिपातपूर्वम् K; भूतपूर्वखरालयम् U.2.17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; समयपूर्वम् Ś.5. 'after a formal agreement.' -3 Immemorially. (पूर्वेण 'in front', 'before', 'to the east of', with gen. or acc.; अद्य पूर्वम् 'till-now', 'hitherto'; पूर्वः -ततः -पश्चात् -उपरि 'firstthen, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently', पूर्वम् -अधुना or -अद्य 'formerly-now.' -Comp. -अग्निः the sacred fire kept in the house (आवसथ्य). -अङ्गः the first day in the civil month. -अचलः, -अद्रिः the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise. -अधिकारिन् m. the first occupant, a prior owner. -अन्तः the end of a preceding word. -अपर a. 1 eastern and western; कतमो$यं पूर्वापर- समुद्रावगाढः सानुमानालोक्यते Ś.7; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1. -2 first and last. -3 prior and subsequent, preceding and following. -4 connected with another. (-रम्) 1 what is before and behind. -2 connection; न च पूर्वापरं विद्यात् Ms.8.56. -3 the proof and the thing to be proved. ˚विरोधः inconsistency, incongruity. -अभि- मुख a. turned towards or facing the east. -अभ्यासः former practice or experience. -अम्बुधिः the eastern ocean. -अर्जित a. attained by former works. (-तम्) ancestral property. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 the first half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6; समाप्तं पूर्वार्धम् &c. -2 the upper part (of the body); शकुन्तला पूर्वार्धेन शयनादुत्थाय Ś.3; R.16.6. -3 the first half of a hemistich. -अवसायिन् a. what occurs first or earlier; पूर्वावसायिनश्च बलीयांसो जघन्यावसायिभ्यः ŚB. on MS.12.2.34. -अह्णः the earlier part of the day, forenoon; Ms.4. 96,152. श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापराह्णिकम् (पूर्वाह्णतन, पूर्वा- ह्णिकः, पूर्वाह्णेतन a. relating to the forenoon). -आवेदकः a plaintiff. -आषाढा N. of the 2th lunar mansion consisting of two stars. -इतर a. western. -उक्त, -उदित a. beforementioned, aforesaid, -उत्तर a. north-eastern. (-रा) the north-east. (-रे dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent. -कर्मन् n. 1 a former act or work. -2 the first thing to be done, a prior work. -3 actions done in a former life. -4 preparations, preliminary arrangements. -कल्पः former times. -कायः 1 the fore-part of the body of animals; पश्चार्धेन प्रविष्टः शरपतनभयाद् भूयसा पूर्वकायम् Ś.1.7. -2 the upper part of the body of men; स्पृशन् करेणानतपूर्वकायम् R.5.32; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45. -काल a. belonging to ancient times. (-लः) former or ancient times. -कालिक, -कालीन a. ancient. -काष्ठा the east, eastern quarter. -कृत a. previously done. (-तम्) an act done in a former life. -कोटिः f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or पूर्वपक्ष q. v. -क्रिया preparation. -गा N. of the river Godāvarī. -गङ्गा N. of the river Narmadā; रेवेन्दुजा पूर्वगङ्गा नर्मदा मेकलीद्रिजा Abh. Chin.183. -चोदित a. 1 aforesaid, above-mentioned. -2 previously stated or advanced (as an objection. -ज a. 1 born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born; यमयोः पूर्वजः पार्थः Mb.3.141. 11. -2 ancient, old. -3 eastern. (-जः) 1 an elder brother; अपहाय महीशमार्चिचत् सदसि त्वां ननु भामपूर्वजः; Śi. 16.44; R.15.36. -2 the son of the elder wife. -3 an ancestor, a forefather; स पूर्वजानां कपिलेन रोषात् R.16.34. -4 (pl.) the progenitors of mankind. -5 the manes living in the world of the moon. (-जा) an elder sister. -जन्मन् n. a former birth. (-m.) an elder brother; स लक्ष्मणं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजन्मा (विलोक्य) R.14.44.;15.95. -जातिः f. a former birth. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of a former life. -तापनीयम् N. of the first half of नृसिंहतापनीयोपनिषद्. -दक्षिण a. south-eastern. (-णा) the south-east. -दिक्पतिः Indra, the regent of the east. -दिनम् the forenoon. -दिश् f. the east. -दिश्य a. situated towards the east, eastern. -दिष्टम् the award of destiny. -दृष्ट a. 1 primæval. -2 declared by the ancients; यथा ब्राह्मण- चाण्डालः पूर्वदृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -देवः 1 an ancient deity. -2 a demon or Asura; भूमिदेवनरदेवसंगमे पूर्वदेवरिपुरर्हणां हरिः Śi.14.58. -3 a progenitor (पितृ). -4 (du.) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa; सव्यसाचिन् महाबाहो पूर्वदेव सनातन Mb.3. 41.35. (com. पूर्वदेव नरनारायणसख). -देवता a progenitor (पितृ) of gods or of men; अक्रोधनाः शौचपराः सततं ब्रह्म- चारिणः । न्यस्तशस्त्रा महाभागाः पितरः पूर्वदेवताः ॥ Ms.3.192. -देशः the eastern country, or the eastern part of India. -द्वार a. favourable in the eastern region. -निपातः the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. परनिपात. -निमित्त an omen. -निविष्ट a. made formerly, in past; यस्तु पूर्वनिविष्टस्य तडागस्योदकं हरेत् Ms.9.281. -पक्षः 1 the fore-part or side. -2 the first half of a lunar month; सर्वं पूर्वपक्षापरपक्षाभ्यामभिपन्नम् Bṛi. Up.3.1.5. -3 the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question; विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम्. -4 the first objection to an argument. -5 the statement of the plaintiff. -6 a suit at law. -7 an assertion, a proposition. ˚पादः the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding. -पदम् the first member of a compound or sentence. -पर्वतः the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise. -पश्चात्, -पश्चिम ind. from the east to the west. -पाञ्चालक a. belonging to the eastern Pañchālas. -पाणिनीयाः m. (pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east. -पालिन् m. an epithet of Indra. -पितामहः a forefather, an ancestor; अब्रवीद् हि स मां क्रुद्धस्तव पूर्वपितामहः । मूत्रश्लेष्माशनः पाप निरयं प्रतिपत्स्यसे ॥ Mb.12.3.21. -पीठिका introduction. -पुरुषः 1 an epithet of Brahmā. -2 anyone of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (पितृ, पितामह, and प्रपितामह); Pt.1.89. -3 an ancestor in general. -पूर्व a. each preceding one. (-र्वाः) m. (pl.) forefathers. -प्रोष्ठपदा = पूर्वभाद्रपदा; Mb.13.89.13. -फल्गुनी the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars. ˚भवः an epithet of the planet Jupiter. -बन्धुः first or best friend; Mk. -भवः a former life. -भागः 1 the forepart. -2 the upper part. -भा(भ)द्रपदा the twentyfifth lunar mansion containing two stars. -भावः 1 priority. -2 prior or antecedent existence; येन सहैव यस्य यं प्रति पूर्वभावो$वगम्यते Tarka K. -3 (Rhet.) disclosing an intention. -भाषिन् a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous. -भुक्तिः f. prior occupation or possession; Ms.8.252. -भूत a. preceding, previous. -मध्याह्नः the forenoon. -मारिन् a. dying before; एवंवृत्तां सवर्णां स्त्रीं द्विजातिः पूर्वमारिणीम् (दाहयेत्) Ms.5.167. -मीमांसा 'the prior or first Mīmāṁsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the उत्तरमीमांसा or वेदान्त; see मीमांसा. -मुख a. having the face turned towards the east. -याम्य a. south-eastern. -रङ्गः the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; यन्नाठ्यवस्तुनः पूर्वं रङ्गविघ्नोपशान्तये । कुशीलवाः प्रकुर्वन्ति पूर्वरङ्गः स उच्यते ॥ D. R; पूर्वरङ्गं विधायैव सूत्रधारो निवर्तते S. D.283; पूर्वरङ्गः प्रसंगाय नाटकीयस्य वस्तुनः Śi.2.8. (see Malli. thereon). -रागः the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद् वापि मिथः संरूढरागयोः । दशाविशेषोयो$प्राप्तौ पूर्वरागः स उच्यते ॥ S. D.214. -रात्रः the first part of the night (from dusk to midnight). -रूपम् 1 indication of an approaching change; an omen. -2 a symptom of occuring disease. -3 the first of two concurrent vowels or consonants that is retained. -4 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state. -लक्षणम् a symptom of coming sickness. -वयस् a. young. (-n.) youth. -वर्तिन् a. existing before, prior, previous. -वाक्यम् (in dram.) an allusion to former utterance. -वादः the first plea or commencement of an action at law; पूर्ववादं परित्यज्य यो$न्यमालम्बते पुनः । पदसंक्रमणाद् ज्ञेयो हीनवादी स वै नरः ॥ Mitā. -वादिन् m. the complainant or plaintiff. -विद् a. knowing the events of the past; historian; पृथोरपीमां पृथिवीं भार्यां पूर्वविदो विदुः Ms.9.44. -विप्रतिषेधः the conflict of two statements contrary to each other. -विहित a. deposited before. -वृत्तम् 1 a former event; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः सानुजः पितृ- सखस्य राघवः (अह्यमानः) R.11.1. -2 previous conduct. -वैरिन् a. one who first commences hostilities, an aggressor. -शारद a. relating to the first half of autumn. -शैलः see पूर्वपर्वत. -सक्थम् the upper part of the thigh. P. V.4.98. -संचित a. gathered before (as in former birth); त्यजेदाश्वयुजे मासि मुन्यन्नं पूर्वसंचितम् Ms.6.15. -सन्ध्या daybreak, dawn; रजनिमचिरजाता पूर्वसंध्या सुतैव (अनुपतति) Si.11.4. -सर a. going in front. -सागरः the eastern ocean; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् पूर्वसागरगामिनीम् R.4.32. -साहसः the first of the three fines; स दाप्यः पूर्वसाहसम् Ms.9.281. -स्थितिः f. former or first state.

paura	पौर a. (-री f.) [पुरे वसति शैषिको अण्] 1 Relating to a city or town, produced in a town, civic. -2 Ved. Filling one's own belly. -रः 1 A townsman, citizen, (opp. जानपद); Ku.6.41; R.2.1,74;12.3;16.9. -2 A term applied to a prince engaged in war under particular circumstances. -3 A planet in a state of opposition to other planets. -री The language of the servants in a palace. -रम् A sort of grass (रोहिष). -Comp. -अङ्ना, -योषित् f., -स्त्री a woman living in a town; विद्युद्दामस्फुरितचकितैर्यत्र पौराङ्गनानां लोलापाङ्गैर्यदि न रमसे लोचनैर्वञ्चितो$सि Me.27. -कार्यम् public business; अर्थजातस्य गणनाबहुलतयैकमेव पौरकार्यमवेक्षितम् Ś.6. -जनः, -लोकः 1 a citizen. -2 citizens, burghers. -जानपद a. belonging to town and country. -दाः (pl.) citizens and rustics, townsmen and country people; कथं दुर्जनाः पौरजानपदाः U.1. -वृद्धः an eminent citizen, an elder man. -सख्यम् fellow-citizenship; दशाब्दाख्यं पौरसख्यम् Ms.2.134.

prakup	प्रकुप् 4 P. 1 To be angry, to be enraged or provoked at; निमित्तमुद्दिश्य हि यः प्रकुप्यति ध्रुवं स तस्यापगमे प्रसीदति Pt.1.283. -2 To be excited, gather strength, increase. -Caus. To provoke, irritate, exasperate; साधोः प्रकोपितस्यापि मनो नायाति विक्रियाम् Subhāṣ.

prakaraṇam	प्रकरणम् 1 Treating, explaining, discussing. -2 (a) A subject, topic, department, a subject (of representation); कतमत् प्रकरणमाश्रित्य Ś.1. (b) A head or subject of treatment. (c) A province or department. -3 A section, chapter or any smaller division of a work. तस्यायं प्रकरणाधिकरणसमुद्देशः Kau. A.1.1.1. -4 An opportunity, occasion. -5 An affair, a matter; अस्मिन्नेव प्रकरणे धनंजयमुदारधीः (उवाच) Mb.12.26.1. -6 An introduction, prologue; वयमपि प्रकरणमारभामहे Pratijñā 1. -7 Relation. -8 Doing much or well. -9 A species of drama with invented or fictitious plot; as the मृच्छकटिक, मालतीमाधव, पुष्पभूषित &c. The S. D. thus defines it:-- भवेत् प्रकरणे वृत्तं लौकिकं कविकल्पितं । शृङ्गारो$ङ्गी नायकस्तु विप्रो$मात्यो$थवा वणिक् । सापायधर्मकामार्थपरो धीर- प्रशान्तकः ॥ 511. -1 Context. This is one of the six प्रमाणs helpful in properly construing a विनियोगविधि. These प्रमाणs and their relative strength is stated by जैमिनि in श्रुतिलिङ्गवाक्यप्रकरणस्थानसमाख्यानां पारदौर्बल्यमर्थविप्र- कर्षात् प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -Comp. -समः a kind of sophism; an assertion by two opponents of some argument which has the same force. प्रकरणिका prakaraṇikā प्रकरणी prakaraṇī प्रकरणिका प्रकरणी A drama of the same character as the प्रकरण. The S. D. thus defines it:-- नाटिकैव प्रकरणिका सार्थवाहादिनायिका । समानवंशजा नेतुर्भवेद्यत्र च नायिका ॥ 554.

prakṛtiḥ	प्रकृतिः f. 1 The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.' -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below. -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1. -4 Extraction, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7. -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5. -9 A woman. -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1. -11 The male or female organ of generation. -12 A mother. -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier. -14 (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33. -15 An animal. -16 An artisan. -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16. -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4. -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.) 1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31. -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1. -3 The constituent elements of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 territory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak. -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157). -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3. -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17. -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4. -ईशः a king or magistrate. -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature. -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5. -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण. -ज a. innate, inborn, natural. -तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3. -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ). -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 a standard or model of a man. -षौ nature and spirit. -भाव a. natural, usual. (-वः) natural or original state. -भोजनम् usual food. -मण्डलम् the whole territory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2. -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe. -विकृतिः mutation of the original form. -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3. -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52. -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable. -स्थ a. 1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17. -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21. -3 healthy, in good health. -4 recovered. -5 come to oneself. -6 stripped of everything, bare.

prakīrṇa	प्रकीर्ण p. p. 1 Scattered about, scattered forth, thrown about, dispersed; प्रकीर्णमूर्धजा राजन् यक्षाधिपतिमब्रुवन् Mb.3.161.17. -2 Spread, published, promulgated. -3 Waved, waving; जवात् प्रकीर्णैरभितः प्रकीर्णकैः Śi.12.17. -4 Disordered, loose, dishevelled. -5 Confused, incoherent; बह्वपि स्वेच्छया कामं प्रकीर्णमभिधीयते Śi.2.63. -6 Agitated, excited. -7 Miscellaneous, mixed; as the प्रकीर्णकाण्ड of Bhaṭṭikāvya. -8 Expanded, opened. -9 Standing alone. -1 Destroyed, killed; प्रकीर्णमेष भारं हि यद्वद्धार्येत दस्युभिः Mb.12.215.14. -11 Thickly covered; प्रकीर्णमलपङ्कः Dk.2.2. -र्णम् 1 A miscellany, any miscellaneous collection. -2 A chapter containing miscellaneous rules. -3 A chapter or section of a book. -4 Scattering or throwing about. -5 Extent. -Comp. -केशी N. of Durgā.

prakṣubh	प्रक्षुभ् 1 Ā., 4 P. 1 To be shaken or agitated. -2 To totter. -3 To be perplexed or confused. प्रक्षोभः prakṣōbhḥ प्रक्षोभणम् prakṣōbhaṇam प्रक्षोभः प्रक्षोभणम् 1 Exciting, agitating. -2 Shaking; प्रक्षोभैः सपदि तरङ्गितं तटेषु Ki.7.36.

praguṇa	प्रगुण a. Straight, honest, upright (lit. and fig.); बहिः सर्वाकारप्रगुणरमणीयं व्यवहरन् Māl.1.14. -2 Being in the right state or condition, having excellent qualities; श्रमजयात् प्रगुणां च करोत्यसौ तनुमतो$नुमतः सचिवैर्ययौ R.9.49. -3 (a) Worthy, suitable, meritorious; वरीयानन्योन्य- प्रगुणगुणनिर्माणनिपुणः Māl.1.16. (b) Efficient; प्राणत्राणं प्रगुणमभवन्मत्परिष्वङ्गकल्पः 9.46. -4 Skilful, clever. (प्रगुणीकृ means: 1 To make straight, put in order, arrange. -2 To make smooth. -3 To nourish, bring up.)

pracal	प्रचल् 1 P. 1 To shake, move, tremble; समुद्रमपि संतरेत् प्रचलदूर्मिमालाकुलम् Bh.2.4. -2 To go, walk, move on; set out, start off, depart. -3 To start up, spring up-4 To be affected, disturbed or agitated. -5 To prevail, be current. -6 To swerve, deviate from (abl.). -Caus. (चाल˚) 1 To shake, stir up. (चल˚) -2 To move, set in motion. -3 To remove from.

prajñāpanam	प्रज्ञापनम् Statement, assertion.

praṇihita	प्रणिहित p. p. 1 Laid on, applied. -2 Deposited. -3 Outstretched, stretched forth; मामाकाशप्रणिहितभुजं निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 Consigned, delivered, entrusted. -5 Having the attention fixed upon one object, with the mind concentrated, intent; ऋजुः प्रणिहितो गच्छंस्त्रसस्थावर- वर्जकः Mb.12.9.19. -6 Determined, decided. -7 Cautious, wary. -8 Obtained, attained. -9 Spied out. -1 Acknowledged, admitted, stated; सम्यक् प्रणिहितं चार्थं पृष्टः सन्नाभिनन्दति Ms.8.54. -11 Applied, directed; प्रियायास्मै धाम्ने प्रणिहितनमस्यो$स्मि भवते Mahimna.28 (v. l.).

prati	प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.

pratijñā	प्रतिज्ञा 9 Ā. 1 To promise, declare solemnly, engage, agree, vow; हरचापारोपणेन कन्यादानं प्रतिजानीते P. R.4. -2 To state, affirm, assert, maintain, allege. -3 To bring forward or introduce, adduce. -4 To admit, own, acknowledge. -5 To confirm. -6 To approve, consent. -7 To observe, learn, discern. -8 To propose. -9 To remember with regret. -1 To become aware of; कौन्तेय प्रतिजानीहि न मे भक्तः प्रणश्यति Bg.9.31.

pratijñā	प्रतिज्ञा 1 Admission, acknowledgment. -2 A vow, promise, engagement, solemn declaration; दैवात् तीर्णप्रतिज्ञः Mu.4.12; तीर्त्वा जवेनैव नितान्तदुस्तरां नदीं प्रतिज्ञामिव तां गरीयसीम् Śi.12.74. -3 A statement, assertion, declaration, affirmation. -4 (In Nyāya phil.) A proposition, statement of the proposition to be proved, the first member of the five-membered Indian syllogism; साध्यनिर्देशः प्रतिज्ञा यथा पर्वतो वह्निमान् Gautamasūtram; see under न्याय; (पर्वतो वह्निमान् is the usual instance). -5 (In Law) A plaint, an indictment. -Comp. -अन्तरम् (in logic) a subsequent proposition on failure of the first. -पत्रम्, -पत्रकम् a bond, written contract or document. -परिपालनम्, -पालनम् keeping one's word. -पारणम् fulfilment of a vow. -भङ्गः breach of promise. -विरोधः 1 breaking an agreement, acting contrary to promise. -2 denial of a logical proposition. -विवाहित a. betrothed. -संन्यासः 1 breaking a promise. -2 (in logic) abandonment of the original proposition; also प्रतिज्ञाहानि in this sense; प्रतिज्ञानार्थाय नयनं प्रतिज्ञासंन्यासः.

pratijñāta	प्रतिज्ञात p. p. 1 Declared, stated, asserted. -2 Promised, agreed. -3 Admitted, acknowledged. -4 Agreeable, desirable. -तम् A promise. -Comp. -अर्थः a statement.

pratinirdeśya	प्रतिनिर्देश्य a. That which, though before expressed, is repeated in order to state something more about it; cf. the instance given in K. P.7; उदेति सविता ताम्रस्ताम्र एवास्तमेति च, where ताम्र is repeated to show that the sun that rises red sets also red.

pratipattiḥ	प्रतिपत्तिः f. 1 Getting; acquirement, gain; चन्द्रलोक- प्रतिपत्तिः; स्वर्ग˚ &c. -2 Perception, observation, consciousness, (right) knowledge; वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1; तयोरभेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3.99; गुणिनामपि निजरूपप्रतिपत्तिः परत एव संभवति Vās. -3 Assent, compliance, acceptance; प्रतिपत्तिपराङ्मुखी Bk.8.95 'averse from compliance, unyielding'. -4 Admission, acknowledgment. -5 Assertion, statement. -6 Undertaking, beginning, commencement. -7 Action, proceeding, course of action, procedure; वयस्य का प्रतिपत्तिरत्र M.4; Ku.5.42; विषाद- लुप्तप्रतिपत्तिविस्मितं सैन्यम् R.3.4 'which did not know what course of action to follow through dismay'. -8 Performance, doing, proceeding with; प्रस्तुतप्रतिपत्तये R.15.75. -9 Resolution, determination; कैकेय्याः प्रतिपत्तिर्हि कथं स्यान्मम वेदने Rām.2.22.16; व्यवसायः प्रतिपत्तिनिष्ठुरः R.8.65. -1 News, intelligence; कर्मसिद्धावाशु प्रतिपत्तिमानय Mu.4; Ś.6. -11 Honour, respect, mark of distinction, respectful behaviour; सामान्यप्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17;7.1; R.14.22;15.12; तत् कस्मादेतस्मिन् महानुभावे प्रतिपत्तिमूढा तिष्ठसि Nāg.1; यत्स महानुभावो वाङ्मात्रेणापि अकृतप्रतिपत्तिः अदक्षिणेति मां संभावयिष्यति Nāg.2. -12 A method, means. -13 Intellect, intelligence. -14 Use, application. -15 Promotion, preferment, exaltation. -16 Fame, renown, reputation. -17 Boldness, assurance, confidence. -18 Conviction, proof. -19 A rite from which no advantage accrues. -2 The concluding portion of an action. (In Daṇḍaviveka, G. O. S.52, p.259, it means punishment of an offence.) -21 Disposing of a matter or a thing which has served the purpose of something else; यद् येन प्रयोजनेन सम्बद्ध- मुत्पद्यते तत् तदर्थमेव न्याय्यम् । तस्यान्यत्र गमने प्रतिपत्तिरित्येतदुपपद्यते ŚB. on MS.4.2.19. Also cf. यष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थ- मन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यत इति ŚB. on MS.4.2.22; cf. also प्रतिपत्तिश्च विविक्तकरणेन उपकरोति ŚB. on MS.6.4.3. Hence प्रतिपत्ति- कर्मन् means 'a mere disposal' (as opposed to अर्थकर्मन्); किं शाखाप्रहरणं प्रतिपत्तिकर्म उतार्थकर्मेति ŚB. on MS.4.2.1. -22 giving (दान); अपात्रे प्रतिपत्तिः; Mb.12.26.31; दानवारि- रसिकाय विभूतेर्वश्मि ते$स्मि सुतरां प्रतिपत्तिम् N.21.63. -23 Remedy (प्रतिविधान); प्रतिपत्तिं कां प्रत्यपद्यन्त मामकाः Mb.7.46. 3. -Comp. -दक्ष a. knowing how to act. -पटहः a kind of kettle drum. -पराङ्मुख a. obstinate, unyielding; Bk. -प्रदानम् Conferring promotion. -भेदः difference of view. -विशारद a. knowing how to act, skilful, clever; वायव्यमभिमन्त्र्याथ प्रतिपत्तिविशारदः Mb.1.227.16.

pratimita	प्रतिमित p. p. 1 Imitated, copied. -2 Compared. -3 Reflected.

pratirūḍha	प्रतिरूढ p. p. 1 Entered, possessed. -2 Established again. -3 Imitated; गतिस्मितप्रेक्षणभाषणादिषु प्रियाः प्रियस्य प्रतिरूढमूर्तयः Bhāg.1.3.3.

prathama	प्रथम [प्रथ्-अमच्] (Nom. pl. m. प्रथमे or प्रथमाः) 1 First, foremost; मखांशभाजां प्रथमो मनीषिभिस्त्वमेव देवेन्द्र सदा निगद्यसे R.3.44; H.2.39; Ki.2.44. -2 First, chief, principal, most excellent or eminent, matchless, incomparable; Śi.15.42; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms.3.147. -3 Earliest, most ancient, primary. -4 Prior, previous, former, earlier; प्रथमसुकृता- पेक्षया Me.17; नामधेयं गुरुश्चक्रे जगत्प्रथममङ्गलम् R.1.67. -5 (In gram.) The first person (= third person according to European phraseology). -मः 1 The first (third) person. -2 The first consonant of a class. -3 (In math.) The sum of the products divided by the difference between the squares of the cosine of the azimuth and the sine of the amplitude. -मा The nominative case. -मम् ind. 1 first, firstly, at first; उमास्तनो- द्भेदमनुप्रवृद्धो मनोरथो यः प्रथमं बभूव Ku.7.24; R.3.4. -2 Already, previously, formerly; प्रथमोदितम् aforesaid; तमभ्यनन्दत् प्रथमं प्रबोधितः प्रजेश्वरः शासनहारिणा हरेः R.3.68. -3 At once, immediately. -4 Before; यात्रायै चोदयामास तं शक्तेः प्रथमं शरत् R.4.24; उत्तिष्ठेत् प्रथमं चास्य चरमं चैव संविशेत् Ms.2.194. -5 Newly, recently, प्रथमम्-अनन्तरम् or ततः or पश्चात् first, afterwards; प्रथमात् firstly, for the first time; प्रथमतः 1 At first, firstly. -2 previously. -3 immediately. -4 before, in preference to (gen.) -Comp. -अर्धः, -र्धम् the first half. -आगामिन् a. first mentioned. -आदेशः placing at the beginning. -आश्रमः the first of the four stages in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; i. e. Brahmacharya; शरीरबद्धः प्रथमाश्रमो यथा Ku.5.3. -इतर a. 'other than first', the second. -उदित a. first uttered; उवाच धात्र्या प्रथमोदितं वचः R.3.25. -उत्पन्न a. first-born. -कल्पः 1 the best course to adopt. -2 an excellent suggestion or idea. -कल्पित a. 1 first thought out. -2 first in rank or importance. -कुसुमः white marjoran. -गर्भः a. pregnant for the first time, -गिरिः the Eastern mountain; द्वित्रेषु द्युमणिकरेषु शेखरत्वं प्राप्तेषु प्रथमगिरिः प्रयाति सो$यम् Rām. Ch.7.49. -ज a. 1 first-born. -2 original, primary. -दर्शनम् first sight. -दिवसः the first day; आषाढस्य प्रथमदिवसे Me.2. -नवनीतम् 1 the butter which appears first after churning. -2 the milk of a cow at the time when hundred days have elapsed after her delivery. -निर्दिष्ट p. p. first mentioned. -पुरुषः the first person (= third person according to the English system of treating Sanskrit grammar); अथवा अस्तिर्भवतीतिपरः प्रथमपुरुषे प्रयुज्यमानो$प्यस्तीति ŚB. on MS.11.2.2. -मङ्गल a. highly auspicious. -यौवनम् early youth or age, youthful state. -वयस् n. early age, youth. -वसतिः the original home. -वित्ता Ved. a first wife. -विरहः separation for the first time. -वृत्तान्तः antecedents, former circumstances. -वैयाकरणः 1 the most distinguished grammarian. -2 a beginner in grammer. -श्री a. One who has just become rich or fortunate. -श्रुत a. heard for the first time; न हि प्रथम- श्रुताच्छब्दात् कश्चिदर्थं प्रत्येति ŚB. on MS.1.1.6. -साहसः the first or lowest of the three degrees of punishment or fine; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः Ms.8.138. -सुकृतम् former kindness or service.

pradhāna	प्रधान a. 1 Chief, principal, pre-eminent, main, best, most excellent; as in; प्रधानामात्य, प्रधानपुरुष &c.; रत्नैश्च पूजयेदेनं प्रधानपुरुषैः सह Ms.7.23; प्रधानफलं वा आनुषङ्गिकं वा सर्वमेव आधातरि समवेतुमर्हति ŚB. on. MS.6.2.1; 'यस्मिन् कुले यः पुरुषः प्रधानः स सर्वयत्नेन हि रक्षणीयः'. -2 Principally inherent, prevalent, predominant. -नम् 1 The chief thing or object, most important thing; head, chief; न परिचयो मलिनात्मनां प्रधानम् Śi.7.61; G. L.18; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रम् M.1; शमप्रधानेषु तपो- धनेषु Ś.2.7; गुणैश्च तैस्तैर्विनयप्रधानैः R.6.79. -2 The first evolver, originator, or source of the material world, the primary germ out of which all material appearances are evolved, according to Sāṅkhya philosophy; न पुनरपि प्रधानवादी अशब्दत्वं प्रधानस्या सिद्धमित्याह Ś. B.; see प्रकृति also; प्रधानक्षेत्रज्ञपतिर्गुणेशः Śvet. Up.6.16; एतस्याद्या प्रवृत्तिस्तु प्रधानात् संप्रवर्तते Mb.12.25.25. -3 The Supreme Spirit. -4 Intellect, understanding; एको मयेह भगवान् विबुधप्रधानैश्चित्तीकृतः प्रजननाय कथं नु यूयम् Bhāg.4.1.28. -5 The principal member of a compound. -नः, -नम् 1 The principal attendant or companion of a king (his minister or confidant). -2 A noble, courtier. -3 An elephant-driver. -4 The commander-in-chief. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the principal branch or part of anything. -2 the chief member of the body. -3 the principal or most eminent person in a state. -अमात्यः the prime-minister, premier. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्तम a. 1 eminent, most illustrious. -2 warlike, brave. -कर्मन् n., कार्यम् 1 the chief business, the principal act; यस्यैव प्रधानकर्मफलं तस्यैवानुषङ्गिकमपि भवितुमर्हति ŚB. on MS.6.2.1. -2 (Medic.) the principal mode of treatment. -कारणवादः the doctrine that प्रधान is the original cause (according to Sāṅkhyas). -धातुः the chief element of the body; i. e. semen virile. -पुरुषः 1 the principal or most eminent person (in a state &c.) Ms.7.23; Pt.3.138. ˚अतीतः transcending प्रधान and पुरुष (matter and spirit). -2 an epithet of Śiva. -भाज् a. 1 most distinguished. -2 receiving the chief share. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister. -वादिन् m. one who asserts the Sāṅkhya doctrine (of प्रधान). -वासस् n. a principal garment; (du.) the two chief garments. -वृष्टिः f. a heavy shower of rain. -शिष्ट a. taught or prescribed as of primary importance. -सभिकः the chief of a gambling house.

pradhṛṣ	प्रधृष् 5 P. 1 To assail, lay hands on. -2 To injure, harass. -3 To overpower, overcome. -Caus. 1 To assail, attack, overpower. -2 To outrage, violate (a woman). -3 To injure, hurt. -4 To devastate, lay waste, destroy completely.

pradhyai	प्रध्यै 1 P., Ā. 1 To meditate upon, think, reflect, consider. -2 To devise, hit upon.

prapad	प्रपद् 4 Ā. 1 To enter upon, set forward, set foot in. -2 (a) To go to or towards, approach, resort or attain to, reach; तां जन्मने शैलवधूं प्रपेदे Ku.1.21; (क्षितीशं) कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1; Bk.4.1; Ki.1.9;11. 16; R.8.11. (b) To take shelter or refuge with, flee to for safety, submit; शरणार्थमन्यां कथं प्रपत्स्ये त्वयि दीप्यमाने R.14.64. -3 To go or come to a particular state, arrive at, attain to, arrive at or be in a particular condition; रेणुः प्रपेदे पथि पङ्कभावम् R.16.3; मुहूर्तकर्णोत्पलतां प्रपेदे Ku.7.81; बाल्यात्परं साथ वयः प्रपेदे Ku.1.31;5.24; ईदृशीमवस्थां प्रपन्नोस्मि Ś.5; ऋषिनिकरैरिति संशयः प्रपेदे Bv.4.33; Amaru.3. -4 To get, find, secure, obtain, attain to; partake of, share in; सहकार न प्रपेदे मधुपेन भवत्समं जगति Bv.1.21; कान्तं वपुर्व्योमचरं प्रपेदे R.5.51. -5 To behave or act towards, deal with; किं प्रपद्यते वैदर्भः M.1 'what does he propose to do'; पश्यामो मयि किं प्रपद्यते Amaru.24. -6 To admit, allow, agree or consent to; प्रपन्नं साधयन्नर्थम् Y.2.4. -7 To draw near, come on, approach (as time &c.). -8 To be going on, to proceed. -9 To take effect, thrive, prosper. -1 To throw oneself down, fall down (at another's feet). -11 Ved. To attack, assault.

pramath	प्रमथ् मन्थ् 1, 9 P. To churn; प्रमथ्यमानो (समुद्रो) गिरिणेव भूयः R.13.14. -2 To harass, trouble excessively, annoy, torment. -3 To strike down, bruise, hurt. -4 To tear off or cut. -5 To lay waste, devastate. -6 To kill, destroy; प्रमथ्य क्रव्यादं मरणसमये रक्षितवतः Māl.4.9; 9.27. -7 To agitate, stir about. -8 Ved. To rob. -Caus. To harass, annoy.

pramanyu	प्रमन्यु a. 1 Enraged, irritated, incensed against (with loc.); प्रमन्यवः प्रागपि कोशलेन्द्रे R.7.34. -2 Distressed, sorrowful, sorely grieved.

pramāṇam	प्रमाणम् 1 A measure in general (of length, breadth &c.); न प्रमाणेन नोत्साहात् सत्त्वस्थो भव पाण्डव Mb.3.33.63. ('प्रमाणं नित्यमर्यादासंघवादिप्रमादिषु' Viśva.); Mb.1.222. 31; दृष्टो हि वृण्वन् कलभप्रमाणो$प्याशाः पुरोवातमवाप्य मेघः R.18. 38. -2 Size, extent, magnitude. -3 Scale, standard; पृथिव्यां स्वामिभक्तानां प्रमाणे परमे स्थितः Mu.2.21. -4 Limit, quantity; वञ्चयित्वा तु राजानं न प्रमाणे$वतिष्ठसि Rām.2.37. 22. -5 Testimony, evidence, proof. -6 Authority, warrant; one who judges or decides, one whose word is an authority; श्रुत्वा देवः प्रमाणम् Pt.1 'having heard this your Majesty will decide (what to do)'; आर्यमिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1; Mu.1.1; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तः- करणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; व्याकरणे पाणिनिः प्रमाणम्; Ms.2.13; Pt.1.24; sometimes in pl.; वेदाः प्रमाणाः. -7 A true or certain knowledge, accurate conception or notion. -8 A mode of proof, a means of arriving at correct knowledge; (the Naiyāyikas recognize only four kinds; प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान, उपमान and शब्द, the Vedāntins and Mīmāṁsakas add two more, अनुपलब्धि and अर्थापत्ति; while the Sāṅkhyas admit प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान and शब्द only; cf. अमुभव also.). -9 Principal, capital. -1 Unity. -11 Scripture, sacred authority. -12 Cause, reason. -13 Rule, sanction, precept. -14 The first term in a rule of three. -15 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -16 Freedom from apprehension. -17 The prosodial lengh of a vowel. -18 An eternal matter; L. D. B. -19 (In music) A measure (such as द्रुत, मध्य, विलम्बित); Rām.1.4.8. -2 The measure of a square. -णः, -णी A rule, standard, authority. -Comp. -अधिक a. more than ordinary, inordinate, excessive; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. -अनुरूप a. corresponding to physical strength. -अन्तरम् another mode of proof. -अभावः absence of authority. -कुशल, -प्रवीण a. skilful in arguing. -कोटिः the point in an argument which is regarded as actual proof. -ज्ञ a. knowing the modes of proof, (as a logician). (-ज्ञः) an epithet of Śiva. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by authority. -पत्रम् a written warrant. -पथः the way of proof. -पुरुषः an arbitrator, a judge, an umpire. -वाधितार्थकः a kind of Tarka in Nyāyasāstra. -भूत (˚णीभूत) a. authoritative. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. -राशिः the quantity of the first term in a rule of three sums. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् an authoritative statement. -शास्त्रम् 1 scripture. -2 the science of logic. -सूत्रम् a measuring cord. -स्थ a. 1 of normal size. -2 unperturbed.

pralāpaḥ	प्रलापः 1 Talk, conversation, discourse. -2 Prating, prattling, an incoherent or nonsensical talk; Ms.12.6. -3 An unjustified statement, non-sensical statement; न शक्यं नित्येनोपकर्तुम् । तेन नित्यमुपकुर्यादिति वचनं प्रलापः एव Ś.B. on MS.6.4.12. -4 Lamentation, wailing; उत्तराप्रलापोप- जनितकृपो भगवान् वासुदेवः K.175; Ve.5.3; U.3.29; Rām.1.3.22. -Comp. -हन् m. a sort of collyrium.

praluṭh	प्रलुठ् 1 P. 1 To roll along the ground, roll, wallow; प्रलुठितमवनौ विलोक्य कृत्तम् Bk.5.18. -2 To be agitated, heave.

pralola	प्रलोल a. Greatly agitated or tremulous.

pravidhā	प्रविधा 3 U. 1 To decide. -2 To do or make. -3 To meditate, think upon. -4 To place in front or at the head.

pravidhvasta	प्रविध्वस्त a. 1 Thrown away. -2 Agitated, disturbed.

prākṛtatvam	प्राकृतत्वम् 1 Original or natural state. -2 Vulgarity (of speech).

prāktana	प्राक्तन a. (-नी f.) 1 Former, previous, antecedent; प्रपेदिरे प्राक्तनजन्मविद्याः Ku.1.3. -2 Old, ancient, early. -3 Relating to a former life or acts in a former life; संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2; Ku.6.1. -नम् (or प्राक्तन- कर्मन्) n. Fate, destiny. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. any act formerly done, or done in a former state of existence. -जन्मन् n. a former birth.

prāc	प्राच् प्राञ्च् a. (-ची f.) 1 Turned towards the front, in front, foremost. -3 Eastern, easterly. -3 Prior, previous, former. -m. (pl.) The people of the east. -2 Eastern grammarians. -Comp. -अग्र a. (प्रागग्र) having the point turned towards the east. -अनुरागः (प्रागनुरागः) former affection. -अभावः (प्रागभावः) 1 antecedent non-existence, non-existence of a thing previous to its production, as of an effect previous to its production; प्रागभावस्तथा ध्वंसो$प्यत्यन्ताभाव एव च । एवं त्रैविध्यमापन्नः संसर्गाभाव इष्यते ॥ Bhāṣā. P. -2 (in law) non-possession of property (that may be possessed). -अभिहित (प्रागभिहित) a. mentioned before. -अवस्था (प्रागवस्था) the former state; न तर्हि प्रागवस्थायाः परिहीयसे Māl.4. 'you are none the worse for it'. -आयत (प्रागायत) a. extending towards the east. -उक्तिः f. (प्रागुक्तिः) previous utterance. -उत्तर (प्रागुत्तर) a. north-eastern. -उत्पत्तिः (प्रागुत्पत्तिः) first appearance (of a disease). -उदञ्च् a. (प्रागुदञ्च्) north-eastern. -उदीची (प्रागुदीची) f. the north-east. -कर्मन् (प्राक्- कर्मन्) n. 1 an action done in a former life. -2 a preliminary medical treatment. -3 a preliminary action in general. -कालः (प्राक्कालः) a former age. -कालीन (प्राक्कालीन) a. belonging to the former times, old, ancient. -कूल (प्राक्कूल) a. having the points turned towards the east (said of Kuśa grass); प्राक्कूलान् पर्युपासीनः पवित्रैश्चैव पावितः Ms.2.75. (-लम्) the point of a blade of such Kuśa grass. -कृतम् (प्राक्कृतम्) an act done in a former life. -केवल a. (प्राक्केवल) manifested from the first in a distinct form. -गामिन् a. (प्राग्- गामिन्) 1 going before, preceding. -2 a precursor, forerunner. -3 going eastward. -चरणा a. (प्राक्चरणा) the female organ of generation. -चिरम् (प्राक्चिरम्) ind. in due or good time, before too late. -जन्मन् (प्राग्जन्मन्) n., -जातिः (प्राग्जातिः) f. a former birth. -ज्योतिषः (प्राग्ज्योतिषः) 1 N. of country, also called Kāmarūpa. -2 (pl.) the people of this country (-षम्) N. of a city. ˚ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -दक्षिण a. (प्राग्दक्षिण) south-eastern. -देशः (प्राग्देशः) the eastern country. -द्वार, -द्वारिक a. (प्राग्द्वार &c.) having doors facing the east. -न्यायः (प्राङ्न्यायः) the plea of a former trial, res judicata; आचारेणावसन्नो$पि पुनर्लेखय- ते यदि । सो$भिधेयो जितः पूर्वं प्राङ्न्यायस्तु स उच्यते ॥ -पदम् (प्राक्पदम्) the first member of a compound. -प्रहारः (प्राक्प्रहारः) the first blow. -फलः (प्राक्फलः) the bread-fruit tree. -फ(फा)ल्गुनी (प्राक्फल्गुनी) the eleventh lunar mansion, (पूर्वा). ˚भवः 1 the planet Jupiter. -2 N. of Bṛihaspati. -फाल्गुनः, -फाल्गुनेयः (प्राक्फाल्गुनः &c.) the planet Jupiter. -भक्तम् (प्राग्- भक्तम्) taking medicine before meals. -भवः (प्राग्भवः) a previous life. -भागः (प्राग्भागः) 1 the front. -2 the fore-part. -भारः (प्राग्भारः) 1 the top summit of a mountain; प्राग्भारेषु शिखण्डिताण्डवविधौ मेघैर्वितानाय्यते Māl.9. 15. -2 the front part, fore-part or end (of anything); क्रन्दत्फेरवचण्डडात्कृतिभृतप्राग्भारभीमैस्तटैः Māl.5.19. -3 a large quantity, heap, multitude, flood; तिमिरप्राग्भार- मुच्चाटयन्......विजयते ज्ञानप्रदीपो हरः Bh.3.129; Māl.5.29. -भावः (प्राग्भावः) 1 previous existence. -2 excellence, superiority. -मुख (प्राङ्मुख) a. 1 turned towards or facing the east; तां प्राङ्मुखीं तत्र निवेश्य तन्वीम् Ku.7.13; Ms.2.51;8.87. -2 inclined towards, wishing, desirous of. -रूपम् (प्राग्रूपम्) Previous symptom (of disease). -लग्नम् (प्राग्लग्नम्) horoscope. -वंशः (प्राग्वंशः) 1 a kind of sacrificial room having its columns turned towards the east; श्लाघ्यस्त्यागो$पि वैदेह्याः पत्युः प्राग्वंशवासिनः R.15.61. (प्राचीनस्थूणो यज्ञशालाविशेषः Malli.; but some interpret the word to mean 'a room in which the friends and family of the sacrificer assemble'); केचिद् बभञ्जुः प्राग्वंशं पत्नीशालां तथा$परे Bhāg.4.5.14. -2 a former dynasty or generation. -वचनम् (प्राग्वचनम्) anything formerly decided; statement by the ancient authorities; प्रागिदं वचनं पोक्तम् अतः प्रग्वचनं विदुः Mb. -वृत्तम् = प्राङ्न्यायः q. v. -वृत्तान्तः (प्राग्वृत्तान्तः) a former event. -शिरस्, -स, -शिरस्क (प्राक्शिरस् &c.) a. having the head turned towards the east. -संध्या (प्राक्संध्या) the morning twilight. -सवनम् (प्राक्सवनम्) a morning libation or sacrifice. -स्रोतस् (प्राक्स्रोतस्) a. flowing eastward. (-f.) a river.

prātipadika	प्रातिपदिक a. Express, explicit. -कः Fire. -कम् The crude form of a substantive, a noun in its uninflected state (before receiving the case-terminations); अर्थवद- धातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् P.I.2.45.

babhru	बभ्रु a. [भृ-कु द्वित्वम्; बभ्र्-उ वा Uṇ.1.21] 1 Deepbrown, tawny, reddish-brown; ज्वालाबभ्रुशिरोरुहः R.15. 16;19.25; बबन्ध बालारुणबभ्रु वल्कलम् Ku.5.8. -2 Baldheaded through disease. -भ्रुः 1 Fire. -2 An ichneumon; सखिभिर्न्यवसत् सार्धं व्याघ्राखुवृकबभ्रुभिः Mb.1.14.27. -3 The tawny colour. -4 A man with tawny hair. -5 N. of a Yādava; आलप्यालमिदं बभ्रोर्यत् स दारानपाहरत् Śi.2.1. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Of Viṣṇu. -8 The Chātaka bird. -9 A sweeper, cleaner. -1 N. of a country. -n. 1 A tawny or brown colour. -2 Any object of a brown colour. -भ्रूः f. A reddish-brown cow (कपिला); अजानन्नहनद्बभ्रोः शिरः शार्दूलशङ्कया Bhāg.9.2.6. -Comp. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 red chalk (गौरिक), a kind of ochre. -वाहनः N. of a son of Arjuna by Chitrāṅgadā. [The sacrificial horse let loose by king Yudhiṣṭhira and guarded by Arjuna entered, in the course of its wanderings, the country of Maṇipura, which was then ruled by Babhruvāhana, unequalled in prowess. The horse was taken to the king; but when he read the writing on the plate on its head, he knew that it belonged to the Pāṇḍavas, and that his father Arjuna had arrived in the kingdom; and, hastening to him, respectfully offered his kingdom and his treasures along with the horse. Arjuna, in an evil hour, struck the head of Babhruvāhana and upbraided him for his cowardice saying that if he had possessed true valour and had been his true son, he should not have been afraid of his father and submitted to him so meekly. At these words the brave youth was exceedingly irritated and discharged a crescent-shaped arrow at Arjuna which severed his head from his body. He was, however, restored to life by Ulūpī who happened to be then with Chitrāṅgadā; and having acknowledged Babhruvāhana as his true son, he resumed his journey.]

bahu	बहु a. (हु or ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ) 1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47. -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार. -2 Frequented, repeated. -4 Large, great. -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind. 1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word). -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic. -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils. -अप्, -अप a. watery. -अपत्य a. 1 having a numerous progeny. -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (-त्यः) 1 a hog. -2 a mouse, rat. (-त्या) a cow that has often calved. -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166. -अर्थ a. 1 having many senses. -2 having many objects. -3 important. -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक. -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4. -उपाय a. effective. -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda. -ऋच a. having many verses. (-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1. -एनस् a. very sinful. -कर a. 1 doing much, busy, industrious. -2 useful in many ways. (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner. -2 a camel. -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (-री) a broom. -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21. -कालम् ind. for a long time. -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient. -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree. -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम. -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4. (-मः) 1 a Buddha. -2 a Jaina deified saint. -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (-रः) a kind of alkali. -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk. -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (-न्धम्) cinnamon. -गन्धदा musk. -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -गुण a. having many threads or qualities. -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist. -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations. -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?). -च्छल a. deceitful. -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल). -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal. -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious. -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge. -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument). -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137. -2 abounding in grass. -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree. -द a. liberal, generous. -दक्षिण a. 1 attended with many gifts or donations. -2 liberal, munificent. -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23. -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up. -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (-ग्धः) wheat. (-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk. -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer. -दृष्ट a. very experienced. -दोष a. 1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58. -दोहना yielding much milk. -धन a. very rich, wealthy. -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra. -2 a diamond. -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows. -नाडिकः the body. -नाडीकः 1 day. -2 pillar; L. D. B. -नादः a conch-shell. -पत्नीकता polygamy. -पत्रः an onion. (-त्रम्) talc. (-त्री) the holy basil. -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree. -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree. -2 the Nimba tree. -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः). -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly. -प्रकृति a. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound). -प्रज a. having many children, prolific. (-जः) 1 a hog. -2 the munja grass. -प्रज्ञ a. very wise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā. -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents. -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficulties. -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor. -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix. -प्रसूः the mother of many children. -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones. -फल a. rich in fruits. (-लः) the Kadamba tree. (-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -बलः a lion. -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ). -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh. -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate. -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative. -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11. -भुजा an epithet of Durgā. -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories. -भोग्या a prostitute. -भोजिन् a. voracious. -मञ्जरी the holy basil. -मत a. 1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -2 having many different opinions. -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15. -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -मलम् lead. -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior. -मान्य a. respectable, esteemable; Kull. on Ms.2.117. -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321. -मार्गः a place where many roads meet. -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3. -2 a wanton or unchaste woman. -मार्गी a place where several roads meet. -मुख a. 1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6. -2 Speaking variously. -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes. -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी). -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price. -मृग a. abounding in deer. -रजस् a. very dusty. -रत्न a. rich in jewels. -रस a. juicy, succulent. (-सः) sugar-cane. -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (-शिः) m. a series of many terms. -रूप a. 1 many-formed, multiform, manifold. -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3. (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon. -2 hair. -3 the sun. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 of Brahmā. -7 of the god of love. -रूपक a. multiform, manifold. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā. -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep. -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt. -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्. -वर्ण a. many-coloured. -वादिन् a. garrulous. -वारम् ind. many times, often. -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर). -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years. -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior. -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers. -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse. -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple. -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bellerica, Mar. बेहडा). -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift. -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide. -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c. -शत्रुः a sparrow. -शल्यः a species of Khadira. -शस्त a. very good, right or happy. -शाख a. having many branches or ramifications. -शिख a. having many points. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -श्रुत a. 1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36. -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text. -संख्याक a. numerous. -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals. -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (-तिः) a kind of bamboo. -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (-रः) the Khadira tree. -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands. -सूः 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow. -सूतिः f. 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow that often calves. -स्वन a. vociferous. (-नः) an owl. -स्वामिक a. owned by many.

bālyam	बाल्यम् [बालस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Boyhood, childhood; बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.29. -2 The period or state of waxing, crescent-state (as of the moon); दिवापि निष्ठ्यूतमरीचिभासा बाल्यादनाबिष्कृतलाञ्छनेन Ku.7. 35. -3 Immaturity of understanding, folly, puerility. -4 Ignorance; न चापि जननीं बाल्यात्त्वं विगर्हितुमर्हसि Rām. 2.11.17. -5 Humility, being without any pride; तस्माद् ब्राह्मणः पाण्डित्यं निर्विद्य बाल्येन तिष्ठासेत् Bṛi. Up.3.5.1 (some take as 'inner seeing', आत्मदृष्टि).

bodha	बोध a. Knowing, understanding. -धः [बुध्-भावे घञ्] 1 Perception, knowledge, apprehension, observation, conception; बालानां सुखबोधाय T. S. -2 Idea, thought. -3 Understanding, intellect, intelligence, wisdom. -4 Waking up, becoming awake, a waking state, consciousness. -5 Opening, blooming, expanding. -6 Instruction, advice, admonition. -7 Awakening, rousing. -8 An epithet, designation. -9 N. of a district. -1 Exciting (a perfume.) -Comp. -अतीत a. unknowable, incomprehensible. -कर a. one who teaches or informs. (-रः) 1 a bard or minstrel who wakes up his master by singing appropriate songs in the morning. -2 an instructor, a teacher. -गम्य a. intelligible. -पूर्व a. intentional, conscious; cf. अबोधपूर्व Ś.5.2. -पूर्वम् ind. knowingly, consciously. -वासरः the eleventh day in the bright half of Kārtika when Viṣṇu is sopposed to rise from his four months' sleep; see Me.112, and प्रबोधिनी.

bodhiḥ	बोधिः [बुध्-इन्] 1 Perfect wisdom or enlightenment; इत्यभिहितो बोधौ जिनः पातु वः Nāg.1.1. स रतिमुपसिषेवे बोधि- मापन्न यावत् Bu. Ch.2.56. -2 The enlightened intellect of a Buddha. -3 The sacred fig-tree. -4 A cock. -5 An epithet of Buddha. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a requisite for attaining perfect knowledge. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -वृक्षः the sacred fig-tree, -दः an arhat (of the Jainas). -मण्डलम् N. of the place where Gautama Buddha attained to perfect wisdom. -सत्त्वः 1 a Buddhist saint, one who is on the way to the attainment of perfect knowledge and has only a certain number of births to undergo before attaining to the state of a Supreme Buddha and complete annihilation (this position could be attained by a long series of pious and virtuous deeds); एवंविधैर्विलसितैरतिबोधिसत्त्वैः Māl.1.21; उद्योतयन्नुत्त- मबोधिसत्त्वः Bu. Ch.1.16. -2 N. of the principal Buddha of the present era.

brahman	ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

brahmatā	ब्रह्मता त्वम् 1 Absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -2 Divine nature. -3 Godhead. -4 The state of a Brāhmaṇa, Brāhmaṇahood.

brahmasāt	ब्रह्मसात् ind. 1 To the state of Brahma or the Supreme Spirit. -2 To the care of Brāhmaṇas.

brāhma	ब्राह्म a. (-ह्मी f.) [ब्रह्मण इदं तेन प्रोक्तं वा अण् टिलोपः] 1 Relating to Brahman or the creator, or to the Supreme Spirit; R.13.6; Ms.2.4; एषा ब्राह्मी स्थितिः पार्थ नैनां प्राप्य विमुह्यति Bg.2.72. -2 Brahmanical, belonging to Brāhmaṇas; ब्राह्मं रथवरं युक्तमास्थाय सुधृतव्रतः Rām. 2.5.4; न विशेषो$स्ति वर्णानां सर्वं ब्राह्ममिदं जगत् Mb.12.188. 1. -3 Relating to sacred knowledge or study; ब्राह्मं वेदमधीयाना वेदाङ्गानि च सर्वशः Mb.1.156.5. -4 Prescribed by the Vedas, Vedic; scriptural; ब्राह्मस्य जन्मनः कर्ता Ms.2.15. -5 Holy, sacred, divine. -6 Presided over by Brahman as a मुहूर्त (see ब्राह्ममुहूर्त), or a missile. -7 Fit for a divine state or godhead. -8 Belonging to the ब्रह्मलोक; ददर्शाप्सरसं ब्राह्मीं पञ्चचूडामनिन्दिताम् Mb.13.38.3. -ह्यः 1 one of the eight forms of marriage in Hindu law, in which the bride decorated with ornaments is given away to the bridegroom, without requiring any gift or present from him (this is the best of the 8 forms); ब्राह्मो विवाह आहूय दीयते शक्त्यलंकृता Y.1.58; Ms.3.21,27. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 Quicksilver. -4 The duty or prescribed course of conduct of a king; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलात् विप्राणां पूज्यको भवेत् । नृपाणामक्षयो ह्येष ब्राह्मो धर्मो विधीयते ॥ -ह्मम् 1 The part of the hand under the root of the thumb; अङ्गुष्ठमूलस्य तले ब्राह्मं तीर्थं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.59. -2 Holy or sacred study. -3 N. of a Purāṇa. -4 N. of the constellation Rohiṇī. -Comp. -अहोरात्रः a day and night of Brahman (a period of 2 Kalpas of mortals). -देया a girl to be married according to the Brāhma form. -निधिः m. money bestowed on the sacerdotal class. -मुहूर्तः a particular period of the day, the early part of the day (रात्रेश्च पश्चिमे यामे मुहूर्तो ब्राह्म उच्यते); cf. ब्राह्मे मुहूर्ते किल तस्य देवी कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; ब्राह्मे मुहूर्ते बुध्येत Ms.4.92.

brāhmaṇa	ब्राह्मण a. (-णी f.) [ब्रह्म वेदं शुद्धं चैतन्यं वा वेत्त्वधीते वा अण्] 1 Belonging to a Brāhmaṇa. -2 Befitting a Brāhmaṇa. -3 Given by a Brāhmaṇa. -4 Relating to religious worship. -5 One who knows Brahma. -णः 1 A man belonging to the first of the four original castes of the Hindus, a Brāhmaṇa (born from the mouth of the puruṣa); ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत् Rv.1.9. 12; Ms.1.31,96; (जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारैर्द्विज उच्यते । विद्यया याति विप्रत्वं त्रिभिः श्रोत्रिय उच्यते ॥ or जात्या कुलेन वृत्तेन स्वाध्यायेन श्रुतेन च । एभिर्युक्तो हि यस्तिष्ठेन्नित्यं स द्विज उच्यते ॥). -2 A priest, theologian. -3 An epithet of Agni. -4 N. of the twentyeighth Nakṣatra. -णम् 1 An assemblage or society of Brāhmaṇas. -2 That portion of the Veda which states rules for the employment of the hymns at the various sacrifices, their origin and detailed explanation, with sometimes lengthy illustrations in the shape of legends or stories. It is distinct from the Mantra portion of the Veda. -3 N. of that class of the Vedic works which contain the Brāhmaṇa portion (regarded as Śruti or part of the revelation like the hymns themselves). Each of the four Vedas has its own Brāhmaṇa or Brāhmaṇas :-ऐतरेय or आश्व- लायन and कौषीतकी or सांख्यायन belonging to the Ṛigveda; शतपथ to the Yajurveda, पञ्चविंश and षड्विंश and six more to the Sāmaveda, and गोपथ to the Atharvaveda. -4 The Soma vessel of the Brahman priest. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः offensive or disrespectful conduct towards Brāhmaṇas, insult to Brāhmaṇas; ब्राह्मणातिक्रमत्यागो भवता- मेव भूतये Mv.2.1. -अगर्शनम् absence of Brahmanical instruction or guidance; वृषलत्वं गता लोके ब्राह्मणादर्शनेन च Ms.1.43. -अपाश्रयः seeking shelter with Brāhmaṇas. -अभ्युपपत्तिः f. protection or preservation of, or kindness shown to, a Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणाभ्युपपत्तौ च शपथे नास्ति पातकम् Ms.8.112. -आत्मक a. belonging to Brāhmaṇas. -घ्नः the slayer of a Brāhmaṇa; स्त्रीबाल- ब्राह्मणघ्नांश्च हन्याद् द्विट्सेविनस्तथा Ms.9.232. -चाण्डालः 1 a degraded or outcast Brāhmaṇa; यथा ब्राह्मणचाण्डालः पूर्व- दृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -2 the son of a Śūdra father by a Brāhmaṇa woman. -जातम्, -जातिः f. the Brāhmaṇa caste. -जीविका the occupation or means of livelihood prescribed for a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥ षण्णां तु कर्मणामस्य त्रीणि कर्माणि जीविका । याजनाध्यापने चैव विशुद्धाच्च प्रतिग्रहः ॥. -द्रव्यम्, -स्वम् a Brāhmaṇa's property. -निन्दकः a blasphemer or reviler of Brāhmaṇas. -प्रसंगः the applicability of the term Brāhmaṇa. -प्रातिवेश्यः a neighbouring Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणप्रातिवेश्यानामेतदेवानिमन्त्रणे Y.2.263. -प्रियः N. of Viṣṇu. -ब्रुवः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa, one who is a Brāhmaṇa only in name and neglects the duties of his caste; बहवो ब्राह्मणब्रुवा निवसन्ति Dk.; सममब्राह्मणे दानं द्विगुणं ब्राह्मणब्रुवे Ms.7.85;8.2. -भावः the rank or condition of a Brāhmaṇa. -भूयिष्ठ a. consisting for the most part of Brāhmaṇas. -यष्टिका, -यष्टी Clerodendrum Siphonantus (Mar. भारंग). -वधः the murder of a Brāhmaṇa, Brahmanicide. -वाचनम् the recitation of benedictions. -संतर्पणम् feeding or satisfying Brāhmaṇas.

brāhmaṇatā	ब्राह्मणता त्वम् The state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa.

bhañj	भञ्ज् I. 7 P. (भनक्ति, बभञ्ज, अभाङ्क्षीत्, भङ्क्ष्यति, भङ्क्तुम्, भग्न; desid. बिभङ्क्षति) 1 To break, tear down, shatter, shiver or break to pieces, split; भनज्मि सर्वमर्यादाः Bk. 6.38; भङ्क्त्वा भुजौ 4.3; बभञ्जुर्वलयानि च 3.22; धनुरभाजि यत्त्वया R.11.76. -2 To devastate, destroy by pulling down; भनक्त्युपवनं कपिः Bk.9.2. -2 To make a breach (in a fortress). -4 To frustrate, foil, disappoint, baffle; पिनाकिना भग्नमनोरथा सती Ku.5.1. -5 To arrest, check, interrupt, suspend; as in भग्ननिद्रः. -6 To defeat, vanquish; क्षत्राणि रामः परिभूय रामात् क्षत्राद्यथा$भज्यत स द्विजेन्द्रः N.22.133; नृपा भीष्मादयो भग्नाः Pañch.2.41. -With अव to break down, shatter; वनस्पतिं वज्र इवावभज्य Ku.3. 74. -प्र 1 To break down, shatter, splinter. -2 to stop, arrest, suspend. -3 to frustrate, disappoint. -II. 1 U. (भञ्जयति-ते) 1 To brighten, illuminate. -2 To speak. -3 To shine.

bhadra	भद्र a. [भन्द्-रक् नि˚ नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 Good, happy, prosperous. -2 Auspicious, blessed; as in भद्रमुख. -3 Foremost, best, chief; पप्रच्छ भद्रं विजितारिभद्रः R.14. 31. -4 Favourable, propitious; भद्रं कर्णेभिः शृणुयाम देवा भद्रं पश्येमाक्षभिर्यजत्राः Ṛv.1.89.8. -5 Kind, gracious, excellent, friendly, good; often used in voc. sing. in the sense of 'my good sir', or 'my good friend', 'my good lady', 'my dear madam'. -6 Pleasant, enjoyable, lovely, beautiful; न तु कृच्छ्रादपि भद्रं निजकान्तं सा भजत्येव Pt.1.181. -7 Laudable, desirable, praiseworthy. -8 Beloved, dear. -9 Specious, plausible, hypocritical. -1 Skilful, expert; भद्रो$स्मि नृत्ये कुशलो$स्मि गीते Mb.4. 11.8. -द्रम् 1 Happiness, good fortune, welfare, blessing, prosperity; भद्रं भद्रं वितर भगवन् भूयसे मङ्गलाय Māl.1.3; 6.7; त्वयि वितरतु भद्रं भूयसे मङ्गलाय U.3.48; oft. used in pl. in this sense; सर्वो भद्राणि पश्यतु; भद्रं ते 'god bless you', 'prosperity to you'. -2 Gold. -3 A fragrant grass. -4 Iron, steel. -5 The seventh Karaṇa. -द्रः1 A bullock. -2 A species of wag-tail. -3 A term applied to a particular kind of elephants. -4 An impostor, a hypocrite; Ms.9.258. -5 N. of Śiva. -6 An epithet of mount Meru. -7 The Devadāru tree. -8 A kind of Kadamba. (भद्राकृ means 'to shave'; भद्राकरणम् shaving). -Comp. -अङ्गः an epithet of Balarāma. -अश्वः N. of a Dvīpa. -आकार, -आकृति a. of auspicious features. -आत्मजः a sword. -आश्रयः the sandal tree. -आसनम् 1 a chair of state, splendid seat, a throne. -2 a particular posture in meditation. -ईशः an epithet of Śiva. -एला large cardamoms. -कपिलः an epithet of Śiva. -कल्पः N. of the present age; Buddh. -कान्तः a beautiful lover or husband. -कारक a. propitious. -काली N. of Durgā; जयन्ती मङ्गला काली भद्रकाली कपालिनी Durgāpūjāmantra; भद्रकाल्यै पुरुषपशु- मालभतापत्यकामः Bhāg.5.9.12. -काष्ठम् the tree called Devadāru. -कुम्भः a golden jar filled with water from a holy place, particularly from the Ganges (esp. used at the consecration of a king). -गणितम् The construction of magical diagrams. -गौरः N. of a mountain; Mark. P. -घटः, -घटकः a vessel from which a lottery is drawn -दारु m., n. a sort of pine. -नामन् m. 1 a wag-tail. -2 the wood-pecker. -निधिः certain vessels of copper etc. fashioned for gifts; एवं तु तं भद्रनिधिं सुविद्वान् कृत्वासने प्रावरणोपयुक्ते Vāman P. -नृपतिः a gracious king. -पीठम् 1 a splendid seat, chair of state, throne; औदुम्बरं भद्रपीठमभिषेकार्थमाहृतम् Rām.2.14.34; उपतस्थुः प्रकृतयो भद्रपीठोपवेशितम् R.17.1. -2 a kind of winged insect. -बलनः an epithet of Balarāma. -मुख a. 'of an auspicious face', used as a polite address, 'good sir', 'gentle sir'; Ś.7; ततो भद्रमुखात्राहं स्थास्ये स्थाणु- रिवाचलः Mark. P. (-खी) good lady; V.2. -मुस्तकः (-मुस्ता) Cyperus Rotunda (Mar. नागरमोथा). -मृगः an epithet of a particular kind of elephant. -रेणुः N. of Indra's elephant. -वर्मन् m. a kind of jasmine. -वाच् f. a kind or friendly speech. -विराज् N. of a metre; ओजे तपरौ जरौ गुरुश्चेन् म्सौ जूगौ भद्रविराट् V. Ratna. -शाखः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -श्रयम्, -श्रियम् sandalwood. -श्रीः f. the sandal tree. -सोमा an epithet of the Ganges.

bhava	भव a. [भवत्यस्मात्, भू-अपादाने अप्] (At the end of comp.) Arising or produced from, originating in. -वः 1 Being, state of being, existence, (सत्ता); तथाप्यहं योषिदतत्त्वविच्च ते दीना दिदृक्षे भव मे भवक्षितिम् Bhāg.4. 3.11. -2 Birth, production; भवो हि लोकाभ्युदयाय तादृशाम् R.3.14; S.7.27. -3 Source, origin. -4 Worldly existence; mundane or worldly life, life; as in भवार्णव, भवसागर &c.; कर्मबन्धच्छिदं धर्मं भवस्येव मुमुक्षवः Ku.2.51; भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74; Śi.1.35. -5 The world. -6 Well-being, health, prosperity; भवाय युष्मच्चरणानु- वर्तिनाम् Bhāg.1.27.9; कालेनानुगृहीतैस्तैर्यावद्वो भव आत्मनः Bhāg.8.6.19; Rām.5.27.6. -7 Excellence, superiority. -8 N. of Śiva; तमब्रवीद् भवो$सीति तद्यदस्य तन्नामाकरोत पार्जन्यं तद्रूपमभवत् पर्जन्यो वै भवः Śat. Br.; दक्षस्य कन्या भवपूर्व- पत्नी Ku.1.21;3.72. -9 A god, deity. -1 Acquisition (प्राप्ति). -वौ (dual) Śiva and Bhavānī. -Comp. -अग्रम् the farthest end of the world; Buddh. -अतिग a. overcoming worldly existence. -अन्तकृत् m. 1 N. of Buddha. -2 an epithet of Brahman. -अन्तरम् another existence (previous or future); शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवा- द्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121. -अब्धिः, -अर्णवः, -समुद्रः, -सागरः, -सिन्धुः the ocean of worldly life. -अभवौ (m. dual.) 1 existence. -2 prosperity and adversity. -अभीष्टम् bdellium. -अयना, -नी the Ganges. -अरण्यम् 'a forest of worldly life,' a dreary world. -आत्मजः an epithet of Gaṇeśa or Kārtikeya. -आर्त a. sick of the world, disgusted with worldly cares and troubles. -ईशः N. of Śiva. -उच्छेदः destruction of worldly existence; सतां भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74. -क्षितिः f. the place of birth. -घस्मरः a forest-conflagration. -छिद् a. cutting the (bonds of) worldly life, preventing recurrence of birth; भवच्छिदस्त्र्यम्बकपादपांशवः K.1. -छेदः prevention of recurring birth; मनुष्यजन्मापि सुरासुरान् गुणैर्भवान् भवच्छेद- करैः करोत्यधः Śi.1.35. -जलम् the water (or ocean) of worldly existence. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -नाशिनी N. of the river Sarayū -प्रतिसंधिः coming into being. -बन्धेशः N. of Śiva. -भङ्गः delivery from births or transmigration. -भाज् a. living in the world of mortals. -भावन a. conferring welfare. -भीरु a. afraid of worldly existence. -भूतम् the source of all beings, i. e. the Supreme Being. -भूतिः N. of a celebrated poet (see App.II.); भवभूतेः संबन्धाद् भूधरभूरेव भारती भाति । एतत्कृतकारुण्ये किमन्यथा रोदिति ग्रावा ॥ Āryā. S.36. (-f.) welfare, prosperity. -भोगः the enjoyment or pleasure of the world. -मन्युः the resentment against the world. -मोचनः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -रुद् m. a drum beaten at funeral ceremonies. -वीतिः f. 1 liberation from worldly existence; भववीतये हतबृहत्तमसामवबोधवारि रजसः शमनम् Ki.6. 41. -2 end of the world. -व्ययः (du.) birth and dissolution. -शेखरः the moon. -संगिन् a. attached to worldly existence. -संततिः an uninterrupted series of births and transmigrations.

bhasmatā	भस्मता The state of ashes.

bhasmasāt	भस्मसात् ind. 1 To the state of ashes; ˚कृ 'to reduce to ashes.' ˚भू to be reduced to ashes.

bhāvaḥ	भावः [भू-भावे घञ्] 1 Being, existing, existence; नासतो विद्यते भावः Bg.2.16. -2 Becoming, occurring, taking place. -3 State, condition, state of being; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; U.6.23; so कातरभावः, विवर्णभावः &c. -4 Manner, mode. -6 Rank, station, position, capacity; देवीभावं गमिता K. P.1; so प्रेष्यभावम्, किंकरभावम् &c. -6 (a) True condition or state, truth, reality; परं भावमजानन्तः Bg.7.24; इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसम- न्विताः 1.8. (b) Sincerity, devotion; त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52;2.26. -7 Innate property, disposition, nature, temperament; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U.6.14. -8 Inclination or disposition of mind, idea, thought, opinion, supposition; हृदयनिहितभावा गूढमन्त्रप्रचाराः किमपि विगणयन्तो बुद्धिमन्तः सहन्ते Pt.3.43; Ms.8.25;4.65; निकृष्टोत्कृष्टयोर्भावं यास्तु गृह्णन्ति ताः स्त्रियः Bu. Ch.4.23. -9 Feeling, emotion, sentiment; एको भावः Pt.3.66; Ku.6. 95; निर्विकारात्मके चित्ते भावः प्रथमविक्रिया S. D. (In the dramatic science or in poetic compositions generally, Bhāvas are either स्थायिन् primary, or व्यभिचारिन् subordinate. The former are eight or nine, according as the Rasas are taken to be 8 or 9, each rasa having its own स्थायिभाव. The latter are thirty-three of thirty four in number, and serve to develop and strengthen the prevailing sentiment; for definition and enumeration of the several kinds, see R. G. first ānana, or K. P.4). -1 Love, affection; attachment; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया विवव्रुः Ku.3.35; कुमुद्वती भानुमतीव भावं (बबन्ध) R.6.36. -11 Purport, drift, gist, substance; इति भावः (often used by commentators); जनको$प्युत्स्मयन् राजा भावमस्या विशेषयन् । प्रतिजग्राह भावेन भावमस्या नृपोत्तम Mb.12,32.18. -12 Meaning, intention, sense, import; अन्योन्यभावचतुरेण सखीजनेन मुक्तास्तदा स्मितसुधामधुराः कटाक्षाः Māl.1.25. -13 Resolution, determination. -14 The heart, soul, mind; तयोर्विवृतभावत्वात् Māl.1.12; भावसंशुद्धिरित्येतत् तपो मानसमुच्यते Bg.17.16; स्व एव भावे विनिगृह्य मन्मथम् Bu. Ch.4.11. -15 Any existing thing, an object, a thing, substance; पश्यन्ती विविधान् भावान् Rām.2.94.18; जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दुकलादयः Māl.1.17,36; R.3.41; U.3.32. -16 A being, living creature. -17 Abstract meditation, contemplation (= भावना q. v.). -18 Conduct, movement. -19 (a) Gesture, behaviour; अहिंसा समता... भवन्ति भावा भूतानाम् Bg.1.5. (b) Amorous gesture or expression of sentiment; gesture of love; कामं प्रिया न सुलभा मनस्तु तद्भावदर्शनाश्वासि Ś.2.1. -2 Birth; तवाहं पूर्वके भावे पुत्रः परपुरंजय Rām.7.14.2. -21 The world, universe. -22 The womb. -23 Will; घोरैर्विव्यधतुर्बाणैः कृतभावावुभौ जये Rām.6.9.38. -24 Superhuman power; मिथो घ्नतं न पश्यन्ति भावैर्भावं पृथग्दृशः Bhāg.1.4.27. -25 Advice, instruction. -26 (In dramas) A learned or venerable man, worthy man, (a term of address); भाव अयमस्मि V.1; तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः) Māl.1. -27 (In gram.) The sense of an abstract noun, abstract idea conveyed by a word; भावे क्तः. -28 A term for an impersonal passive or neuter verb. -29 (In astr.) An astronomical house. -3 A lunar mansion. -31 An organ of sense. -32 Welfare (कल्याण); भावमिच्छति सर्वस्य नाभावे कुरुते मनः Mb.5.36.16. -33 Protection; द्रोणस्याभावभावे तु प्रसक्तानां यथा$भवत् Mb.7.25.64. -34 Fate, destiny (प्रारब्ध); नातिप्रहीणरश्मिः स्यात्तथा भावविपर्यये Mb.5.77.14. -35 Consciousness of past perceptions (वासना); येभ्यः सृजति भूतानि काले भावप्रचोदितः । महाभूतानि पञ्चेति तान्याहुर्भूतचिन्तिकाः ॥ Mb.12.275.4. -36 Lordship (प्रभुत्व); ते$पि भावाय कल्पन्ते राजदण्डनिपीडिताः Rām.2.67. 32. -37 The six states (अवस्थाषट्क); A, Rām.1.7.31. -Comp. -अनुग a. not forced, natural. (-गा) a shadow. -अन्तरम् a different state. -अद्वैतम् 1 a natural cause. -2 material cause (as thread of a cloth). -3 identity of conception, oneness of view. -अर्थः 1 the obvious meaning or import (of a word, phrase &c.). -2 the subject matter; सर्वेषामपि वस्तूनां भावार्थो भवति स्थितः Bhāg.1.14.57. -आकूतम् (secret) thoughts of the mind; हृदयनिहितं भावाकूतं वमद्भिरिवेक्षणैः Amaru.4. -आख्यः One of the two types of creation according to the Sāṅkhya philosophy; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यस्तस्माद् द्विविधः प्रवर्तते सर्गः Sāṅ. K.52. -आत्मक a. real, actual. -आभासः simulation of a feeling, a feigned or false emotion. -आलीना a shadow. -एकरस a. influenced solely by the sentiment of (sincere) love; ममात्र भावैकरसं मनः स्थितम् Ku.5.82. -कर्तृकः an impersonal verb; Kāśi. on P. II.3.54. -गतिः f. power to convey human feelings; भावगतिराकृतीनाम् Pratimā 3. -गम्भीरम् ind. 1 heartily, from the bottom of the heart. -2 deeply, gravely. -गम्य a. conceived by the mind; ममत्सादृश्यं विरहतनु वा भावगम्यं लिखन्ती Me.87. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 understanding the sense. -2 appreciating the sentiment. -ग्राह्य a. to be conceived with the heart; भावग्राह्यमनीडाख्यं भावाभावकरं शिवम् Śvet. Up.5.14. -चेष्टितम् amorous gesture. -जः 1 love. -2 the god of love. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. knowing the heart. -दर्शिन् a. see भालदर्शिन्. -निर्वृत्तिः the material creation (Sāṅ. phil.); न विना लिङ्गेन भावनिर्वृत्तिः Sāṅ. K.52. -नेरिः a kind of dance. -बन्धन a. enchanting or fettering the heart, linking together the hearts; रथाङ्गनाम्नोरिव भावबन्धनं बभूव यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम् R.3.24. -बोधक a. indicating or revealing any feeling. -मिश्रः a worthy person, a gentleman (used in dramas); प्रसीदन्तु भावमिश्राः Ś.6. -रूप a. real, actual. -वचनम् denoting an abstract idea, conveying the abstract notion of a verb. -वाचकम् an abstract noun. -विकारः a property of a being; षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वार्ष्यायणिः । जायते$स्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते$पक्षीयते नश्यति । -वृत्तः an epithet of Brahman. -शबलत्वम् a mixture of various emotions (भावानां बाध्यबाधकभावमापन्नानामुदासीनानां वा व्यामिश्रणम् R. G., vide examples given ad loc.). -शुद्धिः f. purity of mind, honesty, sincerity. -शून्य a. devoid of real love; उपचारविधिर्मनस्विनीनां न तु पूर्वाभ्यधिको$पि भावशून्यः M.3.3. -संधिः the union or co-existence of two emotions (भावसंधिरन्योन्यानभिभूतयोरन्योन्याभिभावनयोग्ययोः सामानाधिकरण्यम् R. G., see the examples there given). -समाहित a. abstracted in mind, devout. -सर्गः the mental or intellectual creation; i. e. the creation of the faculties of the human mind and their affections (opp. भौतिकसर्ग or material creation). -स्थ a. attached; devoted (to one); न वेत्सि भावस्थमिमं कथं जनम् Ku.5.58. -स्थिर a. firmly rooted in the heart; Ś.5.2. -स्निग्ध a. affectionately disposed, sincerely attached; भावस्निग्धैरुपकृतमपि द्वेष्यतां याति किंचित् Pt.1.285. -भावंगम a. charming, lovely.

bhāvita	भावित p. p. [भू-णिच् कर्मणि-क्त] 1 Created, produced; obtained, got. -2 Manifested, displayed, exhibited; भावितविषवेगविक्रियः Dk.; (भजे) भक्तेष्वलं भावितभूतभावनम् Bhāg. 5.17.18. -3 Cherished, fostered; तेषां दृष्ट्वा भावितानीङ्गितानि प्रोवाच राजा जनमेजयो$थ Mb.1.55.17. -4 (a) Conceived, imagined, supposed, presented to the imagination; तं तमेवैति कौन्तेय सदा तद्भावभावितः Bg.8.6. (b) Known, recognized, acknowledged. -5 Thought of, meditated upon. -6 Made to become, transformed into. -7 Sanctified by meditation; अनन्यभावे निजधर्मभाविते मनस्यवस्थाप्य भजस्व पूरुषम् Bhāg.4.8.22; see भावितात्मन्. -8 Proved, established. -9 Pervaded by, filled or saturated with, inspired by. -1 Soaked, steeped, infused in; किञ्चित् स्निग्धं यथा च स्याच्छुष्कचूर्णमभावितम् Mb.12.195.18. -11 Perfumed, scented. -12 Mixed with. -13 (In math.). Involving the products of unknown quantities. -14 Directed towards, fixed upon; यदीश्वरे भगवति कर्म ब्रह्मणि भावितम् Bhāg.1.5.32. -15 Possessed, captured (वशीकृत); ततो$न्ये यथाकामं दुदुहुः पृथुभाविताम् Bhāg.4.18.13. -16 Engrossed, filled; रथाङ्गपाणेरनुभावभावितम् Bhāg.12.1. 42. -17 Pleased, gladdened; इष्टान् भोगान् हि वो देवा दास्यन्ते यज्ञभाविताः Bg.3.12. -तम् Product obtained by multiplication, a factum. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -बुद्धि a. 1 one whose soul is purified by meditating on the Supreme Spirit, one who has perceived the Supreme Soul; तस्य देवप्रभावस्य तपसा भावितात्मनः Rām.3.5.4. -2 pure, devout, holy; एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भावितात्मनाम् Pt.3.65. -3 thoughtful, meditative; भावितात्मा भुवो भर्तुरथैनं प्रत्यबोधयत् R.1. 74. -4 engaged in, occupied with; स्वगोत्रसंकीर्तनभावितात्मनः Śi.12.38. (-m.) a sage, saint. -भावन a. being one's self furthered and furthering others.

bhāvitā	भाविता 1 The state of being or becoming. -2 Futurity. -3 Predestination.

bhū	भू I. 1 P. (rarely Ā.) (भवति, बभूव, अभूत्, भविष्यति, भवितुम्, भूत) 1 To be, become; कथमेवं भवेन्नाम; अस्याः किमभवत् Māl.9.29 'what has become her fate', 'what has become of her' U.3.27; यद्भावि तद्भवतु U.3 'come what may'; so दुःखितो भवति, हृष्टो भवति &c. -2 To be born or produced; यदपत्यं भवेदस्याम् Ms.9.127; भाग्यक्रमेण हि धनानि भवन्ति यान्ति Mk.1.13. -3 To spring or proceed from, arise; क्रोधाद् भवति संमोहः Bg.2.63;14.17. -4 To happen, take place, occur; नाततायिवधे दोषो हन्तुर्भवति कश्चन Ms.8.351; यदि संशयो भवेत् &c. -5 To live, exist; अभूदभूतपूर्वः ... राजा चिन्तामणिर्नाम Vās.; अभून्नृपो विबुधसखः परंतपः Bk.1.1. -6 To be alive or living, breathe; त्वमिदानीं न भविष्यसि Ś.6; आः चारुदत्तहतक, अयं न भवसि Mk.4; दुरात्मन्, प्रहर नन्वयं न भवसि Māl.5 ('thou art a dead man', thou shalt breathe no longer); ऋते$पि त्वा न भविष्यन्ति सर्वे Bg.11.32. -7 To remain or be in any state or condition, fare; भवान् स्थले कथं भविष्यति Pt.2. -8 To stay, abide; remain; अस्मिन्नेव लतागृहे त्वमभवस्तन्मार्ग- दत्तेक्षणः U.3.37. -9 To serve, do; इदं पादोदकं भविष्यति Ś.1. -1 To be possible (usually with a future tense in this sense); भवति भवान् याजयिष्यति Sk. -11 To lead or tend to, conduce to, bring about (with dat.); वाताय कपिला विद्युत् ...... पीता भवति सस्याय दुर्भिक्षाय सिता भवेत् Mbh.; सुखाय तज्जन्मदिनं बभूव Ku.1.23; संस्मृतिर्भव भवत्यभवाय Ki. 18.27; न तस्या रुचये बभूव R.6.44. -12 To be on the side of, assist; देवा अर्जुनतो$भवन् । -13 To belong or pertain to (often expressed by 'have'); तस्य ह शतं जाया बभूवुः Ait. Br.; तस्य तेजोमया लोका भवन्ति ब्रह्मवादिनः Ms.6.39. -14 To be engaged in, be occupied (with loc); चरण- क्षालने कृष्णो ब्राह्मणानां स्वयं ह्यभूत् Mb. -15 To conduct oneself, behave. -16 Ved. To be prosperous, succeed; ततो देवा अभवन् Bṛi. Up 1.3.7; Mb.12.228.1. Used with a preceding noun or adjective भू serves to form verbs in the sense of 'becoming what it previously is not' or 'becoming' in general; श्वेतीभू to become white; कृष्णीभू to become black; पयोधरीभूत 'becoming or serving the purpose of teats'; so क्षपणीभू to be or become a mendicant; प्रणिधीभू to act the spy; आर्द्रीभू to melt; भस्मीभू to be reduced to ashes; विषयीभू to form the subject of; so एकमतीभू; तरुणीभू &c. &c. Note-The senses of भू may be variously modified according to the adverbs with which it is connected; e. g. पुनर्भू to marry again; आविर्भू to appear, arise, to be evident or clear; see आविस्; तिरोभू to disappear; प्रादुर्भू to arise, be visible, appear; अग्रेभू to be in front, take the lead; अन्तर्भू to be absorbed or included; ओजस्यन्तर्भवन्त्यन्ये K. P.8; दोषाभू to grow evening or dusk-time; अन्यथा भू to be otherwise, be changed; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; पुरो भू to come forward; stand forth; मिथ्या भू to turn out false; वृथा भू to become useless &c. &c. -Caus. (भावयति-ते) 1 To cause to be or become, call into existence, call into being; ते वै ब्रह्मण आदेशात् कथमेतदभावयन् Bhāg.3.2.1. -2 To cause, produce, effect. -3 To manifest, display, exhibit. -4 To foster, cherish, support, preserve, enliven; पुनः सृजति वर्षाणि भगवान् भावयन् प्रजाः Mb.; देवान् भावयतानेन ते देवा भावयन्तु वः । परस्परं भावयन्तः श्रेयः परमवाप्स्यथ ॥ Bg.3.11; Bk.16.27. -5 To think or reflect, consider, fancy, imagine. -6 To look upon, consider or regard as; अर्थमनर्थं भावय नित्यम् Moha M.2. -7 To prove, substantiate, establish; निह्नवे भावितो दद्याद्धनं राज्ञे च तत्समम् Y.2.11. -8 To purify. -9 To get, obtain. -1 To mingle or mix. -11 To change or transform into. -12 To soak, steep. -13 To devote or addict oneself to. -14 To convince. -15 To perfume, scent. -Desid. (बुभूषति) To wish to be or become &c. -II. 1 U. (भवति-ते) To get, obtain. -III. 1 Ā. (भावयते) To obtain, gain. -IV. 1 U. (भावयति-ते) 1 To think, reflect. -2 To mix, mingle. -3 To be purified (connected with caus. of भू q. v. above).

bhūta	भूत p. p. [भू-क्त] 1 Become, being, existing. -2 Produced, formed. -3 Actually being, really happened, true; भूताश्चार्था विरुद्ध्यन्ति देशकालविरोधिताः Rām.5.3.37. -4 Right, proper, fit; अभूतेनापवादेन कीर्तीं निपतितामिव Rām. 5.15.34; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33. -5 Past, gone. -6 Obtained. -7 Mixed or joined with. -8 Being like, similar, (see भू); मग्नां द्विषच्छद्मनि पङ्कभूते Ki.3.39. -तः 1 A son, child. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -3 The fourteenth day of the dark half of a lunar month (also भूता). -4 A great devotee. -5 N. of a priest of the gods. -6 The dark fortnight of a month (कृष्णपक्ष). -7 see भूतगण. -तम् 1 Any being (human, divine or even inanimate); इत्थं रतेः किमपि भूतमदृश्यरूपं मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45; Pt.2. 87. -2 A living being, an animal, a creature; क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16; भूतेषु किं च करुणां बहुली- करोति Bv.1.122; U.4.6. -3 A spirit, ghost, an imp, a devil (m. also in these senses); ततो रक्षां महातेजः कुरु भूतविनाशिनीम् Rām.7.66.3. -4 An element; (they are five, i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु, and आकाश); तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29. -5 An actual occurrence, a fact, a matter of fact. -6 The past, past time. -7 The world. -8 Well-being, welfare. -9 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. -1 Fitness, propriety. -Comp. -अनुकम्पा compassion for all beings; भूतानुकम्पा तव चेत् R.2.48. -अनुवादः a mention of established facts, a variety of अर्थवाद (q. v.); भूतानुवादमात्रमनर्थकम् ŚB. on MS.1.2.4. -अन्तकः the god of death, Yama. -अभिषङ्गः possession by evil spirits. -अरिः Asa Fœtida. -अर्थः 1 the fact, real fact, true state, truth, reality; आर्ये कथयामि ते भूतार्थम् Ś.1; भूतार्थशोभाह्नियमाणनेत्रा Ku.7.13; कः श्रद्धास्यति भूतार्थं सर्वो मां तुलयिष्यति Mk.3.24. -2 an element of life. ˚कथनम्, ˚व्याहृतिः f. a statement of facts; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33. -अवमानिन् m. despiser of all; भूतावमानी हैहयश्चार्जुनः Kau. A.1.6. -आत्मक a. consisting or composed of the elements. -आत्मन् 1 one whose soul is purified. -2 composed of the five elements (as the body); cf. Ms.12.12. (-m.) 1 the individual (as opposed to the Supreme Soul); विद्यातपोभ्यां भूतात्मा बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुद्ध्यति Ms.5.19; विधमिष्यति ते देहे भूतात्मानं चिरोषितम् Rām.6.59. 55. -2 an epithet of Brahman. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Viṣṇu; भूतात्मा भूतभावनः V. Sah. -5 an elementary substance. -6 the body. -7 war, conflict. -8 the elementary or vital principle. -9 a soul which clings to the elements, a carnal mind; भूतात्मनस्तपोविद्ये बुद्धेर्ज्ञानं विशोधनम् Y.3.34. -आदिः 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 an epithet of Ahaṁkāra (in Sāṅkhya phil.). -आर्त a. possessed by a devil. -आवासः 1 the body. -2 an epithet of &Scute;iva. -3 of Viṣṇu; वसन्ति त्वयि भूतानि भूतावासस्ततो हरिः Hariv. -आविष्ट a. possessed by a devil or evil spirit. -आवेशः demoniac possession. -इज्यम्, -इज्या making oblations to the Bhūtas. -इन्द्रियजयिन् m. a kind of ascetic. -इष्टा the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva; भूतेशस्य भुजङ्गवल्लिवलयस्रङ्नद्धजूटा जटाः Māl.1.2; भूतेशप्रीति- हेतोः Udb. -ईश्वरः an epithet of Śiva; भूयः स भूतेश्वर- पार्श्ववर्ती R.2.46. -उन्मादः demoniac possession. -उपदेशः a reference to past things or such as already exist. -उपसृष्ट, -उपहत a. possessed by a devil. -ओदनः a dish of rice (eaten to counteract the influence of demons). -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. an epithet of Brahman; सर्वलोकप्रभुर्ब्रह्मा भूतकर्तृ तथर्षयः Rām.2.25.25; ततस्थानाह भूत- कृत् 7.4.12. -कला f. a power which produces the five elements; धरादिपञ्चभूतानां निवृत्त्याद्याः कलाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam. -कालः 1 past time. -2 (in gram.) the past or preterite time. -केशी the holy basil. -कोटिः absolute non-entity; Bhddh. -क्रान्तिः f. possession by a devil. -गणः 1 the collection of created beings. -2 the whole class of spirits or devils; प्रेतान् भूतागणांश्चान्ये यजन्ते तामसा जनाः Bg.17.4. -गत्या truthfully; तदखिलमिह भूतं भूतगत्या ...... अभिलषति स्म N.9.159. -गुणः a quality of the elements; शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा भूतगुणाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam. -ग्रस्त possessed by a devil. -ग्रामः 1 the whole multitude or aggregate of living beings; U.7; भूतग्रामः स एवायं भूत्वा भूत्वा प्रलीयते Bg.8.19. -2 a multitude of spirits. -3 the body. -घ्नः 1 a kind of birch tree. -2 a camel. -3 garlic. (-घ्नी) the holy basil. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Kārtika. -चारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चिन्तकः = स्वभाववादिन् q. v.; दैवमित्यपरे विप्राः स्वभावं भूतचिन्तकाः Mb.12.232.19. -चिन्तनिकः an adherent to the doctrine that the mind or intellect is produced from material elements. -चिन्ता an enquiry into the elements, investigation into their nature. -चैतन्यम् intellectuality of matter. -जननी the mother of all beings. -जयः victory over the elements. -तन्त्रम् the doctrine of spirits. -तन्मात्रम् a subtle element. -दया compassion towards all beings, universal benevolence. -द्रुमः Cordia Latifolia (Mar. भोंकर). -द्रुह्, -ध्रुक् a. injurious, malicious. -धरा, -धात्री, -धारिणी the earth. -धात्री sleep. -नाथः an epithet of Śiva; तद् भूतनाथानुग नार्हसि त्वम् R.2.58. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -नाशनः 1 the marking-nut plant. -2 mustard. -3 pepper. (-नम्) 1 Asa Fœtida. -2 a bead used for rosaries (रुद्राक्ष). -निचयः the body. -पक्षः the dark fortnight. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ध्यानास्पदं भूतपतेर्विवश Ku.3.43,74. -2 of Agni. -3 the sacred basil. -4 the sky; ज्वलसि यन्निशि भूतपतिं श्रितः N.4.55. -पत्री the holy basil. -पालः the guardian of living beings. -पूर्णिमा the day of fullmoon in the month of Āśvina. -पूर्वम् ind. formerly. a. 1 former, ancient, old; पश्यामि च जनस्थानं भूतपूर्वखरा- लयम् U.2.17. -2 deceased. -प्रकृतिः f. the origin of all beings; यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1 (v. l.). -बलिः = भूतयज्ञ q. v. -ब्रह्मन् m. a low Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself with the offerings made to an idol; see देवल. -भर्तृ a. sustaining all beings; भूतभर्तृ च तज्ज्ञेयं ग्रसिष्णु प्रभविष्णु च Bg.13.16. -m. an epithet of Śiva. -भव a. existing in all beings. -भव्यम् past and future. -भावनः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -भाविन् a. 1 creating living beings. -भाषा, -भाषितम् the language of devils. -भृत् a. sustaining the elements or creatures; भूतभृन्न च भूतस्थो ममात्मा भूतभावनः Bg.9.5. -भौतिक a. consisting of the elements. -महेश्वरः an epithet of Śiva. -मातृ f. an epithet of Gaurī. -मातृका the earth. -मात्रम्, -त्रा the rudiment of an element. -मात्रा f. pl. the coarse and subtile elements; तास्वेव भूतमात्रासु प्रलीयन्ते विभागशः Ms.12.17. -यज्ञः an oblation or offering to all created beings, one of the five daily Yajñas to be performed by a householder. -योनिः the origin of all created beings. -रयाः a. a class of gods under the 5th Manu; Bhāg. -राज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -लिपिः a particular magic formula. -वर्गः the whole class of spirits. -वादिन् a. telling the real fact or truth. -वासः the Bibhītaka tree. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -विक्रिया 1 epilepsy. -2 possession by a devil. -विज्ञान, -विद्या demonology (भूतविद्या); Ch. Up.7.1.2. -विनायकः a leader of evil beings; Bhāg. -विभुः a king; शाहभूविभुः Śāhendra. 2.93. -वृक्षः the Bibhītaka tree. -वेशी a white flowering Vitex Negundo (Mar. निर्गुडी). -शुद्धिः f. purification of the elements (of the body). -संसारः 1 the world of mortals. -2 the course of existence; घोरे$स्मिन् भूतसंसारे नित्यं सततयायिनि Ms.1.5. -संघः the totality of beings or of the elements. -संचारः demoniac possession. -संचारिन् m. a forest conflagration. -संप्लवः universal deluge or destruction; आभूतसंप्लवस्थानममृतत्वं हि भाषते. -समागमः the meeting of mortals; यथा काष्ठं च ... समेत्य च व्यपेयातां तद्वद् भूतसमागमः Mb.12.28.36. -सर्गः 1 the creation of the world, the class or order of created beings. -2 creation of the elements. -साक्षिन् m. 'allseeing', an eye-witness of created beings. -साधनी the earth. -सूक्ष्मम् a subtle element. -सृज् m. an epithet of Brahman; बहुधा गतां जगति भूतसृजा कमनीयतां समभिहृत्य पुरा Ki.6.42. -सृष्टिः f. 1 the illusion effected by the power of Bhūtas. -2 the whole class of Bhūtas taken collectively. -स्थानम् 1 the abode of living beings. -2 the abode of demons. -हत्या destruction of living beings. -हन्त्री a species of Dūrvā grass. -हरः bdellium. -हासः a kind of fever.

bhūti	भूति f. [भू-क्तिन्] 1 Being, existence. -2 Birth, production. -3 Well-being, welfare, happiness, prosperity; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; नरपतिकुलभूत्यै 2.75; स वो$स्तु भूत्यै भगवान् मुकुन्दः Vikr.1.2. -4 Success, good fortune. -5 Wealth, riches, fortune; विपत्प्रतीकारपरेण मङ्गलं निषेव्यते भूतिसमुत्सुकेन वा Ku.5.76. -6 Grandeur, dignity, majesty. -7 Ashes; भृतभूतिरहीनभोगभाक् Śi.16.71 (where भूति means 'riches' also); स्फुटोपमं भूतिसितेन शंभुना 1.4. -3 Decoration of elephants with coloured stripes; भक्तिच्छेदैरिव विरचितां भूतिमङ्गे गजस्य Me.19. -9 The superhuman power attainable by the practice of penance or magical rites; सूक्ष्मात् सूक्ष्मतमो$णीयान् शीघ्रत्वं लघिमागुणः । महिमाशेषपूज्यत्वात् प्राप्तिर्नाप्राप्यमस्य यत् ॥ प्राकाम्यस्य व्यापित्वादीशित्वं चेश्वरो यतः । वशित्वाद्वशिमा नाम योगिनः सप्तमो गुणः ॥ यत्रेच्छा स्थानमप्युक्तं यत्र कामावसायिता ॥ Mārk. P.4.31-33. -1 Fried meat. -11 The rutting of elephants. -तिः m. 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 Of Viṣṇu. -3 Of a class of Manes. -Comp. -अर्थम् ind. for the sake of prosperity. -कर्मन् n. any auspicious or festive rite. -काम a. desirous of prosperity. (-मः) 1 a minister of state. -2 an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -कालः a happy or auspicious hour. -कीलः 1 a hole, pit. -2 a meat. -3 a cellar, an underground room. -कृत् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a class of Manes. -कृत्यम् see भूतिकर्मन्; श्रोत्रियः श्रोत्रियं साधुं भूतिकृत्येष्वभोजयन् Ms.8.393. -गर्भः an epithet of Bhavabhūti. -दः an epithet of Śiva. -विधानम् the lunar mansion called धनिष्ठा. -भूषणः an epithet of Śiva. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -सृज् a. creating welfare.

bhūyam	भूयम् The state of being or becoming; as in ब्रह्मभूयम्; दाशरथिभूयम् Śi.14.81.

bhṛtya	भृत्य a. [भृ क्यप् तक् च] To be nourished or maintained &c. -त्यः 1 Any one requiring to be supported. -2 A servant, dependant, slave. -3 A king's servant, minister of state; भृत्यप्रणाशो मरणं नृपाणाम् H.2.136. -4 A subject. -त्या 1 Rearing, fostering, nourishing, taking care of; as in कुमारभृत्या q. v. -2 Maintenance, support. -3 A means of sustenance, food. -4 Wages. -5 Service. -Comp. -अध्यापनम् teaching the Veda for hire; Ms.11.62. -जनः 1 a servant, dependant. -2 servants taken collectively. -भर्तृ m. the master of a family. -वर्गः the body of servants, household; यथावद् भृत्यवर्गस्य चिकीर्षेत् कर्म आदितः Mb.12.192.11. -वात्सल्यम् kindness to servants. -वृत्तिः f. maintenance of servants; यस्य त्रैवार्षिकं भक्तं पर्याप्तं भृत्यवृत्तये Ms.11.7. भृत्यता bhṛtyatā त्वम् tvam भृत्यभावः bhṛtyabhāvḥ भृत्यता त्वम् भृत्यभावः Service, dependence.

mañcaḥ	मञ्चः [मञ्च्-घञ्] 1 A couch, bedstead, sofa, bed. -2 A raised seat, dais, a platform resting on columns, a seat of honour or state, throne; मञ्चाः क्रियन्तां विविधा मल्लरङ्गपरिश्रिताः Bhāg.1.36.25; स तत्र मञ्चेषु मनोज्ञवेषान् R.6.1;3.1. -3 An elevated shed in a field (for a watchman). -4 A pulpit. -5 A stage, platform. -Comp. -नृत्यम् a kind of dance. -पीठम् a seat on a platform. -मण्डपः 1 a temporary shed resting upon bamboo posts. -2 a platform erected on festive occasions (as marriages &c.).

mañjula	मञ्जुल a. [मञ्जु-सिध्मा˚, लच्, मञ्जु-उ लच् वा] Lovely, beautiful, agreeable, charming, sweet, melodious (voice &c.); संप्रति मञ्जुलवञ्जुलसीमनि केलिशयनमनुयातम् Gīt.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां वर्धते मदमञ्जुलम् Kāv.2.334. -लः 1 A kind of gallinule. -लम् 1 An arbour, a bower. -2 A spring, well. -3 The state of being variegated. मञ्जु(ञ्जू)षा, मञ्जु(ञ्जू)षिका [मञ्ज्-ऊषन्] 1 A box, casket, chest, receptacle; मदीयपद्यरत्नानां मञ्जूषैषा मया कृता Bv.4.45; अपारकोषगर्भासु मञ्जूषासु निजैर्नरैः Śiva B.29.56. -2 A large basket, hamper; मञ्जुषा$पि च मञ्जूषा पेटा च पेटिकेत्यपि Śabdaratnāvalī. -3 Madder (= मञ्जिष्ठा). -4 A stone.

maṇḍūkaḥ	मण्डूकः [मण्डयति वर्षासमयं, मण्ड् ऊकण् Uṇ.4.42.] 1 A frog; निपानमिव मण्डूकाः सोद्योगं नरमायान्ति विवशाः सर्वसंपदः Subhāṣ. -2 N. of a particular breed of horses. -3 A machine like a frog. -4 The sole of a horse's hoof. कम् A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -की 1 A female frog. -2 A wanton or unchaste woman. -3 N. of several plants. -Comp. -अनुवृत्तिः, -गतिः, -प्लुतिः f. 'the leap of a frog', skipping over or omitting at intervals (in grammar the word is used to denote the skipping of several Sūtras and supplying from a previous Sūtra); क्रियाग्रहणं मण्डूकप्लुत्यानुवर्तते Sk. -कुलम् a collection of frogs. -पर्णा, -पर्णिका, -पर्णी N. of several plants like मञ्जिष्ठा, ब्राह्मी etc. -योगः a kind of abstract meditation in which the person who meditates sits motionless like a frog; मण्डूकयोगनियतैर्यथान्यायं निषेविभिः Mb.13.142.9. -सरस् n. a pond full of frogs.

mata	मत p. p. [मन्-क्त] 1 Thought, believed, supposed; स मे युक्ततमो मतः Bg.6.47. -2 Considered, regarded, deemed, looked upon. -3 Esteemed, honoured, respected; बभौ च सा तेन सतां मतेन श्रद्धेव साक्षाद्विधिनोपपन्ना R.2.16;8.8. -4 Commended, valued. -5 Conjectured, guessed. -6 Meditated upon, thought of, perceived, recognised. -7 Thought out. -8 Intended, aimed at. -9 Approved, sanctioned. -1 Wished or hoped for. -11 Perceived, observed, known, understood. (See मन्). -तम् 1 A thought, idea, opinion, belief, view; निश्चितं मतमुत्तमम् Bg.18.6; केषांचिन्मतेन &c. -2 Doctrine, tenet, creed, religious belief; ये मे मतमिदं नित्यमनुतिष्ठन्ति मानवाः Bg.3.31. -3 Advice, instruction, counsel. -4 Aim, design, intention, purpose; आत्मप्रभावेण मुने ज्ञातुमर्हसि मे मतम् Rām.7. 9.19. -5 Approbation, sanction, commendation. -6 Knowledge. -Comp. -अक्ष a. well-versed in playing at dice; कङ्को नाम द्विजो भूत्वा मताक्षः प्रियदेवनः Mb.4.1.24. -अनुज्ञा one of the निग्रहस्थानs known in न्यायशास्त्र; Bhāṣā P.; admission of a fault in one's own reasoning, while insisting on a similar one in that of the opponent. -अन्तरम् 1 a different view. -2 a different creed. -अवलम्बनम् adopting or holding a particular opinion. -भेदः difference of opinion.

mathita	मथित p. p. [मथ्-क्त] 1 Churned, stirred round, agitated, shaken about. -2 Crushed, ground, pinched. -3 Afflicted, distressed, oppressed. -4 Killed, destroyed. -5 Dislocated; (see मन्थ्). -तम् Pure butter-milk (without water).

madaḥ	मदः [मद्-अच्] 1 Intoxication, drunkenness, inebriety; मदेनास्पृश्ये Dk.; मदविकाराणां दर्शकः K.45; see comps. below. -2 Madness, insanity. -3 Ardent passion, wanton or lustful passion, lasciviousness, lust; इति मदमदनाभ्यां रागिणः स्पष्टरागान् Śi.1.91. -4 Rut, ichor, or the juice that exudes from the temples of an elephant in rut; मदेन भाति कलभः प्रतापेन महीपतिः Chandr.5.45; so मदकलः, मदोन्मत्त; Me.2; R.2.7;12.12. -5 Love, desire, ardour. -6 Pride, arrogance, conceit; तं मोहाच्छ्रयते मदः स च मदाद्दास्येन निर्विद्यते Pt.1.24. -7 Rapture, excessive delight. -8 Spirituous liquor; पाययित्वा मदं सम्यक् Śukra. 4.1171. -9 Honey. -1 Musk. -11 Semen virile. -12 Soma. -13 Any beautiful object. -14 A river (नद) -15 Beauty; नीलारविन्दमदभङ्गिमदैः कटाक्षैः Bv.3.4. -16 N. of the 7th astrological mansion. -दी 1 A drinking-cup. -2 Any agricultural implement (such as a plough &c.). -Comp. -अत्ययः, -आतङ्कः any distemper (such as headache) resulting from drunkenness. -अन्ध a. 1 blinded by intoxication, dead drunk, drunk with passion; अधरमिव मदान्धा पातुमेषा प्रवृत्ता V.4.13; यदा किंचिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.2.7. -2 blinded by passion or pride, arrogant, infatuated. -अपनयम् removal of intoxication. -अम्बरः 1 an elephant in rut. -2 N. of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -अलस a. languid with passion or intoxication. -अलसा N. of the daughter of Viśvaketu, the lord of Gandharvas. -अवस्था 1 a state of drunkenness. -2 wantonness, lustfulness. -3 rut, being in rut; अन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -आकुल a. 1 furious with rut. -2 full of lust, overpowered by passion. -आढ्य a. drunk, intoxicated. (-ढ्यः) the palm tree. -आम्नातः a kettle-drum carried on the back of an elephant. -आलापिन् m. a cuckoo. -आह्वः musk. -उत्कट a. 1 intoxicated, excited by drink. -2 furious with passion, lustful. -3 arrogant, proud, haughty. -4 ruttish, under the influence of rut; मदोत्कटे रेचितपुष्पवृक्षा गन्धद्विपे वन्य इव द्विरेफाः R.6.7; हस्तिनं कमल- नालतन्तुना बद्धुमिच्छति वने मदोत्कटम्. (-टः) 1 an elephant in rut. -2 a dove. (-टा) spirituous liquor. -उत्सवः, उद्भवः mango -उदग्र, -उन्मत्त a. 1 drunk, intoxicated. -2 furious, drunk with passion. मदोदग्राः ककुद्मन्तः सरितां कूलमुद्रुजाः R.4.22. -3 arrogant, proud, haughty; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः Pt.1.161. -उदग्रा f. A woman; L. D. B. -उद्धत a. 1 drunk with passion; मदोद्धताः प्रत्यनिलं विचेरुः Ku.3.31; सत्पक्षा मधुरगिरः प्रसाधिताशा मदोद्धतारम्भाः Ve.1.6. -2 inflated with pride. -उल्लापिन् m. the cuckoo. -ऊर्जित a. swollen with pride. -कटः a eunuch. -कर a. intoxicating, causing intoxication. -करिन् m. an elephant in rut. -कल a. speaking softly or inarticulately, speaking indistinctly; मदकलोदकलोलविहंगमाः R.9.37; मद- कलमदिराक्षीनीविमोक्षो हि मोक्षः Udb. -2 uttering low sounds of love. -3 drunk with passion; एतस्मिन् मदकलमल्लिकाक्षपक्ष... U.1.31; Māl.9.14. -4 indistinct yet sweet; मदकलं कूजितं सारसानाम् Me.31. -5 ruttish, furious, under the influence of rut; V.4.46. -6 furious, mad. (-लः) an elephant in rut; -कोहलः a bull set at liberty (to roam at will). -खेल a. stately or sportive through passion; मदखेलपदं कथं नु तस्याः V.4.16. -गन्धा 1 an intoxicating drink. -2 hemp. -गमनः a buffalo. -च्युत् a. 1 distilling rut (as an elephant). -2 lustful, wanton, drunk. -3 gladdening, exhilarating. (-m.) an epithet of Indra. (-m. dual) an epithet of the Aśvins. -जलम्, -वारि n. rutting juice, ichor exuding from the temples of a ruttish elephant. -ज्वरः fever of pride or passion; कतिपयपुरस्वाम्ये पुंसां क एष मदज्वरः Bh.3.23. -द्रुः a cocoa-nut tree (Mar. माड). -द्विपः a furious elephant, an elephant in rut. -प्रयोगः, -प्रसेकः, -प्रस्रवणम्, -स्रावः, -स्रुतिः f. the exudation of ichor or rutting juice from the temple of an elephant. -प्रसेकः the aphrodisiacal fluid (वीर्यच्युतिः); अन्यत्र मुञ्चन्ति मदप्रसेकम् Mk.4.16. -भङ्गः humiliation of pride; Bv.3.4. -भञ्जिनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -मत्ता N. of a metre. -मुच् a. 'dropping down ichor', furious, intoxicated; सो$यं पुत्रस्तव मदमुचां वारणानां विजेता U.3.15. -मोहित a. 1 stupefied by drunkenness; अकार्यमन्यत् कुर्याद् वा ब्राह्मणो मदमोहितः Ms.11.96. -2 infatuated by pride. -रक्त a. affected with passion. -रागः 1 Cupid. -2 a cock. -3 a drunkard. -लेखा 1 a line of rut, a line formed by the juice flowing from an elephant's temples. -2 a kind of metre. -विक्षिप्त a. in rut, furious. -2 agitated by lust or passion. -विह्वल a. 1 maddened by lust or pride. -2 stupefied with intoxication. -वीर्यम् 1 strength produced by passion. -2 the heroism of love -वृन्दः an elephant. -शौण्डः, -शौण्डकम् nutmeg. -सारः a cotton shrub. -स्थलम्, -स्थानम् an ale-house, dram-shop, tavern.

madhya	मध्य a. [मन्-यत् नस्य धः Tv.] 1 Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूल- मध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; Ms.2.21. -2 Intervening, intermediate. -3 Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; अग्ऱ्यो मध्यो जघन्यश्च तं प्रवेक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Ms.12.3; प्रारभ्य विघ्नविहता विरमन्ति मध्याः Bh.2.27. -4 Neutral, impartial. -5 Just, right. -6 Mean (in astr.). -ध्यः, -ध्यम् 1 The middle, centre, middle or central part; अह्नः मध्यम् midday; सहस्रदीधितिरलंकरोति मध्यमह्नः Māl. 1 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; सरति सहसा बाह्वोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11 (v. l.); व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -2 The middle of the body, the waist; मध्ये क्षामा Me.84; वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; दधाना बलिभं मध्यं कर्णजाहविलोचना Bk.4.16. -3 The belly, abdomen; मध्येन ... वलित्रयं चारु बभार बाला Ku.1.39. -4 The inside or interior of anything. -5 A middle state or condition. -6 The flank of a horse. -7 Mean time in music. -8 The middle term of a progression. -9 Cessation, pause, interval. -ध्या 1 The middle finger. -2 A young woman, one arrived at puberty. -ध्यम् Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of मध्य are used adverbially. (a) मध्यम् into the midst of, into. (b) मध्येन through or between. (c) मध्यात् out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); तेषां मध्यात् काकः प्रोवाच Pt.1. (d) मध्ये 1 in the middle, between, among, in the midst; स जहार तयोर्मध्ये मैथिलीं लोकशोषणः R.12.29. -2 in, into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. मध्येगङ्गम् into the Ganges; मध्येजठरम् in the belly; Bv.1.61; मध्येनगरम् inside the city; मध्येनदि in the middle of the river; मध्येपृष्ठम् on the back; मध्येभक्तम् a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; मध्येरणम् in the battle; Bv.1.128; मध्ये- सभम् in or before an assembly; N.6.76; मध्येसमुद्रम् in the midst of the sea; Śi.3.33.]. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः, -ला f. the middle finger. -अह्नः (for अहन्) midday, noon; प्रातःकालो मुहूर्तांस्त्रीन् संगवस्तावदेव तु । मध्याह्नस्त्रिमुहूर्तं स्यात् ...... Dakṣasamhitā. ˚कृत्यम्, ˚क्रिया a midday rite or observance. ˚कालः, ˚वेला, ˚समयः noontime, midday. ˚स्नानम् midday ablution. -आदित्यः the mid-day sun. -उदात्त a. having the उदात्त accent on the middle syllable. -कर्णः a radius. -क्ष्मामा N. of a metre. -ग a. being or going in the middle or among. -गत a. central, middle, being in the middle. -गन्धः the mango tree. -ग्रहणम् the middle of an eclipse. -छाया mean or middle shadow. -जिह्वम् the organ of the palatals. -ज्या the sign of the meridian. -तमस् n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness. -तापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -दन्तः a front tooth. -दिनम् (also मध्यंदिनम्); मध्यंदिने$र्धरात्रे च Ms.7.151. 1 midday, noon. -2 a midday offering. -दीपकम् a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g; गरुडानिलतिग्मरश्मयः पततां यद्यपि संमता जवे । अचिरेण कृतार्थमागतं तममन्यन्त तथाप्यतीव ते ॥ Bk.1.25. -देशः 1 the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. -2 the waist. -3 the belly. -4 the meridian. -5 the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत्प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः स कीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21. -देहः the trunk of the body, the belly. -निहित a. inserted, fixed into. -पदम् the middle word. ˚लेपिन् see मध्यमपदलोपिन्. -परिमाणम् the middle measure (between an atom and infinitude). -पातः 1 communion, intercourse. -2 (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect. -प्रविष्ट a. one who has stolen into another's confidence; Ks. -भः (in astr.) the meridian ecliptic point. -भागः 1 the middle part. -2 the waist. -भावः 1 middle state, mediocrity. -2 a middling or moderate distance. -मणिः the principle or central gem of a necklace. -यवः a weight of six white mustard-seeds. -योगिन् a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः f. midnight. -रेखा the central or first meridian; (the line supposed to be drawn through लङ्का, उज्जयिनी, कुरुक्षेत्र and other places to the mount मेरु). -लग्नम् the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian. -लोकः the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः a king. -वयस् a. middle-aged. -वर्तिन् a. 1 middle, central. -2 being among or in the middle. (-m.) an arbitrator, a mediator. -वृत्तम् the navel. -शरीर a. 1 having a middle-sized body. -2 one of moderately full habit. -सूत्रम् = मध्यरेखा q. v. -स्थ a. 1 being or standing in the middle, central. -2 intermediate, intervening. -3 middling. -4 mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. -5 impartial, neutral; सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थ- द्वेष्यबन्धुषु ... समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -6 indifferent, unconcerned; अन्या मध्यस्थचिन्ता तु विमर्दाभ्यधिकोदया Rām. 2.2.16; मध्यस्थो देशबन्धुषु Pt.4.6; वयमत्र मध्यस्थाः Ś.5. (-स्थः) 1 an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -स्थता 1 intermediate position. -2 middle state or character. -3 mediocrity. -4 arbitration, mediatorship. -5 impartiality; मध्यस्थतां गृहीत्वा भण M.3 'say impartially'; मध्यस्थतानैकतरोपहासः N. -6 indifference. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the middle or centre. -2 the middle space or region. -3 the waist. -4 the hip; कुचौ मरिचसंनिभौ मुरजमध्यमध्यस्थली Udb. -स्थानम् 1 the middle station. -2 the middle space; i. e. air. -3 a neutral region. -स्थित a. central, intermediate. -ता indifference. -स्वरित a. having the स्वरित accent on the middle syllable.

manas	मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P.

mantraḥ	मन्त्रः [मन्त्र्-अच्] 1 A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds:-it is called ऋच् if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; यजुस् if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and सामन् if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting). -2 The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brāhmaṇa; q. v. -3 A charm, spell, an incantation; सो$हमस्मि मन्त्र- सिद्धः Dk.54; न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111; अचिन्त्यो हि मणिमन्त्रौषधीनां प्रभावः Ratn.2; R.2;32;5.57. -4 A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity, as ओं नमः शवाय &c. -5 Consultation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution, plan; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य R.1.2; मन्त्रः प्रतिदिनं तस्य बभूव सह मन्त्रिभिः 17.5; Pt.2.182; Ms.7.58; मन्त्रपूर्वाः सर्वारम्भाः Kau. A.1.15; also पञ्चाङ्गो मन्त्रः. -6 Secret plan or consultation, a secret; मन्त्रो योध इवाधीरः सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि Śi.2.29. -7 Policy, statesmanship. -8 A mean, contrivance; किं तु मन्त्रं प्रदास्यामि यो वै तान् निहनिष्यति Rām.7.6.1. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 of Śiva. -11 (In astrol.) The fifth mansion. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a syllable in a spell. -अधिकारः business of council meetings; Kau. A.1.15. -अधिराजः supreme over all spells. -आराधनम् endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -उक्त a. mentioned in a hymn. -उदकम्, -जलम्, -तोयम्, -वारि n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water. -उपष्टम्भः backing up by advice. -करणम् 1 Vedic texts. -2 composing or reciting sacred texts; P.I.3.25. -कर्कश a. advocating a stern policy; ये$पि मन्त्रकर्कशाः शास्त्रतन्त्रकाराः Dk.2.8. -कारः the author of Vedic hymns. -कार्यम् subject of consultation. -कालः time of consultation or deliberation. स्त्रीम्लेच्छव्याधितव्यङ्गान् मन्त्रकाले$पसारयेत् Ms.7.149. -कुशलः a. skilled in giving advice. -कृत् m. 1 an author or composer of Vedic hymns; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्र- कृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4;1.61;15.31. -2 one who recites a sacred text. -3 a counsellor, an adviser. -4 an ambassador; यद्वा अयं मन्त्रकृद्वो भगवानखिलेश्वरः Bhāg.3.1.2. -कृत a. Consecrated by mantras; यस्ते मन्त्रकृतः पाणिरग्नौ पापे मया धृतः Rām.2.14. 14. -गण्डकः knowledge, science. -गुप्तिः f. secret counsel. -गूढः a spy, a secret emissary or agent. -गृहम् a council-chamber. -ग्रहः listening to the counsels of ministers; सप्तमे तु मन्त्रग्रहो दूताभिप्रेषणानि च Dk.2.8. -जा the power of spells; L. D. B. -जागरः recital of Vedic texts at night. -जिह्वः fire; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel. -3 skilled in spells. -(ज्ञः) 1 a counsellor, adviser. -2 a learned Brāhmaṇa; मन्त्रज्ञै- र्मन्त्रिभिश्चैव विनीतः प्रविशेत् सभाम् Ms. -3 a spy. -तत्त्वम् the essence of counsel. -तन्त्र see अमन्त्र. -दः, -दातृ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher; पिता भवति मन्त्रदः Ms. 2.153. -दर्शिन् m. 1 a seer of Vedic hymns. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; यो ह्यग्निः स द्विजो विप्रैर्मन्त्र- दर्शिभिरुच्यते Ms.3.212. -दीधितिः fire. -दृश् a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel or spells. (m.) 1 a seer of Vedic hymns -2 an adviser, a counsellor; अथाह तन्मन्त्रदृशां वरीयान् यन्मन्त्रिणो वैदुरिकं वदन्ति Bhāg.3. 1.1. -देवता the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra. -धरः, -धारिन् m. a counsellor. -निर्णयः final decision after deliberation. -पदम् the words of a sacred text. -पूत a. purified by mantras. ˚आत्मन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa. -प्रचारः the course of counsel or procedure; Pt.2. -प्रभावः the power of a spell. -प्रयोगः, -युक्तिः f. application of spells. -बी(वी)- जम् the first syllable of a spell. -भेदः breach or betrayal of counsel. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् magic. -यन्त्रम् a mystical diagram with a magical formula. -युक्तिः application of spells; magical means. -योगः 1 employment or application of spells. -2 magic. -रक्षा not disclosing, keeping a secret. -वर्जम् ind. without the use of spells. -वहः N. of Viṣṇu. -वादः the substance of sacred texts. -वादिन् m. 1 a reciter of sacred texts. -2 an enchanter, a conjurer. -विद् see मन्त्रज्ञ above. -विद्या the science of spells, magic. -शक्तिः f. the power of spells. -श्रुतिः a consultation overheard. -संस्कारः any Saṁskāra or rite performed with sacred texts; अनृतावृतुकाले च मन्त्रसंस्कारकृत् पतिः Ms.5.153. -संस्क्रिया any magical rite. -संवरणम् concealment of a design; मन्त्रसंवरणेनास्मि कुन्त्या दुःखेन योजितः Mb.12.2. 18. -संहिता the whole body of Vedic hymns. -साधकः a magician, conjurer. -साधनम् 1 effecting or subduing by magic. -2 a spell, an incantation. -3 attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादाबुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl. 5.25; K.37,4,44. -साध्य a. 1 to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1.65. -2 attainable by consultation. -सिद्ध a. 1 possessing the power of spells, rendered efficacious; सो$स्म्यहं मन्त्रसिद्धः Dk.2.2. -सिद्धिः f. 1 the working or accomplishment of a spell. -2 the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person. -सूत्रम् a charm fastened on a string. -स्नानम् the recitation of particular texts as a substitute for ablution. -स्पृश् a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells. -हीन a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns.

manth	मन्थ् मथ् 1, 9 P. (मन्थति, मथति, मथ्नाति, मथित; pass. मथ्यते) To churn, produce by churning; (oft. with two acc.) सुधां सागरं ममन्थुः or देवासुरैरमृतम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5. 3. -2 To agitate, shake, stir round or up, turn up and down; (fig. also); तस्मात् समुद्रादिव मथ्यमानात् R.16. 79. -3 (a) To crush, grind. (b) To grind down, oppress, afflict, trouble, distress sorely; मन्मथो मां मथ्नन् निजनाम सान्वयं करोति Dk.; जातां मन्ये शिशिरमथितां पद्मिनीं वान्यरूपाम् Me.85 (v. l.). -4 To hurt, injure. -5 To destroy, kill, annihilate, crush down; मथ्नामि कौरवशतं समरे न कोपात् Ve.1.15; अमन्थीच्च परानीकम् Bk.15.46; 14.36. -6 To tear off, dislocate. -7 To mix, mingle.

manyuḥ	मन्युः [मन्-युच् Uṇ.3.2] 1 Anger, wrath, resentment, indignation, rage; बाहुप्रतिष्टम्भविवृद्धमन्युः R.2.32, 49;11.46; नियमितमनोमन्युर्दृष्टा मया रुदती प्रिया Nāg.2.6. -2 Grief, sorrow, affliction, distress; निकृन्तन्मर्माणि क्रकच इव मन्युर्विरमति U.4.3; Ki.1.35; यास्यन् सुतस्तप्स्यति मां सुमन्युम् Bk.1.23; also 3.49. -3 Wretched or miserable state, meanness. -4 A sacrifice; प्रसहेत रणे तवानुजान् द्विषतां कः शतमन्युतेजसः Ki.2.23. -5 Spirit, mettle, courage (as of horses). -6 Ardour, zeal. -7 Pride. -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 Of Agni. -Comp. -सूक्तम् the hymns of Manyu (Ṛv.1.83 and 84).

maryādā	मर्यादा [मर्यायां सीमायां दीयते दा-घञर्थे क] 1 A limit, boundary (fig. also); bound, border, frontier, verge; मर्यादाव्यतिक्रमः Pt.1. -2 End, termination, terminus. -3 A shore, bank. -4 A mark, land-mark. -5 The bounds of morality, any fixed usage or established rule, moral law; मर्यादानां च लोकस्य कर्ता कारयिता च सः Rām.5. 35.11. -6 A rule of propriety or decorum, bounds or limits of propriety, propriety of conduct; आस्तातापवाद- भिन्नमर्याद U.5; मर्यादायाममर्यादाः स्त्रियस्तिष्ठन्ति सर्वदा Pt.1.142. -7 A contract, covenant, an agreement; गृह्यतां पाणिना पाणिर्मर्यादा बध्यतां ध्रुवा Rām.4.5.11. -Comp. -अचलः, -गिरिः, -पर्वतः a frontier-mountain. -धावनम् running towards a mark. -बन्धः keeping within limits; Buddh. -भेदकः a destroyer of land-marks; मर्यादाभेदकश्चैव विकृतं प्राप्नुयाद्वधम् Ms.9.291. -वचनम् statement of the limit; P.III.3.136. -व्यतिक्रमः overstepping limits.

mahā	महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw

mahī	मही 1 Earth; as in महीपाल, महीमृत् &c.; मही रम्या शय्या Bh.3.79. -2 Ground, soil; चेरतुः संयुगमहीं सासारौ जलदाविव Rām.6.17.34. -3 Landed property or estate, land. -4 A country, kingdom. -5 N. of a river falling into the gulf of Cambay. -6 (In geom.) The base of any plane figure. -7 A large army (Ved). -8 A cow; ŚB. on MS.1.3.49. -9 Earth (as a substance, stones, bricks &c); Ms.7.7. -1 Space. -Comp. -इनः, -ईश्वरः a king; न न महीनमहीनपराक्रमम् R.9. 5. -कम्पः an earthquake. -क्षित् m. a king, sovereign; भीष्मद्रोणप्रमुखतः सर्वेषां च महीक्षिताम् Bg.1.25; R.1.11,85; 19.2. -जः 1 the planet Mars; इयं महीजे विधुजे शराष्टौ Samayapradīpa. -2 N. of Narakāsura. -3 a tree. (-जा) N. of Sītā. (-जम्) wet ginger. -जीवा the horizon. -तलम् surface of the earth. -दुर्गम् an earth fort; Ms. 7.7. -धरः 1 a mountain; महीधरं मार्गवशादुपेतम् R.6.52; Ku.6.89. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ध्रः 1 a mountain; महीध्रादुत्तुङ्गादवनिमवनेश्चापि जलधिम् Bh.2.1; Śi.15.54; R.3.6;13.7. -2 a symbolical expression for the number, 'seven'. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu -नाथः, -पः, -पतिः, -पालः, -पुरन्दरः, -भुज् m., -मघवन् m., -महेन्द्रः a king; अलं महीपाल तव श्रमेण R.2.34; तां प्रत्यभिव्यक्तमनो- रथानां महीपतीनां प्रणयाग्रदूत्यः 6.12; प्रविश्य कृष्णासदनं महीभुजा Ki.1.26; also Śāhendra.2.82. -पतनम् humble obeisance (as by falling on the ground.) -पुत्रः, -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 the planet Mars; तनयकृताश्च शुचो महीसुते Bṛi. S. -2 epithets of the demon Naraka. -पुत्री, -सुता an epithet of Sītā. -पृष्ठम् the surface of the earth. -प्रकम्पः an earthquake. -प्ररोहः, -रुह् m., -रुहः a tree; अकुसुमान् दधतं न महीरुहः Ki.5.1; Śi.2.49. -प्राचीरम्, -प्रावरः the sea. -भर्तृ m. a king. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain; अथ जयाय नु मेरुमहीभृतः Ki.5.1. -2 a king, sovereign. -मण्डलम् 1 the circumference of the earth. -2 the whole earth. -लता an earthworm. -सुरः a Brāhmaṇa.

mānuṣatā	मानुषता त्वम् 1 Humanity. -2 State or condition of man, human nature; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. -3 Manhood. मानुष्यम् mānuṣyam मानुष्यकम् mānuṣyakam मानुष्यम् मानुष्यकम् 1 Human nature, humanity; असारमिव मानुष्यम् Mb.12.288.45; किं पुनर्मानुष्यं विडम्ब्यते V.2; यावन्मानुष्यके शक्यमुपपादयितुं तावत्सर्वमुपपाद्यताम् K.62. -2 A mortal frame, human body; प्राप्यापि मानुष्यकमनेक- साधारणीभव Dk. -3 Mankind, the race of human beings. -4 A collection of men; अश्वीयैरौक्षकैर्मानुष्यकै रथ्याभिरौष्ट्रकैः । धनश्चचाल वैपुल्यं वसुधाया विलोपयन् ॥ Dharmābhyudaya-mahākāvyam. -5 = मनुष्यलोक; मानुष्ये चिन्तयामास जन्मभूमि- मथात्मनः Rām.1.16.31.

māndyam	मान्द्यम् [मन्द-ष्यञ्] 1 Dulness, laziness, slowness; प्रवचने मान्द्यम् Pt.1.19. -2 Stupidity. -3 Weakness, feeble state; अग्निमान्द्यम्. -4 Apathy. -5 Sickness, illness, indisposition. -Comp. -व्याजः simulation of illness.

mithuna	मिथुन a. [मिथ्-उनन् किच्च Uṇ.3.55] Paired, forming a pair, or couple. -नः Ved. A pair, couple. -नम् 1 A pair, couple; मिथुनं परिकल्पितं त्वया सहकारः फलिनी च नन्विमौ R.8.61; Me.18; U.2.5. -2 Twins. -3 Union, junction. -4 Sexual union, copulation, cohabitation -5 The third sign of the zodiac, Gemini. -6 (In gram.) A root compounded with a preposition. -Comp. -भावः 1 forming a couple, state of being a pair. -2 copulation. -यमकम् a particular kind of यमक; cf. Bk.1.12. -व्रतिन् a. practising cohabitation.

muktā	मुक्ता 1 A pearl; हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.138 (where मुक्तानां means also 'of absolved saints'); Śukra.4.157. (Pearls are said to be produced from various sources, but particularly from oyster-shells :- करीन्द्रजीमूतवराहशङ्ख- मत्स्याहिशुक्त्युद्भववेणुजानि । मुक्ताफलानि प्रथितानि लोके तेषां तु शुक्त्यु- द्भवमेव भूरि ॥ Malli.). -2 A harlot, courtezan. -3 N. of a plant (रास्ना). -Comp. -अगारः, -आगारः the pearloyster; लुठन्मुक्तागारे भवति परलोकं गतवतो । हरेरद्य द्वारे शिव शिव शिवानां कलकलः Bv.1.32 (v. l.). -आकारता the state of having the shape of a pearl; मुक्ताकारतया तदेव नलिनीपत्रस्थितं राजते. -आवलिः, -ली f., -कलापः a pearlnecklace. -गुणः a pearl-necklace, string of pearls; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूलमध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; R.16.18. -जालम् a string or zone of pearls; मुक्ताजालं चिरपरिचितं त्याजितो दैवगत्या Me.98. -दामन् n. a string of pearls. -दिश् the quarter or cardinal point just quitted by the sun. -पटलम् a mass of pearls. -पुष्पः a kind of jasmine. -प्रसूः f. the pearl-oyster. -प्रालम्बः a string of pearls. -फलम् 1 a pearl; अनेन पर्यासयताश्रुबिन्दून् मुक्ताफलस्थूलतमान् स्तनेषु R.6.28;16.62; Ku.1.6. -2 a kind of flower. -3 the custard-apple. -4 camphor. -5 N. of a work on Bhakti by Bopadeva; चतुरेण चतुर्वर्ग- चिन्तामणिवणिज्यया । हेमाद्रिर्बोपदेवेन मुक्ताफलमचीकरत् ॥ -मणिः, -रत्नम् a pearl. ˚सरः a necklace of pearls; अयं तावद्बाष्प- स्त्रुटित इव मुक्तामणिसरः U.1.29. -मातृ f. the pearl-oyster. -लता, -स्रज् f., -हारः a pearl-necklace. -शुक्तिः, -स्फोटः the pearl-oyster.

munitā	मुनिता त्वम् The state or character of a muni (वानप्रस्थत्व); कथं वादीयतामर्वाङ्मुनिता धर्मरोधिनी Ki.11.76.

mṛta	मृत p. p. [मृ कर्तरि क्त] 1 Dead, deceased; ये पराधीनतां यातास्ते वै जीवन्ति के मृताः H.2.22. -2 As good as dead, useless, inefficacious; मृतो दरिद्रः पुरुषो मृतं मैथुनमप्रजम् । मृतमश्रोत्रियं श्राद्धं मृतो यज्ञस्त्वदक्षिणः ॥ Pt.2.98. -3 Calcined, reduced; मूर्च्छां गतो मृतो वा निदर्शनं पारदो$त्र रसः Bv.1.82. -तम् 1 Death; मृतेभ्यः प्रमृतं यान्ति दरिद्राः पापकारिणः Mb.12. 181.3. -2 Food obtained by begging, alms; मृतं तु याचितं भैक्षम् Ms.4.5; see अमृतम् (8). -Comp. -अङ्गम् a corpse. -अण्डः the sun. (-ण्डा) a woman whose offspring dies. -अशन a. being of the age 9 to 1 years. -अशौचम् impurity contracted through the death of a relation; see अशौच. -उद्भवः the sea, ocean. -कल्प, -प्राय a. almost dead, insensible. -कान्तकः a jackal; Nighaṇṭa-ratnākara. -गर्भा (a woman) whose foetus dies. -गृहम् a grave. -चेलम् shroud or garment of the dead (worn by Chāṇḍālas). -जीवन a. reviving the dead. -दारः a widower. -नन्दनः a kind of hall with 58 pillars; Vāstuvidyā. -निर्यातकः one who carries dead bodies to the cemetery; अनग्नयश्च ये विप्रा मृतनिर्यातकाश्च ये Mb.13.23.19. -पाः a class of persons of the lowest caste (who watch dead bodies, carry them to the cemetery, collect dead men's clothes, &c.); सप्तजातिशतान्येव मृतपाः संभवन्तु ये Rām.1.59.19. -प्रजा (a woman) whose children are dead. -भावः the state of death. -मत्तः, -मत्तकः a jackal. -वस्त्रभृत् a. wearing a dead man's clothes; Ms.1.35. -वासरः the day of anyone's death. -संस्कारः funeral or obsequial rites. -संजीवन a. reviving the dead. (-नम्, -नी) the revival of a dead person. (-नी) a charm for reviving the dead. -सूतकम् bringing forth a still-born child. (-कः) a particular preparation of quicksilver. -स्नानम् ablution after a death or funeral. -हारः, -हारिन् a carrier of the dead.

mṛṣā	मृषा ind. 1 Falsely, wrongly, untruly, lyingly; यद् वक्त्रं मुहुरीक्षसे न धनिनां ब्रूषे न चाटुं मृषा Bh.3.147; मृषा- भाषासिन्धो Bv.2.21. -2 In vain, to no purpose, uselessly. -Comp. -अध्यायिन् m. a kind of crane. -अर्थक a. 1 untrue. -2 absurd. (-कम्) an absurdity, an impossibility. -उद्यम् falsehood, lying, a false statement; तत् किं मन्यसे राजपुत्रि मृषोद्यं तदिति U.4; मृषोद्यं प्रवदन्तीं ताम् Bk.5.6. -ज्ञानम् ignorance, error. -दानम् insincere promise of a gift. -भाषिन्, -वादिन् m. a liar. -वाच् f. an untrue or satirical speech, satire, irony. -वादः 1 an untrue speech; a lie, falsehood. -2 insincere speech, flattery. -3 irony, satire. -साक्षिन् false witness.

maunam	मौनम् [मुनेर्भावः अण्] 1 Silence, taciturnity; विभूषणं मौनमपण्डितानाम् Bh.2.7; मौनं सर्वार्थसाधनम् 'open your lips'; मौनं समाचर 'hold your tongue'. -2 The unblooming state (अप्रफुल्लीभाव); गुञ्जति मञ्जु मिलिन्दे मा मालति मौनमुपयासीः Bv.1.19. -Comp. -मुद्रा the attitude of silence. -व्रतम् a vow of silence.

yathā	यथा ind. [यद् प्रकारे थाल्] 1 Used by itself यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, in the manner mentioned; यथाज्ञापयति महाराजः 'as Your Majesty orders;' (b) namely, as follows; तद् यथानुश्रूयते Pt.1; U.2.4; (c) as, like (showing comparison, and used to express the point of similarity); आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ku.4.34; प्रभावप्रभवं कान्तं स्वाधीनपतिका यथा (न मुञ्चति) K. P.1; (d) as, as for example, for instance; यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निर्यथा महानसे T. S. कुर्युः कृत्यमकृत्यं वा उष्ट्रे काकादयो यथा Pt.1.288; (e) that (used to introduce direct assertions with or without इति at the end); अकथितो$पि ज्ञायत एव यथायमाभोगस्तपोवनस्येति Ś.1; विदितं खलु ते यथा स्मरः क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36; (f) so that, in order that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं यथा व्यापादयामि Pt.1. -2 Used correlatively with तथा, यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, so (in which case एवम् and तद्वत् often take the place of तथा); यथा वृक्षस्तथा फलम् or यथा बीजं तथाङ्कुरः; Bg.11.29; in this case एव is frequently added to either यथा or तथा or to both to make the equality of relation more marked or striking; वधूचतुष्के$पि यथैव शान्ता प्रिया तनूजास्य तथैव सीता U.4.16; न तथा बाधते स्कन्धो (or शीतम्) यथा बाधति बाधते; (as much-as, as-as); Ku.6.7; U.2.4; V.4.33. In this sense तथा is often omitted, in which case यथा has sense (c) in 1 above. (b) so-that, तथा standing for 'so', and यथा for 'that'; यथा बन्धुजनशोच्या न भवति तथा निर्वाहय Ś.3; तथा प्रयतेथा यथा पहस्यसे जनैः K.19; तस्मान्मुच्ये यथा तात संविधातुं तथार्हसि R.1.72;3.66;14.66;15.68. (c) since-therefore, as (because) -so; यथा इतोमुखागतैरपि कलकलः श्रुतस्तथा तर्कयामि &c. Māl.8; sometimes तथा is omitted; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वां ... सेविष्यन्ते भवन्तं बलाकाः Me.9. (d) if-then, as surely as-so surely (a strong form of assertion or adjuration); वाङ्मनःकर्मभिः पत्यौ व्यभिचारो यथा न मे । तथा विश्वंभरे देवि मामन्तर्धातुमर्हसि R.15.81; यथा यथा- तथा तथा the more-the more, the less-the less; यथा यथा भाषसि धर्मसंमितं तथा तथा मे त्वयि भक्तिरुत्तमा Mb.; Śi.17.43; यथा यथा यौवनमतिचक्राम तथा तथावर्धतास्य संतापः K.59; Ms. 8.286;12.73; यथा तथा in any manner, in whatever way; यथा तथा यापयंस्तु सा ह्यस्य कृतकृत्यता Ms.4.17; यथैव just as; यथा तथा as much as; यथा तथा भवतु whatever may be the case; यथा कथंचित् anyhow, somehow or other. N. B. As the first member of Avyayībhāva comp. यथा is usually translated by 'according to, according as, in accordance with, in conformity to, in proportion to, not exceeding'; see compounds below. -Comp. -अंशम्, -अंशतस् ind. in due proportions, proportionately. -अधिकारम् ind. according to authority. -अधीत a. as read or studied, conformable to the text. (-तम्) ind. according to the text. -अनुपूर्वम्, -अनुपूर्व्यम्, -अनुपूर्व्या ind. in regular order or succession, successively. -अनुभूतम् ind. 1 according to experience. -2 by previous experience. -अनुरूपम् ind. in exact conformity, properly. -अनूक्तम् ind. as said or told; मया यथानूक्तमवादि ते हरेः कृतावतारस्य सुमित्र चेष्टितम् Bhāg.3.19.32. -अभिप्रेत, -अभिमत, -अभिलषित, -अभीष्ट a. as wished, intended or desired, agreeably to desire. (-तम् &c.) ind. according to one's wish, at pleasure, agreeably to one's desire. -अभिरुचित a. pleasant, agreeable. -अर्थ a. 1 conformable to truth, true, real, correct; सौम्येति चाभाष्य यथार्थभाषी R.14.44; so यथार्थानुभवः 'correct or right perception'; यथार्थवक्ता &c. -2 conformable to the true meaning; true to the sense, right, appropriate, significant; करिष्यन्निव नामास्य (i. e. शत्रुघ्न) यथार्थमरिनिग्रहात् R.15.6; (करिष्यते) युधि सद्यः शिशुपालतां यथार्थाम् Śi.16.85; Ki.8.48; Ku.2.16. -3 fit suitable. (-र्थम्, -अर्थतः ind. truly, rightly; fitly, suitably, properly.) ˚अक्षर a. signficant or true to the syllable; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. ˚नामन् a. one whose name is true to its meaning or fully significant (whose deeds are according to his name); ध्रुवसिद्धेरपि यथार्थनाम्नः सिद्धिं न मन्यते M.4; परंतपो नाम यथार्थनामा R.6.21. ˚वर्णः a spy (see यथार्हवर्ण). (यथार्थता 1 suitableness, fitness. -2 propriety. -3 accuracy, genuineness, correctness.) -अर्ह a. 1 according to merit, as deserving. -2 appropriate, suitable, just. -3 as agreeable; यथार्हजलेन हृद्यगन्धेन स्नातः Dk.2.7. ˚वर्णः a spy, an emissary. -अर्हम्, -अर्हतः ind. according to merit or worth; यथार्हमन्यैरनुजीविलोकं संभावयामास यथाप्रधानम् R.16.4. -अर्हणम् ind. 1 according to propriety. -2 according to worth or merit. -अवकाशम् ind. 1 according to room or space. -2 as occasion may occur, according to occasion, leisure or propriety. -3 in the proper place; प्रालम्बमुत्कृष्य यथावकाशं निनाय R.6.14. -अवस्थम् ind. according to the condition or circumstances. -आख्यात a. as mentioned before, before mentioned. -आख्यानम् ind. as before stated. -आगत a. foolish, stupid. (-तम्) ind. as one came, by the same way as one came; यथागतं मातलिसारथिर्ययौ R.3.67. -आगमम् ind. according to tradition, as handed down from generation to generation. -आचारम् ind. as customary or usual. -आम्नातम्, आम्नायम् ind. as laid down in the Vedas. -आरम्भम् ind. according to the beginning, in regular order or succession. -आवासम् ind. according to one's dwelling, each to his own dwelling. -आशयम् ind. 1 according to wish or intention. -2 according to the agreement. -आश्रमम् ind. according to the Āśrama or period in one's religious life. -आश्रयम् ind. according to substratum; चित्रं यथाश्रयमृते Sāṅkhya K.41. -इच्छ, -इष्ट, -ईप्सित a. according to wish or desire, agreeably to one's desire, as much as desired, as desired or wished for. (-च्छम्, -ष्टम्, -तम्) ind. 1 according to wish or desire, at will or pleasure; यथेष्टं चेष्टन्ते स्फुटकुचतटाः पश्य कुलटाः Udb. -2 as much as may be wanted, to the heart's content; यथेष्टं बुभुजे मांसम् Ch. P.3. -ईक्षितम् ind. as personally seen, as actually perceived. -उक्त, -उदित a. as said or told above, aforesaid, above-mentioned; यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1; यथोक्त- व्यापारा Ś.1; R.2.7; ततः स्वगृहमेत्य यथोक्तमर्थत्यागं कृत्वा Dk.2.2. -उचित a. suitable, proper, due, fit. (-तम्) ind. duly, suitably, properly; आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद् यथोचितम् H. -उत्तरम् ind. in regular order or succession, one after another; संबन्धो$त्र यथोत्तरम् S. D. 729; श्रैष्ठ्यमेषां यथोत्तरम् Ms.12.38; यथोत्तरेच्छा हि गुणेषु कामिनः Ki.8.4. -उत्साहम् ind. 1 according to one's power or might. -2 with all one's might. -उद्गत a. without sense, stupid. -उद्गमनम् in ascending proportion. -उद्दिष्ट a. as indicated or described. (-ष्टम्) or -उद्देशम् ind. in the manner indicated. -उपचारम् ind. as politeness or courtesy requires. -उपजोषम् ind. according to pleasure or desire; यथोपजोषं वासांसि परिधाया- हतानि ते Bhāg.8.9.15. -उपदिष्ट a. as indicated. -उपदेशम् ind. as advised or instructed. -उपपत्ति ind. 1 as may be fit. -2 as may happen. -उपपन्न a. just as happened to be at hand, natural; यथोपपन्नरज्जुबद्धः Dk.2.4. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison expressed by यथा. -उप- -योगम् ind. according to use or requirements, according to circumstances. -उपाधि ind. according to the condition or supposition. -औचित्यम् propriety, suitableness, fitness. -ऋतु ind. according to the right season; यथर्तुवर्षी भगवान् न तथा पाकशासनः Mb.3.188.5. -कथित a. as already mentioned. -कर्तव्यम् what is right to be done. -कर्म ind. according to one's duties or circumstances. -कल्पम् ind. according to rule or ritual. -काम a. conformable to desire. (-मम्) ind. agreeably to desire, at will or pleasure, to the heart's content; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6;4.51. -कामिन् a. free, unrestrained. -कारम् ind. in whatever way; P.III.4.28. -कालः the right or due time, proper time; यथाकालप्रबोधिनाम् R.1.6. (-लम्) ind. at the right time, opportunely, seasonably; सोपसर्पैर्जजागार यथाकालं स्वपन्नपि R.17.51. -कृत a. as agreed upon, done according to rule or custom, customary; स यदि प्रतिपद्येत यथान्यस्तं यथाकृतम् Ms.8.183. (-तम्) ind. according to the usual practice. -क्लृप्ति ind. in a suitable way. -क्रमम्, -क्रमेण ind. in due order or succession, regularly, in due form, properly; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रियाः R.3.1;9.26. -क्षमम् ind. according to one's power, as much as possible. -क्षिप्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -क्षेमेण ind. safely, comfortably. -खेलम् ind. playfully; V. -गुणम् ind. according to qualities or endowments; Ch. Up. -चित्तम् ind. according to will; Māl. -जात a. 1 foolish, senseless, stupid. -2 barbarous, outcast. -ज्ञानम् ind. to the best of one's knowledge or judgment. -ज्येष्ठम् ind. according to rank, by seniority. -तत्त्वम् ind. 1 according to actual facts, actually, as the case really may be. -तथ a. 1 true, right. -2 accurate, exact. (-थम्) a narrative of the particulars or details of anything, a detailed or minute account. (-थम्) ind. 1 exactly, precisely; विभाव्यन्ते यथातथम् Bhāg. -2 fitly, properly, as the case really may be; Mb.3. -तथ्यम्, -तथ्येन ind. truly, really. -तृप्ति ind. to the heart's content. -दर्शनम् ind. according to observation. -दिक्, -दिशम् ind. in all directions. -निकायम् ind. according to body; Śvet. Up. -निर्दिष्ट a. 1 as mentioned before, as specified above; यथानिर्दिष्टव्यापारा सखी. -2 as prescribed or laid down; यथानिर्दिष्टं संपादितं व्रतम् V.3. -न्यायम् ind. justly, rightly, properly; प्रतिपूज्य यथान्यायम् Ms.1.1. -न्यासम् ind. according to the text of a Śūtra, as written down. -न्युप्त a. as placed on the ground or offered; अवजिघ्रेच्च तान् पिण्डान् यथान्युप्तान् समाहितः Ms.3.218. -पण्यम् ind. according to the (value or kind of) commodities; शुल्क- स्थानेषु कुशलाः यथापण्यविचक्षणाः Ms.8.398 (v. l.). -पुरम् ind. as before, as on previous occasions; यथापुरमविज्ञाय स्वार्थलिप्सुमपण्डिताम् Rām.2.1.2. -पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. being as before, former; R.12.41. (-र्वम्) -पूर्वकम् ind. 1 as before; सर्वाणि ज्ञातिकार्याणि यथापूर्वं समाचरेत् Ms.11.187. -2 in due order or succession, one after another; एते मान्या यथापूर्वम् Y.1.35. -प्रत्यर्हम् ind. according to merit. -प्रदिष्टम् ind. as suitable or proper. -प्रदेशम् ind. 1 in the proper or suitable place; यथाप्रदेशं विनिवेशितेन Ku. 1.49; आसञ्जयामास यथाप्रदेशं कण्ठे गुणम् R.6.83; Ku.7.34. -2 according to direction or precept. -3 on all sides. -प्रधानम्, -प्रधानतः ind. according to rank or position, according to precedence; आलोकमात्रेण सुरानशेषान् संभावया- मास यथाप्रधानम् Ku.7.46. -प्रयोगम् ind. 1 according to usage or practice. -2 as found by experiment. -प्रस्तावम् ind. on the first suitable occasion. -प्रस्तुतम् ind. 1 at last, at length. -2 conformably to the circumstances. -प्राणम् ind. according to strength with all one's might. -प्राप्त a. 1 suitable to circumstances. -2 following from a previous grammatical rule; Kāśi. on P.III.2.135. (-प्तम्) ind. regularly, properly. -प्रार्थितम् ind. as requested. -बलम् ind. 1 to the best of one's power, with all one's might; यथाबलं च विभज्य गृह्णीत Dk.2.8. -2 according to the (condition of) army or number of forces; Ms. -बुद्धि, -मति ind. to the best of one's knowledge. -भक्त्या with entire devotion. -भागम्, -भागशः ind. 1 according to the share of each, proportionately; यथाभागशो$मी वो गन्धाः -2 each in his respective place; यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11. -3 in the proper place; यथाभागमवस्थिते$पि R.6.19. -भावः 1 destiny. -2 proper relation. -भूतम् ind. according to what has taken place, according to truth, truly, exactly. -भूयस् ind. according to seniority. -मुखीन a. looking straight at (with gen.); (मृगः) यथामुखीनः सीतायाः पुप्लुवे बहु लोभयन् Bk.5.48. -मूल्य a. worth the price, accordant with the price. -यथम् ind. 1 as in fit, fitly, properly; यथायथं ताः सहिता नभश्चरैः Ki.8.2. -2 in regular order, severally, each in its proper place, respectively; असक्तमाराधयतो यथायथम् Ki.1.11; बीजवन्तो मुखाद्यर्था विप्रकीर्णा यथायथम् S. D.337. -3 by degrees, gradually; सर्वे मायामानवा यथायथमन्तर्भावं गताः Dk.1.5. -युक्तम्, -योगम् ind. according to circumstances, fitly, suitably. -योग्य a. suitable, fit, proper, right. -रसम् ind. according to the sentiments. -रुचम्, -रुचि ind. according to one's liking or taste; वदन्ति चैतत् कवयो यथारुचम् Bhāg.2.5.21. -रूपम् ind. 1 according to form or appearance. -2 duly, properly, fitly. -लब्ध a. as actually in hand. -वस्तु ind. as the fact stands, exactly, accurately, truly. -विध a. of such kind or sort. -विधि ind. according to rule or precept, duly, properly; यथाविधि हुताग्नीनाम् R.1.6; संचस्कारोभयप्रीत्या मैथिलेयौ यथाविधि 15.31;3.7; Ms.11.191. -विनियोगम् ind. in the succession or order stated. -विभवम् ind. in proportion to one's income, according to means. -वीर्य a. of whatever strength. (-र्यम्) ind. in respect of manliness or courage. -वृत्त a. as happened, done or acted. (-त्तम्) 1 the actual facts, the circumstances or details of an event.-2 a former event. -वृद्धम् ind. according to age or seniority; गगनादवतीर्णा सा यथावृद्धपुरःसरा Ku.6. 49. -व्युत्पत्ति ind. 1 according to the degree of education or culture. -2 according to the derivation. -शक्ति, -शक्त्या ind. to the best of one's power, as far as possible. -शब्दार्थम् ind. in keeping with or according to the sense conveyed by the (sacred) text; इह शब्द- लक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on MS.11.1.26. -शास्त्रम् ind. according to the scriptures, as the law ordains; सर्वे$पि क्रमशस्त्वेते यथाशास्त्रं निषेविताः Ms.6.88. -शीघ्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -शीलम् ind. in accordance with one's temper. -श्रुत a. according to the report. -श्रुतम् -ति ind. 1 as heard or reported. -2 (यथाश्रुति) according to Vedic precepts; अस्मात् परं बत यथाश्रुति संभृतानि को नः कुले निवपनानि करिष्यतीति Ś.6.25. -श्रेष्ठम् ind. in order of precedence or merit. -श्लक्ष्ण a. behaving in such a way that the weaker is placed first. -संस्थम् ind. according to circumstances. -संख्यम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; यथासंख्यं क्रमेणैव क्रमिकाणां समन्वयः K. P.1; e. g. शत्रुं मित्रं विपत्तिं च जय रञ्जय भञ्जय Chandr.5.17. (-ख्यम्), -संख्येन ind. according to number, respectively, number for number; हृत्कण्ठतालुगाभिस्तु यथासंख्यं द्विजातयः (शुध्येरन्) Y.1.21. -समयम् ind. 1 at the proper time. -2 according to agreement or established usage. -संभव a. possible. -संभावित a. suitable, appropriate. -सर्वम् ind. in all particulars. -सवनम् ind. according to the time or season. -सारम् ind. according to quality or goodness. -सुखम् ind. 1 at will or pleasure. -2 at ease, comfortably, pleasantly, so as to give pleasure; अङ्के निधाय करभोरु यथासुखं ते संवाहयामि चरणावुत पद्मताम्रौ Ś.3.2; R.9.48; Ms.4.43. -स्थानम् the right or proper place. (-नम्) ind. 1 in the proper place; duly, properly. -2 instantly. -3 according to rank. -स्थित a. 1 according to circumstances or actual facts, as it stands; रामं यथास्थितं सर्वं भ्राता ब्रूते स्म विह्वलः Bk.6.8. -2 right, proper, fit. (-तम्) ind. 1 truly, properly. -2 according to circumstances. -स्थिति ind. as usual, according to state or circumstances. -स्थूलम् ind. without details. -स्व a. each according to (his or her) own; यथास्वान् जग्मुरालयान् Mb.12.44.14. -स्वम् ind. 1 each his own, respectively; अध्यासते चीरभृतो यथास्वम् R.13.22; Ki.14.43. -2 individually; यथास्वमाश्रमैश्चके वर्णैरपि षडंशभाक् R.17.65. -3 duly, properly, rightly; यथास्वं ग्राहकान्येषां शब्दादीनामिमानि तु Mb.3.211.13.

yayātiḥ	ययातिः [यस्य वायोरिव यातिः सर्वत्र रथगतिर्यस्य Tv.] N. of a celebrated king of the lunar race, son of Nahuṣa; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7. [He married Devayānī, daughter of Śukra, and Śarmiṣṭhā, daughter of the king of Asuras, was told by her father to be her servant as a sort of recompense for her insulting conduct towards her on a previous occasion. (See Devayānī.) But Yayāti fell in love with this servant and privately married her. Aggrieved at this, Devayānī went to her father and complained of the conduct of her husband, on whom, therefore, Śukra inflicted premature infirmity and old age. Yayāti, however, propitiated him and obtained from him permission to transfer his decrepitude to any one who would consent to take it. He asked his five sons, but all refused except Puru, the youngest. Yayāti accordingly transferred his infirmity to Puru, and being once more in the prime of youth, passed his time in the enjoyment of sensual pleasures. This he did for 1 years, and yet his desire was not satisfied. At last, however, with a vigorous effort he renounced his sensual life, restored his youth to Puru, and having made him successor to the throne, repaired to the woods to lead a pious life and meditate upon the Supreme Spirit.]

yā	या 2 P. (याति, ययौ, अयासीत्, यास्यति, यातुम्, यात) 1 To go, move, walk, proceed; ययौ तदीयामवलम्ब्य चाङ्गुलिम् R.3.25; अन्वग्ययौ मध्यमलोकपालः 2.16. -2 To march against, invade; तदा यायाद् विगृह्यैव व्यसने चोत्थिते रिपोः Ms. 7.183. -3 To go to, march towards, set out for (with acc., dat. or with प्रति). -4 To pass away, withdraw, depart; यातु प्रस्तुतमनुसंधीयताम् H.3. 'let it go or pass, never mind it' -5 To vanish, disappear; यातस्तवापि च विवेकः Bv.1.66; भाग्यक्रमेण हि धनानि भवन्ति यान्ति Mk.1. 13. -6 To pass away or by, elapse (as time); यौवन- मनिवर्ति यातं तु K. P.1. -7 To last. -8 To happen, come to pass. -9 To go or be reduced to any state, be or become (usually with the acc. of abstract noun). -1 To undertake; न त्वस्य सिद्धौ यास्यामि सर्गव्यापारमात्मना Ku.2.54. -11 To have carnal intercourse with. -12 To request, implore. -13 To find out, discover. -14 To behave, act. (The meanings of या, like those of गम्, are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. नाशं या to be destroyed; वाच्यतां या to incur blame or censure; लघुतां या to be slighted; प्रकृतिं या to regain one's natural state; निद्रां या to fall asleep; वशं या to submit, go into one's possession; उदयं या to rise; अस्तं या to set, decline; पारं या to reach the other side of, to master, surmount, get over; पदं या to attain to the position of; अग्रे या to go before, take the lead, lead; अधो या to sink; विपर्यासं या to undergo a change, to be changed in appearance; शिरसा महीं या to bend the head down to the ground &c.). -Caus. (यापयति-ते) 1 To cause to go or proceed. -2 To remove, drive away; प्रमदया मदयापितलज्जया R.9.31. -3 To spend, pass (time); तावत् कोकिल विरसान् यापय दिवसान् Bv.1.7; Me.91. -4 To live or spend time with; विनयादिव यापयन्ति ते धृतराष्ट्रात्मजमात्मसिद्धये Ki.2.45. -5 To support, nourish. -6 To give sendoff; स्नेहप्रक्लिन्नहृदयो यापयामास कोशलः Bhāg.1.58.52. -Desid. (यियासति) To wish to go, to be about to go &c. -With अति 1 to go beyond, transgress, violate. -2 to surpass. -अधि to go away or forth; escape; कुतो$ धियास्यसि क्रूर निहतस्तेन पत्रिभिः Bk.8.9.

yāta	यात p. p. 1 Gone, marched, walked. -2 Passed, departed, gone away. -3 Passed by, elapsed. -4 Attained, reduced or gone to (a state &c.). (See या). -तम् 1 Going, motion; विद्वान् विदामास शनैर्न यातम् Śi.3.32; यातं यच्च नितम्बयोर्गुरुतया Ś.2.2. -2 A march. -3 The act of driving an elephant with a goad; Mātaṅga L.8.22. -4 The past time. -Comp. -याम, यामन् a. 1 stale, used, spoiled, rejected, become useless; (हविराज्यं......) नैतानि यातयामानि कुर्वन्ति पुनरध्वरे Rām.2.61.17; छन्दांस्ययात- यामानि योजितानि धृतव्रतैः Bhāg.4.13.27; अयातयामं वयः Dk. -2 raw, half-cooked (as food); यातयामं गतरसं पूति पर्युषितं च यत् Bg.17.1. -3 aged, exhausted, worn out; यातयामं विजितवान् स रामं यदि किं ततः Bk.5.39; अयातयामा स्तस्यासन् यामाः स्वान्तरयापनाः Bhāg.3.22.35.

yāmaḥ	यामः [यम्-घञ्] 1 Restraint, forbearance, control; लेखाः सुयामास्तुषिता ब्रह्मकायाः Mb.13.18.74. -2 A watch, one eighth part of a day, a period of three hours; अविदितगतयामा रात्रिरेव व्यरंसीत् U.1.27; पश्चिमाद् यामिनीयामात् प्रसादमिव चेतना R.17.1; so यामवती, त्रियामा &c. -3 Going, proceeding. -4 Motion, course. -5 Ved. A road. -6 Progress. -7 A car, carriage. -8 A class of gods; यामैः परिवृतो देवैर्हत्वा$शासत् त्रिविष्टपम् Bhāg.8.1.18. -Comp. -घोषः 1 a cook. -2 a gong or metal-plate on which night-watches are struck. -चेटी a female servant on guard; Hch.7. -तूर्यम्, -दुन्दुभिः, -नाली = यामघोष (2); मन्द्रध्वनित्याजितयामतूर्यः R.6.56. सुवर्णकोणाभिहतः प्राणदद् यामदुन्दुभिः Rām.2.81.2. -नादिन् a cock. -पालः a watchman; असौ परस्परालापं मन्दुरायामपालयोः Dharmābhyudaya-mahākāvyam 2.42. -भद्रः a kind of pavilion. -यमः a stated occupation for every hour. -वृत्तिः f. being on watch or guard.

yuktiḥ	युक्तिः f. [युज्-क्तिन्] 1 Union, junction, combination. -2 Application, use, employment. -3 Yoking, harnessing. -4 A practice, usage. -5 A means, an expedient, a plan, scheme. -6 A contrivance, device, trick. -7 Propriety, fitness, adjustment, aptness, suitableness. -8 Skill, art. -9 Reasoning, arguing, an argument. -1 Inference, deduction. -11 Reason, ground. -12 Arrangement (रचना); यत्र खल्वियं वाचोयुक्तिः Māl.1. -13 (In law) Probability, enumeration or specification of circumstances, such as time, place &c.; युक्तिप्राप्ति- क्रियाचिह्नसंबन्धाभोगहेतुभिः Y.2.92,212. -14 (In dramas) The regular chain or connection of events; cf. S. D. 343. -15 (In Rhet.) Emblematical or covert expression of one's purpose or design. -16 Sum, total. -17 Alloying of metal. -18 Charm, spell. -19 (In gram.) A sentence. -2 (In astr.) A conjunction. (-युक्त्या ind. 1 by means or virtue of. -2 cleverly, skilfully. -3 properly, fitly, duly). -Comp. -कथनम् statement of reasons. -कर a. 1 suitable, fit. -2 proved. -ज्ञ a. skilled in expedients, inventive. -युक्त a. 1 suitable, fit -2 expert, skilful. -3 established, proved. -4 argumentative. -शास्त्रम् the science of what is suitable.

yuj	युज् I. 7 U. (युनक्ति, युङ्क्ते, युयोज, युयुजे, अयुजत्, अयौक्षीत्, अयुक्त, योक्ष्यति-ते, योक्तुम्, युक्त) 1 To join, unite, attach, connect, add; तमर्थमिव भारत्या सुतया योक्तुमर्हसि Ku.6.79; see pass. below. -2 To yoke, harness, put to; भानुः सकृद्युक्ततुरङ्ग एव Ś.5.4; ततः श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ Bg.1.14. -3 To furnish or endow with; as in गुणयुक्त. -4 To use, employ, apply; प्रशस्ते कर्मणि तथा सच्छब्दः पार्थ युज्यते Bg.17.26; Ms.7.24. -5 To appoint, set (with loc.); प्रजासु वृत्तिं यमयुङ्क्त वेदितुम् Ki.1.1. -6 To direct, turn or fix upon (as the mind &c.). -7 To concentrate one's attention upon; मनः संयम्य मच्चित्तो युक्त आसीत मत्परः Bg.6.14; युञ्जन्नेवं सदात्मानम् 15. -8 To put, place or fix on (with loc.). -9 To prepare, arrange, make ready, fit. -1 To give, bestow, confer; दध्यक्षताद्भिर्युयुजुः सदाशिषः Bhāg.1.25.29; आशिषं युयुजे. -11 To adhere or cleave to. -12 To enjoin, charge; उवाच चैनं मेधावी युङ्क्ष्वात्मानमिति प्रभो Mb.15.37.3. -13 To put in, insert. -14 To think or meditate upon. -Pass. (युज्यते) 1 To be joined or united with; रविपीत- जला तपात्यये पुनरोघेन हि युज्यते नदी Ku.4.44; R.8.17. -2 To get, be possessed of; इष्टैर्युज्येथाम् Mv.7; इष्टेन युज्यस्व Ś.5; R.3.65. -3 To be fit or right, be proper, to suit (with loc. or gen.); या यस्य युज्यते भूमिका तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः Māl.1; त्रैलोक्यस्यापि प्रभुत्वं त्वयि युज्यते H.1. -4 To be ready for; ततो युद्धाय युज्यस्व Bg.2. 38,5. -5 To be intent on, be absorbed in, be directed towards; दैवकर्मणि युक्तो हि बिभर्तीदं चराचरम् Ms.3.75;14. 35; Ki.7.13. -6 To be fastened or harnessed. -7 To adhere, to be in close contact. -8 To attain to, possess, obtain. -9 To be made ready. -Caus. (योजयति-ते) 1 To join, unite, bring together; परस्परेण स्पृहणीयशोभं न वेदिदं द्वन्द्वमयोजयिष्यत् R.7.14. -2 To present, give, bestow; चरोरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 To appoint, employ, use; शत्रुभिर्योजयेच्छत्रुम् Pt.4.17. -4 To turn or direct towards; पापान्निवारयति योजयते हिताय Bh. 2.72. -5 To excite, urge, instigate. -6 To perform, achieve. -7 To prepare, arrange, equip. -8 To yoke, harness. -9 To apply, fix, set, place. -1 To furnish or endow with. -11 To surround. -12 To despise, think lightly of. -13 To appoint to. -Desid. (युयुक्षति-ते) To wish to join, yoke, give &c. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (योजति, योजयति-ते) To unite, join, yoke &c.; see युज् above. -III. 4 Ā. (युज्यते) To concentrate the mind (identical with the pass. of युज् I). -IV. 1 Ā. (योजयते) To censure.

yogaḥ	योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.

yauvatam	यौवतम् [युवतीनां समूहः अण्] 1 An assemblage of young women; अवधृत्य दिवो$पि यौवतैर्नसहाधीतवतीमिमामहम् N.2.41;11.9; मनुष्यनारीजनतो$पि यौवतं दिवौकसां श्रेष्ठतमं वदन्ति Rām. Ch.2.3. -2 The quality of a young woman (beauty &c.); the state of being a young woman; अहो विबुधयौवतं वहसि तन्वि पृथ्वीगता Gīt.1 (सुरसुन्दरीरूपम्).

vyāgulī	व्यागुली Sour scum of boiled rice; cf. यवागू. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of a tree (हिज्जल). -5 The planet Mars. -क्ता 1 Lac. -2 The plant गुञ्जा. -3 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -4 (In music) N. of a श्रुति. -क्तम् 1 Blood; रक्तं सर्वशरीरस्थं जीवस्याधारमुत्तमम् Bhāva P. -2 Copper. -3 Cinnabar. -4 Saffron. -5 Vermilion. -6 Dried Emblic Myrobalan; L. D. B. -7 A disease of the eyes. -8 The menstrual fluid. -9 Red sandal; रक्तं पीतं गुरु स्वादु छर्दितृष्णास्रपित्तनुत् । पित्तनेत्रहितं वृष्यं ज्वरव्रण- विषापहम् Bhāva P. -Comp. -अक्त a. 1 dyed red, tinged. -2 smeared with blood. (-क्तम्) red sandal. -अक्ष a. 1 red-eyed. -2 fearful. (-क्षः) 1 a buffalo. -2 a pigeon. -3 a crane (सारस). -4 N. of a संवत्सर. -5 the Chakora bird. -अङ्कः a coral. -अङ्गः 1 a bug. -2 the planet Mars. -3 the disc of the sun or moon. (-ङ्गम्) 1 a coral (also m. and f.) -2 saffron. -अति(ती)सारः dysentery, bloody flux; पित्तकृत तु यदात्यर्थं द्रव्यमश्नाति पैत्तिके । तद्दोषाज्जायते शीघ्रं रक्तातीसार उल्बणः ॥ Bhāva P. -अधरा a Kinnarī. -अधि- मन्थः inflammation of the eyes. -अपहम् myrrh. -अम्बर a. clad in red garments. (-रम्) a red garment. (-रः) a vagrant devotee wearing red garments. -अर्बुदः a bloody tumour. -अर्शस् n. a form of piles. -अशोकः the red-flowered Aśoka; रक्ताशोकरुचा विशेषितगुणो बिम्बाधरा- लक्तकः M.3.5. -आकारः coral -आधारः the skin. -आभ a. red-looking. -आशयः any viscus containing or secreting blood (as the heart, spleen, or liver). -उत्पलम् the red lotus. -उपलम् red chalk, red earth. -कण्ठ, -कण्ठिन् a. sweet-voiced. (-m.) the cuckoo; प्लावितै रक्तकण्ठानां कूजितैश्च पतत्रिणाम् Bhāg.4.6.12. -कन्दः, -कन्दलः coral. -कदम्बः the red-flowering Kadamba. -कमलम् the red lotus. -कुमुदम् a red lily. -केसरः the coral tree. -कैरवः, -कोकनदः a red lotus-flower. -गन्धकम् myrrh. -ग्रन्थिः a particular form of urinary disease. -ग्रीवः 1 a demon. -2 a kind of pigeon. -घ्नः the Rohitaka tree. (-घ्नी) the Dūrvā grass. -चन्दनम् 1 redsandal. -2 saffron. -चूर्णम् vermilion. -च्छद a. redleaved. -छर्दिः f. vomiting blood. -जिह्वः a lion. -तुण्डः a parrot. -तेजस् n. flesh. -दन्तिका, -दन्ती N. of Durgā; स्तुवन्तो व्याहरिष्यन्ति सततं रक्तदन्तिकाम् Devīmāhātmyam. -दृश् m. a pigeon. -धातुः 1 red chalk, orpiment. -2 copper. -नाडी a fistulous ulcer on the gum caused by a bad state of blood. -नासिकः an owl. -पः a demon, an evil spirit. (-पा) 1 a leech. -2 a Dākiṇī. -पक्षः N. of Garuḍa. -पटः a kind of mendicant; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34 (esp. Jains); धर्म इत्युपधर्मेषु नग्नरक्तपटादिषु । प्रायेण सज्जते भ्रान्त्या पेशलेषु च वाग्मिषु ॥ Bhāg.4.19.25. -पद्मम् A red lotus. -पल्लवः the Aśoka tree. -पातः blood-shed. -पाता a leech. -पाद a. red-footed. (-दः) 1 a bird with red feet, a parrot. -2 a war-chariot. -3 an elephant. -पायिन् m. a bug. -पायिनी a leech. -पारदः, -दम् cinnabar. -पिण्डम् 1 a red pimple. -2 a spontaneous discharge of blood from the nose and mouth. -पित्तम् derangement of the blood produced by bile; संयोगाद् दूषणात् तत् तु सामान्याद् गन्धवर्णयोः । रक्तं च पित्तमाख्यातं रक्तपित्त मनीषिभिः Bhāva P. -पुष्पः N. of several plants:-- करवीर, रोहितक, दाडिम, बन्धूक, पुन्नाग &c. -ष्पा N. of the plant Punarnavā पुनर्नवा परारक्ता रक्तपुष्पा परारिका Bhāva P. -पूयम् N. of a hell. -पूरकम् = वृक्षाम्ल q. v, -प्रमेहः the passing of blood in the urine. -फलः the figtree. -बिन्दुः N. of a demon; रक्तबिन्दुर्यदा भूमौ पतत्यस्य शरीरतः । समुत्पतति मेदिन्यास्तत्प्रमाणस्तदासुरः Devīmāhātmyam. -बीजः the pomegranate tree. -मत्स्यः a kind of red fish. -भवम् flesh. -भाव a. 1 red. -2 loving, amorous. -मञ्जरः the Nichula tree. -मण्डलम् a red lotus-flower. -मेहः the voiding of blood with urine; विस्रमुष्णं सलवणं रक्ताभं रक्तमेहतः Bhāva P. -मोक्षः, -मोक्षणम् bleeding, letting out blood. -राजिः a particular disease of the eye. -रेणुः 1 vermilion. -2 the Punnāga tree. -3 an angry man. -4 A bud of the Palāśa tree. -लोचनः a pigeon. -वटी, -वरटी small-pox. -वर्गः1 lac. -2 the pomegranate tree. -3 safflower. -वर्ण a. red-coloured. (-र्णः) 1 redcolour. -2 cochineal insect. (-र्णम्) gold. -वर्धनः Solanum Melongena (Mar. डोरली वांगी). -वसन, -वासस् a. clothed in red; Ms.8.256. (-m.) a Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order of life. -वालुकम्, -का vermilion. -विकारः deterioration of blood. -विद्रधिः a boil filled with bloood. -वृष्टिः a. shower of blood forboding evil; रक्ते (वर्षिते) शस्त्रोद्योगः Jyotiśtattvam. -वीजः the pomegranate tree; (see रक्तबीज above). -शासनम् vermilion. -शीर्षकः a kind of heron. -शृङ्गिकम् a kind of poison. -ष्ठीवी the spitting of blood. -संकोचः safflower. -संकोचकम् a red lotus-flower. -संझम् saffron. -संदंशिका a leech. -संध्यकम् the red lotus. -सारम् red sandal. -स्रावः hemorrhage.

rabhasa	रभस a. [रभ्-अचस् Uṇ 3.116] 1 Violent, impetuous, fierce, wild. -2 Strong, intense, vehement, powerful, ardent, eager (as desire &c.); रभसया नु दिगन्तदिदृक्षया Ki.5.1; R.9.61; Mu.5.24. -3 Rash, precipitate. -4 Joyful, glad. -5 Ved. Strengthening. -सः 1 Violence, force, impetuosity, haste, speed, hurry, vehemence; आलीषु केलीरभसेन बाला मुहुर्ममालापमुपालपन्ती Bv.2.12; त्वभि- सरणरभसेन वलन्ती Gīt.6; Śi 6.13;11.23; Ki.9.47; Bhāg.7.9.15. -2 Rashness, precipitateness, headlong haste; अतिरभसकृतानां कर्मणामाविपत्तेर्भवति हृदयदाही शल्यतुल्यो विपाकः Bh.2.99; त्यजति न मृगव्याधरभसः Śiva-mahimna 22. -3 Anger, passion, rage, fury; रक्तेक्षणेन च मनाग्रभसं दधानौ Bhāg.3.15.28. -4 Regret, sorrow. -5 Joy, pleasure, delight; मनसि रभसविभवे हरिरुदयतु सुकृतेन Gīt. 5. -6 Ardent desire, eagerness. -7 Poison. -8 N. of a magical incantation recited over weapons.

rasaḥ	रसः [रस्-अच्] 1 Sap, juice (of trees); इक्षुरसः, कुसुमरसः &c. -2 A liquid, fluid; यष्टव्यं पशुभिर्मुख्यैरथो बीजै रसैरिति Mb.14.91.21; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र Ku.1.7. -3 Water; सहस्रगुणमुत्स्रष्टुमादत्ते हि रसं रविः R.1.18; Bv.2.144. -4 Liquor, drink; Ms.2.177. -5 A draught, potion. -6 Taste, flavour, relish (fig. also) (considered in Vaiś. phil. as one of the 24 gunas; the rasas are six; कटु, अम्ल, मधुर, लवण, तिक्त and कषाय); परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथ- मिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4; U.2.2. -7 A sauce, condiment, -8 An object of taste; मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4. -9 Taste or inclination for a thing, liking, desire; रसवर्जं रसो$प्यस्य परं दृष्ट्वा निवर्तते Bg.2.59; इष्टे वस्तुन्युपचितरसाः प्रेमराशीभवन्ति Me.114. -1 Love, affection; जरसा यस्मिन्नहार्यो रसः U.1.39; प्रसरति रसो निर्वृतिघनः 6.11 'feeling of love'; रसादृते V.2.21; Ku. 3.37. -11 Pleasure, delight, happiness; चिरात्सुतस्पर्श- रसज्ञतां ययौ R.3.26. -12 Charm, interest, elegance, beauty. -13 Pathos, emotion, feeling. -14 (In poetic compositions) A sentiment; नवरसरुचिरां निर्मितिमादधती भारती कवेर्जयति; K. P.1. (The rasas are usually eight :-- शृङ्गारहास्यकरुणरौद्रवीरभयानकाः । भीभत्साद्भुतसंज्ञौ चेत्यष्टौ नाट्ये रसाः स्मृताः ॥ but sometimes शान्तरस is added; thus making the total number 9; निर्वेदस्थायिभावो$स्ति शान्तो$पि नवमो रसः K. P.4; sometimes a tenth, वात्सल्यरस, is also added. Rasas are more or less a necessary factor of every poetic composition, but, according to Viśvanātha, they constitute the very essence of poetry; वाक्यं रसात्मकं काव्यम् S. D.3.). -15 Essence, pith, best part; ब्रह्म तेजोमयं शुक्रं यस्य सर्वमिदं रसःMb.12.24.9. -16 A constituent fluid of the body. -17 Semen virile. -18 Mercury. -19 A poison, poisonous drink; as in तीक्ष्णरस- दायिनः; रसविधानकौशलैः Dk.2.8. -2 Any mineral metallic salt. -21 Juice of the sugar-cane. -22 Milk. -23 Melted butter. -24 Nectar; मयः कूपरसे$क्षिपत् Bhāg.7.1.59-6. -25 Soup, broth. -26 A symbolical expression for the number 'six'. -27 Green onion. -28 Myrrh. -29 Gold. -3 A metal in a state of fusion. -31 See रसातल; अनेन नूनं वेदानां कृतमाहरणं रसात् Mb.12.347.67. -32 The tongue (as the organ of taste); वाण्यां च छन्दांसि रसे जलेशम् Bhāg.8.2.27; जितं सर्वं जिते रसे 11.8.21. -33 (With Vaiṣṇavas.) Disposition of the heart or mind (the five Rasas are शान्ति, दास्य, साख्य, वात्सल्य and माधुर्य). -Comp. -अग्रजम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -अञ्जनम् vitriol of copper, a sort of collyrium. -अधिक a. 1 tasty. -2 abounding in pleasures, splendid; Ś.7.2 (v. l.). (-कः) borax. -अन्तरम् 1 a different taste. -2 different feelings or sentiments. -अभिनिवेशः intentness of affection. -अम्लः 1 a kind of sorrel. -2 sour sauce. -अयनम् 1 an elixir of life (elixir vitæ), any medicine supposed to prolong life and prevent old age; निखिलरसायनमहितो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव R. G. -2 (fig.) serving as an elixir vitæ, i. e. that which gratifies or regales; आनन्दनानि हृदयैकरसायनानि Māl.6.8; मनसश्च रसायनानि U.1.37; श्रोत्र˚, कर्ण˚ &c. -3 alchemy or chemistry. -4 any medicinal compound. -5 butter-milk. -6 poison. -7 long pepper. (-नः) 1 an alchemist. -2 N. of Garuḍa. ˚श्रेष्ठः mercury. (-नी f.) 1 a channel for the fluids of the body. -2 N. of several plants :-- गुडूची, काकमाची, महाकरञ्ज, गोरक्षदुग्धा and मांसच्छदा. -आत्मक a. 1 consisting of juice or sentiment. -2 elegant, beautiful. -3 having taste or flavour. -4 ambrosial; रसात्मकस्योडुपतेश्च रश्मयः Ku.5.22. -5 fluid, liquid, watery; सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मकः Bg.15.13. -आदानम् absorption of fluid, suction. -आधारः the sun. -आभासः 1 the semblance or mere appearance of a sentiment; अनौचित्यप्रवृत्तत्वे आभासो रसभावयोः S. D. -2 an improper manifestation of a sentiment. -आश्रयः a. embodying or representing sentiments. -आस्वादः 1 tasting juices of flavours. -2 perception or appreciation of poetic sentiments, a perception of poetical charm; as in काव्यामृतरसास्वादः. -आस्वादिन् m. a bee. -आह्वः turpentine. -इक्षुः sugar-cane. -इन्द्रः 1 mercury. -2 the philosopher's stone (the touch of which is said to turn iron into gold); ˚वेधजम्, संजातम् the gold. -उत्तमम् milk. (-मः) 1 quicksilver. -2 Phaseolus Mungo (Mar. मूग). -3 milk. -उत्पत्तिः 1 production of taste. -2 development of passion or sentiment. -3 generation of the vital fluids. -उद्भवम् 1 a pearl. -2 vermilion. -उपलम् a pearl. -ऊनम् garlic; also ऊनकः. -ओदनम् rice boiled in meat-broth. -कर्पूरम् sublimate of mercury. -कर्मन् n. preparation of quicksilver. -केसरम् camphor. -क्रिया the inspissation and application of fluid remedies. -गन्धः, -न्धम् gum-myrrh. -गन्धकः 1 myrrh. -2 sulphur. -गर्भम् 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 vermilion. -गुण a. possessing the quality of taste; ज्योतिषश्च विकुर्वाणा- दापो रसगुणाः स्मृताः Ms.1.78. -ग्रह a. 1 perceiving flavours. -2 appreciating or enjoying pleasures. (-हः) the organ of taste. -घन a. full of juice. -घ्नः borax. -जः 1 sugar, molasses. -2 an insect produced by the fermentation of liquids. -जम् blood. -a. bred in fluids; Ms.11.143. -जातम् an ointment prepared from the calx of brass. -ज्ञ a. 1 one who appreciates the flavour or excellence of, one who knows the taste of; सांसारिकेषु च सुखेषु वयं रसज्ञाः U.2.22. -2 capable of discerning the beauty of things. (-ज्ञः) 1 a man of taste or feeling, a critic, an appreciative person, a poet. -2 an alchemist. -3 a physician, or one who prepares mercurial or other chemical compounds. (-ज्ञा) the tongue; सखि मा जल्प तवायसी रसज्ञा Bv.2.59; (-रसज्ञता, त्वम् means 1 poetical skill. -2 alchemy. -3 knowledge of flavours. -4 discrimination.). -ज्ञानम् a branch of medical science. -ज्येष्ठः 1 the sweet taste. -2 the love sentiment. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of taste. -तेजस् n. blood. -दः 1 a physician; Mb.12.121.45. -2 a spy who administers poison; Kau. A.1.12. -द्राविन् a kind of citron. -धातु n. quicksilver. -धेनुः a cow consisting of fruit-juice. -नाथः mercury. -नायकः N. of Sacute;iva. -निवृत्तिः loss of taste. -नेत्रिका red arsenic. -पाकजः molasses. -पाचकः a cook. -प्रबन्धः any poetical composition, particularly a drama. -फलः the cocoanut tree. -भङ्गः the interruption or cessation of a sentiment. -भवम् blood. -भस्मम् n. oxide of mercury. -भेदः a preparation of quicksilver. -मलम् impure excretions. -मातृका the tongue. -योगः juices mixed scientifically. -राजः, -लोहः 1 = रसाञ्जन. -2 quick-silver. -वादः alchemy. -विक्रयः sale of liquors. -विद्धम् artificial gold. -शास्त्रम् the science of alchemy. -शोधनः borax. (-नम्) purification of mercury. -सरोरुहम् a red lotus. -सिद्ध a. 1 accomplished in poetry, conversant with sentiments; जयन्ति ते सुकृतिनो रससिद्धाः कवीश्वराः Bh.2.24. -2 skilled in alchemy. -सिद्धिः f. skill in alchemy. -सिन्दूरम् a cinnabar made of zinc, mercury, blue vitriol and nitre. -स्थानम् vermilion.

rāgitā	रागिता 1 The state of being coloured. -2 Being impassioned. -3 Fondness or desire for.

rājan	राजन् m. [राज्-कनिन् रञ्जयति रञ्ज्-कनिन् नि ˚ वा Uṇ.1.145] A king, ruler, prince, chief (changed to राजः at the end of Tat. comp.); वङ्गराजः, महाराजः &c.; तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्जनात् R.4.12; पित्रा न रञ्जितास्तस्य प्रजास्तेनानु- रञ्जिताः । अनुरागात्ततस्तस्य नाम राजेत्यभाषत ॥ V. P. -2 A man of the military casts; a Kṣatriya; Śi 14.14. -3 N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -4 N. of Indra. -5 The moon; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैःसह Bv.1.126. -6 Lord, master. -7 N. of Pṛithu. -8 A Yakṣa; तं राजराजानु- चरो$स्य साक्षात् Ki.3.3. -9 The Soma plant; ऐन्द्रश्च विधिवद्दत्तो राजा चाभिषुतो$नघः Rām.1.14.6; Bṛi. Up.1.3. 24. -Comp. -अग्निः wrath of a king. -अङ्गनम् a royal court, the court-yard of a palace. -अदनः 1 the Piyāla tree. -2 The seed of the tree Chirongia Sapida; राजादनं कन्दरालम् Śiva B.3.15. -अधिकारिन्, -अधिकृतः 1 a government officer or official. -2 a judge. -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः a king of kings, a supreme king, paramount sovereign, an emperor. -अधिष्ठानम् the capital of a king, metropolis. -अध्वन् m. a principal or royal road, main street, highway. -अनकः 1 an inferior king, a petty prince. -2 a title of respect formerly given to distinguished scholars and poets. -अन्नम् 1 rice grown in Āndhra. -2 food obtained from a king; राजान्नं तेज आदत्ते Ms.4.218. -अपसदः an unworthy or degraded king. -अभिषेकः coronation of a king. -अम्लः a kind of vegetable plant; Rumex Vesicarius (Mar. चुका). -अर्कः Calotropis Gigantea (मन्दार; Mar. रुई). -अर्हम् 1 aloewood, a species of sandal. -2 a kind of rice (राजान्न). -अर्हणम् a royal gift of honour. -अहिः a large snake (having two mouths). -आज्ञा a king's edict, an ordinance, a royal decree. -आभरणम् a king's ornament. -आम्रः a superior kind of mango. -आवर्तः a diamond of an inferior quality. -2 a diamond from Virāṭa country. -आवलिः, -ली a royal dynasty or genealogy. -आसनम् a throne. -आसन्दी Ved. a stand on which the Soma is placed. -इन्दुः an excellent king; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुरिन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12. -इष्टः a kind of onion. (-ष्टम्) = राजान्न q. v. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of a king, the insignia of royalty. -उपसेवा royal service; Ms.3.64. -ऋषिः (राजऋषिः or राजर्षिः) a royal sage, a saint-like prince, a man of the Kṣatriya caste who, by his pious life and austere devotion, comes to be regarded as a sage or riṣi; e. g. पुरूरवस्, जनक, विश्वामित्र. -कन्या, -कन्यका a princess. -करः a tax or tribute paid to the king. -करणम् a law-court. -कर्णः an elephant's tusk. -कर्तृ m. a person who assists at a coronation; समेत्य राजकर्तारः सभामीयुर्द्विजातयः Rām.2.67.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 the duty of a king. -2 royal service; cf. Ms.7.125. -कला a crescent of the moon (the 16th part of the moon's disc). -कलिः a bad king; cf. अशरण्यः प्रजानां यः स राजा कलिरुच्यते Mb.12.12.29. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् 1 state-affairs. -2 royal command. -कुमारः a prince. -कुलम् 1 a royal family, a king's family; अग्निरापः स्त्रियो मूर्खः सर्पो राजकुलानि च H.; नदीनां शस्त्रपाणीनां नखिनां शृङ्गिणां तथा । विश्वासो नैव कर्तव्यः स्त्रीषु राजकुलेषु च ॥ ibid. -2 the court of a king; आ दास्याः पुत्रि राजकुलं ल्येतत् Nāg.3.12/13. -3 a court of justice; (राजकुले कथ् or निविद् caus. means 'to sue one in a court of law, lodge a complaint against). -4 a royal palace. -5 a king, master (as a respectful mode of speaking). -6 a royal servant; बध्नन्ति घ्नन्ति लुम्पन्ति दृप्तं राजकुलानि वै Bhāg. 1.41.36. -कोशनिघण्टुः also -व्यवहारकोशः N. of a dictionary in Shivaji's time compiled by his minister Raghunātha Paṇḍita. -क्षवकः a kind of mustard. -गामिन् 1 a. escheating to the sovereign (as the property of a person having no heir). -2 brought before the king (as slander); Ms.11.55. -गिरिः N. of a mountain in Magadha. -गुरुः a royal counsellor. -गुह्यम् a royal mystery; राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् Bg.9.2. -गृहम् 1 a royal dwelling, royal palace. -2 N. of a chief city in Magadha (about 75 or 8 miles from Pāṭaliputra). -ग्रीवः a kind of fish. -घ a. sharp, hot. (-घः) a king-killer, regicide. -चिह्नम् 1 insignia of royalty, regalia. -2 the stamp on a coin. -चिह्नकम् the organ of generation (उपस्थ). -जक्ष्मन् = राजयक्ष्मन् q. v. -तरङ्गिणी N. of a celebrated historical poem treating of the kings of Kāśmīra by Kalhaṇa. -तरुः the कर्णि- कार tree, -तालः, ताली the betel-nut tree; राजतालीवनध्वनिः R. -दण्डः 1 a king's sceptre. -2 royal authority. -3 punishment inflicted by a king. -4 fine payable to a king. -दन्तः (for दन्तानां राजा) the front tooth; राजौ द्विजानामिह राजदन्ताः N.7.46; 'राजन्ते सुतनोर्मनोरमतमास्ते राज- दन्ताः पुरः' (शृङ्गारधनदशतकम् 67). -दूतः a king's ambassador, an envoy. -दृशद् f. the larger or lower millstone. -देयम्, -भागम् the royal claim, tax; न वृत्त्या परितुष्यन्ति राजदेयं हरन्ति च Mb.12.56.59. -दौवारिकः 1 = राजद्वारिकः q. v. -2 a royal messenger; Hch.4. -द्रोहः high treason, sedition, rebellion. -द्रोहिन् m. a traitor. -द्वार् f., -द्वारम् the gate of royal palace; राजद्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः Subhāṣ. -द्वारिकः a royal porter. -धर्मः 1 a king's duty. -2 a law or rule relating to kings (oft. in pl.). -धानम्, -धानकम्, -धानिका, -धानी the king's residence, the capital, metropolis, the seat of government; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं (प्रस्थापयामास) R.2.7. -धान्यम् Panicum Frumentaceum (Mar. सांवा). -धामन् n. a royal palace. -धुर् f., -धुरा the burden or responsibility of government. -नयः, -नीतिः f. administration of a state, administration of government, politics, statesmanship. -नामन् m. Trichosanthes Dioeca (Mar. पडवळ). -नारायणः (in music) a kind of measure. -निघण्टुः N. of a dictionary of Materia Medica. -नीलम् an emerald. -पट्टः 1 a diamond of inferior quality. -2 a royal fillet. -पट्टिका f. the Chātaka bird. -पदम् royalty, sovereignty. -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. = राजमार्ग q. v. -पिण्डः the maintenance given by a king; अवश्यं राजपिण्डस्तैर्निवेश्य इति मे मतिः Mb.3.36.16. -पिण्डा a species of date. -पुंस् m. a royal servant. -पुत्रः 1 a prince. -2 a Kṣatriya, a man of the military tribe. -3 the planet Mercury. -4 N. of a mixed caste. -5 a Rajpoot. -5 A kind of mango. -पुत्रिका 1 a kind of bird. -2 Princess. -पुत्री 1 a princess. -2 a female of the Rajpoota tribe. -3 N. of several plants:-- जाती, मालती, कटुतुम्बी &c. -4 a kind of perfume (रेणुका). -5 a musk rat. -6 a kind of metal; also राजपत्नी. -पुरम् a royal city. -पुरुषः 1 a king's servant. -2 a minister. -पुष्पः the नागकेसर tree. -पूगः a kind of Areca-nut palm; Bhāg.4.6.17. -पौरुषिकः a royal servant; Mb.13.126.24. -प्रकृतिः a king's minister. -प्रसादः royal favour. -प्रेष्यः a king's servant. (-ष्यम्) royal service (more correctly राजप्रैष्य). -फणिञ्झकः an orange tree. -वदरम् salt. -बीजिन्, -वंश्य a. a scion of royalty, of royal descent. -भट्टिका a species of water-fowl. -भृतः a king's soldier. -भृत्यः 1 a royal servant or minister. -2 any public or government officer. -भोगः a king's meal, royal repast. -भोग्यम् nutmeg. -भौतः a king's fool or jester. -मणिः a royal gem. -मन्त्रधरः, -मन्त्रिन् m. a king's counsellor. -महिषी the chief queen. -मार्गः 1 a highway, high road, a royal or main road, principal street. -2 the way, method or procedure of kings. -मार्तण्डः, -मृगाङ्कः (in music) a kind of measure. -माषः a kind of bean. -मुद्रा the royal seal. -यक्ष्मः, -यक्ष्मन् m. 'consumption of the moon', pulmonary consumption, consumption in general; राजयक्ष्मपरिहानिराययौ कामयानसमवस्थया तुलाम् R.19.5; राजयक्ष्मेव रोगाणां समूहः स महीभृताम् Śi.2.96; (for explanation of the word see Malli. thereon, as well as on Śi. 13.29). -यानम् a royal vehicle, a palanouin. -युध्वन् m. 1 a king's soldier. -2 one who fights with a king; P.III.2.95. -योगः 1 a configuration of planets, asterisms &c. at the birth of a man which indicates that he is destined to be a king. -2 an easy mode of religious meditation (fit for kings to practise), as distinguished form the more rigorous one called हठयोग q. v. -रङ्गम् silver. -राक्षसः a bad king. -राज् m. 1 a supreme king. -2 the moon. -राजः 1 a supreme king, sovereign lord, an emperor. -2 N. of Kubera; अन्तर्बाष्प- श्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -3 the moon. -राज्यम् the state or dignity of Kubera; स्वर्लोके राजराज्येन सो$भि- षिच्येत भार्गव Mb.13.85.53. -रीतिः f. bell-metal. -लक्षणम् 1 any mark on a man's body indicating future royalty. royal insignia, regalia. -लक्ष्मन् n. royal insignia. (-m.) N. of Yudhiṣṭhira. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः f. the fortune or prosperity of a king (personified as a goddess), the glory or majesty of a king; स न्यस्तचिह्नामपि राजलक्ष्मीम् R.2.7. -लिङ्गम् a kingly mark. -लेखः a royal edict. -लोकः a. collection of princes or kings. -वंशः a dynasty of kings. -वंशावली genealogy of kings, royal pedigree. -वर्चसम् kingly rank or dignity. -वर्तः cloth of various colours. -वल्लभः 1 a king's favourite. -2 a kind of mango. -3 a kind of Jujube. -वसतिः 1 dwelling in a king's court. -2 a royal palace. -वाहः a horse. -वाह्यः a royal elephant. -विः the bluy jay. -विजयः (in music) a kind of Rāga. -विद्या 'royal policy', kingcraft, state-policy, statesmanship; Bg.9.2; (cf. राजनय); so -राजशास्त्रम्; वीराश्च नियतोत्साहा राजशास्त्रमनुष्ठिताः Rām.1. 7.12. -विहारः a royal convent. -वृक्षः the tree Cassia Fistula; गुच्छैः कृतच्छविरराजत राजवृक्षः Rām. Ch.5.9. -वृत्तम् the conduct or occupation of a king; (कच्चित्) प्रजाः पालयसे राजन् राजवृत्तेन धार्मिक Rām.1.52.7. -वृत्तिः the works of a king; प्रत्यक्षाप्रत्यक्षानुमेया हि राजवृत्तिः Kau. A.1.9. -शफरः a Hilsā fish; L. D. B. -शासनम् a royal edict; दिवा चरेयुः कार्यार्थं चिह्निता राजशासनैः Ms.1.55. -शृङ्गम् a royal umbrella with a golden handle. -शेखरः N. of a poet. -संसद् f., -सभा f. a court of justice. -सदनम् a palace. -सर्पः a kind of snake-devouring snake. -सर्षपः black mustard (the seed used as a weight; त्रसरेणवो$ष्टौ विज्ञेया लिक्षैका परिमाणतः । ता राजसर्षपस्तिस्रस्ते त्रयो गौरसर्षपः ॥ Ms.8.133). -सायुज्यम् sovereignty. -सारसः a peacock. -सूयः, -यम् 1 a great sacrifice performed by a universal monarch (in which the tributary princes also took part) at the time of his coronation as a mark of his undisputed sovereignty; राजा वै राजसूयेनेष्ट्वा भवति Śat Br.; cf. सम्राट् also; राजा तत्र सूयते तस्माद् राजसूयः । राज्ञो वा यज्ञो राजसूयः ŚB. on MS.4.4.1. -2 a lotus. -3 a mountain. - सौधः a king's palace. -स्कन्धः a horse. -स्थानाधिकारः Viceroyalty. -स्थानीयः a viceroy, governor. -स्वम् 1 royal property; राजस्वं श्रोत्रियस्वं च न भोगेन प्रणश्यति Ms.8.149. -2 tribute, revenue. -स्वर्णः a kind of thorn-apple. -स्वामिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -हंसः a flamingo (a sort of white goose with red legs and bill); संपत्स्यन्ते नभसि भवतो राजहंसाः सहायाः Me.11; कूजितं राजहंसानां नेदं नूपुरशिञ्जितम् V. -हत्या regicide. -हस्तिन् m. a royal elephant, i. e. a lordly and handsome elephant. -हासकः a kind of fish; L. D. B.

rājasāt	राजसात् ind. To the state or in the possession of a king.

rājyam	राज्यम् [राज्ञो भावः कर्म वा, राजन्-यत् नलोपः] 1 Royalty, sovereignty; royal authority; राज्येन किं तद् विपरीतवृत्तेः R. 2.53;4.1. -2 A kingdom, country, an empire; R. 1.58. -3 Rule, reign, government, administration of a kingdom. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a constituent member of the state, a requisite of regal administration; (these are usually said to be seven:- स्वाम्यमात्यसुहृत्कोषराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak.). -2 a stronghold. -3 an army. -अधिकारः 1 authority over a kingdom. -2 a right to sovereignty. -अधिदेवता the tutelary deity of a kingdom. -अप- हरणम् usurpation. -अभिषेकः inauguration or coronation of a king. -आश्रममुनिः a pious king, the sage living in the hermitage in the form of the kingdom; पप्रच्छ कुशलं राज्ये राज्याश्रममुनिं मुनिः R.1.58. -उपकरणम् (pl.) the paraphernalia of government. -करः the tribute paid by a tributary prince. -कर्तृ m. 1 an administrator or officer of government. -2 a king. -खण्डम् a country. -च्युत a. deposed or dethroned. -तन्त्रम् the science of government, system of administration, the government or administration of a kingdom; Mu.1. -द्रव्यम् a requisite of sovereignty. -धुरा, -भारः the yoke or burden of government, the responsibility or administration of government. -परि- क्रिया administration. -भाज् a king. -भङ्गः subversion of sovereignty. -भोगः the possession of sovereignty. -भ्रंशः deposition from kingdom, loss of sovereignty. -लक्ष्मीः, -श्रीः the glory of sovereignty. -लोभः greed of dominion, desire of territorial aggrandizement. -विभूतिः power of royalty. -व्यवहारः administration, government business. -सुखम् the sweets of royalty. -स्थितिः government.

rātriḥ	रात्रिः त्री f. [राति सुखं भयं वा रा-त्रिप् वा ङीप् Uṇ.4.69] 1 Night; रात्रिर्गता मतिमतां वर मुञ्च शशथ्याम् R.5.66; दिवा काकरवाद् भीता रात्रौ तरति नर्मदाम्. -2 The darkness of night. -3 Turmeric; Mb.13.136.25. -4 One of the four forms or bodies of Brahmā. -5 Day and night; अहःशब्दो$पि अहोरात्रवचनः । रात्रिशब्दो$पि ŚB. on MS.8.1.16; यां रात्रिं जायते जीवो यां रात्रिं च विनश्यति Mb.13.9.4. -Comp. -अटः 1 a goblin, demon, ghost. -2 a thief. -अन्धः a. night-blind. -आगमः, -उपायः the approach of night. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -चरः (also -रात्रिंचर) (-री f.) 1 'a night rover', robber, thief. -2 a watchman, patrol, guard. -3 a demon, ghost, evil spirit; (तं) यान्तं वने रात्रिचरी डुढौके Bk.2.23. -चर्या 1 night-roving. -2 a nightly act or ceremony. -जम् a star, constellation. -जलम् dew. -जागरः 1 night-watching, wakefulness or sitting up at night; आरुरोह कुमुदा- करोपमां रात्रिजागरपरो दिवाशयः R.19.34. -2 a dog. ˚दः a gnat. -तरा the dead of night. -तिथिः f. a lunar night. -द्विष् the sun. -नाथः the moon. -नाशनः the sun. -पर्युषित a. stale. -पुष्पम् a lotus-flower opening at night. -बलः a demon. -भुजङ्गः the moon. -मणिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -योगः night-fall. -रक्षः, -रक्षकः a watchman, guard. -रागः darkness, obscurity. -वासस् n. 1 night-dress. -2 darkness. -विगमः 'end of night', break of day, dawn, daylight. -विश्लेषगामिन् m. the ruddy goose. -वेदः, -वेदिन् m. a cock. -सत्रन्यायः the rule according to which an act, for which no fruit is stated directly in the injunctive text, should be held as yielding the result spoken of in the अर्थवाद text connected with it. This rule is discussed and established by Jaimini and Śabara in MS.4.3.17-19. -हासः the white lotus. -हिण्डकः 1 a guard of the women's apartments. -2 a night-stalker.

riktham	रिक्थम् [रिच्-थक् Uṇ.2.7] 1 Inheritance, bequest, property left at death; (in law) unobstructed property; विभजेरन् सुताः पित्रोरूर्ध्वं रिक्थमृणं समम् Y.1.117; Ms.9.14; ननु गर्भः पित्र्यं रिक्थमर्हति Ś.6. -2 Property in general, wealth, possessions; बालदायादिकं रिक्थं तावद् राजानुपालयेत् Ms.8.27. -3 Gold. -Comp. -आद, -ग्राह, -भागिन्, -हर a. receiving an inheritance, inheriting property. (-m.) an heir, a son; तं नारदः प्रियतमो रिक्थादाना- मनुव्रतः Bhāg.2.9.4. -जातम् the aggregate estate (of a deceased person). -विभागः partition of property. -हारिन् m. 1 an heir; किं रिक्थहारैः स्वजनाख्यदस्युभिः Bhāg.8.22.9. -2 a maternal uncle. -3 the seed of the fig-tree.

rūḍhiḥ	रूढिः f. [रुह्-क्तिन्] 1 Growth, germination. -2 Birth, production. -3 Increase, devolopment, growth, spread. -4 Rise, ascent. -5 Fame, celebrity, notoriety; चक्रधर इति रथाङ्गमदः सततं बिभर्षि भुवनेषु रूढये Śi.15.26. -6 A tradition, custom, customary or traditional usage; शास्त्राद् रूढिर्बलीयसी 'custom prevails over precept', -7 General prevalence, common currency. -8 Popular meaning, conventional acceptation of a word; मुख्यार्थबाधे तद्योगे रूढितो$थ प्रयोजनात् K. P.2; समुदायशक्तिः रूढिः. -9 Decision. -Comp. -शब्दः a word which conveys its sense by रूढि (usage) as opposed to योग (etymology); बहुषु कुशानां लातुः गुणेषु सत्सु निपुणतायामेव कुशलशब्दो रोहाद् रूढिशब्द एव भवति ŚB. on MS.6.7.22. -शब्दता the state of being used in a conventional sense. रुहरुहिका ruharuhikā रुहिरुहिका ruhiruhikā रुहरुहिका रुहिरुहिका Longing, anxiety.

rūpam	रूपम् [रूप् क भावे अच् वा Uṇ.3.28] 1 Form, figure, appearance; विरूपं रूपवन्तं वा पुमानित्येव भुञ्जते Pt.1.143; so सुरूप, कुरूप &c. -2 Form or the quality of colour (one of the 24 guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas); चर्क्षुर्मात्रग्राह्यजातिमान् गुणो रूपम् Tarka K; (it is of six kinds :-- शुक्ल, कृष्ण, पीत, रक्त, हरित, कपिल, or of seven, if चित्र be added). -3 Any visible object or thing. -4 A handsome form or figure, beautiful form, beauty, elegance, grace; मानुषीषु कथं वा स्यादस्य रूपस्य संभवः Ś.1.25; विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकम् Bh.2.2; रूपं जरा हन्ति &c. -5 Natural state or condition, nature, property, characteristic, essence; circumstances (opp. to 'time' and 'place'); देशं रूपं च कालं च व्यवहारविधौ स्थितः Ms.8.45. -6 Mode, manner. -7 A sign, feature. -8 Kind, sort, species. -9 An image, a reflected image. -1 Similitude, resemblance. -11 Specimen, type, pattern. -12 An inflected form, the form of a noun or a verb derived from inflection (declension or conjugation). -13 The number one, an arithmetical unit. -14 An integer. -15 A drama, play; see रूपक. -16 Acquiring familiarity with any book by learning it by heart or by frequent recitation. -17 Cattle. -18 A sound, a word. -19 A known quantity. -2 A beast. -21 A verse. -22 A name. -23 The white colour. -24 A particular coin (as a rupee); कस्यचिद् गृहे चोरयित्वा रूपाभिग्राहितो बद्धः Dk.2.4. -25 Silver; मसारगल्वर्कसुवर्णरूपैः Mb.7.16.54. (रूप is frequently used at the end of comp. in the sense of 'formed or composed of', 'consisting of', 'in the form of', 'namely'; having the appearance or colour of', तपो- रूपं धनम्; धर्मरूपः सखा &c.). -m. -पः a deer. -Comp. -अधिबोधः the perception of form or colour of any object by the senses. -अक्षिग्राहित a. caught in the act, caught red-handed. -अस्त्रः Cupid. -आजीवा, -जीवना a harlot, prostitute, courtezan; रूपाजीवाश्च वादिन्यो वणिजश्च महाधनाः Rām; रूपाजीवाः स्नानप्रघर्षशुद्धशरीराः Kau. A.1.2. -आवली a list or series of variations of grammatical forms. -आश्रय a. exceedingly beautiful; त्वष्टा रूपाश्रयं रथम् Bhāg.4.15.17. -इन्द्रियम् the organ which perceives form and colour, the eye. -उच्चयः a collection of lovely forms; रूपोच्चयेन मनसा विधिना कृता नु Ś.2.1. -उपजीवनम् the gaining a livelihood by a beautiful form; रङ्गावतरणं चैव तथा रूपोपजीवनम् Mb.12.294.5. (com. रूपोपजीवनं जलमण्डपिकेति दाक्षिणात्येषु प्रसिद्धम् । यत्र सूक्ष्म- वस्त्रं व्यवधाय चर्ममयैराकारै राजामात्यादीनां चर्या प्रदर्श्यते). -कारः, -कृत् m. a sculptor; रूपकारो$पि शस्त्रेण क्रीडयैवोल्लिलेख ताम् Ks.37.8.9. -गुणः the quality of colour; वायोरपि विकुर्वाणाद्विरोचिष्णु तमोनुदम् । ज्योतिरुत्पद्यते भास्वत्तद्रूपगुणमुच्यते Ms.1.77. -ग्रहः the eye. -ज्ञ a. perceiving forms, distinguishing visible objects; त्वं तु प्रत्यक्षदर्शी च रूपज्ञश्च महा- भुजः Mb.14.6.2. -तत्त्वम् inherent property, essence. -तर्कः an assay-master or inspector of mint (?). -धर a. of the form of, disguised as; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3. -धारिन् 1 having a form or shape. -2 Possessed of beauty, lovely. (-m.) an actor. -ध्येयम् beuaty. -नाशनः an owl. -परिकल्पना the assuming of a shape; Rām. -भागानुबन्धः the addition of a fraction to a unit. -भागापवादः the subtraction of a fraction from a unit. -भेदः (in gram.) diversity of phonetic form or sound. -लावण्यम् exquisiteness of form, elegance. -विपर्ययः disfigurement, morbid change of bodily form. -विभागः the dividing of an integer number into fractions. -शालिन् a. beautiful. -संपद्, -संपत्तिः f. perfection or excellence of form, richness of beauty, superb beauty; उदपादि चास्या रूपसंपदा आविर्भूतविस्मयस्य तस्य मनसि K.

roṣita	रोषित a. Enraged, irritated, provoked.

raudratā	रौद्रता Wild state, dreadfulness.

liṅgam	लिङ्गम् [लिङ्ग्-अच्] 1 A mark, sign, token, an emblem, a badge, symbol, distinguishing mark, characteristic; यतिपार्थिवलिङ्गधारिणौ R.8.16; अथवा प्रावृषेण्यैरेव लिङ्गै- र्मम राजोपचारः संप्रति V.4; मुनिर्दोहदलिङ्गदर्शी 14.71; Ms.1. 3;8.25,252. -2 A false or unreal mark, a guise, disguise, a deceptive badge; लिङ्गैर्मुदः संवृतविक्रियास्ते R.7. 3; क्षपणकलिङ्गधारी Mu.1; न लिङ्गं धर्मकारणम् H.4.85. See लिङ्गिन् below. -3 A symptom, mark of disease. -4 A means of proof, a proof, evidence. -5 (In logic) The hetu or middle term in a syllogism; particularly the assertion of the hetu's being found in the पक्ष or minor term coupled with the statement of the invariable concomitance between this hetu and the major term; it is thus defined:-- व्याप्तिपक्षधर्मतावल्लिङ्गम् Tarka K. -6 The sign of gender or sex. -7 Sex; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11. -8 The male organ of generation. -9 Gender (in gram.) -1 The genital organ of Śiva worshipped in the form of a Phallus. -11 The image of a god, an idol; धत्ते$सावात्मनो लिङ्गं मायया विसृजन् गुणान् Bhāg.7.2.22. -12 One of the relations or indications (such as संयोग, वियोग, साहचर्य &c.) which serve to fix the meaning of a word in any particular passage; e. g. in कुपितो मकरध्वजः the word कुपित restricts the meaning of मकरध्वज to 'Kāma'; see K. P.2 and commentary ad loc.; तदेव सक्तः सह कर्मणैति लिङ्गं मनो यत्र निषक्तमस्य Bṛi. Up.4.4.6. -13 (In Vedānta phil.). The subtle frame or body, the indestructible original of the gross or visible body; cf. पञ्चकोष; यं योगिनो योग- समाधिना रहो ध्यायन्ति लिङ्गादसुतो ममुक्षया Bhāg.3.19.28. -14 A spot, stain. -15 The nominal base, the crude form of a noun (प्रातिपदिक). -16 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Pra- dhāna or Prakṛiti; q. v. -17 The effect or product (that which is evolved out of a primary cause and itself becomes a producer). -18 Inference, conclusion; अव्यक्तमिति विज्ञेयं लिङ्गग्राह्यमतीन्द्रियम् Mb.12.189.15. -19 = उपाधि; योगेन धृत्युद्यमसत्त्वयुक्तो लिङ्गं व्यपोहेत् कुशलो$हमाख्यम् Bhāg.5.5.13. -Comp. -अग्रम् the glans penis. -अनु- शासनम् the laws of grammatical gender. -अर्चनम् the worship of Śiva as a liṅga. -अर्शस् n. a particular disease of the genital organs. -आख्यः Name of one of the sub-divisions of the production according to Sāṅkhya; लिङ्गाख्यो भावाख्यः Sān K.52. -देहः, -शरीरम् the subtle frame or body; see लिङ्ग (13) above. -धारिन् a. wearing a badge. -नाशः 1 loss of the characteristic marks. -2 loss of penis. -3 loss of vision, a particular disease of the eye. -परामर्शः the finding out or consideration of a sign or characteristic (in logic); (e. g. that smoke is a sign of fire); as वह्निव्याप्यधूमवानयं पर्वतः इति लिङ्गपरामर्शः. -पीठम् the pedestal of a शिवलिङ्ग. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas. -प्रतिष्ठा the establishment or consecration of a liṅga. -वर्धन a. causing erection of the male organ. -विपर्ययः change of gender. -वृत्ति a. hypocritical. -वृत्तिः a religious hypocrite. -वेदी the base or pedestal of a liṅga. -शास्त्रम् a grammatical treatise on gender. -शोफः swelling on the penis. -स्थः a religious student; न श्रोत्रियो न लिङ्गस्थः (साक्षी कार्यः) Ms.8.65.

luṭh	लुठ् I. 1 P. (लोठति) To strike, knock down. -II. 1 Ā. (लोठते) 1 To roll on the ground. -2 To go, move. -3 To resist, oppose. -III. 1 U. (लोठयति-ते) To rob, plunder. -IV. 6 P. (लुठति) 1 To roll about, roll on the ground, wallow, welter, move to and fro; मणिर्लुठति पादेषु काचः शिरसि धार्यते H.2.67; लुठति न सा हिमकरकिरणेन Gīt.7; हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुठति स्तन- मण्डले Amaru 1; गृहे गृहे पश्य तवाङ्गवर्णा मुग्धे सुवर्णावलयो लुठन्ति Bv.2.176; Bk.14.54. -2 To agitate, move, stir. -3 To touch; पृषदपरुषविषाणाग्रेण लुठति Bhāg.5.8.21.

luḍ	लुड् I. 1 P. (लोडति) To stir, agitate, churn, disturb. -Caus. (लोडयति-ते) To stir, churn, agitate. (used with वि in the same sense); कलशिमुदधिगुर्वी बल्लवा लोडयन्ति Śi.11.8; गजः पृथुकराकृष्टशतपत्रमलोडयत् 19.69. -II. 6 P. (लुडति) 1 To adhere. -2 To cover.

luṇṭh	लुण्ठ् 1 P. (लुण्ठति) 1 To go. -2 To stir up, agitate, set in motion. -3 To be idle. -4 To be lame. -5 To rob, plunder; युध्यन्तः शिवसैन्येन लुण्ठिताश्चावकुण्ठिताः Śiva B.29.44. -6 To resist.

lul	लुल् 1 P. (लोलति, लुलित) 1 To roll, roll about, move to and fro, toss about; लुलितदृष्टि मदादिव चस्खले Ki.18.6; Śi.3.72;1.36. -2 To shake, stir, agitate, make tremulous, disturb. -3 To press down, crush; see लुलित below. -Caus. (लोलयति-ते) To shake, stir up; अनिलेन लोलितलताङ्गुलये Śi.9.4.

lola	लोल a. [लोड्-अच् डस्य लः, लुल् घञ् वा] 1 Shaking, rolling, tremulous, moving to and fro, quivering, dangling, trembling; flowing, waving (as locks of hair); परिस्फुरल्लोलशिखाग्रजिह्वं जगज्जिघत्सन्तमिवान्तवह्निम् Ki.3.2; लोलां- शुकस्य पवनाकुलितांशुकान्तम् Ve.2.22; ततस्ततः प्रेरितलोललोचना Ś.1.23; लोलापाङ्गैः लोचनैः Me.27; R.18.43. -2 Agitated, disturbed, restless, uneasy. -3 Fickle, inconstant, changing, unsteady; येन श्रियः संश्रयदोषरूढं स्वभावलोलेत्ययशः प्रमृष्टम् R.6.41; so Ku.1.43. -4 Frail, transient; क्व बत हरिणकानां जीवितं चातिलोलम् Ś.1.1. -5 Longing or anxious for, eager for, eagerly desirous of (mostly in comp.); अग्रे लोलः करिकलभको यः पुरा पोषितो$भूत् U.3.6; हस्तं कम्पवती रुणद्धि रशनाव्यापारलोलाङ्गुलिम् M.4.14; कर्णे लोलः कथयितुमभूदाननस्पर्शलोभात् Me.15; Śi.1.61;8.46; 1.66; Ki.4.2;16.16; Me.63; R.7.23;9.37; 16.54,61. -6 Greedy, lustful. -ला 1 N. of Lakṣmī. -2 Lightning. -3 The tongue. -ली (In music) A kind of composition. -Comp. -अक्षि n. a rolling eye. -अक्षिका a woman with rolling eyes. -कर्ण a. listening to every body. -जिह्व a. with a rolling or restless tongue, greedy. -लोल a. excessively tremulous, ever restless.

lvīna	ल्वीन a. Gone. वंशकरेण तेन R.18.31; न चक्रतुर्वंशकरावृषी तौ Bu. Ch.1.47. (-रः) 1 a son; त्वयि समुत्पन्नस्य वंशकरस्य मुखं प्रेक्षिष्यते V.5. -2 an ancestor. -कर्पूररोचना, -रोचना, -लोचना bamboo-manna. -कर्मन् n. bamboo-work. ˚कृत् a bambooworker. -कीर्ति a. celebrated. -कृत् m. the founder or perpetuator of a family. -कृत्यम् flute-playing. -क्रमः family succession. -क्षयः family decay. -क्षीरी bamboo-manna. -घटिका a kind of children's game; Buddh. -चरितम् the history of a family. -चर्मकृत् a worker in bamboo and leather; Rām.2.8.3. -चिन्तकः a genealogist. -छेत्तृ a. the last of a family. -ज a. 1 born in the family of; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा R.1.31. -2 made of bamboos. -3 sprung from a good family. (-जः) 1 progeny, issue, lineal descendant. -2 the seed of the bamboo. (-जम्) bamboo-manna. (-जा) bamboomanna; वंशजा बृंहणी वृष्या बल्या स्वाद्वी च शीतला Bhāva P. -तण्डुलः the seed of the bamboo. -धर a. 1 perpetuating a family; अन्तर्जले प्रसूतासि रघुवंशधरौ सुतौ U.7.3. -2 supporting a family. (-रः) 1 the continuer of a family. -2 a descendant. -धान्यम् = वंशतण्डुल q. v. -नर्तिन् m. a buffoon. -नाडि(ली)का a pipe made of bamboo. -नाथः the chief or head of a race. -नेत्रम् the root of sugarcane. -पत्रम् a bamboo-leaf. (-त्रः) a reed. ˚पतितम् N. of a kind of metre of seventeen syllables; दिङ्मुनिवंशपत्रपतितं भरनभनलगैः Chand. M. -पत्रकः 1 a reed. -2 a white kind of sugar-cane. (-कम्) yellow orpiment. -परंपरा lineal descent, family succession. -पात्रम् a bamboovessel. -पूरकम् the root of sugarcane. -बाह्य a. repudiated by a family. -ब्राह्मणम् 1 N. of a Brāhmaṇa (belonging to the Sāma-veda.) -भृत् m. the supporter or head of a family. -भोज्य a. hereditary. (-ज्यम्) a hereditary estate. -राजः a very high bamboo. -लक्ष्मीः f. the fortune of a family. -लून a. alone in the world. -वनम् a bamboo-forest; रात्रा वंशवनस्येव दह्यमानस्य पर्वते Mb.7.154.24. -वर्धनः a son. -विततिः f. 1 a family, descent. -2 a thicket of bamboos. -विस्तरः a complete genealogy. -शर्करा bamboo-manna. -शलाका a small bamboo peg at the lower end of a Vīṇā. -संपत् high birth and wealth, noble descent; Dk.1.4. -स्तनितम्, -स्थविलम् N. of a metre of twelve syllables; वदन्ति वंशस्थविलम् जतौ जरौ Chand. M. -स्थितिः f. the perpetuation of a family; वंशस्थितिं वंशकरेण तेन संभाव्य भावी स सखा मघोनः R.18.31; किं सुन्दरि प्ररुदितासि ममोपपन्ने वंशस्थितेरधि- गमान्महति प्रमोदे V.5.15.

vacanam	वचनम् [वच्-ल्युट्] 1 The act of speaking, uttering. saying. -2 Speech, an utterance, words (spoken), sentence; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्रितः Ki.2. 5; प्रीतः प्रीतिप्रमुखवचनं स्वागतं व्याजहार Me.4. -3 Repeating, recitation. -4 A text, dictum, rule, precept, a passage of a sacred book; शास्त्रवचनम्, श्रुतिवचनम्, स्मृति- वचनम् &c. -5 An order, a command, direction; शुश्रूषां गौरवं चैव प्रमाणं वचनक्रियाम् (कुर्यात्) Rām.2.12.26; मद्वच- नात् 'in my name', 'by my order'. -6 Advice, counsel, instruction. -7 Declaration, affirmation. -8 Pronunciation (of a letter) (in gram.). -9 The signification or meaning of a word; अत्र पयोधरशब्दः मेघवचनः. -1 Number (in gram.); (there are three numbers, singular, dual and plural). -11 Dry ginger. -Comp. -अवक्षेपः abusive speech. -उपक्रमः introduction, exordium. -उपन्यासः suggestive speech, insinuation. -कर a. obedient, doing what is ordered. (-रः) the author or enunciator of a rule or precept. -कारिन् a. obeying orders, obedient. -क्रमः discourse. -क्रिया obedience; यथा पितरि शुश्रूषा तस्य वा वचनक्रिया Rām.2.19.22;2.12.26. -गोचर a. forming a subject of conversation. -गौरवम् deference to a command. -ग्राहिन् a. obedient, compliant, submissive. -पटु a. eloquent. -मात्रम् mere words, unsupported assertion. -विरोधः inconsistency of precepts, contradiction or incongruity of texts. -व्यक्तिः f. 1 The exact implication of a statement (i. e. the exact specification of its उद्देशपद and विधेयपद); अन्या हि वचनव्यक्तिर्विधीयमानस्य, अन्या गुणेन संबध्यमानस्य ŚB. on MS.3.1.12. ˚भेदः divergence in the implication of the statement; न च विधेर्विधिनैकवाक्यभावो भवति । वचनव्यक्ति- भेदात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.5. -2 interpretation; यदा अनुवादपक्षस्तदा आहिताग्नेः । यदा विधिपक्षः तदा अनाहिताग्नेः । उभयथा वचनव्यक्तिः प्रतीयते ŚB. on MS.6.8.8. -शतम् a hundred speeches, i. e. repeated declaration, reiterated assertion. -सहायः a companion in conversation. -स्थित a. (वचने- स्थित also) obedient, compliant.

uktiḥ	उक्तिः f. 1 Speech, expression, statement; उक्ति- रर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः Chandr.5.12; शूद्रविट्- क्षत्रविप्राणां यत्रर्तोक्तौ भवेद्वधः Ms.8.14. -2 A sentence. -3 The power of expression, the expressive power of a word; as in एकयोक्त्या पुष्पवन्तौ दिवाकरनिशाकरौ Ak. -4 A worthy speech or word, maxim.

vad	वद् 1 P. (वदति, but Ātm. in certain senses and with certain prepositions; see below; उवाद, अवादीत्, वदिष्यति, व दितुम्, उदित; pass. उद्यते desid. विवदिषति) 1 To say, speak utter, address, speak to; वद प्रदोषे स्फुटचन्द्रतारका विभावरी यद्यरुणाय कल्पते Ku.5.44; वदतां वरः R.1.59 'the foremost of the eloquent'. -2 To announce, tell, communicate, inform; यो गोत्रादि वदति स्वयम्. -3 To speak of, describe; आश्चर्यवद्वदति तथैव चान्यः Bg.2.29. -4 To lay down, state; श्रुतिस्मृत्युदितं धर्ममनुतिष्ठन् हि मानवः Ms.2.9;4.14. -5 To name, call; वदन्ति वर्ण्यावर्ण्यानां धर्मैक्यं दीपकं बुधाः Chandr.5. 45; तदप्यपाकीर्णमतः प्रियवदां वदन्त्यपर्णेति च तां पुराविदः Ku.5. 28. -6 To indicate, bespeak; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति संपदः Ki. 1.14. -7 To raise the voice, utter a cry, sing; कोकिलः पञ्चमेन वदति; वदन्ति मधुरा वाचः; &c. -8 To show brilliance or proficiency in, be an authority of (Ātm.); शास्त्रे वदते Sk., पाणिनिर्वदते Vop. -9 To shine, look splendid or bright (Ātm.); लङ्का समाविशद् रात्रौ वदमानो$रिदुर्गमाम् Bk. 8.27. -1 To maintain, affirm. -11 To toil, exert, labour (Ātm.); क्षेत्रे वदते Sk. -Caus. (वादयति, ते) 1 To cause to speak or say. -2 To cause to sound, play on a musical instrument; वीणामिव वादयन्ती Vikr.1.1; वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -3 To speak, recite.

varṇanam	वर्णनम् ना [वर्ण्-ल्युट्] 1 Painting. -2 Description, delineation, representation; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रिया- रूपवर्णनम् K. P.1. -3 Writing. -4 A statement, an assertion. -5 Praise, commendation. (-ना only in this sense.)

vākyam	वाक्यम् [वच्-ण्यत् चस्य कः] 1 Speech, words, a sentence, saying, what is spoken; शृणु मे वाक्यम् 'hear my words', 'hear me'; वाक्ये न संतिष्ठते 'does not obey'; संक्षिप्तस्याप्यतो$स्यैव वाक्यस्यार्थगरीयसः Śi.1.2.24. -2 A sentence, period (complete utterance of a thought); वाक्यं स्याद्योग्यताकाङ्क्षासत्तियुक्तः पदोच्चयः S. D.6; पदसमूहो वाक्यम् Tarka K.; श्रौत्यार्थी च भवेद्वाक्ये समासे तद्धिते तथा K. P.1. -3 An argument or syllogism (in logic). -4 A precept, rule, an aphorism. -5 (In astr.) The solar process for all astronomical computations. -6 An assertion, statement. -7 Command. -8 (In law) Declaration, legal evidence. -9 Betrothment. -Comp. -आडम्बरः bombastic language. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a sentence. -2 (in Mīmāṁsā) the sense of a sentence derived on the strength of वाक्यप्रमाण as distinguished from श्रुति, लिङ्ग and other प्रमाणs. This is weaker than and hence sublated by the श्रुत्यर्थ or श्रुति; यत्र श्रुत्यर्थो न संभवति तत्र वाक्यार्थो गृह्यते ŚB. on MS. 6.2.14. वाक्यार्थः श्रुत्या बाध्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.14. According to Mīmāṁsā view the अर्थs of पदs are सामान्य and when these form a sentence to yield the वाक्यार्थ, they get restricted or modified. Hence वाक्यार्थ means the पदार्थs modified or restricted; सामान्येनाभिप्रवृत्तानां पदार्थानां यद्विशेषे$वस्थानं स वाक्यार्थः ŚB. on MS.3.1.12. ˚उपमा a variety of Upamā according to Daṇḍin; वाक्यार्थेनैव वाक्यार्थः को$पि यद्युपमीयते । एकानेकेवशब्दत्वात् सा वाक्यार्थोपमा द्विधा ॥ Kāv.2.43. -आलापः conversation, discourse. -उपचारः speaking; Rām. -खण्डनम् refutation of an assertion or argument. -ग्रहः paralysis of speech. -पदम् a word in a sentence. -पदीयम् N. of a work attributed to Bhartrihari. -पद्धतिः f. the manner of composing sentences, diction, style. -परिसमाप्तिः f. Completion of a sentence (i. e. the application of the sense expressed by a sentence). This occurs in two ways; (i) the sense of the sentence as a whole may be predicated of the things or persons mentioned in the उद्देशपद severally; or (ii) it may be predicated of them all combined together. The former is known as प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः and is illustrated by देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम्; while the latter is known as समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः and illustrated by गर्गाः शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम्; see ŚB. on MS.3.1.12. -प्रबन्धः 1 a treatise, connected composition. -2 the flow of sentences. -प्रयोगः employed of speech, use of language. -भेदः a different assertion, a divergent statement; संदिग्धे तु व्यवायाद् वाक्यभेदः स्यात् MS.3.1.21; वाक्यभेदान् बहूनगमत् Mu.2. -रचना, -विन्यासः arrangement of words in a sentence, syntax. -विलेखः An officer in charge of writing of accounts, orders etc. ततो वाक्यविलेखाख्यैर्दत्तोपन्तैः स्वशक्तितः Parṇāl.4.55. -विशारद a. eloquent, skilled in speech. -शेषः 1 the remainder of a speech, an unfinished or incomplete sentence; सदोषावकाश इव ते वाक्यशेषः V.3. -2 an elliptical sentence. -सारथिः Spokesman. -स्थ a. Obsequious; attentive.

vāc	वाच् f. [वच्-क्विप् दीर्घो$संप्रसारणं च Uṇ.2.67] 1 A word, sound, an expression (opp. अर्थ); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1. -2 Words, talk, language, speech; वाचि पुण्यापुण्यहेतवः Māl.4; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते । ऋषीणां पुनराद्यानां वाचमर्थो$नुधावति U.1.1; विनिश्चितार्थामिति वाचमाददे Ki.1.3 'spoke these words', 'spoke as follows'; R.1.49; Śi.2.13,23; Ku.2.3. -3 A voice, sound; अशरीरिणी वागुदचरत् U.2; मनुष्यवाचा R.2.33. -4 An assertion, a statement. -5 An assurance, a promise. -6 A phrase, proverb, saying. -7 N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -Comp. -अपहारकः (वागपहारकः) 1 a 'stealer of speech', a reader of prohibited texts; Ms.11.51. -2 a liar (मिथ्यावादी). -अपेत (वागपेत) a. dumb. -अर्थः (वागर्थः) a word and its meaning; वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; see above. -असिः cutting speech (cutting like a sword); स्फुरन्नसाधोर्विवृणोति वागसिः Ki.14.12. -आडम्बरः, (-वागाडम्बरः) verbosity, bombast. -आत्मन् a. (वागात्मन्) consisting of words; ऋषे प्रबुद्धो$सि वागात्मनि ब्रह्मणि U.2. -ईशः (वागीशः) 1 an orator, an eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; वागीशाद्याः सुमनसः Nyāyamāla. -3 an epithet of Brahman; वागीशं (धातारं) वाग्भिरर्थ्याभिः प्रणिपत्योपतस्थिरे Ku.2.3. -4 the lunar mansion called Puṣya. (-शा) N. of Sarasvatī. -ईश्वरः (वागीश्वरः) 1 an orator, eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Brahman. (-री) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -उत्तरम् (वागु- त्तरम्) end of speech. -ऋषभः, (वागृषभः) 'eminent in speech', an eloquent or learned man. -कलहः- (वाक्कलहः) a quarrel, strife. -कीरः (वाक्कीरः) a wife's brother. -केलिः, -ली (वाक्केलिः -ली) witty conversation. -गुदः (वाग्गुदः) a kind of bird; Ms.12.64. -गुणः (वाग्गुणः) a merit or excellence of speech; (35 such merits are enumerated by Hemachandra). -गुम्फः (pl.) artificial language. -गुलिः, -गुलिकः (वाग्गुलिः &c.) the betel-bearer of a king &c.; cf. ताम्बूलकरङ्कवाहिन्. -चपल a. (-वाक्चपल) chattering, frivolous or inconsiderate in talk. -चापल्यम् (वाक्चापल्यम्) idle or frivolous talk, chattering, gossiping. -छलम् (वाक्छलम्) 'dishonesty in words', an evasive reply, a prevarication; एतावदेवास्ति मे वाक्छलम् Mu.2; केनेदममृतं मे वाक्छलाद् वृष्टम् K.33. -जालम् (वाग्जालम्) bombast, empty talk; अनिर्लोडितकार्यस्य वाग्जालं वाग्मिनो वृथा Śi.2.27. -जीवमः (वाग्जीवनः) a buffon; Kau. A.2.1. -डम्बरः (वाग्ड- म्बरः) 1 bombast. -2 eloquent language. -दण्डः (वाग्दण्डः) 1 reproachful words, reprimand, reproof. -2 restraint of speech, control over words; cf. त्रिदण्ड Ms.12.1. -दत्त (वाग्दत्त) a. promised, affianced, betrothed. (-त्ता) an affianced or betrothed virgin; Kull. on Ms.5.72. -दरिद्र (वाग्दरिद्र) a. 'poor in words', i. e. speaking little. -दलम् (वाग्दलम्) a lip. -दानम् (वाग्दानम्) betrothal; Ms.5.72 (Kull.). -दुष्ट a. (वाग्दुष्ट) 1 abusive, scurrilous, using abusive words; Ms.8.345. -2 using ungrammatical language. (-ष्टः) 1 a defamer. -2 a Brāhmaṇa not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time of his life. -देवता, -देवी (वाग्देवता, वाग्देवी) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech; वाग्देवतायाः सांमुख्यमाधत्ते S. D.1. ˚कुलम् science, learning. -दोषः (वाग्दोषः) 1 the utterance of a (disagreeable) sound; द्वीपिचर्मपरिच्छन्नो वाग्दोषाद् गर्दभो हतः H. B. -2 abuse, defamation. -3 an ungrammatical speech. -निबन्धन (वाग्निबन्धन) a. depending on words. -निमि- त्तम् (वाङ्निमित्तम्) Prognostications; तच्चाकर्ण्य वाङ्- निमित्तज्ञः पितरि सुतरां जीविताशां शिथिलीचकार Hch. V. -निश्चयः (वाङ्निश्चयः) affiance by word of month, marriage contract. -निष्ठा (वाङ्निष्ठा) faithfulness (to one's word or promise). -पटु a. (वाक्पटु) skilful in speech, eloquent. -पति a. (वाक्पति) eloquent; oratorical. (-तिः) 1 N. of Bṛihaspati (in this sense वाचसांपतिः is also used). -2 the constellation Puṣya. -पथः(वाक्पथः) 1 a moment fit for speech. -2 the range of speech. -पाटवम् (वाक्पाटवम्) eloquence. -पारीणः (वाक्पा- रीणः) beyond the range of speech; वाक्पारीणरुचिः स चेन्मुखमयं पद्मः प्रिये तावकम् N.22.14. -पारुष्यम् (वाक्पारु- ष्यम्) 1 severity of language. -2 violence in words, abusive or scurrilous language, defamation; एवं दण्डविधिः प्रोक्तो वाक्पारुष्यस्य तत्त्वतः Ms.8.278. -प्रचोदनम् (वाक्प्रचो- दनम्) an order expressed in words. -प्रतोदः (वाक्प्र- तोदः) 'the goad of words', goading or taunting language. -प्रलापः (वाक्प्रलापः) eloquence. -बन्धनम् (वाग्बन्धनम्) stopping the speech, silencing; व्रीडार्ता प्रकरोति दाडिमपलव्याजेन वाग्बन्धनम् Amaru.16. -भट (वाग्भटः) N. of a writer on medicine. -मनस n. (the duel -वाङ्मनसी in Vedic language) speech and mind; अथैनं तुष्टुवुः स्तुत्यमवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; अतीतः पन्थानं तव च महिमा वाङ्मनसयोः Śiva-mahimna 2. -मात्रम् (वाङ्मात्रम्) mere words. -मुखम् (वाङ्मुखम्) the beginning or introduction of a speech, an exordium, a preface. -यत a. (-वाग्यत) one who has controlled or curbed his speech, silent. -यमः (वाग्यमः) one who has controlled his speech, a sage. -यामः (वाग्यामः) a dumb man. -युद्धम् (वाग्युद्धम्) a war of words, (hot) debate or discussion, controversy. -रोधः (वाग्रोधः) stopping the speech, silencing. -वज्रः (वाग्वज्रः) 1 adamantine words; अहह दारुणो वाग्वज्रः U.1. -2 harsh or severe language. -विद् a. (वाग्विद्) eloquent. -विदग्ध a. (वाग्विदग्ध) skilled in speech. (-ग्धा) a sweet-speaking or fascinating woman. -विनिःसृत a. (वाग्विनिःसृत) put forth by speech; वाच्यर्था नियताः सर्वे वाङ्मूला वाग्वि- निःसृताः । तां तु यः स्तेनयेद्वाचं स सर्वस्तेयकृन्नरः ॥ Ms.4.256. -विभवः (वाग्विभवः) stock or provision of words, power of description, command of language; नास्ति मे वाग्विभवः प्रशंसितुम् V.3; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये तनुवाग्विभवो$पि सन् R.1.9; Māl.1.26. -विलासः (वाग्विलासः) graceful or elegant speech. -विलासिन् m. (वाग्विलासिन्) pigeon, dove. -विस्तरः (वाग्विस्तरः) prolixity. -वीरः (वाग्वीरः) master of speech. -व्ययः (वाग्व्ययः) waste of breath. -व्यवहारः (वाग्व्यवहारः) verbal or oral discussion; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रं किमत्र वाग्व्यवहारेण M.1. -व्यापारः (वाग्व्यापारः) 1 the manner of speaking. -2 the style or habit of speaking. -3 customary phraseology or mode of talking. -शलाका (वाक्शलाका) injurious speech. -शल्यम्(वाक्शल्यम्) = वाक्शलाका. -शस्त्रम् (वाक्शस्त्रम्) a curse; वाक्शस्त्रं वै ब्राह्मणस्य तेन हन्यादरीन् द्विजः Ms.11.33. -संतक्षणम् sarcastic remarks; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -संयमः (वाक्संयमः), -संवरः (वाक्संवरः) restraint or control of speech. -संगः (वाक्संगः) 1 impeded or slow speech. -2 paralysis of speech. -सारः (वाक्सारः) eloquence. -सिद्धम् (वाक्सिद्धम्) supernatural perfection of speech. -स्तम्भः (वाक्स्तम्भः) paralysis of speech.

vācya	वाच्य a. [वच्-कर्मणि ण्यत्] 1 To be spoken, told or said, to be spoken to or addressed; वाच्यस्त्वया मद्वचनात् स राजा R.14.61 'say to the king in my name'; न वाच्य- मित्थं पुरुषोत्तम त्वया Śi.1.31. -2 To be predicated, attributive. -3 Expressed (as the meaning of a word); cf. लक्ष्य and व्यङ्ग्य. -4 Blamable, censurable, reprehensible; अप्रदाता पिता वाच्यो वाच्यश्चानुपयन् पतिः । मृते भर्तरि पुत्रश्च वाच्यो मातुररक्षिता ॥ Mb.3.293.35; Śi.2.34; एभिर्मुक्तो महीपालः प्राप्नोति खलु वाच्यताम् H.3.129;4.17. -च्यम् 1 Blame, censure, reproach; प्रमदामनु संस्थितः शुचा नृपतिः सन्निति वाच्यदर्शनात् R.8.72,84; चिरस्य वाच्यं न गतः प्रजापतिः Ś.5.15; Śi.3.58. -2 The expressed meaning, that derived by means of अभिधा q. v.; cf. लक्ष्य and व्यङ्ग्य; अपि तु वाच्यवैचित्र्यप्रतिभासादेव चारुताप्रतीतिः K. P.1. -3 A predicate. -4 The voice of a verb. -5 A subject for expounding (प्रतिपाद्य-विषय); पुराणसंख्यासंभूतिमस्य वाच्यप्रयोजने Bhag.12.13.3. -Comp. -अर्थः expressed meaning. -चित्रम् one of the two kinds of the third or lowest (अधम) division of Kāvya or poetry, in which the charm lies in the expression of a striking or fanciful idea (opp. (शब्दचित्र); see चित्र also. -लिङ्ग a. adjectival. -वज्रम् severe or harsh language. -वर्जितम् an elliptical expression. -वाचकभाव the state of the signified and the signifier.

vātala	वातल a. (-ली f.) [वातं रोगमेदं लाति ला-क] 1 Stormy, windy. -2 Flatulent. -लः 1 Wind. -2 The chickpea (चणक). -Comp. -मण्डली A whirl-wind. -योनिः (वातला- योनिः) a morbid state of the uterus.

vātika	वातिक a. (-की f.) [वातादागतः ठक्] 1 Stormy, windy. -2 Gouty, rheumatic. -3 Mad. -कः 1 Fever caused by a vitiated state of the wind. -2 A person affected by flatulence. -3 A flatterer; एवं तत्राब्रुवन् केचिद्वातिकास्तं जने- श्वरम् Mb.3.257.4. -4 A class of deities (देवयोनिविशेष); वातिकाश्चारणा ये तु दृष्ट्वा ते हर्षमागताः Mb.9.55.14 (com. वातिकाः वातेन सह गच्छन्ति आकाशचारिणः). -5 A juggler. -6 A dealer in antidotes. -7 The Chātaka bird.

vādaḥ	वादः [वद्-घञ्] 1 Talking, speaking. -2Speech, words, talk; वेदवादररताः पार्थ नान्यदस्तीति वादिनः Bg.2.42; सामवादाः सकोपस्य तस्य प्रत्युत दीपकाः Śi.2.55; so कैतववादः Gīt.8; सान्त्ववादः &c. -3 A statement, an assertion, allegation; अवाच्यवादांश्च बहून् वदिष्यन्ति तवाहिताः Bg.2.36. -4 Narration, account; शाकुन्तलादीनितिहासवादान् Māl.3.3. -5 Discussion, dispute, controversy; वादयुद्धप्रधानाश्च मध्यमा राजसी गतिः Ms.12.46; वादे वादे जायते तत्त्वबोधः Sūbhāṣ; सीमा˚. -6 A reply. -7 An exposition, explanation; अध्यात्मविद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32. -3 A demonstrated conclusion, theory, doctrine; इदानीं परमाणुकारण- वादं निराकरोति S. B. (and in diverse other places of the work); परिणामवाद 'the theory of evolution'; so नास्तिक˚. -9 Sounding, sound. -1 Report, rumour. -11 A plaint (in law). -12 Advice, counsel. -13 Agreement. -Comp. -अनुवादौ (m. du.) 1 assertion and reply, plaint and reply, accusation and defence. -2 dispute, controversy. -कर, -कृत् a. causing a dispute. -कर्तृ a player on a musical instrument. -ग्रस्त a. disputed, in dispute; वादग्रस्तो$यं विषयः. -चञ्चु a. clever in repartees or witty replies. -द a. emulating, vying with. -नक्षत्रमाला (मालिका) a defence of the Vedānta against the Mīmāṁsā doctrine. -प्रतिवादः controversy. -युद्धम् a dispute, controversy; Ms.12.46. -रत a. disputatious. -वादिन् m. a Jaina. -विवादः disputation, discussion, debate. -साधनम् establishing an assertion.

vānakam	वानकम् The state of a ब्रह्मचारिन्.

vikala	विकल a. 1 Deprived of a part or member, defective, imperfect, maimed, mutilated; कूटकृद्विकलेन्द्रियाः Y.2.7; Ms.8.66; U.4.24. -2 Frightened, alarmed; नादस्ताव- द्विकलकुररीकूजितस्निग्धतारः Māl.5.2. -3 Devoid or destitute of (in comp.); आरामाधिपतिर्विवेकविकलः Bv.1.31; प्रसूति˚ Ś6.24; Pt.5.8; Mk.5.41; न तु कुलविकलानां वर्तते वृत्तशुद्धिः Avimārakam 2.5. -4 Agitated, weakened, dispirited, unnerved, drooping, sinking, languid; किमिति विषीदसि रोदिषि विकला विहसति युवतिसभा तव सकला Gīt.9; विरहेण विकलहृदया Bv.2.71,164; श्रुतियुगले पिकरुतविकले Gīt. 12; वहति विकलः कायो मोहं न मुञ्चकि चेतनाम् U.3.31. Māl. 7.1;9.12. -5 Ineffective, useless; विकलमिह पूर्वसुकृतम् Pt.5.9. -6 Wanting, failing. -7 Withered, decayed. -ला, -ली A woman during her courses; (L. D. B. however says 'A woman who has passed child-bearing', ऋतुहीना). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having a redundant or deficient limb. -इन्द्रिय a. having impaired or defective organs of sense. -करण a. with drooping limbs, languid; U.3.22. -करुण a. helpless, piteous; विकलकरुणैर्मर्मच्छेद- व्यथाविधुरैरिव (v. l. विकलकरणैः) Māl.9.11; U.1.28. -पाणिकः a cripple.

vikalīkṛ	विकलीकृ 8 U. 1 To maim, mutilate. -2 To impair, harm, injure. -3 To agitate, perplex, confound.

vikāraḥ	विकारः 1 Change of form or nature, transformation, deviation from the natural state; cf. विकृति. -2 A change, alteration, a modification; प्रमथमुखविकारै- र्हासयामास गूढम् Ku.7.95; नेत्रवक्त्रविकारैश्च लक्ष्यते$न्तर्गतं मनः Pt.1.44; Ś.7. -3 Sickness, disease, malady; विकारं खलु परमार्थतो$ज्ञात्वा$नारम्भः प्रतीकारस्य Ś.4; Ku.2.48. -4 Change of mind or purpose; मूर्च्छन्त्यमी विकाराः प्रायेणैश्वर्य- मत्तेषु Ś.5.18. -5 A feeling, an emotion; विकारश्चैतन्यं भ्रम- यति च संमीलयति च U.1.35;3.25,36; Māl.1.3. -6 Agitation, excitement, perturbation; कुतः परस्मिन् पुरुषे विकारः Ki.17.23. -7 Contortion, contraction (as of the features of the face); प्रमथमुखविकारैर्हासयामास गूढम् Ku.7.95. -8 (In Sā&ndot. phil.) That which is evolved from a previous source or Prakṛiti. -9 A wound. -Comp. -हेतुः a temptation, seduction, cause of perturbation; विकारहेतौ सति विक्रियन्ते येषां न चेतांसि त एव धीराः Ku.1.59.

viklṛp	विक्लृप् 1 Ā. 1 To doubt, be doubtful; वथंचिन्न विकल्पन्ते विद्वद्भिश्चिन्तिता नयाः Pt.1.339. -2 To be optional. -Caus. 1 To doubt, question; एवं कृष्णसखः कृष्णो भ्रात्रा राज्ञा विकल्पितः Bhāg.1.15.1. -2 To consider, reflect upon; सखीनियोगो$पि विकल्प्यते Ś.3. -3 To presume, conjecture. -4 To prepare or arrange differently. -5 To make, form. -6 To exchange. -7 To admit as optional. -8 To state a dilemma. -9 To reflect upon.

vikalpaḥ	विकल्पः 1 Doubt, uncertainty, indecision, hesitation; तत् सिषेवे नियोगेन स विकल्पपराङ्मुखः R.17.49. -2 Suspicion; Mu.1. -3 Contrivance, art; मायाविकल्परचितैः R.13.75. -4 Option, alternative (in gram.); तुल्यार्थयोर्हि तुल्यविषययो- र्विकल्पो भवति न नानार्थयोः ŚB. on MS.1.6.33. -5 Sort, variety; दण्डविकल्पः Ms.9.228; भूषणानां विकल्पम् Me.76. -6 An error, a mistake, ignorance. -7 Distinction; एवं सुरासुरगणाः समदेशकालहेत्वर्थकर्ममतयो$पि फले$विकल्पाः Bhāg.8.9.28. -8 A division of Kalpa; यावान् कल्पो विकल्पो वा यथा कालो$नुमीयते Bhāg.2.8.12. -9 A god; वैकारिको विकल्पानाम् Bhāg.1.85.11. -1 Origin (उत्पत्ति); आत्मा केवल आत्मस्थो विकल्पापायलक्षणः Bhāg.11.25.27. -11 Admission, statement. -12 Fancy, imagination. -13 Mental occupation. -Comp. -उपहारः an optional offering. -जालम् a net-like indecision, a dilemma.

viklava	विक्लव a. 1 Overcome with fear, startled, alarmed, frightened; आचकाङ्क्ष घनशब्दविक्लवाः R.19.38; Ku.4. 11. -2 Timid; तोयोत्सर्गस्तनितमुखरो मा च भूर्विक्लवास्ताः Me.39. -3 Affected by, overcome with; निसर्गदुर्बोधम- बोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki.1.6. -4 Agitated, excited, confused, bewildered; प्रतिषेधाक्षरविक्लवाभि- रामम् Ś.3.24. -5 Distressed, afflicted; grieved; निरा- करणविक्लवायाः प्रियायाः Ś.6; Śi.12.63; Ku.4.39; सुतविक्लवाय राज्ञे Bu. Ch.1.86. -6 Disgusted with, averse from; मृगयाविक्लवं चेतः Ś.2. -7 Faltering; प्रस्थानविक्लवगतेरवलम्ब- नार्थम् Ś.5.3. -वम् 1 Agitation, bewilderment; किमिदं देवि करोषि हृदि विक्लवम् Rām.2.44.25. -2 Fear; गतविक्लवः Rām.7.32.45.

vikṣipta	विक्षिप्त p. p. 1 Scattered, thrown about, dispersed, cast about. -2 Discarded, dismissed. -3 Sent, despatched. -4 Distracted, bewildered, agitated; प्रविक्षिप्तं चेतः प्रविशति च मोहान्धतमसम् Māl.9.8. -5 Refuted; (see क्षिप् with वि). -6 Extended, spread out; विक्षिप्तौ राक्षसेन्द्रस्य भुजाविन्द्रध्वजोपमौ Rām.5.1.15,18. -प्तम् One of the चित्त- भूमिs in the Yogaśāstra; क्षिप्तं मूढं विक्षिप्तमेकाग्रं निरुद्धमिति चित्त- भूमयः । Yogasūtrabhāṣya.

vikṣubh	विक्षुभ् 1 Ā., 4, 9 P. 1 To be greatly agitated or disturbed. -2 To confuse, disturb, perplex. -Caus. To agitate, disturb, confuse &c.

vigāh	विगाह् 1 Ā. To plunge or dive into, bathe; (दीर्घिकाः) स व्यगाहत विगाढमन्मथः R.19.9. -2 To enter, penetrate into, pervade (fig. also); विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः कृततीर्थः पयसामिवाशयः Ki.2.3; R.13.1; Mu.1.26. -3 To stir about, agitate; विगाह्यमानां सरयूं च नौभिः R.14.3. -4 To follow, practise; तया मुनीनां चरितं व्यगाह्यत Ku.5.19. -5 To approach, set in (as season &.)

vigānam	विगानम् 1 Censure, reproach, defamation, scandal. -2 A contradictory statement, contradiction, inconsistency; यत् पुनः कारणविषयं विगानं दर्शितं तत् परिहर्तव्यम् Ś.B. (and in several other places of the same work).

vigītiḥ	विगीतिः f. 1 Censure, abuse, reproach. -2 Contradictory statement, contradiction.

vigrīva	विग्रीव a. Decapitated.

vighūrṇita	विघूर्णित p. p. 1 Rolled, shaken about, rolling (as eyes). -2 Agitated.

vicar	विचर् 1 P. To wander about, raom over (oft. with acc.); इष्टान् देशान् विचर जलद Me.117; विचचार दावम् R.2.8; Ku.3.31. -2 To do, perform, practise. -3 To act, deal, behave. -4 To deviate from the right path, go about wantonly; यन्मे माता प्रलुलुभे विचरन्त्य- पतिव्रता Ms.9.2. -5 To pass through, pervade. -6 To attack, march against. -7 To associate or have intercourse with. -8 To go badly, fail. -9 To commit a mistake; हविषि व्यचरत्तेन वषट्कारं गृणन् द्विजः Bhāg.9.1.15. -1 To graze or feed upon. -Caus. 1 To think, reflect or meditate upon; विचारमाणस्य विशुद्धभावना A. Rām.7. 5.45. -2 To discuss, call in question, debate; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R.14.46. -3 To calculate, estimate, take into account, consider; परेषामात्मनश्चैव यो विचार्य बलाबलम् Pt.3; सुविचार्य यत्कृतम् H.1.2. -4 To hesitate, doubt. -5 To examine, investigate. -6 To seduce.

vical	विचल् 1 P. 1 To shake, tremble, move; पतति पतत्रे विचलति पत्रे शङ्कितभवदुपया Gīt.5. -2 To go, proceed, set out. -3 To be agitated or disturbed, be rough; (as the sea); व्यचालीदम्भसां पतिः Bk.15.7. -4 To deviate, swerve; नादण्ड्यो नाम राज्ञो$स्ति धर्माद्विचलितः स्वकात् Y.1.358. -5 To fall off or down. -Caus. 1 To shake, move, wave. -2 To cause to swerve, lead away from. -3 To excite, agitate, stir up. -4 To destroy, rescind, annul. -5 To transgress, violate; अनिष्टं चाप्यनिष्टेषु तं धर्मं न विचालयेत् Ms.7.13.

vicikitsā	विचिकित्सा 1 Doubt, hesitation, uncertainty; येयं प्रेते विचिकित्सा मनुष्ये अस्तीत्येके नायमस्तीति चैके Kaṭh. Up.1.1.2; Bṛi. Up.1.5.3; तुभ्यं मद्विचिकित्सायामात्मा मे दर्शितो बहिः Bhāg.3.9.37. -2 Mistake, error. -3 Finding out the real state (तत्त्वनिर्णय); द्रव्यस्य विचिकित्सार्थं गुणदोषौ शुभाशुभौ Bhāg.11.21.3.

vij	विज् I. 3 U. (वेवेक्ति, वेविक्ते, विक्त) 1 To separate, divide. -2 To distinguish, discern, discriminate (usually with वि and allied to विच् with वि q. v.) -II. 6 Ā., 7 P. (विजते, विनक्ति, विग्न) 1 To shake, tremble. -2 To be agitated, tremble with fear. -3 To fear, be afraid; चक्रन्द विग्ना कुररीव भूयः R.14.68. -4 To be distressed or afflicted. -Caus. (वेजयति-ते) To terrify, frighten.

vigna	विग्न p. p. 1 Trembling, agitated. -2 Frightened, alarmed.

vijñaptiḥ	विज्ञप्तिः f. 1 A respectful statement or communication, a request, an entreaty. -2 An announcement. -3 Teaching, instruction (उपदेश); तत्त्वसंख्यानविज्ञप्त्यै जातं विद्वानजः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.24.1.

vijñāpanam	विज्ञापनम् ना 1 Respectful statement or communication, a request, an entreaty; कालप्रयुक्ता खलु कार्यविद्भि- र्विज्ञापना भर्तृषु सिद्धिमेति Ku.7.93; R.17.4. -2 Information, representation. -3 Instruction.

viḍamb	विडम्ब् 1 U. 1 To imitate, copy, resemble; (तं) ऋतुर्विडम्बयामास न पुनः प्राप तच्छ्रियम् R.4.17; वपुःप्रकर्षेण विडम्बितेश्वरः 3.52;13.29;16.11; Ki.5.46;12.38; Śi.1.6;12.5;16.58. -2 To ridicule, deride, mock; संमोहयन्ति मदयन्ति विडम्बयन्ति निर्भर्त्सयन्ति रमयन्ति विषादयन्ति Bh.1.22; यथा न विडम्ब्यसे जनैः K.19. -3 To cheat, deceive; एवमात्माभिप्रायसंभावितेष्टजनचित्तवृत्तिः प्रार्थयिता विडम्ब्यते Ś.2. -4 To afflict, pain, molest. -5 To transform, distort.

viḍambita	विडम्बित p. p. 1 Imitated, copied. -2 Mocked, ridiculed. -3 Deceived. -4 Vexed, mortified. -5 Frustrated. -6 Low, abject, poor. -तम् An object of ridicule.

vidura	विदुर a. [विद्-कुरच् P.III.2.162] Wise, intelligent. -रः 1 A wise or learned man. -2 A crafty man, an intriguer. -3 N. of the younger brother of Paṇḍu. [When Satyavatī found that both the sons begotten by Vyāsa upon her two daughters-in-law were physically incapacitated for the throne-Dhṛitarāṣṭra being blind and Paṇḍu pale and sickly-- she asked them to seek the assistance of Vyāsa once more. But being frightened by the austere look of the sage, the elder widow sent one of her slave-girls dressed in her own clothes, and this girl became the mother of Vidura. He is remarkable for his great wisdom, righteousness, and strict impartiality. He particularly loved the Pāṇḍavas, and saved them from several critical dangers.] -Comp. -नीतिः, -प्रजागरः N. of chapters 33 to 4 in the 5th Parva of Mahābhārata.

vidyā	विद्या [विद्-क्यप्] 1 Knowledge, learning, lore, sci- ence; (तां) विद्यामभ्यसनेनेव प्रसादयितुमर्हसि R.1.88; विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकं प्रच्छन्नगुप्तं धनम् &c. Bh.2.2. (According to some Vidyās are four :-- आन्वीक्षिकी त्रयी वार्ता दण्डनीतिश्च शीश्वती Kāmandaka); चतसृष्वपि ते विवेकिनी नृप विद्यासु निरूढिमागता Ki.2.6; to these four Manu adds a fifth आत्मविद्या; त्रैविद्येभ्यस्त्रयीं विद्यां दण्डनीतिं च शाश्वतीम् । आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्यां वार्तारम्भांश्च लोकतः ॥ Ms.7.43. But the usual number of Vidyās is stated to be fourteen, i. e. the four Vedas, the six Aṅgas, Dharma, Mimāṁsā, Tarka or Nyāya and the Purāṇas; see चतुर्दशविद्या under चतुर्; and N.1.4. In N.1.5 the number is spoken of as being eighteen by including Medicine, Military Art, Music and Polity; अगाहताष्टादशतां जिगीषया.) -2 Right knowledge, spiritual knowledge; विद्याकल्पेन मरुता मेघानां भूयसामपि (क्वापि प्रविलयः कृतः) U.6.6; cf. अविद्या. -3 A spell, an incantation; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद् द्वादशाक्षर- विद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. -4 A mystical name of the letter इ. -5 A small bell. -6 The goddess Durgā. -7 Magical skill. -Comp. -अनुपालिन्, -अनुसेविन् a. acquiring knowledge; भागो यवीयसां तत्र यदि विद्यानुपालिनः Ms.9.24. -अभ्यासः, -अर्जनम्, -आगमः acquisition of knowledege, pursuit of learning, study. -अर्थः seeking for knowledge. -अर्थिन् m. a student, scholar, pupil. -आधारः a receptacle of learning; असौ विद्याधारः शिशुरपि विनिर्गत्य भवनात् Māl.2.11. -आरम्भः introduction of a boy to learning. -आलयः a school, college, any place of learning. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उपार्ज- नम् = विद्यार्जनम् q. v. -करः a learned man. -कोशगृहम्, -कोशसमाश्रयः library. -गुरुः an instructor in (sacred) science. -चण, -चञ्चु a. famous for one's learning. -जम्भक, -वार्त्तिक a. exercising magic of various kinds. -दलः the Bhūrja tree. -दातृ m. a teacher, an instructor. -दानम् teaching, imparting instruction. -दायदः the inheritor of a science. -देवी the goddess of learning. -धनम् 1 wealth in the form of learning; -2 wealth acquired by learning; विद्याधनं तु यद्यस्य तत्तस्यवै धनं भवेत् Ms.9.26. -धरः, (-री f.) a class of demigods or semi-divine beings; विद्याधराध्युषितचारुशिलातलानि स्थानानि Bh.3.7. ˚यन्त्रम् an apparatus for sublimating quicksilver. -प्राप्तिः = विद्यार्जन q. v. -बलम् the power or magic. -भाज् a. learned. -मण्डलकम् a library. -लाभः 1 acquisition of learning. -2 wealth or any other acquisition made by learning. -वंशः a chronological list of teachers in any branch of science. -विशिष्ट a. distinguished by learning. -विहीन a. illiterate, ignorant; विद्या- विहीनः पशुः Bh.2.2; आसन्नमेव नृपतिर्भजते मनुष्यं विद्या- विहीनमकुलीनमसंस्कृतं वा Pt.1.35. -वृद्ध a. old in knowledge, advanced in learning; अस्य नित्यश्च विद्यावृद्धसंयोगः विनय- वृद्ध्यर्थम् Kau. A.1.5. -व्यसनम्, -व्यवसायः pursuit of knowledge. -व्रतस्नातकः, -स्नातकः a Brāhmaṇa who has finished his course of religious studentship (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); वेदविद्याव्रतस्नाताञ्श्रोत्रियान् गृहमेधिनः (पूजयेद्धव्य- कव्येन) Ms.4.31.

vidruta	विद्रुत p. p. 1 Flown, fled away, (in panic). -2 Agitated, frightened, alarmed; नेच्छन्ति सेवया पूर्णाः कुतो- $न्यत् कालविद्रुतम् Bhāg.9.4.67. -3 Liquid, fluid. -तम् 1 Flight. -2 A particular manner of fighting.

vidhānam	विधानम् 1 Arranging, disposing; अपरं किं तु कृत्वैवं विधानं संविधास्यति Rām.7.2.31. -2 Performing, making, doing, executing; नेपथ्यविधानम् Ś.1; आज्ञा˚, यज्ञ˚ &c.; एवं कृत्वा विधानं स संनिवेश्य वसुं तदा Rām.7.54.13. -3 Creation, creating; तस्मिन् विधानातिशये विधातुः कन्यामये नेत्र- शतैकलक्ष्ये R.6.11;7.14; Ku.7.66; निधानं धर्माणां किमपि च विधानं नवमुदाम् G. L.18. -4 Employment, use, application; प्रतिकारविधानम् R.8.4. -5 Prescribing, enjoining, ordering. -6 A rule, precept, ordinance, sacred rule or precept, sacred injunction; तन्न्याय- त्वाद् विधानस्य MS.1.3.16 (cf. विधीयते अनेनेति विधानं शब्दः SB. on ibid.); Ms.9.148; ज्ञात्वा शास्त्रविधानोक्तं कर्म कर्तुमिहार्हसि Bg.16.24;17.24. -7 Mode, manner. -8 A means or expedient; वस्त्रैश्च सर्वैः सहितैर्विधानै- र्नेयं वृता ते वरसंप्रदाने Rām.2.37.36. -9 Performance of prescribed acts or rites. -1 A rite, ceremony. -11 Gaining, obtaining. -12 Affixing, prefixing (as terminations, suffixes &c.). -13 The food given to elephants (to make them intoxicated); विधानसंपादितदान- शोभितैः (where विधान means 'rule' also); उत्क्षिप्तहस्ततल- दत्तविधानपिण्डस्नेहस्रुतिस्नपितबाहुरिभाधिराजम् Śi.5.51. -14 Wealth. -15 Pain, agony, torment, distress. -16 An act of hostility. -17 An act, doing; आशङ्कमानो नृपते- र्विधानम् Mb.3.113.15. -18 An effort, attempt (यत्न); तथा विधानं क्रियतां समर्थाः साधनेष्विति Rām.1.8.19. -19 Remedy (चिकित्सा); तेषामन्यतमोद्रेके विधानमुपदिश्यते Mb.12. 16.12. -2 Prevention (प्रतिकार); विधानं तत्र भगवन् कर्तुमर्हसि युक्तितः Mb.5.177.8. -21 Granting; क्रतुभ्रेषस्त्वत्तः क्रतुफल- विधानव्यसनिनः Śiva-mahimna 21. -22 The Veda; त्वमेको ह्यस्य सर्वस्य विधानस्य स्वयंभुवः Ms.1.3. -23 The fate, destiny (दैव); अहमद्योपयोक्ष्यामि विधानं पश्य यादृशम् Mb.3. 179.15. -24 A statement of the Vedas; तस्य शब्दं गुणं विद्यान्मूर्तिशास्त्रविधानवित् Mb.12.252.3. -25 (In drama) Conflict of different feelings. -26 Worship. -Comp. -गः, -ज्ञः a wise or learned man. -युक्त a. in accordance with or conformable to sacred precept. -सप्तमी the 7th day in the light half of माघ.

vidhiḥ	विधिः [विधा-कि] 1 Doing, performance, practice, an act or action; ब्रह्मध्यानाभ्यसनविधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41; योगविधि R.8.22; अस्याः सर्गविधौ V.1.8; लेखाविधि Māl. 1.35. -2 Method, manner, way, means, mode; निः- साराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -3 A rule, commandment, any precept which enjoins something for the first time (as distinguished from नियम and परिसंख्या q. q. v. v.); विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ; चिकीर्षाकृतिसाध्यत्व- हेतुधीविषयो विधिः; वहति विधिहुतं या हविः Ś.1.1. -4 A sacred precept or rule, ordinance, injunction, law, a sacred command, religious commandment (opp. अर्थवाद which means 'an explanatory statement coupled with legends and illustrations'; see अर्थवाद); प्रवृत्तिपरं वाक्यं विधिः, as ज्योतिष्टोमेन स्वर्गकामो यजेत; श्रद्धा वित्तं विधिश्चेति त्रितयं तत् समागतम् Ś.7.29; R.2.16. -5 Any religious act or ceremony, a rite, ceremony; स चेत् स्वयं कर्मसु धर्मचारिणां त्वमन्तरायो भवसि च्युतो विधिः R.3.45;1.34. -6 Behaviour, conduct. -7 Condition; V.4. -8 Creation, formation; सामग्ऱ्यविधौ Ku.3.28; कल्याणी विधिषु विचित्रता विधातुः Ki.7.7. -9 The creator. -1 Fate, destiny, luck; विधौ वामारम्भे मम समुचितैषा परिणतिः Māl.4.4. -11 The food of elephants. -12 Time. -13 A physician. -14 N. of Viṣṇu. -15 Use, application. -16 A means, expedient for; अक्षरं गन्तुमनसो विधिं वक्ष्यामि शीघ्रगम् Mb.12. 236.13. -17 Any act, action. -Comp. -अन्तः The end or the concluding portion of an injunctive text, all the other portion of the प्रयोगविधि (pertaining to an act) except the प्रधान or मुख्य विधि which is called विध्यादि; विध्यन्तो वा प्रकृतिवत्˚ MS.7.4.1; सोमेन यजेत इति विध्यादिः । सौमिकमपि ब्राह्मणं विध्यन्तः ŚB. ibid. Also see विध्यादि. -आदिः m. the beginning of a विधि or injunction; the main or प्रधान injunction; वेदे$पि दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यां यजेत इति विध्यादिः । विध्यन्तो$पि प्रधानविधिवर्जितं कृत्स्नं पौरोडाशिकं ब्राह्मणम् ŚB. on MS.7.4.1. -कर a. executing commands; विधिकरीरिमा वीर मुह्यतीरधरसीधुनाप्याययस्व नः Bhāg.1.31.8. -m. a servant; सो$यं ते विधिकर ईश विप्रशप्तस्तस्येदं निधन- मनुग्रहाय विद्मः Bhāg.7.8.57. -घ्नः a. disregarding prescribed rites or rules. -ज्ञ a. knowing the ritual. (-ज्ञः) a Brāhmaṇa versed in the ritual, a ritualist. -दर्शकः a priest at a sacrifice who sees that everything is done according to the precepts, and corrects any deviation from them. -दृष्ट, -विहित a. prescribed by rule, enjoined by law. -देशकः 1 = विधिदर्शक above. -2 a preceptor, teacher. -द्वैधम् diversity of rules, variance of precept or commandment. -पूर्वकम् ind. according to rule. -प्रयोगः application of a rule. -यज्ञः 1 a sacrifice performed according to rule; Ms.2. 85-86. -2 a ceremonial act of worship. -योगः 1 the force or influence of fate. -2 the observance of a rule; अनेन विधियोगेन कर्तव्यांशप्रकल्पना Ms.8.211. -लोपः transgression of a commandment. -वधूः f. an epithet of Sarasvatī. -विपर्ययः misfortune. -विभक्तिः f. a potential termination; a termination which lays down an injunction; विधिविभक्तिं हि विधायिकां लिङं मन्यमानाः श्लोकमिमं समामनन्ति ŚB. on MS.4.3.3. The श्लोक referred to here is; कुर्यात् क्रियेत कर्तव्यं भवेत् स्यादिति पञ्चमम् । एतत् स्यात् सर्ववेदेषु नियतं विधिलक्षणम् ॥ This श्लोक speaks of the five forms which the विधिविभक्ति takes in the Vedic literature. -हीन a. devoid of rule, unauthorised, irregular.

vidhūnita	विधूनित a. 1 Agitated, alarmed. -2 Harassed, annoyed, molested.

vipad	विपद् 4 Ā. 1 To go badly; fail, miscarry (as a business &c.). -2 To fall into misfortune or bad state; स बन्धुर्यो विपन्नानामापदुद्धरणक्षमः H.1.29. -3 To be disabled or incapacitated. -4 To die, perish; नाथवन्तस्त्वया लोकास्त्व- मनाथा विपत्स्यसे U.1.44; हा तात एष तें नरेन्द्रचित्ताराधनोपकरणं जनो विपद्यते Māl.5; Mk.1.38. -5 To obstruct. -6 To come to naught; यदि त्वभिहितं राज्ञा त्वयि तन्न विपत्स्यते Rām. 2.18.26. -Caus. To destroy, kill.

vipanna	विपन्न p. p. 1 Dead. -2 Lost, destroyed. -3 Unfortunate, afflicted, distressed, fallen into adversity. -4 Declined. -5 Disabled, incapacitated; बलिं विपन्नमादाय अस्तं गिरिमुपागमन् Bhāg.8.12.46. -न्नः A snake. -Comp. -दीधिति a. one whose splendour is gone. -देह a. dead, defunct; विपन्नदेहे मयि मन्दभाग्ये ममेति चिन्ता क्व गमिष्यसि त्वम् Mk.1.38.

vipariśramatā	विपरिश्रमता The state of being without fatigue; उरु सत्त्वमाह विपरिश्रमता Ki.6.35.

vipākaḥ	विपाकः 1 Cooking, dressing. -2 Digestion; रूपं चक्षुर्विपाकश्च त्रिधा ज्योतिर्विधीयते Mb.12.248.1; also bad digestion. -3 Ripening, ripeness, maturity, development (fig. also); अमी पृथुस्तम्बमृतः पिशङ्गतां गता विपाकेन फलस्य शालयः Ki.4.26; वाचां विपाको मम Bv.4.42 'my mature, full-developed, or dignified words'. -4 Consequence, fruit, result, the result of actions either in this or in a former birth; अहो मे दारुणतरः कर्मणां विपाकः K.354; ममैव जन्मान्तरपातकानां विपाकविस्फूर्जथुरप्रसह्यः R.14. 62; Bh.2.99; Mv.5.56. -5 (a) Change of state; कष्टं बतान्यदिव दैववशेन जाता दुःखात्मकं किमपि भूतमहो विपाकः U.4.6. (b) An unexpected event or occurrence, a reverse, adverse turn of fate, distress, calamity; ईदृशानां विपाको$पि जायते परमाद्भुतः U.3.3; विपाके घोरे$स्मिन्नथ खलु विमूढा तव सखी 4.12. -6 Difficulty, embarrassment. -7 Flavour, taste. -8 Withering, fading. -Comp. -कालः the time of maturing. -दारुण a. terrible in results. -दोषः morbid affection of digestive powers.

viprakṛta	विप्रकृत p. p. 1 Hurt, offended, injured; एवं विप्रकृते लोके दैत्येन्द्रानुचरैर्मुहुः Bhāg.7.2.16. -2 Insulted, abused, treated with contumely. -3 Opposed -4 Retaliated, requited. -5 Oppressed, troubled, disturbed. -6 Irritated, provoked; विप्रकृतः पन्नगः फणां कुरुते Ś.6.31.

vipralāpaḥ	विप्रलापः 1 Idle or unmeaning talk, prattle, gibberish, nonsense. -2 Mutual contradiction, contradictory statement; P.I.3.5. -3 A dispute, wrangling. -4 Violation of one's promise, breaking one's word.

vipralambhaḥ	विप्रलम्भः 1 (a) Deceiving, deceit, tricking, disappointment; विप्रलम्भो$यमत्यन्तं यदि स्युरफलाः क्रियाः Mb.3. 31.28; विप्रलम्भो$पि लाभाय सति प्रियसमागमे Ki.11.27. (b) Delusion; अतिक्लमिता खलु प्रियसखी अनेनानुकूलविप्रलम्भेन Māl. 6. -2 Especially, deceiving by false statement or by not keeping promises; विप्रलम्भकृत्रिमप्रेमसहजसौहार्दवेदिनं तं विद्येश्वरं सबहुमानं विससर्ज Dk.1.5. -3 Quarrel, disagreement. -4 Disunion, separation, disjunction. -5 The separation of lovers; शुश्रुवे प्रियजनस्य कातरं विप्रलम्भपरिशङ्किनो वचः R.19.18; Ve.2.12. -6 (In Rhet.) The feeling or sentiment of love in separation, one of the two main kinds of शृङ्गार (opp. संभोग); अपरः (विप्रलम्भः) अभिलाष- विरहेर्ष्याप्रवासशापहेतुक इति पञ्चविधः K. P.4; यूनोरयुक्तयोर्भावो युक्तयोर्वाथवा मिथः । अभीष्टालिङ्गनादीनामनवाप्तौ प्रहृष्यते । विप्रलम्भः स विज्ञेयः -उज्जवलमणिः; cf. S. D.212 et seq.

vipluta	विप्लुत p. p. 1 Drifted about. -2 Drowned, submerged, deluged, overflowed. -3 Confounded, disturbed. -4 Ravaged, devastated. -5 Lost, disappeared. -6 Disgraced, dishonoured. -7 Ruined. -8 Obscured, disfigured. -9 Depraved, dissolute, profligate, guilty of lewdness; विप्लुतौ शूद्रवद्दण्ड्यौ Ms.8.377. -1 Contrary, reverse. -11 Turning out false; नैते वाचं विप्लुतां व्याहरन्ति U.4.18. -12 Agitated, troubled; भयविप्लुतमीक्षितो नभःस्थै- र्जगतीं ग्राह इवापगां जगाहे Ki.13.24. -तम् Springing, bursting asunder. -Comp. -नेत्र, -लोचन a. having the eyes suffused (with tears, joy etc.). -भाषिन् a. speaking confusedly, stammering.

vibhāvaḥ	विभावः 1 (In Rhet.) Any condition which produces or develops a particular state of body or mind; (one of the three main divisions of Bhāvas, the other two being अनुभाव and व्यभिचारिभाव q. q. v. v.); रत्याद्युद्बोधका लोके विभावाः काव्यनाट्ययोः S. D.62; its chief subdivisions are आलम्बन and उद्दीपक; see आलम्बन. -2 A friend, an acquaintance. -3 Any exciting circumstance (as dress &c.).

vibhrānta	विभ्रान्त p. p. 1 Whirled about. -2 Agitated, bewildered, confused, flurried. -3 Mistaken, erring. -4 Spread abroad (as fame). -Comp. -नयन a. with rolling eyes. -शील a. 1 confused in mind. -2 intoxicated, drunk. (-लः) 1 a monkey. -2 the disc of the sun or moon.

vimṛd	विमृद् 9 P. 1 To press, squeeze. -2 To bruise, crush, pound. -3 To kill, destroy. -4 To lay waste, devastate.

vimṛś	विमृश् 6 P. 1 To touch, feel. -2 To stroke, rub. -3 To think, consider, reflect, ponder (over); वृणते हि विमृश्यकारिणं गुणलुब्धाः स्वयमेव संपदः Ki.2.3; रामप्रवासे व्यमृशन्न दोषं जनापवादं सनरेन्द्रमृत्युम् Bk.3.7;12.24; Ku. 6.87; इति ते ज्ञानमाख्यातं गुह्याद् गुह्यतरं मया । विमृश्यैतदशेषेण Bg.18.63; Śi.1.56. -4 To perceive, observe. -5 To examine, test; तदत्रभवानिमं मां च शास्त्रे प्रयोगे च विमृशतु M.1. -6 To hesitate, doubt.

virahaḥ	विरहः 1 Parting with, separation. -2 Especially, the separation of lovers; सा विरहे तव दीना Gīt.4; क्षणमपि विरहः पुरा न सेहे ibid; कः संनद्धे विरहविधुरां त्वष्युपेक्षेत जायाम् Me.8,12,29,87,89. -3 Absence. -4 Want. -5 Desertion, abandonment, relinquishment. -6 The feeling of love in separation; see विप्रलम्भ (6). -7 Loneliness. -Comp. -अनलः the fire of separation. -अवस्था the state of separation. -आर्त, -उत्कण्ठ, -उत्सुक a. suffering from separation; pining away in separation. -उत्क- ण्ठिता a woman distressed by the absence of her lover or husband, one of the several classes of a Nāyikā in poetic compositions; see S. D.121. -ज्वरः the fever or anguish of separation.

vilakṣaṇa	विलक्षण a. 1 Having no characteristic or distinguishing marks. -2 Different, other; ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि Bhāg.11.23.44. -3 Strange, extraordinary, unusual; तस्मै नमस्ते स्वविलक्षणात्मने Bhāg.1.7.38. -4 Possessed of inauspicious marks. -5 Lustreless, bad-looking; उद्वीक्ष्यो- द्वीक्ष्य नयनैर्भयादिव विलक्षणैः Rām.3.52.41. -णम् 1 A vain or useless state. -2 Perceiving, observing.

viluḍ	विलुड् Caus. 1 To agitate, stir up, toss about. -2 To disturb, confuse. -3 To turn over, upset.

viloḍita	विलोडित p. p. 1 Shaken, churned, stirred, agitated. -2 Rolling on the ground. -तम् Butter-milk.

vilubhita	विलुभित p. p. Disordered, agitated. -Comp. -प्लव a. going in an agitated manner.

vilul	विलुल् 1 P. 1 To move to and fro. -2 To shake, make tremulous. -3 To disorder, derange, dishevel (as hair). -Caus. To agitate, stir, disturb.

vivigna	विविग्न a. 1 Very much agitated or terrified; सकृद्विविग्नानपि हि प्रयुक्तं माधुर्यमीष्टे हरिणान् ग्रहीतुम् R.18.13; Ku.1.56. -2 Very angry.

vivartaḥ	विवर्तः 1 Turning round, revolving, whirling. -2 Rolling onward, moving about; संवर्तप्रकटविवर्तसप्तपाथोनाथोर्मि- व्यतिकरविभ्रमप्रचण्डः Mv.6.26. -3 Rolling back, returning. -4 Dancing. -5 Alteration, modification, change of form, altered condition or state; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्त- मितिहासं रामायणं प्रणिनाय U.2; एको रसः करुण एव निमित्त- भेदाद्भिन्नः पृथक् पृथगिवाश्रयते विवर्तान् U.3.47; अकाण्डशुष्काशनि- पातरौद्रः क एष धातुर्विषमो विवर्तः Mv.5.57. -6 (In Vedānta phil.) An apparent or illusory form, an unreal appearance caused by अविद्या or human error; (this is a favourite doctrine of the Vedāntins according to whom the whole visible world is a mere illusion--an unreal and illusory appearance--while Brahman or Supreme Spirit is the only real entity; as a serpent (सर्प) is a vivarta of a rope (रज्जु), so is the world a vivarta of the real entity Brahman, and the illusion is removed by Vidyā or true knowledge; cf. Bhavabhūti :-- विद्या- कल्पेन मरुता मेघानां भूयसामपि । ब्रह्मणीव विवर्तानां क्वापि विप्रलयः कृतः ॥ U.6.6). -7 A heap, multitude, collection, an assemblage. -Comp. -वादः the doctrine of the Vedāntins that the visible world is illusory and Brahman alone is the real entity.

vivartanam	विवर्तनम् 1 Revolving, revolution, whirling round. -2 Rolling about, turning round; शय्याप्रान्तविवर्तनै- र्विगमयत्युन्निद्र एव क्षपाः Ś.6.5; Ve.2.8;5.4; Mv.7.5. -3 Rolling back, returning; लाङ्गूलचालनं क्ष्वेडा प्रतिवाचो विवर्तनम् Mb.5.72.71; वप्रान्तस्खलितविवर्तनं पयोभिः Ki.7.11. -4 Rolling down, descending. -5 Existing, abiding. -6 Reverential salutation. -7 Passing through various states or existences. -8 An altered condition; पुनरकाण्ड- विवर्तनदारुणो प्रविशिनष्टि विधिर्मनसो रुजम् U.4.15; Māl.4.7. -9 Moving or wandering to and fro; तामिस्रादिषु चोग्रेषु नरकेषु विवर्तनम् Ms.12.75. -1 Transformation. -11 Circumambulating (प्रदक्षिणा)

viṣam	विषम् [विष्-क] 1 Poison, venom (said to be m. also in this sense); विषं भवतु मा भूद्वा फटाटोपो भयंकरः Pt.1.24. -2 Water; विषं जलधरैः पीतं मूर्च्छिताः पथिकाङ्गनाः Chandr.5. 82 (where both senses are intended). -3 The fibres of a lotus-stalk. -4 Gum-myrrh. -5 A poisonous weapon; विमोक्ष्यन्ति विष क्रुद्धाः कौरवेयेषु भारत Mb.3.8.3. -Comp. -अक्त, -दिग्ध a. poisoned, envenomed. -अङ्कुरः 1 a spear. -2 a poisoned arrow. -अन्तक a. antidotal. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अपह, -घ्न a. repelling poison, antidotic. -आननः, -आयुधः, -आस्यः a snake. -आस्या the marking-nut plant. -आस्वाद a. tasting poison; मध्वापातो विषास्वादः स धर्मप्रतिरूपकः Ms.11.9. -उदम्, -जलम् poisonous water; आस्फोट्य गाढरशनो न्यपतद्विषोदे Bhāg 1. 16.6. -कण्ठः N. of Śiva. -कुम्भः a jar filled with poison. -कृत a. poisoned; तव भार्या महावाहो भक्ष्यं विषकृतं यथा Rām.4.6.8. -कृमिः a worm bred in poison. ˚न्याय see under न्याय. -घटिका N. of a solar month. -घातिन् m. Śirīṣa tree. -घ्न a.*** antidotal, serving as an antidote; इति चिन्ताविषघ्नो$यमगदः किं न पीयते H.1. (-घ्नः) 1 an antidote. -2 the शिरीष and चम्पक trees. (-घ्नी) 1 turmeric. -2 colocynth. -जुष्ट a. 1 poisonous. -2 poisoned, affected by poison. -ज्वरः a buffalo. -तन्त्रम् toxicology. -दः a cloud; जगदन्तकालसमवेतविषद ... Śi.15.73. (-दम्) green vitriol. -दन्तकः a snake. -दर्शनमृत्युकः, -मृत्यु a kind of bird (said to be Chakora). -दिग्ध a. poisoned. -द्रुमः = ˚वृक्ष, q. v. -धरः a snake; वहति विषधरान् पटीरजन्मा Bv.1.74. ˚निलयः the lower regions, the abode of snakes. -पुष्पम् the blue lotus. -नाडी a particular inauspicious period of time. -पुष्पकः a disease caused by eating poisonous flowers. -प्रयोगः use of poison, administering poison. -भिषज् m., -वैद्यः a dealer in antidotes, a curer of snake-bites; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -मन्त्रः 1 a spell for curing snake-bites. -2 a snake-charmer, conjurer. -मुच् m. a serpent. -रसः a poisoned potion, poisonliquid; चिराद्वेगारम्भी प्रसृत इव तीव्रो विषरसः U.2.26. -विद्या cure of poison. -विधानम् administering poison judicially. -वृक्षः, -द्रुमः a poisonous tree; विषवृक्षो$पि संवर्ध्य स्वयं छेत्तुम- सांप्रतम् Ku.2.55; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1. 46. ˚न्याय see under न्याय. -वेगः the circulation or effect of poison. -व्यवस्था 1 the state of being poisoned. -2 the effect of the poison; मन्त्रबलेन विषव्यवस्थामपनेतुमक्षमः Dk.1.1. -शालूकः the root of the lotus. -शूकः, -शृङ्गिन्, -सृक्कन् m. a wasp. -सूचकः the Chakora bird. -हरा, -री An epithet of the goddess Manasā. -हृदय a. 'poison-hearted', malicious. -हेतिः a serpent.

viṣpand	विष्पन्द् 1 Ā. 1 To move about. -2 To throb, beat, palpitate. See विष्यन्द्.

visaṃvādin	विसंवादिन् a. 1 Disappointing, deceiving. -2 Inconsistent, contradictory. -3 Differing, disagreeing; वयोवेष- विसंवादि रामस्य च तयोस्तदा R.15.67. -4 Disputing, contesting. -5 False, untrue. -6 Fraudulent, crafty. विसंष्ठु visaṃṣṭhu (स्थु sthu) ल l विसंष्ठु (स्थु) ल a. 1 Unsteady, agitated; Māl.7. -2 Uneven; ततो$भवज्जरासन्धः किंचित्क्रमविसंस्थुलः Bm.2.11.

visphar	विस्फर् विस्फूर् 6 P. 1 To quiver, palpitate, tremble; Mb.1.52.5. -2 To move about, struggle; विस्फुरन्तीं यथाकामं मैथुनायोपचक्रमे Rām.7.8.16; Mb.1.125.8. -3 To shine, gleam; किं नाम विस्फुरन्ति शस्त्राणि U.4. -4 To draw or twang (as a bow, used in Caus. in the same sense); एको$पि विस्फुरितमण्डलचापचक्रं कः सिन्धुराजमभिषेणयितुं समर्थः Ve.2.26. -5 (esp. विस्फर्) To open wide (eyes). -Caus. To draw (a bow); विस्फार्यमाणस्य ततो भुजाभ्यां भूतानि भर्त्रा धनुरन्तकस्य Ki.17.24; Rām.7.28.45.

vihasta	विहस्त a. 1 Handless. -2 Confounded, bewildered, overpowered, made powerless; मालतीमुखावलोकनविहस्ततया Māl.1; R.5.49; पितामहस्तामालोक्य विहस्तामस्थिरां स्थिराम् Śiva B.5.47; शाहराजात्मज शिशो विहाय स्वां विहस्तताम् ibid 21.23. -3 Disabled, incapacitated (for doing the proper work); रुजाविहस्तचरणम् M.4. -4 Adroit, skilled. -5 Learned, wise. -स्तः A eunuch.

vihvala	विह्वल a. 1 Agitated, disquieted, perturbed, confused; क्षणमात्रसखीं सुजातयोः स्तनयोस्तामवलोक्य विह्वला R.8.37. -2 Overcome with fear, alarmed. -3 Delirious, beside oneself. -4 Afflicted, distressed; वित्तव्याधिविकारविह्वलगिरां नामापि न श्रूयते Bh.3.59; Ku.4.4. -5 Desponding. -6 Fused, liquid. -Comp. -चेतस् a. low-spirited. -तनु a. one whose body is exhausted.

vṛtta	वृत्त p. p. [वृत्-कर्तरि-क्त] 1 Lived, existed. -2 Occurred, happened. -3 Completed, finished. -4 Performed, done, acted. -5 Past, gone. -6 Round, circular; निवृत्त- वृत्तोरुपयोधरक्लमः Ki.8.3; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32. -7 Dead, deceased; पत्यौ जीवति वृत्तायाः प्रजायास्तद्धनं भवेत् Ms.9.195; वृत्तं युद्धे शूरमाश्लिष्य काचित् Śi.18.6. -8 Firm, fixed. -9 Read through, studied; P.VII.2.26. -1 Derived from. -11 Famous. -12 Covered; स्वभावस्रोतसा वृत्तमुह्यते सततं जगत् Mb.12.235.13. -13 Turned. -14 Unimpaired (अप्रतिहत); महाभूतादि (व्यञ्जयन्) वृत्तौजाः प्रादुरासीत्तमोनुदः Ms.1.6. (See वृत्). -त्तः 1 A tortoise. -2 A kind of grass. -3 A round temple. -त्तम् 1 An event, occurrence. -2 History, account; वृत्तं रामस्य वाल्मीकेः कृतिस्तौ किन्नरस्वनौ R. 15.64. -3 News, tidings; समरवृत्तविबोधसमीया कुरुवरेण मुदा कृतयाचनः Veda-Vyāsāṣṭaka 6. -4 Practice, profession, mode of life, occupation; सतां वृत्तमनुष्ठिताः Ms.1.127; 7.122; Y.3.44. -5 Conduct, behaviour, manner, act, action; as in सद्वृत्त, दुर्वृत्त. -6 Good or virtuous conduct; एवं चलितवृत्तस्तु वृत्तशेषं न रक्षति Pt.4.28. -7 An established rule or usage, law, custom; observance of such rule or usage, duty; किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूर्वृत्ते स्थितस्याधिपतेः प्रजानाम् R.5.33. -8 A circle, circumference of a circle. -9 A metre in general, especially a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains (opp. जाति); पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा । वृत्तमक्षर- संख्यातं जातिर्मात्राकृता भवेत् । सममर्धसमं वृत्तं विषमं चेति तत् त्रिधा । Chand. M.; see App. -1 The epicycle. -11 Transformation, change into. -12 Appearance. -Comp. -अनुपूर्व a. taperingly round; वृत्तानुपूर्वे च न चातिदीर्घे जङ्घे शुभे सृष्टवतस्तदीये Ku.1.35. -अनुवर्तिन् a. obedient. -अनुसारः 1 conformity to prescribed rules. -2 conformity to metre. -अन्तः 1 an occasion, incident, event; अनेनारण्यकवृत्तान्तेन पर्याकुलाः स्मः Ś.1; R.3.66; U.2.17. -2 news, tidings, intelligence; को नु खलु वृत्तान्तः V.4; R.14.87. -3 account, history, tale, narrative, story. -4 a subject, topic. -5 a kind, sort. -6 mode, manner. -7 state, condition. -8 the whole, totality. -9 rest, leisure. -1 retirement, solitude. -11 property, nature. -इर्वारुः, -कर्कटी the water-melon. -ओजस् a. 1 strong, mighty. -2 having unimpaired creative power; Ms.1.6. -काय a. having a round body. -खण्डः a segment of a circle. -गन्धि n. N. of a kind of prose (having only the name of metre). -चूड(ल), -चौल a. tonsured, whose tonsure ceremony has been performed; स वृत्तचूलश्चलकाकपक्षकैः R.3.28; U.2. -चेष्टा conduct, behaviour. -तण्डुलः a kind of grass (यावनाल). -परिणाहः the circumference of a circle. -पुच्छा a kind of skin (चर्मजाति) possessing a round tail; Kau. A.2.11. -पुष्यः 1 a cane (वानीर). -2 the Śireeṣa tree. -3 the Kadamba tree; also Vānīra, Kubjaka, and Mudgara. -प्रत्यभिज्ञ a. well-versed in sacred rites. -फलः 1 the jujube tree. -2 the pomegranate tree. (-लम्) black pepper. -बन्धः metrical composition. -युक्त, -संपन्न a. virtuous; Ms.8.179. -शस्त्र a. one who has mastered the science of arms; वृत्तशस्त्रान् महारम्भानदान्तांस्त्रिदशैरपि Bk.9.19. -समाप्तिलिपिः a circular terminal script, the Visarga; the round circular figures resembling the Nāgarī छ put at the end of a manuscript; द्विकुण़्डली वृत्तसमाप्तिलिप्या ...... काये यदीये निरमायि सारैः N.1.86; A. R.6.7. -सादिन् a. worthless, mean, vile.

vṛttiḥ	वृत्तिः f. [वृत्-क्तिन्] 1 Being, existence. -2 Abiding, remaining, attitude, being in a particular state; as in विरुद्धवृत्ति, विपक्षवृत्ति &c. -3 State, condition; त्रयीं तिस्रो वृत्तीस्त्रिभुवनमथो त्रीनपि सुरान् Śiva-mahimna 27. -4 Action, movement, function, operation; शतैस्तमक्ष्णामनिमेषवृत्तिभिः R.3.43; Ku.3.73; उत्पक्ष्मणोर्नयनयोरुपरुद्धवृत्तिम् (बाष्पम्) Ś.4. 15. -5 Course, method; विनयवारितवृत्तिः Ś.2.12. -6 Conduct, behaviour, course of conduct, mode of action; कुरु प्रियसखीवृत्तं सपत्नीजने Ś.4.18; Me.8; वैतसी वृत्तिः, बकवृत्तिः &c. -7 Profession, occupation, business, employment, mode of leading life (often at the end of comp.); आश्रमांश्च यथासंख्यमसृजत् सहवृत्तिभिः Bhāg.3.12.41; वार्धके मुनिवृत्तीनाम् R.1.8; Ś.5.6; Pt.3.126. -3 Livelihood, maintenance, means of subsistence or livelihood; oft. in com.; सिंहत्वमङ्कागतसत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.38; Ś.7.12; स्वयं- विशीर्णद्रुमपर्णवृत्तिता Ku.5.28; (for the several means of subsistence, see Ms.4.4-6.) -9 Wages, hire. -1 Cause of activity. -11 Respectful treatment; ब्रह्मचारिणः... आचार्ये प्राणान्तिकी च वृत्तिः Kau. A.1.3; त्रिष्वप्रमाद्यन्नेतेषु त्रील्लँोकांश्च विजेष्यसि । पितृवृत्या त्विमं लोकं मातृवृत्त्या तथा परम् ॥ Mb.12.18.8. -12 Gloss, commentary, exposition; सद्वृत्तिः सन्निबन्धना Śi.2.112; काशिकावृत्तिः &c. -13 Revolving, turning round. -14 The circumference of a wheel or circle. -15 (In gram.) A complex formation requiring resolution or explanation. -16 The power or force of a word by which it expresses, indicates, or suggests a meaning; (these are three अभिधा, लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना q. q. v. v.); general character or force of a word; भ्रमयत भारती त उरुवृत्तिभिरुक्थजडान् Bhāg.1.87.36. -17 A style in composition (these are four; कौ(कै)शिकी, भारती, सात्वती and आरभटी q. q. v. v.); शृङ्गारे कैशिकी वीरे सात्वत्यारभटी पुनः । रसे रौद्रे च बीभत्से वृत्तिः सर्वत्र भारती । चतस्रो वृत्तयो ह्येताः सर्वनाठ्यस्य मातृकाः ॥ S. D. -18 Customary allowance. -19 Manner of thinking. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration; see K. P.9. -अर्थम् ind. for the sake of subsistence; यो$ध्यापयति वृत्यर्थमुपाध्यायः स उच्यते Ms.2.141. -उपायः a means of subsistence; यजनाध्यापन- प्रतिग्रहा ब्राह्मणस्यैव वृत्त्युपायाः ŚB. on MS.12.4.36; सर्वेषां ब्राह्मणो विद्याद् वृत्त्युपायान् यथाविधि Ms.1.2. -कर्षित a. badly off or distressed for want of livelihood; क्षत्रियं चैव वैश्यं च ब्राह्मणो वृत्तिकर्षितौ [विमृयात्] Ms.8.411. -चक्रम् the wheel of state; स्वामिसेवकयोरेवं वृत्तिचक्रं प्रवर्तते Pt.1.81. -छेदः deprivation of the means of subsistence. -पक्षः (Mīmāṁsā) the case of a complex formation; वृत्तिपक्षे च समासस्य नित्यत्वात् ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. -भङ्गः, -वैकल्यम् want of a livelihood; वृत्तिभङ्गान्महीपालं त्यक्त्वा यान्ति सुसेवकाः Pt.1.153. -भाज् a. doing usual things (good and evil); कर्तृता तदुपलम्भतो$भवद्वृत्तिभाजि करणे यथ- र्त्विजि Śi.14.19. -मूलम् provision for maintenance. -लाभः (in phil.) ascertainment of the concurrent. -हेतुः = वृत्तिमूलम् q. v.; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms.4.11. -स्थ a. 1 being in any state or employment. -2 well-conducted, of good behaviour. (-स्थः) a lizard, chameleon.

vṛdh	वृध् I. 1 Ā. (but Paras. also in the second Future, Aorist and Conditional, also in the Desiderative) (वर्धते, ववृधे, अवृधत्-अवर्धिष्ट, वर्धिष्यते, वर्त्स्यति, वृद्ध; desid. विवृत्सति, or विवर्धिषते) 1 To grow, increase; become larger, stronger, or greater, thrive, prosper; अन्योन्यजयसंरम्भो ववृधे वादिनोरिव R.12.92;1.78; धनक्षये वर्धति जाठराग्निः Subhāṣ.; Bk.14.13;19.26; Ms.7.136. -2 To continue, last. -3 To rise, ascend. -4 To have cause for congratulation, usually with दिष्ट्या; दिष्ट्या धर्मपत्नी- समागमेन पुत्रमुखदर्शनेन चायुष्मान् वर्धते Ś.7. 'your honour is to be congratulated upon your union &c.' -Caus. (वर्धयति-ते, also वर्धापयति-ते) 1 To cause to grow, increase, augment, heighten, amplify, enhance; वर्धयन्निव तत्कूटानुद्धूतैर्धातुरेणुभिः R.4.71. -2 To cause to prosper or thrive, glorify, magnify, exalt; प्रजां संरक्षति नृपः सा वर्धयति पार्थिवम् H.3.3. -3 To congratulate, felicitate (वर्धापयति in this sense.); जयेन जयतां श्रेष्ठं वर्धयन्ति स्म राघवम्. Rām. 2.2.1; यदि को$पि त्वां सांप्रतं मदयन्तिकालमेन वर्धापयति तदा किं तस्य पारितोषिकं करोषि Māl.8. -II. 1 U. (वर्धयति-ते) 1 To speak. -2 To shine.

vegita	वेगित a. 1 Quickened, expedited, hastened. -2 Agitated, rough (as the sea). -3 Swift, rapid; तस्मिन् वालिनि दुर्वृत्ते निपतिष्यन्ति वेगिताः (शराः) Rām.4.5.27.

vejita	वेजित p. p. 1 Agitated, frightened. -2 Enhanced, increased; Mb.7.188.17.

vaikṛta	वैकृत a. (-ती f.) 1 Changed. -2 Modified. -3 Relating to Sattva (सात्त्विक); Bhāg.11.24.8. -3 Disfigured; यदि मन्त्राङ्गहीनो$यं यज्ञो भवति वैकृतः Mb.12.272. 1. -4 Not natural. -तम् [विकृतस्य भावः अण्] 1 Change, alteration, modification. -2 Aversion, disgust, loathing. -3 Change in state, appearance &c., disfigurement; उदडीयत वैकृतात् करग्रहजादस्य विकस्वरस्वरैः N.2.5; वैकृतं त्वग्निहोत्रे स लक्षयित्वा महातपाः Mb.3.137.3. -4 A portent, any event foreboding evil; तत् प्रतीपपवनादि वैकृतं प्रेक्ष्य R.11.62. -5 Fraud, cheating (कपट); Mb.3.149.15. -6 Agitation. -तः = अहंकारः q. v. -Comp. -विवर्तः a woeful plight, miserable condition, suffering; वैकृतविवर्तदारुणः Māl.1.39.

vaikṛtyam	वैकृत्यम् 1 Change, alteration. -2 Woeful state, miserable plight. -3 Disgust. -4 An unnatural phenomenon. -5 Deterioration.

vaiyadhikaraṇyam	वैयधिकरण्यम् The state of being in different caserelations or positions; see व्यधिकरण.

vaiśastram	वैशस्त्रम् 1 Defencelessness. -2 Government, rule. -3 The state of being unarmed.

vaiśyaḥ	वैश्यः A man of the third tribe, his business being trade and agriculture; a peasant; विशत्याशु पशुभ्यश्च कृष्यादावरुचिः शुचिः । वेदाध्ययनसंपन्नः स वैश्य इति संज्ञितः ॥ Padma Purāṇa. (He is supposed to have sprung from the thighs of Puruṣa;. cf. ऊरू तदस्य यद्वैश्यः Ṛv.1.9.) -Comp. -कर्मन् n., -वृत्तिः f. the business or occupation of a Vaīśya; trade, agriculture &c. -भावः the state or condition of a वैश्य; ब्राह्मणः सप्तरात्रेण वैश्यभावं नियच्छति Ms.1.93.

vyath	व्यथ् 1 Ā. (व्यथते, व्यथित) 1 To be sorry, to be pained, vexed or afflicted, be agitated or disquieted; विश्वंभरापि नाम व्यथते इति जितमपत्यस्नेहेन U.7; न विव्यथे तस्य मनः Ki. 1.2,24. -2 To be disturbed, be ruffled or agitated; व्यथितसिन्धुमनीरशनैः शनैः Ki.5.11. -3 To tremble; येषां न वृत्तं व्यथते न योनिश्चित्तप्रसादेन चरन्ति धर्मम् Mb.5.36.24. -4 To be afraid. -5 To dry, become dry. -Caus. (व्यथयति-ते) 1 To pain, distress, vex, annoy; तथा वृत्तं पापैर्व्यथयति यथा क्षालितमपि U.1.28. -2 To frustrate, mar. -3 To frighten, terrify. -4 To lead or turn away. -With प्र to be excessively vexed; दृष्ट्वाद्भुतं रूपमिदं तवोग्रं लोकत्रयं प्रव्यथितं महात्मन् Bg.11.2,45.

vyathita	व्यथित p. p. 1 Afflicted, distressed, pained. -2 Alarmed. -3 Agitated, disquieted, troubled.

vyavasāyaḥ	व्यवसायः 1 Effort, exertion, energy, industry, perseverance; करोतु नाम नीतिज्ञो व्यवसायमितस्ततः H.2.14. -2 Resolve, resolution, determination; मन्दीचकार मरण- व्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45 'the thought of resolving to die'; व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धिः Bg.2.41; व्यवसायो$स्मि 1.36. -3 An act, action, performance; व्यवसायः प्रतिपत्तिनिष्ठुरः R.8.65. -4 (a) Business, employment, trade. (b) Following a particular profession or trade. -5 Conduct, behaviour. -6 Device, stratagem, artifice. -7 Boasting. -8 N. of Viṣṇu. -9 Of Śiva. -1 State, condition. -Comp. -आत्मक a. energetic, laborious. -बुद्धि a. having a resolute mind.

vyavasthā	व्यवस्था 1 Adjustment, arrangement, settlement; as in वर्णाश्रमव्यवस्था. -2 Fixity, definiteness; भङ्गं जयं चापतुरव्यवस्थम् R.7.54. -3 Fixity, firm basis; आजह्रतु- स्तच्चरणौ पृथिव्यां स्थलारवन्दश्रियमव्यवस्थाम् Ku.1.33. -4 Relative position. -5 A settled rule, law, statute, decree, decision, legal opinion, written declaration of the law (especially on doubtful points or where contradictory texts have to be properly adjusted). -6 An agreement, a contract. -7 State, condition. -8 State or order of things. -9 Separation. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः violation of the law, breaking a contract. -पत्रम् a written deed, document. व्यवस्थानम् vyavasthānam व्यवस्थितिः vyavasthitiḥ व्यवस्थानम् व्यवस्थितिः f. 1 Arrangement, settlement, determination, decision; बाजक्षेत्रे तथैवान्ये तत्रेयं तु व्यवस्थितिः Ms.1.7. -2 A rule, statute, decision. -3 Steadiness, constancy. -4 Firmness, perseverance; साधु धर्मे व्यवस्थानं क्रियतां यदि शक्यते Rām.7.13.18. -5 A fixed limit; न विद्यते व्यवस्थानं क्रुद्धयोः कृष्णयोः क्वचित् Mb.8.87.78. -6 Separation. -नः N. of Viṣṇu.

vyasta	व्यस्त p. p. 1 Cast or thrown asunder, tossed about; विषज्योतिरुज्जृम्भणोट्टामरव्यस्तविस्तारिदोः खण्डपर्यासितक्ष्माधरम् Māl. 5.23. -2 Dispersed, scattered; कल्पाक्षेपकठोरभैरवमरुद्- व्यस्तैरवस्तीर्यते U.5.14. -3 Dispelled, cast away. -4 Separated, divided, severed; ते युष्मासु समस्ताश्च व्यस्ताश्चैवेह सद्गुणाः Mb.3.1.32; चतुर्बुगेष्वथ व्यस्ता द्वापरादौ महर्षिभिः Bhāg. 12.6.46; Śiva-Mahimna 4; हिमवति जलधौ च व्यस्ततोयेव गङ्गा V.5.22. -5 Taken or considered separately, taken singly (opp. समस्त); एभिः समस्तैरपि किमस्य किं पुनर्व्यस्तैः U.5; तदस्ति किं व्यस्तमपि त्रिलोचने Ku.5.72. -6 Simple, uncompounded (as a word). -7 Manifold, different. -8 Removed, expelled; शस्त्रव्यस्तसमुद्रदत्तविषयं लब्ध्वा तपस्तप्यते Mv.2.19. -9 Agitated, troubled, confused. -1 Disordered, out of order, disarranged. -11 Reversed, upset. -12 Inverse (as ratio); ह्रदाम्भसि व्यस्तवधूकराहते रवं मृदङ्ग- ध्वनिधीरमुज्झति Ki.8.43. -13 Pervading, inherent in. -स्तम् n. Rotation, turning; अयनपरिवृत्तिर्व्यस्तशब्देनोच्यते ŚB. on MS.6.5.37. -स्तम् ind. Severally, separately, singly. -Comp. -केश a. with disordered or dishevelled hair. -त्रैराशिकम् the rule of three inverted. -न्यास a. rumpled (as a couch). -पदम् 1 (in law) a confused statement (of a case). -2 an uncompounded or simple word. -पुच्छ a. having an extended tail. -विधिः inverted rule. -वृत्ति a. the meaning of which is changed, which has lost its force (as a word); व्रीडमावहति मे स संप्रति व्यस्तवृत्तिरुयोन्मुखे त्वयि R.11.73.

vyākula	व्याकुल a. 1 Agitated, perplexed, bewildered, distracted; शोकव्याकुल, बाष्प˚. -2 Alarmed, troubled, frightened; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुल Gīt.4. -3 Full of, overtaken by. -4 Intently engaged in, busy with; आलोके ते निपतति पुरा सा बलिव्याकुला वा Me.87. -5 Flashing, moving about; अन्तर्व्याकुलविद्युदम्बुद इव द्यामभ्युदस्थादरिः U.3.43. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -चित्त, -चेतस्, -मनस् a. bewildered in mind, having a perplexed or distracted mind. -लोचन a. having the eyes dimmed.

vyākulayati	व्याकुलयति Den. P. To agitate, confuse, frighten.

vyākulita	व्याकुलित a. Agitated, distracted, confounded, perplexed &c.

vyākulīkṛ	व्याकुलीकृ 8 U. 1 To confound, bewilder, perplex. -2 To alarm, trouble. -3 To agitate, perturb.

vyākhyā	व्याख्या 1 Relation, narration. -2 Explanation, exposition, comment, gloss. -Comp. -गम्यम् any obscure statement or passage. -स्थानम् lecture-room, school-room. -स्वरः the middle tone (in speech).

vyāptiḥ	व्याप्तिः f. 1 Pervasion, permeation. -2 (In logic) Universal pervasion, invariable concomitance, universal accompaniment of the middle term by the major; यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्राग्निरिति साहचर्यनियमो व्याप्तिः T. S.; अव्यभिचरित- साध्यसामानाधिकरण्यं व्याप्तिः Tarka K.; व्याप्तिः साध्यवदन्यस्मिन्न- संबन्ध उदाहृतः । अथवा हेतुमन्निष्ठविरहाप्रतियोगिना । साध्येन हेतो- रैकाधिकरण्यं व्याप्तिरुच्यते Bhāṣā P.67-68. -3 A universal rule, universality. -4 Fulness. -5 Obtaining. -6 Omnipresence, ubiquity (as a divine attribute). -Comp. -ग्रहः apprehension of universal concomitance. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of invariable or universal concomitance. -वादः statemeut or assertion of universal pervasion.

vyāvalgita	व्यावल्गित p. p. Moved, agitated.

vyāhṛtiḥ	व्याहृतिः f. 1 Utterance, speech, words; न हीश्वर- व्याहृतयः कदाचित् पुष्णन्ति लोके विपरीतमर्थम् Ku.3.63. -2 Statement, expression; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R. 1.33. -3 A mystic word uttered by every Brāhmaṇa in performing his daily Sandhyā adoration; (these Vyāhṛitis are three: भूर्, भुवस् and स्वस् or स्वर् usually repeated after om; cf. भूर्भुवः सुवरिति वा एतास्तिस्रो व्याहृतयः T. Up.1.5.1; वेदत्रयान्निरदुहद्भूर्भुवःस्वरितीति च Ms.2.76; according to some they are seven in number as भूः, भुवः, स्वः, महः, जनः, तपः, and सत्यम्.

vraj	व्रज् I. 1 P. (व्रजत) 1 To go, walk, proceed; नाविनीतै- र्व्रजेद् धुर्यैः Ms.4.67. -2 To go to, approach, visit; मामेकं शरणं व्रज Bg.18.66. -3 To depart, retire, withdraw. -4 To pass away (as time); इयं व्रजति यमिनी त्यज नरेन्द्र निद्रारसम् Vikr.11.74. -5 To attain to, go to the state of. -6 To obtain, gain. -II. 1 U. (व्राजयति-ते) 1 To go. -2 To prepare, decorate. (This root is used much in the same way as गम् or या q. v.)

śakya	शक्य pot. p. 1 Possible, practicable, capable of being done or effected (usually with an inf.); शक्यो वारयितुं जलेन हुतभुक् Bh.2.11; R.2.49,54. -2 Fit to be effected. -3 Easy to be effected. -4 Directly conveyed or expressed (as the meaning of a word); शक्यो$र्थो$भि- धया ज्ञेयः S. D.1. -5 Potential. -6 Of agreeable or sweet address; 'शक्यः प्रियंवदः प्रोक्तः' इति हलायुधः; शक्यः संविभागशीलः Dk.2.5. (The form शक्यम् is sometimes used as a predicative word with an inf. in a passive sense, the real object of the infinitive being in the nom. case; एवं हि प्रणयवती सा शक्यमुपेक्षितुं कुपिता M.3. 22; शक्यं... अविरलमालिङ्गितुं पवनः Ś.3.6; विभूतयः शक्यमवाप्तु- मूर्जिताः Subhāś.; न हि देहभृता शक्यं त्यक्तुं कर्माण्यशेषतः Bg. 18.11.). -Comp. -अर्थः the meaning directly expressed. -प्रतीकार a. remediable. -सामन्तता the state of being able to conquer the neighbouring kings. शक्यता śakyatā शक्यत्वम् śakyatvam शक्यता शक्यत्वम् 1 Possibility, practicability. -2 Capacity, capability.

śaṅk	शङ्क् 1 Ā. (शङ्कते, शङ्कित) 1 To doubt, be uncertain, hesitate, be doubtful; शङ्के जीवति वा न वा Rām. -2 To dread, fear, be afraid (with abl.); नाशङ्किष्ट विवस्वतः Bk.15.39; अशङ्कितेभ्यः शङ्केत शङ्कितेभ्यश्च सर्वतः Subhāṣ. -3 To suspect, mistrust, distrust; स्वैर्दोषैर्भवति हि शङ्कितो मनुष्यः Mk.4.2. -4 To think, believe, fancy, imagine, think probable, suspect, fear; त्वय्यासन्ने नयन- मुपरिस्पन्दि शङ्के मृगाक्ष्याः Me.97; नाहं पुनस्तथा त्वयि यथा हि मां शङ्कसे भीरु V.3.14; Bk.3.26; N.22.42. -5 To start an objection, raise a doubt or objection (about); अत्रेदं शङ्क्यते (often used in controversial language); न च ब्रह्मणः प्रमाणान्तरगम्यत्वं शङ्कितुं शक्यम् Sarva S. -Caus. To frighten, terrify.

śapathaḥ	शपथः [शप्-अथन् Uṇ.3.112] 1 Cursing. -2 A curse, an imprecation, anathema. -3 An oath, swearing, taking or administering an oath, asseveration by oath or ordeal; आमोदो न हि कस्तूर्याः शपथेनानुभाव्यते Bv.1.12; Ms.8.19. -4 Conjuration, binding by oaths; सपदि शपथैः प्रत्यावृत्तिं प्रणम्य च याचते Māl.3.2. -Comp. -उत्तरम्, -पूर्वकम् ind. with oaths. -करणम् taking an oath. -पत्रम् an affidavit, a statement on oath.

śabdaḥ	शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्] 1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45. -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45. -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. introduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ. -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive. -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1. -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v. -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa. -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1. -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः). -11 The sacred syllable ओम्. -12 A technical term. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud. -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable. -अधिष्ठानम् the ear. -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis). -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia. -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1. -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar. -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (-र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14. -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9. -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (-यम्) an oral or verbal communication. -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words. -आदि a. beginning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25. -इन्द्रियम् the ear. -कार a. sounding, sonorous. -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary. -ग a. 1 perceiving sounds. -2 uttering sounds. -गत a. inherent or residing in a word. -गतिः music, song. -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1. -गोचरः the aim or object of speech. -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound. -2 the ear. -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound. -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence. -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र). -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound. -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini. -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52. -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tracing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73. -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence. -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony. -ब्रह्मन् n. 1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22. -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2. -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v. -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥ -भिद् f. perversion of words. -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 the anus. -3 a kind of arrow. -योनिः f. a root, radical word. -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26. -वारिधिः a vocabulary. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24. -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence). -विशेषः a variety of sound. -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word. -वृत्तिः f. 1 the function of a word (in Rhet.). -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48. -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.) 1 a kind of arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11. -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha. -5 an epithet of Arjuna. -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13. -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference. -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति. -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar. -2 the science of grammar. -शुद्धिः f. 1 purity of words. -2 the correct use of words. -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.) -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon. -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68. -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5. -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style. -सौकर्यम् ease of expression. -स्मृतिः f. philology. -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors.

śal	शल् I. 1 Ā. (शलते) 1 To shake, stir, agitate. -2 To tremble. -3 To cover. -II. 1 P. (शलति) 1 To go. -2 To run fast. -III. 1 Ā. (शालयते) To praise.

śāyikā	शायिका 1 Repose, sleep. -2 The state of lying or reposing; कुर्यात्तृणमयं चापं शयीत मृगशायिकाम् Mb.1.14.13; also शायिता.

śālaḥ	शालः 1 N. of a tree (very tall and stately), Shorea Robusta; 'शालः सर्जतरुः स्मृतः' इति शाश्वतः; शाल- निर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38; Śi.3.4; Ki.1.34. -2 A tree in general; शालप्रांशुर्महाभुजः R.1.13; Ve.4.3; घनपात्र- विदीर्णशालमूलः Ki.13.3. -3 An enclosure, a fence. -4 A kind of fish. -5 N. of king Śālivāhana. -Comp. -ग्रामः a kind of sacred stone said to be typical of Viṣṇu, as the Phallus is of Śiva. ˚गिरि N. of a mountain. ˚शिला the Śālagrāma stone. -जः, -निर्यासः exudation of the Śāla tree, resin; R.1.38. -पोतः a young Śāla tree. -भञ्जिका 1 a doll, puppet, statue; Vb.1; N.2.83; रचिता तोरणशालभञ्जिकेव Bu. Ch.5.52. -2 a courtezan, harlot. -भञ्जी a doll, puppet. -वेष्टः the resin of the Śāla tree; cf. सालः. -सारः 1 a superior tree. -2 asafoetida.

śāstram	शास्त्रम् [शिष्यते$नेन शास्-ष्ट्रन्] 1 An order, a command, rule, precept; अतिक्रामति यः शास्त्रं पितुर्धर्मार्थदर्शिनः Mb.5.148. 21. -2 A sacred precept or rule, scriptural injunction; तस्माच्छास्त्रं प्रमाणं ते कार्याकार्यव्यवस्थितौ Bg.16.24. -3 A religious or sacred treatise, sacred book, scripture; see comps. below. -4 Any department of knowledege, science; इति गुह्यतमं शास्त्रम् Bg.15.2; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19; often at the end of comp. after the word denoting the subject, or applied collectively to the whole body of teaching on that subject; वेदान्तशास्त्र, न्यायशास्त्र, तर्कशास्त्र, अलंकार- शास्त्र &c. -5 What is learnt, knowledge; Śi.5.47. -6 A work, treatise; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रकम् Pt.1. -7 Theory (opp. प्रयोग or practice); इमं मां च शास्त्रे प्रयोगे च विमृशतु M.1. -8 The material and spiritual science together; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb. 12.267.9. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः -अननुष्ठानम् violation of sacred precepts, disregard of religious authority. -अनुष्ठानम्, -अनुसारः conformity to or observance of sacred precepts. -अन्वित a. conformable to doctrine or rule. -अभिज्ञ a. versed in the Śāstras. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of the sacred precept. -2 a scriptural precept or statement. -आचरणम् 1 observance of sacred precepts. -2 the study of Śāstras. (-णः) 1 one versed in scriptures. -2 a student of Vedas. -आवर्तलिपिः a particular mode of writing. -उक्त a. prescribed by sacred laws, enjoined by the Śāstras, lawful, legal. -कारः, -कृत् m. 1 the author of a Śāstra or sacred book. -2 an author in general. -3 a sage, saint. -कोविद a. versed in the Śāstras. -गण्डः a superficial reader of books, superficial scholar. -चक्षुस् n. grammar (as being the 'eye', as it were, with which to understand any Śāstra). -चारणः one who deserves sacred precepts. -ज्ञ, -दर्शिन्, -विद् a. 1 well-versed in the Śāstras. -2 a mere theorist. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of sacred books, conversancy with scriptures. -तत्त्वम् truth as taught in the Śāstras, scriptural truth. ˚ज्ञः an astronomer. -दृष्ट a. stated or enjoined in sacred books; तदहं प्रष्टुमिच्छामि शास्त्रदृष्टेन कर्मणा Rām. -दृष्टिः f. scriptural point of view. -m. an astrologer. -प्रसंगः 1 the subject of the Śāstras. -2 any discussion on scriptural points. -योनिः the source of the Śāstras. -वक्तृ an expounder of sacred books or knowledge. -वर्जित a. free from all rule or law. -वादः a precept or statement of the Śāstras. -विधानम्, -विधिः a sacred precept, scriptural injunction. -विप्रतिषेधः, -विरोधः 1 mutual contradiction of sacred precepts, inconsistency of precepts. -2 any act contrary to sacred precepts. -विमुख a. averse from study; Pt.1. -विरुद्ध a. contrary to the Śāstras, illegal, unlawful. -व्युत्पत्तिः f. intimate knowledge of the sacred writings, proficiency in the Śāstras. -शिल्पिन् m. the country of Kāśmīra. -सिद्ध a. established by sacred authority.

śiṣṭa	शिष्ट p. p. [शास्-क्त शिष्-क्त वा] 1 Left, remaining, residual, rest; यज्ञशिष्टाशिनः सन्तो मुच्यन्ते सर्वकिल्बिषैः Bg.3.13. -2 Ordered, commanded. -3 Trained, educated, disciplined. -4 Tamed, docile, tractable. -5 Wise, learned; ते शिष्टा ब्राह्मणा ज्ञेयाः श्रुतिप्रत्यक्षहेतवः Ms.12.19; समौ हि शिष्टैराम्नातौ वर्त्स्यन्तावामयः स च Śi.1; Pt.1.234. -6 Virtuous, respectable. -7 Civil, polite. -8 Chief, principal, superior, excellent, distinguished, eminent; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था M.1.16 (v. l. for श्लिष्टा); द्वेष्यो$पि संमतः शिष्टस्तस्यार्तस्य यथौषधम् R.1.28. -ष्टः 1 An eminent or distinguished person. -2 A wise man. -3 A counsellor. -ष्टम् 1 Remains, remnant. -2 Precept, rule. -3 Instruction. -Comp. -आचारः 1 the practice of wise men. -2 good manners, good breeding. -प्रयोगः the practice of the learned. -विगर्हणम् (णा) censure by the learned; यदि शास्त्रकृते देवताव्यापारे उपक्रम्यापरिसमाप्यमाने शिष्टविगर्हणम्, एवमिहापि भवितुमर्हति ŚB. on MS.6.2.16; शिष्टविगर्हणा च दोषः ibid. 6.2.15; -सभा an assembly of chief or learned men, a council of state; ˚आचारः tradition of eminent persons; also शिष्टागमः. -संमत a. approved by the learned; ब्राह्मादिषु विवाहेषु चुतुर्ष्वेवानुपूर्वशः । ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः ॥ Ms.3.39.

śīta	शीत a. [श्यै-क्] 1 Cool, cold, frigid; तव कुसुमशरत्वं शीतरश्मित्वमिन्दोः Ś.3.2. -2 Dull, sluggish, apathetic, sleepy. -3 Dull, lazy, stupid. -तः 1 A kind of reed. -2 The Nimba tree. -3 The cold season (n. also). -4 Camphor. -तम् 1 Cold, coldness, chillness; आः शीतं तुहिनाचलस्य करथोः K. P.1. -2 Water. -3 Cinnamon. -4 Phlegm, one of the three humours of the body (कफ); शीतोष्णे चैव वायुश्च त्रयः शारीरजा गुणाः Mb.12.16.11. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the moon; वक्त्रेन्दौ तव सत्ययं यदपरः शीतांशुरुज्जृम्भते K. P.1. -2 camphor. -अदः a kind of affection or diseased state of the gums. -अद्रिः the Himālaya mountain. -अश्मन् m. the moon stone. -आकुल, -आर्त a. pinched or benumbed with cold, shivering. -उत्तमम् water. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -कालः the cold season, winter. -कालीन a. wintry. -कुम्भः the fragrant oleander. -कृच्छ्रः, -च्छ्रम् a kind of religious penance. -क्षारः refined borax. -गन्धः white sandal. -गात्रः a kind of fever. -गुः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -चम्पकः 1 a lamp. -2 a mirror. -दीधितिः the moon. -द्युतिः the moon; शीतद्युतेर्मण्डलम् Sūkti.62. -पङ्कः rum. -पित्तम् 1 a tumour caused by a chill. -2 increase of bile caused by cold. -पुष्पः the Śireeṣa tree. -पुष्पकम् benzoin. -प्रभः camphor. -फलः Ficus Glomerata (Mar. उंबर). -भानुः the moon. -भीरुः a kind of jasmine (Arabian). -मयूखः, -मरीचिः, -रश्मिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -मूलकम् the root of the Uśīra q. v. -रम्यः a lamp. -रसः spirituous liquor made from the unboiled sugar-cane juice. -रुच् m., -रुचिः the moon; प्रतिवासरं सुकृतिभिर्ववृधे विमलः कलाभिरिव शीतरुचिः Ki.6.2. -वल्कः the Udumbara tree. -वीर्यकः the fig-tree. -वृष्टिः a variety of gem; Kau. A.2.11. -शिवः the Śamee tree. -(वम्) 1 rock-salt. -2 borax. -शूकः barley. -सहः the Pīlu tree. -स्पर्श a. cooling.

śīl	शील् I. 1 P. (शीलति) 1 To meditate, contemplate. -2 To serve, honour, worship. -3 To do, practise. -II. 1 U. (शीलयति-ते) 1 To honour, worship; स शीलयन् देव- यानीं कन्यां संप्राप्तयौवनाम् Mb.1.76.25. -2 To practise repeatedly, exercise, study, think of, ponder over; श्रुति- शतमपि भूयः शीलितं भारतं वा Bv.2.35; शीलयन्ति मुनयः सुशील- ताम् Ki.13.43. -3 To put on, wear; चल सखि कुञ्जं सतिमिरपुञ्जं शीलय नीलनिचोलम् Gīt.5. -4 To go to, visit, frequent; यदनुगमनाय निशि गहनमपि शीलितम् Gīt.7; स्मेरानना सपदि शीलय सौधमौलिम् Bv.2.4. With अनु To practise in imitation; एवं लीलानरवपुर्नृलोकमनुशीलयन् Bhāg.1.23.36; 11.3.32. -अनु, -परि to practise repeatedly, cultivate, think of; शश्वच्छ्रुतो$सि मनसा परिशीलितो$पि Rāj. P.

śauva	शौव a. (-वी f.) [श्वन्-अण् टिलोपः] Relating to dogs, canine; अथातः शौव उद्गीथः Ch. Up.1.12.1. -वम् 1 A pack of dogs. -2 The state or nature of a dog.

śri	श्रि 1 U. (श्रयति-ते, शिभ्राय-शिश्रिये, अशिश्रियत्-त, श्रयिष्यति- ते, श्रयितुम्, श्रित; Caus. श्राययति-ते; desid. शिश्रीषति-ते, शिश्र- यिषति-ते) 1 To go to, approach, resort to, have recourse to, approach for protection; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहु- प्रतापार्जितम् H.1.15; R.3.7;19.1; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विष्रद्रुमम् U.1.46. -2 To go or attain to, reach, undergo, assume (as a state); परीता रक्षोभिः श्रयति विवशा कामपि दशाम् Bv.1.83; द्विपेन्द्रभावं कलभः श्रयन्निव R.3.32. -3 To cling to, lean or rest on, depend on; नीलः स्निग्धः श्रयति शिखरं नूतनस्तोयवाहः U.1.33. -4 To dwell in, inhabit. -5 To honour, serve, worship. -6 To use, empoly. -7 To devote oneself to, be attached to. -8 To assist, help.

śrī	श्री f. [श्रि-क्विप् नि˚ Uṇ.2.57] 1 Wealth, riches, affluence, prosperity, plenty; अनिर्वेदः श्रियो मूलम् Rām.; साहसे श्रीः प्रतिवसति Mk.4 'fortune favours the brave'; कर्माव्यारभमाणं हि पुरुषं श्रीर्निषेवते Ms.9.3; Ki.7.28. -2 Royalty, majesty, royal wealth; श्रियः कुरूणामधिपस्य पालनीम् Ki.1.1. -3 Dignity, high position, state; श्री- लक्षण Ku.7.45 'the marks or insignia of greatness or dignity'; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.67; विद्युल्लेखाकनकरुचिरं श्रीवितानं ममाभ्रम् V.4.13. -4 Beauty, grace, splendour, lustre; (मुखं) कमलश्रियं दधौ Ku.5.21; 7.32; R.3.8. -5 Colour, aspect; तेषामाविरभूद् ब्रह्मा परि- म्लानमुखश्रियाम् Ku.2.2. -6 The goddess of wealth, Lakṣmī, the wife of Viṣṇu; आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ś.3.14; Śi.1.1. -7 Any virtue or excellence. -8 Decoration. -9 Intellect, understanding. -1 Superhuman power. -11 The three objects of human existence taken collectively (धर्म, अर्थ and काम). -12 The Sarala tree. -13 The Bilva tree. -14 Cloves. -15 A lotus. -16 The twelfth digit of the moon. -17 N. of Sarasvatī, (the goddess of speech). -18 Speech. -19 Fame, glory. -2 The three Vedas (वेदत्रयी); श्रिया विहीनैरधनैर्नास्तिकैः संप्रवर्तितम् Mb.12.1.2. ('ऋचः सामानि यजूंषि । सा हि श्रीरमृता सताम्' इति श्रुतेः । com.). -m. N. of one of the six Rāgas or musical modes. -a. Splendid, radiant, adorning. (The word श्री is often used as an honorific prefix to the names of deities and eminent persons; श्रीकृष्णः, श्रीरामः, श्रिवाल्मीकिः, श्रीजयदेवः; also celebrated works, generally of a sacred character; श्रीभागवत, श्रीरामायण &c.; it is also used as an auspicious sign at the commencement of letters, manuscripts &c; Māgha has used this word in the last stanza of each canto of his Śiśupālavadha, as Bhāravi has used लक्ष्मी). -Comp. -आह्लम् a lotus. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कण्ठः an epithet of Śiva; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः (भवभूतिः) Mv.1.4/5. -2 of the poet Bhavabhūti; श्रीकण्ठपदलाञ्छनः U.1. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera. -करः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-रम्) the red lotus. -करणम् a pen. -करणादिः a chief secretary; Inscr. -कान्तः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कारः the word 'श्री' written at the top of a letter, (as an auspicious beginning). -कारिन् m. a kind of antelope. -कृच्छ्रः a kind of penance. -खण़डः, -ण्डम् sandal wood; श्रीखण्डविलेपनं सुखयति H.1.97. -गदितम् a kind of minor drama. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a sword. -ग्रहः a trough or place for watering birds. -ग्रामरः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -घनम् sour curds. (-नः) a Buddhist saint. -चक्रम् 1 the circle of the earth, the globe. -2 a wheel f Indra's car. -3 A diagram for the worship of त्रिपुरसुन्दरी in Tantra rituals. -4 An astrological division of the body (representing the public region). -जः an epithet of Kāma. -तालः a kind of palm tree. -दः an epithet of Kubera. -दयितः, -धरः epithets of Viṣṇu. -नगरम् N. of two old towns (one in Cawnpur district and the other in Bundelkhand); Raj. T.; H. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Kāma. -2 (in music) a kind of measure. -निकेतनः, -निवासः epithets of Viṣṇu. -पञ्चमी the fifth day of the bright half of Māgha (a festival in honour of the goddess of learning, Sarasvatī). -पतिः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; श्रीपतिः पतिरसाववनेश्च परस्परन् Śi.13.69. -2 a king, sovereign. -पथः a main road, high way. -पर्णम् a lotus. -पर्णी the silk-cotton tree. -पर्वतः N. of a mountain; Māl.1. -पिष्टः turpentine. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Cupid; निर्जेतुं निखलजगत्सु मानुषाणि श्रीपुत्रे चरति पदैव शीतरश्मिः Rām. ch.7. 11. -2 the moon. -3 N. of the horse of Indra. -पुष्पम् 1 cloves. -2 a fragrant wood (पद्मकाष्ठ). -प्रसूनम् cloves. -फलः the Bilva tree. (-लम्) 1 the Bilva fruit; स्तनयुगलं श्रीफलश्रीविडम्बि Vikr.; Ms.5.12. -2 a cocoanut. -फला, -फली 1 the indigo plant. -2 emblic myrobalan. -भ्रातृ m. 1 the moon. -2 a horse. -मकुटम् gold. -मस्तकः garlic. -मुद्रा a particular mark on the forehead by the Vaiṣṇavas. -मूर्तिः f. 1 an idol of Viṣṇu or Lakṣmī. -2 any idol. -युक्त, -युत a. fortunate, happy. -2 wealthy, prosperous (often used as an honorific prefix to the names of men). -3 famous, illustrious. -रङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -रसः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -वत्सः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a mark or curl of hair on the breast of Viṣṇu; प्रभानुलिप्त- श्रीवत्सं लक्ष्मीविभ्रमदर्पणम् R.1.1. -3 a hole in a wall made by a house-breaker. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन्, ˚मृत्, ˚लक्ष्मन्, ˚लाञ्छन m. epithets of Viṣṇu; तमभ्यगच्छत् प्रथमो विधाता श्रीवत्सलक्ष्मा पुरुषश्च साक्षात् Ku.7.43. -वत्सकिन् m. a horse having a curl of hair on his breast. -वरः, -वल्लभः epithets of Viṣṇu. -वर्धनः an epithet of Śiva. -वल्लभः a favourite of fortune, a happy or fortunate person; Pt.1.45. -वासः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -3 a lotus. -4 turpentine. -वासस् m. turpentine. -वृक्षः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the Aśvattha or sacred fig-tree; वक्षः श्रीवृक्षकान्तं मधुकरनिकरश्यामलं शार्ङ्गपाणेः Viṣṇu. S.28. -3 a curl of hair on the breast and forehead of a horse. ˚किन् having such mark; श्रीवृक्षकी पुरुषकोन्नमिताग्रकायः Śi.5.56. -वेष्टः 1 turpentine. -2 resin. -संझम् cloves. -सहोदरः the moon. -सिद्धिः N. of the 16th Yoga (in astrol.). -सूक्तम् N. of a Vedic hymn (Ṛv.1.165). -हरिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -हस्तिनी the sun-flower.

ṣaṣ	षष् num. a. (used in pl., nom. षट्; gen. षण्णाम्) Six; तेषां त्ववयवान् सूक्ष्मान् षण्णामप्यमितौजसाम् Ms.1.16;8.43. -Comp. -अंशः (ष़डंशः) a sixth part. -अक्षीणः (षडक्षीणः) a fish. -अङ्गम् (ष़डङ्गम्) 1 (a) six parts of the body taken collectively : जङ्घे बाहू शिरो मध्यं षडङ्गमिदमुच्यते । (b) The other six parts of the body are 'हृदयशिरःशिखा- नेत्रकवचास्त्राणि' as in Māl.5.2 (नित्यं न्यस्तषडङगचक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्यमध्योदितम्); cf. com. on the verse. -2 the six works auxiliary to the Veda; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चितिः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव षडङ्गो वेद उच्यते ॥ see वेदाङ्ग also. ˚विद् knowing the six वेदाङ्गs; Ms.3.145. -3 six auspicious things, i. e. the six things obtained from a cow; गोमूत्रं गोमयं क्षीरं सर्पिर्दधि च रोचना । षडङ्गमेतन्माङ्गल्यं पठितं सर्वदा गवाम् ॥ -3 any set of six articles. ˚जत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अङ्घ्रिः (षडङ्घ्रिः) a bee; किमिह बहु षडङ्घ्रे गायसि त्वम् Bhāg.1.47.14.; Śi.1.4. -अधिक a. (-षडधिक) exceeded by six; षडधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1. -अभिज्ञः (षडभिज्ञः) a Buddhist deified saint. -अशीत (षडशीत) eighty-sixth. -अशीतिः f. (-ष़डशीतिः) 1 eighty-six. -2 N. of the four passages of the sun from one zodiacal sign to the other; L. D. B. -अष्टकम् (in astr.) a particular Yoga. -अहः (ष़डहः) a period of six days. -आननः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः, (षडाननः, षड्वक्त्रः, षड्वदनः) epithets of Kārtikeya; षडाननापीतपयोधरासु नेता चमूनामिव कृत्तिकासु R.14.22. -आम्नायः (षडाम्नायः) the six-fold Tantra. -ऊर्मिः the six waves of existence. -ऊषणम् (ष़डूषणम्) six spices taken collectively; पञ्चकोलं समरिचं षडूषणमुदाहृतम्. -ऋतुः m. pl. the six seasons (i. e. वसन्त, ग्रीष्म, वर्षा, शरद्, हेमन्त and शिशिर). -कर्ण a. (-षट्कर्ण) heard by six ears; i. e. by a third person other than the speaker and the person spoken to; told to more than one listener (as a counsel, secret &c.); षट्कर्णो भिद्यते मन्त्रः Pt.1.99. (-र्णः) a kind of lute. -कर्मन् n. (षट्कर्मन्) 1 the six acts or duties enjoined on a Brāhmaṇa; they are अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्र- जन्मनः ॥ Ms.1.75. -2 the six acts allowable to a Brāhmaṇa for his subsistence:- उच्छं प्रतिग्रहो भिक्षा वाणिज्यं पशुपालनम् । कृषिकर्म तथा चेति षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥. -3 the six acts that may be performed by means of magic :- शान्ति, वशीकरण, स्तम्भन, विद्वेष, उच्चाटन and मरण. -4 the six acts belonging to the practice of Yoga :- धौतिर्वस्ती तथा नेती नौलिकी (नौलिकः) त्राटकस्तथा । कपालभाती चैतानि षट्कर्माणि समाचरेत् ॥ (-m.) 1 a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the above six acts. -2 one well-versed in the Tantra magical rites. -कोण a. (-षट्कोण) hexangular. (-णम्) 1 a hexagon. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -3 a diamond. -गया the sixfold gayā; गयागजो गयादित्यो गायत्री च गदाधरः । गया गयासुरश्चैव षड्गया मुक्तिदायकाः ॥ -गवम् (षड्गवम् 1 a team or yoke of six oxen. -2 a yoke of six (sometimes after the names of other animals); i. e. हस्ति˚, अश्व˚ 'six elephants, horses &c.'. -गवीय a. drawn by six oxen; न यद्वहेच्छकटं षड्गवीयम् Mb.8.76.17. -गुण a. (-षड्गुण) 1 sixfold. -2 having six attributes. (-णम्) 1 an assemblage of six qualities. -2 the six expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics; see under गुण (21); cf. षाड्गुण्य also. -ग्रन्थः a kind of Karañja tree. -ग्रन्थि n. (-षड्ग्रन्थि) the root of long pepper. -ग्रन्थिका (षड्- ग्रन्थिका) zedoary (शठी). -चक्रम्, (षट्चक्रम्) the six mystical circles of the body, i. e. मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपूर, अनाहत, विशुद्ध and आज्ञाख्य. -चत्वारिंशत् (षट्चत्वारिंशत्) forty-six. -चरणः (षट्चरणः) -1 a bee. -2 a locust. -3 a louse. -जः, (ष़ड्जः) the fourth (or first according to some) of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; so called because it is derived from the six organs : नासां कण्ठमुरस्तालु जिह्वां दताञ्श्च संस्पृशन् । षड्जः सञ्जायते (षढ्भ्यः संञ्जायते) यस्मात्तस्मात् षड्ज इति स्मृतः ॥ it is said to resemble the note of peacocks; षड्जं रौति मयूरस्तु Nārada; षड्जसंवादिनीः केकाः द्विधा भिन्नाः शिखण्डिभिः R.1.39. -तन्त्री N. of the six philosophical systems. -त्रिंशत् f. (-षट्त्रिंशत्) thirty-six; (-षट्रत्रिंश a. thirtysixth). -तिलिन् m. one performing six acts with sesamum seeds; तिलोद्वतीं तिलस्नायी तिलहोमी तिलप्रदः । तिलभुक् तिलवापी च षट्तिली नावसीदति ॥ -दर्शनम् (षड्दर्शनम्) the six principal systems of Hindu philosophy; they are: सांख्य, योग, न्याय, वैशेषिक, मीमांसा and वेदान्त. (-नः) one conversant with the above six systems. -दीर्घः the six long vowels : आ, ई, ऊ, ऐ, औ. -दुर्गम्, (षड्दुर्गम्) the six kinds of forts taken collectivelly; धन्वदुर्गं महीदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं तथैव च । मनुष्यदुर्गं मृद्दुर्गं वनदुर्गमिति क्रमात् ॥ -नवतिः f. (-षण्णवतिः) ninety-six. -पञ्चाशत् f. (-षट्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-six. -पदः (षट्पदः) 1 a bee; न पङ्कजं तद्यदलीनषट्पदं न षट्पदो$सौ न जुगुञ्ज यः कलम् Bk.2.19; Ku.5.9; R.6.69. -2 a louse. -3 a verse consisting of six padas. ˚अथितिः 1 the mango tree. -2 the Champaka tree. ˚आनन्दवर्धनः the Aśoka or Kiṅkirāta tree. ˚ज्य a. having bees for the bow-string (as the bow of Cupid); प्रायश्चापं न वहति भयान्मन्मथः षट्पदज्यम् Me.75. ˚प्रियः the tree called नाग- केशर. -पदी (षट्पदी) 1 a stanza consisting of six lines. -2 a female bee. -3 a louse. -4 the six states ('यो$शनायापिपासे शोकं मोहं जरां मृत्युमत्येति' इति श्रुत्युक्ताः Mb. 3.314.9 Com.):-- hunger, thrist, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age and death; other version is :-- कामक्रोधौ लोभमोहौ मदमानौ च षट्पदी ।. -पादः (षट्पादः) a bee. -प्रज्ञः, (षट्प्रज्ञः) 1 one who is well acquainted with six subjects i. e. the four Puruṣārthas or objects of human existence, the nature of the world, and the nature of the Supreme Sprit; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षेषु लोक- तत्त्वार्थयोरपि । षट्सु प्रज्ञा तु यस्यासौ षट्प्रज्ञः परिकीर्तितः ॥ -2 a lustful or licentious man. -3 a good-hearted neighbour. -बिन्दुः (षड्बिन्दुः ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भागः (षड्भागः) a sixth part, one-sixth; तपःषड्भागमक्षय्यं ददत्यारण्यका हि नः Ś.2.14; Ms.7.131;8.33. -भाववादिन् a maintainer of the theory of the six भावs (i. e. द्रव्य, गुण, कर्मन्, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय). -भुज a. (-षड्भुज) 1 six-armed. -2 six-sided, hexagonal. (-जः) a hexagon. (-जा) 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 the watermelon. -मतस्थापकः (षण्मतस्थापकः) N. of Śaṁkarāchārya. -मासः (षण्मासः) a period of six months. ˚निचय a. one who has a store (of food) sufficient for six months; Ms.6.18. -मासिक a. (-षण्मासिक) half-yearly, occurring every six months. -मुखः (षण्मुखः) an epithet of Kārtikeya; स गुणानां बलानां च षण्णां षण्मुख- विक्रमः R.17.67; Mv.1.33. (खा) a water-melon. -रसम्, -रसाः (m. pl.) (-षड्रसम् &c.) the six flavours taken collectively; see under रस. -रात्रम् (षड्रात्रम्) a period of six nights. -रेखा, (षड्रेखा) a water-melon. -वर्गः (षड्वर्गः) 1 an aggregate of six things. -2 especially, the six enemies of mankind; (also called षड्रिपु); कामः क्रोधस्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1 9; व्यजेष्ठ षड्वर्गम् Bk.1.2. -3 the five senses and Manas. -र्विशम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāma Veda. -विंशतिः f. (-षड्विंशतिः)twenty-six; (-षड्विंश twentysixth). -विध (षड्विध) a. of six kinds, sixfold; षड्विधं बलमादाय प्रतस्थे दिग्जिगीषया R.4.26. -शास्त्रिन् m. one conversant with the six Śāstras or darśanas. -षष्टिः f. (-षट्षष्टिः) sixty-six. -सप्ततिः (षट्सप्ततिः) seventy-six.

saṃyuj	संयुज् I. 7 U. 1 To join together, connect, unite. -2 To endow or furnish with. -3 To form an alliance. -4 To place or fix in, set in. -II. 4 Ā. To unite; संयुज्यन्ते वियुज्यन्ते तथा कालेन देहिनः Bhāg.6.15.3. -pass. 1 To be united with; संयोक्ष्यसे स्वेन वपुर्महिम्ना R.5.55. -2 To be married to; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -3 To have sexual intercourse. -4 To be supplied or furnished with. -Caus. 1 To unite, join; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् H.1. -2 To harness, yoke. -3 To prepare, equip (an army). -4 To furnish, endow or supply with, provide with; बुद्ध्या संयोजयन्ति तम् Pt.2. -5 To fasten or fix on. -6 To throw, discharge, shoot (a missile). -7 To use, employ. -8 To appoint (to an office), entrust with. -9 To perform, accomplish. -1 To be absorbed in, meditate upon.

saṃrakta	संरक्त p. p. 1 Coloured, red. -2 Impassioned, fired with passion; कामभोगाभिसंरक्तो मैथुनायोपचक्रमे Rām.7.26. 41. -3 Angry, irritated, inflamed with anger. -4 Enamoured, charmed. -5 Charming, beautiful.

saṃrabh	संरभ् 1 Ā. 1 To become agitated, be overwhelmed or affected. -2 To be exasperated or furious, be enraged or irritated (mostly in p. p.); संरब्धसिंहप्रहृतं वहन्ति R.16.16. -3 To seize, catch hold of (Ved.). -4 To fear; प्रवृत्तं रज इत्येव तन्न संरभ्य चिन्तयेत् Mb.12.194.32.

saṃrabdha	संरब्ध p. p. 1 Excited, agitated; कुरवो$पि सुसंरब्धाः शस्त्रविद्यामदर्शयन् Bm.1.662. -2 Inflamed, exasperated, enraged, furious; संरब्धेन शिवेन ते प्रतिभटाः केचिच्च बन्दीकृताः Śiva B.22.72. -3 Augmented. -4 Swelled. -5 Overwhelmed. -6 Closely joined, hand in head; पवमानेन स्तोष्यमाणाः संरब्धाः सर्पन्ति Ch. Up.1.12.4. -Comp. -नेत्र a. having swollen eyes. -मान a. one whose pride is excited.

saṃluḍ	संलुड् 1 P. To stir, agitate. -1 U. or -Caus. 1 To shake, stir about, move to and fro; यत्र संलोडिता लुब्धैः प्रायशो धर्मसेतवः Mb.12.287.44. -2 To confound, disturb, perplex.

saṃlulita	संलुलित a. 1 Agitated, confused; Rām. -2 Come into contact with; Ch. P.

saṃvij	संविज् 7 P., 6 Ā. 1 To shake. -2 To be agitated, tremble with fear; श्रुत्वा जरां संविविजे महात्मा Bu. Ch.3.34.

saṃvigna	संविग्न p. p. 1 Agitated, excited, disturbed, distracted, flụrried; as in संविग्नमानस; विसृज्य सशरं चापं शोक- संविग्नमानसः Bg.1.47; किर्मीरवधसंविग्नो बहिर्दुर्योधनो ययौ Mb. 3.1.39. -2 Terrified, frightened. -3 Moving to and fro; पूररेचकसंविग्नवलिवल्गुदलोदरम् Bhāg.4.24.51;12.9.24.

saṃvid	संविद् I. 2 P. 1 To know, be aware of; संवित्तः सह- युध्वानौ तच्छक्तिं खरदूषणौ Bk.5.37;8.17. -2 To recognize. -3 To investigate, examine. -4 To perceive, feel, experience. -5 To advise. -6 To come to an understanding, agree upon. -7 To think over, meditate. -II. 6 U. 1 To get, obtain. -2 To meet together. -Caus. 1 To make known, inform, announce. -2 To know, percieve, observe -3 To cause to know or perceive; समवेद्यन्त च द्विषः Bk.17.63.

saṃvibhā	संविभा 2 P. To meditate; Muṇḍa.

saṃsiddhiḥ	संसिद्धिः f. 1 Completion, complete accomplishment or attainment; स्वनुष्ठितस्य धर्मस्य संसिद्धिर्हरितोषणम् Bhāg. 1.2.13; Ku.2.63; Ms.6.29. -2 Absolution, final beatitude; संसिद्धिं परमां गताः Bg.8.15;3.2. -3 Nature, natural disposition, state or quality. -4 A passionate or intoxicated woman. -5 The last consequence, result. -6 The last decisive word.

saṃsāraḥ	संसारः 1 Course, passage. -2 The course or circuit of worldly life, secular life, mundance existence, the world; न स तत् पदमाप्नोति संसारं चाधिगन्छति Kath. 3.7; असासः संसारः U.1; Māl.5.3; संसारधन्वभुवि किं सारमामृशसि शंसाधुना शुभमते Aśvad.22; or परिवर्तिनि संसारे मृतः को वा न जायते Pt.1.27. -3 Transmigration, metempsychosis, succession of births. -4 Worldly illusion. -5 The state (future) of life (गति); येन यस्तु गुणेनैषां संसारान् प्रतिपद्यते Ms.12.39. -Comp. -गमनम् transmigration; संसारगमनं चैव त्रिविधं कर्मसंभवम् Ms.1.117. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of the god of love. -2 the preceptor of the world. -चक्रम् succession of births and deaths, metempsychosis. -पथः, -मार्गः 1 the course of worldly affairs, worldly life. -2 the vulva. -मोक्षः, -मोक्षणम् final liberation or emancipation from worldly life.

saṃsṛtiḥ	संसृतिः f. 1 Course, current, flow. -2 The worldly life, courses of the world; यर्हि संसृतिबन्धो$यमात्मनो गुणवृत्तिदः Bhāg.11.13.28. -3 Metempsychosis, transmigration; किं मां निपातयसि संसृतिगर्तमध्ये Bv.4.32; Śi.14.63; cf. संसार. -4 The state or course (गति); एताः संसृतयः पुंसो गुणकर्म- निबन्धनाः Bhāg.11.26.32.

saṃsthā	संस्था 1 An assemblage, assembly. -2 Situation, state or condition of being; सुखं पृष्ट्वा प्रतिवेद्यात्मसंस्थाम् Mb. 5.38.2; विशुद्धविज्ञानधनं स्वसंस्थया Bhāg.1.37.22. -3 Form, nature; तेषां संस्थां प्रमाणं च भूलोकस्य च वर्णय Bhāg.3.7.27; पीडितो दुहितृशुल्कसंस्थया R.11.38. -4 Occupation, business, settled mode of life; लोकस्य संस्था न भवेत् सर्वं च व्याकुली- भवेत् Mb.12.56.6; Bhāg.1.44.48; प्रथक्संस्थाश्च निर्ममे Ms.1.21. -5 Correct or proper conduct. -6 End, completion; संस्था हि क्रियां प्रति औदासीन्यं, व्यापारान्तरकरणं वा पूर्वस्मात् कर्मणः ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. -7 Stop, stay. -8 Loss, destruction. -9 Destruction of the world. -1 Resemblance. -11 A royal decree or ordinance. -12 A form of Soma sacrifice; सोमस्तु रेतः सवनान्यवस्थितिः संस्था- विभेदास्तव देव धातवः Bhāg.3.13.38. -13 Death, dying; फलसंस्था भविष्यामि कृत्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् Mb.3.159.13; संस्थां च पाण्डुपुत्राणां वक्ष्ये कृष्णकथोदयम् Bhāg.1.7.12. -14 Manifestation, appearance. -15 Obligation or agreement (समय); कृतां संस्थामतिक्रान्ता भयात् प्रायमुपासिताः Rām.4.57.18. -16 Cremation. -17 A spy. -18 Resembling. -Comp. -वृक्षः a pot-herb; Kau. A.1.2.

saṃsthita	संस्थित p. p. 1 Being or standing together. -2 Being, staying; नियोगसंस्थित Pt.1.92. -3 Adjacent, contiguous. -4 Resembling, like. -5 Collected, heaped. -6 Settled, fixed, established. -7 Placed in or on, being in. -8 Stationary. -9 Stopped, completed, ended, finished; क्व न खलु संस्थिते कर्मणि आत्मान विनोदयामि Ś.3. -1 Dead, deceased; प्रमदामनु संस्थितः शुचा R.1.72; Ms.3. 247. -11 Shaped, formed well; संस्थितदोर्विषाणः Rām.3. 31.46. -12 Frequented (as a place); तां श्वभिः खादयेद्राजा संस्थाने बहुसंस्थिते Ms.8.371. -तम् 1 State; एष योत्स्यति संग्रामे नाशयन् पूर्वसंस्थितम् Mb.5.171.2. -2 Form, shape; वराहसंस्थितं भूतं मत्समीपं समागतम् Mb.3.167.18.

saṃsthitiḥ	संस्थितिः f. 1 Being together, staying with; यस्य मित्रेण संभाषा यस्य मित्रेण संस्थितिः H.1.36. -2 Contiguity, nearness, vicinity. -3 Residence, abode, resting-place; यथा नदीनदाः सर्वे सागरे यान्ति संस्थितिम् । तथैवाश्रमिणः सर्वे गृहस्थे यान्ति संस्थितिम् ॥ Ms.6.9. -4 Accumulation, heap. -5 Duration, continuance; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाणं प्राणाः संस्थितिहेतवः H.1.4. -6 Station, state, condition of life. -7 Restraint. -8 Death; अहो इमां को नु लभेत संस्थितिम् Bhāg.3.19.27. -9 Destruction of the world. -1 Living in the same state; पुराणसंहिताप्रश्नो महापुरुषसंस्थितिः Bhāg.12.12.8. -11 Attaching importance to; नैता रूपं परीक्षन्ते नासां वयसि संस्थितिः Ms.9.14. -12 Form, shape (स्वरूप); उत्सृज्य सर्वतः सङ्गं विज्ञाताजितसंस्थितिः Bhāg.1.18.3. -13 Constancy; वैन्यस्तु धुर्यो महतां संस्थित्याध्यात्मशिक्षया Bhāg.4.22.49. -14 Standing or sitting on; केशभस्मतुषाङ्गारकपालेषु च संस्थितिम् Y.1.139.

saṃkṣubh	संक्षुभ् 1 Ā, 4, 9 P. To tremble, be agitated or disturbed. -Caus. To agitate, excite.

saṃcal	संचल् 1 P. 1 To move about, move to and fro, waver, oscillate. -2 To quiver, tremble. -3 To start or jump up. -4 To depart, go away. -Caus. 1 To shake, agitate. -2 To expel, remove.

sañj	सञ्ज् 1 P. (सजति, सक्त; the स् of the root being changed to ष् after a preposition ending in इ or उ) 1 To stick or adhere to, cling to; तुल्यगन्धिषु मत्तेभकटेषु फलरेणवः (ससञ्जुः) R.4.47. -2 To go, move. -3 To fasten. -Pass. (सज्यते) 1 To be attached to, cling or adhere to. -2 To linger, hesitate.

saṃjñā	संज्ञा 1 Consciousness, अकरुण पुनः संज्ञाव्याधिं विधाय किमीहसे Māl.9.42; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. संज्ञा लभ्, आपद् or प्रतिपद् 'to regain or recover one's consciousness, come to one's senses'. -2 Knowledge, understanding; नायका मम सैन्यस्य संज्ञार्थं तान् व्रवीमि ते Bg.1.7; Mb.12.153.63. -3 Intellect, mind; लोकतन्त्रं हि संज्ञाश्च सर्वमन्ने प्रतिष्ठितम् Mb.13.63.5. -4 A hint, sign, token, gesture; मुखापिंतैकाङ्गुलिसंज्ञयैव मा चापलायेति गणान् व्यनैषीत् Ku.3.41; उपलभ्य ततश्च धर्मसंज्ञाम् Bu. Ch.5.21; Bhāg. 6.7.17. -5 A name, designation, an appellation; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; द्वन्द्वैर्विमुक्ताः सुखदुःखसंज्ञैः Bg.15.5. -6 (In gram.) Any name or noun having a special meaning, a proper name. -7 The technical name for an affix. -8 The Gāyatrī Mantra; see गायत्री. -9 A track, footstep. -1 Direction. -11 A technical term. -12 N. of the daughter of Viśvakarman and wife of the sun, and mother of Yama, Yamī, and the two Aśvins. [A legend relates that संज्ञा on one occasion wished to go to her father's house and asked her husband's permission, which was not granted. Resolved to carry out her purpose, she created, by means of her superhuman power, a woman exactly like herself --who was, as it were, her own shadow (and was therefore called Chhāyā), --and putting her in her own place, went away without the knowledge of the sun. Chhāya bore to the sun three children (see छाया), and lived quite happily with him, so that when Saṁjñā returned, he would not admit her. Thus repudiated and disappointed, she assumed the form of a mare and roamed over the earth. The sun, however, in course of time, came to know the real state of things, and discovered that his wife had assumed the form of a mare. He accordingly assumed the form of a horse, and was united with his wife, who bore to him, two sons--the Aśvinīkumāras or Aśvins q. v.] -Comp. -अधिकारः a leading rule which gives a particular name to the rules falling under it, and which exercises influence over them. -विपर्ययः loss of consciousness; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. -विषयः an epithet, an attribute. -सुतः an epithet of Saturn. -सूत्रम् any Sūtra which teaches the meaning of a technical term.

sat	सत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Being, existing, existent; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12; सत्कल्पवृक्षे वने Ś.7.12. -2 Real, essential, true; Bṛi. Up.2.3.1. -3 Good, virtuous, chaste; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1. 21; Ś.5.17. -4 Noble, worthy, high; as in सत्कुलम्. -5 Right, proper. -6 Best, excellent. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Wise, learned. -9 Handsome, beautiful. -1 Firm, steady. -m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86; अविरतं परकार्यकृतां सतां मधुरिमातिशयेन वचो$मृतम् Bv.1.113; Bh.2. 78; R.1.1. -n. 1 That which really exists, entity, existence, essence. -2 The really existent truth, reality. -3 Good; as in सदसत् q. v. -4 Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -5 Ved. Water. -6 The primary cause (कारण); य ईक्षिता$हं रहितो$प्यसत्सतोः Bhāg.1.38.11. -7 (In gram.) The termination of the present participle. (सत्कृ means 1 to respect, treat with respect, receive hospitably. -2 to honour, worship, adore. -3 to adorn.) -Comp. -अञ्जनम् (सदञ्जनम्) calx of brass. -अर्थः (सदर्थः) a matter in question. -असत् (सदसत्) a. 1 existent and non-existent, being and not being. -2 real and unreal. -3 true and false. -4 good and bad, right and wrong. -5 virtuous and wicked. (-n. du.) 1 entity and non-entity. -2 good and evil, right and wrong. ˚विवेकः discrimination between good and evil, or truth and falsehood. ˚व्यक्तिहेतुः the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1. -आचारः (सदाचारः) 1 good manners, virtuous of moral conduct. -2 approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; यस्मिन् देशे य आचारः पारंपर्यक्रमागतः । वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार उच्यते ॥ Ms.2.18. -आत्मन् a. (सदात्मन्) virtuous, good. -आनन (सदानन) a. fair-faced. -उत्तरम् (सदुत्तरम्) a proper or good reply. -करणम् funeral obsequies. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कर्मन् n. 1 a virtuous or pious act. -2 virtue, piety. -3 funeral obsequies. -4 expiation. -5 hospitality. -काण्डः a hawk, kite. -कारः 1 a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable reception; सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् । क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ Bg.17.18. -2 reverence, respect. -3 care, attention. -4 a meal. -5 a festival, religious observance. -कार्यम् (in Sāṁkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect. ˚वाद the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause). -कुल a good or noble family. -कुलीन a. nobly born, of noble descent. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 hospitably received or treated. -3 revered, respected, honoured. -4 worshipped. adored. -5 entertained. -6 welcomed. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. (-तम्) 1 hospitality. -2 respect. -3 virtue, piety. -कृतिः f. 1 treating with respect, hospitality, hospitable reception. -2 virtue, morality. -क्रिया 1 virtue, goodness; शकुन्तला मूर्तिमती च सत्क्रिया Ś.5.15. -2 charity, good or virtuous action. -3 hospitality, hospitable reception; सत्क्रियाविशेषात् Ś.7. -4 courtesy, salutation. -5 any purificatory ceremony. -6 funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -7 Celebration, decoration; यावदादिशति पार्थिवस्तयोर्निर्गमाय पुरमार्गसत्क्रियाम् R.11.3. -गतिः f. (-सद्गतिः) 1 a good or happy state, felicity, beatitude. -2 The way of good men. -गुण a. (सद्गुण) possessed of good qualities, virtuous, (-णः) virtue, excellence, goodness, good quality. -घनः (सद्घनः) holy existence. -2 nothing but existence. -चरित, -चरित्र a. (सच्चरित-त्र) well conducted, honest, virtuous, righteous; सूनुः सच्चरितः Bh.2.25. (-n.) 1 good of virtuous conduct. -2 history or account of the good; Ś.1. -चारा (सच्चारा) turmeric. -चिद् (सच्चिद्) the Supreme Spirit. ˚अंशः a portion of existence and thought. ˚आत्मन् m. the soul consisting of entity and thought. ˚आनन्दः 1 'existence or entity, knowledge and joy'; an epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -जन a. (सज्जन) good, virtuous, respectable. (-नः) a good or virtuous man. ˚गर्हित despised by the virtuous; पुक्कस्यां जायते पापः सदा सज्जनगर्हितः Ms.1. 38. -धर्मः (सद्धर्मः) true justice. -पतिः Ved. 1 a lord of good persons or heroes. -2 N. of Indra. -पत्रम् the new leaf of a water-lily. -पथः 1 a good road. -2 the right path of duty, correct or virtuous conduct. -3 an orthodox doctrine. -परिग्रहः acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person. -पशुः a victim fit for a sacrifice, a good sacrificial victim. -पात्रम् a worthy or virtuous person. ˚वर्षः bestowing favours on worthy recipients, judicious liberality. ˚वर्षिन् a. having judicious liberality. -पुत्रः 1 a good or virtuous son. -2 a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors. -a. one who has a son; यद्यपि स्यात्तु सत्पुत्रो$प्यसत्पुत्रो$पि वा भवेत् Ms.9.154. -प्रतिपक्षः (in logic) one of the five kinds of hetvābhāsas or fallacious hetus, a counterbalanced hetu, one along which there exists another equal hetu on the opposite side; यत्र साध्याभावसाधकं हेत्वन्तरं स सत्प्रति- पक्षः; e. g. 'sound is eternal because it is audible'; and also 'sound is non-eternal, because it is a product'; नाप्रामाण्यं मतानां स्यात् केषां सत्प्रतिपक्षवत् N.17.19. -प्रमुदिता (in Sāṁkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 perfections. -भाग्यम् (सद्भाग्यम्) 1 good fortune. -2 Felicity. -फलः the pomegranate tree. -भावः (सद्भावः) 1 existence, being, entity; सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत् प्रयुज्यते Bg.17.26. -2 actual existence, reality. -3 good disposition or nature, amiability. -4 quality of goodness. -5 obtainment (प्राप्ति); देहस्यान्यस्य सद्भावे प्रसादं कर्तुमर्हसि Rām.7.56.9. -मातुरः (सन्मातुरः) the son of a virtuous mother. -मात्रः (सन्मात्रः) 'consisting of mere entity', the soul. -मानः (सन्मानः) esteem of the good. -मित्रम् (सन्मित्रम्) a good or faithful friend. -युवतिः f. (सद्युवतिः) a virtuous maiden. -वंश (सद्वंश) a. of high birth. -वचस् n. (सद्वचस्) an agreeable or pleasing speech. -वस्तु n. (सद्वस्तु) 1 a good thing. -2 a good plot or story; प्रणयिषु वा दाक्षिण्यादथवा सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् । शृणुत मनोभिरवहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य ॥ V.1.2. -वादिता (सद्वादिता) true counsel; सद्वादितेवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धौ Ki.17.11. -विद्य (सद्विद्य) welleducated, having good learning. -वृत्त a. (सद्वृत्त) 1 wellbehaved, well conducted, virtuous, upright. -2 perfectly circular, well-rounded; सद्वृत्तः स्तनमण्डलस्तव कथं प्राणै- र्मम क्रीडति Gīt.3 (where both senses are intended). (-त्तम्) 1 good or virtuous conduct. -2 an agreeable or amiable disposition. -शील (सच्छील) a. 1 good tempered. -2 benevolent, kindly disposed (towards others). -संसर्गः, -संनिधानम्, -संगः, -संगतिः, -समागमः company or society of the good, association with the good; तथा सत्संनिधानेन मूर्खो याति प्रवीणताम् H.1; सत्संगजानि निधनान्यपि तारयन्ति U.2.11; सत्संगतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -संप्रदायः good tradition. -संप्रयोगः right application. -सहाय a. having virtuous friends. (-यः) a good companion. -सार a. having good sap or essence. (-रः) 1 a kind of tree. -2 a poet. -3 a painter. -हेतुः (सद्धेतुः) a faultless or valid hetu or middle term.

sadvāditvam	सद्वादित्वम् The state of making a positive statement, being a सद्वादिन्; सद्वादित्वाच्च पाणिनेर्वचनं प्रमाणम् । असद्वादित्वान्न कात्यायनस्य ŚB. on MS.1.8.4.

saṃtap	संतप् 1 P. 1 To heat, warm; संतप्तचामीकर Bk.3.3; संत्तप्तायसि संस्थितस्य पयसो नामापि न ज्ञायते Bh.2.67. -2 To parch, dry up. -3 To pain by heat, torture. -Pass. 1 To become hot or heated. -2 To be distressed, suffer pain, be sorry; संतप्तानां त्वमसि शरणम् Me.7 'of the afflicted'; दिवापि मयि निष्कान्ते संतप्येते गुरू मम Mb.; Bh.2.87. -3 To repent, be stung with remorse; अवधूतप्रणिपाताः पश्चात् संतप्यमानमनसो$पि V.3.5. -4 To undergo penance. -Caus. 1 To heat, burn, inflame. -2 To provoke, exasperate, irritate. -3 To torment, torture, distress, afflict. -4 To burn up, consume. -5 To foment (quarrels &c.).

saṃdehaḥ	संदेहः 1 Doubt, uncertainty, suspense; अत्र कः संदेहः. -2 Risk, danger, peril; जीवितसंदेहदोलामारोपितः K.; अर्थार्जने प्रवृत्तिः ससंदेहा H.1; Pt.1.176. -3 (In Rhet.) Doubt regarded as a figure of speech, in which the close resemblance between two objects leads to one of them being mistaken for the other (this figure is also called ससंदेह by Mammaṭa and others); ससंदेहस्तु भेदोक्तौ तदनुक्तौ च संशयः K. P.1; e. g. see Māl.1.2 (1.3); V.3.2. -4 Conglomeration of material elements (of the body). -Comp. -अलंकारः a particular figure of speech. -दोला the swing of uncertainty, a state of suspense, dilemma, fix. -पद a. doubtful; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तः- करणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22.

saṃdhā	संधा 1 Union, association. -2 Intimate union, close connection. -3 State, condition. -4 An agreement, a promise, stipulation, compact; ततार संघामिव सत्यसंधः R.14. 52; Mv.7.8. -5 Limit, boundary; यत्रस्त्वं कर्मसंधानां साधूनां गृहमेधिनाम् Bhāg.6.5.42. -6 Fixity, steadiness. -7 Twilight. -8 Distillation (for संधान q. v.). -9 Steady continuance in any state.

saṃnipātaḥ	संनिपातः 1 Falling down, alighting, descent. -2 Falling togehter, meeting; confluence; समुद्रपत्न्योर्जल- संनिपाते R.13.58. -3 Collision, contact; संनिपातावधूतैश्च Mb.4.13.27 (com. संनिपातो$ङ्गसंघट्टनम्); प्रतिपदमविहस्ताः संनिपाते रिपूणाम् Śiva B.3.47. -4 Union, conjunction, combination, mixture, miscellaneous collection; तथा तयोः संनिपातः शरयोरभवत्तदा Mb.3.39.15; Bhāg.11.25.6; धूमज्योतिःसलिलमरुतां संनिपातः क्व मेयः Me.5. -5 An assemblage, a collection, multitude, number; नानारत्नज्योतिषां संनिपातैः Ki.5.36; एको हि दोषो गुणसंनिपाते निमज्जति Ku.1.3. -6 Arrival. -7 A combined derangement of the three humours of the body causing fever which is of a dangerous kind. -8 A kind of musical time or measure. -9 Sexual intercourse; Mb.5. -1 Battle, war. -11 (In astr.) A particular conjunction of planets. -Comp. -ज्वरः fever arising from a vitiated state of the three humours of the body. -निद्रा swoon, trance. -नुद् m. a species of Nimba tree (Mar. नेपाळनिंब).

sam	सम् I. 1 P. (समति) 1 To be confused or agitated. -2 Not to be confused or agitated. -II. 1 U. (समयति- ते) To be agitated.

samavasthā	समवस्था 1 Fixed condition. -2 Similar condition or state; Ś.4. -3 State or condition in general; कामयानसमवस्थया तुलाम् (यथौ) R.19.5; M.4.7.

samākula	समाकुल a. 1 Full of, thronged, crowded; चमूं विगाह्य शत्रूणां परशक्तिसमाकुलम् Mb.3.151.16. -2 Greatly agitated, bewildered, confused, flurried; समाकुलेषु धर्मेषु किं तु शेषं भविष्यति Mb.3.19.3.

samādhānam	समाधानम् 1 Putting together, uniting. -2 Fixing the mind in abstract contemplation on the true nature of spirit; विभ्रत्यात्मसमाधानतपःस्वाध्यायसंयमैः Bhāg.12.11.24. -3 Profound or abstract meditation, deep contemplation. -4 Intentness. -5 Steadiness, composure, peace (as of mind), satisfaction; चित्तस्य समाधानम्; समाधानं बुद्धेः G. L.18. -6 Clearing up a doubt, replying to the Pūrvapakṣa; answering an objection. -7 Agreeing, promising. -8 (In drama) A leading incident which unexpectdly gives rise to the whole plot. -9 Justification of a statement, proof. -1 Reconciliation. -11 Eagerness. -Comp. -रूपकम् a kind of metaphor (used for the justification of a bold assertion).

samāna	समान a. 1 Same, one, equal, like, similar; नोप- गच्छेत् प्रमत्तो$पि स्त्रियमार्तवदर्शने । समानशयने चैव न शयीत तया सह ॥ Ms.4.4; भुजे भुजंगेन्द्रसमानसारे R.2.74; समानशीलव्यसनेषु सख्यम् Subhāṣ. -2 One, uniform. -3 Good, virtuous, just. -4 Common, general. -5 Honoured. -6 Middling, moderate. -7 Whole (as a number). -नः 1 A friend, an equal. -2 One of five life-winds or vital airs, which has its seat in the cavity of the navel and is essential to digestion. -3 A letter having the same organ of utterance. -नम् ind. Equally with, like (with instr.); जलधरेण समानमुमापतिः Ki.18.4. -Comp. -अक्षरम् N. of the vowels अ, आ, इ, ई, उ, ऊ, ऋ, ॠ, and लृ (opp. संध्यक्षर). -अधिकरण a. 1 having a common substratum. -2 being in the same category or predicament. -3 being in the same case-relation or government (in gram.); तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I.2.42. ˚समास The कर्मधारय compound where the expressions are in apposition to one another; समानाधिकरणसमासस्तु बलीयान् । तत्र हि स्वार्थे शब्दौ वृत्तौ भवतः । ŚB. on MS.6.1.51. (-णम्) 1 same location or predicament. -2 agreement in case, apposition. -3 a predicament including several things, a generic property. -4 common government. -अधिकारः generic characteristic. -अभिहारः A mixture of objects of the same kind; व्यवधानात् समानाभिहाराञ्च Sān. K.7. -अर्थ a. having the same meaning, synonymous. -उदकः a relative connected by the libations of water to the Manes of common ancestors; this relationship extends from the seventh (or eleventh) to the thirteenth (or fourteenth according to some) degree; समानो- दकभावस्तु निवर्तेताचतुर्दशात्; see Ms.5.6 also. -उदर्यः a brother of whole blood, uterine brother. -उपमा a kind of Upamā; सरूपशब्दवाच्यत्वात् सा समानोपमा यथा । बालेवोद्यान- मालेयं सालकाननशोभिनी ॥ Kāv.2.29. -करण a. having the same organ of utterance (said of a sound). -कर्तृक a. (in gram.) having the same subject in a sentence. -कर्मक a. (in gram.) having the same object; P.111 4.48. -काल, -कालीन a. synchronous, simultaneous. -क्षेम a. balancing each other. -गति a. agreeing together. -गोत्र = सगोत्र q. v. -जन्मन् a. of equal age; Ms.2.28. -दुःख a. sympathiser. -धर्मन् a. possessed of the same qualities, sympathising, appreciator of merits; उत्पत्स्यते$स्ति मम को$पि समानधर्मा Māl.1.6. -प्रतिपत्ति a. of equal intelligence, judicious. -मान a. equally honoured with. -यमः the same pitch of voice. -योगित्वम् being on a par with, being connected in the same way as; एवं द्रव्यैः समानयोगित्वं स्त्रीणाम् ŚB on Ms.6.1.1. -रूपा a kind of riddle in which the same words are to be understood in a literal and figurative sense. -वयस् a. of the same age. -रुचि a. agreeing in tastes. -शब्दत्वम् the state of being expressed or referred to by the same term; ऐकशब्द्यात् समानशब्दत्वादित्यर्थः ŚB. on MS.7.1.18. -शील a. of a similar disposition; समानशीलव्यसनेषु सख्यम् H. -सूत्रनिपाते ind. on the diametrically opposite side. -स्थानम् interposition.

samāviddha	समाविद्ध p. p. Shaken, agitated.

samībhāvaḥ	समीभावः The becoming in a normal state.

samīr	समीर् caus. 1 To shake, move, agitate, stir up, set in motion. -2 To excite, rouse. -3 (a) To send forth, emit. (b) To speak, utter; पुराणस्य कवेस्तस्य चतु- र्मुखसमीरिता Ku.2.17. -4 To cast, throw, toss. -5 To raise or lift up. -6 To accomplish, bring about -7 To bestow on, endow with.

samudīr	समुदीर् Caus. 1 To utter, pronounce. -2 To rouse, agitate, excite, stimulate.

saṃpattiḥ	संपत्तिः f. 1 Prosperity, increase of wealth; संपत्तौ च विपत्तौ च महतामेकरूपता Subhāṣ. -2 Success, fulfilment, accomplishment; न च शोचत्यसंपत्तौ तद्विज्ञेयं तु राजसम् Ms. 12.36. -3 Perfection, excellence; as in रूपसंपत्ति. -4 Exuberance, plenty, abundance. -5 A suitable state or condition.

saṃparāyaḥ	संपरायः 1 Conflict, encounter, war, battle. -2 A calamity, misfortune. -3 Future state, futurity. -4 A son. -5 Decease, death.

saṃbhinna	संभिन्न p. p. 1 Completely broken. -2 Shattered, shaken, agitated; संभिन्नैरिभतुरगावगाहनेन Ki.7.11. -3 Combined or united with; यस्तु संभिन्नवृत्तः स्याद्वीतशोकभयो नरः Mb.12.26.21; संभिन्नामविरलपातिभिर्मयूखैः Ki.7.23. -4 Fully blown or opened; करैरिन्दोरन्तश्छुरित इव संभिन्न- मुकुलः Ve.1.1. -5 Close, tight. -6 Solid, compact. -7 Revolted, treacherous; बलं यस्य तु संभिन्नं मनागपि जयः कुतः Śukra.4.116. -न्नः An epithet of Śiva. -Comp. -प्रलापः idle talk. -वृत्त a. one who has abandoned good conduct.

saṃbhrama	संभ्रम a. 1 Agitated, excited. -2 Rolling about (as the eyes); या ते दशाश्रुकलिताञ्जनसंभ्रमाक्षम् Bhāg.1.8.31.

saṃbhrānta	संभ्रान्त p. p. Whirled about. -2 Flurried, agitated, perplexed, bewildered; दृष्ट्वा हनूमतो वर्ष्म संभ्रान्तः पवनात्मजः Mb.3.15.1. -Comp. -मनस् a. bewildered in mind.

sarūpatā	सरूपता त्वम् 1 Likeness. -2 Assimilation to the deity, one of the four states of Mukti.

salokatā	सलोकता Being in the same world, residence in the same heaven with a particular deity, (one of the four states of Mukti); सायुज्यं सलोकतां जयति य एवमेतत् साम वेद Bṛi. Up.1.3.22. सल्लका sallakā सल्लकि sallaki की kī सल्लका सल्लकि की A kind of tree, Shorea Robusta; cf. शल्लकी.

sasaṃbhrama	ससंभ्रम a. Flurried, agitated, hurried. confused. -मम् ind. 1 Hurriedly, hastily. -2 In fear or confusion, in great perplexity.

saha	सह ind. 1 With, together with, along with, accompanied by (with instr.); शशिना सह याति कौमुदी सह मेघेन तडित् प्रलीयते Ku.4.33. -2 Together, simultaneously, at the same time; अस्तोदयौ सहैवासौ कुरुते नृपतिर्द्विषाम् Subhāṣ. (The following senses are given of this word:-- साकल्य, सादृश्य, यौगपद्य, विद्यमानत्व, समृद्धि, संबन्ध and सामर्थ्य.) -Comp. -अध्ययनम् 1 studying together; U.2. -2 fellowstudentship. -अध्यायिन् m. a fellow-student. -अपवाद a. disagreeing. -अर्थ a. 1 having the same object. -2 synonymous. (-र्थः) the same or common object. -अर्ध a. together with a half. -आलापः conversation with. -आसनम् sitting on the same seat. -आसिका company, sitting together; समुद्रः सहासिकां यां सुमतिः प्रतीच्छति Rām. ch.2.85. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech in Rhetoric; सा सहोक्तिः सहार्थस्य बलादेकं द्विवाचकम् K. P.1; e.g. पपात भूमौ सह सैनिकाश्रुभिः R.3.61. -उटजः a hut made of leaves. -उत्थायिन् a. rising or conspiring together. -उदरः a uterine brother, brother of whole blood; जनन्यां संस्थितायां तु समं सर्वे सहोदराः Ms.9.92; सहोदरा कुङ्कुमकेसराणां भवन्ति नूनं कविताविलासाः Vikr.1.21. -उपमा a kind of Upamā. -ऊढः, -ऊढजः the son of a woman pregnant at marriage; (one of the 12 kinds of sons recognized in old Hindu law); या गर्भिणी संस्क्रियते ज्ञाताज्ञातापि वा सती । वोढुः स गर्भो भवति सहोढ इति चोच्यते ॥ Ms.9.173. -एकासनम् see सहासनम् Y.2.284. -कर्तृ m. a co-worker, assistant; तस्य कर्मानुरूपेण देर्यो$शः सहकर्तृभिः Ms.8.26. -कारः 1 co-operation. -2 a mango tree; क इदानीं सहकारमन्तरेण पल्लवितामतिमुक्तलतां सहेत Ś.3. ˚भञ्जिका a kind of game. - कारिन्, -कृत्, -कृत्वन् a. co-operating. (-m.) a coadjutor, associate, colleague. -कृत a. co-operated with, assisted or aided by. -क्रिया simultaneous performance; स हि न्यायः संभूयकारिणां सहक्रियेति सर्वत्रैव ŚB. on MS.11.1. 57. -खट्वासनम् sitting together on a bed; Ms.8.357; see सहैकासनम्. -गमनम् 1 accompanying. -2 a woman's burning herself with her deceased husband's body, self-immolation of a widow. -चर a. accompanying, going or living with; यानि प्रियासहचरश्चिरमध्यवात्सम् U.3.8. (-रः) 1 a companion, friend, associate; श्मशानेष्वाक्रीडा स्मरहर पिशाचाः सहचराः Śiva-mahimna 24. -2 a follower, servant. -3 a husband. -4 a surety. (-री f.) 1 a famale companion. -2 a wife, mate; प्रेक्ष्य स्थितां सहचरीं व्यवधाय देहम् R.9.57. -चरित a. 1 accompanying, attending, associating with. -2 Congruent, homogeneous, -चारः 1 accompaniment. -2 agreement, harmony. -3 (in logic) the invariable accompaniment of the hetu (middle term) by the sādhya (major term). -4 right course (opp. व्यभिचार). -चारिन् see सहचर. -ज a. 1 inborn, natural, innate; सहजं कर्म कौन्तेय सदोषमपि न त्यजेत् Bg.18. 48; सहजामप्यपहाय धीरताम् R.8.43. -2 hereditary; सहजं किल यद्विनिन्दितं न खलु तत्कर्म विवर्जनीयम् Ś.6.1. (-जः) 1 a brother of whole blood; तृतीयो मे नप्ता रजनिचरनाथस्य सहजः Mv.4.7. -2 the natural state or disposition. ˚अरिः a natural enemy. ˚उदासीनः a born neutral. ˚मित्रम् a natural friend. -जात a. 1 natural; see सहज. -2 born together, twin-born. -जित् a. victorious at once; स्वर्णेता सहजिद् बभ्रुरिति राजाभिधीयते Mb.3.185.28. -दार a. 1 with a wife. -2 married. -देवः N. of the youngest of the five Pāṇḍavas; the twin brother of Nakula, born of Mādrī by the gods Aśvins. He is regarded as the type of manly beauty. -धर्मः same duties. ˚चारिन् m. a husband. ˚चारिणी 1 a lawful wife, one legally married (also सहधर्मिणी in this sense). -2 a fellow-worker. -पथिन् m., -पन्थाः m., f. a fellow-traveller. -पांशुक्रीडिन, पांशुकिल m a friend from the earliest childhood. -भावः 1 companionship. -2 concomitance. -भाविन् m. a friend, partisan, follower. -भू a. natural, innate; औत्सुक्येन कृतत्वरा सहभुवा व्यावर्तमाना ह्रिया Ratn.1.2. -भोजनम् eating in company with friends. -मनस् a. with intelligence. -मरणम् see सह- गमन. -मृता a woman who has burnt herself with her husband. -युध्वन् m. a brother in arms. -रक्षस् m. one of the three kinds of sacrificial fires. -वसतिः, -वासः dwelling together; सहवसतिमुपेत्य यैः प्रियायाः कृत इव मुग्धविलोकितोपदेशः Ś.2.3. -वासिन् m. a fellow-lodger. -वीर्यम् fresh butter. -संसर्गः carnal contact. -सेविन् a. having intercource with. -स्थः a companion.

sahasā	सहसा ind. 1 With force, forcibly. -2 Rashly, precipitately, inconsiderately; सहसा विदधीत न क्रियामविवेकः परमापदां पदम् Ki.2.3. -3 Suddenly, all at once; मातङ्ग- नकैः सहसोत्पतद्भिः R.13.11. -4 With a smile, smiling. -Comp. -दृष्टः an adopted son.

sāṭopa	साटोप a. 1 Elated or puffed up with pride, haughty. -2 Majestic, stately. -3 Swollen, filled or charged with (as with water); Pt.1. -4 Rumbling (as clouds). -पम् ind. 1 Proudly, arrogantly, in a stately manner, struttingly; as in साटोपं परिक्रामति. -2 Angrily, furiously.

sādhanatā	साधनता त्वम् 1 The state of having means, possession of means to accomplish a desired object; प्रतिकूलता- मुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्वमेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6. -2 The state of perfection. -3 The being a proof or argument; Kull. on Ms.8.56.

sādhivigrahikaḥ	साधिविग्रहिकः A minister (or Secretary of State) for foreign affairs (deciding upon pease and war).

sāpatnyam	सापत्न्यम् 1 The state or condition of a rival wife; सापत्न्यं क्षितिसुतवद्विषो महिष्यः. -2 Rivalry, ambition, enmity; तथापि देवाः सापत्न्यान्नोपेक्ष्या इति मन्महे Bhāg.1.4.37. -त्न्यः 1 The son of a rival wife. -2 An enemy. -3 A half brother.

sāmājika	सामाजिक a. (-की f.) [समाजः सभावेशनं प्रयोजनमस्य ठञ्] Belonging to an assembly; P.IV.4.43. -कः A member of an audience or assembly, a spectator at an assembly or meeting; तेन हि तत्प्रयोगादेवात्रभवतः सामाजिका नुपास्महे Māl.1. सामानग्रामिक sāmānagrāmika सामानदेशिक sāmānadēśika सामानग्रामिक सामानदेशिक Belonging to the same village, coming from the same village. सामानाधिकरण्यम् sāmānādhikaraṇyam सामानाधिकरण्यम् 1 Being in the same predicament or situation. -2 Common office, function or government, common relationship (as of case). -3 The state of relating to the same object.

sāmānya	सामान्य a. [समानस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Common, general; सामान्यमेषां प्रथमावरत्वम् Ku.7.44; आहारनिद्राभयमैथुनं च सामान्यमेतत् पशुभिर्नराणाम् Subhāṣ; R.14.67; Ku.2.26. -2 Alike, equal, same; सामान्यप्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17. -3 Ordinary, of an average or middle degree; सामान्यास्तु परार्थमुद्यमभृतः स्वार्थाविरोधेन ये Bh.2.74. -4 Vulgar, commonplace, insignificant. -5 Entire, whole. -न्यम् 1 Community, generality, universality. -2 Common or generic property, general characteristic; नित्यमेकमनेकसमवेतं सामान्यम् Tarka K. -3 Totality, entireness. -4 Kind, sort. -5 Identity. -6 Equanimity, equability. -7 Public affairs. -8 A general proposition; उक्तिरर्थान्तरन्यासः स्यात् सामान्यविशेषयोः Chandr.5.12. -9 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:- प्रस्तुतस्य यदन्येन गुणसाम्यविवक्षया । ऐकात्म्यं बध्यते योगात्तत् सामान्यमिति स्मृतम् ॥ K. P.1. -1 A general statement or expression; न सामान्यं विशेषानभिवदति ŚB. on MS.1.8.16. -न्यम् ind. jointly, in common; तैः सार्धं चिन्तयेन्नित्यं सामान्यं संधिविग्रहम् Ms.7.56. -न्या A harlot, prostitute. -comp. -ज्ञानम् knowledge or perception of generic properties. -पक्षः the mean. -पदार्थः the category called सामान्य or generality. -प्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकम् ind. with equal respect; Ś.4. 16. -लक्षणम् a generic definition; इति द्रव्यसामान्यलक्षणानि Tarka K. -वचन a. expressing a common property; P.II.1.55. -2 expressing a general notion; III. 4.5. (-नम्) a substantive. -वनिता a common woman, prostitute. -वाचिन् a. expressive of generality or genus; न हि सामान्यवाची शब्दो विशेषानभिवदति ŚB. on MS.1.8. 16. -शासनम् an edict applicable to all. -शास्त्रम् a general rule.

sāmīpyam	सामीप्यम् 1 Vicinity, nearness, proximity. -2 Nearness to the deity (one of the four states of beatitude). -प्यः A neighbour.

sāṃmukhyam	सांमुख्यम् 1 Presence. -2 Favour, countenance, propitiousness. -3 The state of being in front; न सांमुख्ये गुरोः स्थेयम् Śukra.3.142.

sāyujyam	सायुज्यम् 1 Intimate union, identification, absorption, especially into a deity (one of the four states of Mukti); सायुज्यं सलोकतां जयति य एवमेतत् साम वेद Bṛi. Up.1.3.22. -2 Similarity, likeness.

sārūpyam	सारूप्यम् 1 Sameness of form, similarity, likeness. conformity, resemblance; अन्तर्वृत्तिसारूप्यतः Māl.5. -2 Assimilation to the deity (one of the four states of Mukti). -3 (In dramas) An angry treatment of one mistaken for another through resemblance; सारूप्यमभि- भूतस्य सारूप्यात् क्षोभवर्तनम् S. D.464. -4 Surprise at seeing an object or its likeness seen elsewhere. -a. Fit, proper, suitable.

sārṣṭitā	सार्ष्टिता 1 Equality in rank, condition, or power; देवतानां सलोकतां सार्ष्टितां सायुज्यं गच्छति Ch. Up.2.2.2. -2 Equality with the Supreme Being in power and all the divine attributes, the last of the four states or grades of Mukti; ब्रह्मदो ब्रह्मसार्ष्टितां (प्राप्नोति) Ms.4.232.

su	सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ) 1 To press out or extract juice. -2 To distil. -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation. -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice). -5 To bathe. -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.

sukha	सुख a. [सुख-अच्] 1 Happy, delighted, joyful, pleased. -2 Agreeable, sweet, charming, pleasant; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो ववुः सुखाः R.3.14; so सुखश्रवा निस्वनाः 3.19. -3 Virtuous, pious. -4 Taking delight in, favourable to; Ś.7.18. -5 Easy practicable; श्रेयांसि लब्धुमसुखानि विनान्तरायैः Ki.5.49. -6 Fit, suitable. -खा 1 The capital of Varuṇa. -2 (In phil.) The effort to win future beatitude. -3 Piety, virtue. -खम् 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure, comfort; यदेवोपनतं दुःखात् सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V. 3.21. -2 Prosperity; अद्वैतं सुखदुःखयोरनुगुणं सर्वास्ववस्थासु यत् U.1.39. -3 Well-being, welfare, health; देवीं सुखं प्रष्टुं गता M.4. -4 Ease, comfort, alleviation (of sorrow &c.); oft in comp; as in सुखशयित, सुखोपविष्ट, सुखाश्रय &c. -5 Facility, easiness, ease. -6 Heaven, Paradise. -7 Water. -खम् ind. 1 Happily, joyfully; भ्रातृभिः सहितो रामः प्रमुमोद सुखं सुखी Rām.7.41.1. -2 Well; सुखमास्तां भवान् 'many you fare well'. -3 At ease, comfortably; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P. 1. -4 Easily, with ease; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3; सुखमुपदिश्यते परस्य K. -4 Rather, willingly. -5 Quietly, placidly; सुखं रात्रीः शयिता वीतमन्युः Kaṭh.1.11. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 ending in happiness. -2 friendly. -3 destroying happiness. -अधिष्ठानम् a happy state. -अभियोज्य a. easily assailable. -अभ्युदयिक a. causing joy or pleasure; सुखाभ्युदयिकं चैव नैःश्रेयसिकमेव च Ms.12.88. -अर्थः anything that gives pleasure; Ms.6.26. -आगतम् welcome. -आजातः N. of Śiva. -आत्मक a. consisting of pleasure. -आत्मन् the Supreme Spirit, Brahma; पृथगाचरतस्तात पृथगात्मसुखात्मनोः Mb.13. 12.8. -आधारः paradise. -आप a. easily won or attained. -आप्लव a. suitable for bathing. -आयतः, -आयनः a good or well-trained horse. -आराध्य a. easy to be conciliated or propitiated. -आरोह a. of easy ascent. -आलोक a. good-looking, lovely, charming -आवह a. conducing to happiness, pleasant, comfortable. -आशः 1 eating at ease. -2 pleasant food. -3 N. of Varuṇa. -आशकः a cucumber. -आसक्तः an epithet of Śiva. -आसनम् a comfortable seat. -आसीन a. comfortably seated; also सुखनिविष्ट. -आस्वाद a. 1 having a sweet taste, sweet-flavoured. -2 agreeable, delightful. (-दः) 1 a pleasant flavour. -2 enjoyment (of pleasure). -उचित a. accustomed to comfort or happiness. -उत्सवः 1 merry-making, pleasure, festival, jubilee. -2 a husband. -उदकम्, -उष्णम् warm water. -उदयः 1 dawn or realization of happiness. -2 an intoxicating drink. -उदर्क a. resulting in happiness. -उद्भवा yellow myrobalan; L. D. B. -उद्य a. to be spoken easily or agreeably. -उपविष्ट a. comfortably seated, sitting at ease. -एषिन् a. desiring happiness, wishing well to. -ऊर्जिकः natron. -कर, -कार, -दायक a. giving pleasure, pleasant. -चारः a good horse. -जात a. happy; सुखजातः सुरापीतः ...... Bk.5.38. -तन्त्र a. enjoying pleasure; अर्थधर्मौ च संगृह्य सुखतन्त्रो न चालसः Rām.2.1.27. -द a. giving pleasure. (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-दा) 1 a courtezan of Indra's heaven. -2 the river Ganges. -3 the Śamī tree. (-दम्) the seat of Viṣṇu. -दोह्या a cow easily milked. -प्रविचार a. easily accessible. -प्रश्नः inquiry as to welfare. -बद्ध a. lovely. -बोधः 1 sensation of pleasure. -2 easy knowledge. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. happy. -भेद्य a. easy to be broken (fig. also), fragile, brittle. -मानिन् seeking joy in. -मोदा the gum olibanum tree. -रात्रिः 1 the night of new moon (when lamps are lighted in honour of Lakṣmī). -2 a night when the husband may legally cohabit with his wife; see Ms.3.47. -रात्रिः, -रात्रिका Lakṣmī. -रूप a. having an agreeable appearance. -वर्चकः, -वर्चस् m. natron, alkali. -वह a. easily borne or carried. -वासः a water-melon. -वेदनम् consciousness of pleasure. -श्रव, -श्रुति a. sweet to the ear, melodious; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः प्रसादयन्ती हृदयान्यपि द्विषाम् Ki.14.3. -संगिन a. attached to pleasure; बद्धमिव स्वैरगतिर्जनमिह सुखसंगिनमवैमि Ś.5.11. -संदु(दो)ह्या f. a cow easily milked; L. D. B. -संयोगः gain of eternal bliss; धर्मार्थप्रभवं चैव सुखसंयोगमक्षयम् Ms.6.64. -साध्य a. easy to be accomplished or cured &c. -सुखेन ind. most willingly. -सेव्य a. easy of access. -स्वर्श a. 1 agreeable to the touch. -2 gratifying, pleasant; सेव्य- मानौ सुखस्पर्शैः शालनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38. -हस्त a. having a soft or gentle hand.

somaḥ	सोमः [सू-मन् Uṇ.1.139] 1 N. of a plant, the most important ingredient in ancient sacrificial offerings. -2 The juice of the plant; as in सोमपा, सोमपीथिन्; Ms. 3.257. -3 Nectar, beverage of the gods; अलब्धभागाः सोमस्य केवलं क्लेशभागिनः Bhāg.8.1.23. -4 The moon. [In mythology, the moon is represented as having sprung from the eye of the sage Atri; (cf. R.2.75) or as produced from the sea at the time of churning. The twenty-seven asterisms--mythologically represented as so many daughters of Dakṣa q. v. -are said to be his wives. The phenomenon of the periodical waning of the moon is explained by a myth which states that his nectareous digits are drunk up by different gods in regular rotation, or by the invention of another legend which says that the moon, on account of his particular fondness and partiality for Rohiṇī, one of the 27 daughters of Dakṣa, was cursed by his father-in-law to be consumptive, but that at the intercession of his wives the sentence of eternal consumption was commuted to one of periodical consumption. Soma is also represented as having carried off Tārā, the wife of Bṛihaspati, by whom he had a son named Budha, who afterwards became the founder of the lunar race of kings; see Tārā (b) also.]; पुष्णामि चौषधीः सर्वाः सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मकः Bg.15.13. -5 A ray of light. -6 Camphor. -7 Water. -8 Air, wind. -9 N. of Kubera. -1 Of Śiva. -11 Of Yama. -12 N. of Sugrīva. -13 (As the last member of comp.) Chief, principal, best; as in नृसोम q. v. -14 An ape. -15 One of the Manes. -16 the vessel (नाडी) 'Iḍā'; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः सहाग्निना । व्यवायं कुरुते नित्यं धीरो भूतानि धारयन् ॥ Mb.14.2.1 (com.). -17 Monday. -मा The soma plant. -मम् 1 Rice gruel. -2 Sky, heaven. -Comp. -अभिषवः the extraction of Soma juice. -अयनम् a kind of penance; cf. चान्द्रायण. -अहः Monday. -आख्यम् the red lotus. -आश्रयः N. of Śiva or Rudra; ˚अयनम् (सोमाश्रयायणम्) N. of a place of pilgrimages; ते त्वगच्छन्नहोरात्रा तीर्थं सोमाश्रयायणम् Mb.1.17.3. -ईश्वरः a celebrated representation of Śiva. -उद्भवा N. of the river Narmadā तथेत्युपस्पृश्य पयः पवित्रं सोमोद्भवायाः सरितो नृसोमः R.5.59 (where Malli. quotes Ak. 'रेवा तु नर्मदा सोमोद्भवा मेकलकन्यका'). -कान्त a. lovely as the moon. (-न्तः) the moon-stone. -क्षयः disappearance or waning of the moon, new moon; श्राद्धस्य ब्राह्मणः कालः प्राप्तं दधि घृतं तथा । सोमक्षयश्च मांसं च यदारण्यं युधिष्ठिर ॥ Mb.13.23.34. -गर्भः N. of Viṣṇu. -ग्रहः a vessel for holding Soma. -ज a. moon-born. (-जः) an epithet of the planet Mercury. (-जम्) milk. -दैवतम् the lunar mansion मृगशिरस्; दोग्ध्रीं दत्वा सवत्सां तु नक्षत्रे सोमदैवते Mb.13.64.7. -धारा 1 the sky, heaven. -2 the milky way. -नाथः 1 N. of a celebrated Liṅga or the place where it was set up; (which by its splendour and enormous wealth attracted the attention of Mahomad of Ghazani who in 124 A.D. destroyed the image and carried of the treasure); तेषां मार्गे परिचयवशादर्जितं गुर्जराणां यः संतापं शिथिलमकरोत् सोमनाथं विलोक्य । Vikr.18.87. -प, -पा m. 1 one who drinks the Soma; त्रैविद्या मां सोमपाः पूतपापा यज्ञैरिष्ट्वा स्वर्गतिं प्रार्थयन्ते Bg.9.2; Mb.12.284.8. -2 a Soma-sacrificer. -3 a particular class of Pitṛis; सोमपा नाम विप्राणां (पितरः) Ms.3.197. -पतिः N. of Indra. -पानम् drinking Soma juice. -पायिन्, -पीथः, -पीथिन्, -पीतिन् m. a drinker of Soma juice; तत्र केचित्... ... सोमपीथिन उदुम्बरनामानो ब्रह्मवादिनः प्रतिवसन्ति स्म Māl.1; Bhāg.5.26.29. -पीतिः f. 1 drinking Soma. -2 a Some sacrifice. -पुत्रः, -भूः, -सुतः epithets of Budha or Mercury. -प्रवाकः a person commissioned to engage sacrificial priests (श्रोत्रिय) for a Soma sacrifice. -बन्धुः 1 the sun. -2 the white water-lilly. -यज्ञः, -यागः the Soma sacrifice. -याजिन् m. one who performs a Soma sacrifice. -योगिन् a. being in conjunction with the moon. -योनिः a sort of yellow and fragrant sandal. -राजी a thin crescent of the moon. -रोगः a particular disease of women. -लता, -वल्लरी 1 the Soma plant. -2 N. of the river Godāvarī. -वंशः the lunar race of kings founded by Budha. -वल्कः 1 a kind of white Khadira. -2 N. of the plants, करञ्ज and कट्फल. -वल्लरिः(री), -वल्लिका, -वल्ली f. the moon-plant. -वारः, -वासरः Monday. -विक्रयिन् m. a vendor of Soma juice. -वीथी the orbit of the moon. -वृक्षः, -सारः the white Khadira. -शकला a kind of cucumber. -संस्था a form of the Soma-sacrifice; (these are seven:- अग्निष्टोम, अत्यग्निष्टोम, उक्थ, षोढशी, अतिरात्र, आप्तोर्याम and वाजपेय). -संज्ञम् camphor. -सद् m. a particular class of Manes or Pitṛis; विराट्सुताः सोमसदः साध्यानां पितरः स्मृताः Ms.3.195. -सिद्धान्तः the doctrine of Kāpālikas; या सोमसिद्धान्तमयाननेव N.1.87. -सिन्धुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -सुत् m a Soma distiller. -सुत्वत् a. pressing Soma-plant for juice; अध्वरेष्वग्निचित्वत्सु सोमसुत्वत आश्रमान् Bk.5.11. -सुता the river Narmadā; cf. सोमोद्भवा above. -सूत्रम् a channel for conveying water from a Śiva-liṅga. ˚प्रदक्षिणा circumambulation around a Siva-liṅga so as not to cross the Soma-sūtra.

sauna	सौन a. (-नी f.) Relating to butchery or a slaughter-house. -नम् Butcher's meat. -नः A butcher. ˚पाल a. having a butcher for a keeper; कंसे जीवति दाशार्ह सौनपाला इवावयः Bhāg.1.38.41. -Comp. -धर्म्यम् a state of deadly hostility.

saubhāgyam	सौभाग्यम् [सुभगायाः सुभगस्य वा भावः ष्यञ् द्विपदवृद्धिः] 1 Good fortune or luck, fortunateness (chiefly consisting in a man's and woman's securing the favour and firm devotion of each other); प्रियेषु सौभाग्यफला हि चारुता Ku. 5.1; सौभाग्यं ते सुभग विरहावस्थया व्यञ्जयन्ती Me.29; (see Malli.'s remarks on सौभाग्य in both places); युज्यत आत्मनः सौभाग्यं प्रच्छादयितुम् V.2. -2 Blessedness, auspiciousness; समृद्धं सौभाग्यं सकलवसुधायाः किमपि तत् G. L.1. -3 Beauty, charm, grace; (यस्य) हिमं न सौभाग्यविलोपि जातम् Ku.1.3;2.53;5.49; R.18.19; U.6.27. -4 Grandeur, sublimity. -5 The auspicious state of wifehood (opp. widowhood). -6 Congratulation; good wishes. -7 Affection, favour. -8 Red-lead. -9 Borax. -Comp. -चिह्नम् 1 any mark of good fortune or happiness. -2 any sign of the blessed state of wifehood (such as the saffron mark on the forehead). -तन्तुः the marriage string (put round the neck of the bride by the bridegroom at the time of marriage and worn by her till widowhood; also called मङ्गलसूत्र q. v.). -तृतीया the third day of the bright half of Bhādrapada. -देवता an auspicious or tutelary deity. -वायनम् an auspicious offering of sweetmeats &c. -विलोपिन् a. marring or impairing beauty; अनन्तरत्नप्रभवस्य यस्य हिमं न सौभाग्यविलोपि जातम् Ku.1.3.

saumaṅgalyam	सौमङ्गल्यम् 1 Welfare, prosperity. -2 Any object of the blessed state of wifehood (सौभाग्य); तथा राज्ञ्यपि वैदेही सौमङ्गल्यावशेषिता Bhāg.9.11.4.

skhalita	स्खलित p. p. [स्खल्-क्त] 1 Stumbled, slipped, tripped, -2 Fallen, dropped down. -3 Shaking, wavering, fluctuating, unsteady. -4 Intoxicated, drunk. -5 Stammering, faltering; सबाष्पकण्ठस्खलितैः पदैरियम् Ku.5.56. -6 Agitated, disturbed. -7 Erring, blundering; सर्वत्र स्खलितेषु दत्तमनसा यातं मया नोद्धतम् Ve.2.1. -8 Dropped, emitted. -9 Dripping, trickling down. -1 Interrupted, stopped. -11 Confounded. -12 Gone. -13 Wounded; यद्यत्र स्खलितं गात्रं तत्र दम्भं प्रपातयेत् Śukra.4.97. -14 Incomplete, deficient. -तम् 1 Stumbling, tripping, a fall. -2 Deviation from the right course. -3 Error, blunder, mistake; गोत्रस्खलित Ku.4.8. -4 Fault, sin, transgression. -5 Deceit, treachery. -6 Circumvention, stratagem. -7 Loss, deprivation. -Comp. -सुभगम् ind. dashing or flowing along in a charming manner; संसर्पन्त्याः स्खलितसुभगं दर्शितावर्तनाभेः Me.28.

stam	स्तम् 1 P. (स्तमति) To be confused or agitated.

sthā	स्था 1 P. (Ātm. also in certain senses; तिष्ठति- ते, तस्थौ, तस्थे, अस्थात्-अस्थित, स्थास्यति-ते, स्थातुं, स्थित; pass. स्थीयते; the स् of this root is changed to ष् after a pre position ending in इ or उ) 1 To stand; अयं स ते तिष्ठति संगमोत्सुकः Ś.3.13; चलत्येकेन पादेन तिष्ठत्येकेन बुद्धिमान् Subhāṣ -2 To stay, abide, dwell, live; ग्रामे or गृहे तिष्ठति -3 To remain, be left; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति. Ms.4.111; एको गङ्गदत्तस्तिष्ठति Pt.4. -2 To delay, wait; किमिति स्थीयते Ś.2. -5 To stop, cease, desist, stand still; तिष्ठत्येष क्षणमधिपतिर्ज्योतिषां व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -6 To be kept aside; तिष्ठतु तावत् पत्रलेखागमनवृत्तान्तः K. 'never mind the account of' &c. -7 To be, exist, be in any state or position; often with participles; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; व्याप्य स्थितं रोदसी V.1.1; या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वं Ś.1.1; कालं नयमाना तिष्ठति Pt.1; Ms.7.8. -8 To abide by, conform to, obey (with loc.); शासने तिष्ठ भर्तुः V.5. 17. R.11.65. -9 To be restrained; यदि ते तु न तिष्ठेयुरुपायैः प्रथमैस्त्रिभिः Ms.7.18. -1 To be at hand, be obtainable; न विप्रं स्वेषु तिष्ठत्सु मृतं शूद्रेण नाययेत् Ms.5.14. -11 To live, breathe; आः क एष मयि स्थिते चन्द्रगुप्तमभिभवितु- मिच्छति Mu.1. -12 To stand by or near, stand at one's side, help; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे शत्रुसंकटे (राष्ट्रविप्लवे) । राज- द्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः ॥ H.1.71 (v. l.). -13 To rest or depend on; जहातु नैनं कथमर्थसिद्धिः संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14. -14 To do, perform, occupy oneself with; न तिष्ठति तु यः पूर्वां नोपास्ते यश्च पश्चिमाम् Ms.2.13. -15 (Ātm.) To resort or go to (as an umpire), be guided by the advice of; संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14. -16 (Ātm.) To offer oneself to (for sexual embrace), stand as a prostitute (with dat.); गोपी स्मरात् कृष्णाय तिष्ठते Sk. on P.I.4.34. -Caus. (स्थापयति-ते) 1 To cause to stand. -2 To lay, set, place, put. -3 To found, establish. -4 To stop. -5 To arrest, check. -6 To raise, erect. -7 To cause to last or continue, make durable. -8 To give in marriage; लोकश्रेष्ठे गुणवति वरे स्थापिता त्वं मयैव Māl.1.5. -9 To instruct in, initiate into. -Desid. (तिष्ठासति) To wish to stand &c.

sthānam	स्थानम् [स्था-ल्युट्] 1 The act of standing or remaining, stay, continuance, residence; न किल भवतां देव्याः स्थानं गृहे$भिमतं ततः U.3.32. -2 Being fixed or stationary. -3 A state, condition; स्थानत्रयात्परं प्राप्तं ब्रह्मभूतमविक्रियम् Bhāg.1.18.26. -4 A place, spot, site, locality; अक्षमालामदत्त्वास्मात्स्थानात्पदात्पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् K. -5 Station, situation, position. -6 Relation, capacity; पितृस्थाने 'in the place or capacity of a father'; भक्ष्यस्थाने Pt.2.26. -7 An abode, a house, dwelling-house; स एव (नक्रः) प्रच्युतः स्थानाच्छुनापि परिभूयते Pt.3.46. -8 (a) A country, region, district. (b) A town, city. -9 Office, rank, dignity; अमात्यस्थाने नियोजितः. -1 Object; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11. -11 An occasion, a matter, subject, cause; पराभ्यूहस्थानाःयपि तनुतराणि स्थगयति Māl.1.14; स्थानं जरापरिभवस्य तदेव पुंसाम् Subhāṣ; so कलह˚, कोप˚, विवाद˚ &c. -12 A fit or proper place; स्थानेष्वेव नियोज्यन्ते भृत्याश्चाभरणानि च Pt. 1.72. -13 A fit or worthy object; स्थाने खलु सज्जति दृष्टिः M.1; see स्थाने also. -14 The place or organ of utterance of any letter; (these are eight :-- अष्टौ स्थानानि वर्णानामुरः कण्ठः शिरस्तथा । जिह्वामूलं च दन्ताश्च नासिकौष्ठौ च तालु च Śik.13.) -15 A holy place. -16 An altar. -17 A place in a town, square, court. -18 The place or sphere assigned after death to persons according as they perform or neglect their prescribed duties. -19 (In politics, war &c.) The firm attitude or bearing of troops, standing firm so as to repel a charge; स्थाने युद्धे च कुशलानभीरुनविकारिणः Ms.7.19. -2 A halt. -21 A stationary condition, a neutral or middle state; स्थानं वृद्धिः क्षयश्चैव त्रिवर्गश्चैव दण्डजः Mb.12.59. 31. -22 That which constitutes the chief strength or the very existence of a kingdom, a stamina of a kingdom; i.e. army, treasure, town, and territory; Ms.7. 56 (where Kull. renders स्थानं by दण्डकोषपुरराष्ट्रात्मकं चतुर्विधम्). -23 Likeness, resemblance. -24 Part or division of a work, section, chapter &c. -25 The character or part of an actor. -26 Interval, opportunity, leisure. -27 (In music) A note, tone, modulation of the voice; तौ तु गान्धर्वतत्त्वज्ञौ स्थानमूर्च्छनकोविदौ Rām.1.4.1 (com.- 'यदूर्ध्वं हृदयग्रन्थे कपोलफलकादधः । प्राणसंचारणस्थानं स्थानमित्यभि- धीयते ॥...... इति शाण्डिल्यः). -28 A pose, posture (of archers etc.). -29 An order of the life (आश्रम); मैत्रेयीति होवाच याज्ञवल्क्य उद्यास्यन्वा अरे$हमस्मात् स्थानादस्मि Bṛi. Up.2. 4.1. -3 Ground (भूमि); स्थानासनिनो भूमि-पाषाण-सिकता- शर्करा-वालुका-भस्मशायिनः Mb.12.192.1. -31 Sustenance, maintenance; यच्चेदं प्रभवः स्थानं भूतानां संयमो यमः । स्वभावेनैव वर्तन्ते द्वन्द्वसृष्टानि भूरिशः ॥ Mb.12.238.2 (com. स्थानं पोषणम्). -32 A mode or attitude in fighting; अस्त्रयन्त्राणि चित्राणि स्थानानि विविधानि च Mb.9.57.18. -33 Storage (of goods); आगमं निर्गमं स्थानं तथा वृद्धिक्षयावुभौ । विचार्य सर्वपण्यानां कारयेत् क्रयविक्रयौ ॥ Ms.8.41. -34 A state of perfect tranquillity. -35 Any organ of sense. -36 Shape, form, appearance (as of the moon). -37 An astronomical mansion. -Comp. -अधिकारः the superintendence of a shrine; Inscr. -अध्यक्षः 1 a local governor. -2 the superintendent of a place. -3 a watchman, police-officer. -आसनम् n. du. standing and sitting down. -आसेधः confinement to a place, imprisonment, arrest; cf. आसेध. -चञ्चला Ocimum Pilosum (Mar. तुकुमराई). -कुटिकासनम् leaving the house or any abode (स्थावरगृहत्याग); शिरसो मुण्डनाद्वापि न स्थानकुटिकासनात् Mb.3.2.14. -चिन्तकः a kind of quarter-master. -च्युत see स्थानभ्रष्ट. -टिप्पटिका the daily account; Śukra 3.369. -दप्ति (in augury) inauspicious on account of situation. -पालः a watchman, sentinel, policeman; Y.2.173. -भूमि f. a dwelling-place, mansion. -भ्रष्ट a. ejected from an office, displaced, dismissed, out of employ. -माहात्म्यम् 1 the greatness or glory of any place. -2 a kind of divine virtue or uncommon sanctity supposed to be inherent in a sacred spot. -मृगः N. of certain animals (such as turtle, crocodile &c.). -योगः assignment of proper places; द्रव्याणां स्थानयोगांश्च क्रयविक्रयमेव च Ms.9.332. -विभागः (in alg.) subdivision of a number according to the position of its figures. -स्थ a. being in one's abode, at home.

sthānivat	स्थानिवत् a. Like the original or primitive element; P.I.1.56. -Comp. -भावः the state of being like the original form; किं स्थानिवद्भावमधत्त दुष्टं तादृक्कृतव्याकरणः पुनः सः N.1.135.

sthāyin	स्थायिन् a. [स्था-णिनि] 1 Standing, staying, being situated (at the end of comp.). -2 Enduring, continuing, lasting, abiding; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः Subhāṣ.; कतिपयदिवसस्थायिनी यौवनश्रीः Bh.3.82; Mv.7. 15. -3 Living, dwelling, remaining; संपत्स्यन्ते कतिपय- दिनस्थायिहंसा दशार्णाः Me.23. -4 Permanent, firm, steady, invariable, unchangeable. -m. 1 A lasting or permanent feeling; (see स्थायिभाव below); स्थायिनो$र्थे प्रवर्तन्ते भावाः संचारिणो यथा Śi.2.87. -n. Anything lasting, a permanent state or condition. -Comp. -भावः a fixed or permanent condition of mind, a lasting or permanent feeling; (these feelings being said to give rise to the different rasas or sentiments in poetry, each rasa having its own Sthāyibhāva); they are eight or nine; रतिर्हासश्च शोकश्च क्रोधोत्साहौ भयं तथा । जुगुप्सा विस्मयश्चेत्थमष्टौ प्रोक्ताः शमो$ति च S. D.26; cf. व्यभिचारिभाव, भाव, विभाव also.

sthāvara	स्थावर a. [स्था-वरच्] 1 Fixed to one spot, stable, stationary, immoveable, inanimate (opp. जङ्गम); शरी- रिणां स्थावरजङ्गमानां सुखाय तज्जन्मदिनं बभूव Ku.1.23;6.67, 73. -2 Inert, inactive, slow. -3 Regular, established. -रः A mountain; स्थावराणां हिमालयः Bg.1.25. -रम् 1 Any stationary or inanimate object (such as clay, stones, trees &c. which formed the seventh creation of Brahman; cf. Ms.1.41); मान्यः स मे स्थावरजङ्गमानां सर्गस्थितिप्रत्यवहारहेतुः R.2.44; Ku.6.58. -2 A bowstring. -3 Immoveable property, real estate. -4 A heir-loom. -5 A large body; (fig.) a gross or material body (स्थूलशरीर); गमनं निरपेक्षश्च पश्चादनवलोकयन् । ऋजुः प्रणिहितो गच्छंस्त्रसस्थावरवर्जकः Mb.12.9.19. -Comp. -अस्थावरम्, -जङ्गमम् 1 moveable and immoveable propery. -2 animate and inanimate things. -आत्मन् a. of immoveable form; स्थाने त्वां स्थावरात्मानं विष्णुमाहुस्त- थाहि ते Ku.6.67.

sthāvaratā	स्थावरता त्वम् 1 Fixedness, stability. -2 The state of a vegetable or mineral; शरीरजैः कर्मदोषैर्याति स्थावरतां नरः Ms.12.9.

sthitiḥ	स्थितिः f. [स्था-क्तिन्] 1 Standing, remaining, staying, abiding, living, stay, residence; स्थितिं नो र दध्याः क्षणमपि मदान्धेक्षण सखे Bv.1.52; रक्षोगृहे स्थितिर्मूलमग्निशुद्धौ त्वनिश्चयः U.1.6. -2 Stopping, standing still, continuance in one state; प्रस्थितायां प्रतिष्ठेथाः स्थितायां स्थितिमाचरेः R.1.89. -3 Remaining stationary, fixity, steadiness, firmness, steady application or devotion; मम भूयात् परमात्मनि स्थितिः Bv.4.23; Māl.5.22. -4 A state, position, situation, condition; एषा ब्राह्मी स्थितिः पार्थ नैनां प्राप्य विमुह्यति Bg.2.72. -5 Natural state, nature, habit; सपर्वतावनां कृत्स्नां व्यथयिष्यामि ते स्थितिम् Rām.7.98.1; अथ वा स्थितिरियं मन्दमतीनाम् H.4. -6 Stability, permanence, perpetuation, continuance; वंशस्थितेरधिगमान्महति प्रमोदे V.5.15; कन्यां कुलस्य स्थितये स्थितिज्ञः Ku.1.18; Mv.7.3; R.3.27. -7 Correctness of conduct, steadfastness in the path of duty, decorum, duty, moral rectitude, propriety; अमंस्त चानेन परार्ध्यजन्मना स्थितेरभेत्ता स्थितिमन्तमन्वयम् R.3.27;11.65;12.31; कन्यां कुलस्य स्थितये स्थितिज्ञः (विधिनोपयेमे) Ku.1.18; Ś.5.1. -8 Maintenance of discipline, establishment of good order (in a state); स्थित्यै दण्डयतो दण्ड्यान् R.1.25. -9 Rank, dignity, high station or rank. -1 Maintenance, sustenance; जग्धार्धैर्नवसल्लकीकिसलयैरस्याः स्थितिं कल्पयन् Māl.9.32; R.5.9. -11 Continuance in life, preservation (one of the three states of human beings); सर्गस्थितिप्रत्यवहारहेतुः R.2.44; Ku.2.6. -12 Cessation, pause, stop, restriction; नासां कश्चिदगम्योस्ति नासां च वयसि स्थितिः Pt.1.143. -13 Wellbeing, welfare. -14 Consistency. -15 A settled rule, ordinance, decree, an axiom or maxim; अबान्धवं शवं चैव निर्हरेयुरिति स्थितिः Ms.1.55. -16 Settled determination. -17 Term, limit, boundary. -18 Inertia, resistance to motion. -19 Duration of an eclipse. -2 Regard, consideration, account; नासां च वयसि स्थितिः Pt.1.143. -Comp. -ज्ञ a. knowing the bounds of morality; कन्यां कुलस्य स्थितये स्थितिज्ञः Ku.1.18. -पद् the epithet of Viṣṇu; पादेषु सर्वभूतानि पुंसः स्थितिपदो विदुः Bhāg.2.6.18. -पदम् the proper basin (for flow), the right path; -अपामुद्वृत्तानां निजमुपदिशन्त्या स्थितिपदम् Mu.3.8. -भिद् a. violating the bounds of morality. -मार्गः the way to compose (the mind); मनसश्च स्थितिमार्गमाललम्बे Bu. Ch. 5.9. -स्थापक a. fixing in the original position, having the power of restoring to a previous state, having elastic properties. (-कः) elasticity, capability of recovering the former position.

spand	स्पन्द् 1 Ā. (स्पन्दते, स्पन्दित) 1 To throb, palpitate; अस्पन्दिष्टाक्षि वामं च Bk.15.27;14.83. -2 To shake, tremble, quiver. -3 To go, move; स्पन्दन्ति वै तनुभृतामज- शर्वयोश्च Bhāg.12.8.4. -4 To come suddenly to life.

spṛś	स्पृश् 6 P. (स्पृशति, पस्पर्श, अस्पृक्षत्-अस्पार्क्षीत्-अस्प्राक्षीत्, स्प्रक्ष्यति-स्पर्क्ष्यति, स्पर्ष्टु-स्प्रष्टुम्, स्पृष्ट) 1 To touch; स्पृशन्नपि गजो हन्ति H.3.14; कर्णे परं स्पृशति हन्ति परं समूलम् Pt.1.34. -2 To lay the hand on, stroke gently with, touch; हस्तेन पस्पर्श तदङ्गमिन्द्रः Ku.3.22. -3 To adhere or cling to, come in contact with. -4 To wash or sprinkle with water; खानि चैव स्पृशेदद्भिरात्मानं शिर एव च Ms. 2.6. -5 To go to, reach; अस्यापि द्यां स्पृशति वशिनश्चारणद्वन्द्वगीतः Ś.2 15; R.3.43. -6 To attain to, obtain, reach a particular state; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32; विनाप्यर्थैर्वीरः स्पृशति बहुमानोन्नतिपदम् H.1.175. -7 To act upon, influence, affect, move, touch; नन्दस्नेहगुणाः स्पृशन्ति हृदयं भृत्यो$स्मि तद्विद्विषाम् Mu.7.16; Ku.6.95. -8 To refer or allude to. -9 To take, receive, accept (as a sacrificial offering). -1 To injure, harm. -11 To come into contact (in astr.). -12 To equal with. -Pass. To be polluted, defiled, or tainted; मया गृहीतनामानः स्पृश्यन् इव पाप्मना U.1.48. -Caus. (स्पर्शयति-ते) 1 To cause to touch. -2 To give, present; गाः कोटिशः स्पर्शयता घटोध्नीः R.2.49.

sphāl	स्फाल् 1 P. (स्फालति) To tremble, quiver, throb, palpitate. -1 U. or Caus. (स्फालयति-ते) To cause to tremble or shake.

sphur	स्फुर् 6 P. (स्फुरति, स्फुरित) 1 (a) To throb, palpitate (as eyes &c.); शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदं स्फुरति च बाहुः कुतः फल- मिहास्य Ś.1.16; स्फुरता वामकेनापि दाक्षिण्यमवलम्ब्यते Māl. 1.8; अभिमतफलशंसी चारु पुस्फोर बाहुः Bk.1.27; स्फुरति हृदयं वाहय रथम् Pratimā 3.1. (b) To shake, tremble, quiver, vibrate in general; स्फुरदधरनासापुटतया U.1.29; 6.33. -2 To twitch, struggle, become agitated; हतं पृथिव्यां करुणं स्फुरन्तम् Rām. -3 To start, dart, spring forward; पुस्फुरुर्वृषभाः परम् Bk.14.46. -4 To spring back, rebound (as a bow.). -5 To spring or break forth, shoot out, spring up, rise forth; धर्मतः स्फुरति निर्मलं यशः Ku.3.68. -6 To start into view, become visible or manifest, appear clearly, become displayed; मुखात् स्फुरन्तीं को हर्तुमिच्छति हरेः परिभूय दंष्ट्राम् Mu.1.8; रचितरुचिरभूषां दृष्टिमोषे प्रदोषे स्फुरति निरवसादां कापि राधां जगाद Gīt.11. -7 To flash, scintillate, sparkle, glitter, gleam, shine; स्फुरतु कुचकुम्भयोरुपरि मणिमञ्जरी रञ्जयतु तव हृदयदेशम् Gīt.1; (तया) स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; R.3.6;5.51; Me.15,27. -8 To shine, distinguish oneself, become eminent; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27. -9 To flash on the mind, rush suddenly into memory. -1 To go tremulously. -11 To bruise, destroy. -Caus. (स्फारयति-ते, स्फोरयति-ते) 1 To cause to throb or vibrate. -2 To cause to shine, irradiate. -3 To throw, cast. -With अप to shine forth or out. अभि 1 to spread or be diffused, expand. -2 to become known.

sphūrtimat	स्फूर्तिमत् a. 1 Throbbing, tremulous, agitated. -2 Tender-hearted. -m. A follower or worshipper of Śiva (पाशुपत).

smaraḥ	स्मरः [स्मृ-भावे अप्] 1 Recollection, remembrance; स्मरो वावाकाशाद्भूयः Ch. Up.7.13.1,2. -2 Love; स्मर एव तापहेतुर्निर्वापयिता स एव मे जातः Ś.3.11. -3 Cupid, the god of love; स्मर पर्युसुक एष माधवः Ku.4.28,42,43. -4 The 7th astrological mansion. -Comp. -अङ्कुशः 1 a finger-nail. -2 a lover, lascivious person. -अगारम्, -कूपकः, -गृहम्, -मन्दिरम् the female organ. -अधिवोसः the Aśoka tree. -अन्धः a. blinded by love, infatuated with passion. -आकुल, -आतुर, -आर्त, -उत्सुक a. pining with love, love-sick, smit with love. -आसवः saliva. -उद्दीपनः a sort of hair-oil. -उन्मादः amorous folly. -उपकरणम् implement of love (as perfumes &c.). -कथा lovers' prattle. -कर्मन् n. any amorous action, a wanton act. -कार a. exciting love. -गुरुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -चक्रः, -चन्द्रः a kind of sexual union. -छत्रम् the clitoris. -दशा a state of love, state of the body produced by being in love (these are ten). -दुर्मद a. infatuated by love. -ध्वजः 1 the male organ. -2 a fabulous fish. -3 N. of a musical instrument. (-जम्) the female organ. (-जा) a bright moon-light night. -प्रिया an epithet of Rati. -भासित a. inflamed by love. -मोहः infatuation of love, passion. -लेखः a loveletter. -लेखनी the Sārikā bird. -वल्लभः 1 an epithet of Spring. -2 of Aniruddha. -वीथिका a prostitute, harlot. -शासनः an epithet of Śiva. -शास्त्रम् a manual of erotics. -सखः 1 the moon. -2 the spring. -स्तम्भः the male organ. -स्मर्यः a donkey, an ass. -हरः an epithet of Śiva; श्मशानेष्वाक्रीडा स्मरहर पिशाचाः सहचराः Śiva-mahimna 24.

sva	स्व pron. a. 1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य. -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14. -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14. -स्वः 1 One's own self. -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19. -3 The soul. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -स्वा A woman of one's own caste. -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v. -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego. -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13. -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy. -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing. -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7. -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty. -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent. -2 independent. -3 one's own subject. -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq. -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself. -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1. -3 the Veda itself. -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1. -अध्यायिन् m. 1 a student of the Vedas. -2 a tradesman. -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f. 1 self-experience. -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property. -अनुरूप a. 1 natural, inborn. -2 worthy of oneself. -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17. -2 a cavern. -3 one's own death, end. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -अर्थ a. 1 self-interested. -2 having its own or true meaning. -3 having one's own object or aim. -4 pleonastic. (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15. -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended). -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a. 1 clever in one's own affairs. -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object. -आनन्दः delight in one's self. -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7. -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken. -आहत a. coined by one's self. -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma. -उत्थ a. innate. -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place. -उपधिः a fixed star. -कम्पनः air, wind. -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45. -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1. -कर्मिन् a. selfish. -कामिन् a. selfish. -कार्यम् one's own business or interest. -कुलक्षयः a fish. -कृतम् a deed done by one's self. -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18. -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical language). -गृहः a kind of bird. -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13. -चर a. self-moving. -छन्द a. 1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton. -2 spontaneous. -3 wild. (-न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (-न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, voluntarily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15. -ज a. 1 self-born. -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16. (-जः) 1 a son or child. -2 sweat, perspiration. -3 a viper. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood. -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5. -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.) -जातिः 1 one's own kind. -2 one's own family or caste. -ज्ञातिः a kinsman. -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7. -तन्त्र a. 1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed. -2 of age, full-grown. (-न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (-न्त्रः) a blind man. -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36. -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman. -धर्मः 1 one's own religion. -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -3 peculiarity, one's own rights. -निघ्न a. depending on or subservient to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9. -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party. -2 a friend. -3 one's own opinion. -पणः one's own stake. -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country. -प्रकाश a. 1 self-evident. -2 self-luminous. -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent. -प्रधान a. independent. -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts. -बीजः the soul. -भटः 1 one's own warrior. -2 bodyguard. -भावः 1 own state. -2 an essential or inherent property, natural constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f. 1 spontaneous declaration. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resemblance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, spontaneous, inborn. -भूः m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home. -मनीषा own judgement. -मनीषिका indifference. -मात्रेण ind. by one's self. -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal. -यूथ्यः a relation. -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58. -रसः 1 natural taste. -2 proper taste or sentiment in composition. -3 a kind of astringent juice. -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.) -राज् a. 1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28. -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m. 1 the Supreme Being. -2 one of the seven rays of the sun. -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2. -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59. -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185. -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty. -2 own kingdom. -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom. -रुचिः one's own pleasure. -रूप a. 1 similar, like. -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely. -3 learned, wise. (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159. -2 natural character or form, true constitution. -3 nature. -4 peculiar aim. -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v. -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property. -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34. -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16. -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2. -वश a. 1 self-controlled. -2 independent. -वहित a. 1 self-impelled. -2 alert, active. -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house. -विग्रहः one's own body. -विषयः one's own country, home. -वृत्तम् one's own business. -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions. -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence. -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14. -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self. -संस्था 1 self-abiding. -2 self-possession. -3 absorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13. -स्थ a. 1 self-abiding. -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exertions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 independent. -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also. -5 contented, happy. (-स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly. -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmentation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83. -स्वरूपम् one's true character. -हन्तृ m. suicide. -हरणम् confiscation of property. -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त. -हस्तिका an axe. -हित a. beneficial to oneself (-तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare. -हेतुः one's own cause.

svatas	स्वतस् ind. 1 Of oneself, by oneself (used reflexively). -2 From oneself. -3 Out of own estate; दातव्यं बान्धवै- स्तत्स्यात् प्रविभक्तेरपि स्वतः Ms.8.166. -Comp. -प्रमाणम्, -सिद्ध a. self-evident, self-proved, axiomatic.

svapnaḥ	स्वप्नः [स्वप्-भावे नक्] 1 Sleeping, sleep; अकाले बोधितो भ्रात्रा प्रियस्वप्नो वृथा भवान् R.12.81;7.61;12.7; Ku. 2.8. -2 A dream, dreaming; स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; स्वप्नो नु भाया नु मतिभ्रमो नु Ś.6.1; R.1.6. -3 Sloth, indolence, sleepiness; Ms.9.13;12.33. -4 The state of ignorance (?); भावाद्वैतं क्रियाद्वैतं तथात्मनः । वर्तयन् स्वानुभूत्येह त्रीन् स्वप्नान् धुनुते मुनिः ॥ Baāg.7.15.62. -Comp. -अन्तिकम् consciousness in dream. -अवस्था a state of dreaming. -उपम a. 1 resembling a dream. -2 unreal or illusory (like a dream). -कर, -कृत् a. inducing sleep, soporific, narcotic. -गृहम्, -निकेतनम् a sleeping-room, bed-chamber; दुःखेन लोकः परवानिवागात् समुत्सुकः स्वप्ननिकेतनेभ्यः Bk.11.17. -ज a. dreamt. -तन्द्रिता languor produced by drowsiness. -दर्शनम् dreamvision. -दृश् a. dreaming. -दोषः involuntary seminal discharge, pollutio nocturna. -धीगम्य a. perceptible by the intellect only when it is in a state of sleep-like abstraction; रुक्माभं स्वप्नधीगम्यं विद्यात् तं पुरुषं परम् Ms.12. 122. -प्रपञ्चः the illusion of sleep, the world appearing in a dream. -विचारः interpretation of dreams. -शीलः a. disposed to sleep, sleepy, drowsy; न चातिस्वप्नशीलस्य जाग्रतो नैव चार्जन Bg.6.16. -सृष्टिः f. the creation of dreams or illusions in sleep.

svābhāvyam	स्वाभाव्यम् Naturalness, natural state or character.

svāmin	स्वामिन् a. (-नी f.) [स्व अस्त्यर्थे मिनि दीर्घः] Possessing proprietory rights. -m. 1 A proprietor, an owner. -2 A lord, master; रघुस्वामिनः सच्चरित्रम् Vikr.18.17. -4 A sovereign, king, monarch. -5 A husband. -6 A spiritual preceptor. -7 A learned Brāhmana, an ascetic or religious man of the highest order; (in this sense usually added to proper names).-8 An epithet of Kārtikeya. -9 Of Viṣṇu. -1 Of Śiva. -11 Of the sage Vātsyāyana. -12 Of Garuḍa. -13 The sacrificer, the owner (at a याग); यो$र्थी स्वत्यागेन ऋत्विजः परिक्रीणीते, यश्च स्वं प्रदेयं त्यजति स स्वामी ŚB. on MS.6.3. 21; तस्मान्न स्वामिनः प्रतिनिधिः ibid. -14 The image or temple of a god. -Comp. -उपकारकः a horse. -कार्यम् the business of a king or master. -गुणः the virtue of a ruler. -जङ्घिन् m. N. of Paraśurāma. -जनकः the father-in-law. -पाल m. du. the owner and the keeper (of cattle); क्रयविक्रयानुशयो विवादः स्वामिपालयोः Ms.8.5. -भट्टारकः a noble lord. -भावः the state of a lord or owner, ownership. -मूल a. originating in or derived from a master or lord. -वात्सल्यम् affection for the husband or lord. -सद्भावः 1 existence of a master or owner. -2 goodness of a master or lord. -सेवा 1 the service of a master. -2 respect for a husband.

svāmyam	स्वाम्यम् 1 Mastership, lordship, ownership; स्वाम्यं च न स्यात् कस्मिंश्चित् प्रवर्तेताधरोत्तरम् Ms.7.21. -2 Right or title to property. -3 Rule, supremacy, dominion. -4 Sound state (of body and soul); स्वाम्ये प्रयत्नं कुर्वन्ति त्रयो वर्गा यथाविधि Mb.12.69.78 (com. स्वाम्ये स्वास्थ्ये).

svāsthyam	स्वास्थ्यम् 1 Self-reliance, selfdependence. -2 Fortitude, resoluteness, firmness; स्वास्थ्यं भद्र भजस्वार्य त्यज्यतां कृपणा मतिः Rām.4.1.12. -3 Sound state, health. -4 Prosperity, well-being, confortableness. -5 Ease. satisfaction, spirits; लब्धं मया स्वास्थ्यम् Ś.4.

haṃsaḥ	हंसः [हस्-अच्-पृषो˚ वर्णागमः] (said to be derived from हस्; cf. भवेद्वर्णागमाद् हंसः Sk.) 1 A swan, goose, duck; हंसाः संप्रति पाण्डवा इव वनादज्ञातचर्यां गताः Mk. 5.6; न शोभते सभामध्ये हंसमध्ये बको यथा Subhāṣ; R.17. 25. (The description of this bird, as given by Sanskrit writers, is more poetical than real; he is described as forming the vehicle of the god Brahman, and as ready to fly towards the Mānasa lake at the approach of rains; cf. मानस. According to a very general poetical convention he is represented as being gifted with the peculiar power of separating milk from water e. g. सारं ततो ग्राह्यमपास्य फल्गु हंसो यथा क्षीरमिवाम्बुमध्यात् Pt.1; हंसोहि क्षीरमादत्ते तन्मिश्रा वर्जयत्यपः Ś.6.28; नीरक्षीरविवेके हंसालस्यं त्वमेव तनुषे चेत् । विश्वस्मिन्नधुनान्यः कुलव्रतं पालयिष्यति कः Bv.1.13; see Bh.2.18 also). -2 The Supreme Soul, Brahman. -3 The individual soul (जीवात्मन्); प्रीणीहि हंसशरणं विरम- क्रमेण Bhāg.4.29.56. -4 One of the vital airs. -5 The sun; हंसः शुचिषद्वसुरन्तरिक्षसद्धोता वेदिषत् Ka&tod;h.2.5.2; उषसि हंसमुदीक्ष्य हिमानिकाविपुलवागुरया परियन्त्रितम् Rām. ch.4.91. -6 Śiva. -7 Viṣṇu. -8 Kāmadeva. -9 An unambitious monorch. -1 An ascetic of a particular order; Bhāg.3.12.43. -11 A spiritual preceptor; Bhāg.7. 9.18. -12 One free from malice, a pure person. -13 A mountain. -14 Envy, malice. -15 A buffalo. -16 A horse. -17 A particular incantation; L. D. B. -18 The best of its kind (at the end of a compound; cf. कविहंस); L. D. B. -19 A temple of a particular form. -2 Silver. -a. 1 moving, going (गतिमान्); नव- द्वारं पुरं गत्वा हंसो हि नियतो वशी Mb.12.239.31 (see com.). -2 Pure; हंसाय संयतगिरे निगमेश्वराय Bhāg.12.8.47;6.4. 26. -साः (m. pl.) N. of a tribe said to live in the Plakṣa-Dvīpa. -Comp. -अंशुः a. white. -अङ्घ्रिः vermilion. -अधिरूढा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -अभिख्यम् silver. -आरूढः N. of Brahman. -उदकम् a kind of cordial liquor (prepared from infusion of cardamoms). -कान्ता a female goose. -कालीतनयः a buffalo. -कीलकः, -नीलकः a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -कूटः 1 N. of one of the peaks of the Himālaya. -2 the hump on the shoulder of an ox (for अंसकूट). -गति a. having a swan's gait, stalking in a stately manner. -गद्गदा a sweetly speaking woman. -गामिनी 1 a woman having graceful gait like that of a swan; अव्यङ्गाङ्गीं सौम्यनाम्नीं हंसवारणगा- मिनीम् (उद्वहेत् स्त्रियम्) Ms.3.1. -2 N. of Brahmāṇi. -गुह्यम् N. of a particular hymn; अस्तौषीद्धंसगुह्येन भगवन्त- मधोक्षजम् Bhāg.6.4.22. -च्छत्रम् dry ginger. -तूलः, -लम् the soft feathers of down of a goose; रत्नखचितहेमपर्यङ्के हंसतूलगर्भशयनमानीय Dk.1.4;2.2. -दाहनम् aloewood. -नादः the cackling of a goose. -नादिनी a woman of a particular class (described as having a slender waist, large hips, the gait of an elephant and the voice of a cuckoo; गजेन्द्रगमना तन्वी कोकिलालापसंयुता । नितम्बे गुर्विणी या स्यात् सा स्मृता हंसनादिनी). -पक्षः a particular position o the hand. -पदः a particular weight (कर्ष). -पादम् 1 vermilion. -2 quick-silver. -बीजम् a goose's egg. -माला a flight of swans; तां हंसमालाः शरदीव गङ्गाम् Ku.1.3. -यानम् a car drawn by swans. -युवन् m. a young goose or swan. -रथः, -वाहनः epithets of Brahman. -राजः a king of geese, a large gander. -लिपिः a particular mode of writing (with Jainas). -लोमशम् green sulphate of iron. -लोहकम् brass. -श्रेणी a line of geese.

harṣaḥ	हर्षः [हृष्-घञ्] 1 Joy, delight, pleasure, satisfaction, gladness, rapture, glee, exultation; हर्षो हर्षो हृदयवसतिः पञ्चबाणस्तु बाणः P. R.1.22; सहोत्थितः सैनिकहर्षनिःस्वनैः R.3. 61. -2 Thrilling, bristling, erection (of the hair of the body); as in रोमहर्ष q. v.; नेत्रे जलं गात्ररुहेषु हर्षः Bhāg.2. 3.24. -3 Joy, considered as one of the 33 or 34 subordinate feelings; हर्षस्त्विष्टावाप्तेर्मनःप्रसादो$श्रुगद्गदादिकरः S. D. 195; or इष्टप्राप्त्यादिजन्मा सुखविशेषो हर्षः R.G. -4 The erection of the sexual organ; lustfulness. -5 Ardent desire. -Comp. -अन्वित a. full of joy, happy; so हर्षविष्ट. -आकुल a. agitated with joy. -उत्कर्ष excess of happiness or joy, ecstacy. -उदयः rise of joy. -कर a. gratifying, delighting. -कीलकः a kind of sexual enjoyment. -गर्भ a. blissful. -जम् semen. -जड a. dull or paralyzed with joy; परामृशन् हर्षजडेन पाणिना तदीयमङ्गं कुलिशव्रणाङ्कितम् R.3.68. -दोहलः, -लम् lustful desire. -वर्धनः N. of a great king od Northern India and founder of an era, A. D.65 or 66. -विवर्धन a. increasing joy. -संपुटः A kind of sexual enjoyment. -स्वनः a cry or shout of joy.

hīna	हीन p. p. [हा-क्त तस्य नः ईत्वम्] 1 Left, abandoned, forsaken &c.; यो वैश्यः स्याद् बहुपशुर्हीनक्रतुरसोमपः । कुटुम्बात् तस्य तद् द्रव्यमाहरेद्यज्ञसिद्धये ॥ Ms.11.12. -2 Destitute or deprived of, bereft of, without; (with instr. or in comp.); तया (संतत्या) हीनं विधातर्मां कथं पश्यन्न दूयसे R.1.7; गुणैर्हीना न शोभन्ते निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः Subhāṣ.; so द्रव्य˚, मति˚, उत्साह˚ &c.; अन्नहीनो देहद्राष्ट्रं मन्त्रहीनस्तु ऋत्विजः । दीक्षितं दक्षिणाहीनो नास्ति यज्ञसमो रिपुः Ms.11.4 (v. l.) -3 Excluded, shut out from (with abl.). -4 Decayed, wasted. -5 Deficient, defective; हीनातिरिक्तगात्रो वा तमप्यपनयेत्ततः Ms.3.242. -6 Subtracted. -7 Less, lower; हीनान्नवस्त्रवेषः स्यात् सर्वदा गुरु- संनिधौ Ms.2.194; हीना हीनान् प्रसूयन्ते 1.31. -8 Low, base, mean, vile. -9 Defeated (in a low-suit). -1 Lost, strayed from (a caravan). -नः 1 A defective witness. -2 A faulty respondent; (Nārada enumarates five kinds:-- अन्यवादी क्रियाद्वेषी नोपस्थायी निरुत्तरः । आहूतप्रपलायी च हीनः पञ्चविधः स्मृतः ॥). -3 Substraction. -ना A female mouse; cf. दीना. -नम् Deficiency, want. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. deficient in a limb, crippled, maimed, defective; हीनाङ्गी वाधिकाङ्गी वा या भवेत् कन्यका नृणाम् । भर्तुः स्यात् सा विनाशाय स्वशीलनिधनाय च ॥ Pt.5.95; Ms.4.141; Y. 1.222. (-गी) a small ant. -कर्मन्, -क्रिय a. neglecting the customary religious rites; Ms.3.7. -कुल, -ज a. baseborn, of low family. -क्रतु a. one who neglects his sacrifice; Ms.11.12. -जाति a. 1 of a low caste. -2 excommunicated, outcaste, degraded; हीनजातिस्त्रियं मोहादुद्बहन्तो द्विजातयः । कुलान्येव नयन्त्याशु संसतानानि शूद्रताम् ॥ Ms.3.15. -पक्ष a. unprotected. -प्रतिज्ञा a. faithless. -यानम् N. of the earliest systems of Buddhist doctrine. -योनिः f. low birth or origin. -रोमन् a. bald. -वर्ण a. 1 of low caste. -2 of inferior rank. -वादः a defective statement, contradictory evidence, prevarication. -वादिन् a. 1 making a defective statement. -2 prevaricating. -3 dumb, speechless. -4 cast in law, defeated. -सख्यम् associating with low persons. -सामन्तः a deposed king; Śukra.1.189. -सन्धिः an agreement made by an inferior king. -सेवा attendance on base persons.

hetuḥ	हेतुः [हि-तुन् Uṇ.1.73] 1 Cause, reason, object, motive; इति हेतुस्तदुद्भवे K. P.1; Māl.1.23; R.1.1; नीचैराख्यं गिरिमधिवसेस्तत्र विश्रामहेतोः Me.25; Ś.3.12. -2 Source, origin; स पिता पितरस्तासां केवलं जन्महेतवः R.1.24 'authors of their being'. -3 A means or instrument. -4 The logical reason, the reason for an inference, middle term (forming the second member of the fivemembered syllogism). -5 Logic, science of reasoning. -6 Any logical proof or argument. -7 A rhetorical reason (regarded by some writers as a figure of speech); it is thus defined :-- हेताहतुमता सार्धमभेदो हेतुरुच्यते. -8 (In gram.) The agent of the causal verb; P.I.4.55. -9 (with Buddhists) Primary cause. -1 (with Pāśupatas) The external world and senses (that cause the bondage of the soul). -11 Mode, manner. -12 Condition. -13 Price, cost; दीन्नाराणां दशशती पञ्चाशदधिकाभवत् । धान्यखारीक्रये हेतुर्देशे दुर्भिक्षविक्षते Rāj. T.5.71. (N. B. The forms हेतुना, हेतोः, rarely हेतौ, are used adverbially in the sense of 'by reason of', 'on account of', 'because of', with gen. or in comp.; तमसा बहुरूपेण वेष्टिताः कर्महेतुना Ms. 1.49; शास्त्रविज्ञानहेतुना; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47; विस्मृतं कस्य हेतोः Mu.1.1. &c.). -Comp. -अपदेशः adducing the hetu (in the form of the five-membered syllogism). -अवधारणम् (in dram.) reasoning. -आक्षेप (in Rhet.) an objection accompanied with reasons; न स्तूयसे नरेन्द्र त्वं ददासीति कदाचन । स्वमेव मत्वा गृह्णन्ति यतस्त्वद्धन- मर्थिनः ॥ इत्येवमादिराक्षेपो हेत्वाक्षेप इति स्मृतः । Kāv.2.167-168. -आभासः 'the semblance of a reason', a fallacious middle term, fallacy; (it is of five kinds :-- सव्यभिचार or अनैकान्तिक, विरुद्ध, असिद्ध, सत्प्रतिपक्ष and बाधित). -उत्प्रेक्षा, -उपमा a simile accompanied with reasons. -उपक्षेपः, -उपन्यासः adducing a reason, statement of an argument. -कर्तृ m. the causal subject; याजयेदिति हेतुकर्तु रेवैतत् प्रत्यक्षं वचनम्, लक्षणया यजेः कर्तुः ŚB. on MS.1.8.39. -दुष्ट a. unreasonable. -दृष्टिः scepticism. -बलिक a. strong in argument. -युक्त a. well-founded. -रूपकम् a metaphor accompanied with reasons. -वादः 1 disputation, controversy. -2 fraud (कपट); न हेतुवादाल्लोभाद्वा धर्मं जह्यां कथंचन Mb.5.91.24. -3 assigning a cause (sceptically); न यक्ष्यन्ति न होष्यन्ति हेतुवादविमोहिताः Mb.3.19.26. -वादिन् 1 a disputant. -2 a sceptic. -विशेषोक्तिः a mention of difference accompanied with reasons; एकचक्रो रथो यन्ता विकलो विषमा हयाः । आक्रामत्येव तेजस्वी तथाप्यर्को नभस्तलम् ॥ सैषा हेतुविशेषोक्तिस्तेजस्वीति विशेषणात् ॥ Kāv.2.328-329. -शास्त्रम् a logically-treated work, any beretical work questioning the authority of Smṛitis or revelation; यो$वमन्येत ते मूले हेतुशास्त्राश्रयाद् द्विजः Ms.2.11. -हेतुमत् m. du. cause and effect. ˚भावः the relation existing between cause and effect.

hetuvannigadaḥ	हेतुवन्निगदः A prose (Vedic) statement supplying or stating the purpose; असति हेतौ न ह्यत्रानुयाजान् यक्ष्यन् भवतीति हेतुवन्निगदो नोपपद्येत । ŚB. on MS.4.1.41.

holākam	होलाकम् A religious act performed by those that hail from east India; ये प्राच्या इति (समाख्याताः) ते होलाका- दीन् (करिष्यन्ति) ŚB. on MS.1.3.19. -Comp. -अधिकरणन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which in the absence of a श्रुति text supporting what is stated in स्मृतिs and कल्पसूत्रs, the existence of a general श्रुति text in its support may be assumed on the strength of inference. It is not, however, admissible to assume the existence of restricted श्रुति texts (i. e. texts restricting a particular act to a particular class or land); सामान्य- श्रुतिकल्पनायामस्ति प्रमाणं न विशेषश्रुतिकल्पनायाम् । This rule is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.1.3.15-23.

Macdonell Vedic Search

3 results


tveṣa	tveṣ-á, a. terrible, ii. 33, 8. 14 [tviṣ be agitated].

dhūma	dhū-má, m. smoke, v. 11, 3 [dhū agitate; Gk. θυμό-ς, Lat. fumu-s].

vṛt	vṛt turn, I. Ā. vártate roll, x. 34, 9; cs. vartáya turn, i. 85, 9. á̄-, cs. whirl hither, vii. 71, 3. nís-, cs. roll out, x. 135, 5. prá-, cs. set rolling, x. 135, 4. ánu prá- roll forth after,, x. 135, 4. sám- be evolved, x. 90, 14. ádhi sám- come upon, x. 129, 4.

Macdonell Search

222 results


agnitraya	n. the three sacred fires; -tretâ, f. id.; -tva, n. fiery state; -da, a. incendiary; -dagdhá, pp. burnt with fire; m. pl. kind of Manes; -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman: f. â, N.; -dîpta, pp. blazing with fire.

atitvarita	pp. precipitate.

atisahasā	ad. too precipitately.

atisāhasa	n. precipitate action; i-ka, a. very imprudent.

anabhidhāna	n. non-statement.

anukṛti	f. imitation; -kritya, fp. to be imitated; -krishta-tva, n. the being supplied from a preceding rule (gr.).

anudyama	m. absence of exertion; -udyoga, m. id.; inactivity; -udyogin, a. not exerting oneself, lazy; -ud-vigna, pp. not agitated, not frightened: -m, ad.; -udvega, m. absence of excitement, calmness: -kara, a. not agitating, not frightening; -udvegaka, a. causing no excitement, giving no offence to (g.); -ud-vegayat, pr. pt. not agitating.

antaḥkaraṇa	n. the internal organ (ph.); heart; -kopa, m. internal anger; -pura, n. (inner city), royal citadel; harem, women's apartments; sg. & pl. wives of a king: -kara, m. harem-attendant,-gana, m. women of the harem, -vriddhâ, f. old female attendant of the harem; -purikâ, f. woman of the harem; -prakriti, f. pl. constituent elements of the state except the prince.

antarita	pp. (√ i) retired; excluded, separated; intervening; distant; being in a state (--°ree;); hidden, by (in., -°ree;), obstructed by (--°ree;).

anyathādarśana	n. wrong in vestigation (leg.); -prathâ, f. becoming dif ferent; -buddhi, f. prejudice; -bhâva, m. change; difference; -½abhidhâna, n. false evi dence; -vâdin, a. giving false evidence, rais ing a false suit: (di)-tva, n. abst. n.; -vritti, a. of changed mood, agitated; -sambhâvanâ, f. false supposition; distrust; -sambhâvin, a. distrustful; -siddha, pp. falsely proved; -siddhi, f. false proof; -stotra,n. ironical praise.

abhidhā	a. surrounding; f. appellation, name: -tavya, fp. to be said or announced, -tri, m. one who speaks, -na, n. statement; designation; name; word: -kosa, m. dictionary, -yin, a. saying, speaking; stating, explaining; -dhâvaka, a. hastening up.

abhisaṃdhaka	a. cheating; -samdhâ, f. statement, speech; -samdhâna, n. connexion; statement; intention; decep tion; -samdhi, m. intention; scheme; con dition: -pûrva, a. intentional: -kam, ad.with a definite purpose; -sambandha, m. connexion; relation.

araṇya	n. distance, foreign country; wilderness; forest; -ka, n. forest; -gaga, m. wild elephant; -kara, a. living in a forest; wild; -gîva, a. id.; -dharma, m. savage state, wildness; -nripati, m. king of the forest, tiger; -bhava, a. growing in the forest; wild; -mârgâra, m. wild cat; -râg, m. (nm. -rât) lion; tiger; -râgya, n. sovereignty of the forest; -rudita, n. crying in the forest=vain lament; -vat, ad. like a wilderness; -vâsa, m. forest-abode; -vâsin, a. forest-dwelling; m. denizen of the forest; -shashtikâ, f. kind of celebration.

arthakara	a. (î) useful; -kâma, n. sg., m. du. the useful and the pleasant; a. de sirous of wealth; wishing to be useful; -kâm ya, a. id.; -kârsya, n. destitution, poverty; -kilbishin, a. transgressing with money; -krikkhra, n. difficult matter; -krit, a. use ful; -kritya, n., â, f. accomplishment of an affair; -grahana, n. taking away of money; import of the meaning; -ghna, a. (î) pro digal; -kitta, a. intent on riches; -kintaka,a. knower of the useful; -gâta, n. sg. pl. money; things, objects; -gña, a. understanding the matter or the meaning; -tattva, n. real state of things; fact of a matter; true sense: -tas, ad. for a purpose; for the sake of (--°ree;); for the sake of gain; in truth, really, according to the meaning; -trishnâ, f. thirst for gold, avarice; -tva, n. serviceableness for (--°ree;); -da, a. useful; liberal; -datta, m. N. of wealthy merchants; -darsana, n.judging a matter; -dâna, n. present in money; -dûshana, n. prodigality; unjust seizure of property.

avasthā	f. appearance in court; state, condition; circumstance; â-tavya, fp. that must remain; -na, n. appearing; con dition, position; dwelling, abiding, stay; stability; -½antara, n. changed condition; -pana, n. exposing for sale; -yin, a. staying in; -sthita, pp. (√ sthâ) stationed; standing; arrayed; engaged in; -sthiti, f. stay, sojourn, abode.

avyavastha	a. not enduring: â, f. unsettled state; -sthita-kitta, a. fickle-minded.

asāhasa	n. absence of precipita tion or temerity; i-ka, a. (î) not acting pre cipitately.

asūya	den. grumble, be angry at (ac., d.); cs. asûyaya, P. irritate.

asura	a. living, spiritual, divine; m. spirit, Lord God; evil spirit, demon, Asura: -tvá, n. spirituality, divinity; state of an Asura.

ātmādiṣṭa	pp. self-dictated; -adhika, a. dearer than oneself; -½adhîna, a. dependent on oneself; -½anapeksha, a. disinterested; -½anugamana, n. personal attendance; -½aparâdha, m.one's own transgression; -½âpahâra, m. dissimulation; -½apahâraka, -hârin, a. making away with oneself, denying oneself, dissimulating; -½abhim&asharp;ni-tâ, f. high opinion of oneself; -½amisha, m. alliance (peace) bought by sacrifice of one's army; -½artha: -m or lc. for oneself: lc. pl. in one's own interest.

ādeśa	m. statement; report; prophecy; instruction; rule, precept; command; substitute (gr.): -ka, m. guide; -in, a. instructing, ordering (--°ree;); -ya, fp. to be stated or told.

ādhāra	m. support, prop, foundation; receptacle, reservoir; trench (round the foot of a tree); dyke, dam; location or sphere of an action (gr.): --°ree;, a. relating to; -tâ, f. state of a receptacle; -½adheya-bhâva, m. relation between the receptacle and what it contains.

āsāra	m. downpour, heavy shower; a king separated by intervening state (a natural ally); -prasamita, pp. quenched with showers.

ukti	f. declaration; express statement; speech, saying; word, expression; song: -m kri, raise the voice; -posha, m. pleonasm; -pratyuktikâ, f. speech and reply.

ukta	pp. (√ vak) spoken, uttered; addressed; n. word, expression: -tva, n. statement; -pûrva, a. said before; -pratyuktá, n. address and reply, conversation; -mâtra, a. merely uttered: lc. no sooner said than --; -rûpa, a. of the form or kind mentioned; -vat, pp. act. √ vak; -vâkya, a. hvg. spoken.

uttarottara	a. ever increas ing; following in succession: -m, ad. higher and higher; more and more; in constant suc cession; n. reply to answer, rejoinder; dis cussion: -bhâva, a. in which one is always above the other, -½ukta, pp. subsequently stated in each case.

utsuka	a. uneasy, agitated; eager; yearning; longing for (lc., prati, or --°ree;); *anxious about (in., lc.): -tâ, f. uneasiness; eagerness, zeal; longing, yearning; -vadana, a. having a yearning face.

uddeśa	m. reference; statement, ac count; sketch, brief exposition; region, part, place: in., ab. with reference to; -tas, ad. briefly.

unmanāya	den. Â. become agi tated.

unmanas	a. agitated, confused; eager to (inf.); -ka, id.: -tâ, f. abst. n.

upanyāsa	a. procuring; m. ad junction; procurement; incidental mention, intimation; statement, declaration; discus sion; kind of alliance or peace: -m, ad. while alleging (--°ree;).

upadeśa	m. reference; direction, instruction; precept, rule, lesson; advice; grammatical designation: -tâ, f. instructive ness for (g.); -anâ, f. direction, instruction, lesson, rule; -in, a. (-î) instructing;m. teacher; prescribed form of a word, suffix &c. as stated in grammatical works.

ullekha	m. mention; description; -ana, a. painting, describing; n. scraping; mention; statement; -in, a. scraping=extending to; -ya, fp. to be scratched on or written down on (--°ree;).

ullola	a. [ud + lola] violently agitated, surging.

ṛṣi	m. bard or author of sacred hymns, poet, priestly singer; saint or sage of the olden time; a special class of revered beings, whose number is often limited to seven; C. person renowned for wisdom and piety, esp. an anchorite: pl. the seven stars of the great Bear; -kumâra, m. anchorite boy; -tva, n. state of a Rishi; -putra, m. son of a Rishi; -yagña, m. sacrifice to the Rishis=Vedic study; -vat, ad. like a Rishi.

aiśvara	a. (î) befitting a lord, majestic; belonging to Siva; n. supreme dominion; -ya, n. position of a great lord; kingly state; supreme dominion; control; lordship or do minion of (g., lc., --°ree;); kingdom: -vat, a. possessed of supreme power.

kathaya	den. P. (Â.) converse, with (in. ± saha); relate, tell, report; speak of; declare, state; announce, betray; command; assume, lay down; ps. be called, pass for. vi, talk idly. sam, relate, report; explain.

kathodaya	m. beginning of a story; statement; -½udghâta, m. beginning of a narrative.

kathā	f. conversation, talk, dis cussion about (lc., --°ree;); story, tale (about, g. or --°ree;); mention, statement; Story (personi fied); kâ kathâ, it is not a question of --, -is out of the question, to say nothing of (g., lc., or prati); kâ½eshâ kathâ, how could there be a question about it?=it is out of the question.

kalā	f. small part, esp. one-sixteenth; sixteenth part of the moon's disc; interest on capital; small division of time (ranging be tween 8 seconds and about 2 1/2 minutes accord ing to different statements); artistic skill; art (of which there are 64); -keli, a. practising an art as an amusement; -gña, a. understand ing an art or the arts; m. artist; -dhara, a. possessing an art or the arts; m. moon; -nâtha, m. moon;-nidhi, m. id.

kāka	m. crow: î, f. female crow; -tâ, f. state of a crow; -tâlîya, a. accidental as the fall of the fruit in the story concerning the crow and the date, i. e. as accidental as the fall of the date at the moment of the crow's alighting on the palm-tree=post hoc, non propter hoc: -m or -vat, ad. suddenly, unex pectedly; -paksha, m. crow's wing; curl on the temples of boys or youths: -ka, --°ree;, a. id.; -yava, m. pl. grainless barley; -rava, a. cawing like a crow, cowardly; -rûka, a. cowardly.

kuliśa	m. axe; n. thunderbolt; dia mond: -tâ, f. state of a thunderbolt; -dhara, -pâni, -bhrit, m. ep. of Indra.

kṣaitrapata	a. (î) relating to the lord of the soil; -patyá, a. id.; n. (kshaítra-) dominion; estate.

kṣaitra	n. estate.

gaṇaya	den. P. (Â.) count, enumerate, calculate; reckon among (lc.); consider, account (2 ac.); impute to (lc.); regard, esteem; excogitate: with na, disregard; think nothing of: with bahu, have great regard for: pp. ganita. ava, disregard, pay no attention to. pari, count over, calculate; consider: pp. limited in number. vi, count (ps. amount to); consider, ponder; account (2 ac.); re gard; disregard.

gati	f. gait, course, motion, flight; going away, departure; progress; success; attainment (of, g., lc., --°ree;); way, path; egress, outlet; source, basis; expedient, means, feasibleness; stratagem; refuge; state, condition, nature; transmigration, human lot; manner; preposition or adverb combined with a verb.

cheda	m. one who cuts down (--°ree;); cut, piece, slice; slit; cutting, cutting off or down (g. or --°ree;); separation; destruction, dissipation; interruption; cessation, failure, lack; exact statement, definition; decision, settlement of a dispute (in all these senses generally --°ree;).

jāti	f. birth, origin, rebirth; exist ence, life; state; rank, caste; family, tribe, race; genus (opp. species), species (opp. individual), kind, class; disposition; normal character, genuineness: in. -tas, °ree;--, by birth.

tadātva	n. present time or state (opp. âyati).

tatpada	n. its place; the word tad; -padavî, f. his path: y-âm padam dhâ, set foot in his path=imitate or vie with him; -para, a. 1. following upon that; 2. (having that as the highest), occupied with that only; exclusively devoted to, intent on, (lc., --°ree;): -tâ, f. exclusive devotion, intentness; -pará yana, a. having that as their final aim; -pârsva, n. his side; -purusha, m. his servant: the example used to designate the class of determinative compounds (i. e. those in which the first part determines or limits the second, specifically those in which the first part has the sense of a case); -pûrva, a. happening for the first time; -pradhâna, a.dependent on her; -prahrishta, pp. pleased with that.

tathāgata	pp. faring or behaving thus, so conditioned, such; m. a Buddha; a Buddhist; -guna, a. having such virtues: -tva, n. the being such, true state, real nature: -bhavitavya-tâ, f. necessity of such a result: -bhâvin, a. destined to become such; -bhûta, pp. being such, -in such a plight or condition: -mukha, a. facing the same way.

turīya	SB.), a. fourth; consisting of four; n. fourth state of Vedântist's soul (completeunion with Brahma).

truṭi	f. particle, atom; moment (as a measure of time, the exact duration of which varies in different statements).

dalāditva	n. state of a leaf, etc.

daśā	f. fringe, border, skirt, hem of a garment; wick (of a lamp); condition of life, lot, age, state: -½anta, m. end of a wick; end of life; extreme old age; -paripâka, m. revo lution of fortune.

diṣṭa	pp. √ dis; n. direction, order; destiny, fate; place designated: -para, a. trusting to fate; m. fatalist; -bhâva, m. des tined state, death; -½anta, m. destined end, death.

dṛṣṭādṛṣṭa	pp. visible and invisible; relating to this life and the next; -½anta, m. (non plus ultra of experience), model, pattern; precedent; illustration; example; a. serving as a pattern; -½artha, a. whose object or aim is clear; serving as a model; having ascertained the true state of (g.).

devatya	a. having -as a deity, sacred to (--°ree;); -tr&asharp;, ad. among the gods; -tvá, n. divinity, divine nature, state of the gods.

dainya	n. dejection, distress; wretch edness, misery, pitiable state: -m kri, act piteously, humble oneself; -vat, a. dejected, afflicted.

dvija	a. twice-born; m. member of the three upper castes (reborn by investiture); (invested) Brâhman; bird (as being first pro duced in the egg); tooth (because renewed): -tva, n. state of a Brâhman;-gánman, a. having a double birth or birthplace; m. member of the three upper castes; esp. Brâh man.

dhyeya	fp. to be meditated on; to be thought of as (nm.).

dhyātavya	fp. to be thought of or meditated on; n. impl. one should think: -tva, n. abst. n.; -tri, m. one who reflects, thinker.

dhvasira	a. bestrewn, covered; dusty, obscured; -ti, f. disappearance; one of the four states of a Yogin in which all the consequences of actions disappear; -ra, a. withered; falling off.

nanu	ad. not (emphatic); inter. pcl. not? (=nonne), surely? with inter. prn. or impv. pray; nanu ka, surely (at the begin ning of a sentence); nanu½astu--tathâ½api, well, even granting--yet; nanu mâ bhut tathâ½api, well, even granting that--is not the case -yet (nanu here to be taken with the apodosis); nanu is frequently used by com mentators to state a supposed objection, which is disposed of with a followingukyate, to this the reply is as follows.

nidarśaka	a. seeing; announcing; -darsana, a. (î) showing; announcing; teaching; n. seeing, sight; reference to (--°ree;); showing, authority, evidence; instance, example, illustration; symptom; prognostic; system; contradictory instance; -darsin, a. (--°ree;) seeing, understanding; pleasing; -dâghá, m. heat, hot season, summer: -dhâman, m. sun, -½avadhi, m. hot season; -dâna, n. rope, halter; prime cause, original form; cause; a class of Buddhistic works: in. originally, essentially, really; -didrâsu, des. a. sleepy; -didhyâsana, n. profound meditation; -di dhyâsitávya, fp. to be profoundly meditated on; -desa, m. command, order; neighbour hood: e sthâ, be at any one's (d.) command.

nirukta	pp. √ vak; n. explanation; etymological interpretation; esp. T. of Yâs ka's commentary on the Nighantus; -ukti, f. etymological explanation; -uñkhana, n. = nî-râgana; -uttara, a.having no superior; unable to give an answer; -utsava, a. devoid of festivals; -utsâha, a. destitute of energy, unenterprising, spiritless: -tâ, f. cowardice; -utsuka, a. unconcerned; having no desire for (prati); -utseka, m.modesty; a. unpre tentious, modest; -udara, a. trunkless; -ud desam, ad. without making any statement; -udyama, a. avoiding exertion, indolent; -udyoga, a. id.; -udvigna, pp. untroubled, unagitated: -manas, a. havingone's mind undisturbed; -udvega, a. free from agitation, calm; -unmâda, a. free from arrogance; -upakârin, a. unable to render a service; -upakriya, a. rendering no service; -upa-drava, a. unassailed by mischances orcalami ties, prosperous, faring well; free from danger, safe: -tâ, f. security; -upadhi, a. free from guile, honest; blameless; -upapatti, a. un suitable; -upapada, a. unaccompanied by a secondary word; -upaplava, a.undisturbed, uninterrupted; -upabhoga, a. not enjoying; -upama, a. having no equal; -upayoga, a. useless; -upâkhya, a. indescribable: -tva, n. abst. n.; -upâya, a. futile; -ushna-tâ, f. coldness: -m nî, make cold, kill; -ushnîsha, a. turbanless, bareheaded.

nirvyākula	a. unagitated, calm: -tâ, f. tranquillity: in. quietly; -vyâga, a. sincere, honest (towards, lc.); unambiguous, undisputed: -m, ad. honestly; certainly, -tâ, f. honesty, candour; -vyâgî-kri, purify; -vyâ pâra, a. unoccupied; -vyûdha, pp. √ ûh; n. accomplishment, completion; -vyûdhi, f. conclusion, end; summit, acme; -vrana, a. un wounded; unfractured; -vrîda, a. shameless.

nirvega	a. unagitated, calm; -ve tana, a. wageless; -veda, m. disgust (of, g., lc., or --°ree;); mundane indifference; despera tion, faintheartedness: -vat, a. indifferent to all things; -vesa, m. requital, recompense, payment; expiation, atonement; -vesanîya, fp. to be enjoyed; -veshtavya, fp. to be re quited; enjoyable; -vaira, n. peaceableness; a. free from hostility, peaceable, concordant; -vairina, n. concord, harmony;-vodhrí, a. carrying out, accomplishing; nm. used as finite verb=will carry away.

niścaya	m. ascertainment; con viction; exact knowledge, certainty; actual state of the case; decision, decided opinion; settled purpose, fixed intention, determina tion, resolve: -m kri, firmly resolve on (d., lc., inf.); in., ab. certainly.

niṣṭha	a. (--°ree;) being or situated on; based or dependent on; relating to; devoted to, intent on; °ree;--, dependent (people, loka, m. pl.=dependants); with d. leading to, pro ducing; â, f. basis, state; intentness; per fection, completion; summit, limit; end, ca tastrophe, death; perfect knowledge, cer tainty, complete familiarity with (lc.); deci sion, regarding (g.); the terminations -ta and -ta-vat of the past participle, one of these past participles (gr.): -sûnya, a. irresolute (mind).

parabrahman	n. supreme Brahman; -bhâga, m. supreme state, pre-eminence: -tâ, f. high position, pre-eminence; -bhâgya½upagîvin, a. living on another's fortune; -bhûmishtha, a. abiding in a foreign country; -bhûshana, m., v. r. for -dûshana; -bhrita, (pp., nourished by others), m., â, f. Indian cuckoo: -maya, a. consisting altogether of cuckoos; -bhedana, a. foe-piercing.

paramātman	m. supreme or universal soul; -½âtma-tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -½ânanda, m. supreme joy; -½anna, n. (best food), rice boiled in milk; -½âpad, f. greatest misfortune; -½artha, m.highest or whole truth, true state of the case, reality: °ree;--, -tas, in., ab. in reality, -bhâg, a. possessed of the highest truth.

pariṇatavayas	a. of declining age, old; -nati, f. transmutation, trans formation, change; development; ripening; maturity; mature age; consequence, effect; issue, end; fulfilment of a promise;°ree;--, in the end, finally; -m yâ, come to an end; -nam ana, n. transformation into (in.); -nama yitri, m. ripener; -naya, m. leading the bride round the nuptial fire, wedding, mar riage; -nayana, n. id.; -nâma, m.transforma tion, change; natural development; transmu tation of food, digestion; withering; lapse of time; decline of life, old age; consequence, issue; termination, last stage, final state, end: lc. or °ree;--, in the end, finally: -vat, having a natural development; -nâmin, a. changing; developing; ripening; -nâyaka, m. guide; husband; -nâha, m. extent, width, circum ference: -vat, a. big; -nâhin, a. extensive, large; --°ree;, having the circumference of; -ni namsu, a. about to strike sideways with his tusks (elephant); -nîta, pp. (√ nî) married; n. marriage: -pûrvâ, a. f. previously married, -vat, act. pf. pt. having married; -netavya, fp. to be married;-netri, m. husband; -neya, fp. to be led round; to be ascertained; interchangeable with (in.): â, f. to be led round the nuptial fire, to be married.

parigaṇana	n., â, f. complete enumeration, exact statement; counting; -gananîya, fp. to be completely enumerated, -exactly stated; *-ganit-in, a. having fully considered everything; -gata, pp.encom passed, surrounded; overwhelmed: -½artha, a. familiar with a thing; -gantavya, fp. attain able; -gama, m. acquaintance; occupation with (--°ree;); -garvita, pp. very haughty; -garhana, n. censure; -grihîti, f.inclusion; -grahá, m. embracing; inclusion; putting on, as sumption (of a body); taking; laying hold of; acceptance, receipt; deriving from (ab.); obtainment, acquisition, possession; admission, reception; marrying, marriage; selection; taking to mean; undertaking, prac tice of, addiction to (--°ree;); grace, favour, as sistance; claim, to (lc.); amount, sum, total number; property; wife (also coll.); depend ents, household, family, concubines of a king; abode; root, foundation; -grahana, n. put ting on; -graha-tva, n. woman's marriage with (--°ree;); -grahîtri, m. husband; adopted father; -grâhaka, a. doing a favour; -grâh ya, fp. to be kindly treated; -glâna, pp. (√ glai) exhausted.

parisaṃvatsara	m. full year; a. a full year old; waiting a full year; -sakhya, n. true friendship; -samkhyâ, f. complete tale or enumeration; full number, totality, sum, number; exhaustive statement (i. e. excluding everything not specified): -na, n. complete enumeration, full number; exhaustive statement; just examination or estimate; -samghushta, pp. resonant on all sides; -samâpti, f. conclusion, completion, end; extension to (lc. or ad. with prati); -sara, a. adjacent; bordering on (--°ree;); m. neighbourhood, region, proximity; -sarpana, n. creeping about; walking about; running to and fro, continual change from place to place; -sarpin, a. moving about; -sâdhana, n. accomplishment; settlement, exaction (of debts); -sântvana, n. consoling: pl. blandish ments; -sâraka, n. N. of a place on the Sarasvatî.

paryākula	a. filled with, full of (--°ree;); disordered, disarranged; confused; agi tated: -tva, n. confusion; -ya, den. P. con fuse; agitate; î-kri, id.; î-bhû, become con fused.

paryuka	m. N.; -½ukshana, n. sprinkling; -½utsuka, a. very restless or agitated; very me lancholy; vehemently longing for (d.): -tva, n. longing desire, î-bhû, become very melan choly; -½ud-asta, pp.excepting; -½udâsa, m. exclusion, negation; -½upâsaka, a. honour ing, respecting; -½upâsana, n. sitting round (Pr.); courtesy, affability; -½ushita, pp. (√ vas, dwell) stale; not punctually kept (word); -½ushta, pp. id.

pāruṣya	n. roughness, violence; dishevelled state; rudeness, insulting speech.

piṇḍa	m. (n. rare) lump, knob, ball; flake (of wall-plaster); morsel, mouthful= daily bread, food, livelihood; flour-ball (of fered to the Manes), funeral cake; body; person, individual; material object: -ka, m. lump, ball; -khargûra, m. kind of date tree: -tas, ad. from a ball or lump; -tâ, f. condi tion of a body; -tva, n. density, condensation, state of a material mass: -m âgata, (darkness) become palpable; -da, a. offeringor entitled to offer the funeral cakes to the Manes; m. bread-giver, lord, master; -dâtri, a. id.; -dâna, n. offering of a flour-ball (esp. at the sacrifice to the Manes); sacrifice of funeral cakes (on the evening of new moon); alms-giving; -nirvapana, n. offering of funeral cakes; -pâtra, n. alms-bowl; alms; -pitri yagña, m. offering of funeral cakes (on the evening of new moon); -prada, a. offering funeral cakes; -bhâg, a. partaking of the funeral cakes; m. pl. the Manes; -maya, a. consisting of a clod; -mâtra½upagîvin, a. living solely on morsels offered.

pūrvaja	a. born or produced before others, former, ancient; first-born, elder, eldest (son, brother, sister); prior to (--°ree;); m. forefather, ancestor; eldest son; elder or eldest son; -ganma-krita, pp.done, wrought, or performed in a former birth or previous state of existence; -ganma-yoga, m.: in. by means or in consequence of a former exist ence; -ganman, 1. n. former birth, previous state of existence; 2. m.(having prior birth), elder brother; -gâti, f. former birth, previ ous state of existence; -gñâna, n. knowledge of a previous existence.

pūrvaraṅga	m. prelude (of a play); -râga, m. incipient love; -râga, m. ex-king; -râtra, m. first part of the night; -rûpá, n. (previous appearance), omen; precursor of (g.), sure symptom of (prati); first of two vowels or consonants coming into contact (gr.); a. having its previous form, being as before; -lakshana, n. preceding symptom; -vát, 1. ad. as before, as formerly; as said above; 2. -vat, a. preceded by something; containing an inference from cause to effect; -vayas, a. being in early life, young; -vart in, a. being in front of (--°ree;); previously ex isting: (-i)-tâ, f. priority; -vâda, m. (primâ facie statement), action at law;-vâdin, m. plaintiff; -vid, a. knowing the past; -vidhi, m. preceding rule; -vrita, pp. previously chosen; -vritta, pp. having happened before; relating to a former occurrence; n. former occurrence, event of old; former behaviour; -vairin, a. commencing hostilities first.

prakṛti	f. (putting before, what is presupposed), original or natural form or condition (opp. vi-kriti, derivative form); nature, constitution, disposition, temper; fundamental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. damental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. in ritual); nature (opp. spirit: ph.): pl. material elements (rare); primary constituents of nature (from which all else is evolved: there are eight: avyakta, mahat, ahamkâra, and the five elements: ph.); constituent elements of the state (in politics: there are seven: king, minister, fortress, territory or subjects, treasure, army, and ally; kings primarily (of these there are four) and secondarily (of these there are eight) concerned in a war (each of these twelve having five prakritis in the form of minister, territory, fortress, treasure, army); constituent elements of a king's own state (exclusive of himself); ministers; subjects, citizens; sg. root, base (gr.): °ree;-or in. by nature, originally, properly; in the original state, unchanged: -ka, a. (--°ree;) id.; kripana, a. naturally feeble in discriminating between (lc.); -ga, a.innate; -purusha, m. nature and spirit (du.); minister; -bhâva, m. original or unmodified state; -mandala, n. whole circle of subjects, entire territory; -mat, a. having or being in the original, natural, or usual condition orform; -sampanna, pp. endowed with a noble nature; -subhaga, a. naturally beautiful; -stha, a. being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine, normal; healthy; being in good circumstances.

prakīrtana	n. proclaiming, announcing: â, f. mention; -kîrti, f. celebration, praise; -kuñka, m. a measure of capacity equal to about a handful; -krita, pp. √ kri: -tva, n. state of being in question.

prakiraṇa	n. strewing, scattering; -kîrna, pp. (√ krî) agitated, excited, wild; n. miscellany: -ka, a. scattered; miscellaneous; m. fly-whisk; tuft of hair (as an ornament of horses); miscellany;judicial decision of an isolated case (not provided for in the law-books).

prakrama	m. stride (Br., S.); C.: beginning (also S.); proportion, measure; right sequence of words, grammatical construction; -kramana, n. striding forward; advancing towards (--°ree;); going forth;-krama-bha&ndot;ga, m. violation of grammatical construction; -krânta, pp. √ kram; n. setting out, departure: -tva, n. state of being meant; -kriyâ, f. procedure, method, manner; ceremony; formality; privilege, prerogative, precedence, high position (ord. mg.); insignia of high rank; characterization; chapter; -krîdá, m. sport; playground; -krîdín, a. playing, gambolling (RV.1).

pracchada	m. coverlet, bed-cover; -kkhanna, pp. (√ khad), hidden, secreted, disguised, etc.; -khhâdaka, a covering, concealing (--°ree;); m. song, accompanied by the lute, of a woman deserted by her husband, and containing a veiled reference to her forlorn state; -kkhâdana, a. covering, concealing (--°ree;); n. concealment; -kkhâdya, fp. to be concealed; -kkhâya, n (?) shady place, shade; -kkhita, pp. √ khâ.

pratiprajñāti	f. discrimina tion, ascertainment; -pranavam, ad. at every &open;om;&close; -pranava-samyukta, pp. accompanied with &open;om&close; on each occasion; -pranâma, m.counter-bow, salutation in return; -pratí, a. (m. n.) forming a counterpart, counterbalanc ing, a match for (ac.); -pratîka, °ree;-or -m, ad. at every initial word; on every part of the body; -pradâna, n. giving back, restitu tion; bestowal in marriage; -prabhâ, f. pl. reflexion (of fire); -prabhâtam, ad. every morning; -prayavana, n. repeated mixing; -prayâna, n. return; -prasna, m. counter question, answer; -prasava, m. counter pre cept, annulment of a prohibition regarding (--°ree;); return to the original state; -prasa vam, ad. at every birth; -prasthâtrí, m. priest assisting the Adhvaryu; -prasth&asharp;na, n. office of the Pratiprasthâtri; -prahâra, m.counter blow, stroke in return; -prâni, ad. in or for every living being; -prâbhrita, n. counter present; -prâsthânika, a. relat ing to the office of the Pratiprasthâtri.

pratibaddha	pp. connected: -tâ, f. connexion with (--°ree;); -banddhri, m. hinderer, obstructor: -tâ, f. obstruction; -bandha, m. connexion; investment, siege; hindrance, impediment; stoppage, suspension; logical impediment, obstructive argument; support: in. by employing all kinds of obstacles: -ka, a. (ikâ) hindering, obstructing, -vat, a. beset with obstacles; -bandhi-kalpanâ, f. assump tion liable to alegitimate contradiction; -bandhin, a. liable to be impeded or checked; --°ree;, impeding, obstructing; -bandhi-tâ, f. state of checking, obstruction; -bala, 1. n. hostile army; 2. a. having equal strength, being a match for (g.), equally strong in (--°ree;); capable of, adequate to (inf. or d. of vbl. n.); m. well-matched adversary; -bâdhaka, a. repelling (--°ree;); -bâdhana, n. warding off, re pulsion (of, g.; ac.1); -bâhu, m. fore-arm.

pratiṣeddhavya	fp. to be re strained; -denied; -sheddhri, m. preventer, restrainer, of (g., sts. ac. of thing); -shedha, m. prevention, determent, restrainment; pro hibition; annulment, negation; negative; refusal: -ka, a. (ikâ) keeping off, forbidding; negativing; -shedana, a. warding off; n. preventing, deterring, restraining, from (ab.); prohibition against (ab.); rejection, refuta tion; -shedanîya, fp. to be restrained or prevented; -shedhayitri, a. (trî) negativing; -shedha½akshara, n. refusal; -shedha½ât maka, a. having a negative form; -she dha½apavâda, m. annulment of a prohibition; -shedha½arthîya, a. having the meaning of a negation; -shedha½ukti, f. negative or pro hibitory expression; -shedha½upamâ, f. com parison having a negative form; -shedhya, fp. to be prevented, prohibited, or rejected; -denied; -shtambha, m.obstruction, hind rance, impediment; annulment; -shtambh in, a. impeding (--°ree;); -shthá, a. steadfast; resisting; -shthâ, f. standing still; stead fastness, stability, perseverance in (--°ree;); stand ing-place, position; repository; foundation; support; abiding-place, homestead, dwelling; pediment, foot (of men or animals); tran quillity; pre-eminence; standing, high posi tion; accession to the throne; erection of an image or Li&ndot;ga;N. of various metres: (â) kâma, a. desiring a fixed abode or high position; -shth&asharp;na, n. firm standing-place, foundation; pedestal, foot; founding of a city; N. of a town situated at the confluence of the Ganges and the Yamunâ; m. N. of a locality on the Godâvarî (the Paithana of the Greeks); -shthâpana, n. erection of an image; establishment, corroboration: â, f. counter-assertion, statement of an antithesis; -shthâpayitavya,fp. to be placed; -shth&asharp;p ya, fp. to be placed or based on (lc.); to be entrusted to (d. or lc.); -shthâsu, des. a. in tending to depart; -shthí, f. resistance; -shthita, pp. (√ sthâ) famous, celebrated; expert in (lc.):-pada, n. having verses (pâdas) containing a fixed number of sylla bles); -shthiti, f. firm stand or footing.

prathamaka	a. first; -kalpa, m. primary ordinance; -kalpita, pp. first in rank; -garbha, m. first pregnancy; a. f. â, pregnant for the first time; -ga or -g&asharp;, a. first-born; original; firstling; born in the first (i. e. first mentioned) wedlock; -gâta, pp. first-born; -tara, °ree;-or -m, (cpv.) ad. first; -tas, ad. first; forthwith; before, in preference to (g.); be fore, previously to (--°ree;); -darsana, n. first sight (lc. at --): -dina, n. first day of seeing any one (g.); -dugdhá, pp. just milked; -dhâra, m. (?) first drop; -nirdishta, pp. first stated or mentioned; -purusha, m. first (our third) person (gr.); -pravada, a. utter ing the first sound (child); -prasûtâ, pp. f. having calved for the first time; -bh&asharp;g, a. obtaining the first share; -yagñá, m. first sacrifice; -râtra, m. beginning of the night; -vayas-ín, a. young; -vasati, f. original or old home; -vittâ, f.first wife; -samgama, m. N.; -samâvritta, pp. only just turned to wards (lc.); -½âgâmin, a. coming or men tioned first; -½âdesa, m. initial position (of a word); -½abhidheya, n. fundamental meaning: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½ardha, m. n. first half; -½ava ra-tva, n. higher and lower rank, seniority and juniority; -½astamita, n. recent setting of the sun; -½ahám, ad. on the first day; -½âhâra, m. first employment; -½itara, a. re verse of the first, second.

pradhāna	n. (that which is put for ward), important or chief thing, object, or person; essential, best, or most important part, head (°ree;-=principal, chief, head); chaos, unevolved nature; supreme oruniversal soul; --°ree; a. having at the head or as the chief person or thing, chiefly dependent on; devoted to; a. most excellent, best, foremost, principal, chief; pre-eminent in (in.); better, than (ab.), superior, to (ab.): -ka, n. unevolved nature; -kârana-vâda, m. the system asserting that unevolved nature is the cause of the world, the Sâmkhya or evolutionist theory; -tama, spv. pre-eminent, most important; -tara, cpv. better, superior; -tas, ad. in consequence of his superiority, as being the most excellent; -tâ, f. excellence, pre-eminence, superiority, premiership; -tva, n. id.; -purusha, m. chief person, authority; -bhâg, a. pre-eminent among, foremost of (g.); -mantrin, m. prime minister; -vâdin, m. adherent of the Sâm khya system; -½a&ndot;ga, n. chief member of the body, chief person of the state; -½âtman, m. supreme or universal soul; -½adhyaksha, m. chief superintendent: -tâ, f. office of --.

pramātva	n. state of true concep tion or knowledge.

pramāṇaya	den. P. adjust; re gard, admit, or set up as an authority or model, in (lc.); use as evidence; prove, show clearly; -yukta, pp. having the right mea sure; -vat, a. attested, well-founded (state ment); -vâkya, n. authority; -sâstra, n. work of sacred authority, scripture; -sûtra, n. measuring line; -stha, a. of normal size; being in the normal condition, imperturbed; -½adhika, a. exceeding the ordinary measure, immoderate; -½anurûpa, a. adapted to one's physical strength; -½antara-tâ, f. condition of being another proof; -½abhâva, m. lack of a standard to judge by; -½abhyadhika, a. exceeding in size, bigger.

pralopa	m. destruction, annihila tion; -lobha, m. allurement: -ka, m. enticer, N. of a jackal; -lobhana, a. enticing; n. allurement; -lobhin, a. alluring, seductive; -lobhya, a. alluring, enticing; -lola, a.vio lently agitated (ocean).

prasakala	a. very full (bosom); -sakta, pp. √ sañg: °ree;-or -m, ad. incessantly; -saktavya, fp. to be attached to (lc.); -sak ti, f. attachment, devotion, or addiction to, indulgence in, occupation with (lc.), occur rence of a case; bearing, applicability; practicableness: -m pra-yâ, be practicable; -sa&ndot;ktavya, fp. to be allowed to occur; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. sum total; consideration; -sam khyâna, n. enumeration; reflexion, medita tion; fame, reputation; -sa&ndot;ga, m. attach ment, inclination; fondness for, addiction to; indulgence in (lc. or --°ree;); gratification, of (g.); association or intercourse with (--°ree;); illicit pursuit; applicability; contingency; opening, opportunity, occasion; connexion (pl. all that is connected with or results from anything): in. assiduously, with one's whole soul; in the course of (--°ree;); occasionally, in cidentally (also ab., °ree;--, or -tas); amunâ or tat-prasa&ndot;gena, on that occasion; etat prasa&ndot;ge, on this occasion; prasa&ndot;ge ku tra½api, on a certain occasion: -vat, a. occa sional, incidental, -vinivritti, f. non-recur rence of a contingency, prevention of the re currence; -sa&ndot;gin, a. attached or devoted to (--°ree;); connected with anything; contin gent, occurring; secondary, unessential; -sag ya, fp. applicable: -tâ, f. -ness,-pratishe dha, m. negative form of an applicable (posi tive) statement: -tva, n. abst. n.; -satti, f. graciousness; favour, complacency; -sam dhâna, n. combination, union; -sanna, pp. (√ sad) clear; bright; pleased, soothed, de lighted; complacent; gracious, propitious, kindly disposed; plain (meaning); distinct (impression); correct (supposition): -tâ, f. clearness, purity; brightness; perspicuity; complacence, good humour, -tva, n.clearness, brightness, -mukha, a. of a placid counte nance, looking pleased, -salila, a. having clear water; -sabha, °ree;-or -m, ad. forcibly; violently; exceedingly, very much; importu nately: -damana, n. forcible subjugation; -sara, m. advance; diffusion, expansion, ex tension; range; issue (of smoke); free scope, ample space; motion (of the eye); appear ance, manifestation; prevalence, influence; stream, flood; multitude, quantity: -na, n. running away, escaping; coming into force; complaisance, amiability; -sárga (or á), m. gushing forth; dismissal; -sárpana, n. going forward, advancing; betaking oneself to (lc.); -sarpin, a. issuing from (--°ree;); slinking away.

prastuta	pp. begun; propounded, under discussion, in question: -tva, n. state of being under discussion, -½a&ndot;kura, m. figure in which allusion is made to a passing cir cumstance, hinting at something analogous present in the mind; (á)stuti, f. praise.

phakkikā	f. provisional statement, thesis to be proved; T. of a commentary.

bāṇa	m. (reed), shaft, arrow; the number five (because Kâma has five arrows); mark or aim (of an arrow); m. N. of the author of the Kâdambarî and the Harshakarita (seventh century a. d.); N. of an Asura; N.; m. blue Barleria; n. its flower: -gokara, m. range of an arrow, arrow-shot (distance); -tâ, f. state of an arrow; -tûnî-kri, turn into a quiver; -dhi, m. (arrow-case), quiver; -patha, m. range of an arrow, arrow-shot (distance); -pâta, m. arrow-shot; range of an arrow (distance): -patha, m. arrow-shot (distance); -bhatta, m. Bâna (the author); -maya, a. consisting or formed of arrows; -yogana, n. quiver.

bālya	n. infancy, childhood; crescent state (of the moon); childishness, immaturity of mind, puerility, folly: -tâ, f. childhood.

bāhyakaraṇa	n. external organ of sense; -tara, cpv. external etc.; outcast; -tas, ad. prp. outside, without (ab., g.); -tâ, f. deviation or divergence from (ab.); -pra kriti, f. pl. constituent parts of a foreign state (except the king).

buddhikṛt	a. producing the im pression of (--°ree;); -krita, pp. wisely acted; -kintaka, a. thinking wisely; -gîvin, a. sub sisting by intelligence; -tattva, n. the tattva of intellect (produced from Prakriti and Purusha); -pûrva, a. premeditated, inten tional: -m, ad. intentionally; -pûrvaka, a. id.: -m, ad. purposely; -prabha, m. N. of a prince; -prâgalbhî, f. soundness of judg ment; -mat, a. intelligent; shrewd, wise:-tva, n. wisdom; -matikâ, f. N.; -maya, a. consisting of intellect; -moha, m. confusion of mind; -vara, m. N. of a minister of Vikra mâditya; -vargita, pp. destitute of under standing, foolish; -vriddhi, f. increase of understanding or wisdom: -kara, a. produc ing --; -sarîra, m. N.; -sastra, a. armed with wisdom; -sâlin, a. possessed of under standing, intelligent, wise; -suddha, pp. pure of purpose; -suddhi, f. purification of the intellect; -sreshtha, spv. best through intel lect: â-ni karmâni=the works of the intel lect are best; -sampanna, pp. endowed with understanding, intelligent, wise; -sammita, pp. commensurate with reason; -sâgara, m. N.; -stha, a. present to the mind, conscious; -hîna, pp. destitute of intellect, dull-witted: -tva, n. deficiency of intellect, stupidity.

bodha	a. understanding, knowing; m. awaking (int.); waking state, conscious ness; expanding, blooming (of flowers); call ing forth (a perfume); beginning to take effect (of a spell); apprehension, knowledge, understanding; designation; N.; -aka, a. (ikâ) awakening, rousing; causing to know, teaching, explaining; designating, indicating (--°ree;); enlightening, instructing; m. teacher, instructor; N.; -ana, a. (î) causing to awake, i.e. to expand (of a flower); arousing, excit ing; instructing, informing, teaching; m. planet Mercury; n. awaking, waking; per ceiving, understanding, knowledge; arous ing; causing to take effect (spell); causing to perceive or understand; instructing, in forming, enlightening; designating, indicat ing; ninth day of the dark fortnight in Bhâ dra, on which Durgâ awakes: î, f. eleventh day of the light fortnight of the month Kârttika, on which Vishnu awakes from his sleep; -anîya, fp. to be admonished; -un derstood; -regarded as.

brahmaloka	m. world or heaven of Brahman (sts. pl.); -laukika, a. inhabit ing the world of Brahman; -vaktri, m. ex pounder of the Vedas; -vat, ad. in accord ance with or like the Veda; -vadya, n.recitation of Vedic texts; -vadha, m. mur der of a Brâhman; -vadhyâ, f. id.: -krita, n. perpetrated murder of a Brâhman; -vark asá, n. pre-eminence in sacred knowledge, sanctity; -varkas-in, a. pre-eminent in di vine knowledge, holy; -varkas-vin, a. id.; -vâdá, m. discourse on sacred matters; -vâd ín, a. discoursing on sacred matters; m. theologian, Vedântin; -vâsa, m. Brahman's abode or heaven; (bráhma)-vâhas, a. to whom prayer is offered; -vit-tva, n. sacred knowledge, theology, philosophy; -víd, a. knowing the Vedas; versed in magic; m. theologian, philosopher; -vidy&asharp;, f. knowledge of Brahman or of sacred things; -vidvas, pt. knowing Brahman; -vivardhana, a. increas ing sacred knowledge, ep. of Vishnu; -vrik sha, m. Brahman as a tree; -vritti, f. sub sistence of a Brâhman; -veda, m. Veda of Spells, Atharva-veda; -vedi, f. N. of a local ity; -vedin, a.knowing the Brahman or the Vedas; -vaivarta: -ka, n. T. of a Purâna; -vrata, n. vow of chastity: -dhara, a. prac tising --; -sâyin, a. resting in Brahman; -sâlâ, f. Brahman's hall; N. of a sacred locality; -siras, -sîrshan, n. kind of mythi cal missile; -samsad, f. Brahman's audience chamber; -samstha, a. devoted to sacred things; -samhitâ, f. collection of prayers; -sattra, n. sacrifice of prayer; -sattrin, a. offering a sacrifice of prayer; -sadana, n. seat of the Brahman priest; abode or heaven of Brahman; -sabhâ, f. hall or audience chamber of Brahman; -sambhava, a. sprung from Brahman; -saras, n. N. of a bathing place; -savá, m. purification of prayer; kind of sacrificial rite; -sât-kri, bring into har mony with Brahman; -sâmá, -sâmán, n. Sâman chanted after a verse recited by the Brahman priest; -sâyugya, n. complete union or identification with the universal soul; -sârshti-tâ, f. equality with Brahman; -sâ varna, m. N. of the tenth Manu; -sâvarni, m. id.; -siddhânta, m. T. of various astrono mical works; -siddhi, m. N. of an ascetic; -suta, m. son of Brahman; -suvarkalâ, f. kind of plant; decoction of this plant (drunk as a penance); -sûtra, n. sacred cord worn by Brâhmans over the shoulder; sacred or theological Sûtra; T. of a Sûtra work on the Vedânta philosophy ascribed to Bâdarâyana or Vyâsa: -pada, n. statement of a theolo gical Sûtra; a. (î) consisting of the state ments of a theological Sûtra; -sûtrin, a. wearing the sacred cord; -srig, m. creator of Brahman, ep. of Siva; -soma, m. N. of a saint; -stamba, m. universe, world; -stena, m. (thief of=) one in unlawful possession of the Veda; -steya, n. (theft of=) unlawful acquisition of the Veda; -sthala, n. N. of a town and of various villages; -sva, n. pro perty of a Brâhman; -haty&asharp;, f. murder of a Brâhman; -hán, m. murderer of a Brâhman; -hridaya, m. n. N. of a star (Capella).

brāhmaṇa	a. (î) belonging to a Brâhman, Brâhmanic; î, f. woman of the priestly caste; kind of red-tailed lizard; n. Brahman (n.), the divine (V.); divine power; dictum of a Brahman orpriest, theological exegesis relating to matters of faith and cult; N. of a class of works containing such disquisitions, a Brâhmana; passage in a Brâhmana; Soma-vessel of the Brahman priest: -ka, m. wretched or merely nominal Brâhman; -kalpa, a. resembling a Brâhman; -kumâra, m. Brâhman boy; -kula, n. house of a Brâhman; -griha, n. house of a Brâh man; -ghna, m. slayer of a Brâhman; -kând âla, m. (kândâla of a=) contemptible Brâh man; -gâtá, n. Brâhman race; -gushta, pp. pleasing to Brâhmans; -tâ, f. rank or con dition of a Brâhman; -tva, n. id.; -dârikâ, f. Brâhman girl; -patha, m. Brâhmana text; -putra-ka, m. Brâhman boy; -prasa&ndot;ga, m. applicability of the term Brâhmana, notion of Brâhman; -prâtivesya, m. neighbouring Brâhman; -priya, m. friend of Brâhmans; -bruva, a. calling himself a Brâhman, Brâh man only in name; -bhâva,m. condition or rank of a Brâhman; -bhogana, n. feeding of Brâhmans; -yagñá, m. sacrifice meant for or offered by Brâhmans; -vakana, n. statement of a Brâhmana text; -vadha, m. murder of a Brâhman.

bhayakara	a. terrifying; endan gering (g.); -kartri, -krit, m. one who terri fies or endangers; -m-kara, a. (î) fear-in spiring, terrifying, formidable (to, --°ree;); m. N.; -dindima, m. battle-drum; -trâtri, m. rescuer from danger; -da, a. terrifying or bringing danger to (g. or --°ree;); -dâna, n. gift given through fear; -dâyin, a. fear-inspir ing; -dhana, a. abounding in dread, terrible; -pratîkâra, m. removal of danger; -prada, a. fear-inspiring; -pradâyin, a. bringing into danger consisting of (--°ree;); -vihvala, a. agi tated with fear; -vyûha, m. kind of mili tary array in view of danger on all sides; -soka-samâvishta, pp. filled with fear and sorrow; -samtrasta-mânasa, a. having a mind scared with fear; -sthâna, n. occasion of danger; -hâraka, a. freeing from fear or danger; -hetu, m. cause of alarm.

bhāva	m. becoming, arising, occur ring; turning into (--°ree;), transformation into (lc.); being, existence; endurance, continu ance; state of being (--°ree;, forming abst. nouns like -tâ and -tva); being orbecoming (as the fundamental notion of the verb, sp. of the int. or imps. vb.); behaviour, conduct; condition, state; rank, position; aspect of a planet (in astrology); true state, reality (°ree;--, in reality); manner of being, nature; mental state, dis position, temperament; way of thinking, thought, opinion, sentiment, feeling; emotion (in rhetoric there are eight or nine primary Bhâvas corresponding to that number of Rasas or sentiments); supposition; meaning, import (iti bhâvah is continually used by commen tators like iti½arthah or iti½abhiprâyah, at the end of an explanation); affection, love; seat of the emotions, heart, soul; substance, thing; being, creature; discreet man (dr.: vc.=re spected sir); astrological house: bhâvo bhâ vam nigakkhati, birds of a feather flock to gether; bhâvam dridham kri, make a firm resolution; bhâvam kri or bandh, conceive affection for (lc.): -ka, a. causing to be, pro ducing (--°ree;); promoting the welfare of (g.); imagining, fancying (g. or --°ree;); having a sense of the beautiful, having a poetic taste; -kar tri-ka, a. having as its agent an abstract noun; -gamya, fp. to be recognised by the imagination.

bhāvarūpa	a. really existing; -vak ana, a. expressing the abstract verbal notion (activity or state); -vat, a. being in a con dition or relation; -vikâra, m. modification of the notion of being orbecoming; -vritta, pp. relating to creation; -sabda, m. verb; -suddhi, f. purity of heart; -sûnya, a. de void of affection; -samsuddhi, f. purity of heart; -samâhita, pp. composed in mind; -stha, a. being in love, enamoured;-sthira, a. rooted in the heart; -snigdha, pp. heartily or deeply attached.

bhuraṇya	den. P. (RV.) be restless or active; agitate (liquid).

bhūtakaraṇa	n. that which pro duces the past tense, augment; -kartri, m. creator of beings; -kâla, m. past time; -kâl ika, a. relating to the past; -krít, a. creat ing beings; m. creator of beings; -ketu, m. N. of a Vetâla; -gana, m. the host of created beings; a or the host of spirits; -grâ ma, m. sg. & pl. the aggregate of created beings, community of creatures; multitude of spirits; -kârin, a. moving among beings (Siva); -kintâ, f. investigation of the ele ments; -kaitanika, m. believer in the doc trine that mind is produced from material elements; -kaitanya, n. state of matter being mind; -gananî, f. mother of all beings; -gâta, n.aggregate of beings; -tâ, f. verity, truth; -tva, n. condition of created beings or elements; -dayâ, f. tenderness to all creatures; -druh, a. injuring creatures; -dharâ, f. supporter of creatures, earth; -dhâtrî, f. supporter of creatures (sleep); earth; -dhârinî, f. earth; -nâtha, m. ruler of spirits, ep. of Siva; -nikaya, m. (aggre gate of elements), body; -páti, m. lord of creatures, esp. of evil spirits, ep. of Agni, Bhava, Sarva, and Siva; -pâla, m.protector of creatures; -pûrva, a. having been before, former; old (stories); deceased: -tâ, f. for mer circumstances; -prakriti, f. primal source of created beings; -bhartri, m. lord of spirits, ep. of Siva; -bhâvana, a.blessing creatures, ep. of Brahman; -bhâvin, a. creating beings; past and future; -bhâshâ, f., -bhâshita, (pp.) n. language of the goblins; -bhrit, a. supporting beings; -bhautika, a. consisting of the elements and what is formed of them; -maya, a. (î) including all beings; formed out of the five elements; -mahesvara, m. great lord of the spirits, ep. of Siva; -mâ trâ, f. pl. the subtile elements; the gross and the subtile elements; -yagñá, m.offering to all created beings (one of the five Mahâya gñas to be performed daily by the householder; it consists in the oblation of the Bali, q. v.); -yoni, f. origin of created beings; -râg, m. king of the spirits, ep. of Siva; -rûpa, a. having the form of a goblin.

bhūṣaṇa	a. (î) adorning (--°ree;); n. ornament, decoration; --°ree; a. adorned with: -tâ, f. state of an ornament; -petikâ, f. jewel-casket.

mataṅga	m. [roaming at will], ele phant; N. of a Dânava; N. of a sage: pl. his race: -ga, m. elephant: -tva, n. state of an elephant; -deva, m. N. of a fabulous being; -pura, n. N. of a town.

manas	n. mind (in its widest sense as the seat of intellectual operations and of emotions), internal organ; understanding, intellect; soul, heart; conscience; thought, conception; imagination; cogitation, reflexion; inclination, desire, will; mood, disposition; in the philosophical systems manas is regarded as distinct from soul (âtman), of which it is only the instrument, and is (except in the Nyâya) considered perishable:-kri, make up one's mind, resolve; fix one's heart or affections upon any one (g.); -kri, pra-kri, dhâ, vi-dhâ, dhri, bandh, and nivesaya, direct the thoughts to, think of (d., lc., prati, or inf.); -sam-â-dhâ, collect oneself; in.mánasâ, in the mind; in thought or imagination; with all one's heart, will ingly; by the leave of (g.); manasâ½iva, as with a thought, in a trice; manasâ man, think of in one's mind, -gam, go to in thought =imagine, remember, -sam-gam, become unanimous; manasi kri, bear or ponder in mind, -ni-dhâ, impress on the mind, trea sure in the heart; meditate, -vrit, be pass ing in one's mind; manas is often used --°ree; a. with an inf. in -tu=wishing or intend ing to (e. g. prashtu-manas, desirous of inquiring).

mardita	cs. pp. (√ mrid) rubbed, etc.; -i-tavya, fp. to be destroyed or devas tated; -in, a. crushing, breaking in pieces, destroying (--°ree;).

maryādā	f. [giving a clear sign: √ mar*, shine], mark, landmark; boundary, limit; end; goal; verge of the ocean, coast; strictly defined relation; bounds of morality, moral law; established usage; limits of pro priety; definite or fixed rule; fast alliance or contract: -giri, -½akala, m. frontier moun tain; -dhâvana, n. running towards a goal; -bhedaka, m. destroyer of landmarks; -maya, a. forming the bounds of morality; -vakana, n. statement of the limit.

mahāpakṣa	a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond.

mahokṣa	m. large or full-grown bull: -tâ, f. state of a great bull; -½ukkhra ya, a. very lofty or great; -½ukkhrâya-vat, a. id.; -½uttama, n. (?) perfume; -½utpala, n. lotus-flower (Nelumbium speciosum); -½ut sava, m. great festival; -½utsavin, a. cele brating a great festival; -½utsâha, a. having great power; strong-willed, energetic, per severing; -½udadhi, m. great sea, ocean (of which there are supposed to be four): -ga, m. shell; -½udaya, m. great exaltation, good fortune, or prosperity; a. conferring great good fortune, or blessings; very prosperous; very happy; m. N.; n. ep. of the city of Kâ nyakubga: â, f. N. of a hall in the lunar world: (a)-svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -½ud ara, n. big belly, dropsy; a. (î) big-bellied; m. N.: -mukha, m. N. of an attendant of Durgâ; -½udyama, a. exerting oneself greatly, hard-working, industrious; busily occupied with (inf. or d. of abst. n.); -½unnata, pp. very lofty; -½unnati, f. great elevation, high rank or position; -½upâdhyâya, m. great teacher; -½uraga, m. great serpent; -½uras-ka, a. broad-chested; -½ûrmin, a. very billowy; -½ulkâ, f. great firebrand; great meteor.

māndya	n. slowness, sluggishness, indolence; stateliness; illness.

mithyākopa	m. feigned anger; -kraya, m. false price; -graha, m. fruitless obstinacy; -½âkâra, m. wrong or improper conduct; a. acting hypocritically; -galpita, (pp.) n. wrong or false talk;-gñâna, n. mis apprehension, error; -tva, n. falseness, un reality; -darsana, n. false appearance; -drish- ti, f. heresy; -½adhîta, n. wrong course of study; -½adhyavasiti, f. false supposition (a figure of speech in which the impossibility of a thing is expressed by making it depend on an impossible contingency: e. g. only one who wears a garland of air will secure the affec tions of a courtesan); -pandita, a. learned or clever only in appearance; -purusha, m. man only in appearance; -pratigña, a. false to one's promise, faithless; -pravâdin, a. speaking falsely, lying; -phala, n. imaginary advantage or reward; -buddhi, f. misappre hension; -½abhidhâ, f. false name; -½abhi dhâna, n. false statement; -½abhiyogin, a. making a false charge; -½abhisamsana, n. false accusation; -½abhisamsin, a. accusing falsely; -½abhisasta, pp. falsely accused; -½abhisasti, f. false charge; -½abhisâpa, m. id.; false prediction; -yoga, m. false em ployment; -½ârambha, m. wrong treatment; -vakana, n. telling an untruth; -vâkya, n. false statement, lie; -vâk, a. speaking falsely, lying; -vâda, m. false statement, lie; a. tell ing an untruth, lying; -vâdin, a. id.; -vyâ pâra, m. wrong occupation, meddling with what is not one's concern; -sâkshin, m. false witness; -stava, m. unfounded praise (pl.); -stotra, n. id. (pl.); -½âhâra, m. wrong diet; -½upakâra, m. pretended service or kind ness; wrong (medical) treatment.

mithyā	in. ad. [later form of mithuyâ] wrongly, incorrectly; falsely, untruly, deceit fully; not in reality, only in appearance; to no purpose, fruitlessly, in vain: -kri, act wrongly; break (one's word: w. na, keep --); deny; -brû, -vak, -vad, state falsely, lie, feign; -bhû, turn out or prove false; -pra vrit, behave in an unseemly manner towards (lc.).

muktāphala	n. pearl: -ketu, m. N.; -gâla, n. pearl necklace; -tâ, f. state of a pearl; -dhvaga, m. N. of a prince; -maya, a. consisting of pearls; -latâ, f. string of pearls.

mukti	f. release, deliverance, from (--°ree;); emancipation from the bonds of exist ence, final beatitude; abandonment of (--°ree;); throwing, hurling, discharging: -kalasa, m. N. of an ancestor of Bilhana; -kshetra, n. place of salvation, Benares; -tâ, f. state of re lease; -pati, m. lord of salvation; -pura, n. N. of a Dvîpa; -pûr-dasyu, m. robber of the cita del of salvation; -vat, a. delivered from (ab.).

mukhākāra	m. look, mien; -½âkshepa, m. turning up of soil with the ploughshare and abuse proceeding from the mouth; -a&ndot;ga, n. part of the face; -½âditva, n. state of being the face etc.;-½anila, m. breath; -½abga, n. lotus face; -½ambuga, n. id.; -½âsava, m. nectar of the lips; -½âsrâva, m. flow of saliva; -½âsvâda, m. kissing of the mouth; -½indu, m. moon-like face: -bimba, n. id.; -½utkîrna, m. N.

mṛṣārtha	a. having a wrong pur port, untrue; -vakana, n., -vâk, f. untrue speech; satire, irony; -vâda, m. id.; a. speaking falsely; m. liar; -vâdin, a. lying; -½udya, n. false statement; lying.

yatas	ad.=ab. of ya in all numbers and genders, out of or from whom or which, whence, whereof (be afraid); where (common); whither (rare); wherefore, for which reason; since, because, for (often introducing a verse in support of a previous statement); since when (gnly. + prabhriti); as soon as (RV.); that (after questions, e.g. what have I done that you should --; or to introduce oratio recta); yáto yatah, from which or whence respectively; whithersoever, in whatever direction; yata eva kutas ka, whenceso ever (Br.); yatas tatah, from any one so ever; from any quarter whatever; whither soever, to any place whatever.

yatna	m. volition, aspiration (rare); effort, exertion, endeavour, care, trouble, labour, pains (sg. & pl.; with regard to, lc. or --°ree;); express statement (rare): -m kri, â-dhâ, or â-sthâ, make an effortor attempt, take trouble or pains (for, to, lc., inf.); in. sg. or pl. carefully, eagerly, zealously, strenu ously; yatnena½api, in spite of every effort; ab. with every effort; carefully, sedulously, vigorously; -tas, ad. id.; °ree;--, with difficulty.

yathātattva	ad. °ree;-- or -m, in accordance with truth, truly, accurately; -tatham, ad. as it is really (tathâ), circumstantially, accurately; properly, suitably; -tathyam, -tathyena, ad. in accordance with truth; -½âtmaka, a. having whatever nature; -darsana, ad. °ree;-or -m, at each occurrence, in each individual case; -dik, -disam, ad. in accordance with the cardinal points, ac cording to thecorresponding direction; -½â dishta, pp. according to the direction or statement: (á)-m, ad.; -drishtam, ad. as one has seen it; -devatam, ad. deity by deity; -desam, ad. according to the place; -½âdesam, according to precept; -dharmám, ad. in due order; according to the nature; -½adhikâra, ad. °ree;-or -m, according to au thority; -½adhîta, °ree;-or -m, ad. as learnt, in accordance with the text; -½adhyâpakam, ad. in accordance with the teacher; -nirup tam, ad. as scattered; -nirdishta, pp. as above specified, described, or characterized; -½anu pûrvam, ad. in regular order; -½anupûrvya, °ree;-or â, (in.) ad. id.; -½anubhûtam, ad. ac cording toprevious experience; -½anurûpam, ad. in exact conformity, regularly; -nyastam, ad. in the manner in which deposited; -nyây am, ad. according to rule, duly, fitly; -nyâs am, ad. according to the written wording of a sûtra, as is written; -nyupta, pp. in the order in which laid down.

yathākaniṣṭham	ad. according to age from the youngest upwards; -kartavya, fp. to be done according to the circumstances; n. proper course of action; -karmá, ad. according to the respective action or actions; -karma-gunam, ad. according to the actions and (three) qualities; -kalpam, ad. according to the ritual; -kândam, ad. according to the sections; -kâma-kâra, m. action according to one'sdesire; -k&asharp;mam (SB. ám), ad. according to wish, at will or pleasure, agreeably; leisurely; -kâma- gyeya, fp. to be oppressed at pleasure; -kâma-prayâpya, fp. to be sent away at pleasure; -kâma-vadhya, fp. to be chastised at pleasure; -kâma-vikârin, a. wandering about at will; -kâma½arkita½arthin, a. satis fying supplicants according to their desire; -kâmin, a. acting according to one's will, unrestrained; -kârya, fp. to be done according to circumstances; -kâla, m. proper time: -m, ad. at the right or usual time, seasonably; -kula-dharmam, ad. according to the family usage; -krita, pp. properly done (--°ree;); agreed upon: (á)-m, ad. as usual (RV.); as it hap pened; as agreed upon; -krama, °ree;--, -m, ena, in due order, successively; -kriyamâna, pr. pt. as being done, usual, customary; -ksham am, ad. according to one's power, as much as possible; -kshipram,ad. as possible; -½âkhyânam, ad. according to the statement, as before stated; -½âgata, pp. by which one came (way): -m, e-na, ad. by the way one came; -½âgama, a. orthodox: -m, ad. in accordance with tradition; -gunam, ad. according to the qualities or virtues; -griham, ad. into one's respective house; -gotra-kula-kalpam, ad. according to the usage of the family or the tribe; -½a&ndot;gám, ad. member by member; -½âkâram,ad. according to usage; -kintita, pp. previously intended; -kkhandas, ad. metre by metre; -gâta, pp. as if born into the world; stupid, foolish; -gosham, ad. to one's heart's content; -gñapta, pp. previously directed orordered; -gñapti, ad. according to command; -gñânam, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -gñeyam, ad. id.; -gyeshtham, ad. according to age from the eldest downwards, by seniority.

yathāvakāśam	ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand.

yathāpaṇyam	ad. according to the commodity; -½aparâdha-danda, a. pun ishing in proportion to guilt; -parîttam, ad. as delivered up; -puram, ad. as before; -pûr va, a. being as before: (á)-m, ad. as before; in succession, one after the other; -pragñam, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -pratya ksha-darsanam, ad. as if actually seen; -pra dishtam, ad. as prescribed, duly; -pradesam, ad. in its respective place; in the proper place; in all directions; according to precept; -pradhânam, ad. according to size; accord ing to precedence; -pravesam, ad. as one has entered; -prasnam, ad. in accordance with the questions; -prastutam, ad. as had al ready been begun, at length; -prânam, ad. according to one's strength, with all one's might; -prânena, in. ad. id.; -prâpta, pp. as fallen in with, the first that occurs; as resulting from circumstances, suitable; re sulting from a preceding grammatical rule: -m, ad. according to the rule, regularly; -prârthitam, ad. as requested; -phalam, ad. according to the produce; -balám, ad. according to one'spower, with all one's might; according to the condition of the army; -bîg am, ad. according to the seed; -buddhi, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -bhâgám, ad. according to the share; in one's respective place; in the right place; -bhâganam, ad. respectively in the right place; -bhâva, m. condition of how it is, true state; fate; -½abhi preta, pp. wished for, desirable (--°ree;): -m, ad. according to desire, as any one (g.) likes; -½abhimata, pp. desired: -m, ad. according to desire, to one's heart's content, -desa, m. desired place, whatever place one likes; -½abhi rukita, pp. liked, favourite; -½abhilashita, wished for, desirable; -½abhîshta, pp.desired: -dis, f. place desired by each; -bhûtam, ad. according to what has happened, truly; -bhû mi, ad. into the respective country; -½abhy arthita, pp. previously requested; -ma&ndot;ga lam, ad. according to the respective custom; -mati, ad. as seems fit to any one (g.); to the best of one's understanding; -manas, ad. to one's heart's content; -mukhyam, ad. as re gards the chief persons; -mukhyena, in. ad. chiefly, above all; -½âmnâtam, ad. as handed down in the text.

yathokta	pp. as said or stated, aforesaid, previously mentioned or discussed: °ree;-or -m, e-na, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; according to request; -½ukta kârin, a. acting as prescribedabove; -½ukta vâdin, a. reporting what he has been told (messenger); -½ukita, pp. suitable, fit, proper: °ree;-or -m, ad. becomingly, fitly, suita bly; -½uggitam, ad. according to the victory gained; -½uttara, a. following in succession: -m, ad. one after the other, in succession; -½utsâha, a. according to one's power: -m, ad. to the best of one's ability; -½udayam, ad. in proportion to income, according to one's means; -½udita, pp. as stated, before-mentioned: -m, ad.; -½udgamana, °ree;-ad. in rising proportion; -½uddishta, pp. as stated, enu merated above; as directed by (in.): -m, ad. in the manner stated; -½uddesam, ad. in the manner indicated; -½upagosham, ad. at pleasure, comfortably; -½upadishta, pp. as stated, previously indicated: -m, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; -½upadesam, ad. as stated or instructed, in accordance with precept orprescribed teaching; -½upa-pâdam, ad. just as or where it happens; -½upayoga, °ree;-or -m, ad. according to use, requirements, or circumstances; -½upalam bham, ad. however one lays hold of it; -½upâ dhi, ad.according to the conditions or pre mises; -½upta, pp. as sown, according to the seed; -½aukityam (or ât), in a suitable manner.

yantratakṣan	m. constructor of machines or magical contrivances; -dri- dha, pp. secured by a bolt; -dhârâ-griha, n. shower-bath room: -tva, n. condition or function of a shower-bath; -nâla, n.artificial pipe or tube; -putraka, m., -putrikâ, f. mechanical doll; -pravâha, m. mechanical spray or jet of water; -maya, a. artificially imitated, mechanical (animal, etc.); -mayû ra-ka, m. artificial peacock; -mârga, m.aqueduct.

yāthākāmya	n. acting ac cording to desire, arbitrariness; -tath-ya, n. real state, proper way, truth: -m or in. truly.

yāmabhadra	m. kind of pavilion; -mâtra, n. only a watch; -yama, m. pre scribed occupation for every hour; -vat-î, f. (having watches), night; -vritti, f. being on watch or guard; -stamberama, m.=-kuñga ra; (y&asharp;ma)-hûti, f. cry for help (RV.): -½avasthita, pp. standing ready at stated hours.

yāvadantam	ad. to the end; -abhîkshnam, ad. as long as a moment lasts; -artha, a. as much or many as required: °ree; or -m, ad.; -â-bhûta-samplavam, ad. till the destruction of created beings, till the end of the world; -âyusha-m, ad. as long as life lasts, for life; -âyus, ad. id.: h-pramâna, a. life-long; -ittham, ad. as much as neces sary; -îpsitam, ad. as much as one desires; -ukta, pp. as far as is stated: -m, ad.

racita	pp.: -katushka, a. marked round with a square of chalk or grain; -tva, n. state of being composed; -pûrva, a. pre viously performed; -½artha, a. having accom plished one's object.

rāga	m. [√ rag] colouring, dyeing; colour; redness; passion, vehement desire, love, affection or sympathy for, joy or delight in (lc. or --°ree;); (colouring), nasalization; love liness, beauty (of voice or song); musical mode (of which six are generally assumed, these being variously stated to be Srîrâga, Bhairava, Megha, Kausika, Hindola, Dîpaka; or Srî râga, Bhairava, Megha, Vasanta, Pañkama, Natanârâyana; or Srîrâga, Vasanta, Mâlava, Mallâra, Karnâta, and Hillola; sts. seven or twenty-six are spoken of).

rājakumāra	m. prince: i-kâ, f. princess; -kula, n. royal family (pl. kings); royal palace (serving also as a court of jus tice); high road: -bhatta, m. N. of a poet; -krít, m. king-maker; -kritya, n.duties of a king, state affairs; -kriyâ, f. business of a king; -gâmin, a. brought before the king (slander); -giri, m. N. of a locality; -guru, m. king's counsellor or minister; -griha, n. royal dwelling, palace; N. of the capital of Magadha (also î, f.); -ghâtaka, m. regi cide; -kihna, n. pl. royal insignia; -gambû, f. a tree.

rājaka	m. petty king; metr. & --°ree; =râgan, king; N.; n. assemblage of kings; -kathâ, f. history of kings; -kanyakâ, f. king's daughter, princess; -kanyâ, f. id.; -kara, m. tribute due to a king; -karana, n. law-court; -karna, m. tusk of an elephant; -kartri, m. king-maker: pl. enthroners of a king; -karman, n. duties of a king; royal service; Soma-rite; -kalasa, m. N.; -kalâ, f. sixteenth part of the moon's disc, crescent; -kârya, n. business of a king, state affairs; royal command; -kilbishin, a. transgressing as a king.

rājanaya	m. royal policy, states manship; -nirdhûta-danda, a. having the staff wielded over him by the king, punished by the king; -nivesana, n. royal palace; -nîti, f. royal policy, statesmanship.

rājayakṣma	m. kind of dangerous disease; later: pulmonary consumption; -yakshman, m. id.; -yakshm-in, a. consumptive; -yagña, m. royal sacrifice; -yâna, n. royal vehicle, palanquin; -ratha,m. royal carriage; -rambhâ, f. kind of plantain; -râkshasa, m. demon of a king; -râg, m. king of kings, emperor; moon; -râga, m. king of kings; ep. of Kubera: -giri, m. ep. of the Himavat; -tâ, f., -tva, n. dignity of a sovereign lord; -râgya, n. sovereignty over all kings; -½rishi, m. royal sage; -lakshana, n. mark indicative of (future) royalty; -lakshman, n. royal emblem; -lakshmî, f. regal glory or majesty; N. of a princess; -loka, m.assemblage of kings; -vamsa, m. royal race, dynasty; -vamsya, a. of royal descent; m. Kshatriya; -vat, 1. ad. like a king (nm. or ac.); as in the case of a king; 2. a. having a king; abounding in kings: lc. =in the presence of a king; m. N.: -î, f. N.; -vadana, m. N.; -vandin, m. N. (=-bandin); -varkasin, a. being in royal service; -valla bha, m. royal favourite: -turamgama, m. favourite steed of a prince; -vasati, f. life at the court of a king; -vahana, a. bearing or ridden by kings; -vâhana, m. N. of a king; -vidyâ, f. kingcraft, statesmanship; -vihâra, m. royal pleasure-seat; royal mon astery; -vîthî, f. royal road, highway; -vri ksha, m. kind of tree; -vritta, n.procedure or vocation of a king; -vesman, n. royal palace; -vesha, m. royal costume; -sârdûla, m. (tiger-like=) illustrious king; -sâsana, n. royal command; -srî, f. glory or majesty of a king.

lakṣaṇakarman	n. statement of characteristics, correct definition; -gña, a. able to explain marks (on the body); knowing the good characteristics of (g.); -tva, n. condition of being a definition; -bhrashta, pp. deprived of all auspicious signs, ill-fated; -lakshanâ, f. indicative indication (e. g. a herd-station on the Ganges = on the bank of the Ganges); -vat, a. characterised by (in.); possessed of goodmarks; giving correct defi nitions; -samnipâta, m. branding; -samni vesa, m. id.

lakṣya	fp. to be defined; indicated, indirectly denoted or expressed; to be regarded as (nm.); had in view; to be observed; to be recognised by (in., --°ree;); visible, perceptible; n. object aimed at, prize; aim, mark; one hundred thousand, lac; pretence, disguise; example (?): -m labh, attain one's object, -m bandh, direct one's aim at (lc.): w. âkâse, gaze vaguely into the air: -tâ, f. visibility; state of being a mark:-m nî, make visible, -m yâ, become an aim; -tva, n. being an aim, of (--°ree;); -bheda, m. hitting the mark; -lakshana-bhâva, m. connexion of the indicated and indicator; -supta, pp. feigning sleep; -½alakshya, fp. visible and not visible, scarcely visible.

likhana	n. scratching; inscribing, writing; written statement or remark.

leśa	m. [√ lis=√ ris] particle, atom, drop, little bit, small amount of (g., --°ree;; very common --°ree;=very little or slight, insignifi cant; °ree;--, in., or -tas, very slightly or briefly); a rhetorical figure in which a statement is made indirectly (e. g. &open;the boast of the Pân davas on slaying Bhîshma under the leader ship of Sikhandin will be ours&close;); a rhetori cal figure in which what is usually considered as an advantage is represented as a disadvan tage and vice versâ.

lola	a. [√ lul] moving to and fro, rolling, waving, tremulous, agitated; restless, unsteady; fickle, inconstant; longing, eager for, desirous of (lc., inf., --°ree;): â, f. lightning; fickle goddess of fortune.

vaktavya	fp. to be said, spoken; uttered, stated, or declared (w. g. or lc. of prs.); -spoken to or addressed (w. ac. of object); -blamed, reprehensible; responsible to, dependent on (g., --°ree;):vaktavyasya kâlah, time to speak; n. blame, censure: -tâ, f. censure; responsibility.

vacana	a. eloquent (RV.); --°ree;, ex pressing, meaning (-tâ, f. abst. n.); pro nounced by (in., --°ree;); n. act of speaking; pronunciation; utterance, declaration; ex press mention; statement thatsomething is (--°ree;); speech, word; injunction of a teacher, rule (gr.); command, direction; advice; voice, note; grammatical number: -m kri, do any one's bidding, follow the advice of (g.); e sthâ, id.; vakanena (rare) or vakanât, in the name of (g., --°ree;); iti vakanât, because it is so stated.

vanapannaga	m. forest snake; -parvan, n. Forest-section, T. of the third book of the Mahâbhârata; -pârsva, m. forest (side=) region; -pushpa-maya, a. made or consisting of wild flowers; -pûrva,m. N. of a village; -prastha, m. n. forest plateau, wooded table-land; N. of a locality; -barh ina, m. wild peacock: -tva, n. state of a wild peacock; -bidâla, m. wild cat; -bhû, -bhûmi, f. forest region; -mâta&ndot;ga, m.wild elephant; -mânushikâ, f. little forest woman; -mânushî, f. female forester; -mâlâ, f. gar land of wild flowers, esp. that worn by Krish- na; -mâlin, a. wearing a garland of forest flowers, esp. ep. of Krishna; -muk, a.shower ing water; -mriga, m. forest antelope; -râ- g&ibrevcirc; f. line of trees, far-extending forest.

varṇaya	den. P. (Â. metr.) colour, paint; depict, delineate, describe, relate, ex plain, state; regard (rare): pp. varnita, de scribed, etc. anu, describe, relate, explain, state. vi½â, relate, describe. upa,describe, narrate, tell, state. nis, look attentively, at (ac.); describe, depict (rare). vi-nis, look at attentively, regard. sam, relate, tell; praise.

varṇana	n., â, f. description, ac count; statement; -anîya, fp. to be described or stated.

vākyatva	n. condition of being a word, speech, or sentence; consisting in words; --°ree;, pronunciation; -pûrana, a. fill ing up the sentence; -prabandha, m. con tinuous speech, narrative; -bheda,m. differ ence of statement: pl. contradictory state ments: vâkyabhedâd anighâtah, owing to the sharp division of the sentence (i. e. be cause there is a new sentence) there is no grave accent (i. e. the verb is accented with the acute); -mâlâ, f. concatenation of sentences; -vagra, n. sg. & pl. words like thunderbolts; -visesha, m. special saying; -sesha, m. com plement of a sentence, word to be supplied; -samyoga, m. grammatical construction; -sârathi, m. spokesman; -svara, m. sentence accent.

vācana	n. (fr. cs. of √ vak) causing to recite; reciting; reading; expressing: i-ka, a. (î) based on an express statement (vakana), expressly mentioned.

vākya	n. [√ vak] sg. & pl. utterance, speech, words (ord. mg.); (legal) evidence; ex press statement (opp. li&ndot;ga, indication); mode of expression; argument (in logic); sentence (in grammar);mama vâkyât, in my name.

vācya	fp. to be spoken, said, told, stated, declared, mentioned, or enumerated; spoken about; to be spoken to, addressed, or told (w. ac. or oratio recta w. iti); expressed, signified, expressly meant by (g., --°ree;); to be spoken against, to be blamed or censured by (in., g.), censurable; n. imps. one should say or speak, about (g.); n. reproach, fault (-m gam, expose oneself to reproach); (that of which anything is predicable), substantive: -tva, n. expression by means of (--°ree;); -vat, ad. like the substantive=following the gen der of the substantive, adjectivally.

vāda	a. (--°ree;) speaking of (rare); caus ing to sound, playing (rare); m. talk, utter ance, statement (ord. mg.: --°ree; w. the speaker or what is stated); speaking about, mention ing (--°ree;); counsel; proposition, thesis; dis cussion, controversy, disputation; dispute, about (--°ree;); agreement regarding (--°ree;); cry, note (of an animal or bird); sound (of a musical instrument): -ka, m. player of a musical instrument; -tas, ad. in argument (overcome); -da, a. vying with (--°ree;).

vāvacana	n. statement of option.

vicāra	m. [√ kar] procedure (S., E.); consideration, reflexion, deliberation; discrimination, investigation, examination; hesitation: -gña, m. one skilled in discrimina tion, competent judge;-kârana, n. considera tion, reflection; investigation, discussion; hesi tation: â, f. distinction; kind; -kâranîya, fp. needing careful consideration; -kâra-dris, a. employing no spies as eyes and regarding the matter with deliberation; -kâra-mû- dha, pp. deficient in discretion; -kârayitavya, fp. needing careful consideration; -kâra-vat, a. acting with deliberation, circumspect; -kâr ita, cs. pp. √ kar; -kârin, a. (n-î) having wide ways (earth; RV.1); wandering about; acting; dissolute; reflecting, considering, examining; -kârya, fp. needing (long) re flexion; n. imps. one should reflect or hesi tate; -kâlana, a. (î) destroying (--°ree;).

viḍamba	a. imitating any one (--°ree;); m. derision; desecration: -ka, a. (--°ree;) imitat ing, bearing a striking resemblance; bringing disgrace on (--°ree;); -dambana, a. imitating, acting like; n., â, f.imitation, copying, dis guise, playing the part of any one, illusive assumption of a form (sp. of a god in human form); derision, scorn, mockery; disgrace, degradation: (&abrevcirc;)-m kri, copy, imitate; make a laughing-stock of (ac.); -dambita½îsvara, a. imitating (=the image of) Siva; -dambin, a. (--°ree;) imitating, assuming the appearance of, strikingly like; mocking=throwing into the shade, surpassing; degrading, disgracing.

vinokti	f. statement that sthg. has or has not any value only without sthg. else (=condition sine quâ non; rh.).

vipakṣa	m. opponent, adversary, enemy; female rival; statement on the op posite side, counter-instance: -bhâva, m. hostility; -ramanî, f. female rival.

vipramāthin	a. trampling down everything; -mâdin, a. thoroughly heedless; -moksha, m. loosening; deliver ance from (ab., g.); -mokya, fp. to be freed from (ab.); -yoga, m. separation, from (in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); lack, absence; -yogin, a. separated from a loved object; -labdha, pp. (√ labh) deceived, imposed upon; -labhya, fp. to be deceived, -made a fool of; -lam bha, m. deception; (disappointment=) sepa ration of lovers: -ka, a. deceiving, cheating; m. dishonest opponent: -tva, n. deception; -lambhana, n. deception (pl.); -lambhin, a. deceiving, fallacious; -laya, m. absorp tion in (lc.); extinction; -lâpa, m. explana tion; idle chatter; contradiction; -lâpin, a. chattering; m. chatterer; -lumpa-ka, a. rapacious; -vâda, m. divergent statement; -vâsa, m. dwelling or travelling abroad; staying away from (ab., --°ree;); -vâsana, n. banishing.

vipratikūla	a. refractory; -pat ti, f. erroneous perception or notion; contra diction; divergence of opinion (ord. mg.); in compatibility of two conceptions, antinomy; -shedha, m. keeping in check; contradiction, conflict of two statements; prohibition, nega tion; -sâra, m. repentance.

vivāka	m. one who pronounces judgment; (ví)-vâk, a. shouting against one another, contending (RV.); f. opposing shout, contest (RV.); -vâkana, m. (î, f.) arbitrator; n. decisive statement, authority;-vâda, m. dispute, between (g., --°ree;), with (in. ± saha, --°ree;), regarding (g., lc., prati, --°ree;); controversy, argument; lawsuit: -pada, n. subject of a dispute or suit; -vâda½adhyâsita, pp. sub ject to dispute; -vâda½arthin, m. prose cutor; -vâdin, m. disputant, litigant; -vâra, m. expansion of the throat in articulation (opp. samvâra); -vârin, a. warding off (--°ree;); -vâsa, m. absence from home, banishment; separation from (in.); -vâsana, n. expulsion from home, banishment; -vâsas, a. un clothed, naked; -vâsya, fp. to be banished; -vâhá, m. taking home of the bride, wedding, marriage, with (in.±saha); nuptial form (of which there are eight); vehicle (in a play on words, Ait. Br.): -katushtaya, n. quadruple matrimonial alliance; -vâhanîyâ, fp. f. to be taken home as a bride, to be wedded; -vâha-pataha, m. wedding drum; -vâha vesha, m. wedding garment, -vâha½agni, m. wedding fire; -vâhya, fp. to be married (girl); connected by marriage; m. son-in-law.

vivṛta	pp. √ 1. vri; n. publicity: lc. in public or straight out (speak): -½ânana, a. open-mouthed (-tva, n. open-mouthed state), -½âsya, a. open-mouthed; -vriti, f. exposition, explanation, comment; -vri ta½ukti, f. unveiled or explicit expression; -vritti, f. development; hiatus; -vriddha, pp. (√ vridh) increased; -vriddhi, f. growth, increase, augmentation, aggrandisement; pros perity; lengthening of a vowel: -bhâg, a. in creasing (age).

viśaṅkaṭa	a. extensive, large, big; ghastly, hideous (for vi-samkata, cp. vi-ka ta); -sa&ndot;kanîya, fp. to be distrusted or sus pected; -sa&ndot;kâ, f. 1. doubt regarding (lc.); suspicion; fear, of (g., --°ree;); timid hesitation: -m kri, hesitate; 2. (P.) absence of fear: in. fearlessly, without hesitation; -sa&ndot;kin, a. surmising, supposing (--°ree;); fearing sthg. (--°ree;); afraid that (pot. + iti); -sa&ndot;kya,fp. to be distrusted or suspected; to be feared.

viśeṣatas	ad. according to the difference of, in proportion to (--°ree;); specifi cally, singly, in particular; especially, par ticularly, above all; -tva, n. distinction; notion of the particular; -mandana, n. costly ornament; -vakana, n. adjective, apposition; -vat, a. distinguishing (in a-); -vid, a.= -gña; -sâlin, a. distinguished, excellent; -½arthi-tâ, f. want of something better; -½ukti, f. statement of the difference of two otherwise similar objects (a figure of speech).

vṛttakāya	a. having a round body; -gandhi: -n, n. kind of artificial prose containing metrical passages; -bandha, m. verse; -bha&ndot;ga, m. violation of good con duct and of metre; -yukta, pp.of good con duct, virtuous; -vat, a. id.; -sampanna, pp. id.; -stha, a. adhering to good conduct, vir tuous; -hîna, pp. destitute of good conduct, ill-conducted; -½âkshepa, m. statement of dissatisfaction with or disbelief in an occur rence (rh.).

vedarahasya	n. secret doctrine of the Veda, the Upanishads; -râsi, m. the entire Veda; -vâkya, n. statement of the Veda; -vâda, m. id.; talk about the Veda, theological discussion; -vâdin, a. able to talk about or conversant with the Vedas; -vikrayin, a. selling=teaching the Veda for money; -vit-tama, spv. most learned in the Veda; -vit-tva, n. knowledge of the Veda; -víd, a. knowing the Veda; -vidyâ, f. know ledge of the Veda: -vid, a. versed in Vedic learning, -vrata-snâta, pp. having completed one's Vedic and scientific studies and one's vows; -vidvas, pt. knowing the Veda; -viplâvaka, a. propagating the Veda; -ve da½a&ndot;ga-tattva-gña, a. knowing the Vedas and the Vedâ&ndot;gas thoroughly; -vedâ&ndot;ga pâraga, a. thoroughly conversant with the Vedas and Vedâ&ndot;gas; -vyâsa, m. arranger of the Veda; -vrata, n.observance pre scribed during Vedic study; a. having taken the Vedic vow; -sabda, m. the word Veda; statement of the Veda; -sâkhâ, f. Vedic branch or school; -sâstra, n. sg. doctrine of the Veda: pl. the Veda and othercanonical works: -purâna, n. pl. id. and the Purânas; -sruti, f. Vedic scriptures.

vaikṛta	a. [vikriti] modified, derivative, secondary; subject to modification; artificial, kept up by adoption (family); n. modification, alteration, disfigurement, ab normal condition, changed state (ord. mg.); unnatural phenomenon, portent; mental change, agitation; change of sentiment, hos tility: -vat, a. morbidly affected by (--°ree;).

vyaṅgya	fp. (to be) made manifest; expressed by implication, suggested (rh.; opp. vâkya, directly stated; lakshya, indicated).

vyagra	a. attending to no particular point (opp. eka½agra), distraught, inattentive; bewildered, agitated; diverted from every thing else, intent on, engrossed by, entirely occupied with (in., lc., --°ree;; frequently said of fingers, hands, arms): -m, ad. with great excitement; -tâ, f. intentness on (--°ree;); -tva, n. id.; distraction.

vyapakarṣa	m. exception; -gama, m. lapse (of time); disappearance, loss; -tra pâ, f. bashfulness, shyness; -desa, m. designation, appellation; mode of expression, statement; appeal to (g.); family name (rare); pretext, subterfuge: in. under some pretext (± kenakit); in., °ree;--, or -tas, under the pretence or guise of (--°ree;); -desaka, a. designating; -desa-vat, a. having a designation, designated; -des-in, a. id.; designating (--°ree;); following the advice of (--°ree;); -desya, fp. to be designated or named; -blamed; -naya, m. withdrawal; -nayana, n. removal; -nutti, f. driving away; -ropana, n. plucking (hair), cutting off (wings); removal; destruction; -varga, n. division in two, section; difference; cessation; -sârana, n. removal.

vyavaccheda	m. severance from (in., --°ree;); separation, dispersion (in a-); ex clusion; distinction, discrimination; letting fly (an arrow): -ka, a. distinguishing; ex cluding; -kkhedya, fp. to be excluded; -dhâna, n. interposition, intervention (ord. my.); cover; distinction, discrimination; interruption; conclusion: -vat, a. covered with (--°ree;); -dhâyaka, a. (ikâ) intervening; interrupting, disturbing; -dhârana, n.speci fication; -dhi, m. covering; -sâya, m. strenu ous labour; resolution, resolve, determina tion, purpose, to (lc., prati, --°ree;): -vat, a. reso lute, determined, enterprising; -sâyin, a. id., energetic; -sita, pp. √ sâ; n.resolve, pur pose, enterprise; -siti, f. resolution, deter mination; -sthâ, f. respective difference, distinction; continuance in one place (rare); fixity, permanence; fixed limit (rare); deci sion, establishment, settled rule regarding (--°ree;); fixed relation of time or place (gr.); state, condition; case (rare); occasion, oppor tunity (rare): in. according to a fixed rule: lc. in every single case; -sthâna, n. per sistence, continuance, in (lc., --°ree;); steadfast ness; condition, sg. pl. circumstances; -sthâ paka, a. determining, settling, deciding; -sthâpana, n. encouraging; fixing, deter mining; -sthâpanîya, fp. to be determined; -sthita-tva, n. permanence, fixity;-sthiti, f. distinction; perseverance in (lc.); con stancy, steadfastness; fixity, permanence; fixed rule; -hartavya, fp. to be employed or used; n. imps. one should act or proceed; -hartri, m. one engaged on or occupied with (in.); transactor; judge.

vyākulaya	den. P. agitate, dis tract; throw into confusion: ita, pp. filled with, full of (--°ree;); confused, bewildered, dis tracted (ord. mg.); deranged; destroyed.

vyākula	a. [√ krî] filled with, full of (in., --°ree;); overcome with (sleep, --°ree;); in tently engaged on, busy with (--°ree;); bewil dered, agitated, confounded, distracted (ord. mg.); confused (of things); quivering (light ning): °ree;--, -m, ad.: -tâ, f. intentness on (--°ree;); perplexity, agitation; -tva, n. id.

vyājasupta	pp. feigning sleep; n. feigned sleep; -stuti, f. ironical praise; -½ukti, f. dissimulating statement (by at tributing an emotion to a false cause: rh.).

vyāsedha	m. hindrance, interrup tion; -hata-tva, n. contradictoriness; -hati, f. logical contradiction; -hanasya, a. ex tremely lecherous (Br.); -hantavya, fp. to be transgressed; -harana, n.utterance; -har tavya, fp. to be told to (lc.); -hâra, m. utter ance, discourse, conversation; talk about (--°ree;); song (of birds); humourous remark (dr.): -maya, a. (î) consisting of speeches or dis courses about (--°ree;); -hârin, a. (--°ree;) speaking, talking; singing (bird); resounding with; -hâvam, abs. separating by the interposition of the Âhâva (Br.); (&asharp;)-hrita, pp. √ hri; n. speaking, talking, discourse; inarticulate speech (of animals), song (of birds); (&asharp;)-hriti, f. utterance, declaration, statement; mystical exclamation (of formulae consisting of dis connected words, esp. the three bhûr bhuvah svar).

śāla	a. being in the hut etc. (Br.): -m, ad. at home; m. (C.) N. of a tall and stately tree (Vatica robusta) used for build ing houses (often spelt sâla); tree (rare; sts. spelt sâla); enclosure, fence, rampart (rare; sts. spelt sâla).

śāstra	n. RV.1, C.: command, pre- cept; C.: instruction, advice, good counsel; rule, theory; compendium, institutes (of any branch of learning), code, scientific or canon ical work, scripture; learning (rare): -kâ ra, -krit, m. author of a treatise; -gañga, m. N. of a parrot; -kakshus, a. having authoritative works as eyes (king); -gña, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; m. specialist; -tas, ad. according to prescribed rules; -darsana, n. mention in an authori tative work: ab. according to prescription; -drishta, pp. (seen=) mentioned or pre scribed in the treatises, scientific, according to precept or rule; -mati, a. trained, learned; m.specialist; -vat, ad. according to prescribed rules; -vargita, pp. subject to no law; -vâ da, m. statement of the treatises; -vâdin, m. teacher; -vid, a. conversant with the Sâstras, learned; -½atiga, a. offending against theSâstras; -½adhyâpaka, m. teacher; -½an anushthâna, n. neglect of instructive works.

śravaṇa	n. [√ 1. sru] hearing; learn ing; fame, reputation (rare); m. (rarely n.) ear: iti sravanât, because it is so stated in the Veda.

śruti	f. V., C.: hearing, listening; sound, noise; C.: ear; musical interval (there being 22 in the octave); report, news, of (--°ree;); rumour, hearsay; saying, saw; traditional religious precept (regarding, --°ree;), sacred text (pl. sacred texts, the Vedas); name, title (rare); learning (v. r. sruta-): srutim abhi nîya, pretending to hear; srutau sthâ, be known by hearsay only; iti sruteh, because it is so stated in the scriptures orVeda; -sruteh, because -is prescribed or taught.

śloka	m. [thing heard: √ 1. sru] song, sound, noise (V.); reputation, fame (V., P.); couplet, stanza (Br., S., C.), sp. Anushtubh or epic stanza, Sloka (C.): -tva, n. state or form of a Sloka; -dvaya, n. couple of stanzas; -baddha, pp. composed in Slokas.

saṃstha	a. standing, staying, resting, existing, or contained in (lc., gnly. --°ree;); being in or with=belonging to (lc. or --°ree;); based or dependent on (--°ree;); being in possession of (--°ree;); lasting (--°ree;; rare); á, m. (RV.): only lc. in the midst or presence of (g.); -sth&asharp;, f. remaining or abiding with (--°ree;; E., rare); form, appearance (C.); established order, standard, rule (C.); condition, state, nature (C.); completion, conclusion (V.); end, death (P.); complete liturgical course (being the basis of a sacrifice; the Gyotishtoma, the Haviryagña, and Pâkayagña consist of seven such forms); spy in one's own country (rare): --°ree; a. a, having the form of, appearing as; -sthâna, n. position, situation in a place (--°ree;); standing firm (in battle); existence; life; strict adherence to (--°ree;); abode; public place in a town; form, shape, appearance (ord. mg.; often with rûpa); condition, state, nature (rare); aggregate (rare): -vat, a. ex isting; having various forms; -sthâpaka, a. establishing; -sthâpana, n. fixing, setting up, erecting; establishment, of (g., --°ree;); re gulation of (--°ree;): â, f. cheering up, encourage ment; -sthâpayitavya, fp. to be cheered or consoled; -sth&asharp;pya, fp. C.: to be placed in (subjection) to (g.); -impressed on the mind (lc.) of (g.); V.: to be concluded (sacrifice); (sám)-sthiti, f. C.: union with (in., lc.); standing or resting on (lc., --°ree;); position; abid ing, residence in (lc.); duration, continuance; perseverance (rare); attaching importance to (lc.); existence, possibility, of (g., --°ree;); form; established order; condition, nature; V.: conclusion (rare); P.: end, death (rare).

saketa	a. having one intention (RV.1); -ketu, a. having a banner; -kesa, a. along with the hair; containing hair (food); -kaitava, m. cheat; -kopa, a. angry, en raged: -m, ad. angrily, -vikriti, a. agitated with anger; -kautuka, a. curious, eager, for (--°ree; w. vbl. n.): -m, ad.; -kautûhalam, ad. with curiosity.

saṃjvara	m. heat, fever: -m kri, feel agitated: -kara, a. agitating (--°ree;).

sadgati	f. good position, happy lot; way of good men; -guna, m. good quality, virtue; a. virtuous; -guru, m. good teacher; -dharma, m. good law, true justice; Bud dhist and Jain designation of their doctrine: -pundarîka, n. Lotus of the Good Law, T. of a Buddhist work; -bhâva, m. real being, existence; real state of things, truth; true purport (of a work); uprightness; good na ture, kindness, affection, for (prati); faith fulness: -srî, f. N. of a goddess; -bhûta, pp. true; -bhritya, m. good servant.

samaya	m. V.: coming together, place of meeting; V., C.: agreement, com- pact, contract, engagement (regarding, --°ree;); C.: treaty; condition; intercourse with (in.); appointed or proper time, for (g.); juncture, time, season; opportunity, occasion; (con currence of) circumstances, case; convention, general practice, usage, rule; ordinance, pre cept, doctrine; conventional meaning or scope of a word: -m kri, make an agreementor compact, with (in. ± saha); -m dâ, offer terms, propose an agreement; -m grah or prati-pad, enter into an agreement, accept a condition; -m raksh, observe an agree ment, keep one's word; -m vi-la&ndot;ghaya,break an agreement, break one's word; -m brû, vak, abhi-dhâ, state one's conditions; -m sam-vad, make an agreement; -m sthâ paya, fix, settle; in. samayena, according to agreement; conditionally: tena --, in con sequence of this agreement; ab. samayât (also -tas), in accordance with an agreement; con ditionally: -bhrams, lapse from=break, an agreement; lc. samaye (also °ree;--), at the ap pointed or right time, when the timehas come; at the time of, at the time when -is there (--°ree;): iha --, in this case, under such circumstances; -sthâ, keep one's engage ment or word; -sthâpaya, determine with regard to any one (ac.); make an arrange ment; -ni-vesaya, impose conditions on (ac.).

samaṣṭi	f. attainment (V.); aggregate (opp. vyashti, individual; C.): -tâ, f. aggregate state.

samavasṛjya	fp. to be let go (Br.); -skanda, m. breast-work, rampart; -sthâ, f. similar condition; state, condition: îdrisîm vayah-samavasthâm pratipanno &zip; smi, I have grown so old; -sthâna, n. abiding in (lc.); existence, occurrence; con dition, state; -srava, m. effluence; -hâra, m. (collection), quantity, abundance; mixture: -m, abs. (with ac.) collecting; -hâsya, fp. to be derided: -tâm gam, become a laugh ing-stock.

samājñā	f. appellation, name; -gñâna, n. recognition as (--°ree;); -dâna, n. taking upon oneself, incurring, contracting; -deya, fp. to be received; -desa, m. direction, instruction; command, order; -dhâtavya, fp. to be set to rights, repaired, or adjusted; -dhâna, n. adjustment, settlement; recon cilement; justification of a statement, de monstration; mental concentration, atten tion; deep contemplation or devotion:-m kri, attend; -dhi, m. putting together, join ing, with (in.); joint (of the neck); union, combination; performance; adjustment, set tlement; justification of a statement, proof; attention (to, lc.), intentness on (--°ree;); deep meditation on the supreme soul, profound devotion (ord. mg.); N. of various figures of speech: -m kri, direct one's attention, to (lc.); -dhi-ta, den. pp. reconciled; -dhitsu, des. a. (√ dhâ) wishing to prove.

samāsa	m. [putting together: √ 2. as] combination, union (Br., S.); condensa tion, succinct statement; compound (gr.): in. fully, thoroughly (ascertain); in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, concisely, succinctly, briefly; -â-sakti, f. attachment to (lc.): in. with devotion; -â sa&ndot;ga, m. transference (of business) to (lc.); -â-satti, f. nearness, vicinity.

samutka	a. longing for (--°ree;); -kantak ita, pp. with bristling hair, thrilled; -kan- thâ, f. longing for (--°ree;); -karsha, m. laying aside (of a girdle); higher rank, exalted posi tion; pre-eminence, excellence; -kskepa, m. throwing out a hint, allusion to (d.); -târa, m. getting over, deliverance from (--°ree;); -tu&ndot; ga, a. lofty; -tegana, n. inciting, instigat ing; -tha, a. arising, sprung, produced, or derived from (ab., gnly. --°ree; w. a word in the ab., sts. lc., sense); appearing in (--°ree;); -thâna, n. rising, getting up; hoisting (of a flag); augmentation of (property, g.); swelling of (the stomach, g.); undertaking, occupation, activity; healing: sambhûya or ekîbhûya --, common enterprise, partnership; --°ree; a. arising or produced from; -patana, n. flying up together; -patti, f. origin, produc tion; -panna, pp. produced, arisen; -pâda, m.production; -pâdya, fp. to be produced or caused; -piñga, m. confusion, disorder; -pîdana, n. pressing, squeezing; -phulla, pp. opened wide (eyes); -sarga, m. discharge (of urine etc.); emission (of semen): -m kri, have sexual intercourse with (lc.); -sâra-ka, a. dispersing, driving away; -sârana, n. id.; dispelling, removing; -sâha, m. energy: -tâ, f. alacrity in (lc.); -suka, a. agitated, un easy, anxious; longing for (--°ree;), eager to (inf.; ord. mg.); -tâ, f. desire, longing, -tva, n. agitation; yearning emotion; -suka-ya, den. P. fill with yearning; -sedha, m. height.

sasaṃrambha	a. enraged, angry: -m, ad. angrily; hurriedly, very briefly; -samvâda, a. agreeing: -m, ad.; -samvid, a. with whom an agreement has been made; -samsaya, a. doubting, doubtful; dubious; -sakhî-kâ, a. f. accompanied by her friends; -sakhî-ganâ, a. f. id.; -samketa, a. arranged with, sharing a secret; -sa&ndot;ga, a. adhering, attached: -tva, n. adhesion, contact; -saki va, a. attended by hisministers; -sattva, a. courageous; inhabited by animals; together with the creatures in it (water): â, f. pregnant; -sadbhâva, a. accompanied with affection; -samtati-ka, a. together with offspring; -samtâna, a. id.; -samdeha, a. doubting; -samdhya, a. with the morning twilight: -½amsa, a. with the evening twilight; -sabh ya, a. together with assessors or judges; -sampad, a. affluent; -sambhrama, a. agi tated, flurried, showing great haste or zeal: -m, ad. hastily, hurriedly; -sarpa, a. in fested by serpents.

sahas	a. (RV.) mighty, victorious; m. (V., C.) a winter month (=Mârgasîrsha); n. might, force, victory (V., rare in P.): in. -â, ad. (forcibly), suddenly, unexpectedly, all at once, on the spot (V., C.); precipitately, inconsiderately (C.); in. pl. (sáho)-bhih, mightily (RV.).

sādhana	a. (â, î) RV.: directing to the goal, guiding; C.: procuring, securing (--°ree;); conjuring up (a spirit, --°ree;); expressive of, designating (--°ree;); n. subduing, vanquish ing; gaining power overby spells, summon ing (spirits, deities); carrying out, effecting, accomplishment, performance, fulfilment (common mg.); preparation (of food); pro curement; acquirement, attainment (of, g., --°ree;); recovery (of a debt); demonstration; expedient, means, instrument, requisite, for (g., --°ree;; ord. mg.); army, forces (sg., pl.); fight; proof; result; nominal notion (opp. action), sp. as subject or instrumental (gr.); affix between root and personal termination (=vikarana, gr.): -kshama, a. capable of proof; -tâ, f. state of being the means for (--°ree;); -tva, n. id. (g., prati, --°ree;); effective ness; state of being the proof; -vat, a. sup plied with proofs; -½adhyaksha, m. comman der-in-chief of the forces.

sāmarthya	n. [samartha] suitableness, adequacy; justification for (lc., --°ree;); connexion in sense; power, strength, efficacy, capacity, ability (for, to, d., lc., inf., --°ree;); force, meaning, or function(of a word): -m kri, do one's utmost; ab. by virtue of, in con sequence of, in accordance with (also-yogât); according to the state of the case, as a matter of course (also -tas); -yogât, ab. according to circumstances; -vat,a. capable; -hîna, pp. deprived of strength.

sāmāsika	a. (î) [samâsa] com prehensive, concisely stated, brief; belonging to a compound; m. or n. compound word.

sāmya	n. [sama] equality, identity, likeness (with, to, in. ± saha, g., lc., --°ree;); equality (of rank or position); equilibrium, normal condition; equability, towards (lc., prati); justice: -m kri, act justly towards (lc.); -m nî, quench (fire); appease, satisfy: -tâ, f. equality, with (g., --°ree;); -½avasthâ, f. condition of equilibrium, normal state; -½avasthâna, n. id.

sāṃmukhya	n. [sammukha] state or act of confronting (--°ree;); fondness for any one; care for (--°ree;).

sāhasa	a. [sahas] precipitate, in considerate; m. n. punishment, fine; n. vio lence, rapine; bold, daring, precipitate, or reckless act (ord. mg.): -karana, n. violence; -kârin, a. acting inconsiderately, rash; -lâñkhana, m. N.; -½a&ndot;ka, m. N.

sāvakāśa	a. applicable; -½ava graha, a. limited; analysed (compound); withholding its water (cloud); -½avakârana, a. together with the application; -½avagña, a. disdainful, of (lc.): -m, ad.contemptu ously; -½avadya, a. censurable (act); inferior (commodity); -½avadhâna, a. attentive, heed ful, careful: -m, ad. attentively, -tâ, f. carefulness; -½avadhârana, a. attended with a limitation; restrictive (so as to exclude everything but what has been stated); -½ava dhi, a. limited, circumscribed.

siṃha	m. lion; Leo (sign of the zodiac); --°ree;, lion-like=chief or best of, pre-eminent; lord or ruler of (also °ree;-in some cpds.); N.: -gupta, m. N. of a king; -ghosha, m. N.; -tâ, f. condition of a lion; -tunda, m. a fish: -ka, m. id.; -tva, n. state of a lion; -damsh- tra, a. lion-toothed; m. N. of an Asura; N. of a prince of the Sabaras; -datta, m. N. of an Asura; -deva, m. N. of a prince; -dvâr, f. (prince's=) palace-gate; -dvâra, n. id.; -dhvani, m. (lion's=) challenging shout; -nâda, m. lion's roar; war-cry; confident assurance; N. of an Asura, of a son of Râvana, and of a king of Malaya; -parâ krama, m. N.; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bala,m. N. of a prince: -datta, m. N.; -bhata, m. N. of an Asura; -bhû-bhrit, m. N. of a king; -mahî-pati, m. N. of a king; -ratha, a. having a car drawn by lions, ep. of Durgâ; m. N.; -rava, m. lion's roar; war cry; -râga, m. N. of a king; -rotsikâ, f. N. of a village.

sukaṇṭha	a. (î) sweet-voiced: î, f. N. of an Apsaras; -kathâ, f. beautiful story; -kany&asharp;, f. N. of a daughter of Saryâta and wife of Kyavana (Br., C.); -kára, a. easily done, easy, for (g.), to (inf.): -tva, n. easi ness, feasibleness, -samdhi, a. easily united; -kárman, a. expert (V.); virtuous (C.); m. artificer (V.); -kalatra, n. good wife; -kavi, m. good poet; -kânta, pp. very handsome (youth); -kâlin, m. pl. a class of Manes; -kimsuká, a. adorned with Kimsuka flowers (car of Sûryâ; RV.1); -kîrtí, f. worthy praise (RV.); a. easily praised (RV.); m. N. of the composer of RV. X, 131 and of that hymn; -kukâ, a. f. having beautiful breasts; -ku mâra, a. (î) very tender or delicate; m. tender youth: -tva, n. tenderness, -½a&ndot;gî, a. f. very delicate-limbed; -kula, n. noble family; a. sprung from a noble family: -ga, -ganman, a. id., -tâ, f. noble birth;-kulîna, a. well-born; -kûrkura, m. N. of a demon injurious to children; -krit, a. doing good, benevolent; righteous, pious; m. pl. the Pious deceased, the Fathers who enjoy the reward of virtue in the other world (V.); 1.-kritá, n. good deed, meritorious act, righteousness, virtue, moral merit (V., C.); benefit, bounty, friendly aid, favour (C.); world of virtue, heaven (V., rare); a. well done (RV.1); 2. (sú)-krita, pp. well done, made, orexecuted; well-formed, adorned, fine: w. karman, n. good work; w. loká, m.= sukritasya loka, world of righteousness (V.); -krita-karman, n. good or meritorious act; a. doing good deeds, virtuous; -krita-krit, a. id.; -krita-bhâg, a. meritorious; -krita½ar tha, a. having fully attained one's object; -kriti, f. good conduct; a. righteous, vir tuous; -kritin, a. doing good actions, vir tuous; prosperous, fortunate; cultivated, wise; -kritya, n.good work to be done, duty; good action; -krity&asharp;, f. (RV.) ex pertness; right conduct, virtue; -krishta, pp. well-ploughed; -kéta, a. benevolent (V.); m. N. of an Âditya (V.); -ketú, a. radiant (dawn; RV.1); m. N. of a prince of the Yak shas and of various kings (C.): -sutâ, f. daughter of Suketu, Tâdakâ; -ketri, m. a personification (identified with the sun); -kesa, a. (î) beautiful-haired; -kesânta, a. having fair locks; -komala, a. very soft or tender; -krátu, a. skilful, wise (gods; RV.); -klesa, a. very distressing; -kshatrá, a. (V.) ruling well (gods); conferring power (wealth); -kshatriya, a. good Kshatriya; -kshití, f. (V.) good abode, security, refuge; -kshétra, n. fine field, good soil; a. affording a fair field or dwelling-place; having fair fields; -kshetriy&asharp;, f. desire of fair fields (RV.1); -kshobhya, fp. easily agitated.

sūtrikā	f. macaroni; -ita, pp. (of sûtraya): -tva, n. fact of being stated in a Sûtra; -in, a. provided with threads; m. stage-manager.

sevita	pp. frequented etc.; -i-tavya, fp. to be practised, performed, or obeyed; -tended; -i-tri, m. attendant, servant; -i-tva, n. (--°ree;) resorting to, frequenting; honouring, deference towards (--°ree;);-in, a. (--°ree;) frequenting, haunting, dwelling in, re sorting to; serving; honouring, paying hom age to, deferential towards; having sexual intercourse with; addicted to, practising; enjoying; employing; m. servant of (--°ree;); -ya, fp. to be frequented, worthy to be re sorted to, by (g.); to be followed (path); -approached; -waited upon or served, by (g.); -honoured or paid homage to; -en joyed carnally;--indulged in, cultivated, prac tised, employed, or enjoyed; m. master (opp. servant): -tâ, f. state of being honoured, en joyed, etc., -tva, n. state of being served etc., -sevaka, m. du. master and servant.

sodaka	a. containing or filled with water; -½udaya, a. together with interest; -½udayana, a. together with Udayana; -½udara, a. (î) born from the same womb, uterine; ± bhrâtri, m.uterine brother; fig. =closely allied with, next of kin to (e. g. narma½eka-sodaram hi navam vayah, youth has but one brother,=goes hand in hand with, fun): î, f. uterine sister; -½udar-ya, a., m. id.: -sneha, m. sisterly affection; -½uddhâra, a. together with a selected por tion: -vibhâgin, a. receiving one's share together with a selected portion; -½udbâsh pam, a. tearfully; -½udyama, a. prepared for the fray; -½udyoga, a. assiduous, strenu ous, enterprising; aiming at (the destruction of life,=dangerous, --°ree;); -½udvega, a. agi tated, apprehensive: -m, ad. excitedly, anxiously; -½unmâda, a. frantic, mad.

sthānaka	m. N.; n. attitude (in shooting etc.); kind of posture; station, rank; place, spot: -sthânaka, n. pl. lc. in all places, everywhere; -kintaka, m. quarter-master; -kyuta, pp. removed from one'splace; -tâ, f. state of being the receptacle of, possession of (g.); -tyâga, m. abandonment of one's dwel ling-place; -pâla, m. guardian of a place; superintendant; -bha&ndot;ga, m. ruin or fall of a place; -bhramsa, m.loss of one's dwel ling; -position; -bhrashta, pp. removed from one's proper place, displaced; having lost one's position; -yoga, m. pl. assignment of the proper places (for commodities); -vid, a. having local knowledge; -sthâna, n. pl. lc. in every nook and corner; -sthita, pp. occupying a high position; -½antara, n. an other place; -½âsraya, m. place on which any thing stands (eka-, a. being in the same place); -½âsana-vihâra-vat, a.occupying the abode, the seat, and the recreation ground; -½âsedha, m. local or personal arrest.

sthāna	n. C.: standing (also Br.); continuance, stay; storage (of goods); steadi- ness (of troops); continued existence; middle state (opp. gain or loss); being in or on (lc., --°ree;); state, condition (also U.; --°ree; a. being in a state of); perfect tranquillity (rare); station, position, rank (common mg.); V., C.: abode, dwelling, place, spot, locality, site (ord. mg.); C.: stead, place (lc. instead of, in place of, g., --°ree;); receptacle, of (g., --°ree;); right or suit able place; region, sphere of a god (earth, sky, heaven); stronghold (rare); place in which a sound is produced, organ of speech (gr.); pitch, key of the voice (high, loud, etc.); constituent of a kingdom (army, treasury, capital, territory); case, occurrence; occa sion, of or for (g., --°ree;); cause or object of (g., --°ree;; also said of persons); topic: --°ree; a. tak ing the place of, representing; replaced or represented by: lc. sthâne, instead of (g., --°ree;); in the right place, seasonably, justly; sthâne sthâne, in different places, here and there; ripusthâneshu vrit, occupy the position of an enemy; vînâ kyutâ sthânât, a lute out of tune; vilokana-sthâna-gata, occupying the place of eyes; mânyasthâna, object of regard.

sthāvara	a. [√ sthâ] standing, sta tionary, immovable (opp. ga&ndot;gama); stead fast, permanent, constant, enduring (rare); relating to immovable property (rare); m. mountain; m. n. sg. pl.the vegetable world; n. immovable property, real estate; stability, permanence (v. r. sthiratva): -ka, m. N. of a servant; -tâ, f. condition of a plant.

sthāpana	n. preserving (youth, --°ree;); fixing, determining; n. erection (of an image etc.); placing, upon (--°ree;); establishment, pro longation of (g., --°ree;); storage of (--°ree;); dialec tical proofof a proposition; statement of (g.): â, f. establishment, dialectical proof of a proposition; -anîya, fp. to be kept in (a place); -set up=kept (cat); -ayitavya, fp. to be kept in a place; -kept in order; -ayitri, m. establisher, founder; -ita, cs. pp. √ sthâ; -ya, fp. to be set up; -placed in or on (lc.); -shut up or confined in (lc.); -ap pointed to (an office, lc.); -kept in the house (vesmani,=as a domestic animal); -kept to (one's duty, lc.); -plunged in (grief, evil plight); -kept in order.

sthitideśa	m. place of abode; -mat, a. firm, stable, enduring; keeping within bounds (ocean); observing the limits of morality, virtuous; -varman, m. N. of a prince; -sthâpaka, m. (sc. samskâra) elasticity (restoring the original state).

sthiti	f. [√ sthâ] C.: standing; re maining, staying, stay, residence (in, on, at, with any one, lc., --°ree;; ord. mg.); upright posi tion (of the breasts); depositing, keeping (of records, money); halting-place, abode (also rarely in Br.); station, position, rank, dignity; steady application to, addiction to, intentness on (lc.); steadfastness, stability; sustained existence, continuance, permanence (common mg.; also U.); duration; existence, occur rence; procedure, behaviour, conduct; state, condition; decree, ordinance; settled rule, maxim (also Br.); usage, custom, institution; fixed opinion, conviction; attaching importance to (youth, lc.); steady adherence to the path of duty or law, moral rectitude; limit, bounds (esp. of morality): -m â-kar, remain standing; -m kri, grah, bhag, or vi-dhâ, make a stay, take up one's abode.

smṛti	f. remembrance, recollection, of (lc., --°ree;); memory; authoritative tradition (exclusive of sruti or Vedicwritings), canonical traditional law-book, code, statement of a law-book: smritim api na te yânti, they are not even remembered: -kârin, a. awaken ing memory, producing recollection; -tantra, n. law-book; -da, a. strengthening the memory; -patha, m. path of memory: -m gâ, go the way of memory, perish; -pâthaka, m. one learned in the law; -bhû, m. god of love; -bhramsa, m. loss of memory; -mat, a. hav ing recollection; possessing full conscious ness; having a good memory; versed in law; -rodha, m. failure of memory; -vartman, n. path of memory: ac. w. i, be remembered; -vibhrama, m. derangement of memory; -vishaya, m. range of memory: -tâm ga mita, dead; -sâstra, n. law-book; -sîla, n. du. tradition and usage;-sesha, a. surviving in memory only, destroyed: -m kri, destroy.

srāma	m. [crippled state] disease (V.); á, a. crippled, lame (V.).

svatantra	n. (self-authority), inde pendence, freedom; a. free, independent, un controlled: w. pada, n. independent word: -tâ, f. independence, freedom; originality; -tantraya, den. subject to one'swill; (á) tavas, a. V.: self-strong, inherently powerful; valiant; -tas, ad. of oneself, of one's own ac cord; by nature; out of one's own estate: svato &zip; msât, from one's own share, raksher apakâram svatah parato vâ,guard your self and others against transgression; -tâ, f. ownership: -m pasyati, believes that every thing belongs to or is meant for him, râga svatam upapadyate, accrues to the king; -tvá, n. proprietary right to (lc.; C.); inde pendence (V.).

svadhā	f. [self-determination: √ dhâ] V.: custom, rule, law; accustomed place, home; (wonted state), ease, pleasure: ac. w. ánu, according to wont; at ease or pleasure, as desired; undisturbed: in. svadháya or svadh&asharp;bhih, in one's own way, according to wont; gladly; at will, freely, spontaneously; wantonly.

svayaṃvara	a. self-choosing, with kanyâ, f. girl who chooses her husband herself; m. self-election, free choice, sp. of a husband (a right permitted to girls of the warrior caste); -vara-kathâ, f.mention of or reference to a Svayamvara; -varana, n. free choice of a husband by (--°ree;); -vara prabhâ, f. N. of the wife of a Daitya; -va ra½âgata, pp. come of one's own accord; -vâda, m. one's own statement; -vikrîta, pp. sold by oneself; -visîrna, pp. dropped of their own accord; -vrita, pp. chosen by oneself; -sîrna, pp. dropped of their own accord; -samyoga, m. spontaneous matri monial union with (in.); -samriddha, pp.complete in itself (Br.); (ám-)krita (or á), pp. made, prepared, performed, committed, caused, or composed by, oneself; adopted (son); with vigraha, m. war undertaken on one's own account; -krânta, pp. mounted by oneself (throne); -guna-parityâga, m. voluntary abandonment of the thread and of virtue; -guru-tva, n. its own weight; -graha, m. taking by oneself (without leave), forcible seizure; -grahana, n. id.; -grâha, m. id.; a.spontaneous (affection): -m, ad. forcibly; °ree;--, id.; spontaneously; -gá, a. spon taneously produced (water, RV.1); -tyakta, pp. voluntarily abandoned; -datta, pp. self given (said of a boy offering himself for adoption); -dâna, n. spontaneous gift of a daughter.

svabhāva	m. own manner of being, innate disposition, nature (opp. acquired qualities): in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, by nature, natur ally; by oneself, spontaneously: -krita, pp. done by nature, natural; -kripana, m. (nig gardly by nature), N. of a Brâhman; -ga, a. produced by nature, congenital, natural, to (--°ree;); -ganita, pp. id.; -dvesha, m. natural hatred; -bhâva, m. natural disposition; -sid dha, pp. established by nature, natural, in nate; self-evident, obvious; -½ukta, pp. spon taneously stated; -½ukti, f. statement of the exact nature, vivid description (rh.).

svastha	a. self-abiding, being oneself or in one's natural state, doing well, sound, healthy (in body and mind); uninjured (bank); unmolested (state); comfortable, at ease: -kitta, a. sound in mind, -tâ,f. well-being, health, ease; -sthâna, n. own place, home.

svāsthya	n. [sva-stha] sound state, health, ease.

hetvākṣepa	m. statement of dis satisfaction in spite of the reason adduced (rh.); -½âbhâsa, m. fallacious reason or proof, fallacy.

hetu	m. [impulse: √ hi] cause, motive, of (lc., --°ree;, rarely d., g.; very rare in V.); C.: reason, argument, proof (in logic = second part of the five-membered syllogism); means; price (rare); condition, sine quâ non (of sub sistence); manner (rare); agent of the causa tive verb (gr.); primary cause (opp. pratyaya, secondary cause: B.); cause of the bondage of the soul, world of sense, nature (among the Pâsupatas); short speech setting forth the requisite conditions for the attainment of an end (dr.): in. hetunâ, ab. g. hetoh, rarely also d. or lc., for a cause or reason, by reason of, on account of (g., --°ree;); yato hetoh, because; iti hetoh, for this reason; --°ree; a. having -as a cause, caused, impelled, or attracted by: -ka, (--°ree;) a. (î) causing, producing; caused or produced by; -tâ, f. causation; -tva, n. id.; state of being the reason orthe primary cause; agency of the causal verb; -mat, a. having a cause, caused; provided with reasons or proofs, well-founded; open to argument; -mâtra-tâ, f. condition of being a mere means; -mâtra-maya, a. serving only as a means; -rûpaka, n. reasoned metaphor; -vidyâ, f. dialectics, logic; -sâstra, n. id.

Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance

222 results0 results31 results


agnir	iti bhasma vāyur iti bhasma jalam iti bhasma sthalam iti bhasma vyomam iti bhasma sarvaṃ ha vā idaṃ bhasma # śirasU.5. P: agnir iti bhasma KālāgU.1 (stated in full by the comm., with variant vyometi). Cf. agner bhasmāsi.

agne	sahasrākṣa śatamūrdhan (KS. śatamūrdhañ chatatejaḥ) # VS.17.71a; TS.4.6.5.2a; MS.1.5.14a (ter): 82.15; 83.7; 84.2; KS.7.3a,11; 18.4a; śB.9.2.3.32; Apś.6.25.10a. P: agne sahasrākṣa TS.5.4.7.2; MS.2.10.6: 138.10; 3.3.9: 42.7; KS.21.9; Apś.17.15.1; Mś.6.2.5.11.

anu	janān yatate pañca dhīraḥ # RV.9.92.3d.

anu	vratāni vartate haviṣmān # RV.1.183.3b.

ahobhiḥ	parivartate # śB.14.7.2.20b; BṛhU.4.4.20b.

ā	tveṣaṃ vartate tamaḥ # RVKh.10.127.1d; AVś.19.47.1d; AVP.6.20.1d; VS.34.32d; N.9.29d.

ā	yat samudrād abhi vartate vām # RV.4.43.5b.

idam	ahaṃ manuṣyo manuṣyān saha rāyas poṣeṇa prajayā copāvarte (text -vartate) # MS.3.9.1: 13.15. See prec.

indrasya	bāhur asi dakṣiṇaḥ sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejāḥ # VS.1.24; TS.1.1.9.1; MS.1.1.10: 5.12; KS.1.9; 31.8; śB.1.2.4.6; TB.3.2.9.1. Ps: indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇaḥ TS.1.1.11.1; MS.1.1.12: 7.11; TB.3.3.6.9; Apś.2.1.1; indrasya bāhur asi Mś.1.2.4.7; 1.2.6.8; indrasya bāhuḥ Kś.2.6.13. Fragment: sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejāḥ MS.4.1.10: 12.14.

ubhā	śaṃsā sūdaya satyatāte # RV.4.4.14c; TS.1.2.14.6c; MS.4.11.5c: 174.6; KS.6.11c.

ubhe	sicau yatate (AVP.15.12.5b, yajate) bhīma ṛñjan # RV.1.95.7b; AVP.8.14.7b; 15.12.5b.

uruḥ	san na nivartate # TA.1.2.2b. Cf. soruḥ satī.

ṛtāvas	tubhyaṃ cetate sahasvaḥ # RV.3.14.2b.

evā	deva devatāte pavasva # RV.9.97.27a. Cf. sa no deva.

kṣatrabhṛd	agnir anibhṛṣṭatejāḥ # KS.18.16a.

ghṛtasya	nirṇig anu vartate vām # RV.5.62.4c.

taṃ	cakram abhivartate # JB.1.234c.

tad	āñjana tvaṃ śaṃtātim (AVP. śaṃtāte) # AVś.19.44.1c; AVP.15.3.1c.

divi	svano yatate bhūmyopari # RV.10.75.3a.

ni	yā deveṣu yatate vasūyuḥ # RV.1.186.11c.

pañcāraṃ	cakraṃ parivartate pṛthu # TA.3.11.8a.

pṛkṣo	vahann ā ratho vartate vām # RV.5.77.3b.

pra	vayāpa vayety āsate tate # RV.10.130.1d.

prācīnam	anyad anu vartate rajaḥ # RV.10.37.3c.

muhur	ā vartate punaḥ # AVś.12.2.52b.

ya	iṣā vartate saha # RV.8.5.34b.

yakṣad	rājan sarvatāteva nu dyauḥ # RV.6.12.2b.

yaṃ	kravyād anuvartate # AVś.12.2.37d.

yajñair	atharvā prathamaḥ pathas tate # RV.1.83.5a; AVś.20.25.5a.

yato-yata	āvartate # ChU.4.17.9a.

yaḥ	sarpo na nivartate # RVKh.1.191.6b; Mahābh.1.58.26b.

Dictionary of Sanskrit Search

"tate" has 144 results

a(1)	the first letter of the alphabet in Sanskrit and its derived languages, representing the sound a (अ): (2) the vowel a (अ) representing in grammatical treatises, except when Prescribed as an affix or an augment or a substitute,all its eighteen varieties caused by accentuation or nasalisation or lengthening: (3) personal ending a (अ) of the perfeminine. second.pluraland first and third person.singular.; (4) kṛt affix c (अ) prescribed especially after the denominative and secondary roots in the sense of the verbal activity e. g. बुभुक्षा, चिन्ता, ईक्षा, चर्चा et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अ प्रत्ययात् et cetera, and others (P.III 3.102-106); (5) sign of the aorist mentioned as añ (अङ्) or cañ (चङ्) by Pāṇini in P. III i.48 to 59 exempli gratia, for example अगमत्, अचीकरत्; (6) conjugational sign mentioned as śap (शप्) or śa (श) by Pāṇini in P. III.1.68, 77. exempli gratia, for example भवति, तुदति et cetera, and others; (7) augment am (अम्) as prescribed by P. VI.1.58; exempli gratia, for example द्रष्टा, द्रक्ष्यति; (8) augment aṭ (अट्) prefixed to a root in the imperfeminine. and aorist tenses and in the conditional mood e. g. अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् confer, compare P. VI.4.71; (8) kṛt affix a (अ) prescribed as अङ्, अच्, अञ्, अण्, अन्, अप्, क, ख, घ, ञ, ड् , ण, et cetera, and others in the third Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; (9) taddhita affix. affix a (अ) mentioned by Pāṇini as अच्, अञ् अण्, अ et cetera, and others in the fourth and the fifth chapters of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini; (10) the samāsānta affix a (अ), as also stated in the form of the samāsānta affixes (डच् , अच्, टच्, ष्, अष् and अञ्) by Pāṇini in V.4.73 to 121;(11) substitute a (अश्) accented grave for इदम before case-affixes beginning with the inst. instrumental case. case: (12) remnant (अ) of the negative particle नञ् after the elision of the consonant n (न्) by नलोपो नञः P. vi.3.73.

a,k(ೱ),(ೱ)	जिह्वामूलीय, represented by a sign like the वज्र in writing, as stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks वज्राकृतिर्वर्णो जिह्वामूलीयसंज्ञो भवति. the Jihvāmūlīya is only a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the guttural letter क् or ख् . It is looked upon as a letter (वर्ण), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. e. g. विष्णु ೱ करोति.

a,pೱ,(ೱ)	Upadhmānīya represented by a sign like the temple of an elephants stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks "गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति." Kāt.I. It is a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the labial letter p ( प् ) or ph ( फ ). It is looked upon as a letter ( वर्ण ), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. अ:कार name given to the nominative case. case in the Taittiriya Prātiśākhya. cf अ:कार इति प्रथमाविभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 23.

akathita	not mentioned by any other case-relation such as अपादान, संप्रदान and अधिकरण; stated with respect to the indirect object, governed by roots possessing two objects such as दुह्, याच् and others, which in the passive woice is put in the nominative case. The in-direct object is called akathita because in some cases there exists no other case-relation as, for example, in पौरवं गां याचते or भिक्षते, or माणवकं पन्थानं पृच्छति; while, in the other cases, the other case-relations (with the activity expressed by the verb) are wilfully suppressed or ignored although they exist, as for instance in गां दोग्धि पयः, अन्ववरुणद्धि गां व्रजम्; see अकथितं च P.1.4.51 and the Mahābhāṣya thereon.

akṣarasamāmnāya	alphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 \| sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ，ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.

atantra	implying no specific purpose: not intended to teach anything, अविवक्षित; exempli gratia, for example ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम् Kāś and Si. Kau. on तस्यादित उदात्तमर्धह्रस्वम् P.1.2.32: confer, compare also अतन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः ( the use of तरप् does not necessarily convey the sense of the comparative degree in Pāṇini's rules) Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.33. This statement has been given as a distinct Paribhāṣa by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and Sākaṭāyana. The author of the Mahābhāṣya appears to have quoted it from the writings of Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and the earlier grammarians See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on अल्पाच्तरम् P. II.2.34.

adhikāra	governing rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥

anādeśa(1)	original, not such as is substituted: exempli gratia, for example युष्मदस्मदोरनादेशे P.VII. 2.86; (2) absence of statement, अनिर्देश exempli gratia, for example कर्तरि कृद्वचनमनादेशे स्वार्थविज्ञानात् P. III.4.67, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: cf the Pari. अनिर्दिष्टार्थाः प्रत्ययाः स्वार्थे भवन्ति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 113.

anipātya	not necessary to be specifically or implicitly stated, as it can be brought about or accomplished in the usual way: e. g. द्वन्द्वम् । लिङ्गमशिष्यं लोकाश्रयत्वाल्लिङ्गस्य । तत्र नपुंसकत्वमनिपात्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.1.15. See also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII.2.27 and VI. 1.207.

aniyata	not subject to any limitation confer, compare प्रत्यया नियताः, अर्था अनियताः, अर्था नियताः, प्रत्यया अनियताः M.Bh. on II. 3.50. In the casc of नियमविधि (a restrictive rule or statement ) a limitation is put on one or more of the constituent elements or factors of that rule, the limited element being called नियत, the other one being termed अनियत; also see Kāś. on II.2.30.

anirdiṣṭārtha	whose sense has not been specifically stated ; the word is used with reference to such affixes as are not prescribed in any specific sense or senses and hence as are looked upon as possessing the sense which the base after which they are prescribed has got: confer, compare अनिर्दिष्टार्थाः प्रत्ययाः स्वार्थे भवन्ति -affixes, to which no meaning has been assigned, convey the meaning of the bases to which they are added; confer, compare Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 113; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.4, III, 2.67, III.3.19, III. 4.9, VI.1.162.

anukta	not actually stated or expressed in a rule; confer, compare चकारोऽनुक्तसमुच्चयार्थ: Kāś. on II.4.18, III.2.26, VII. 1.48; also confer, compare Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.II.2.9

anudeśa(1)	reference, mention, statement referring to a preceding element. confer, compare यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् P.I. 3.10; confer, compare आसिद्धवचनात् सिद्धमिति चेद् उत्सर्गलक्षणानामनुदेशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.57, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3. (2) declaration, prescription : the same as अतिदेश. confer, compare स्थान्यादेशपृथक्त्वादेशे स्थानिवद् अनुदेशो गुरुवद् गुरुपुत्र इति यथा P. I.1.56 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; (3) a grammatical operation confer, compare यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् ! समसंबन्धी विधिर्यथासंख्यं स्यात् Sid. Kau. on P.I. 8.10. See the word अनुद्देश in this sense confer, compare संख्यातानामनूद्देशो यथासंख्यम् V, Pr.I.143.

anuvāda	repetition of a rule already laid down or of a statement already made confer, compare प्रमाणान्तरावगतस्य अर्थस्य शब्देन संकीर्तनमात्रमनुवाद: Kāś. on II.4.3.

anūkti	statement with reference to what has been already said the same as anvādeśa.

anūddeśa	statement or mention immediately afterwards; the same as the word अनुदेश used by Pāṇini in I.3.10, confer, compare संख्यातानामनूद्देशो यथासंख्यम् । अनूद्देशः पश्चादुद्देशः Uvaṭa on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 143.

anvādeśa(1)	literally reference to the anterior word or expression: confer, compareअन्वादेशेान्त्यस्य (निःशब्दस्य in T.Pr.VII.3, अकारस्य in V-8) Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.58: (2) reference again to what has been stated previously: confer, compare इदमोन्वादेशेशनुदात्तस्तृतीयादौ अन्वादेशश्च कथितानुकथनमात्रम् P.II.4.32 and Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2 thereon; एकस्यैवाभिधेयस्य पूर्वं शब्देन प्रतिपादितस्य द्वितीयं प्रतिपादनमन्वादेशः Kāś on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

anvādeśaka	a word capable of attracting a word or words from previous statements; cf चापीत्यन्वादेशकौ T Pr. KKII.5; same as अन्वाकर्षक.

aprayeāga(1)	non-employment of a word in spite of the meaning being available: confer, compare संभावनेलमिति चेत्सिद्धाप्रयोगे P.III.3.154; (2) non-employment confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः a standard dictum of grammar not allowing superfluous words which is given in M.Bh. on P.I.1.4 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 16 and stated in Cāndra and other grammars as a Paribhāṣā.

abhedānvaya	relation of non-difference as stated by the vaiyākaraṇas between an adjective and the substantive qualified by it. e, g. नीलमुत्पलम् is explained as नीलाभिन्नमुत्पलम्.

artha(1)	literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.

arthavadgrahaṇaparibhāṣā	a well known maxim or Paribha of grammarians fully stated as अर्थवद्ग्रहणे नानर्थकस्य ग्रहणम्, deduced from the phrase अर्थवद्ग्रहणात् frequently used by the Vārttikakāra. The Paribhāṣā lays down that 'when a combination of letters employed in Grammar, is possessed of a sense, it has to be taken as possessed of sense and not such an one as is devoid of sense.'

avagraha(1)	separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.

avacana	something which need not be specifically prescribed or stated, being already available or valid; cf तृतीयासमासे अर्थग्रहणमनर्थकं अर्थगतिर्हि अवचनात् P. II.1.30 V.1.

avaśyam	necessarily; the expression अवश्यं चैतदेवं विज्ञेयम् is very frequently used in the Mahābhāṣya when the same statement is to be emphasizedition

asaṃbhava	Impossibility of occurrence (used in connection with an operation); cf नावश्यं द्विकार्ययोग एव विप्रतिषेधः । किं तर्हि । असंभवेपि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.12 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; (2) impossibility of a statement, mention, act et cetera, and others confer, compare असंभवः खल्वपि अर्थादेशनस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.

ākarṣaka( a word )	attracting another word stated previously in the context e. g. the word च in the rules of Pāṇini.

aāgantuka	literally adventitious, an additional wording generally at the end of roots to show distinctly their form exempli gratia, for example वदि, एधि, सर्ति et cetera, and others; confer, compare इन्धिभवतिभ्यां च P I.2.6: confer, compare also भावलक्षणे स्थेण्कृञ्वदिचरिहृतभिजनिभ्यस्तोमुन्, P.III.4.16, सृपिवृदो. कसुन् P. III.4.17 and a number of other sūtras where इ or तिं is added to the root confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे, वर्णात्कारः, रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.3. 4, where such appendages to be added to the roots or letters are given. The word अागन्तु is an old word used in the Nirukta, but the term आगन्तुक appears to be used for the first time for such forms by Haradatta; confer, compare ह्वरोरिति ह्वृ कौटिल्ये, आगन्तुकेकारे गुणेन निर्देशः Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on VII.2.31. In the traditional oral explanations the second part of a reduplicated word is termed अागन्तुक which is placed second i. e. after the original by virtue of the convention आगन्तूनामन्ते निवेशः, although in fact, it is said to possess the sense of the root in contrast with the first which is called abhyāsa.A nice distinction can, however be drawn between the four kinds of adventitious wordings found in grammar viz.आगन्तु, इत्, अभ्यास and आगम which can be briefly stated as follows; The former two do not form a regular part of the word and are not found in the actual use of the word; besides, they do not possess any sense, while the latter two are found in actual use and they are possessed of sense. Again the agantu word is simply used for facility of understanding exactly and correctly the previous word which is really wanted; the इत् wording, besides serving this purpose, is of use in causing some grammatical operations. अभ्यास, is the first part of the wording which is wholly repeated and it possesses no sense by itself, while, āgama which is added to the word either at the beginning or at the end or inserted in the middle, forms a part of the word and possesses the sense of the word.

ādiṣṭa(1)	prescribed for substitution; specified for an operation : confer, compare सिद्धे तु आदिष्टस्य युड्वचनात् M.Bh. on VI.1. 155; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 1.I58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.3.28 Vār. 5; confer, compare also आदिष्टाच्चैवाचः पूर्वः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.57; (2) indicated or stated; अादिष्टा इमे वर्णाः.

āhitāgnyādi	a class of compound words headed by the word आहिताग्नि in which the past passive voice. participle. is optionally placed first. exempli gratia, for exampleआहिताग्निः अग्नयाहितः; जातपुत्रः पुत्रजातः The class आहिताम्न्यादि is stated to be आकृतिगण, confer, compare Kāś.on P.II.2.37.

it(1)	a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217，ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.

iṣṭa	a word frequently used in the Vārttikas and the Mahābhāṣya and other treatises in the senses of (1) a desired object, (2) a desired purpose, (3) a desired statement, (4) a desired form id est, that is the correct form : confer, compare इष्टान्वाख्यानं खल्वपि भवति: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1. Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1. योगविभागादिष्टसिद्धिः Pari.Śek. Pari. 114.

iṣṭi	a word generally used in the statements made in the Mahā bhāṣya, similar to those of the Sūtrakāra and the Vārttikakāras, which are 'desired ones' with a view to arrive at the correct forms of words; confer, compare प्राप्तिज्ञो देवानांप्रियो न त्विाष्टिज्ञः, इष्यत एतद् रूपमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 4.56.

uṇādi	affixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.

uṇādisūtradaśapādī	the text of the Uṇādi Sūtras divided into ten chapters believed to have been written by शाकटायन. It is printed at the end of the Prakriyā Kaumud and separately also, and is also available in manuscripts with a few differences. Patañjali in his Bhāṣya on P.III.3.1, seems to have mentioned Sakaṭāyana as the author of the Uṇādi Sūtras although it cannot be stated definitely whether there was at that time, a version of the Sūtras in five chapters or in ten chapters or one, completely different from these, as scholars believe that there are many interpolations and changes in the versions of Uṇādi Sūtras available at present. A critical study of the various versions is extremely desirable.

upajīvya	a term used by later grammarians in connection with such a rule on which another rule depends confer, compare उपजीव्यादन्तरङ्गाच्व प्रधानं प्रबलम् Pari. Śekh. on Pari. 97, as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on हेतुमति च P. III.1.26. The relationship known as उपजीव्योपजीवकभाव occurs several times in grammar which states the inferiority of the dependent as noticed in the world.

upadeśivadbhāva	occurrence in the original statement before the application of any affixes et cetera, and others, confer, compare एवमप्युपदेशिवद्भावो वक्तव्यः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.56, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 23.

upadeśivadvacana	statement to the effect that a word should be looked upon as occurring in the original instruction although it is not there. See उपदेश.confer, compare नुम्विधावुपदेशिवद्वचनं प्रत्ययविध्यर्थम् P. VII.1.58. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.

upanyāsa	proposition, statement, The remark 'विषम उपन्यासः' is of frequent occurrence in the Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya in connection with statements that are defective and have to be refuted or corrected; confer, compare M.Bh. on P.1.1.21,46,50; I.2.5 et cetera, and others

upabandha	a technical term used in the Prātiśākhya works in the sense of words which proceed from a rule to the following rules upto a particular stated limit; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम् T. Pr I.59 explained by the commentator as उपबध्यते इति उपबन्धः । एतस्मिन्नित्यधिकरणरूपः संख्यानविषयः प्रदेशश्च उपबन्ध उच्यते । उपबन्धे यदुक्तं तदन्यत्र न भवतीति तुशब्दार्थः ।

upasaṃkhyāna	mention, generally of the type of the annexation of some words to words already given, or of some limiting conditions or additions to what has been already statedition The word is often found at the end of the statements made by the Vārttikakāra on the sūtras of Pāṇini.: confer, compare P.I.1.29 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: I.1.36 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3 et cetera, and others The words वाच्य and वक्तव्य are also similarly useditionThe word is found similarly used in the Mahābhāṣya also very frequently.

upasarga	preposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.

upodbalaka	a supporting assertion or statement; cf तस्यैवोपोद्बलकमेतत् M.Bh. on I.2.64. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 38-39.

ekadeśavikṛtanyāya	the maxim that ' a thing is called or taken as that very thing although it is lacking in a part,'stated briefly as एकदेशविकृतमनन्यवत् Pari. Śek. Pari. 37. The maxim is given in all the different schools of grammar: confer, compare Śak Pari. 17: Cāndra Pari. 15, Kat. Par. Vr. l, Jain. Par.Vr.l l, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.Pari.7 et cetera, and others

ekavākya	an expression giving one idea, either a single or a composite one. A positive statement and its negation, so also, a general rule and its exception are looked upon as making a single sentence on account of their mutual expectancy even though they be sometimes detached from each other confer, compare विदेशस्थमपि सदेकवाक्यं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.4.67; confer, compare also निषेधवाक्यानामपि निषेध्यविशेषाकाङ्क्षत्वाद्विध्येकवाक्यतयैव अन्वयः । तत्रैकवाक्यता पर्युदासन्यायेन । संज्ञाशास्त्रस्य तु कार्यकालपक्षे न पृथग्वाक्यार्थबोधः । Par. Śek on Pari. 3. Such sentences are, in fact, two sentences, but, to avoid the fault of गौरव, caused by वाक्यभेद, grammarians hold them to be composite single sentences.

ekaśeṣanirdeśa	statement by subsistence of one word out of many. The phrase is very often used in the Mahābhāṣya where the omission of an individual thing is explained by saying that the expression used is a composite one including the omitted thing along with the thing already expressed; confer, compare एकशेषनिर्देशोयम् । सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि च सर्वादीनि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.I.27, on I.1.59, I.2.39, as also on I.3.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5,I.4. 101 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.1.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19 et cetera, and others

aikapadika	given in the group of ekapadas or solitarily stated words as contrasted with anekapadas or synonymanuscript. See एकपद a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

auddeśika	enumerated; actually stated; उद्देशतः प्रोक्तम् औद्देशिकम् confer, compare न तु औद्देशिकमिव Nir.I.4.

aaupadeśika	mentioned in the original statement; confer, compare अन्तग्रहणं औपदेशिकांर्थम् । Kāś. on ष्णान्ता षट् P.I.1.24, confer, compare also औपदेशिकप्रायोगिकयोरौपदेशिकस्यैव ग्रहणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 120.

aupamika	figurative metaphorical application or statement: confer, compare ( विराट् ) पिपीलिकमध्या इत्यौपमिकम् Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 13. औपश्लेषिक resulting from immediate contact immediately or closely connected; one of the three types of अधिकरण or location which is given as the sense of the locative case; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं-व्यापकम् ओपश्लेषिकम्, वैषयिकमिति ... इको यणचि \| अचि उपाश्लिष्टस्येति \| Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VI. 1.72.

aupasaṃkhyānika	subsequently stated by way of addition or modification as done by the Vārttikakāras; confer, compare औपसंख्यानिकस्य णस्यापवादंः । आरण्यको मनुष्यः Kāś on P.IV.2.129; confer, compare also Kāś. on V.1.29 and VI.3.41.

kātyāyana	the well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.

kāśādi	a class of words headed by the word काश to which the taddhita affix इल is affixed in the four senses stated in P.IV.2.67-70 exempli gratia, for example काशिलम्, कर्दमिलम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāś. on P.IV.2.80.

krama(1)	serial order or succession as contrasted with यौगपद्य or simultaneity. The difference between क्रम and यौगपद्य is given by भर्तृहरि in the line क्रमे विभिद्यते रूपं यौगपद्ये न भिद्यते Vāk. Pad. II. 470. In order to form a word by the application of several rules of grammar, a particular order is generally followed in accordance with the general principle laid down in the Paribhāṣā पूर्वपरनित्यान्तरङ्गापवादानामुत्तरोत्तरं बलीयः, as also according to what is stated in the sūtras असिद्धवदत्राभात्, पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् et cetera, and others (2) succession, or being placed after, specifically with reference to indeclinables like एव, च et cetera, and others which are placed after a noun with which they are connectedition When an indecinable is not so connected, it is called भिन्नक्रम; confer, compare परिपन्थं च तिष्ठति (P.IV. 4.36), चकारो भिन्नक्रमः प्रत्ययार्थं समुच्चिनोति, Kāś. on P. IV. 4.36; also ईडजनोर्ध्वे च । चशब्दो भिन्नक्रमः

kriyā	action, verbal activity; confer, compare क्रियावचनो धातु: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.1 ; confer, compare also क्रियावाचकमाख्यातम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8. quoted by Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.in his Bhāṣya on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50; confer, compare also उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I.4.59, लक्षणहेत्वेाः क्रियायाः P.III. 2.126; confer, compare also यत्तर्हि तदिङ्गितं चेष्टितं निमिषितं स शब्दः । नेत्याह क्रिया नाम सा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1. The word भाव many times is used in the same sense as kriyā or verbal activity in the sūtras of Pāṇini. confer, compare P.I.2.21 ; I.3.13; III. 1. 66.etc; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति a statement made frequently by the Mahābhāṣyakāra. Some scholars draw a nice distinction between क्रिया and भाव, क्रिया meaning dynamic activity and भाव meaning static activity: confer, compare अपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यो धात्वर्थो भावः । सपरिस्पन्दनसाधनसाध्यस्तु क्रिया Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). III. 1.87. Philosophically क्रिया is defined as सत्ता appearing in temporal sequence in various things. When सत्ता does not so appear it is called सत्त्व.

gaṇasūtra	a statement of the type of a Sūtra in the Gaṇapāṭha of Pāṇini where mention of a word or words in the Gaṇapāṭha is made along with certain conditions; e. g. पूर्वपुरावरo, स्वमज्ञातिधनाख्यायाम् , in the सर्वादिगण, and क्त्वातोसुन्कसुनः, तसिलादय: प्राक्पाशपः in the स्वरादिगण. Some of the gaṇasūtras are found incorporated in the Sūtrapāṭha itself Many later grammarians have appended their own gaṇapāṭha to their Sūtrapāṭha.

guṇa(1)	degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।

cintya	questionable; contestable: which cannot be easily admittedition The word is used in connection with a statement made by a sound scholar which cannot be easily brushed aside; confer, compare एतेन यत्कैयटे केचिदित्यादिना अस्यैव वाग्रहृणस्य तदनित्यत्वज्ञापकतोक्ता सापि चिन्त्या, Par. Sekh. Pari. 93. 5.

codaka(1)	an objector; the word is common in the Commentary Literature where likely objections to a particular statement are raised, without specific reference to any individual objector, and replies are given, simply with a view to making matters clear; (2) repetition of a word with इति interposed: confer, compare चेदकः परिग्रहः इत्यनर्थान्तरम्. See अदृष्टवर्ण and परिग्रह.

jñāpaka	literallyindirect or implicit revealer; a word very commonly used in the sense of an indicatory statement. The Sutras, especially those of Pinini, are very laconic and it is believed that not a single word in the Sutras is devoid of purpose. If it is claimed that a particular word is without any purpose, the object of it being achieved in some other way, the commentators always try to assign some purpose or the other for the use of the word in the Sutra. Such a word or words or sometimes even the whole Sutra is called ज्ञापक or indicator of a particular thing. The Paribhasas or rules of interpretation are mostly derived by indication(ज्ञापकसिद्ध) from a word or words in a Sutra which apparently appear to be व्यर्थ or without purpose, and which are shown as सार्थक after the particular indication ( ज्ञापन ) is drawn from them. The ज्ञापक is shown to be constituted of four parts, वैयर्थ्य, ज्ञापन, स्वस्मिञ्चारितार्थ्य and अन्यत्रफल. For the instances of Jñāpakas, see Paribhāșenduśekhara. Purușottamadeva in his Jñāpakasamuccaya has drawn numerous conclusions of the type of ज्ञापन from the wording of Pāņini Sūtras. The word ज्ञापक and ज्ञापन are used many times as synonyms although ज्ञापन sometimes refers to the conclusions drawn from a wording which is ज्ञापक or indicator. For instances of ज्ञापक, confer, compareM.Bh. on Māheśvara Sūtras 1, 3, 5, P. Ι.1. 3, 11, 18, 23, 51 et cetera, and others The word ऊठ् in the rule वाह ऊठ् is a well known ज्ञापक of the अन्तरङ्गपरिभाषा. The earliest use of the word ज्ञापक in the sense given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., is found in the Paribhāșāsūcana of Vyādi. The Paribhāșā works on other systems of grammar such as the Kātantra; the Jainendra and others have drawn similar Jñāpakas from the wording of the Sūtras in their systemanuscript. Sometimes a Jñāpaka is not regularly constituted of the four parts given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.;it is a mere indicator and is called बोधक instead of ज्ञापक्र.

dvikhaṇḍa	a compound expression or word separated into two by avagraha in the Padapatha; the word is misstated as दुखण्ड by some vedic reciters.

dhātvarthe	literally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.

navāhnikī	name given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.

nāvyavadhāna	necessary intervention; confer, compare येन नाव्यवधानं तेन व्यवहितेपि वचनप्रामाण्यात्, a statement which is looked upon as a general statement of the ' nature of Paribhasa occurring in the Mahabhasya on P. VII. 2.3.

nigama	a statement in the Vedic passage; a Vedic passage; sacred tradition or Vedic Literature in general; confer, compare the frequent expression इत्यपि निगमो भवति where निगम means 'a vedic word, given as an instance'; if also means 'Veda'; confer, compare निगम एव यथा स्यात् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 2. 64. Durgacarya says that the word it also used in the sense of 'meaning';confer, compare तत्र खले इत्येतस्य निगमा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.III.9. Durgacarya has also explained the word as गमयन्ति मन्त्रार्थान् ज्ञापयन्ति इति निगमाः, those that make the hidden meaning of the Mantras very clear.

nipāta	a particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.

nipātana	a word given, as it appears, without trying for its derivation,in authoritative works of ancient grammarians especially Panini;confer, compareदाण्डिनायनहास्तिनयनo P. VI.4.174, as also अचतुरविचतुरo V.4.77 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others The phrase निपातनात्सिद्धम् is very frequently used by Patanjali to show that some technical difficulties in the formation of a word are not sometimes to be taken into consideration, the word given by Panini being the correct one; confer, compare M.Bh.on I.1.4, III.1.22 et cetera, and others et cetera, and others; cf also the usual expression बाधकान्येव निपातनानि. The derivation of the word from पत् with नि causal, is suggested in the Rk Pratisakhya where it is stated that Nipatas are laid down or presented as such in manifold senses; cf Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XII.9; cf also घातुसाधनकालानां प्राप्त्यर्थं नियमस्य च । अनुबन्घविकाराणां रूढ्यर्थ च निपातनम् M. Bh Pradipa on P. V.1.114: confer, comparealso Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.27.

nipātānarthakatva	the view prominently expressed by the Varttikakara that nipatas do not possess any sense, which was modified by Bhartrhari who stated that they do possess sense which, of course, is indicated and not expressedition See निपात.

niyama(1)	restriction; regulation; binding; the term is very frequently used by grammarians in connection with a restriction laid down with reference to the application of a grammatical rule generally on the strength of that rule, or a part of it, liable to become superfluous if the restriction has not been laid down; confer, compare M.Bh. on I. 1. 3, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I. 3.63, VI. 4.11; confer, compare also the frequently quoted dictum अनियमे नियमकारिणी परिभाषा; (2) limitation as contrasted with विकल्प or कामचार; confer, compare अनेकप्राप्तावेकस्य नियमो भवति शेषेष्वनियम; पटुमृदुशुक्लाः पटुशुक्लमृदव इति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2. 34 Vart. 2; (3) a regulating rule; a restrictive rule, corresponding to the Parisamkhya statement of the Mimamsakas, e. g. the rule अनुदात्तङित आत्मनेपदम् P. I.3.12; the grammarians generally take a rule as a positive injunction avoiding a restrictive sense as far as possible; confer, compare the dictum विधिनियमसंभवे विधिरेव ज्यायान्. Par. Sek. Pari. 100; the commentators have given various kinds of restrictions,. such as प्रयोगनियम,अभिधेयनियम,अर्थनियम, प्रत्ययनियम, प्रकृतिनियम, संज्ञानियम et cetera, and otherset cetera, and others; (4) grave accent or anudatta; confer, compare उदात्तपूर्वं नियतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 9; see नियत (2).

nirākṛta(1)	set aside; answered; the word is frequently used in connection with faults which are stated to occur or present themselves if a particular explanation is given; (2) prevailed over by another; confer, compare तदा न रूपं लभते निराकृतम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XI. 30, where Uvvata paraphrases निराकृत as विस्मृत.

nirdiśyamānaparibhāṣā	a short form for the maxim निर्दिश्यमानस्यादेशा भवन्ति which means 'substitutes take the place of that or its part which has been actually stated or enunciated in the rule (of grammar)' Par. Sek. Pari. 12. For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 12.

nirdeśa	mention, actual statement; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in sentences like स तथा निर्देशः कर्तव्यः, निर्देशं कुरुते et cetera, and others; confer, compare also V.Pr. I. 36;confer, compare also the maxim तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य P. I.1.66 and Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 134; confer, compare also अवश्यं कयाचिद्विभक्त्या केनचिद्वचनेन निर्देशः कर्तव्यः M.Bh. on P. I. 2. 39 Vart. 1. Sometimes the mention or exhibition made by a word shows the particular type of word; confer, compare Durghata Vrtti on P. I. 2. 6 and VII. 4. 73 as also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 11 and V. 2. 20.

nairdeśika	matter of communication; statement made for communication. Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.explains the word as निर्देशः बोधः प्रयोजनमस्य नैर्देशिकः । confer, compare एते खल्वपि नैर्देशिकानां वार्ततरका भवन्ति ये सर्वनाम्ना निर्देशाः क्रियन्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.67.

nyāya	maxim, a familiar or patent instance quoted to explain similar cases; confer, compare the words अग्नौकरवाणिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II 2.24, अपवादन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3.9, अविरविकन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV. 1. 88, 89, IV. 2.60, IV.3.131, V. 1.7, 28, VI 2. 11 ; कुम्भीधान्यन्याय M.Bh. on P.I. 3.7, कूपखानकन्याय M.Bh. I. 1. Āhnika 1, दण्डिन्याय M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.83, नष्टाश्वदग्धरथन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.50 प्रधानाप्रधानन्याय M.Bh.on P.II.1.69,VI. 3. 82, प्रासादवासिन्याय Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I . 1.8, मांसकण्टकन्याय M.Bh. on P.I.2.39, लट्वानुकर्षणन्याय M.Bh. on Siva Sūtra 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, शालिपलालन्याय M.Bh on P. 1.2.39,सूत्रशाटकन्याय M.Bh. on P. I.3. 12. The word came to be used in the general sense of Paribhāsās or rules of interpretation many of which were based upon popular maxims as stated in the word लोकन्यायसिद्ध by Nāgesa. Hemacandra has used the word न्याय for Paribhāsa-vacana. The word is also used in the sense of a general rule which has got some exceptions, confer, compare न्यायैर्मिश्रानपवादान् प्रतीयात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) which lays down the direction that 'one should interpret the rule laying down an exception along with the general rule'.

nyāyya	proper; fully justified न्यायादनपेतम् confer, compare P.IV.4.92; correct; regular; confer, compare यञञ्भ्यामुक्तत्वादर्थस्य न्याय्योत्पत्तिर्न भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.3.1 where Kaiyata however, explains the word differently. Kaiyata states that न्याय्य means a general rule; confer, compareउत्सर्गः पूर्वाचार्यप्रसिद्ध्या न्याय्य उच्यते Kaiyata on P. II. 3.1. By Pūrvācārya he possibly refers to the writers of the Prātiśākhyas and other similar works by ancient grammarians, where the word nyāya is used in the sense of 'a general rule '. See the word न्याय a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..

nyāsa(1)	literally position, placing;a word used in the sense of actual expression or wording especially in the sūtras; confer, compare the usual expression क्रियते एतन्न्यास एव in the Mahābhāșya, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.11, 1.1.47 et cetera, and others; (2) a name given by the writers or readers to works of the type of learned and scholarly commentaries on vŗitti-type-works on standard sūtras in a Śāstra; e. g. the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. is given to the learned commentaries on the Vŗtti on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśasana as also on the Paribhāşāvŗtti by Hemahamsagani. Similarly the commentary by Devanandin on Jainendra grammar and that by Prabhācandra on the Amoghāvŗtti on Śākatāyana grammar are named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. In the same way, the learned commentary on the Kāśikāvŗtti by Jinendrabuddhi, named Kāśikāvivaranapaňjikā by the author, is very widely known by the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. This commentary Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. was written in the eighth century by the Buddhist grammarian Jinendrabuddhi, who belonged to the eastern school of Pānini's Grammar. This Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. has a learned commentary written on it by Maitreya Rakșita in the twelfth century named Tantrapradipa which is very largely quoted by subsequent grammarians, but which unfortunately is available only in a fragmentary state at present. Haradatta, a well-known southern scholar of grammar has drawn considerably from Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. in his Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta., which also is well-known as a scholarly work.

pakṣa	alternative view or explanation presented by, or on behalf of, a party ; one of the two or more way of presenting a matter. The usual terms for the two views are पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष, when the views are in conflict. The views, if not in conflict, and if stated as alternative views, can be many in number, e. g. there are seven alternative views or Pakșas re : the interpretation of the rule इको गुणवृद्धी; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; confer, compare also सर्वेषु पक्षेषु उपसंख्यानं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64.

pañcamīnirdeśa	statement by the abla-tive case, confer, compare डः सि धुट् P. VIII. 3.29;confer, compare उभयनिर्देशे पञ्चमीनिर्देशे; बलीयान् e. g. ङमो ह्रस्वादचि ङमुण्नित्यम् P. VIII. 3.32, Par. Sek. Pari. 70; confer, compare also उभयानिर्देशे विप्रतिषेधात्पञ्चमीनिर्देशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.67 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3.

patañjali	the reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.

padakāra	literally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.

padārtha	meaning of a word, signification of a word; that which corresponds to the meaning of a word; sense of a word. Grammarians look upon both-the generic notion and the individual object as Padārtha or meaning of a word, and support their view by quoting the sūtras of Pāņini जात्याख्यायामेकस्मिन् बहुवचनमन्यतरस्याम् I. 2.58 and सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ I. 2.64; confer, compare किं पुनराकृतिः पदार्थ अाहोस्विद् द्रव्यम् । उभयमित्याह । कथं ज्ञायते । उभयथा ह्याचार्येण सूत्राणि प्रणीतानि । अाकृतिं पदार्थे मत्वा जात्याख्यायामित्युच्यते \| द्रव्यं पदार्थे मत्वा सरूपाणामित्येकशेष अारभ्यते, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in I. 1. first Āhnika. In rules of grammar the meaning of a word is generally the vocal element or the wording, as the science of grammar deals with words and their formation; confer, compare स्वं रूपं शब्दस्याशब्दसंज्ञा, P. I. 1. 68. The possession of vocal element as the sense is technically termed शब्दपदार्थकता as opposed to अर्थपदार्थकता; confer, compare सोसौ गोशब्दः स्वस्मात्पदार्थात् प्रच्युतो यासौ अर्थपदार्थकता तस्याः शब्दपदार्थकः संपद्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.44 V. 3. The word पदार्थ means also the categories or the predicaments in connection with the different Śāstrās or lores as for instance, the 25 categories in the Sāmkhyaśāstra or 7 in the Vaiśeșika system or 16 in the NyayaŚāstra. The Vyākaranaśāstra, in this way to state, has only one category the Akhandavākyasphota or the radical meaning given by the sentence in one strok

paribhāṣā	an authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.

pāṇini	the illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.

pāṇinisūtra	called also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.

pāṇinisūtravārtika	name given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.

pratipadavidhāna	express statement by a definite wording; confer, compare एवं तर्हि उभयमनेन क्रियते अपवादविषये चानिवृत्तिः उत्सर्गविषये च प्रतिपदविधानम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III 3. 12. Vart.l: confer, compare also प्रतिपदविधाना च षष्ठी न समस्येत । का पुनः षष्ठी प्रतिपदविधाना का कृद्योगा । सर्वा षष्ठी प्रतिपदविधाना शेषलक्षणां वर्जयित्वा । क्रतृकर्मणोः कृति इति या षष्ठी सा कृद्योगा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.8 and II.2.10.

pratipadokta	expressly stated as opposed to implied or suggested; confer, compare लक्षणप्रतिपदोक्तयोः प्रतिपदोक्तस्यैव ग्रहणम्,. Par. Sek.Pari.105: confer, compare also विशेषेण प्रतिपादितं प्रतिपदोक्तं Puru. Pari. 3.

pratyārambhaḥ(1)	statement after prohibition literally commencing again; inducing a person to do something after he has refused to do it by repeating the order or request for generally by beginning the appeal with the word नह; exempli gratia, for example नह भोक्ष्यसे ? नह अध्येप्यसे; confer, compare नह प्रत्यारम्भे P. VIII. 1.31 and Kasika and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. thereon. (2) commencement or laying down again in spite of previous mention; confer, compare शेषवचनात्तु योसौ प्रत्यारम्भात्कृतो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI-3.46.

pratyudāharaṇa	counter instance. In order to explain the wording of a grammatical rule clearly, it is customary to give along with the instances of the rule (where the rule has been effectively employed), a few words which would have resulted into other faulty words by the application of the particular rule in case that rule had not been stated or a word or more of it had been omitted; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐच् इति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत् समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1.

pravibhakta	made separate with their Component parts shown clearly: Split up into component parts in such a way that their meaning also is fully stated cf तद्धितसमासे ष्वेकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु च पूर्वे पूर्वे अपरं अपरं प्रविभज्य निर्घ्रूयात् । दण्डयः पुरुषः। दण्डमर्हतीति वा दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा । Nir.II.2.

praśleṣa(l)	coalescence of two vowels into one, as given in Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.6, and 7, corresponding to the गुण, वृद्वि and दीर्घ substitutes prescribed by the rules आद्गुणः P.IV 1.87; अकः सवर्णे दीर्घः VI.1.101; and वृद्धिरेचि VI. 1.88 which are stated under the jurisdiction of the rule एकः पूर्वपरयोः VI.1.84; (2) finding out the presence of a letter in addition to the letters already present as coalesced, after splitting the combination into its different constituent 1etters. This Practice of finding out an additional letter is resorted to by the commentators only to remove certain difficulties in arriving at some correct forms which otherwise could not be obtained; e. g. see क्ङिति च where क्ङ् is believed to be a combination of ग्, क् and ङ् See प्रश्लिष्ट and प्रश्लिष्टनिर्देश.

prātipadikārtha	denoted sense of a Pratipadika or a noun-base. Standard grammarians state that the denotation of a pratipadika is five-fold viz. स्वार्थ, द्रव्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या and कारक. The word स्वार्थ refers to the causal factor of denotation or प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त which is of four kinds जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा as noticed respectively in the words गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्ः. The word द्रव्य refers to the individual object which sometimes is directly denoted as in अश्वमानय, while on some occasions it is indirectly denoted through the genus or the general notion as in ब्राह्मणः पूज्य:, लिङ्ग the gender, संख्या the number and कारक the case-relation are the denotations of the case-terminations, but sometimes as they are conveyed in the absence of a case-affix as in the words पञ्च, दश, and others, they are stated as the denoted senses of the Pratipadika, while the case-affixes are said to indicate them; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युः शब्दादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya.

bahuvrīhi	a compound similar in meaning to the word बहुव्रीहि ( possessed of much rice ) which, in sense shows quite a distinct object than those which are shown by the constituent members of the compound; a relative or adjective compound. There are various kinds of the Bahuvrihi compound such as समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुव्रीहि, दिग्बहुव्रीहि, सहबहुव्रीहि, नञ्बहुव्रीहि, and अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि which depend upon the specific peculiarity noticed in the various cases. Panini in his grammar has not given any definition of बहुव्रीहि, but has stated that a compound other than those already given viz. अव्ययीभाव, द्वन्द्व and तत्पुरुष, is बहुव्रीहि and cited under Bahuvrihi all cases mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf शेषो बहुव्रीहिः II. 3.23-28; also confer, compare अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.6; II. 1.20; II. 1.49.

bāhulaka	the application of a grammatical rule as a necessity to arrive at some forms in literature especially in the Vedic Literature as also in the works of standard writers, which cannot be explained easily by the regular application of the stated rules; confer, compare सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिदनराणां कालहलच्स्वरकर्तृयङां च । व्यत्ययमिच्छति शास्त्रकृदेषां सोपि च सिध्यति बाहुलकेन M.Bh. on P. III. 1.85; also confer, compare बाहुलकं प्रकृतेस्तनुदृष्टेः प्रायसमुच्चयनादपि तेषाम् । कार्यसशेषविधेश्च तदुक्तं नैगमरूढिभवं हि सुसाधु M.Bh. on P. III.3.1. In many sutras, Panini has put the word बहुलम् to arrive at such forms; e.g see P.II.1.32,57; II.3.62. II.4.39,73,76,84 et cetera, and others

bhāgavṛtti	one of the oldest commentaries on the Sutras of Panini, which, although not available at present, has been profusely quoted by Purusottamadeva and other Eastern Grammarians of the twelfth and later centuries. The authorship of the work is attributed to Bhartrhari, but the point is doubtful as Siradeva in his Paribhasavrtti on Pari. 76 has stated that the author of the Bhagavrtti has quoted from Maghakavya; confer, compare अत एवं तत्रैव सूत्रे भागवृत्तिः पुरातनमुनेर्मुनितामिति पुरातनीनेदिरिति च प्रमादपाठावेतौ गतानुगतिकतया कवयः प्रयुञ्जते न तेषां लक्षणे चक्षुरिति \| Some scholars attribute its authorship to Vimalamati. Whosoever be the author, the gloss ( भागवृत्ति ) was a work of recognised merit; confer, compare काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत् सिद्धान्तं वेत्तुमस्ति धी: \| तदा विचिन्त्यतां भातभीषावृत्तिरियं मम Bhasavrtti at the end. सृष्टिघर in his commentary on the Bhasavrtti also says " सा हि द्वयोर्विवरणकर्त्री."

bhāṣyasūtra	the brief pithy statements in the Mahābhāṣya of the type of the Sūtras or the Vārttikas. These assertions or statements are named 'ișṭi' also.

matup	taddhita affix. affix मत् changed in some cases to वत् (cf मादुपधायाश्च मतोर्वोऽयवादिभ्यः P. VIII. 2.9), applied to any noun or substantive in the sense of 'who possesses that,' or 'which contains it,' or in the sense of possession as popularly expressedition The affix is called possessive affix also, and is very commonly found in use; e. g. गोमान्, वृक्षवान् , यवमान् , et cetera, and others confer, compare तदस्यास्त्यस्मिन्निति मतुप् P. V. 2.94. The very general sense of 'possession' is limited to certain kinds of possession by the Vārttikakāra in the following stanza; भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने \| संसर्गेऽस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: confer, compare Kāś. on P. V. 2.94. There are other taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the same sense as मतुप्, such as the affixes लच् (V. 2.96-98), इलच् (99, 100, 105, 117), श and न (100), ण (101), विनि (102, 121, 122), इनि (102, 115, 116, 128, 129-137), अण् (103, 104), उरच् (106), र (107), म (108), व ( 109, 110), ईरन् and ईरच् (111), वलच् (112, 113), ठन् (115, 116), ठञ् (118, 119), यप् (120), युस् (123, 138, 140), ग्मिनि (124), आलच् and आटच् (125), अच् (127), and ब, भ, यु, ति, तु, त and यस् each one applied to specifically stated words. मतुप् is also specially prescribed after the words headed by रस (confer, compare रसादिभ्यश्च P. V. 2.95) in supersession of some of the other affixes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. which would take place in such cases, if मतुप् were not prescribed by the rule रसादिभ्यश्च. The portion of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. prescribing the possessive affixes is named मतुबधिकार (P. V. 2.92 to 140).

madhyepavāda	a rule forming an exception to other general rules being placed between them, one or many of which are placed before and the others afterwards. Such a rule sets aside the previous rules and not the succeeding ones. The statement laying down this dictum is मध्येपवादाः पूर्वान् विधीन् बाधन्ते नोत्तरान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari. 60, also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.4.148 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5.

mahābhāṣya	literally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).

mahābhāṣyapradīpa	a very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.

mukhasukhārtha	a mute letter added to an affix or a substitute cr the like, which does not really form a part of the affix et cetera, and others, but which simply facilitates the utterance of it: confer, compare अथ मुखसुखार्थस्तकार: दकारोपि ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, VI.1.87; confer, compare also अादति तकारो मुखसुखार्थः, न त्वयं तपरः Kaas. on P. III.2.171.

y(1)	the consonant य् with अ added to it merely for the sake of facility in pronunciation; यकार is also used in the same sense: e. g. लिटि वयो यः: P.VI.1.38 confer, compare T.Pr.I: 17,21;(2) krt affix (यत्) prescribed as कृत्य or potential passive participle; exempli gratia, for exampleचेयम्, गेयम्, शाप्यम् , शक्यम् , गद्यम् , अजर्यम् पण्यम् et cetera, and others: confer, compare अचो यत्...अजर्यं संगतम् P.III. 1.97-105; (3) krt. affix क्यप् which is also an affix called krtya; e. gब्रह्मोद्यम् , भाव्यम्, घात्यम् , स्तुत्यम् , कल्प्यम् , खेयम् , भृत्यः:, भिद्यः, पुष्य:, कृत्यम्,also कार्यम् ; confer, compare P. III. 1.106-128:(4) krt affix ण्यत् ( which is also कृत्य ), e. g कार्यम् , हार्यम् , वाक्यम् , लाव्यम्, कुण्डपाय्यम्. et cetera, and others: cf P. III. 1.124-132: (5) taddhita affix. affix य affixed (a) in the sense of collection to पाश, वात et cetera, and others, as also to खल, गो and रथ, e. g. पाद्या, रथ्या et cetera, and others confer, compare P. IV. 2. 49, 50ः (b) in the चातुरर्थिक senses to बल, कुल, तुल et cetera, and others e. g. वल्यः,.कुल्यम् efeminine. P V.2. 80, (c) as a Saisika taddhita affix. affix to ग्राम्यहः' along with the affix खञ्ज e. g. ग्राम्यः, ग्रामीणः: cf P: IV. 2.94 (d) in the sense of 'good therein' ( तत्र साधुः ) and other stated senses affixed to सभा, सोदर पूर्व, and सोम: e. g. सभ्य:, पूर्व्यः; .et cetera, and others. confer, compare P. IV. 4.105, 109, 133, 137, 138: (e) in the sense of 'deserving it' to दण्ड and other words, e. g. दण्ड्य, अर्ध्र्य, मध्य, मेध्य, et cetera, and others: cf P. V. 1.66: ( f ) in the sense of quality or action to सखि e. g. सख्यम् ; cf P. V. 1.126: (6) taddhita affix. affix यत् applied to (a) राजन् श्वशुर, कुल, मनु in the sense of offspring, (b) शूल्, उखा, वायु, ऋतु and others, under certain conditions; confer, compare P. IV. 2.17, 31, 32, 101, (c) to अर्ध, परार्ध, words in the class headed by दि्श, छन्दस and others in specific senses; cf P. IV. 3-46, 54 et cetera, and others and (d) in specific senses to specific words mentioned here and there in a number of sUtras from IV.4, 75 to V.4.25; (e) to शाखा, मुख, जघन and others in the sense of इव (similar to) exempli gratia, for example शाख्यः, मुख्य:, et cetera, and others: confer, compare P. V. 3. 103; (7) case-ending य substituted for ङे of the dative sing; e. g. रामाय confer, compare P. VII. 3.102: (8) verb-affix यक् applied to the nouns कण्डू and others to make them ( denominative ) roots; e. g. कण्डूय,सन्तूय et cetera, and others confer, compare कण्ड्वादिभ्यो यक् P. III. 1.27 (9) \| Vikarana य ( यक् ) applied to any root before the Saarvadhaatuka personal endings to form the base for the passive voice as also the base for the 'Karmakartari' voice e g क्रियते, भूयते, confer, compare सार्वधातुके यक् P. III. 1.67 (10) Unaadi affix य ( यक् ) applied to the root हृन् to form the Vedic word अघ्न्य: cf अघ्न्यादयश्च: ( 11 ) augment य ( यक् ) added to the affix क्त्वा in Vedic Literature: e. g. दत्त्वायः confer, compare क्त्वो यक् P. VII.1.47; (12) verb affix यङ् added to a root to form its Intensive base ( which sometimes is dropped ) and the root is doubledition e. g. चेक्रीयते,चर्करीति;. confer, compare P. III. 1.22,24; (13) short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) supposed to be beginning with य in the affix यइ in the sUtra धातेरेकाचो ... यङ् III. 1.22, and ending with ङ् in the sUtra लिड्याशिष्यङ्क III. 1.86, with a view to include the various verb affixes and conjugational signs.

yathodeśa( परिभाषा)	a short phrase or term for the Paribhaasaa or guiding statement यथोद्देशं संज्ञापरिभाषम् 'technical terms and Paribhaasaas are to be interpreted at the place where they are stated, and not at the place or places of their application or utility'.

yoga(1)	a rule of grammar; the word योग in this sense is very fre-quently found used in the Mahabhasya; cf the frequent statements अयं येगः शक्योsकर्तुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1. 6, 62, et cetera, and others or कान्यस्य योगस्य प्रयोजनानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.31 Vart. 6, I.1. 57 et cetera, and others; (2) grammatical connection; cf शास्त्रकृतो योगश्च Nirukta of Yāska.I.2: cf also षष्ठी स्थानेयेागा P.I.1.49.

rakta	literally coloured id est, that iscoloured by nasalization: a term used by ancient grammarians for a nasaIized letter ( अनुनासिक ); cf रक्तसंज्ञो नुनासेकः R.Pr.r.17on which Uvvata comments :-अनुनासिको वणो . रक्त इत्युच्यते; also confer, compare अरक्तसंध्येत्यपवाद्यते पदं R. Pr, XI. 18, where unnasalized अा is stated as अरक्तसंधि and illustrated by the commentator by quoting the passage मन्द्रमावरेण्यम् as contrasted with अभ्र औ अषः ।

lākṣaṇika(1)	secondary; taken or understood in the secondary sense; (2) stated by a rule ( लक्षण ); confer, compare एवं तर्हि न लाक्षणिकस्य स्वरस्य प्रतिषेधं शिष्मः M.Bh. on P. I. 4.2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9.

vaktavya	that which ought to be stated or prescribed; the word is frequently found used by the Varttikakāra when he suggests any addition to, or modification in Panini's rules. Sometimes,the word is added by the author of the Mahabhasya in the explanation of a Varttika after stating what is lacking in the Varttika.

vacana(1)	literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने \| लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.

vatinirdeśa	specific statement by putting the word वत् for the sake of extended application ( अतिदेश ) ; exempli gratia, for example ब्राह्मणवदधीते: confer, compare स तर्हि वतिनिदेश: कर्तव्यः । न ह्यन्तरेण वतिमातदेशो गम्यते । M.Bh.on P. I.1.23 Vart. 4.

vākyakāra	a term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.

vācanika	expressly cited by a वचन or a statement of the authors of the Sutra, the Varttika and the Mahabhasya, as contrasted with what naturally occurs or is inferred from their statements; confer, compare नेदं वाचनिकसलिङ्गता असंख्यता च ( अव्ययानाम् ) ( स्वाभाविकमेतत् M.Bh. on P.I. 1.38 Vart. 5 and P. II.2.6, confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.64 Vart. 53.

vācya(1)	directly expressed (sense) as contrasted with व्यङ्ग्य or ध्वनित: confer, compare शब्देनार्थान् वाच्यान् दृष्ट्वा बुद्धौ कुर्यात्पौर्वापर्यम् \| M.Bh. on P. I.4.109 Vart. 10; (2) which should be stated or which deserves to be stated, The word वाच्य is generally put in connection with the additions or corrections to the sutras by the Varttikakara and the Mahbhasyakara in their explanations: confer, compare तत्रैतावद्वाच्यम्, M.Bh. on P. I.4.1 ; confer, compare also वाच्य ऊर्णोर्णुवद्भावःM.Bh. on P. III.1. 22 Vart. 3; III. I. 36 Vart. 6.

vājapyāyana	an ancient grammarian who holds the view that words denote always the jati i.e they always convey the generic sense and that the individual object or the case is understood in connection with the statement or the word,as a natural course,when the purpose is not served by taking the generic sense; confer, compare अाकृत्यभिधानाद्वा एकं शब्दं विभक्तौ वाजप्यायन अाचार्यो न्याय्यं मन्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.2.64 Vart. 35.

vārttika	a statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते \| तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:\|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.

vārttikakāra	believed to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.

vārtikapāṭha	the text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.

vārtikavacana	a small pithy statement or assertion in the manner of the original sutras which is held as much authoritative as the Sutra: cf न ब्रुमो वृत्तिसूत्रवचनप्रामाण्यादिति \| किं तर्हि \| वार्तिकवचनप्रामाण्यादिति [ M.Bh. on P.II..1.1 Varttika 23.

vārttikasiddhānta	categorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.

vikalpa	choice or option re : the application of a rule as stated by the word वा, विभाषा, अन्यतरस्याम् or the like: confer, compareनेति प्रतिषेधो वेति विकल्प: तयो: प्रतिषेधविकल्पयोः ' विभाषा ' इति संज्ञा भवति , विभाषाप्रकरणे प्रतिपेधविकल्पो उपतिष्ठते । तत्र प्रतिपेधेन समीकृते विषये प्रश्चद्विकल्पः प्रवर्तते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, I. 1 44.

vidhāna(1)	prescription, statement; cf लोपे हि ( प्रत्ययलक्षण-) विधानम् P.I. I. 62 Vart. 3; confer, compare also तत्र वृद्धिविधानम्. P. VI. 1.85 Vart. 16; (2) instrument or cause of an activity; confer, compare विधिविधानावधिभाजां त्रयाणां संनिधाने तदन्तविधेिर्भवति Siradeva Pari. 13.

vidhi(1)	a prescriptive rule ; confer, compare तत्र अपूर्वो विधिरस्तु नियमोस्तु इत्यपूर्वं एव विधिर्भधेिप्यति न नियम: M.Bh.on P.I.4.3; ct also समर्थः पदविधिः । विपूर्वाद्वाञ: कर्मसाधन इकार: विधीयते विधेरिति M.Bh.on P.II. 1.1: (2) prescription, statement; injunction; confer, compare अस्ति भावसाधन: । विधानं वेिधि: \| M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 57.

vidhivākya	an injunctive statement or sentence.

vidheyakavākyatā	forming one single statement or idea with the prescriptive statement: union with the prescriptive rule so as to form one rule with it. The term is used in connection with प्रतिषेध or prohibitive assertions which have to be explained in combination with the prescriptive sentences or vidhivakyas; confer, compare निषेधवाक्यानामपि निषेध्यविशेषाकाङ्क्षत्वाद्विध्येकवाक्यतयैवान्वयः Par. Sek. on Pari. 2, 3.

vibhāṣita(1)	stated or enjoined optionally; cf मेध्यः पशुर्विभाषितः । आलब्धव्यो नालब्धव्य इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 15; cf also मन्ये धातुर्विभाषितः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III.1.27 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4: (2) roots taking personal affixes of both the Padas.

vṛtti(1)	treatment, practice of pronunciation; (2) conversion of one phonetic element into another; confer, compare R.Pr.I.95;(3) position of the padas or words as they stand in the Saṁhhitā text, the word is often seen used in this way in the compound word पदवृत्ति; आन्पदा: पदवृत्तयः R.Pr. IV.17: (4) modes of recital of the Vedic text which are described to be three द्रुत, मध्य and विलम्बित based upon the time of the interval and the pronunciation which differs in each one; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4. 109, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; also I.l.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).ll ; ( 5 ) nature confer, compare गुर्वक्षराणां गुरुवृत्ति सर्वम् R.Pr.XVIII.33; (6) interpretation of a word; (7) verbal or nominal form of a root; confer, compare अर्थनित्यः परीक्षेत केनचिद् वृत्तिसामान्येन Nirukta of Yāska.II.1; (8)mode or treatment followed by a scientific treatise; cf का पुनर्वृत्तिः । वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः \| M.Bh. in Āhnika l on वृत्तिसमवायार्थ उपदेश: Vārttika 10; (9) manner of interpretation with the literal sense of the constituents present or absent, described usually as two-fold जहत्स्वार्था and अजहत्स्वार्था, \| but with a third kind added by some grammarians viz. the जहदजहत्स्वार्था; (10) a compound word giving an aggregate sense different from the exact literal sense of the constituent words; there are mentioned five vṛittis of this kind; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः । कृत्तद्धितसमासैकदेशधातुरूपाः पञ्च वृत्तयः \| वृत्त्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः S. K. at the end of the Ekaśeṣaprakaraṇa; ( 11 ) interpretation of a collection of statements; the word was originally applied to glosses or comments on the ancient works like the Sūtra works, in which the interpretation of the text was given with examples and counterexamples where necessary: confer, compare वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा नामधातुपारायणादिषु; introductory stanza in the Kāśikā.Later on, when many commentary works were written,the word वृत्ति was diferentiated from भाष्य, वार्तिक, टीका,चूर्णि, निर्युक्ति, टिप्पणी, पञ्जिका and others, and made applicable to commentary works concerned with the explanation of the rules with examples and counter-examples and such statements or arguments as were necessary for the explanation of the rules or the examples and counter examples. In the Vyākaraṇa-Śāstra the word occurs almost exclusively used for the learned Vṛtti on Pāṇini-sūtras by Vāmana and Jayāditya which was given the name Kāśikā Vṛtti; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिकृत् often occurring in works on Pāṇini's grammar.

vṛttisūtra	a rule forming the basis of a vrtti, i. e. a rule on which glosses are written, as contrasted with वार्तिकसूत्र or वार्तिक a pithy Sutralike statement composed as an addition or a modification of the original Sutra; confer, compare केचित्तावदाहुर्यद् वृत्तिसूत्रे इति \| संख्ययाव्ययासन्नादूराधिकसंख्यां: संख्येये ( P. II. 2.25 ) इति \| M, Bh. on P. II. 2. 24,

vyatikara(1)	confusion of one numberaffix for another number-affix (वचन), as noticed in the statements. e. g. अक्षीणि मे दर्शनीयानि; पादा मे सुकुमारंतरा: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 4. 21; (2) any confusion, say confusion of one grammatical element for another; confer, compare हृि: परस्मैपदानां यथा स्यात्, स्व आत्मनेपदानां, व्यतिकरो मा भूत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.4.1 Vart, 2.

vyapadeśivadvacana	statement of Vyapadesivadbhava : confer, compare तत्र व्यपदेशिवद्वचनम् -एकाचो द्वे प्रथमार्थं षत्वे चादेशसंप्रत्ययार्थम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.3.59 Vart. 7.

vyāvṛti	pushing aside; removal; the word is frequently used in connection with the setting aside or removal of the application of such rules, as also of the contingency of such rules as are not desired in the formation of a correct word, by means of applying another rule necessary for the correct formation; cf तद्वि इदं तिष्यपुनर्वसु इत्यत्र तद्वथावृत्त्यर्थम् Par. Sek. on Pari. 34; as also तद्धि असवर्णग्रहणं ईषतुरित्यादौ इयङादिव्यावृत्त्यर्थम् Par.Sek. on Pari.55: cf also the usual statement ब्यावृत्तिः क्रियते ।

vyutpattipakṣa	the view that every word is derived from a suitable root as contrasted with the other view viz. the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष. The grammarians hold that Panini held the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष,id est, that is the view that not all words in a language can be derived but only some of them can be so done, and contrast him (id est, that isPanini) with an equally great grammarian Sakatayana who stated that every word has to be derived: confer, compare न्यग्रोधयतीति न्यग्रोध इति व्युत्पत्तिपक्षे नियमार्थम् ! अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष विध्यर्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.VII.3.6.

śāṅkaṭac	taddhita affix. affix शङ्कट applied optionally with the affix शालच् ( शाल ) to the prefix वि in the sense of the base itself ( स्वार्थे); exempli gratia, for example विशङ्कटम् ! विशालम् ।; confer, compare S.K. on P.V. 2.28; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V.2.28 which states विशाले विशङ्कटे शृङ्गे । तस्माद् गौरपि विशङ्कट उच्यते !

śatṛsvara	the acute accent specifically stated for the vowel of the caseaffix beginning with a vowel et cetera, and others prescribed by the rule शतुरनुमे। नद्यजादी P. VI. 1.173: confer, compare शतृस्वर , तुदती नुदती ... शतुरनुमो नद्यजादिरन्तांदात्तादित्वेष स्वरो यथा स्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2.6. Vart 2.

śabdopadeśa	scientific and authoritative citation or statement of a word as contrasted with अपशब्दोपदेशः; confer, compare किं शब्दोपदेश: कर्तव्यः आहोस्विदपशब्दोपदेशः आहोस्विदुभयोपदेश इति ।Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika l. शमादि a class of eight roots headed by शम् which get their vowel lengthened before the conjugational sign य (श्यन्) as also before the krt. affix इन् ( घिनुण् ) in the sense of 'habituated to': exempli gratia, for example शाम्यति, शमी, भ्राम्यति, भ्रमी et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.VII.3.74 and P. III.2.141.

śtip'	the syllable ति applied to the Vikarana-ending form of a root to denote a root for a grammatical operation. The specific mention of a root with श्तिप् added, shows that the root of the particular class or conjugation shown, is to be taken and not the same root belonging to any other conjuga-tion; confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे; exempli gratia, for example अस्यतिवक्तिख्यातिभ्योऽङ् P.III. 1. 52. Although operations prescribed for a primary root are applicable to a frequentative root when the frequentative sign य has been omitted, operations prescribed for a root which is stated in a rule with ति ( श्तिप् ) added to it, do not take place in the frequentative roots;confer, compare श्तिपा शपानुबन्धेन ... पञ्चैतानि न यङ्लुकि.

śruta	literally what is actually heard; the word is used in connection with such statements as are made by the authoritative grammarians, Panini and the Varttikakara by their actual utterance or wording, as contrasted with such dictums as can be deduced only from their writings. confer, compare श्रुतानुभितंयोः श्रौतः संबन्धो बलीयान्. Par. Sek Pari. 104.

saṃkhyātānudeśa	application respectively of terms stated in the उद्देश्य and विधेय portions in their numerical order when the stated terms; are equal in number: cf यथासंख्यमनुदेशः समानाम् P. 1.3.10: confer, compare also पञ्चागमास्त्रय अागमिनः वैषम्यात् संख्यातानुदेशो न प्राप्नोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 2.

saṃkhyāna	enumeration; statement: confer, compare एकाजनेकाज्ग्रहणेषु चावृत्तिसंख्यानादनेकाच्त्वं भविष्यति, M.Bh. on Sivasutra l Vart. 10.

sapādasaptādhyāyī	a term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.

saptama	the seventh of the vowels stated in the alphabet; a word used for the vowel r ( ऋ ) by ancient grammarians: confer, compare ओजा ह्रस्वा: सप्तमान्ताः स्वराणाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.14.

samavāya(I)	combination as contrasted with व्यवाय disjunction or separation; (2) the enumeration of the letters of the alphabet in a particular order so as to facilitate their combination, technically termed प्रत्याहार; confer, compare वृतिसमवायार्थ उपदेशः । का पुनर्वृत्तिः l शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः । अथ कः समवायः । वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण संनिवेशः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika l Vart. 15. confer, compare also समवायो वर्णगत: क्रमविशेषः । Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on the Bhasya mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (3) contact; cf रक्तै रागः समवाये स्वराणाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.24.

sūtrapāṭha	the text of Panini's Sutras handed down by oral tradition from the preceptor to the pupil. Although it is said that the actual text of Panini was modified from time to time, still it can be said with certainty that it was fixed at the time of the Bhasyakara who has noted a few different readings only. The Sutra text approved by the Bhasyakara was followed by the authors of the Kasika excepting in a few cases. It is customary with learned Pandits and grammarians to say that the recital of the Sutras of Panini was originally a continuous one in the form of a Samhitatext and it was later on, that it was split up into the different Sutras, which explains according to them the variation in the number of Sutras which is due to the different ways of splitting the Sutrapatha.

sthita(1)	happened, come to pass; e. g. राम ङस् इति स्थिते et cetera, and others; (2) established ; remaining intact after the removal of doubts; confer, compare एवं हिं स्थितमेतत् (3) remaining unaffected as referring to अस्पृष्टकरण;cf स्वराणामनुस्वारस्य ऊष्मणां च अस्पृष्टं करणं वेदितव्यम् तध स्थितामित्युच्यते। यत्र वर्णस्थानमाश्रित्य जिह्वावतिष्ठते तत् स्थितमित्युच्यते Uvvata on R.Pr. XIII. ; (4) established or stated in the Padapatha: confer, compare स्थिते पदे पदपाठे इत्यर्थ;gloss on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XX.2.

svaritakaraṇa	marking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.

svāśraya	possessed as its own, as contrasted with artificial or intentionally stated ( आनुदेशिक );confer, compare अस्त्वत्र आनुदेशिकस्य वलादित्वस्य प्रतिषेधः । स्वाश्रयमत्र बलादित्वं भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1. 59 Vart. 6.

Vedabase Search

Results for tate103 results


tateka	that far	CC Antya 20.81

tateke	by those remnants	CC Antya 20.89

tatena	by my father	SB 10.83.9

abhivartate	approaches	SB 5.22.14

anuvartate	follows in the footsteps	BG 3.21

anuvartate	follows	SB 3.11.23

anuvartate	follow	SB 4.4.19

anuvartate	follow	SB 5.4.15

anuvartate	follows	SB 6.2.4

anuvartate	follows	SB 7.2.47

anuvartate	he follows	SB 10.24.16

anuvartate	follows	SB 11.21.20

anuvartate	follows	SB 11.22.37

anuvartate	follow	CC Adi 3.25

anuvartate	follow	CC Madhya 17.178

anuvartate	pursue	Bs 5.61

ativartate	transcends	BG 6.44

ativartate	transcends	BG 14.21

ativartate	transcends	SB 6.4.14

āvartate	comes back	BG 8.26

āvartate	will come back	SB 4.9.25

āvartate	wanders in this forest	SB 5.13.14

āvartate	achieves	SB 5.14.38

āvartate	one travels up and down through the cycle of saṃsāra	SB 7.15.47

āvartate	comes back	SB 8.19.12

na āvartate	does not return	SB 10.53.23

na āvartate	one does not return	SB 10.88.25-26

na vartate	is not	SB 10.48.34

na āvartate	does not return	SB 10.53.23

na āvartate	one does not return	SB 10.88.25-26

na nivartate	he does not desist	SB 11.7.11

na nivartate	will not go away	SB 11.12.16

na nivartate	does not stop	SB 11.22.56

nivartate	he ceases from	BG 2.59

nivartate	comes back	BG 8.25

nivartate	is forsaken	SB 3.25.41

nivartate	does cease	SB 3.27.4

nivartate	come down	SB 4.8.52

nivartate	ceases	SB 4.29.35

nivartate	ceases	SB 4.29.73

nivartate	flees	SB 5.24.3

nivartate	ceases	SB 6.1.10

nivartate	does return	SB 7.15.55

nivartate	does stop	SB 10.4.20

nivartate	ceases	SB 11.2.33

na nivartate	he does not desist	SB 11.7.11

na nivartate	will not go away	SB 11.12.16

nivartate	is impeded	SB 11.21.9

na nivartate	does not stop	SB 11.22.56

nivartate	does cease	SB 11.28.13

nivartate	ceases	SB 11.28.33

nivartate	he ceases	SB 12.7.21

nivartate	turns away	MM 42

parivartate	he moves	SB 5.21.12

parivartate	travels	SB 12.11.29

pravartate	act	BG 5.14

pravartate	emanates	BG 10.8

pravartate	prevail	SB 2.9.10

pravartate	shall begin	SB 3.11.34

pravartate	occurs	SB 4.11.16

pravartate	goes on	SB 10.40.12

pravartate	comes into being	SB 10.85.54

pravartate	arise	SB 11.13.2

pravartate	continues to exist	SB 11.24.20

pravartate	exists	SB 12.3.18

pravartate	exists	CC Madhya 20.270

pravartate	emanates	CC Madhya 24.189

samanuvartate	properly maintained	SB 3.11.21

samanuvartate	factually begins	SB 5.6.16

samparivartate	turns away	SB 5.5.9

udvartate	falls down	SB 8.19.40

vartate	is there	BG 5.26

vartate	remains	BG 6.31

vartate	remains	BG 16.23

vartate	is existing	SB 1.7.45

vartate	exists	SB 1.18.8

vartate	happens	SB 3.26.27

vartate	is	SB 3.33.7

vartate	remains	SB 4.16.14

vartate	is now staying	SB 4.26.16

vartate	exists	SB 5.17.12

vartate	exists	SB 5.20.6

vartate	the sun exists	SB 5.21.4

vartate	remains	SB 5.21.5

vartate	exists	SB 6.3.8

vartate	is situated	SB 7.14.38

vartate	there is	SB 8.19.24

vartate	is existing	SB 8.21.21

vartate	remain	SB 10.47.35

na vartate	is not	SB 10.48.34

vartate	are proceeding	SB 10.52.30

vartate	goes on continuously	SB 12.2.39

vartate	exists	CC Madhya 6.156

vartate	remains	CC Madhya 11.192

vartate	remains	CC Madhya 19.72

vartate	remain	CC Madhya 19.176

vartate	exists	CC Madhya 20.115

vartate	remains	CC Antya 16.27

vinivartate	reduces	SB 10.10.16

vinivartate	one turns away or renounces	SB 11.11.12-13

viparivartate	is working	BG 9.10

vitate	being administered	SB 6.13.19-20

yatate	he endeavors	BG 6.43

Ayurvedic MedicalDictionary Dr. Potturu with thanks

Purchase Kindle edition


ajyāni	state of being uninjured.
anekānta	one of tantrayukti; indefinite statement, uncertain.
apadeśa	one of tantrayuktis, statement of reason; specification; adducement of reason; a step in syllogism.
āptopadeśa	authoritative statement.
aṣṭīla	1. lump of stone; 2. globular swelling below the navel; prostate hypertrophy; 3. hard tumour.
bahirāmaya	tetanus; opisthotonus; state of severe hyperextension and spasticity in which patient'sbody enter into a complete arching position like a bow.
daśa	planetary periods; state of being.
dūṣiviṣa	slow acting poison; less potent toxic substances remain in a dormant state within the body for years.
dhyeya	to be pondered or imagined; to be meditated on.
ekānta	one of tantrayuktis; certain; invariable; exclusiveness; absolute and definite statement.
jagala	thick precipitate of alcoholic beverage.
kādambari	the precipitate of alcoholic beverage.
kāla	time; kālatraya three states of time: past, present and the future.
kānjika	sour gruel, fermented rice water, water of boiled rice in a state of spontaneous fermentation.
kupitam	agitated; agitated respiration.
medaka	thick precipitate of spirituous liquid, liquor used for distillation.
nirdeśa	one of tantrayuktis, declaration, statement in detail, certainty, elaboration.
nisarga	1. favour or grant, giving away, bestowing; 2. natural state or condition or a character.
pradeśa	1. region, country, 2. one of tantrayuktis, determination of a statement to be made; substantiating by similar past event.
pramata	thought out, excogitated, plan
rūḍhi	affirmation, affirmative; emphatic statement.
samaprakṛti	state of equilibrium of humors.
samśaya	one of tantrayuktis, doubtful statements.
satva	1. purity or pure state of mind; mental strength, one of the psychic humors; 2. extract prepared from a mineral substance. 3. sun-dried paste prepared from a cold infusion which is set in the sun until all the moisture evaporates and the concentrate becomes solid.
savyabhicaraṇa	uncertain statement
svāsthya	health, disease-free state of the human body.
uddeṣya	one of tantrayuktis, enunciation, motive, stipulation, statement in brief.

Wordnet Search

"tate" has 1 results.

tate

nistejas, mandaprabha, hatatejas, mandacchāya, hatakānti, nyūnakānti, nyūnaprabha, malinaprabha, mlānatejas, mlānakānti

yasmād tejāḥ nirgatam।

cintāyāḥ tasya mukhaṃ nistejaḥ abhavat।

Help

Credits